Skip to main content

Full text of "Journal of the New York Entomological Society"

See other formats


vg&aay  j?  %. 


MfS  ,'« 


lii&^m 
SST  7/M'  Jv 

r X)  * 

■'  A '^^SiSe" ' 


AV 
t\ 

%'  ’’  •£i:'*  [j, 

^;tka&ei%, 
//^V-,f/  / \5l  & S Al 

liiir^MtsS] 

'X?# 


vvr. 

■iS3^;..  C/ 


ll^s/:-  ,rW 


^$S§Nn 


XIctSa^IX  ' Vft 

X #r®#?  r%  Xi 

fe  X #}  . 

■'W&JS$f#  Xc 


,<‘isg2?l 

,b  Ua'AffipT  , 

X WMW  X 


' V) 

r'  s&R  >-i\  '"X 

!!££[$■  ^ &**»  " 


VllV/ 

.g^iriciag^pfgg  j;  gw  ■ 


|S%'  v*T  i,fi 

;]a;|?\  ,.1,  0! 

\?.V.  I a- fill',  ’’“■■J-j  3.-;"  Vn 

Eh.,  rX  l*r  IT  V?  ^’Xji  f 


A 

s 

II 

jj 

II 

fj[ 

;i ; 

iff 

1: 

#*•  \\ 


Wi?CC  -Hill 

iianJui 


v w&m 

vjl.  7 J..; 


\ ,4^  /<0m\ 

• Vy  /M  #Y,P  N>  MA 

luA  a \ k«Ki,(  ',»*4Nf.|\ 

®l  k ljfcf$[>  V ,« 

fej  iv  4,. 


X+^'i4siS| 
muj  r vfpi 

mi® 


V ’Wm  4$ 

"M‘K  ' i'“M 

wp/if 


iWRw  ~’*P  X” 


. v> 


'■'**' -C.asr  ;. 

Vi  % i* 


\y!  ’i; 
~—r-  ■ 


il  5 a SiX*' ' '~’i' i i § of  J 


0^m 

lgip-4Aj{S 


(^3’^'  „„ Vj^ 

J\  * ffy 

Skm  -A^ 


USfcIStS'  ^?XJX4-Sl 


^ ’’wr^ri 

' 6' 


'■^M- 


■a,' 

u..  •«. 

p*» 


'J'j  'A' 

tMw  vr  xa 


vf'W-  y /M$ff 

4 

A> 

^^^.Bfr^aSS^  &*  ~V 


*V  Ot 

i ( * g | X-i'-_ — ^■fX]  '18  > g |J 
~f,  i'"'Xc#|  a 

\a#fXffy  # 
%,  --cig^  ,,x 


0 


l/'n,  P?  .t4 

^/.w  sV’" 


/A 


4^^4j(pXi ^ 


6' .,  « 


■i.  • 11aissBi“ii3i:ia:is,l, 

*i,  '*•  y:">’  y;i<'X'V)i;1,  |j>te 

V ***  y;^;-":l|i|imnllii!i^',:!llji::i||i!; 


a 4,  wr^M 

A \Q  X^-i-n^k 


Journal 

of  the 

New  York 

ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

Devoted  to  Entomology  in  General 


VOLUME  LXXIV 


Published  by  the  Society 
New  York,  N.  Y. 


ALLEN  PRESS,  INC. 
Lawrence,  Kansas 


INDEX  OF  AUTHORS 


ALEXANDER,  CHARLES  P.  Undescribed  Species  of  Crane  Flies  from  the  Himalaya 
Mountains  (Diptera:  Tipulidae),  XII  66 

ALEXANDER,  CHARLES  P.  Undescribed  Species  of  Crane  Flies  from  the  Himalaya 
Mountains  (Diptera:  Tipulidae),  XIII  180 

BAHADUR,  J.  and  B.  B.  L.  SRIVASTAVA  The  Nerves  of  the  Thoracic  Segments  of 
the  Larva  of  Prodenia  litura  (Lepidoptera:  Noctuidae)  168 


BENNETT,  FREDERICK  D.  Notes  on  the  Biology  of  Stelis  ( Odontostelis ) biline olata 
(Spinola),  a Parasite  of  Euglossa  cordata  (Linnaeus)  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea: 

Megachilidae)  72 

BROWN,  F.  MARTIN  David  Bruce  (1833-1903)  and  Other  Entomological  Collectors 
in  Colorado  126 

dos  PASSOS,  CYRIL  F.  Pieris  narina  oleracera  (Harris)  in  New  Jersey  (Lepidoptera: 
Pieridae)  222 

FREDRICKSON,  RICHARD  W.  An  Apparent  Association  of  Mites  (Acarina)  with 
the  Rock  Barnacle  Balanus  101 


GUPTA,  A.  P.  Further  Studies  on  the  Internal  Anatomy  of  the  Meloidae  (Coleoptera) . 
II.  The  Digestive  and  Reproductive  Systems  of  the  S.  A.  Blister  Beetle,  Picnoseus 


nitidipennis  Fairmaire  and  Germain  (Coleoptera:  Meloidae)  72 

HUNG,  AKEY  C.  F.  and  WILLIAM  L.  BROWN,  Jr.  Structure  of  Gastric  Apex  as 
a Subfamily  Character  of  the  Formicinae  (Hymenoptera:  Formicidae)  198 

IVIE,  WILTON  Two  North  American  Spiders  (Araneae:  Linyphiidae)  224 

KLOTS,  ALEXANDER  B.  Melanism  in  Connecticut  Panthea  fur  cilia  (Packard)  (Lep- 
idoptera: Noctuidae)  95 

KLOTS,  ALEXANDER  B.  Life  History  Notes  on  Lagoa  laceyi  (Barnes  and  McDun- 
nough)  (Lepidoptera:  Maegalpygidae)  140 

KLOTS,  ALEXANDER  B.  The  Larva  of  Amblyscirtes  samoset  (Scudder)  (Lepidop- 
tera: Hesperiidae)  185 

LUDWIG,  DANIEL  and  MARGARET  R.  GALLAGHER  Vitamin  Synthesis  by  the 
Symbionts  in  the  Fat  Body  of  the  Cockroach,  Periplaneta  americana  (L.)  134 

MANISCHEWITZ,  JACK  R.  Studies  on  Parasitic  Mites  of  New  Jersey  189 

O’BRIEN,  JAMES  F.  Origin  and  Structural  Function  of  the  Basal  Cells  of  the  Larval 
Midgut  in  the  Mosquito,  Aedes  aegypti  Linnaeus  59 

ROZEN,  JEROME  G.,  Jr.  Taxonomic  Descriptions  of  the  Immature  Stages  of  the 
Parasitic  Bee  Stelis  ( Odontostelis ) biline  olata  (Spinola)  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea: 

Megachilidae)  84 

ROZEN,  JEROME  G.,  Jr.  and  BARBARA  L.  ROZEN  Mature  Larvae  of  the  Old 
World  Bee  Genus  Panurgus  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea)  92 

iii 


TREAT,  ASHER  E.  A New  Blattisocius  (Acarina:  Mesostigmata)  from  Noctuid 

Moths  143 

VASVARY,  LOUIS  M.  Musculature  and  Nervous  System  of  the  Thorax,  of  the  Sound 
Mechanism,  and  of  a Typical  Pregenital  Abdominal  Segment  of  the  Male  of  the  Annual 
Cicada,  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker)  (Homoptera:  Cicadidae)  2 

VOGEL,  BEATRICE  R.  Spiders  from  Powdermill  Nature  Reserve  55 

WOOLLEY,  TYLER  A.  and  HAROLD  G.  HIGGINS  Xenillidae,  a New  Family  of 
Oribatid  Mites  (Acari:  Cryptostigmata)  201 

NOTES 

HOPF,  ALICE  L.  Help  for  Ailing  Caterpillars?  111 

dos  PASSOS,  CYRIL  F.  The  Discovery  of  Additional  Journals  of  Frank  E.  Watson  ....  188 

BOOK  REVIEWS 

KLOTS,  ELSIE  B.  Monarch  Butterflies  by  Alice  L.  Hopf  64 

and 

Fireflies  in  Nature  and  the  Laboratory  by  Lynn  and  Gray  Poole  64 

FREDRICKSON,  RICHARD  W.  The  Tarantula  by  William  J.  Baerg  109 

ARNETT,  ROSS  H.,  Jr.  The  Beetles  of  the  Pacific  Northwest  by  Melville  H.  Hatch  __  109 

MILLER,  DAVID  C.  Wandering  Through  Winter  by  Edwin  W.  Teale  110 

QUEDNAU,  F.  W.  The  Callaphidini  of  Canada  by  W.  R.  Richards  228 

BROWN,  F.  M.  A History  of  Entomology  by  O.  E.  Essig  229 

VASVARY,  L.  M.  Plant  Galls  and  Gall  Makers  by  E.  P.  Felt  230 

RECENT  PUBLICATIONS  58,  116,  164 

PROCEEDINGS  of  the  NEW  YORK  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  117,  160 

BYLAWS  of  the  NEW  YORK  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  103 

MEMBERSHIP  of  the  NEW  YORK  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  112 

NECROLOGY  122 


IV 


V 


gf  fjT  10  0 7 3 

'j'fr  6 ^ 4 y ^ 

Vol.  LXXIY 


MARCH  1966 


No.  1 


Devoted  to  Entomology  in  General 


W i-'v; 


-v 


s)  y'^ 

K:  A 


A' 


:c  , 


FA 


/y  - /\ 


! i 


/ H ■ 


I* 


The 


■fX 

V , V| 


\y 


PX 


y M bAA 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


m 


/ ^'A/HA 


Organized  June  29,  1892 — Incorporated  February  25,  1893 

■ • 

7)  ^ 'trW 


A 


Reincorporated  February  17,  1943 


'//AA 


#:£  Vz:am  /v^v^ 


,\ 


y 


Jm 


_ ' A'  ' ' 


XvX'AA  y y 

Fib  TaaI 


Xj?"  - y , ■ •/  : V 1 A ’■  ''V  '''  ( x ' ,\(  -1  ' y ■'  1 \ ' ^ ■ ■ 

The  meetings  of  the  Society  are  held  on  the  first  and  third  Tuesday  of  each  month  (except 


June,  July,  August  and  September)  at  8 p.m.,  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 


History,  79th  St.,  & Central  Park  W.,  New  York  24,  N.  Y. 


A-v/ 


X7 


Annual  dues  for  Active  Members,  $4.00;  including  subscription  to  the  Journal,  $9.00. 

Member 
Treasurer. 


Members  of  the  Society  will  please  remit  their  annual  dues,  payable  in  January,  to  the 


7 


w ; 


% 


■ tl 


/ 


a 


■ , —y  ■? 

y A i ■ 


IM  iflpfp 


■to  h 


i 


vm 

' P'Pr  ’ 


Officers  for  the  Year  1966 

President,  Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson  1 >.  . f V A 

College  of  the  City  of  New  York  1003 1( 


x 


A 


f/ 


xs 


Fzce  President,  Dr.  Kumar  Krishna  a 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 

[ ■ g-4  ft  r ' J 1 ■ 

Secretary,  Mrs.  Lucy  Heineman  115  Central  Park  West,  New  York  10023 


■i  a 


Assistant  Secretary,  Mrs.  Albert  Poelzl 


■;/  A X 


: A 


7 M 


230  E.  78th  Street,  New  York  10021 

I ■ , • ‘ ' 1 

Treasurer,*  Mr.  Raymond  Brush 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History^  New  York  10024 

' ~ \ 

Assistant  Treasurer,  Mrs.  Patricia  Vaurie 


7 


u 


•rf  - 


■ 


mwm  m 

~\ vJr  -axa'i  mp4k< 


V A 


American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


M 


79 


j. 


I n 


yr: 


\ W ’/) -r';  A •- 'A]  7 7. 

1 Year  Term 

Dr.  Alexander  Br  Klots 

2 Year  Term 

' ' I j - a^  ■ 

Dr.  Jerome  Rozen,  Jr. 


>■  n 


Trustees 


r .7 


MX 


7/  - A;  1 


;7 

* 

1m  A . r yi  X 


Dr.  John  B.  Schmitt 

3 ' i ’ 0 fe-  i 


■ jXA  1 


2 


Mn  Robert  Buckbee 


j •’  i a 


Mailed  March  3 b 1966 

< rb  Ab> „7,',y  jb:vy(  , .#-9  >:  ; a,,  \\ ; y.y.7, 

The  Journal  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society  is  published  quarterly  for  the  Society  by  Allen  Press 


Inc.,  1041  New  Hampshire,  Lawrence,  Kansas.  Second  class  postage  paid  at  Lawrence,  Kansas. 

' A bbA  ■ -/A  iN':  ■■ 


A) 


/H 

;v  $ 


y m f; 

yX  ( 


xA-/.. 


i 


XX 


if: 


xx  r 


ay  ;ava 


/ 7 


A!  ;yy 


. 


r. 


/; 


: /-X 


A i!  i'v  \ ... 

' 1 ' ' 

. 

- K't-  1 . : \ . v>\,_ 

A j ■ - 

y%  • 1 j , : ! . 

1 ■■  1 ) 
/ -A 

i / • As  A • /.  ^ ' < .i 

Journal  of  the 

New  York  Entomological  Society 


Volume  LXXIV  March  31,  1966 


No.  1 


EDITORIAL  BOARD 

Editor  Emeritus  Harry  B.  Weiss 

Editor  Lucy  W.  Clausen 
Columbia  University  College  of  Pharmacy 
115  West  68th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10023 

Associate  Editor  James  Forbes 
Fordham  University,  New  York,  N.Y.  10458 

Publication  Committee 

Dr.  Pedro  Wygodzinsky  Dr.  Asher  Treat 

Dr.  David  Miller 


CONTENTS 

Musculature  and  Nervous  System  of  the  Thorax,  of  the  Sound  Mechanism,  and 
of  a Typical  Pregenital  Abdominal  Segment  of  the  Male  of  the  Annual 
Cicada,  Tibicen  ehloromera  (Walker)  (Homoptera:  Cicadidae) 

Louis  M.  Vasvary  2 

Spiders  from  Powdermill  Nature  Reserve  Beatrice  R.  Vogel  55 

Origin  and  Structural  Function  of  the  Basal  Cells  of  the  Larval  Midgut  in  the 


Mosquito,  Aedes  aegypti  Linnaeus James  F.  O’Brien  59 

Recent  Publications  58 

Book  Reviews  64 


2 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Musculature  and  Nervous  System  of  the  Thorax,  of  the  Sound 
Mechanism,  anti  of  a Typical  Pregenital  Abdominal  Segment  of 
the  Male  of  the  Annual  Cicada,  Tibicen  chloromera 
( W alker  ) ( Homoptera : Cicadidae  ) 1 

Louis  M.  Vasvary 

Rutgers — The  State  University,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J. 


Abstract:  The  musculature  and  innervation  of  the  thorax,  sound  mechanism,  and  the 

fourth  abdominal  segment  of  the  male  annual  cicada,  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker)  are 
described. 

The  ventral  nerve  cord  consists  of  a subesophageal  ganglion,  prothoracic  ganglion,  and  a 
thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass.  There  are  no  ganglia  present  in  any  of  the  abdominal 
segments.  The  prothoracic  ganglion  supplies  innervation  to  some  of  the  muscles  of  the  cervical 
area  and  the  muscles  of  the  prothorax.  The  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass  provides  in- 
nervation to  the  posterior  tergo-sternal  muscles  of  the  prothorax,  the  muscles  of  the  pro- 
thorax, the  muscles  of  the  mesothorax,  metathorax,  and  all  of  the  abdominal  segments.  The 
abdominal  segments  are  innervated  by  lateral  nerve  branches  which  arise  from  a pair  of 
nerves  that  originate  from  the  posterior  portion  of  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass 
located  in  the  mesothorax.  No  median  nerves  are  visible  between  the  subesophageal  ganglion, 
prothoracic  ganglion,  and  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass.  The  median  nerves  are 
probably  included  within  the  interganglionic  connectives. 


The  members  of  the  family  Cicadidae  are  among  the  largest  insects  classified 
in  the  order  Homoptera.  Their  periodic  occurrences  in  large  numbers  and  the 
shrill  “song”  produced  by  the  males  have  probably  aroused  the  curiosity  of  man 
since  the  beginning  of  time.  Despite  their  large  size  and  the  interest  they  have 
received  by  virtue  of  their  sound-producing  apparatus,  cicadas  have  been  some- 
what neglected  by  morphologists.  This  study  was  undertaken  as  a contribution 
to  our  knowledge  of  the  musculature  and  innervation  of  the  thorax,  of  the  sound 
mechanism,  and  of  a typical  pregenital  abdominal  segment  of  the  male  of  the 
annual  cicada,  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker). 

A study  of  the  nerve  patterns  in  insects  may  be  approached  with  at  least  two 
different  objectives  in  mind.  From  a physiological  or  histological  standpoint,  a 
knowledge  of  nerve  and  muscle  arrangements  is  a necessary  prerequisite  for  pre- 
cise investigations.  From  a morphological  standpoint,  a knowledge  of  the 
hexapod  nervous  system  is  essential  in  establishing  nerve  and  muscle  homologies 
and  thereby  provide  additional  information  on  the  course  of  phylogenetic  devel- 
opment. This  paper  is  an  attempt  in  the  latter  direction  with  the  full  understand- 
ing that  detailed  investigations  of  many  more  forms  are  necessary  in  order  to 
establish  the  course  of  phylogenetic  development. 

1 Paper  of  the  Jour.  Series,  N.  J.  Agric.  Expt.  Station,  Rutgers-The  State  University  of 
New  Jersey,  Dept.  Ent.  and  Econ.  Zool. 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


3 


13 


Figure  1A 

Fig.  1A.  Lateral  view  of  the  subesophageal  ganglion  of  the  male  annual  cicada  Tibicen 
chloromera  (Walker) . 


The  concept  of  an  underlying  homology  of  segmental  musculature  has  pro- 
vided important  evidence  on  the  evolution  of  the  insect  thorax  and  appendages. 
This  concept  is  based  on  the  assumption  that  at  sometime  in  the  past  history  of 
the  Hexapoda,  the  abdominal  somites,  as  leg-bearing  segments,  had  essentially 
the  same  structure  as  the  primitive  thoracic  and  gnathal  segments.  If  we  assume 
that  the  innervation  pattern  as  well  as  the  musculature  was  homologous  in  each 
ancestral  segment  then  the  nerve  configuration  manifested  in  insects  today  is 
a variation  of  the  ancestral  pattern.  Moreover,  since  the  inherent  purpose  of 
the  nervous  system  is  to  transmit  nerve  impulses,  selective  pressure  on  the 
nerve  pattern  would  be  less  than  on  the  structures  innervated  (Schmitt,  1959). 
This  assumption  should  not  be  interpreted  to  imply  that  the  nervous  systems  of 
insects  have  remained  static  in  the  course  of  phylogenetic  development,  but 
rather  that  through  investigations  of  the  segmental  innervation  patterns  of 
insects  and  by  establishing  criteria  of  homology  of  nerves  through  the  utilization 
of  primitive  muscle  groups  and  nerve  junctions,  a knowledge  of  the  course  of 
the  phylogenetic  development  of  the  nervous  system  should  be  possible. 

Unfortunately,  only  a very  few  comparative  morphological  investigations 
have  been  presented  in  the  literature  concerning  the  establishment  of  nerve 
homologies  in  insects.  The  writer  hopes  that  this  paper  will  be  a significant  addi- 
tion to  the  existing  studies  and  serve  to  cultivate  further  interest  regarding  the 
concept  of  a basic  plan  of  segmental  innervation. 


4 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


IVol.  LXXIV 


Fig.  IB.  Dorsal  view  of  ventral  muscles  that  cover  the  prothoracic  ganglion  and  anterior 
portion  of  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass  of  the  male  annual  cicada  Tibicen 
chloromera  (Walker). 


OBJECTIVES 

1.  Determine  the  musculature  of  the  thorax  of  the  male  of  the  annual  cicada, 
Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker)  and  compare  this  musculature  to  that  of 
Hnechys  sanguinea  var.  philaemata  as  described  by  Maki  (1938)  and  to 
that  of  Cicada  (=  Tibicen ) plebeia  as  described  by  Berlese  (1909). 

2.  Describe  the  ventral  nerve  cord  of  Tibicen  and  compare  its  configuration 
to  the  ventral  nerve  cords  previously  described  in  the  family  Cicadidae. 

3.  Determine  and  describe  the  cervicothoracic  nervous  system  of  the  male  of 
Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker)  and,  if  feasible,  to  establish  criteria  of 
homology. 

4.  Determine  the  musculature  of  the  first  abdominal  segment  of  Tibicen 
which  contains  the  sound  mechanism  and  compare  this  musculature  to 
that  described  by  Maki  (1938)  for  Huechys  and  to  that  of  Cicada 
(=  Tibicen)  plebeia  as  described  by  Berlese  (1909). 

5.  Determine  the  innervation  of  the  first  abdominal  segment  of  the  male  of 
T ibicen  chloromera  ( W alker ) . 

6.  Determine  the  musculature  of  a typical  pregenital  abdominal  segment  of 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


5 


Table  1.  Ventral  muscles  covering  the  prothoracic  and  thoracic-abdominal  ganglia  of 

Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker). 


Muscle  number 

Origin 

Insertion 

1 

Pleural  arm  of 
prothorax 

Zygomatic  with  muscles  2 and  3 
over  the  prothoracic  ganglion 
and  the  anterior  portion  of 
thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic 
mass. 

2 

Anterior  margin  of 
episternum  ventral 
to  tergo-pleural  40 

Zygomatic  with  muscles  1 and  3 
over  the  prothoracic  ganglion 
and  the  anterior  portion  of  thoracic- 
abdominal  ganglionic  mass. 

3 

Anterior  mesofurcal 
arm 

Zygomatic  with  muscles  1 and  2 
over  the  prothoracic  ganglion  and 
the  anterior  portion  of  thoracic- 
abdominal  ganglionic  mass. 

Tibicen  and  compare  this  musculature  to  that  described  by  Maki  (1938) 
for  Huechys. 

7.  Determine  the  innervation  of  a typical  pregenital  abdominal  segment  of 
Tibicen  and,  if  feasible,  to  establish  criteria  of  homology. 

REVIEW  OF  LITERATURE 

The  literature  will  be  reviewed  under  five  major  headings  corresponding  to 
their  order  of  presentation  in  this  paper. 

1 . THE  VENTRAL  NERVE  CORD 

Comparatively  little  is  known  concerning  the  general  nerve  configuration  in 
the  families  of  the  order  Homoptera.  The  principal  writers  reporting  on  the 
ventral  nerve  cord  of  cicadas  are:  Binet  (1894),  Dufour  ( 1833),  Hilton  (1939), 
and  Myers  (1928).  It  may  be  stated  that  within  the  family  Cicadidae  a high 
degree  of  specialization  has  taken  place  as  far  as  the  nervous  system  is  con- 
cerned (Myers,  1928).  The  chief  evidence  of  this  specialization  is  the  fact  that 
all  abdominal  ganglia  have  become  consolidated  within  the  large  thoracic-ab- 
dominal ganglionic  mass  located  in  the  mesothorax. 

Binet  (1894)  described  the  subintestinal  nervous  system  of  Cicada  orni.  By 
microscopic  sections  of  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass,  Binet  was  able 
to  distinguish  the  abdominal  ganglia  by  the  absence  of  crural  lobes  correlated 
with  the  absence  of  legs  in  corresponding  segments  (Myers,  1928). 

Dufour  (1833),  in  an  earlier  publication,  described  the  ventral  nerve  cord  in 
Cicada  orni  as  having  a cephalic  ganglion  and  two  thoracic  ganglia.  The  thoracic 
ganglia  are  nearly  fused,  forming  one  oblong  body  which  is  covered  dorsally  by 
a mass  of  muscles  which  occupy  the  lower  wall  of  the  thorax.  Dufour  states 
that  the  anterior  thoracic  ganglion  gives  rise  to  four  pairs  of  principal  nerves, 
while  the  posterior  ganglion  gives  rise  to  six  pairs  of  nerves.  The  nerve  cords 


6 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


LVol.  LXXIV 


Fig.  2.  First  stage  dissection  showing  muscles  of  the  cervix,  thorax,  and  first  abdominal 
segment  and  the  ventral  nerve  cord  in  longitudinal  section  in  the  male  annual  cicada  Tibicen 
chloromera  (Walker). 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


7 


which  innervate  the  abdominal  segments  are  adherent  at  their  origin  but  separate 
before  finally  dividing  in  the  abdominal  cavity.  Dufour  did  not  describe  the 
subesophageal  ganglion  which,  according  to  Myers  (1928),  may  have  been 
mistaken  for  the  brain. 

Hilton  (1939)  described  the  central  nervous  system  for  both  the  immature 
and  adult  stages  of  a cicada.  Unfortunately,  no  mention  is  made  of  the  species 
studied.  There  were  two  ganglia  in  both  the  immature  and  mature  cicada  other 
than  the  superesophageal  ganglion.  Hilton  further  stated  that  there  are  many 
large,  long  nerves  issuing  from  the  caudal  portion  of  the  large  thoracic-abdominal 
ganglion. 

Myers  (1928)  described  the  brain  and  ventral  nerve  cord  of  Melampsalta 
sericea.  The  round  subesophageal  ganglion  is  connected  to  the  first  ganglionic 
mass  by  a pair  of  long,  stout,  well-separated  interganglionic  connectives.  The 
first  ganglionic  mass  lies  largely  in  the  prothorax.  Two  short,  very  stout  inter- 
ganglionic connectives  join  the  first  ganglionic  mass  to  the  second  thoracic  mass 
which  lies  wholly  within  the  mesothorax.  Myers  states  that  the  second  thoracic 
mass  is  much  longer  than  broad  and  displays  signs  of  a two  fold  origin.  However, 
from  the  standpoint  of  gross  anatomy,  the  abdominal  ganglia  cannot  be  dis- 
tinguished. Nerves  that  innervate  typical  abdominal  segments  superficially  ap- 
pear to  arise  as  a single  cord  as  they  leave  the  second  thoracic  mass.  Later  the 
single  cord  splits  into  two  nerves  as  it  enters  the  abdomen. 

2.  THORACIC  MUSCULATURE 

The  thoracic  musculature  of  two  species  of  cicadas  have  been  described  by 
Berlese  (1909)  and  Maki  (1938).  Berlese  (1909)  described  in  some  detail 
the  thoracic  musculature  of  Cicada  ( — Tibicen ) plebeia . Muscles  are  identified 
in  figures  by  Roman  or  Arabic  numerals  while  descriptions  of  muscle  origins  and 
insertions  are  included  in  the  text.  An  attempt  is  made  to  homologize  the  thoracic 
musculature  of  several  species  of  insects.  Unfortunately,  with  respect  to  Cicada 
(=  Tibicen)  plebeia , it  appears  many  of  the  muscles  that  originate  on  the  furcal 
and  pleural  arms  and  attach  to  the  coxae  and  trochantine  are  omitted. 

Maki  (1938)  presents  a very  detailed  description  of  the  thoracic  muscles  of 
Huechys  sanguinea  var.  philaemata.  Muscles  are  identified  by  their  position  and 
function;  however,  in  tables  and  figures,  Arabic  numerals  are  utilized  for  muscle 
numbers.  Muscle  origins  and  insertions  are  described  in  the  text. 

In  his  study  of  Hemiptera,  Maki  presents  the  thoracic  musculature  of  Eurostus 
validus , Sigara  substriata , Cicadella  ferruginea , Macrohomotoma  gladiatum , and 
Huechys  sanguinea  var.  philaemata . Maki  includes  in  his  tables  the  musculature 
of  Nezara  viridula  by  Malouf  (1933),  Cicada  plebeia  by  Berlese  (1909),  and 
Psylla  mali  by  Weber  (1929). 

Snodgrass  ( 1927  and  1935),  illustrates  a portion  of  the  thoracic  musculature 
of  Tibicina  (=  Magicicada)  septendecim  as  an  example  of  indirect  wing  muscles. 


8 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXIV 


Table  2.  Prothoracic  musculature  of  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker). 


Muscle  Muscle  0rigin 

number  (or  attachment) 

Insertion 
(or  attachment) 

Dorsal  muscles 

Median  dorsal 

4 

Posterior  edge  of  head 

First  phragma 

Median  dorsal 

5 

Dorsolaterally  on  middle 
of  tergum 

First  phragma 

Lateral  dorsal 

6 

Dorsolaterally  on  middle 
of  tergum 

Anterolateral  region  of  first 
phragma 

Lateral  dorsal 

7 

Dorsolaterally  on  middle 
of  tergum 

Anterior  edge  of  first  phragma 

Anterior  dorsal 

8 

Posterior  edge  of  head 

Dorsolateral  midportion  of 
tergum 

Ventral  muscles 

Internal  ventral 

9 

Posterior  tentorial  arm 

Sternal  apophyses 

External  ventral 

10 

Posterior  end  of  cervical 
sclerite 

Pleural  arm  of  prothorax 

Tergo-sternal  muscles 

Anterior  intersegmental 

11 

Posterior  edge  of  head 

Ventrolateral  cervical  sclerite 

Anterior  intersegmental 

12 

Posterior  edge  of  head 

Ventrolateral  cervical  sclerite 

Anterior  intersegmental 

13 

Anterior  dorsolateral  region 
of  tergum 

Posterior  tentorial  arm 

Anterior  intersegmental 

14 

Dorsolateral  region  of 
tergum 

Posterior  tentorial  arm 

Anterior  intersegmental 

15 

Anterior  dorsolateral  region 
of  tergum 

Ventrolateral  cervical  sclerite 

Anterior  intersegmental 

16 

Dorsolateral  region  of 
tergum 

Base  of  tentorium 

Posterior  tergo-sternal 

17 

Anterolateral  portion  of 
mesotergum 

Pleural  arm  of  prothorax 

Tergo-pleural  muscles 

Anterior  tergo-pleural 

18 

Dorsolateral  portion  of  pos- 
terior edge  of  head 

Base  of  prothoracic  pleural  arm 

Anterior  tergo-pleural 

19 

Dorsolateral  portion  of  pos- 
terior edge  of  head 

Base  of  prothoracic  pleural  arm 

Ordinary  tergo-pleural 

20 

Middle  of  lateral  region  of 
tergum 

Pleural  arm  of  prothorax 

Coxal  muscles 

Tergal  promotor 

21 

Dorsolateral  region  of 
tergum 

Anterior  rim  of  coxa 

Tergal  promotor 

22 

Lateral  region  of  tergum 

Apodeme  of  trochantin 

Sternal  promotor 

23 

Prof  urea 

Anterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Tergal  remotor 

24 

Middle  dorsolateral  region 
of  tergum 

Remotor  apodeme  of  coxa 

Tergal  remotor 

25 

Oblique  ridge  at  middle  of 
lateral  region  of  tergum 

Remotor  apodeme  of  coxa 

Tergal  remotor 

26 

Tergum  external  to  25 

Posterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Tergal  remotor 

27 

Lateral  region  of  tergum 
beneath  26 

Posterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Sternal  remotor 

28 

Profurca 

| j 1 

Posterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Tergal  abductor 

29 

Midportion  of  dorsolateral 
region  of  tergum 

Apodeme  anterolateral  basal 
rim  of  coxa 

Pleural  abductor 

30 

Pleural  arm  of  prothorax 

Anterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Pleural  abductor 

31 

Pleural  arm  of  prothorax 

Anterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Trochanteral  muscles 

Tergal  depressor 

32 

Midlateral  region  of  tergum 

Depressor  apodeme  of  trochanter 

Pleural  depressor 

33 

Pleural  arm  of  prothorax 

Depressor  apodeme  of  trochanter 

March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


9 


The  muscles  illustrated  in  the  mesothorax  are  the  longitudinal  dorsal,  oblique 
dorsal,  anterior  tergo-sternal,  and  posterior  tergo-sternal.  The  metathoracic  de- 
pressor muscles  of  the  trochanter  and  the  coxal  part  of  the  depressor  muscle  of 
the  trochanter  are  also  included. 

The  above  muscles  are  homologous  to  those  of  Cicada  (=  Tibicen ) plebeia 
(Berlese,  1909),  Huechys  sanguinea  var.  philaemata  (Maki,  1938),  and  Tibicen 
chloromera  with  respect  to  their  origins  and  insertions. 

3.  THE  CERVICOTHORACIC  NERVOUS  SYSTEM 

Detailed  descriptions  of  the  thoracic  nervous  system  have  not  appeared  in 
the  literature  for  any  member  of  the  family  Cicadidae  nor  for  any  insect  in  the 
order  Homoptera.  Moreover,  the  literature  contains  only  a relatively  few  studies 
regarding  the  thoracic  nervous  systems  of  insects.  One  reason  for  this  lack  of 
information  is  due  to  the  time-consuming  nature  and  patience  necessary  for 
such  research.  Therefore,  the  majority  of  nerve  studies  have  been  restricted  to 
anatomical  facts  and  descriptions  of  nerve  cord  configurations.  The  principal 
writers  who  have  contributed  detailed  information  on  thoracic  nervous  systems  of 
insects  are:  Holste  (1910)  on  Dytiscus  marginalis , Johansson  (1957)  on 

Oncopeltus  fasciatus , Maki  (1936)  on  Chauliodes  formosanus,  Marquardt 
(1939)  on  Carausius  morosus , Matsuda  (1956)  on  Agulla  adnixa  and  Blattella 
germanica , Niiesch  (1957)  on  Telea  polyphemus , Pipa  and  Cook  (1959)  on 
Periplaneta  americana , Schmitt  (1959)  on  Dissosteira  Carolina , and  Wittig 
(1955)  on  Perla  abdominalis. 

Schmitt  (1962 ) states  that  an  additional  reason  for  the  lag  of  nerve  topography 
studies  in  insects  is  due  to  the  difficulty  in  relating  the  findings  on  one  group  to 
those  on  another  group.  Furthermore,  Maki  (1936)  and  Pipa  and  Cook  (1959) 
state  that  there  exists  a remarkable  degree  of  variability  in  nerve  distribution 
patterns  of  different  individuals  of  the  same  insect  species.  However,  Pipa 
and  Cook  (1959)  also  state  that  the  existence  of  a fundamental  plan  in  the 
peripheral  distribution  of  thoracic  nerves  in  widely  separated  insects  is  evident. 
Wittig  (1955)  describes  the  innervation  pattern  in  the  thorax  of  the  larva  and 
adult  of  Perla  abdominalis . She  presents  a comparison  of  the  innervation  fields 
of  the  thoracic  nerves  of  Perla  abdominalis  with  those  of  Chauliodes  formosanus 
as  reported  by  Maki  (1936),  Carausius  morosus  as  reported  by  Marquardt 
(1939),  and  Dytiscus  marginalis  as  reported  by  Holste  (1910)  and  establishes 
the  existence  of  nerve  homologies  in  these  widely  separated  insects. 

Pipa  and  Cook  (1959)  state  that  the  pattern  of  nerve  distribution  in  Peri- 
planeta americana  essentially  agrees  with  that  found  in  other  insects  which  have 
been  investigated.  A similar  indication  in  Periplaneta  americana  was  made  by 
Nijenhuis  and  Dresden  (1955). 

Schmitt  (1959)  describes  the  cervicothoracic  nervous  system  of  Dissosteira 
Carolina  and  presents  several  areas  of  nerve  homology  with  respect  to  Chauliodes 


trx 


10 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Fig.  3.  Second  stage  dissection  showing  muscles  of  the  cervix,  thorax,  and  first  abdominal 
segment  in  longitudinal  section  in  the  male  annual  cicada  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker). 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


11 


formosanus  as  reported  by  Maki  (1936).  However,  he  states  that  the  ptero- 
thoracic  dorsal  nerves  pass  beneath  the  ventral  longitudinal  muscles  and  differ 
in  this  respect  from  the  prothoracic  dorsal  nerves  of  Dissosteira  and  all  the 
thoracic  dorsal  nerves  of  Chauliodes.  Schmitt  compared  the  nerves  of  the  pro- 
thoracic  muscles  of  Dissosteira  with  those  of  the  pterothorax  and  concluded  that 
there  is  evidence  of  a loss  of  anterior  prothoracic  musculature  as  a result  of  the 
evolution  of  the  cervix.  The  cephalic  muscles  of  the  cervical  sclerites  and  the 
ventral  lateral  neck  muscles  are  derived  from  this  anterior  prothoracic  muscula- 
ture. Schmitt  also  includes  a comparative  study  of  the  anterior  ganglionic  con- 
nectives of  the  dorsal  nerves  of  Dissosteira , Periplaneta , and  Orchelimum  and 
indicates  that  the  anterior  ganglionic  connectives  of  the  dorsal  nerves  may  have 
a wider  distribution  than  in  Orthoptera  but  are  not  recognizable  because  of 
juxtaposition  with  the  connectives  of  the  ventral  nerve  cord.  Schmitt  describes 
the  median  nerves  and  the  innervation  of  the  spiracular  muscles  in  Dissosteira 
and  mentions  that  the  transverse  nerves,  dorsal  nerves,  and  the  innervation  of 
the  spiracular  muscles  of  Chauliodes  as  described  by  Maki  (1936)  present  a 
pattern  identical  with  that  in  Dissosteira.  There  appears  to  be  no  essential  dif- 
ferences in  the  innervation  pattern  of  the  thoracic  spiracles  as  compared  with 
the  innervation  pattern  of  the  abdominal  spiracles  in  both  Chauliodes  and 
Dissosteira.  Schmitt  concludes  that  the  nerves  to  the  thoracic  spiracles  agree 
sufficiently  with  the  nerve  pattern  of  the  abdominal  spiracles  to  indicate  that 
the  thoracic  spiracles  may  be  homologous  with  the  abdominal  spiracles. 

Schmitt  (1962),  in  a later  paper,  despite  unfortunate  differences  in  nomen- 
clature applied  by  different  workers,  presents  additional  information  establishing 
the  presence  of  nerve  homologies  in  several  insects.  Schmitt  utilizes  the  dorsal 
longitudinal  muscles  as  a starting  point  since  these  muscles  are  homologous  both 
in  the  thorax  and  abdomen  of  insects.  Usually,  from  a descriptive  standpoint  it 
is  quite  simple  to  identify  the  dorsal  nerves  to  these  muscles.  Schmitt  arranges  in 
tabular  form  the  names  and  designations  used  by  various  authors  for  the  nerves 
to  the  thoracic  dorsal  longitudinal  muscles,  designations  of  the  anterior  ganglionic 
connectives,  designations  of  the  subesophageal  nerves  to  the  protergal  muscles, 
and  a comparison  of  thoracic  nerve  designations  used  by  various  authors  with 
those  utilized  by  Maki  for  Chauliodes.  The  wing  nerves,  median  and  transverse 
nerves,  innervation  of  the  ventral  muscles  and  spinosternal  musculature,  and  a 
discussion  of  the  prothoracic  nervous  system  in  various  insects  is  also  presented. 

4.  THE  MUSCULATURE  AND  INNERVATION  OF  THE  SOUND  MECHANISM 

The  majority  of  investigations  appearing  in  the  literature  concerning  the 
sound  mechanism  of  cicadas  describes  the  construction  of  the  sound  apparatus 
and  the  mechanics  of  sound  production.  Myers  (1928)  presents  a summary  of 
the  studies  pertaining  to  the  sound-producing  apparatus  as  well  as  including  his 


12 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Table  3.  Mesothoracic  musculature  of  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker). 


Muscle 

Muscle 

Origin 

Insertion 

number 

(or  attachment) 

(or  attachment) 

Dorsal  muscles 

Median  dorsal 

34 

Anterior  median  portion  of 
tergum 

Median  area  of  second  phragma 

Lateral  dorsal 

35 

Middle  of  dorsolateral  por- 
tion of  tergum 

Lateral  portion  of  second 
phragma 

Ventral  muscles 

Longitudinal  ventral 

36 

Profurcal  arm 

xMiterior  mesofurcal  arm 

Tergo-Sternal  muscles 

Anterior  tergo-sternal 

37 

Anterior  portion  of  dorso- 
lateral region  of  tergum 

Ventrolateral  sternal  region 

Posterior  tergo-sternal 

38 

Ventral  portion  of  second 
phragma 

Posterior  mesofurcal  arm 

Tergo-Pleural  muscles 

Tergo-pleural 

39 

Anterolateral  margin  of 
tergum 

Anterior  margin  of  episternum 

Tergo-pleural 

40 

Lateral  margin  of  tergum 

Anterior  margin  of  episternum 

Tergo-pleural 

41 

Lateral  margin  of  tergum 

Mesothoracic  pleural  arm 

Tergo-pleural 

42 

Lateral  margin  of  tergum 

Prothoracic  pleural  arm 

Tergo-pleural 

43 

Lateral  margin  of  tergum 

Wing  process 

Tergo-pleural 

44 

Lateral  margin  of  tergum 

Base  of  mesothoracic  pleural  arm 

Pleural-axillary 

45 

Episternum 

Third  axillary  sclerite 

Pleural-axillary 

46 

Episternum 

Third  axillary  sclerite 

Pleuro-subalar 

47 

Posterior  margin  of 
epimeron 

Subalar  sclerite 

Sterno-Pleural  muscles 

Sterno-basalar 

48 

Anterodorsal  portion  of  epi- 
sternum 

Ventrolateral  sternal  region 

Furco-entopleural 

49 

Furcal  arm  of  mesothorax 

Pleural  arm  of  mesothorax 

Coxal  muscles 

Tergal  promotor 

50 

Anterolateral  region  of 
tergum 

Trochantin 

Trochantino-basalar 

51 

Laterodorsal  margin  of  epi- 
sternum 

Trochantin 

Trochantino-basalar 

52 

Anterolateral  margin  of  epi- 
sternum 

Trochantin 

Sternal  promotor 

53 

Base  of  mesofurcal  arm 

Anterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Tergal  remotor 

54 

Anterolateral  region  of 
tergum 

Posterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Tergal  remotor 

55 

Posterior  dorsolateral  region 
of  tergum 

By  a tendon  to  posterior  basal 
rim  of  coxa 

Coxo-subalar 

56 

Posterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Subalar  sclerite 

Sternal  remotor 

57 

Posterior  mesofurcal  arm 

Posterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Sternal  remotor 

58 

Mesofurcal  arm 

Posterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Sternal  adductor 

59 

Mesofurca 

Mesal  basal  edge  of  coxa 

Coxo-basalar 

60 

Dorsal  margin  of  episternum  Anterolateral  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Troehanteral  muscles 

Tergal  depressor 

61 

Anterolateral  portion  of 
tergum 

Depressor  apodeme  of  trochanter 

Trochantero-basalar 

62 

Dorsal  margin  of  episternum 

Depressor  apodeme  of  trochanter 

Sternal  depressor 

63 

Mesofurcal  arm 

Depressor  apodeme  of  trochanter 

Muscles  of  the  spiracle 

Occlusor 

64 

Subspiracularum 

Ventral  portion  of  atrial  chamber 

March,  19661 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


13 


own  findings  based  on  M damp  salt  a sericea  and  M damp  salt  a muta , two  species 
of  cicadas  found  in  New  Zealand. 

Complete  studies  regarding  the  musculature  of  the  first  abdominal  segment 
which  contains  the  sound-producing  apparatus  have  been  described  for  Cicada 
(—  Tibicen)  plebeia  by  Berlese  (1909)  and  for  Huechys  sanguinea  var.  philae- 
mata  by  Maki  (1938).  Berlese  utilizes  both  Roman  and  Arabic  numerals  for 
muscle  identification  in  his  figures  while  descriptions  of  muscle  attachments  are 
included  in  the  text.  Berlese  (1909)  shows  the  structure  of  the  sound  mechanism 
in  his  figures  879  to  882.  Berlese  considers  the  sclerotized  V-shaped  structure, 
yAd2  in  his  figure  880,  as  the  furca  of  the  second  abdominal  sternite.  However, 
Carlet  (1876),  Vogel  (1923)  and  Myers  (1928)  who  have  given  this  structure 
the  most  attention,  ascribe  it  to  the  first  abdominal  segment.  Maki  (1938) 
shows  the  musculature  of  the  sound  mechanism  in  his  figure  24  and  utilizes 
Arabic  numerals  for  muscle  numbers.  Maki  presents  in  tabular  form  the  muscles 
of  the  first  six  abdominal  segments  with  their  muscle  numbers.  Descriptions 
of  the  muscle  attachments  are  not  included  in  the  text. 

A complete  presentation  of  the  innervation  pattern  of  the  first  abdominal  seg- 
ment of  cicadas  has  not  appeared  in  the  literature.  However,  the  auditory  or 
tymbal  nerves  which  innervate  the  large  tymbal  muscles  have  been  mentioned  by 
various  writers  since  Binet  (1894).  Swinton  (1880)  traced  the  auditory  nerve 
from  the  thoracic  ganglionic  mass,  presumably  in  the  mesothorax,  to  the  abdomen 
and  around  the  tymbal  muscle.  The  auditory  nerve  then  forms  a ganglion  which 
enters  a groove.  According  to  Vogel  (1923)  the  auditory  nerve  arises  in  the 
ventral  nerve  strands  and  rises,  running  parallel  with  the  body  wall,  in  a 
sclerotized  groove  and  passes  dorsally  to  the  sense  organ,  where  its  fibers  run 
into  the  base  of  each  sense  cell.  Myers  (1928),  in  poorly  preserved  material, 
found  a distinct  nerve  emerging  on  each  side  of  the  last  thoracic-ganglionic  mass 
and  running  parallel  to  a sclerotized  ridge  leading  up  to  the  auditory  capsule. 
Myers  (1928)  states  that  it  is  very  improbable  that  the  auditory  nerve  should 
arise  from  the  abdominal  strands,  as  Vogel  ( 1923)  states. 

Investigations  utilizing  electric  stimulation  of  the  auditory  or  tymbal  nerve 
and  the  sympathetic  nerve  have  appeared  in  the  literature.  Pringle  (1954) 
concluded  that  the  frequency  of  tymbal  movements  resulting  from  the  contrac- 
tions of  the  tymbal  muscle  exceeds  the  rhythm  of  tymbal  nerve  stimulation. 
Pringle  also  reported  that  an  isolated  tymbal  muscle  does  not  give  multiplied 
rhythmic  reactions  when  stimulated  but  functions  the  same  as  a common  skeletal 
muscle.  Hagiwara  and  Watanabe  (1956)  found  that  at  a certain  intensity  and 
frequency  of  nerve  stimulation,  repetitive  potentials  up  to  ten  or  more  resulted 
from  each  stimulus  in  the  tymbal  muscle,  tymbal  nerve,  and  motor  neuron. 
Voskresenskaya  and  Svidersky  (1960)  investigated  the  electrical  activity  of 
the  tymbal  muscle,  the  tymbal  nerve,  and  the  sympathetic  nerve  during  and 


14 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Fig.  4.  Third  stage  dissection  showing  muscles  of  cervix,  thorax,  and  first  abdominal  seg- 
ment in  longitudinal  section  in  the  male  annual  cicada  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker). 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  or  Annual  Cicada 


15 


after  electric  stimulation  and  concluded  that  the  sympathetic  nervous  system  is 
essential  to  normal  sound  production  in  cicadas. 

5.  THE  MUSCULATURE  AND  INNERVATION  OF  THE  FOURTH  ABDOMINAL  SEGMENT 

The  musculature  of  the  pregenital  abdominal  segments  of  male  cicadas  have 
been  described  by  Maki  (1938)  for  Huechys  sanguined  var.  philaemata  and  by 
Berlese  (1909)  for  Cicada  (=  Tibicen)  plebeia.  Maki  in  his  figure  24  shows  the 
musculature  of  the  first  three  abdominal  segments  and  utilizes  Arabic  numerals 
for  muscle  numbers.  Maki  presents  the  muscles  of  the  first  six  abdominal  seg- 
ments and  their  muscle  numbers  in  a table  on  page  168  where  he  compares  the 
musculature  of  Erostus  validus , Sigara  sub  striata , Huechys  sanguined  var. 
philaemata,  Cicadella  ferruginea,  and  Macrohomotoma  gladiatum.  Maki  does 
not  describe  the  muscle  attachments  for  Huechys  in  his  text;  however,  they  are 
clearly  shown  in  his  figure  24.  Berlese  (1909)  describes  the  musculature  of  the 
first  three  abdominal  segments  in  Cicada  (=  Tibicen)  plebeia  and  utilizes  both 
Roman  and  Arabic  numerals  for  muscle  identification.  Descriptions  of  the 
muscle  attachments  are  included  in  the  text. 

No  studies  dealing  with  the  innervation  of  a pregenital  abdominal  segment  of 
a male  cicada  have  been  found  in  the  literature.  Moreover,  the  literature  con- 
tains only  a few  studies  on  the  abdominal  nervous  system  of  insects. 

In  recent  years  some  interest  has  been  shown  regarding  the  establishment  of 
basic  segmental  nerve  pattern  within  the  Hexapoda.  Schmitt  ( 1954)  describes 
the  nervous  system  of  the  pregenital  abdominal  segments  of  Dissosteira  Carolina , 
Acheta  assimilis,  Periplaneta  americana , and  Diapheromera  femorata.  Schmitt 
utilizes  various  points  of  nerve  homology  or  “landmarks”  in  presenting  the  in- 
nervation pattern  of  the  above  insects.  The  innervation  of  the  ventral  diaphragm 
in  Dissosteira  is  also  described.  Libby  (1959)  describes  the  musculature  and 
innervation  of  the  second  and  third  abdominal  segments  of  the  cecropia  larva 
and  concludes  that  the  dorsal,  ventral,  and  transverse  nerve  roots  arising  from 
each  segmental  ganglion  of  the  cecropia  larva  seem  homologous  with  those  de- 
scribed by  Schmitt  (1954)  for  the  pregenital  segments  of  certain  Orthoptera. 
Libby  concludes,  by  utilizing  the  points  of  nerve  homology  set  forth  by  Schmitt, 
that  the  homogeneity  of  the  innervation  pattern  in  such  widely  separated  orders 
as  Orthoptera  and  Lepidoptera  lend  further  support  to  the  concept  of  a basic 
segmental  nerve  pattern  within  the  Hexapoda.  Libby  (1961)  describes  the  mus- 
culature and  innervation  in  the  fourth  abdominal  segment  of  the  adult  male 
cecropia  moth  Hyalophora  cecropia  and  compares  his  finding  with  the  pregenital 
abdominal  segments  of  Chauliodes  formosanus , as  described  by  Maki  (1936), 
Acheta  assimilis , as  described  by  Schmitt  (1954),  and  the  larva  of  Hyalophora , 
as  described  by  Libby  ( 1959). 

Schmitt  (1963)  describes  the  abdominal  nervous  system  in  the  nymph  of 
Pteronarcys  proteus  and  the  adult  of  Pteronarcys  calif ornica  and  concludes  that 


16 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


"7 

> 

u 


Fig.  5.  Fourth  stage  dissection  showing  muscles  of  the  cervix,  thorax,  and  first  abdominal 
segment  in  longitudinal  section  in  the  male  annual  cicada  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker). 


March,  19661 


Vasvary:  Morphology  or  Annual  Cicada 


17 


the  ganglia  of  segments  3 and  4 have  coalesced  and  only  the  first  three  segments 
contain  both  dorsal  and  ventral  nerves.  The  transverse  nerves  of  segments  4, 
5,  and  6 arise  from  the  ganglia  of  the  immediately  following  segments.  No 
occlusor  or  dilator  muscles  of  the  spiracles  could  be  found  in  the  two  above-men- 
tioned species  of  Pteronarcys.  Schmitt  also  describes  the  muscles  and  nerves  of 
the  genital  segments. 

Schmitt  (1964)  describes  the  nerve  pattern  of  the  pregenital  abdominal  seg- 
ments of  N eoconocephaiis  exiliscanorus  and  Cento philus  gracilipes  gracilipes, 
two  Orthoptera  classified  in  the  family  Tettigoniidae.  The  segmental  nerve 
patterns  of  these  two  insects  were  comparable  and  conformed  to  the  patterns 
described  in  the  Acrididae,  the  Gryllidae,  and  the  Blattidae,  as  described  by 
Schmitt  (1954),  and  in  Carausius  (Phasmidae)  as  described  by  Marquardt 
(1939).  Similarities  in  the  nerve  patterns  to  Hyalophora  cecropia  as  described 
by  Libby  (1959  and  1961)  and  by  Beckel  (1958)  and  in  some  degree  to  the 
Plecoptera  and  the  Megaloptera  were  noted.  No  innervation  to  the  alary  muscles 
could  be  found  in  N eoconocephalus  or  Ceutophilus. 

Schmitt  (1965)  presents  a comparative  study  on  the  transverse  nerves  of 
the  pregenital  abdominal  segments  of  insects.  By  comparing  the  segmental 
innervation  patterns  of  Peri  planet  a,  N eoconocephalus,  Hyalophora,  Chauliodes , 
Pteronarycs,  Acroneurai,  Apis,  and  Tibicen,  Schmitt  concludes  that,  in  those 
insects  which  apparently  lack  median  and  transverse  nerves,  these  nerves  are  in- 
corporated in  the  longitudinal  connectives  and  lateral  segmental  nerves. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

Insect  Material  Used  in  the  This  Study. — The  male  of  the  annual  cicada,  Tibicen 
chloromera  (Walker),  was  selected  for  this  study  in  order  to  provide  information 
concerning  the  musculature  and  nervous  system  of  the  thorax,  sound  mechanism, 
and  a typical  pregenital  abdominal  segment.  The  annual  cicada’s  large  size  and 
ready  availability  make  them  especially  attractive  subjects  for  such  investigation. 
N omenclature. — Nomenclature  used  in  this  study  involve  primarily  the  muscula- 
ture and  nervous  system.  Various  methods  of  nomenclature  have  been  devised 
for  each  of  these  organ  systems. 

Nomenclature  of  the  musculature  is  based  on  the  general  outline  set  forth  by 
Maki  (1938)  in  his  work  on  Huechys  sanguinea  var.  philaemata.  Muscles  are 
named  according  to  their  position,  attachment,  or  function  and  are  assigned 
Arabic  numerals  which  serve  as  muscle  numbers  in  figures. 

Effective  nerve  nomenclature  requires  not  only  that  it  describe  the  nerves  in 
question,  but  also  that  it  can  be  applied  or  adapted  to  as  many  nervous  systems 
as  possible  in  order  to  demonstrate  nerve  homologies.  However,  before  a stan- 
dard terminology  can  be  devised,  it  is  essential  to  have  a relatively  thorough 
knowledge  of  the  musculature  and  nervous  systems  of  manj^  different  insect 


18 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Table  4.  Metathoracic  Musculature  of  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker) 


| Muscle  Origin 

Number  (or  attachment) 

Insertion 
(or  attachment) 

Dorsal  muscles 

Median  dorsal 

65 

Dorsal  portion  of  second 
phragma 

Dorsal  portion  of  third  phragma 

Ventral  muscles 

Longitudinal  ventral 

66 

Posterior  mesothoracic 
furcal  arm 

Metafurcal  arm 

Tergo-Sternal  muscles 

Anterior  tergo-sternal 

67 

Anterior  dorsolateral  region 
of  tergum 

Ventrolateral  sternal  region 

Posterior  tergo-sternal 

68 

Anterolateral  edge  of  first 
abdominal  tergum 

Metafurcal  arm 

Tergo-Pleural  muscles 

Tergo-pleural 

69 

Lateral  portion  of  tergum 

Pleural  arm  of  metathorax 

Tergo-pleural 

70 

Lateral  portion  of  tergum 

Dorsal  border  of  episternum 

Pleuro-axillary 

71 

Pleural  ridge 

Third  axillary  sclerite 

Pleuro-axillary 

72 

Pleural  ridge 

Third  axillary  sclerite 

Sterno-Pleural  muscles 

Sterno-pleural 

73 

Mesofurcal  arm 

Anterior  end  of  metathoracic 
episternum 

Furco-entopleural 

74 

Metafurcal  arm 

Pleural  arm  of  metathorax 

Coxal  muscles 

Tergal  promotor 

75 

Anterior  dorsolateral  region 
of  tergum 

Trochantin 

Pleural  promotor 

76 

Anterior  portion  of  epi- 
sternum 

Anterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Sternal  promotor 

77 

Metafurcal  arm 

Anterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Tergal  remotor 

78 

Mid  dorsolateral  region  of 
tergum 

Posterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Tergal  remotor 

79 

Posterior  dorsolateral  region 
of  tergum 

Posterior  basal  rim  of  coxa  by  a 
tendon 

Coxo-subalar 

80 

Lateral  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Subalare 

Sternal  remotor 

81 

Metafurcal  arm 

Posterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Sternal  remotor 

82 

Metafurcal  arm 

Posterior  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Pleural  abductor 

83 

Anterior  region  of  epi- 
sternum lateral  to  75 

Anterolateral  basal  rim  of  coxa 

Trochanteral  muscles 

Tergal  depressor 

84 

Second  phragma 

Depressor  apodeme  of  trochanter 

Tergal  depressor 

85 

Anterior  portion  of  dorso- 
lateral region  of  tergum 

Depressor  apodeme  of  trochanter 

Pleural  depressor 

86 

Episternum 

Depressor  apodeme  of  trochanter 

Sternal  depressor 

87 

Metafurcal  arm 

Depressor  apodeme  of  trochanter 

Muscles  of  the  spiracle 

Occlusor 

88 

Ridge  between  mesothorax 
and  metathorax 

Ventral  end  of  spiracle 

species.  Several  systematic  methods  of  nerve  terminology  have  been  devised  and 
each  have  their  advantages  and  disadvantages. 

The  method  of  nerve  designation  utilized  in  this  paper  is  similar  to  that  used 
by  Whittig  (1955)  in  her  work  on  Perla  abdominalis  Burm.  Ganglia,  except  for 
the  subesophageal  ganglion,  are  assigned  Roman  numerals.  Nerve  roots  arising 
from  each  ganglion  are  designated  by  the  Roman  numeral  of  the  ganglion  followed 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  op  Annual  Cicada 


19 


by  the  letter  N and  an  Arabic  numeral.  Lower  case  letters  following  Arabic 
numerals  are  used  to  identify  nerve  branches.  Prime  (')  and  double  prime  (") 
designations  are  utilized  where  it  appears  necessary  for  better  understanding  of 
nerve  branch  description. 

Methods  of  Illustration. — Illustrations  in  this  paper  representing  nerves  and 
muscles  are  of  two  types.  One  type,  the  semiperspective  illustration,  is  an  at- 
tempt to  represent  as  clearly  as  possible  the  various  stages  of  dissection.  Each 
stage  is  illustrated  separately  and  in  series  beginning  with  the  median  muscle 
groups  and  progressing  to  the  body  wall.  In  illustrations  that  combine  two 
consecutive  stages  of  dissection,  the  lower  half  of  the  figure  represents  the  earlier 
stage. 

The  second  type  of  illustration  used  in  this  study  are  diagrams  indicating  the 
spatial  relationships  of  nerves.  The  right  side  of  the  insect  is  illustrated  and 
viewed  in  a laterad  aspect.  Muscle  innervations  are  designated  by  Arabic  nu- 
merals which  represent  muscle  numbers.  Where  two  nerves  cross,  the  laterad 
nerve  is  interrupted.  Nerves  which  terminate  in  the  integument  are  indicated  by 
a short  line  drawn  across  the  nerve. 

An  explanation  of  abbreviated  designations  may  be  found  under  “Abbrevia- 
tions used  in  the  Figures”  at  the  conclusion  of  this  paper. 

RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 
1.  THE  VENTRAL  NERVE  CORD 

General:  The  ventral  nerve  cord  of  insects  is  the  postcephalic  portion  of  the 
nervous  system  which  lies  beneath  the  alimentary  canal  and  extends  posteriorly 
through  the  thorax  and  abdomen.  This  portion  of  the  central  nervous  system 
contains  the  subesophageal  ganglion,  thoracic  ganglia,  and  abdominal  ganglia 
arranged  metamerically  and  joined  by  paired  longitudinal  connectives.  However, 
modifications  of  the  above  generalized  ventral  nerve  cord  exists  in  a number  of 
insect  orders  and  is  evidenced  by  the  reduction  in  number  or  complete  absence 
of  ganglia  in  abdominal  segments.  Snodgrass  (1935)  states  that  there  is  a 
tendency  for  the  ganglia  of  the  ventral  nerve  cord  to  migrate  anteriorly  and 
unite  with  each  other.  This  process  is  referred  to  as  condensation.  The  forward 
migration  and  fusion  of  ganglia  results  in  the  shortening  and  external  disap- 
pearance of  connectives  and  commissures. 

A dorsal  view  of  the  ventral  nerve  cord  in  the  male  cicada,  Tibicen  chloromera 
(Walker)  is  illustrated  in  Fig.  9 and  consists  of  a subesophageal  ganglion,  pro- 
thoracic  ganglion,  and  a thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass.  There  are  no 
ganglia  in  any  of  the  abdominal  segments.  All  abdominal  segments  are  innervated 
by  nerves  originating  from  the  posterior  portion  of  the  thoracic-abdominal 
ganglionic  mass  located  in  the  mesothorax. 

The  subesophageal  ganglion  is  the  anterior  ganglion  of  the  ventral  nerve  cord. 


20 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Table  5.  Comparison  of  prothoracic  musculature  of  Tibicen  chloromera , Huechys 
sanguined  var.  philaemata  (Maki,  1938),  and  Cicada  (—  Tibicen)  plebeia  (Berlese,  1909). 


Muscle  groups 

Tibicen 

chloromera 

Huechys  sanguined 
var.  philaemata 
(Maki,  1938) 

Cicada  (=  Tibicen) 
plebeia 

(Berlese,  1909) 

Dorsal  muscles 

Median  dorsal 

4 

1 

140 

Median  dorsal 

5 

2 

CIX 

Lateral  dorsal 

6 

3 

110 

Lateral  dorsal 

7 

— 

CXII 

Anterior  dorsal 

8 

4 

CXXXVI 

Anterior  dorsal 

- 

- 

cxxxv 

Ventral  muscles 

Internal  ventral 

9 

5 

136 

External  ventral 

10 

6 

CXXXI 

Tergo-Sternal  muscles 

Anterior  intersegmental 

11 

7 

147 

Anterior  internal  tergo-sternal 

12 

— 

- 

Anterior  internal  tergo-sternal 

13 

8 

CXXXV 

Anterior  internal  tergo-sternal 

14 

— 

— 

Anterior  internal  tergo-sternal 

15 

9 

CXXXVa 

Anterior  internal  tergo-sternal 

— 

10 

144 

Anterior  internal  tergo-sternal 

16 

11 

— 

Posterior  tergo-sternal 

17 

12 

112 

Tergo-Pleural  muscles 

Anterior  tergo-pleural 

18 

13 

- 

Anterior  tergo-pleural 

19 

- 

- 

Ordinary  tergo-pleural 

20 

14 

- 

Coxal  muscles 

Tergal  promotor 

21 

15 

113 

Tergal  promotor 

22 

16 

- 

Sternal  promotor 

23 

17 

- 

Tergal  remotor 

24 

18 

116 

Tergal  remotor 

25 

19 

- 

Tergal  remotor 

26 

20 

- 

Tergal  remotor 

27 

21 

— 

Sternal  remotor 

28 

— 

— 

Tergal  abductor 

29 

22 

- 

Pleural  abductor 

30 

23 

— 

Pleural  abductor 

31 

24 

- 

Troehanteral  muscles 

Tergal  depressor 

32 

25 

115 

Pleural  depressor 

33 

26 

— 

In  Tibicen  chloromera  eight  pairs  of  nerves  arise  from  the  ganglion  and  innervate 
the  salivary  glands  and  lateral  salivary  gland  ducts,  muscles  associated  with' 
the  feeding  apparatus,  and  some  muscles  of  the  cervical  area. 

The  prothoracic  ganglion  and  the  anterior  portion  of  the  thoracic-abdominal 
ganglionic  mass  are  covered  dorsally  by  ventral  muscles  (Fig.  IB).  Dufour 
( 1833)  mentions  similar  ventral  muscles  in  Cicada  orni. 

An  invagination  of  the  first  abdominal  sternite  serves  as  a muscle  attachment 
for  the  large  tympanal  muscles.  A sternal  canal  is  located  within  this  invagina- 
tion. Two  pairs  of  nerves,  IIN8  and  IIN9,  pass  through  the  sternal  canal. 


March,  19661 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


21 


Fig.  6.  Fifth  stage  dissection  showing  muscles  of  the  cervix,  thorax,  and  first  abdominal 
segment  in  longitudinal  section  in  the  male  annual  cicada  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker). 


22 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[ Vol.  LXXIV 


One  pair  of  nerves,  IIN8,  innervates  the  posterior  muscles  of  the  first  abdominal 
segment  while  the  other  pair  of  nerves,  IIN9,  innervates  the  remaining  abdominal 
segments. 

No  median  nerve  is  visible  between  the  subesophageal  ganglion,  prothoracic 
ganglion,  and  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass.  However,  the  median  nerve 
is  probably  included  within  the  interganglionic  connectives. 

Spiracular  muscles  in  the  thoracic  segments  are  innervated  by  nerves  which 
arise  from  the  dorsolateral  portion  of  the  prothoracic  ganglion  and  thoracic- 
abdominal  ganglionic  mass.  Spiracular  muscles  in  pregenital  abdominal  seg- 
ments are  innervated  by  a nerve  branch  from  the  dorsal  nerve. 

The  ventral  nerve  cord  of  the  male  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker)  is  not  re- 
stricted to  a definitive  positional  relationship  in  the  thorax  by  spinae  or  muscles 
that  attach  to  these  structures.  Schmitt  (1959)  described  an  opposite  situation 
in  the  thorax  of  Dissosteira , where  possible  future  evolution  of  the  ventral  nerve 
cord  towards  condensation  will  require  drastic  skeletal  and  muscle  system 
changes. 

Subesophageal  Ganglion:  The  anterior  portion  of  the  subesophageal  gan- 
glion is  covered  by  the  tentorial  bridge  (TB,  Fig.  9).  A pair  of  short,  stout  cir- 
cumesophageal  connectives  link  the  subesophageal  ganglion  to  the  brain. 

A lateral  view  of  the  subesophageal  ganglion  is  shown  in  Fig.  1A.  Eight  pairs 
of  nerves  arise  from  the  ganglion,  five  pairs  of  nerves  from  the  lateroventral 
surface,  and  three  pairs  from  the  ventral  area. 

The  first  pair  of  nerves,  SN1,  arise  from  the  anterior  medioventral  surface  of 
the  ganglion  in  close  association  with  the  ventral  portions  of  the  circumesopha- 
geal  connectives.  SN1  nerves  divide  into  labral  nerves  (LmNv)  and  nerves  which 
innervate  the  protractor  muscles  of  the  mandibular  bristles  (pmdb). 

The  second  pair  of  nerves,  SN2,  are  mandibular  nerves  and  arise  from  the 
anterior  lateroventral  surface  of  the  ganglion.  The  SN2  nerve  divides  soon 
after  leaving  the  ganglion  into  a dorsal  branch  that  innervates  the  retractor 
muscle  of  the  mandibular  bristle  (rmdb)  and  a ventral  branch  that  innervates  the 
protractor  muscles  of  the  mandibular  bristles. 

The  third  pair  of  nerves,  SN3,  are  maxillary  nerves  and  arise  from  the  latero- 
ventral surface  of  the  ganglion.  The  SN3  nerve  bifurcates  into  anterior  and 
posterior  nerve  branches.  The  anterior  branches  innervate  the  internal  (rmxbi) 
and  the  external  (rmxb2)  retractor  muscles  of  the  maxillary  bristles.  Posterior 
nerve  branches  innervate  both  internal  and  external  retractor  muscles  of  the 
maxillary  bristles,  protractor  muscles  of  the  maxillary  bristles  (lpmxb  and 
2pmxb),  and  provide  nerve  branches  which  enter  the  base  of  the  maxillary 
bristles,  mxb  (Fig.  1A). 

The  fourth,  SN4,  and  fifth,  SN5,  pairs  of  nerves  arise  from  the  mediolateral 
and  posterolateral  areas,  respectively,  of  the  subesophageal  ganglion  and  co- 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


23 


g 

o 

*-4-> 

CJ 

<L> 


C3 

C 

3 

4-> 

• 

bu 

g 

o 


in 

O 

-C 


<u 

rG 


J-H 

0> 

13 


p 

a 

Ui 

c 


£ ? 


-si 

<o 


O 

</} 

c 
o 

•3  ^ 

% :S 

T3 

<U  T3 

w>  rt 

03  c_) 

-*->  ..-c 

m u 


rG 

■*-> 

c7) 


o 

M 


c3 

3 

C 

C 

<3 

OJ 

13 

a 

OJ 

-C 


alesce  to  form  the  first  cervical  nerve  SN4  + SN5.  The  SN4  + SN5  nerves  ex- 
tend dorsally  and  innervate  the  anterior  internal  tergo-sternal  muscle  13. 

The  sixth  pair  of  nerves,  SN6,  arises  from  the  posterior  lateroventral  surface 
of  the  ganglion  and  innervates  the  salivary  glands  (S1G1)  and  the  anterior  in- 
ternal tergo-sternal  muscle  16.  The  latter  nerves  are  the  second  cervical  nerves. 
A nerve  branch  from  SN6,  and  SN6a,  proceeds  in  a posterior  direction  and 
coalesces  with  the  SN9  + INI  nerve. 

The  seventh  pair  of  nerves,  SN7,  are  the  labial  nerves  and  arise  from  the 
posterior  medioventral  surface  of  the  ganglion  ventrad  to  SN6.  Nerve  SN7  pro- 


24 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


vides  nerve  branches  to  the  dilator  muscles  of  the  salivary  syringe  (dlSyr)  and 
the  lateral  muscles  of  the  sclerotized  rod  (mr)  before  entering  the  labium. 
Johansson  ( 1957)  shows  a similar  innervation  pattern  for  the  labial  nerve  in 
the  milkweed  bug  One  o pelt  us  fasciatus  (Dallas).  The  labial  nerves  innervate 
the  dilator  muscles  of  the  salivary  syringe  before  entering  the  base  of  the 
labium. 

The  eighth  pair  of  nerves,  SN8,  arises  from  the  posterior  medioventral  sur- 
faces of  the  ganglion  in  close  association  with  the  interganglionic  connectives  and 
innervates  the  salivary  ducts  (SID). 

A pair  of  large  nerves,  SN9,  arises  laterally  from  each  interganglionic  connec- 
tive and  coalesce  with  the  IN  1 nerves  which  arise  from  the  anterior  surface  of  the 
prothoracic  ganglion.  INI  nerves  can  easily  be  separated  from  the  intergangli- 
onic connectives  to  their  origin  on  the  prothoracic  ganglion. 

A pair  of  long,  sturdy,  well-separated  interganglionic  connectives  link  the 
subesophageal  ganglion  to  the  prothoracic  ganglion.  The  interganglionic  con- 
nectives pass  laterally  around  the  muscles  of  the  sclerotized  rod.  The  sclerotized 
rod  is  an  extension  of  the  labium  and  appears  to  have  a stronger  association  with 
the  prothorax  than  with  the  head  since  it  hangs  freely  from  the  cervical  mem- 
brane. 

Prothoracic  Ganglion:  The  prothoracic  ganglion  lies  wholly  within  the  pro- 
thorax and  is  situated  between  the  sternal  apophyses.  Three  pairs  of  ventral 
muscles  (1,  2,  and  3)  cover  the  entire  ganglion  dorsally  (Fig.  IB). 

Four  pairs  of  nerves  arise  from  the  anterior  portion  of  the  prothoracic  ganglion 
(Fig.  9).  The  anterior  pair  of  nerves  (INI)  proceed  anteriorly  and  join  nerves 
SN9  which  branch  from  the  interganglionic  connectives.  Nerves  IN2,  IN3,  and 
IN4  pass  under  the  internal  ventral  longitudinal  muscles  (9)  and  innervate 
muscles  of  the  cervix,  prothorax,  and  prothoracic  leg  muscles.  (A  detailed  de- 
scription of  the  innervation  pattern  is  presented  under  the  section  entitled  “The 
Cervicothoracic  Nervous  System.”) 

A pair  of  large  nerves,  IIN1,  issues  from  the  interganglionic  connectives  be- 
tween the  prothoracic  ganglion  and  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass  (Fig. 
9).  The  IIN1  nerves  pass  over  the  IIN2  nerves  originating  from  the  thoracic- 
abdominal  ganglionic  mass  and  then  pass  under  the  longitudinal  ventral  muscles 
36  of  the  mesothorax.  Nerve  IINl  innervates  the  longitudinal  ventral  muscles 
36,  median  dorsal  muscles  34,  and  lateral  dorsal  muscles  35  of  the  mesothorax. 

A pair  of  fine,  short  nerves,  IN5,  arise  on  each  side  of  the  middorsal  portion 
of  the  prothoracic  ganglion  and  innervates  the  ventral  muscles  1 which  cover  the 
ganglion. 

Two  pairs  of  fine  nerves,  IN6  and  IN 7,  arise  from  the  middorsal  area  of  the 
prothoracic  ganglion  and  coalesce  with  nerve  INS  arising  from  the  dorsal  surface 
of  the  interganglionic  connective  between  the  prothoracic  ganglion  and  thoracic- 
abdominal  ganglionic  mass. 


March,  1966  1 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


25 


A pair  of  very  short,  stout  interganglionic  connectives  links  the  prothoracic 
ganglion  to  the  large  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass. 

Thoracic— Abdominal  Ganglionic  Mass:  The  thoracic-abdominal  gangli- 

onic mass  is  the  terminal  ganglion  of  the  ventral  nerve  cord  and  is  located  above 
the  basisternum  of  the  mesothorax.  With  the  exception  of  the  XIN2a  nerves 
which  innervate  the  posterior  tergo-sternal  muscles  17  of  the  prothorax,  nerves 
originating  from  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass  innervate  muscles  of 
the  mesothorax,  metathorax,  sound  mechanism,  and  abdominal  segments. 

Eight  pairs  of  lateral  nerve  roots  arise  from  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic 
mass:  one  pair  anteriorly,  IIN2;  two  pairs  laterally,  TIN3  and  IIN4;  and  five 
pairs  posteriorly,  IIN5,  1 1X6.  IIN7,  IIN8,  and  TIN9  (Fig.  9).  Nerves  IIN2, 
IIN3,  and  IIN4  pass  under  the  longitudinal  ventral  muscles  36  while  the  remain- 
ing nerve  roots  extend  posteriorly  and  pass  over  the  mesofurca.  IIN2  is  the 
anterior  wing  nerve  while  IIN3  and  IIN4  innervate  muscles  in  the  mesothorax. 
Nerves  IIN5  and  IIN6  pass  under  the  posterior  arms  of  the  mesofurca  and  inner- 
vate muscles  of  the  metathoracic  segment  with  the  exception  of  nerve  branch 
IIN6a'  which  innervates  the  posterior  tergo-pleural  muscle  38  of  the  mesothorax. 
The  1 1 N 5 nerve  is  the  dorsal  nerve  since  it  innervates  the  dorsal  muscles  65. 
Ventral  muscles  are  innervated  by  a nerve  branch  from  IIN10  + IIN11.  Nerve 
IIN6  provides  a nerve  branch  IIN6a  which  is  the  posterior  wing  nerve.  Nerves 
IIN7  supply  innervation  to  the  muscles  located  in  the  anterior  portion  of  the 
first  abdominal  segment  and  the  membrane  forming  the  large  abdominal  air 
chamber.  Nerves  IIN8  provide  nerve  branches  IIN8a  to  the  large  tympanal 
muscles  before  passing  through  the  sternal  canal  to  innervate  the  muscles  located 
in  the  posterior  portion  of  the  first  abdominal  segment.  The  IIN9  nerves  pass 
through  the  sternal  canal  and  innervate  muscles  of  the  remaining  pregenital 
abdominal  segments  by  providing  a lateral  nerve  branch  to  each  consecutive 
segment.  Two  pairs  of  fine  nerves  (IIN10  and  IIN11)  arise  dorsolaterally  from 
the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass  (Fig.  9).  The  IIN11  nerve  divides 
soon  after  leaving  the  ganglion  and  provides  a fine  nerve  branch  IINlla  which 
coalesces  with  nerve  IIN5.  Nerves  IIN10  and  XIN11  are  connected  by  a fine 
nerve  designated  as  XIN10  + IIN11.  It  appears  that  both  the  IIN10  and  IIN11 
nerves  are  responsible  for  innervation  of  the  occlusor  muscle  (88)  of  the  meta- 
thoracic spiracle  and  ventral  muscle  3. 

Discussion:  Unfortunately,  only  the  gross  anatomy  of  the  central  nervous  sys- 
tem of  cicadas  has  been  described  in  the  literature.  Therefore,  comparisons  of 
ventral  nerve  cords  in  order  to  establish  areas  of  homology  are  limited  to  their 
general  configuration. 

Hilton  (1939)  in  his  Figure  190-1  presents  an  unlabeled  drawing  of  the  cen- 
tral nervous  system  of  an  unnamed  adult  cicada  showing  the  brain  and  two  gan- 
glia of  the  ventral  nerve  cord.  If  it  is  assumed  that  the  anterior  ganglion  is  the 


26 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


rVoL.  LXXIV 


Table  6.  Comparison  of  mesothoracic  musculature  of  Tibicen  chloromera,  Huechys  san- 
guined var.  philaemata  (Maki,  1938),  and  Cicada  {—  Tibicen ) plebeia  (Berlese,  1909). 


Muscle  groups 

Tibicen 

chloromera 

Huechys  sanguined 
var.  philaemata 
(Maki,  1938) 

Cicada  (—  Tibicen ) 
plebeia 

(Berlese,  1909) 

Dorsal  muscles 

Median  dorsal 

34 

27 

70 

Median  dorsal 

— 

— 

69 

Lateral  dorsal 

35 

28 

71 

Ventral  muscles 

Longitudinal  ventral 

36 

29 

105  + 106 

Spino-furcal  ventrals 

- 

- 

104 

Tergo-Sternal  muscles 

Anterior  tergo-sternal 

37 

30 

LXXVIII 

Posterior  tergo-sternal 

38 

31 

73 

Tergo-PIeural  muscles 

Tergo-pleural 

39 

32 

XCI 

Tergo -pleural 

40 

33 

86 

Tergo-pleural 

41 

34 

- 

Tergo-pleural 

42 

- 

- 

Tergo-pleural 

43 

- 

- 

Tergo-pleural 

44 

- 

- 

Pleuro-axillary 

45 

35 

XC1II 

Pleuro-axillary 

46 

36 

XCII 

Pleuro-subalar 

47 

37 

- 

Sterno-Pleural  muscles 

Sterno-basalar 

48 

38 

91 

Furco-entopleural 

49 

39 

100 

Coxal  muscles 

Tergal  promotor 

50 

40 

74? 

Trochantino-basalar 

51 

- 

79  + SO 

Trochantino-basalar 

52 

- 

- 

Sternal  promotor 

53 

41 

- 

Tergal  remotor 

54 

42 

LXXXII 

Tergal  remotor 

55 

43 

75 

Coxo-subalar 

56 

44 

84 

Sternal  remotor 

57 

45 

- 

Sternal  remotor 

58 

- 

- 

Sternal  adductor 

59 

- 

- 

Pleural  abductor 

- 

46 

- 

Coxo-basalar 

60 

47 

82 

Trocha  literal  muscles 

Tergal  depressor 

61 

48 

76 

Trochantero-basalar 

62 

49 

81 

Sternal  depressor 

63 

50 

- 

Muscles  of  the  spiracle 

Occlusor 

64 

51 

— 

subesophageal  ganglion,  then  the  remaining  ganglionic  mass  contains  all  of 
the  thoracic  and  abdominal  ganglia. 

Dufour  (1833),  describing  the  ventral  nerve  cord  in  Cicada  orni , states  that 
the  central  nervous  system  consists  of  a cephalic  ganglion  and  two  thoracic 
ganglia.  No  mention  is  made  of  the  subesophageal  ganglion,  which,  according 
to  Myers  (1928),  Dufour  may  have  confused  with  the  brain.  Dufour  does 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


27 


mention  that  the  cephalic  ganglion  is  produced  by  a fusion  of  two  hemispheroid 
lobes  and  the  cleft  which  separates  the  two  lobes  is  only  superficial.  Dufour 
continues  by  describing  the  thoracic  ganglia  as  not  being  separate  and  distinct 
but  nearly  fused  into  one.  However,  with  difficulty,  a light  demarcation  of  an 
anterior  ganglion  can  be  observed. 

Myers  (1928)  states  that  the  ventral  nerve  cord  in  Melampsalta  sericea 
consists  of  a subesophageal  ganglion,  prothoracic  ganglion,  and  thoracic-ab- 
dominal ganglionic  mass,  each  separated  by  visible  interganglionic  connectives. 

Berlese  (1909),  in  his  Figure  697,  presents  a diagram  of  the  brain  and  the 
subesophageal  ganglion  of  Cicada  (=  Tibicen)  plebeia , and  shows  that  the 
subesophageal  ganglion  is  separated  from  the  brain  by  a pair  of  stout  circum- 
esophageal  connectives.  The  remainder  of  the  ventral  nerve  cord  is  not  described. 

Snodgrass  (1935),  in  his  Figure  237,  presents  a longitudinal  section  of 
Tibicina  (—  Magicicada)  septendecim  showing  two  thoracic  ganglia,  one  in  the 
prothorax  and  the  other  in  the  mesothorax.  The  subesophageal  ganglion  is 
not  illustrated. 

If  the  above  investigations  are  correct,  then  there  appears  to  be  some  diversity 
in  the  family  Cicadidae  regarding  the  number  of  ganglia  in  the  ventral  nerve 
cord.  Cicada  orni  is  the  most  specialized  with  a central  nervous  system  composed 
of  a cephalic  ganglion  and  two  very  closely  associated  thoracic  ganglia  while  in 
Melampsalta  sericea  and  Tibicen  chloromera  there  is  a subesophageal  ganglion 
and  two  separate  thoracic  ganglia. 

There  also  appears  to  be  a diversity  in  the  number  of  principal  lateral  nerve 
roots  arising  from  the  thoracic  ganglia.  Dufour  (1833)  mentions  that  the  an- 
terior thoracic  ganglion  in  Cicada  orni  gives  rise  to  four  pairs  of  principal  nerves 
while  six  pairs  of  nerves  issue  from  the  posterior  thoracic  ganglion.  Hilton 
(1939),  in  his  Figure  190-1,  of  the  central  nervous  systems  of  an  unnamed 
species  of  cicada,  shows  three  principal  nerves  arising  from  the  anterior  lobe 
of  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass  while  the  posterior  lobe  possesses 
three  pairs  of  lateral  nerves  and  a single  caudal  nerve. 

Tibicen  chloromera  has  three  pairs  of  principal  lateral  nerve  roots  (not  count- 
ing the  INI  nerve  which  adheres  to  the  interganglionic  connective)  arising  from 
the  prothoracic  ganglion.  One  nerve,  IIN1,  appears  to  arise  from  the  intergan- 
glionic connective  between  the  prothoracic  ganglion  and  thoracic-abdominal 
ganglionic  mass,  and  eight  principal  pairs  of  nerves  arise  from  the  thoracic-ab- 
dominal ganglionic  mass. 

2.  THORACIC  MUSCULATURE 

General:  The  thoracic  musculature  of  the  male  cicada,  Tibicen  chloromera 
(Walker)  is  illustrated  in  Figs.  IB  to  8.  Figs.  2 to  8 represent  stage  dissections 
which  proceed  from  the  interior  muscle  groups  to  the  exterior  muscle  groups  on 
the  body  wall.  Arabic  numerals  are  utilized  for  muscle  numbers.  Thoracic 


28 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


| V ol.  LXXIV 


Table  7.  Comparison  of  metathoracic  musculature  of  Tibicen  chloromera,  Huechys  san- 
guined var.  philaemata  (Maki,  1938),  and  Cicada  {—  Tibicen)  plebeia  (Berlese,  1909). 


Muscle  groups 

Tibicen 

chloromera 

Huechys  sanguined 
var.  philaemata 
(Maki,  1938) 

Cicada  (=  Tibicen) 
plebeia 

(Berlese,  1909) 

Dorsal  muscles 

Median  dorsal 

65 

52 

37 

Ventral  muscles 

Longitudinal  ventral 

66 

53 

68 

Tergo-Sterual  muscles 

Anterior  tergo-sternal 

67 

54 

XXXVI 

Posterior  tergo-sternal 

68 

55 

XXXVII 

Tergo-Pleural  muscles 

Tergo-pleural 

69 

56 

- 

Tergo-pleural 

70 

- 

- 

Pleuro-axillarv 

71 

57 

56 

Pleuro-axillary 

72 

58 

- 

Sterno-Pleural  muscles 

Sterno-pleural 

73 

59 

- 

Furco-entopleural 

74 

60 

65 

Coxal  muscles 

Tergal  promotor 

75 

61 

42? 

Pleural  promotor 

76 

62 

48  + 49 

Sternal  promotor 

77 

63 

- 

Tergal  remotor 

78 

64 

44 

Tergal  remotor 

79 

65 

43 

Coxo-subalar 

SO 

66 

XLIX 

Sternal  remotor 

81 

67 

61 

Sternal  remotor 

82 

— 

— 

Pleural  abductor 

83 

68 

- 

Trochauteral  muscles 

Tergal  depressor 

84 

69 

XLV 

Tergal  depressor 

85 

70 

46 

Pleural  depressor 

86 

71 

- 

Sternal  depressor 

87 

72 

- 

Muscles  of  the  spiracle 

Occlusor 

88 

73 

— 

muscles  are  listed  with  their  muscle  numbers,  origins,  and  insertions  in  Tables  1 
to  4.  A comparison  of  the  thoracic  musculature  of  Tibicen  chloromera , Huechys 
sanguinea  var.  philaemata  described  by  Maki  ( 1938)  and  Cicada  (=  Tibicen) 
plebeia  described  by  Berlese  (1909)  is  presented  in  Tables  5 to  7. 

Ventral  Muscles  Which  Cover  the  Thoracic  Ganglia:  The  prothoracic 

ganglion  and  the  anterior  portion  of  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass 
are  covered  dorsally  by  three  pairs  of  muscles  (Fig.  IB).  The  muscle  numbers, 
origins,  and  insertions  of  the  three  muscles  groups  are  described  in  Table  1. 
Ventral  muscles  1,2,  and  3 are  mutually  joined  by  zygomatic  connections.  Mus- 
cles 1 and  3 are  quite  sturdy,  while  muscle  2 is  broad  at  its  zygomatic  junction 
and  compressed  dorsoventrally.  Muscle  3 is  joined  laterally  to  ventral  longi- 
tudinal muscle  36  for  a portion  of  its  length. 


Prothoracic  Musculature:  The  prothoracic  muscles  in  Tibicen  chloromera 
are  fundamentally  homologous  to  Huechys  sanguined  var.  philaemata  (Table  5). 
The  lateral  dorsal  7,  anterior  internal  tergo-sternals  12  and  14,  anterior  tergo- 
pleural  19,  and  sternal  remotor  28  muscles  in  Tibicen  chloromera  were  not  re- 
ported in  Huechys  sanguinea  var.  philaemata . 

The  anterior  internal  tergo-sternal  muscle  10  reported  by  Maki  (1938)  and 
muscle  144  by  Berlese  (1909)  are  absent  in  Tibicen  chloromera.  This  muscle 
arises  on  the  tergum  and  attaches  to  the  ventrolateral  cervical  sclerite.  However, 
the  anterior  tergo-sternal  muscles  12  in  Tibicen  chloromera , which  has  its  origin 


30 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


on  the  posterior  end  of  the  head  and  attaches  to  the  ventrolateral  cervical 
sclerite,  is  probably  the  homologue. 

Berlese  (1909)  did  not  report  the  presence  of  tergo-pleural,  sternal  promotor, 
sternal  remotor,  tergal  abductor,  pleural  abductor  or  pleural  depressor  muscles 
in  the  prothorax  of  Cicada  { — Tibicen)  plebeia.  The  anterior  internal  tergo- 
sternal  14,  anterior  tergo-pleural  19,  and  sternal  remotor  28  muscles  in  Tibicen 
chloromera  do  not  have  counterparts  in  the  other  two  species  of  cicadas. 

Mesothoracic  Musculature:  The  mesothorax  is  the  largest  division  of  the 
thorax  and  necessarily  so,  since  it  contains  the  very  large  dorsal  longitudinal 
(34)  and  oblique  dorsal  (35)  muscles.  The  dorsal  longitudinal  muscles  serve  as 
depressors  of  the  wings  while  the  oblique  dorsal  muscles  are  probably  wing  ele- 
vators (Snodgrass,  1927  and  1935). 

The  tergo-pleurals  42,  43,  and  44,  trochantino-basalar  52,  sternal  remotor  58, 
and  sternal  adductor  59  muscles  in  Tibicen  chloromera  have  not  been  reported 
in  Huechys  sanguinea  var.  philaemata  by  Maki  ( 1938)  or  in  Cicada  (=  Tibicen) 
plebeia  by  Berlese  (1909).  The  trochantino-basalar  muscle  51  in  Tibicen 
chloromera  is  present  in  Cicada  {—Tibicen)  plebeia  (79  + 80)  but  not  in 
Huechys  sanguinea  var.  philaemata.  The  pleural  abductor  of  the  coxa,  Maki’s 
muscle  number  46  in  Huechys  sanguinea  var.  philaemata , was  not  described  by 
Berlese  (1909)  in  Cicada  {—Tibicen)  plebeia  nor  is  it  present  in  Tibicen 
chloromera. 

Berlese  (1909)  includes  median  dorsal  69  and  spino-furcal  ventral  104  muscles 
in  Cicada  { — Tibicen)  plebeia.  Both  of  the  above  muscles  are  not  present  in 
the  two  other  species  of  cicadas  (Table  6).  Berlese  (1909)  did  not  report  the 
presence  of  pleural-subalar,  sternal  promotor,  sternal  remotor,  sternal  adductor, 
sternal  depressor,  or  spiracular  muscles. 

Metathoracic  Musculature:  The  metathorax  is  extremely  short,  especially 

dorsally,  where  the  entire  notum  is  reduced  to  a narrow  band  behind  the  scutel- 
lum  of  the  mesonotum. 

The  metathoracic  musculature  in  Tibicen  chloromera  is  homologous  to  that  of 
Huechys  sanguinea  var.  philaemata , with  the  exception  of  the  tergo-pleural 
muscle  70  and  the  sternal  remotor  muscle  82.  Berlese  (1909)  did  not  report  the 
presence  of  tergo-pleural,  sternal-pleural,  sternal  promotor,  pleural  abductor, 
pleural  depressor,  sternal  depressor,  and  spiracular  muscles.  However,  all  of 
the  above  mentioned  muscles  were  reported  by  Maki  (1938)  in  Huechys  san- 
guinea var.  philaemata  and  are  present  in  Tibicen  chloromera. 

3.  THE  CERVICOTHORACIC  NERVOUS  SYSTEM 

General:  A dorsal  view  of  the  ventral  nerve  cord  in  the  male  of  Tibicen  chloro- 
mera (Walker)  is  shown  in  Fig.  9.  A general  description  of  the  thoracic  nervous 
system  is  presented  under  the  section  entitled  “The  Ventral  Nerve  Cord.” 


March,  1966]  Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada  31 


Fig.  9.  Dorsal  view  of  the  ventral  nerve  cord  of  the  male  annual  cicada  Tibicen  chloromera 
(Walker)  from  the  head  to  the  first  abdominal  segment. 


32 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


The  Cervix  and  the  Prothorax:  The  narrowed  membranous  region  between 
the  head  and  prothorax  of  insects  is  called  the  cervix  or  neck  and  is  pre- 
sumably derived  from  portions  of  both  the  labial  and  prothoracic  segments. 
Muscles  contained  within  the  cervical  region  are  believed  to  have  evolved  from 
both  the  labial  and  prothoracic  segments.  Therefore,  the  concept  that  the 
muscles  of  a segment  are  innervated  from  the  ganglion  of  that  segment  suggests 
that  each  muscle  of  the  cervix  can  be  assigned  either  to  the  labial  or  prothoracic 
segment  by  determining  the  segment  of  innervation. 

Three  pairs  of  nerves  from  the  subesophageal  ganglion  innervate  muscles 
located  in  the  cervical  region:  SN4  + SN5,  SN6  (Fig.  9),  and  SN7  (Fig.  1A). 
Nerve  SN4  + SN5  innervates  the  anterior  intersegmental  muscle  13  and 
nerve  SN6  innervates  the  anterior  intersegmental  muscle  16.  The  SN7  nerve 
innervates  the  muscles  of  the  sclerotized  rod,  mr,  and  muscles  within  the 
labium,  mlb  (Fig.  1A).  The  sclerotized  rod  is  an  extension  of  the  labium  and 
hangs  freely  from  the  cervical  membrane. 

A nerve  branch  from  SN6,  designated  as  SN6a  in  figs.  1A  and  9,  may  be 
associated  with  the  innervation  of  the  anterior  intersegmental  muscle  15  and 
possibly  other  muscles  in  the  cervicoprothoracic  area.  A precise  determination 
could  not  be  made  since  the  SN6a  nerve  joins  with  a nerve  formed  by  the 
coalescence  of  nerves  SN9  and  INI.  The  resulting  nerve,  INI  + SN9  + SN6a, 
then  coalesces  with  the  IN2  nerve  to  form  nerve  IN2  + INI  +SN9  +SN6a 
which  innervates  muscles  associated  with  the  cervical  sclerites,  dorsal  muscles, 
and  muscles  located  in  the  anterior  portion  of  the  prothorax. 

The  SN9  nerves  issue  from  the  interganglionic  connectives  between  the 
subesophageal  ganglion  and  prothoracic  ganglion.  Nerve  branch  SN9a  inner- 
vates the  internal  ventral  muscle  9 and  external  ventral  muscle  10  before  joining 
the  IIN10  + IIN11  nerve  originating  from  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic 
mass  (Fig.  9).  Nerve  SN9  then  coalesces  with  nerve  INI  and  later  receives 
the  SN6a  nerve  before  joining  nerve  IN2  originating  from  the  prothoracic 
ganglion. 

The  INI  nerves  arise  from  the  anterior  portions  of  the  prothoracic  ganglion 
adjacent  to  the  interganglionic  connectives.  Nerves  INI  proceed  anteriorly  in 
close  association  with  the  interganglionic  connectives  before  coalescing  with  the 
SN9  nerves. 

The  IN2  nerves  issue  from  the  anterolateral  area  of  the  prothoracic  ganglion 
and  pass  under  the  internal  ventral  muscles  9.  The  first  nerve  branch,  IIN2a, 
provides  two  sensory  nerve  branches  to  the  integument,  then  passes  around  the 
tergal  promotor  muscle  of  the  coxa  21  and  over  the  anterior  basal  rim  of  the 
prothoracic  coxa  into  the  leg.  After  IN2  coalesces  with  nerve  INI  + SN9  + 
SN6a  to  produce  nerve  IN2  + INI  + SN9  + SN6a,  a nerve  branch  is  formed 
which  combines  with  nerve  branches  from  nerve  IIN10  + IIN11  to  innervate 
the  anterior  intersegmental  muscle  15.  Nerve  IN2  + INI  + SN9  + SN6a  then 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


33 


Fig.  10.  Dorsal  view  of  the  ventral  nerve  cord  of  the  male  annual  cicada,  Tibicen  chloro- 
mera  (Walker),  from  nerve  root  IIN3  of  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass  to  the 
second  abdominal  segment  and  showing  the  innervation  pattern  of  the  first  abdominal 
segment. 

ramifies  into  three  nerve  branches.  One  nerve  branch  proceeds  anteriorly  and 
innervates  the  anterior  intersegmental  muscles  11  and  12,  the  ordinary  tergo- 
pleural  muscle  20,  and  the  anterior  tergo-pleural  muscles  18  and  19.  The 
lateral  nerve  branch  bifurcates  into  a ventral  branch  which  innervates  the  pleural 
abductors  30  and  31  and  a dorsal  branch  which  innervates  the  tergal  abductor 


34 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXIV 


muscle  29  and  the  tergal  promotor  muscles  21  and  22.  The  remaining  nerve 
branch  proceeds  dorsally  and  innervates  the  anterior  intersegmental  muscle  14, 
anterior  dorsal  muscle  8,  median  dorsal  muscle  5,  lateral  dorsal  muscles  6 and  7, 
and  median  dorsal  muscle  4. 

The  IN3  nerves  arise  from  the  anterolateral  portion  of  the  prothoracic  gan- 
glion, pass  under  the  anterior  edge  of  the  prothoracic  pleural  apophysis,  and 
innervate  the  sternal  promotor  23,  pleural  depressor  33,  and  sternal  remotor  28 
muscles. 

Nerve  IN4  arises  from  the  anterolateral  portion  of  the  prothoracic  ganglion 
posterior  to  IN3  and  proceeds  in  a lateral  direction  passing  under  the  prothoracic 
pleural  apophysis.  IN4  provides  a nerve  branch  into  the  leg  before  dividing 
into  nerve  branches  IN4a  and  IN4b.  IN4a  is  a sensory  nerve  and  provides 
nerve  branches  to  the  posterolateral  protergal  area.  Nerve  IN4a  innervates 
tergal  remotor  muscles  24,  25,  26,  and  27  and  the  tergal  depressor  muscle  32. 

Nerve  IN5  is  very  short  and  issues  from  the  mediodorsal  area  of  the  pro- 
thoracic ganglion  and  innervates  ventral  muscle  1. 

Nerves  IN6  and  IN  7 arise  from  the  mediodorsal  portion  of  the  ganglion  pos- 
terior to  nerve  IN5  and  coalesce  with  nerve  IN8  which  arises  from  the  dorsal 
area  of  the  interganglionic  connective  between  the  prothoracic  ganglion  and 
thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass  (Fig.  9).  It  appears  that  nerves  IN6,  IN7, 
and  INS  are  responsible  for  the  innervation  of  ventral  muscle  2 and  the  occlusor 
muscle  64  of  the  mesothorax. 

The  posterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  17  of  the  prothorax  is  innervated  by 
nerve  branch  IIN2a  which  arises  from  the  anterolateral  area  of  the  thoracic- 
abdominal  ganglionic  mass.  Nerve  IIN2a  passes  under  nerve  IINl  and  proceeds 
lateral  to  the  longitudinal  ventral  muscle  36  and  along  the  posterior  edge  of  the 
prothoracic  pleural  arm  to  the  posterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  17. 

Mesothorax:  The  mesothorax  is  the  largest  thoracic  segment  in  the  male  of 
the  annual  cicada,  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker).  Innervation  of  the  meso- 
thoracic  segment,  with  the  exception  of  the  posterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  38 
and  the  occlusor  muscle  64,  is  achieved  by  five  pairs  of  nerves:  IINl,  IIN2, 
IIN3,  IIN4,  and  IIN10  + IIN11. 

The  large  IINl  nerves  arise  from  the  short  interganglionic  connectives  between 
the  prothoracic  ganglion  and  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass  GII  (Fig.  9). 
Nerve  IINl  passes  over  nerve  IIN2  and  provides  nerve  branch  IINl  a to  the 
longitudinal  ventral  muscle  36. 

Nerve  IINla  bifurcates  into  two  nerve  branches.  One  nerve  branch  enters 
muscle  36  along  its  mesal  surface  while  the  remaining  nerve  branch  enters  the 
lateral  surface  of  the  muscle  36.  The  IIN2  nerve  passes  laterad  to  the  longi- 
tudinal ventral  muscle  36  and  ramifies  into  six  nerve  branches  along  the  ventral 
edge  of  the  median  dorsal  muscle  34.  The  large  median  dorsal  muscle  34 
is  innervated  by  three  nerve  branches  while  the  lateral  dorsal  muscle  35  is  in- 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


35 


Fig.  11.  Posterolateral  view  of  the  nerves  and  muscles  of  the  right  side  of  the  fourth 
abdominal  segment  of  the  male  of  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker).  First  stage  of  dissection. 


36 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


nervated  by  a single  nerve  branch  which  passes  between  the  median  dorsal 
muscle  35  and  the  anterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  37.  The  remaining  nerve 
branches  (IINlb,  IINlc,  and  IINld)  are  sensory  nerves  and  terminate  in  the 
integument  of  the  mesotergum  (Fig.  9).  Nerve  branch  IINlb  passes  obliquely 
between  the  anterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  37  and  the  median  dorsal  muscle  34 
and  continues  nresad  to  the  furco-entopleural  muscle  49  and  tergal  remotor 
muscle  54.  Nerve  IINlb  provides  a nerve  branch  to  the  trachea  between 
muscle  54  and  55  before  terminating  in  the  integument  in  the  posterior  portion 
of  the  mesotergum.  IINlc  passes  mesad  to  median  dorsal  muscle  34  and 
divides  into  two  nerve  branches.  One  nerve  branch  continues  dorsally  and 
terminates  in  the  middorsal  region  of  the  mesotergum  while  the  other  nerve 
branch  passes  between  the  latter  nerve  and  muscle  34  and  terminates  in  the 
integument  in  the  anterodorsal  region  of  the  mesotergum.  Nerve  IINld  passes 
obliquely  over  the  anterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  37  then  proceeds  along  the 
posterior  edge  of  muscle  37  and  terminates  in  the  integument  of  the  middorsal 
region  of  the  mesotergum. 

Nerve  IIN2  arises  from  the  anterolateral  surface  of  the  thoracic-abdominal 
ganglionic  mass.  Two  nerve  branches,  IIN2a  and  IIN2b,  issue  from  the  base 
of  nerve  IIN2.  The  IIN2  nerve  passes  under  the  ventral  longitudinal  muscle  36, 
and  provides  a nerve  branch  IIN2c  to  nerve  IIN3  (Fig.  9).  Nerve  IIN2  pro- 
ceeds anterodorsally  along  the  posterior  edge  of  the  profurcal  arm  and  then 
passes  laterad  to  the  anterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  37.  The  IIN2  nerve  divides 
into  three  nerve  branches,  IIN2d,  IIN2e,  and  IIN2f,  prior  to  entering  the 
forewing.  Nerve  branch  IIN2d  enters  the  integument  below  the  tegula  of  the 
mesothorax.  Nerve  branch  IIN2e  terminates  in  the  integument  in  the  region 
of  the  third  axillary  sclerites  and  nerve  branch  IIN2f  enters  the  mesothoracic 
tegula.  Nerve  IIN2  is  the  anterior  wing  nerve  (AWN,  Fig.  9)  and  enters  the 
base  of  the  mesothoracic  wing.  Nerve  branch  IIN2a  innervates  the  posterior 
tergo-sternal  muscle  17  of  the  prothorax.  Nerve  branch  IIN2b  passes  under 
the  ventral  longitudinal  muscle  36,  proceeds  around  the  posterior  edge  of  the 
anterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  37,  and  innervates  the  furco-entopleural  muscle 
49  and  the  tergal  remotor  muscle  54,  before  terminating  in  the  integument  along 
the  lateral  edge  of  the  mesotergum. 

Nerve  IIN3  is  a large  nerve  and  arises  from  the  lateral  surface  of  the  thoracic- 
abdominal  ganglionic  mass.  The  first  nerve  branch  passes  under  the  nerve  IIN4 
and  bifurcates  into  two  nerve  branches.  One  nerve  branch  enters  the  integument 
while  the  remaining  nerve  branch  passes  over  the  anterior  basal  aim  of  the 
mesothoracic  coxa  and  enters  the  leg.  Nerve  branch  IIN3a  innervates  the  sternal 
promotor  of  the  coxa  53,  sternal  remotor  of  the  coxa  58,  sternal  adductor  of  the 
coxa  59,  tergal  depressor  61,  trochantero-basalar  62,  and  the  tergal  promotor  of 
the  coxa  50.  Nerve  IIN3  is  then  connected  to  IIN2  by  way  of  nerve  branch 
IIN2c.  The  next  nerve  branch,  IIN3b,  innervates  the  sterno-basalar  muscle  48, 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


37 


the  trochantero-basalar  muscle  62,  the  trochantino-basalar  muscles  51  and  52, 
and  the  coxo-basalar  muscle  60. 

Nerve  IIN3  then  ramifies  into  three  nerve  branches,  one  innervating  the 
anterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  37,  another  which  innervates  the  tergal  promotor 
muscle  50,  and  a nerve  branch  designated  as  IIN3c  (Fig.  9).  Nerve  branch 
IIN3c  innervates  the  anterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  37  and  the  tergo-pleural 
muscles  39,  40,  42,  and  43. 

Nerve  IIN4  issues  from  the  lateral  surface  of  the  thoracic-abdominal  gangli- 
onic mass  posterior  to  IIN3  and  proceeds  posteriorly  and  ramifies  into  three 
nerve  branches  (Fig.  9).  One  nerve  branch  innervates  the  sternal  depressor 
muscle  of  the  coxa  63  before  passing  over  the  posterior  basal  rim  of  the  coxa 
and  into  the  mesothoracic  leg.  Nerve  branch  IIN4a  innervates  the  furco-ento- 
pleural  muscle  49  and  the  sternal  remotor  muscle  57.  Nerve  IIN4  passes 
around  the  posterior  edge  of  the  sternal  remotor  muscle  57  and  provides  a nerve 
branch  to  the  coxo-subalar  muscle  56.  Nerve  IIN4  continues  dorsally  and 
innervates  the  tergo-pleural  muscles  41  and  44,  the  pleuro-axillary  muscles  45 
and  46,  and  the  tergal  remotor  muscles  54  and  55. 

The  posterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  38  of  the  mesothorax  is  innervated  by 
nerve  branch  IIN6a'.  Nerve  branch  IIN6a  is  the  posterior  wing  nerve  (PWN, 
Fig.  9).  It  is  noteworthy  that  the  posterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  17  of  the 
prothorax  is  innervated  by  a nerve  branch  IIN2a  of  the  anterior  wing  nerve 
IIN2. 

The  pleuro-subalar  muscle  47  is  innervated  by  a nerve  branch  formed  by  the 
coalescence  of  IIN10  + IIN11  and  nerve  branch  IIN6a//r. 

Ventral  muscle  3 is  innervated  by  a nerve  branch  from  the  IIN10  + IIN11 
nerve  (Fig.  9). 

Metathorax:  The  metathorax  is  the  shortest  thoracic  segment  in  the  male  of 
the  annual  cicada,  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker).  The  entire  notum  is  reduced 
to  a narrow  band  behind  the  scutellum  of  the  mesonotum  (Fig.  2).  Innervation 
of  the  metathoracic  segment  is  achieved  by  three  pairs  of  nerves:  IIN5,  IIN6, 
and  IIN1Q  + IIN11  (Fig.  9). 

Nerve  IIN5  arises  from  the  lateroposterior  surface  of  the  thoracic-abdominal 
ganglionic  mass  and  passes  mesad  to  the  mesofurca.  After  receiving  nerve 
branch  IINlla,  nerve  IIN5  continues  posteriorly  and  ramifies  into  five  nerve 
branches  (Fig.  9).  The  anterior  nerve  branch,  IIN5,  is  the  dorsal  nerve  and 
innervates  the  tergal  promotor  muscle  75,  the  anterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  67, 
and  terminates  in  the  median  dorsal  muscles  65.  The  next  nerve  branch  origi- 
nates at  the  base  of  IIN5  and  bifurcates  into  a nerve  branch  which  enters  the 
integument  and  nerve  branch  IIN5a  which  innervates  the  pleural  promotor 
muscle  76  and  the  pleural  abductor  muscle  83.  A nerve  branch  originating 
between  IIN5  and  IIN5b  provides  a nerve  to  the  integument  before  passing 
over  the  anterior  basal  rim  of  the  metathoracic  coxa  and  into  the  leg.  Nerve 


38 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


IN9 


Fig.  12.  Posterolateral  view  of  the  nerves  and  muscles  of  the  right  side  of  the  fourth 
abdominal  segment  of  the  male  of  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker).  Second  stage  of  dissection. 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  or  Annual  Cicada 


39 


branch  IIN5b  passes  under  the  posterior  mesof ureal  arm  and  provides  a nerve 
branch  to  the  pleural  depressor  muscle  86  before  innervating  the  tergal  depressor 
muscles  84  and  85.  The  remaining  nerve  branch  innervates  the  sternal  promotor 
muscle  77,  the  sternal  depressor  muscle  87,  and  the  sternal  remotor  muscle  81. 

Nerve  IIN6  passes  under  the  posterior  mesofurcal  arm  and  forms  nerve 
branch  IIN6a  which  passes  around  the  posterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  38  of  the 
mesothorax  providing  the  nerve  branch,  IIN6a'  to  muscle  38.  Nerve  branch 
IIN6a"  passes  around  the  tergal  depressor  muscle  84  and  proceeds  along  the 
posterior  edge  of  the  second  phragma  (2  Ph)  and  provides  a nerve  branch  to 
the  membranous  sac  of  the  abdominal  air  chamber  (MS)  before  terminating  in 
the  integument  along  the  posterolateral  edge  of  the  metatergum  (Fig.  9). 
Nerve  branch  IIN6ar//  coalesces  with  nerve  IIN10  + IIN11.  Nerve  IIN6a  is 
the  posterior  wing  nerve  and  passes  along  the  anterior  edge  of  the  second 
phragma  and  enters  the  base  of  the  metathoracic  wing.  Nerve  IIN6  passes  under 
the  posterior  metafurcal  arm  and  proceeds  dorsally  along  the  posterior  edge  of 
the  tergal  remotor  muscle  79.  Nerve  IIN6  provides  a nerve  branch  which  enters 
the  integument  of  the  epimeron  before  innervating  the  following  muscles:  coxo- 
subalar  80,  posterior  tergo-sternal  68,  tergal  remotors  78  and  79,  tergo-pleural 
69  and  70,  and  the  pleural-axillary  muscles  71  and  72.  Nerve  IIN6b  provides  a 
nerve  branch  to  the  metathoracic  leg  before  innervating  the  sternal  remotor 
muscles  82  and  the  coxo-subalar  muscle  80.  Nerve  branch  IIN6c  innervates 
the  furco-entopleural  muscle  74. 

Nerves  IIN10  and  IIN11  arise  from  the  posterior  dorsolateral  surface  of  the 
thoracic  abdominal  ganglionic  mass  and  coalesce  to  form  nerve  IIN10  + IIN11. 
The  anterior  branch  of  nerve  I1N10  + IIN11  passes  mesad  to  the  ventral  muscle 
3 and  provides  a nerve  branch  to  muscle  3 prior  to  passing  mesad  to  the  pro- 
furcal  arm  and  the  posterior  tergo-sternal  muscle  17  of  the  prothorax.  Nerve 
IIN10  + IIN11  continues  anteriorly  passing  over  the  large  trachea  of  the 
mesothoracic  spiracle  and  provides  two  nerve  branches  which  coalesce  with  a 
nerve  branch  from  IN 2 + INI  + SN9  + SN6a  that  innervates  the  anterior 
internal  tergo-sternal  muscle  15  of  the  prothorax.  A nerve  branch  from  SN9a 
also  joins  nerve  IIN10  + IIN11.  The  pattern  of  axon  distribution  resulting 
from  this  fusion  requires  histological  clarification.  However,  it  appears  that 
the  anterior  intersegmental  muscle  15,  which  attaches  to  the  anterior  dorso- 
lateral region  of  the  protergum  and  the  ventrolateral  cervical  sclerite,  does,  in 
part,  receive  its  innervation  from  nerve  IIN10  + IIN11.  The  IIN10  + IIN11 
nerve  continues  anteriorly  and  passes  under  the  tentorial  bridge. 

Nerve  IIN11  provides  a short  nerve  branch,  IINlla,  that  coalesces  with  nerve 
IIN5. 

The  posterior  branch  of  IIN10  + IIN11  passes  dorsally  over  the  caudal 
portion  of  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass  and  bifurcates  into  a 
dorsal  branch  and  ventral  branch.  The  dorsal  branch  divides  forming  two 


40 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


nerve  branches.  One  nerve  branch  passes  mesad  to  IIN6a'  and  enters 
the  large  trachea  originating  from  the  metathoracic  spiracle.  The  second 
nerve  branch  passes  laterad  to  IIN6a'  and  coalesces  with  IIN6a/r/  to  innervate 
the  sterno-pleural  muscle  7 3,  the  pleuro-subalar  muscle  47  of  the  meso thorax, 
and  the  occlusor  muscle  88  of  the  metathoracic  spiracle.  The  ventral  branch, 
IIN10  + IIN11,  continues  posteriorly  and  innervates  the  longitudinal  ventral 
muscle  66,  then  forms  a loop  which  proceeds  anteriorly  and  provides  a nerve 
branch  which  coalesces  with  nerve  IIN7.  The  IIN10  + IIN11  nerve  proceeds 
in  a posterior  direction  and  enters  the  first  abdominal  segment  which  contains 
the  sound  mechanism.  Further  description  of  the  innervation  pattern  of  the 
IIN10  + IIN11  nerve  is  presented  under  the  section  entitled  “The  Musculature 
and  Innervation  of  the  Sound  Mechanism.” 

Nerve  IIN7  innervates  the  muscles  located  in  the  anterior  portion  of  the 
first  abdominal  segment  while  nerve  IIN8  innervates  the  muscles  located  in 
the  posterior  portion  of  the  first  abdominal  segment.  The  IIN9  nerves  innervate 
the  remaining  pregenital  abdominal  segments  by  providing  a pair  of  lateral 
nerve  roots  to  each  consecutive  segment. 

Discussion:  The  thoracic  nervous  system  in  the  male  of  the  annual  cicada, 
Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker),  presents  a perplexing  enigma  regarding  the 
determination  of  nerve  homologies.  This  problem  is  due  to  the  coalescence  of 
the  mesothoracic,  metathoracic,  and  abdominal  ganglia  into  a single  ganglionic 
mass  located  in  the  mesothorax.  Condensation  of  the  ventral  nerve  cord  has 
presumably  resulted  in  the  coalescence  of  lateral  nerve  branches  thereby  produc- 
ing apparent  variations  in  the  nerve  distribution  pattern  in  Tibicen  when  com- 
pared to  nerve  patterns  described  in  other  insects. 

Schmitt  (1962)  suggests  utilization  of  the  dorsal  longitudinal  muscles  as  a 
starting  point  in  establishing  nerve  homologies.  The  dorsal  longitudinal  muscles 
are  innervated  by  the  dorsal  nerves  of  each  consecutive  segment.  Therefore, 
from  a descriptive  standpoint,  it  is  usually  easy  to  identify  the  dorsal  nerve 
as  it  issues  from  its  ganglion.  However,  Niiesch  (1954)  has  shown  that  some 
of  the  axons  which  supply  the  dorsal  longitudinal  muscles  also  originate  from 
the  immediately  anterior  ganglion. 

The  dorsal  muscles  of  the  prothorax  in  Tibicen  is  innervated  by  nerve  IN2  + 
INI  + SN9  + SN6a.  Nerve  SN9  may  be  the  anterior  ganglionic  connective  of 
the  dorsal  nerve  and  has  adhered  to  the  interganglionic  connective.  However,  it 
cannot  be  determined  without  recourse  to  histological  examination  if  nerve  INI 
or  nerve  IN2  is  the  prothoracic  dorsal  nerve. 

The  dorsal  longitudinal  muscles  of  the  mesothorax  are  innervated  by  the 
I INI  nerves  which  arise  from  the  very  short  interganglionic  connectives  between 
the  prothoracic  ganglion  and  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglion  mass.  Anterior 
ganglionic  connectives  are  not  visible  in  Tibicen.  Niiesch  (1954)  has  demon- 
strated in  Telea  that  motor  axons  from  the  prothoracic  ganglion  pass  through 


March,  1966]  Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada  41 

the  anterior  ganglionic  connectives  to  the  mesothoracic  dorsal  nerve.  Anterior 
ganglionic  connectives  are  not  visible  in  Chauliodes , as  described  by  Maki  (1936), 
nor  in  Agulla , as  described  by  Matsuda  (1956).  However,  Schmitt  (1962) 
proposes  that  if  the  findings  of  Niiesch  regarding  the  innervation  of  the  dorsal 
longitudinal  muscles  are  applicable  to  other  Neopterygota,  it  is  probable  that  the 
fibers  of  the  anterior  ganglionic  connectives  are  also  present  in  Chauliodes  and 
Agulla , but  are  incorporated  in  the  interganglionic  connectives  to  their  connec- 
tion with  the  dorsal  nerves. 

Nerve  IIN5  in  Tibicen  is  the  dorsal  nerve  of  the  metathorax  and  provides  in- 
nervation to  muscles  located  in  the  anterior  portion  of  this  segment  and  the 
dorsal  longitudinal  muscles. 

In  the  Neopterygota,  wing  nerves  may  also  be  useful  in  establishing  nerve 
homologies.  The  wing  nerve  enters  the  wing  cavity  and  is  associated  with 
sensory  structures  at  the  base  of  the  wing.  In  Tibicen  there  are  two  wing  nerves. 
The  anterior  wing  nerve  IIN2  arises  from  the  anterolateral  surface  of  the 
thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass.  Two  nerve  branches  arise  from  the  base 
of  the  anterior  wing  nerve  (IIN2a  and  IIN2b)  and  a third  nerve  branch  IIN2c 
coalesces  with  nerve  IIN3  (Fig.  9).  Nerve  IIN2  then  continues  as  a completely 
independent  nerve  providing  sensory  nerve  branches  to  the  integument  below 
the  tegula,  the  tegula,  and  the  integument  in  the  region  of  the  third  axillary 
sclerites  before  entering  the  wing  cavity.  Maki  (1936)  describes  a similar 
condition  in  Chauliodes , where  a separate  nerve  which  he  labeled  “fourth  root” 
arises  from  the  mesothoracic  ganglion  and  passes  directly  into  the  wing.  In 
Dissosteira , Schmitt  (1959)  found  that  in  addition  to  innervating  the  dorsal 
muscles  of  the  mesothorax,  the  dorsal  nerve  also  provides  an  anterior  nerve 
branch  which  enters  the  tegmen  anteriorly  and  a posterior  branch,  entering 
the  same  wing  posteriorly.  In  Agulla , Matsuda  (1956)  also  found  that  a 
branch  of  the  dorsal  nerve  enters  the  wing.  It  appears  that  the  wing  nerves  of 
Tibicen  and  Chauliodes  are  homologous  to  the  wing  nerves  of  Dissosteira  and 
Agulla  despite  their  association  with  dorsal  nerves  in  the  latter  two  insects. 
The  posterior  wing  nerve  in  Tibicen  arises  as  a nerve  branch,  IIN6a,  from  nerve 
IIN6  (Fig.  9).  Nerve  IIN6a  provides  three  nerve  branches,  IIN6a',  IIN6a", 
IIN6a"',  before  continuing  as  a separate  nerve  and  passing  directly  into  the 
metathoracic  wing  cavity. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  thoracic  legs  receive  their  innervation  from 
two  pairs  of  nerves,  one  entering  the  coxae  anteriorly  and  the  other  posteriorly. 
The  prothoracic  legs  are  innervated  by  nerve  branches  from  nerves  IN2  and 
IN4  and  the  mesothoracic  legs  by  nerve  branches  from  IIN3  and  IIN4  while 
nerve  branches  from  IIN5  and  IIN6  enter  the  metathoracic  legs. 

In  Tibicen  no  median  nerves  are  visible  between  the  subesophageal  ganglion 
and  the  prothoracic  ganglion  nor  between  the  prothoracic  ganglion  and  the 
thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass.  However,  the  median  nerves  may  be 


42 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


included  within  the  interganglionic  connectives.  The  transverse  or  lateral  nerves 
to  the  occlusor  muscles  of  the  mesothoracic  spiracles  arise  from  the  dorsal 
surface  of  the  prothoracic  ganglion.  The  mesothoracic  occlusor  muscle  64  is 
innervated  by  a nerve  resulting  from  the  coalescence  of  nerves  IN6,  IN 7,  and 
IN8  (Fig.  9).  Case  ( 1957)  has  shown  that  in  the  cockroach  the  axons  to  muscles 
of  a thoracic  spiracle  leave  the  anterior  ganglion  by  way  of  the  median  nerve, 
passing  to  the  transverse  nerve  and  then  to  the  muscles.  Hoyle  (1959)  has 
reported  a similar  axon  path  in  the  thorax  of  Schistocerca  gregaria.  It  appears 
then  that  the  nerve  formed  by  the  coalescence  of  IN6,  IN7,  and  INS  is  in  part 
the  transverse  nerve  since  it  terminates  in  the  occlusor  muscle  of  the  mesothoracic 
spiracle.  In  many  instances  the  transverse  nerves  from  the  prothoracic  ganglion 
coalesce  with  the  mesothoracic  dorsal  nerves.  This  was  found  to  be  true  in 
Agulla  and  Blattella  by  Matsuda,  in  Carausiaus  by  Marquardt  (1939),  in 
Chauliodes  by  Maki  (1936),  in  Dissosteira  by  Schmitt  (1959),  in  Periplaneta 
by  Pipa  and  Cook  (1959),  in  Perla  by  Wittig  ( 1955),  and  in  Telea  by  Niiesch 
(1957).  Schmitt  (1962)  mentions  that  no  explanation  has  been  offered  for 
the  coalescence  of  dorsal  nerves  to  the  transverse  nerves  and  presumably  the 
transverse  nerves  provide  other  functions  in  addition  to  exercising  control 
over  the  spiracles. 

The  IIN10  + IIN11  nerves  may  contain  axons  of  a transverse  nerve,  since  a 
nerve  branch  from  IIN10  + IIN11  coalesces  with  nerve  branch  IIN6a//r  and 
the  resulting  nerve  terminates  in  the  occlusor  muscle  88  of  the  metathoracic 
spiracle. 

4.  THE  MUSCULATURE  AND  INNERVATION  OF  THE  SOUND  MECHANISM 

General:  The  musculature  of  the  sound  mechanism  of  Tibicen  chloromera 
(Walker)  is  shown  in  Figs.  2 to  4 and  a list  of  these  muscles  with  their  muscle 
numbers  and  attachments  is  presented  in  Table  8.  Fig.  10  shows  that  the 
innervation  of  the  first  abdominal  segment  is  achieved  by  nerves  IIN7,  IIN8,  and 
IIN10  + IIN11.  Nerve  branch  IIN8a  is  the  auditory  or  tymbal  nerve  since  it 
innervates  the  large  tergo-sternal  muscle  94  or  tymbal  muscle  of  the  sound 
mechanism.  Nerve  IIN10  + IIN11  provides  nerve  branches  to  IIN8a  and  the 
tymbal  muscle. 

The  Musculature  of  the  Sound  Mechanism:  The  musculature  of  the  sound 
mechanism  of  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker)  is  contained  within  the  first  ab- 
dominal segment.  The  tergo-sternal  muscle  94  (Fig.  2),  or  tymbal  muscle,  is  the 
largest  muscle  of  the  sound  mechanism  and  has  its  attachments  on  the  basal 
portion  of  the  first  abdominal  sternum  and  a sclerotized  terminal  plate  which 
attaches  to  the  tymbal  by  a tendon.  The  tymbal  muscles  and  the  tymbals  are 
the  essential  elements  of  the  sound-producing  apparatus  (Myers,  1928). 

The  first  abdominal  sternite  has  become  modified  into  a sclerotized  V-shaped 
structure  which  provides  attachments  and  support  for  the  large  tymbal  muscles. 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


43 


dim 


Fig.  13.  Diagram  of  the  nerve  pattern  of  the  right  side  of  the  fourth  abdominal  segment 
of  the  male  of  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker)  viewed  mesally. 


Carlet  (1876),  Vogel  (1923),  and  Myers  (1928)  have  established  that  this 
sclerotized  V-shaped  structure  is  a modification  of  the  first  abdominal  sternum. 
A sternal  canal  is  present  within  the  base  of  this  structure  and  provides  a 
passageway  for  two  pairs  of  nerves,  IIN8  and  IIN9.  The  “wings”  or  “arms” 


44 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXIV 


Table  8.  Musculature  of  the  sound  mechanism  of  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker). 


Muscle 

Muscle  Origin 

number  (or  attachment) 

Insertion 
(or  attachment) 

Dorsal  muscle 

89 

Anterior  intersegmental  fold  Tergal  ridge 

Dorsal  muscle 

90 

Tergal  ridge 

Posterior  intersegmental  fold 

Ventral  muscle 

91 

Metafurca 

Anterior  edge  of  first  abdominal 
sternite 

Ventral  muscle 

92 

Metafurca 

Lateral  apodemal  arm  of  anterior 
edge  of  sternum 

Ventral  muscle 

93 

Posterior  edge  of  first  ab- 
dominal sternum 

Posterior  intersegmental  fold 

Tergo-sternal  muscle 
(Tvmbal  muscles) 

94 

Basal  portion  of  first  ab- 
dominal sternum 

Terminal  plate  which  attaches  to 
tymbal  by  a tendon 

Tergo-sternal  muscle 

95 

Anterolateral  edge  of  ter- 
gum 

Lateral  apodemal  arm  of  ante- 
rior edge  of  sternum 

Tergo-sternal  muscle 

96 

Anterolateral  edge  of  ter- 
gum  ventrad  to  95 

Lateral  apodemal  arm  of  ante- 
rior edge  of  sternum 

Tergo-sternal  muscle 

97 

Anterolateral  edge  of  ter- 
gum  ventrad  to  96 

Lateral  apodemal  arm  of  ante- 
rior edge  of  sternum 

Tergo-sternal  muscle 

98 

Anteroventral  edge  of  tym- 
bal 

Lateral  apodemal  arm  of  ante- 
rior edge  of  sternum 

Tergo-sternal  muscle 

99 

Tergum  along  lateral  edge 
of  mirror 

Lateral  apodemal  arm  of  poste- 
rior edge  of  sternum 

Tergo-sternal  muscle 

100 

Posterior  intersegmental 
fold 

Lateral  apodemal  arm  of  poste- 
rior edge  of  sternum 

Occlusor  of  spiracle 

101 

Lateral  apodemal  arm  of 
posterior  edge  of  sternum 

Ventral  end  of  spiracle 

Occlusor  of  spiracle 

102 

Lateral  apodemal  arm  of 
posterior  edge  of  sternum 

Base  of  spiracle 

of  the  sclerotized  V-shaped  structure  attach  to  the  tergal  ridge  of  the  first 
abdominal  segment. 

A comparison  of  the  musculature  of  the  sound  mechanism  of  Tibicen  chloro- 
mera with  Huechys  sanguinea  var.  philaemata  described  by  Maki  (1938)  and 
Cicada  {—  Tibicen ) plebeia  described  by  Berlese  (1909)  is  presented  in  Table 
9.  The  musculature  of  Tibicen  differs  from  that  found  in  the  two  other  species 
of  cicadas  compared  in  Table  9 by  the  presence  of  tergo-sternal  muscles  96,  97, 
and  98.  Maki’s  ventral  muscle  76  in  Huechys  was  not  described  by  Berlese 
(1909)  in  Cicada  (=  Tibicen)  plebeia ; however,  it  is  present  in  Tibicen  chloro- 
mera. In  Tibicen , the  dorsal  muscles  89  and  90  have  attachments  on  the  tergal 
ridge  (tr)  of  the  first  abdominal  segment  (Fig.  2).  Berlese  (1909)  shows  in  his 
figure  542  similar  points  of  attachments  for  the  dorsal  muscles  37  and  28-29  in 
Cicada  (=  Tibicen)  plebeia.  However,  the  dorsal  muscle  74  of  Huechys  san- 
guinea var.  philaemata , as  shown  by  Maki  (1938)  in  his  figure  24,  has  its 
attachment  on  the  anterior  and  posterior  intersegmental  folds  of  the  first 
abdominal  segment. 

Innervation  of  the  Sound  Mechanism:  The  innervation  of  the  sound  mech- 
anism is  shown  in  Fig.  10.  Nerves  IIN7,  IIN8,  and  IIN10  + IIN11  provide 
innervation  to  the  muscles  of  the  first  abdominal  segment  which  contains  the 


March,  19661 


Vasvary:  Morphology  or  Annual  Cicada 


45 


sound  mechanism.  Nerve  IIN7  issues  from  the  posterior  portion  of  the  thoracic- 
abdominal  ganglionic  mass  and  proceeds  posteriorly  and  passes  over  the  meso- 
furca.  Nerve  IIN7  receives  a nerve  branch  from  the  IIN10  + IIN11  nerve 
before  forming  the  nerve  branch  IIN7a.  Branch  IIN7a  provides  innervation  to 
the  ventral  muscle  92,  the  membranous  sac  of  the  abdominal  air  chamber,  and 
occlusor  muscle  of  the  first  abdominal  spiracle  101  before  coalescing  with  the 
dorsal  nerve  IIN7.  Nerve  IIN7  is  the  anterior  dorsal  nerve  of  the  first  abdomi- 
nal segment  since  it  terminates  in  the  dorsal  muscles  89.  Nerve  IIN7  provides  a 
nerve  branch  to  the  ventral  muscle  91  and  passes  under  muscle  91,  around  the 
posterior  arm  of  the  metafurca,  and  continues  along  the  anterior  edge  of  the 
first  abdominal  segment.  Nerve  IIN7  provides  a sensory  nerve  branch  to  the 
integument  and  coalesces  with  nerve  IIN10  + IIN11  before  innervating  the 
tergo-sternal  muscles  95,  96,  and  97.  Nerve  IIN7  then  provides  a nerve  branch 
to  the  membranous  sac  surrounding  the  tymbal  muscle  94  and  coalesces  with 
nerve  branch  IIN7a  before  providing  a nerve  branch  to  the  tergo-sternal  muscle 
98  and  dorsal  muscle  89  (Fig.  10). 

Nerve  IIN8  issues  from  the  posterior  portion  of  the  thoracic-abdominal  gan- 
glionic mass  and  proceeds  posteriorly  over  the  mesofurca.  Nerve  IIN8  then 
divides  into  a dorsal  nerve  branch  IIN8a  which  terminates  in  the  tergo-sternal 
muscle  94,  and  a ventral  nerve  IIN8  which  passes  between  the  ventral  muscles 
91  and  enters  the  sternal  canal.  Nerve  branch  IIN8a  is  the  auditory  nerve  and 
proceeds  dorsally  and  for  a portion  of  its  length  adheres  to  the  IIN8a  nerve 
from  the  opposite  side.  Nerve  branch  IIN8a  then  receives  a nerve  branch  from 
the  IIN10  + IIN11  nerve  and  proceeds  in  a dorso-oblique  path  over  the  mesal 
surface  of  the  large  tergo-sternal  muscle  94.  Nerve  IIN8a  then  passes  around 
the  dorso-posterior  edge  of  muscle  94  and  enters  this  muscle  along  its  lateral 
surface.  Nerve  IIN8  passes  through  the  sternal  canal  and  provides  nerve 
branches  to  the  integument  and  ventral  muscle  93.  Nerve  IIN8  then  passes 
along  the  posterior  edge  of  the  first  abdominal  segment  and  provides  nerve 
branches  to  the  occlusor  muscle  of  the  spiracle  102,  tergo-sternal  muscles  99  and 
100,  and  the  dorsal  muscle  90.  Nerve  IIN8  is  the  posterior  dorsal  nerve  since 
it  terminates  in  the  dorsal  muscle  90  located  in  the  posterior  portion  of  the  first 
abdominal  segment. 

The  IIN10  + IIN11  nerve  enters  the  first  abdominal  segment  after  supplying 
a nerve  branch  to  nerve  IIN7  and  proceeds  posteriorly  in  a dorso-oblique  path 
and  provides  a nerve  branch  which  coalesces  with  nerve  IIN8a.  The  IIN10  + 
IIN11  nerve  continues  dorsolaterally  and  provides  a short  nerve  branch  to 
the  tymbal  muscle  94  before  it  loops  in  an  anterior  direction  and  coalesces  with 
nerve  IIN7  (Fig.  10).  The  IIN10  + IIN11  nerve  is  the  sympathetic  nerve  of 
Voskresenskaya  and  Svidersky  (1960),  who  report  that  without  the  innervation 
of  the  sympathetic  nerve  the  sound-producing  system  cannot  function  normally. 
Therefore,  both  the  auditory  nerve,  IIN8a,  and  the  sympathetic  unpaired  nerve, 


46 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Table  9.  Comparison  of  the  musculature  of  the  sound  mechanism  of  Tibicen  chloromera, 
with  Huechys  sanguined  var.  philaemata  (Maki,  1938)  and  Cicada  (—  Tibicen)  plebeia 

(Berlese,  1909) . 


Muscles 

Tibicen 

chloromera 

Huechys 
sanguined 
var.  philaemata 
(Maki,  1938) 

Cicada 
( = Tibicen ) 
plebeia 

(Berlese,  1909) 

Dorsal  muscles 

89 



37 

Dorsal  muscles 

90 

— 

28-29 

Dorsal  muscle 

— 

74 

— 

Ventral  muscle 

91 

75 

35 

Ventral  muscle 

92 

76 

— 

Ventral  muscle 

93 

— 

14  + 15 

Tergo-sternal  muscle 

94 

77 

XXVI 

Tergo-sternal  muscle 

95 

78 

— 

Tergo-sternal  muscle 

96 

— 

— 

Tergo-sternal  muscle 

97 

— 

— 

Tergo-sternal  muscle 

98 

— 

— 

Tergo-sternal  muscle 

99 

— 

XVII 

Tergo-sternal  muscle 

100 

83 

XVII 

First  interpleural  muscle 

— 

— 

LIII 

Occlusor  of  spiracle 

101 

79 

— 

Occlusor  of  spiracle 

102 

85 

- 

IIN10  + IIN11,  are  necessary  for  the  rhythmic  “singing”  of  the  cicada.  It  is 
interesting  to  note  that  Hagiwara  and  Watanabe  (1956)  concluded  that  the 
paired  tymbal  muscles  receive  alternate  impulses  from  the  ganglion,  and  this 
alternate  activity  of  the  two  tymbals  may  give  a double  sound  vibration 
frequency. 

5.  THE  MUSCULATURE  AND  INNERVATION  OF  THE  FOURTH  ABDOMINAL  SEGMENT 

General:  The  abdominal  musculature  of  adult  and  larval  insects  conforms  to 
a simple  fundamental  pattern  which  is  repeated  with  only  minor  variations  in 
each  of  the  pregenital  segments  (Snodgrass,  1935).  The  major  groups  of  ab- 
dominal muscles  found  in  insects  are  the  dorsal  muscles,  ventral  muscles,  lateral 
muscles,  transverse  muscles,  and  spiracular  muscles.  The  dorsal  and  ventral 
muscles  in  most  insects  occur  in  two  layers  and  thereby  form  dorsal  internal  and 
external  muscles  and  ventral  internal  and  external  muscles.  In  the  male  of 
Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker)  the  dorsal  external  and  ventral  external  muscles 
are  absent.  The  writer  observed  a similar  condition  in  all  of  the  typical  pre- 
genital abdominal  segments.  Another  common  form  of  diversification  affecting 
dorsal  and  ventral  muscles  includes  a more  or  less  distinguishable  grouping  of 
the  muscles  into  median  and  lateral  sets  (Snodgrass,  1935).  In  Tibicen  the 
dorsal  muscles  can  be  classified  into  dorsal  internal  median  and  dorsal  internal 
lateral  muscle  groups;  however,  the  ventral  internal  muscles  cannot  be  classified 
into  median  and  lateral  sets  since  there  are  no  ventral  transverse  muscles  or  a 
wide  separation  between  the  ventral  internal  muscles. 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


47 


The  musculature  of  the  fourth  abdominal  segment  of  the  male  of  the  annual 
cicada,  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker)  is  shown  in  Figs.  11  and  12  and  a list 
of  the  muscles  with  their  muscle  numbers  and  attachments  is  presented  in 
Table  10. 

The  innervation  of  the  abdominal  musculature  with  the  exception  of  the 
muscles  of  the  first  abdominal  segment  is  achieved  by  nerves  IIN9.  The  IIN9 
nerves  provide  a pair  of  lateral  nerve  branches  to  each  consecutive  pregenital 
abdominal  segment.  Figs.  11  and  12  show  the  innervation  of  the  fourth  abdomi- 
nal segment. 

The  Musculature  of  the  Fourth  Abdominal  Segment:  The  musculature 
of  the  fourth  abdominal  segment  of  the  male  of  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker) 
can  be  classified  into  dorsal,  ventral,  lateral,  and  spiracular  muscles  (Table  10). 
The  dorsal  muscles  are  subdivided  into  dorsal  internal  median  (103)  and  dorsal 
internal  lateral  (104)  muscles,  dorsal  (105)  and  ventral  (106)  muscles  of  the 
apodeme,  and  dorsal  transverse  muscles  (107).  The  dorsal  internal  median  and 
dorsal  internal  lateral  muscles  have  their  attachments  on  the  anterior  and  pos- 
terior intersegmental  folds  while  the  dorsal  and  ventral  muscles  of  the  apodeme 
have  their  attachments  on  the  anterior  edge  of  the  apodeme  and  the  posterior  in- 
tersegmental fold.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  there  is  a complete  absence 
of  dorsal  external  muscles  in  the  pregenital  abdominal  segments.  The  usual 
location  of  the  dorsal  external  muscles  is  the  posterior  portion  of  the  abdominal 
segment  with  their  attachments  on  the  posterior  margin  of  the  tergunr  and  the 
posterior  intersegmental  fold.  In  this  position  the  dorsal  external  muscles  serve 
as  protractors  of  the  abdomen.  It  appears  that  the  protraction  of  the  abdomen 
in  Tibicen  is  achieved  by  the  contraction  of  the  dorsal  and  ventral  muscles  of  the 
tergal  apodeme.  The  dorsal  transverse  muscle,  107,  has  its  attachments  along 
the  lateral  edge  of  the  dorsal  vessel  and  the  anterolateral  intersegmental  fold 
of  the  tergum. 

Eight  closely  associated  sets  of  ventral  internal  muscles,  108,  are  present  in 
Tibicen.  The  ventral  internal  muscles  cannot  be  grouped  into  specific  median 
and  lateral  muscle  sets. 

Four  pairs  of  lateral  muscles  are  present  in  Tibicen : lateral  internal  109, 
lateral  external  110,  lateral  intrasegmental  111,  and  the  dilator  of  the  abdomen 
112  (Figs.  11  and  12).  The  lateral  internal  and  external  muscles  are  tergo-sternal 
muscles  and  have  their  attachments  on  the  anterior  intersegmental  fold  of  the 
tergum  and  the  internal  surface  of  the  anterior  sternal  apodeme.  The  lateral 
intrasegmental  muscle  is  tergo-sternal  in  its  attachments  and  is  located  in  the 
posterior  portion  of  the  segment.  The  dilator  of  the  abdomen  is  attached  to  the 
anterolateral  edge  of  the  tergum  and  the  external  surface  of  the  anterior  sternal 
apodeme. 

The  spiracle  of  the  fourth  abdominal  segment  is  located  in  the  anterolateral 
corner  of  the  sternum.  The  occlusor  muscle  of  the  spiracle  has  its  attachments 


48 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


on  the  anterolateral  portion  of  the  sternum  adjacent  to  the  sternal  apodeme  and 
to  the  ventral  edge  of  the  spiracle. 

Maki  (1938)  in  his  figure  24  shows  the  musculature  of  the  third  abdominal 
segment  of  Huechys  sanguined  var.  philaemata.  The  musculature  of  the  fourth 
abdominal  segment  of  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker)  is  homologous  to  the  third 
segment  of  Huechys  sanguinea  var.  philaemata  with  the  exception  of  the  dorsal 
internal  lateral  muscles  104,  the  lateral  intrasegmental  muscle  111,  and  the 
dilator  of  the  abdomen  112  of  Tibicen  (Table  11). 

The  Innervation  of  the  Fourth  Abdominal  Segment:  The  innervation  of 
the  fourth  abdominal  segment  is  achieved  by  a pair  of  lateral  nerve  branches 
which  arise  from  the  IIN9  nerves.  The  IIN9  nerves  issue  from  the  posterior  end 
of  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass  and  pass  over  the  mesofurca  and  meta- 
furca  and  between  the  ventral  muscles  into  the  sternal  canal.  After  the  IIN9 
nerves  pass  through  the  sternal  canal  they  provide  a pair  of  lateral  nerve 
branches  to  the  second  and  remaining  pregenital  abdominal  segments.  The 
lateral  nerve  branch  from  nerve  IIN9  divides  into  a dorsal  nerve  and  ventral 
nerve  prior  to  passing  under  the  ventral  internal  muscles  of  the  fourth  abdominal 
segment.  The  innervation  of  the  fourth  abdominal  segment  is  shown  in  Figs.  1 1 
and  12.  The  ventral  nerve  (VNv)  passes  under  the  dorsal  nerve  (DNv)  and 
terminates  in  the  integument  beneath  the  ventral  internal  muscles  108  (Fig.  12). 
The  dorsal  nerve  provides  a nerve  branch  to  the  ventral  internal  muscles  which 
are  innervated  along  their  external  surface. 

The  dorsal  nerve  proceeds  laterally  and  provides  a nerve  (TNv)  to  the 
occlusor  muscle  of  the  spiracle  113  (Fig.  13).  Case  (1957)  presents  experi- 
mental evidence  that  the  median  and  transverse  nerves  provide  a neural  pathway 
connecting  the  spiracular  mechanism  with  the  central  nervous  system.  Schmitt 
(1965)  presents  a comparative  morphological  study  on  the  transverse  nerves 
in  the  abdominal  nervous  system  of  insects  and  concludes  that,  in  insects  which 
apparently  lack  median  and  transverse  nerves,  these  nerves  have  become  in- 
corporated in  the  longitudinal  connectives  and  lateral  segmental  nerves.  In  the 
majority  of  insects  reviewed  by  Schmitt,  the  transverse  nerve  also  innervates  the 
alary  muscles.  In  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker)  the  writer  could  not  determine 
the  innervation  of  the  alary  muscles;  however,  it  appears  reasonable  to  con- 
clude that  the  innervation  of  the  occlusor  muscle  of  the  spiracle  of  Tibicen  is 
accomplished  by  fibers  of  the  transverse  nerve  which  have  become  incorporated 
in  the  dorsal  nerve. 

After  providing  a nerve  branch  to  the  occlusor  muscle  of  the  spiracle,  the 
dorsal  nerve  ramifies  into  three  nerve  branches.  The  anterior  nerve  branch  in- 
nervates the  lateral  internal  muscle  109,  lateral  external  muscle  110,  and  the 
dilator  of  the  abdomen  112.  The  posterior  nerve  branch  divides  into  a sensory 
nerve  which  terminates  in  the  integument  and  a nerve  branch  which  innervates 
the  lateral  intrasegmental  muscle  111  (Figs.  11  and  12). 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


49 


Table  10.  The  musculature  of  the  fourth  abdominal  segment  of  Tibicen  chloromera 

(Walker). 


Muscle 

Muscle 

number 

Origin 

(or  attachment) 

Insertion 
(or  attachment) 

Dorsal  muscles 

Dorsal  internal  median  muscles 

103 

Anterior  intersegmental 
fold 

Posterior  intersegmental  fold 

Dorsal  internal  lateral  muscles 

104 

Anterior  intersegmental 
fold 

Posterior  intersegmental  fold 

Dorsal  muscle  of  apodeme 

105 

Anterior  edge  of  tergal 
apodeme 

Posterior  intersegmental  fold 

Ventral  muscle  of  apodeme 

106 

Anterior  edge  of  tergal 
apodeme 

Posterior  intersegmental  fold 

Dorsal  transverse  muscle 

107 

Anterior  intersegmental 
fold 

Lateral  edge  of  the  dorsal 
vessel 

Ventral  muscles 

Ventral  internal  muscles 

108 

Anterior  intersegmental 
fold 

Posterior  intersegmental  fold 

Lateral  muscles 

Lateral  internal  muscle 

109 

Anterior  intersegmental 
fold  of  tergum 

Internal  surface  of  sternal 
apodeme 

Lateral  external  muscle 

110 

Anterior  intersegmental 
fold  of  tergum 

Internal  surface  of  sternal 
apodeme 

Lateral  intrasegmental  muscle 

111 

Posterolateral  portion 
of  tergum 

Lateral  edge  of  sternum 

Dilator  of  the  abdomen 

112 

Lateral  edge  of  tergum 

External  surface  of  sternal 
apodeme 

Muscles  of  the  spiracle 

Occlusor 

113 

Anterolateral  portion  of 
sternum  adjacent  to  the 
sternal  apodeme. 

Ventral  edge  of  spiracle 

The  dorsal  nerve  proceeds  dorsally  in  an  oblique-posterior  direction  over  the 
tergal  apodeme  and  supplies  a nerve  branch  to  the  dorsal  and  ventral  muscles 
(104  and  105)  of  the  apodeme  (Figs.  11  and  12).  The  dorsal  nerve  continues 
dorsally  along  the  posterior  portion  of  the  tergum  and  passes  over  the  dorsal 
internal  lateral  muscles  104  and  provides  nerve  branches  to  these  muscles.  The 
dorsal  nerve  then  divides  into  three  nerve  branches;  two  nerve  branches  pass 
laterally  under  the  dorsal  internal  median  muscles  and  terminate  in  the  integu- 
ment while  the  dorsal  nerve  passes  mesally  over  the  dorsal  internal  median 
muscles  supplying  these  muscles  with  nerve  branches.  The  dorsal  nerve  termi- 
nates in  the  first  set  of  dorsal  internal  median  muscles  (Fig.  11). 

The  segmental  nerve  pattern  in  the  male  cicada,  Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker), 
is  notably  abbreviated  when  compared  to  the  innervation  pattern  of  some 
families  of  Orthoptera,  as  described  by  Schmitt  (1954),  Chauliodes  jormosanus 
as  described  by  Maki  (1936),  the  larva  and  adult  of  Hyalophora  cecropa  as 
described  by  Libby  (1959  and  1961),  and  in  Pteronarchys  as  described  by 
Schmitt  (1963).  The  abbreviated  nerve  pattern  in  Tibicen  is  largely  due  to 
the  absence  of  the  dorsal  and  ventral  external  muscles  and  by  the  condensation 


50 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Table  11.  A comparison  of  the  musculature  of  the  fourth  abdominal  segment  of  Tibicen 
chloromera  (Walker)  to  the  musculature  of  the  third  abdominal  segment  of  Huechys 
sanguined  var.  philaemata  described  by  Maki  (1938). 


Muscle  groups 

Tibicen 

chloromera 

Huechys 
sanguinea 
var.  philaemata 
(Maki,  1938) 

Dorsal  muscles 

Dorsal  internal  median  muscles 

103 

86 

Dorsal  internal  lateral  muscles 

104 

— 

Dorsal  muscle  of  apodeme 

105 

S7 

Ventral  muscle  of  apodeme 

106 

88 

Dorsal  transverse  muscle 

107 

89 

Ventral  muscles 

Ventral  internal  muscles 

108 

90 

Lateral  muscles 

Lateral  internal  muscle 

109 

91 

Lateral  external  muscle 

110 

92 

Lateral  intrasegmental  muscle 

111 

— 

Dilator  of  the  abdomen 

112 

- 

Muscles  of  the  spiracle 

Occlusors  of  the  spiracle 

113 

93 

of  the  ventral  nerve  cord  which  has  resulted  in  the  formation  of  a thoracic- 
abdominal  ganglionic  mass  located  in  the  mesothorax.  With  the  condensation  of 
the  ventral  nerve  cord,  the  motor  axons  which  supply  the  innervation  to  the 
typical  pregenital  abdominal  segments  have  become  incorporated  within  a 
single  pair  of  nerves,  IIN9.  The  IIN9  nerves  supply  a pair  of  lateral  nerve 
branches  to  each  consecutive  abdominal  segment  after  which  there  are  no  nerve 
connections  between  segments. 

The  innervation  pattern  of  the  fourth  abdominal  segment  of  Tibicen  is  shown 
in  Fig.  13.  The  dorsal  nerve  supplies  innervation  to  the  dorsal  and  ventral 
internal  longitudinal  muscles  which  are  considered  primitive  muscle  groups  of 
the  segmental  musculature  and  are  therefore  useful  in  the  establishment  of  a 
criteria  of  nerve  homology.  Schmitt  (1954)  shows  that  the  dorsal  and  ventral 
internal  muscles  of  Dissosteira , Acheta , and  Periplaneta  are  innervated  by  nerve 
branches  from  the  dorsal  nerve.  Libby  (1959  and  1961)  shows  a similar  innerva- 
tion of  the  same  muscle  groups  in  the  larva  and  adult  of  Hyalophora. 

Further  investigations  of  insects  possessing  a thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic 
mass  located  in  the  thorax  must  be  conducted  before  significant  comparisons 
can  be  made  with  the  segmental  nerve  pattern  of  Tibicen. 

SUMMARY  AND  CONCLUSIONS 

The  musculature  and  innervation  of  the  thorax,  of  the  sound  mechanism,  and 
of  a typical  pregenital  abdominal  segment  of  the  male  of  the  annual  cicada, 
Tibicen  chloromera  (Walker)  are  described.  The  musculature  of  the  thorax  and 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


51 


abdominal  segments  of  Tibicen  is  essentially  homologous  to  the  musculature  of 
the  male  cicada  Heuchys  sanguined  var.  philaemata  as  described  by  Maki 
(1938). 

The  ventral  nerve  cord  consists  of  a subesophageal  ganglion,  prothoracic 
ganglion,  and  a thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass.  There  are  no  ganglia  pres- 
ent in  any  of  the  abdominal  segments.  The  abdominal  segments  are  innervated 
by  lateral  nerve  branches  arising  from  a pair  of  nerves  that  originate  from  the 
posterior  portion  of  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass  located  in  the  meso- 
thorax.  Eight  pairs  of  nerves  arise  from  the  subesophageal  ganglion  and  supply 
innervation  to  the  muscles  associated  with  the  feeding  apparatus,  the  salivary 
glands,  the  lateral  ducts  of  the  salivary  glands,  and  some  of  the  muscles  of  the 
cervical  area. 

The  prothoracic  ganglion  and  the  anterior  portion  of  the  thoracic-abdominal 
ganglionic  mass  are  covered  dorsally  by  ventral  muscles.  The  prothoracic 
ganglion  supplies  innervation  to  some  of  the  muscles  of  the  cervical  area  and 
the  muscles  of  the  prothorax.  The  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass  provides 
innervation  to  the  posterior  tergo-sternal  muscles  of  the  prothorax,  the  muscles 
of  the  mesothorax,  metathorax,  and  all  the  abdominal  segments.  No  median 
nerves  are  visible  between  the  subesophageal  ganglion,  prothoracic  ganglion,  and 
the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass.  However,  the  median  nerves  are  prob- 
ably included  within  the  interganglionic  connectives.  Spiracular  muscles  of  the 
thoracic  segments  are  innervated  by  nerves  which  arise  from  the  dorsolateral  area 
of  the  prothoracic  ganglion  and  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass.  The 
nerves  to  the  spiracular  muscles  are  apparently  the  transverse  nerves  of  the 
“ventral  sympathetic  nervous  system.” 

The  sound  mechanism  is  contained  within  the  first  abdominal  segment.  An 
invagination  of  the  first  abdominal  sternite  serves  as  an  area  for  attachment 
and  support  for  the  large  tymbal  muscles.  A sternal  canal  is  located  within  the 
sternal  invagination  and  permits  the  passage  of  two  pairs  of  nerves.  One  pair 
of  nerves  innervates  the  muscles  in  the  posterior  portion  of  the  first  abdominal 
segment  while  the  remaining  pair  of  nerves  provides  innervation  to  the  remain- 
ing abdominal  segments. 

Each  typical  pregenital  abdominal  segment  is  innervated  by  a pair  of  lateral 
nerve  branches  which  arises  from  a single  pair  of  nerves  originating  from  the 
posterior  end  of  the  thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass  and  pass  through  the 
sternal  canal.  There  are  no  nerve  connections  between  the  typical  pregenital 
abdominal  segments  once  the  lateral  nerves  enter  their  respective  segments.  A 
single  nerve  branch  from  the  dorsal  nerve  innervates  the  occlusor  muscle  of  the 
spiracle  of  the  fourth  abdominal  segment.  It  appears  that  the  innervation  of 
the  occlusor  muscle  of  the  spiracle  is  achieved  by  fibers  of  the  transverse  nerve 
which  have  become  incorporated  in  the  lateral  nerve  branches  to  the  abdominal 
segments. 


52 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Acknowledgments 

I wish  to  express  my  gratitude  to  Dr.  J.  B.  Schmitt  of  the  Department  of  Entomology 
and  Economic  Zoology,  Rutgers-The  State  University,  for  his  assistance  and  guidance  in 
the  selection  and  suggestions  for  carrying  out  this  morphological  study.  This  paper  is  a 
portion  of  a thesis  submitted  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Rutgers-The  State  University  in 
partial  fulfillment  of  requirements  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

Literature  Cited 

Beckel,  W.  E.  1958.  The  morphology,  histology  and  physiology  of  the  spiracular  regu- 
lating apparatus  of  Hyalophora  cecropia  (L.)  Proc.  Intern.  Congr.  Entomol.  10th 
Meeting,  Montreal,  Que.  1956,  2:  87-115. 

Berlese,  A.  1909.  Gli  Insetti.  Vol.  I.  Milan. 

Binet,  A.  1894.  Contribution  a l’etude  du  systeme  nerveux  sous  intestinal  des  Insects. 

Journ.  de  l’Amat.  de  la  Phys.  30  Ann.,  Nr.  5:  449-543. 

Brandt,  E.  1878.  Vergleichend-anatomische  Untersuchungen  fiber  das  Nervensystem  der 
Hemipteren.  Horae  Soc.  Ent.  Ross.,  Tom.  14:  496-505. 

Carlet,  G.  1876.  Sur  Panatome  de  l’appareil  musical  de  la  Cigale.  C.  R.  Acad.  d.  Sc.,  T. 

86. 

Case,  J.  F.  1957.  The  median  nerves  and  cockroach  spiracular  function.  J.  Insect  Physiol., 
1 : 85-94. 

Dufour,  L.  1833.  Recherches  anatomiques  et  physiologiques  sur  les  Hemipteres.  Mem.  d. 

savant,  etrang.  a l’Acad.  d.  Sc.  Tom.  4:  129-462. 

Hagiwara,  S.,  and  A.  Watanabe.  1956.  Discharges  in  motoneurons  of  Cicada.  Journ.  Cell. 
Comp.  Physiol.,  47:  415-428. 

Hilton,  W.  A.  1939.  The  nervous  system  of  Homoptera  and  Hemiptera.  Journ.  Ent.  and 
Zool.,  31 : 36-38. 

Holste,  G.  1910.  Das  Nervensystem  von  Dytiscus  marginalis.  Z.  Wiss.  Zool.,  96:  419- 
476. 

Hoyle,  G.  1959.  The  neuromuscular  mechanism  of  an  insect  spiracular  muscle.  J.  Insect 
Physiol.,  3:  378-394. 

Johansson,  A.  S.  1957.  The  nervous  system  of  the  milkweed  bug,  Oncopeltus  jasciatus 
(Dallas)  (Heteroptera,  Lygaeidae).  Trans.  Amer.  Ent.  Soc.,  83:  119-183. 

Libby,  J.  L.  1959.  The  nervous  system  of  certain  abdominal  segments  in  the  cecropia  larva. 
Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  52:  469-480. 

— . 1961.  The  nervous  system  of  certain  abdominal  segments  and  the  innervation  of 

the  male  reproductive  system  and  genitalia  in  Hyalophora  cecropia.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc. 
Amer.,  54:  887-896. 

Maki,  T.  1936.  Studies  on  the  skeletal  structure,  musculature  and  nervous  system  of 
the  alder  fly,  Chauliodes  formosanus  Peterson.  Mem.  Fac.  Sci.  and  Agric.,  Taihoku 
Imp.  Univ.,  16  (3):  117-253. 

— . 1938.  Studies  on  the  thoracic  musculature  of  insects.  Mem.  Faculty  Sci.  and  Agric., 

Taihoku  Imp.  Univ.,  Formosa,  Vol.  24,  No.  1.  Entomol.  No.  10. 

Malouf,  N.  S.  R.  1933.  The  skeletal  motor  mechanism  of  the  “Stink  bug”,  Nezara 
viridula  L.  Bull.  Soc.  ent  Egypte,  Cairo,  xvi  (1932).  161-203. 

Marquardt,  F.  1939.  Beitrage  zur  Anatomie  der  Muskulatur  und  peripheren  Nerven  von 
Carausius  ( Dixippus ) morosns  Br.  Zool.  Jahrb.  Anat.,  66:  63-128. 

Matsuda,  R.  1956.  The  comparative  morphology  of  the  thorax  of  two  species  of  insects. 
Microentomology,  21:  1-63. 

Myers,  J.  G.  1928.  Morphology  of  the  Cicadidae  (Homoptera).  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London, 
25:  365-472,  74  figs. 


March,  1966] 


Vasvary:  Morphology  of  Annual  Cicada 


53 


Nijenhuis,  E.  D.,  and  D.  Dresden.  1955.  On  the  topographical  anatomy  of  the  nervous 
system  of  the  mesothoracic  leg  of  the  American  cockroach  ( Periplaneta  americana) . 
Konikl.  Ned.  Akad.  Wetenschap.  Proc.  Ser.  C.,  58:  121-136. 

Nuescil,  H.  1954.  Segmentierung  und  Muskelinnervation  bei  Telea  polyphemus  Cr.  Rev. 
Suisse  Zook,  61 : 420-428. 

— . 1957.  Die  Morphologie  des  Thorax  von  Telea  polyphemus  Cr.  II.  Nervensystem. 

Zool.  Jahrb.  Anat.,  75:  615-642. 

Pipa,  R.  L.,  and  E.  F.  Cook.  1959.  Studies  on  the  hexapod  nervous  system.  I.  The 
peripheral  distribution  of  the  thoracic  nerves  of  the  adult  cockroach,  Periplaneta 
americana.  Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Am.,  52:  695-710. 

Pringel,  J.  W.  S.  1954.  A physiological  analysis  of  Cicada  song.  Journ.  Exp.  Biol.,  31: 
255-560. 

Schmitt,  J.  B.  1954.  The  nervous  system  of  the  pregenital  abdominal  segments  of  some 
Orthoptera.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  47:  677-682. 

. 1959.  The  cervicothoracic  nervous  system  of  a grasshopper.  Smithsonian  Inst. 

Pubis.  Misc.  Collections,  137:  307-329. 

. 1962.  The  comparative  anatomy  of  the  insect  nervous  system.  Ann.  Rev.  of 

Entomol.,  7:  137-156. 

. 1963.  The  abdominal  nervous  system  in  Pteronarcys.  Jour.  N.  Y.  Entomol.  Soc., 

71:  202-217. 

. 1965.  Variations  in  the  transverse  nerve  in  the  abdominal  nervous  system  of 

insects.  Jour.  N.  Y.  Entomol.  Soc.  73:  144-150. 

Snodgrass,  R.  E.  1927.  Morphology  and  mechanism  of  the  insect  thorax.  Smithsonian 
Misc.  Coll.,  80:  No.  1,  108  pp.,  44  figs. 

. 1935.  Principles  of  Insect  Morphology.  McGraw-Hill  Book  Co.,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Swinton,  A.  H.  1880.  Insect  Variety:  its  propagation,  and  distribution,  treating  of 

odours,  dances,  colours,  and  music  in  all  grasshoppers,  cicadae  and  moths.  London. 
Vogel,  R.  1923.  Uber  ein  tympanales  Sinnesorgan,  das  mutmalsliche  Hororgan  der 
Singzikaden.  Zeitschr  f.  wissensch.  Zook,  120:  190-231. 

Voskresenskaya,  A.  K.,  and  V.  L.  Svidersky.  1960.  The  role  of  the  central  and  sympa- 
thetic nervous  system  in  the  function  of  the  tymbal  muscles  of  cicadas.  Journ.  Ins. 
Physiol.,  6:  26-35. 

Weber,  H.  1929.  Kopf  and  Thorax  von  Psylla  Mali  Schmids.  (Hemiptera-Homoptera) . 
Z.  Morph.  Oekol.  Tiere,  xiv,  59-165. 

Wittig,  G.  1955.  Untersuchungen  am  Thorax  von  Perla  abdominalis  Burm.  (Larve  und 
Imago).  Zook  Jahrb.  Anat.,  74:  491-570. 

Received  for  publication  September  20,  1965 

ABBREVIATIONS  USED  ON  THE  FIGURES 

AT — Anterior  tentorial  arm 
AWN — Anterior  wing  nerve 
Ba:i — Metathoracic  basalare 
bp — Bristle  plate 

CoeCon — Circumesophageal  connective 

Con — Connective 

Cv — Cervix 

cv — Cervical  sclerite 

Cxi — Coxa  of  the  prothoracic  leg 

Cx^ — Coxa  of  the  mesothoracic  leg 

Cx:; — Coxa  of  the  metathoracic  leg 


54 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


dil — Dorsal  internal  lateral  muscle 

dim — Dorsal  internal  median  muscle 

dlra — Dilator  muscle  of  the  abdomen 

dlSyr — Dilator  muscle  of  the  salivary  syringe 

dma — Dorsal  muscle  of  the  tergal  apodeme 

DNv — Dorsal  nerve 

Ful — Mesofurca 

F u3 — Metafurca 

GI — Prothoracic  ganglion 

GII — Thoracic-abdominal  ganglionic  mass 

L— Leg 

Lb — Labium 

le — Lateral  external  muscle 

li — Lateral  internal  muscle 

lis — Lateral  intrasegmental  muscle 

LmNv — Labral  nerve 

M — Mirror  of  the  sound  mechanism 

mlb — Muscles  of  labium 

mr — Muscles  of  the  rod 

MS — Membranous  sac  of  the  sound  mechanism 
mxb — Maxillary  bristle 
Op — Operculum 

osp — Occlusor  muscle  of  the  spiracle 

pi — Tymbal  muscle  plate 

PlAi — Prothoracic  pleural  arm 

PlAs — Mesothoracic  pleural  arm 

PlAs — Metathoracic  pleural  arm 

pmdb — Protractor  muscle  of  the  mandibular  bristle 

PT — Posterior  tentorial  arm 

PWN — Posterior  wing  nerve 

r — Rod 

rmdb — Retractor  muscle  of  the  mandibular  bristle 

rmxbi — Internal  retractor  muscle  of  the  maxillary  bristle 

rmxbs — External  retractor  muscle  of  the  maxillary  bristle 

Sai — Subalare  of  the  mesothorax 

Sa;! — Subalare  of  the  metathorax 

SLD — Salivary  duct 

SLGL — Salivary  gland 

SoeGng — Subesophageal  ganglion 

Sp2 — Mesothoracic  spiracle 

Spy — Metathoracic  spiracle 

sp — Fourth  abdominal  spiracle 

Ti — Prothoracic  tergum 

To — Mesothoracic  tergum 

Ty — Metathoracic  tergum 

tapd — Tergal  apodeme 

TB — Tentorial  bridge 

tg — Tegula 

tn — Tendon  between  tymbal  plate  and  tymbal 
TNv — Transverse  nerve 


March,  1966  | 


Vogel:  Spiders  from  Pennsylvania 


55 


Tr — Trachea 

tr — Tergal  ridge 

TYM — Tymbal 

Vi — Ventral  internal  muscles 

Vma — -Ventral  muscle  of  the  tergal  apodeme 

Vnv — Ventral  nerve 

wg — Wing  of  sclerotized  V-shaped  structure  of  first  abdominal  segment 
lPh — First  phragma 
2Ph — Second  phragma 

I —  First  abdominal  segment 
ISp — First  abdominal  spiracle 

II —  Second  abdominal  segment 

lpmxb — Protractor  muscle  of  the  maxillary  bristle 
2pmxb — Protractor  muscle  of  the  maxillary  bristle 


Spiders  from  Powdermill  Nature  Reserve 

Beatrice  R.  Vogel 

Biology  Department,  Yale  University 

Abstract:  This  paper  is  a list  of  150  species  of  spiders  collected  during  a 2 -week  study  of 
the  fauna  of  Powdermill  Nature  Reserve  in  Pennsylvania. 

Local  and  regional  faunal  lists  are  the  backbone  of  ecological  and  zoogeograph- 
ical  studies.  Such  lists  provide  the  detailed  information  on  local  faunas  necessary 
for  syntheses  of  a broader  scope.  The  spider  fauna  of  Pennsylvania  has  been 
sadly  neglected.  Distribution  maps  in  recent  taxonomic  revisions  almost  invari- 
ably show  a lack  of  locality  records  from  this  state.  There  has  been  only  one 
list  of  Pennsylvania  spiders  published  during  the  last  half  century  (Truman, 
1942):  a list  of  spiders  from  Presque  Isle,  Erie  County.  This  present  paper  is 
also  a local  faunal  list. 

The  Powdermill  Nature  Reserve  of  Carnegie  Museum  is  an  area  of  about 
1,500  acres  in  the  Ligonier  Valley  of  Westmoreland  County,  Pennsylvania.  The 
reserve  includes  a variety  of  woodland  and  open  (chiefly  old  field)  habitats. 
This  collection  was  primarily  made  during  a 2 -week  study  in  June  and  July, 
1965,  with  a few  additional  specimens  collected  at  other  times  of  the  year.  This 
list  must,  of  necessity,  be  regarded  as  preliminary.  With  the  exception  of 
duplicates  retained  by  the  author,  the  specimens  are  deposited  in  Carnegie 
Museum. 

The  collection  consists  of  over  1,000  specimens  of  mature  spiders,  representing 
about  150  species.  The  list  from  Presque  Isle  also  includes  about  150  species, 
but  the  two  lists  have  only  half  their  species  in  common.  These  lists,  along  with 
scattered  reports,  bring  the  published  number  of  Pennsylvania  species  between 
200  and  250.  Judging  by  the  fauna  of  New  York  state,  there  should  eventually 
be  more  than  500  species  of  Pennsylvania  spiders. 


56 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


LVol.  LXXIV 


I wish  to  thank  C.  J.  Goodnight,  of  Western  Michigan  University,  for  identifi- 
cation of  the  opilionids;  W.  Ivie,  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
for  identification  of  the  erigonids;  and  W.  J.  Gertsch,  Curator  of  Spiders  at  the 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  for  identification  of  Clubiona  and  for 
help  with  some  of  the  difficult  species.  I am  also  indebted  to  M.  Graham 
Netting,  Director  of  Carnegie  Museum,  for  making  my  fieldwork  at  Powdermill 
Nature  Reserve  possible. 


ORDER  ARANEIDA 

Suborder  MY GALOMORPHAE 

ANTRODIAETIDAE 
Antrodiaetus  unicolor  (Hentz) 

Suborder  ARANEAMORPHAE 
AMAUROBIIDAE 

Amaurobius  bennetti  (Blackwall) 

DICTYNIDAE 
Dictyna  cruciata  Emerton 
Dictyna  joliacea  (Hentz) 

Dictyna  frondea  (Hentz) 

Dictyna  sublata  (Hentz) 

Lathy s foxi  Marx 

ULOBORIDAE 
Hyptiotes  sp.  (immature) 

SEGESTERIIDAE 
Ariadna  bicolor  (Hentz) 

TETRAGNATHIDAE 

Leucauge  venusta  (Walckenaer) 
Mimognatha  foxi  (McCook) 
Pachygnatha  autumnalis  Keyserling 
T etragnatha  elongata  Walckenaer 
T etragnatha  straminea  Emerton 
T etragnatha  versicolor  Walckenaer 

THERIDIIDAE 

Achaearanea  globosum  (Hentz) 
Achaearanea  tepidariorum  (Koch) 
Ancylorrhanis  hirsutum  (Emerton) 
Asagena  americana  Emerton 
Crustulina  altera  Gertsch  and  Archer 
Ctenium  frontata  (Banks) 

Ctenium  pumilis  (Emerton) 

Dipoena  nigra  (Emerton) 
Enoplognatha  tecta  (Keyserling) 
Euryopis  funebris  (Hentz) 


Steatoda  borealis  (Hentz) 

Teutana  triangulosa  (Walckenaer) 
Theridion  albidum  Banks 
Theridion  differens  Emerton 
Theridion  frondeum  Emerton 
Theridion  lyricum  Walckenaer 
Theridion  murarium  Emerton 
Theridion  sexpunctatum  Emerton 
Theridion  spirale  Emerton 
Theridula  opulent  a Walckenaer 

ERIGONIDAE 
Ceraticelus  bulbosus  (Emerton) 
Ceraticelus  fissiceps  (Cambridge) 
Ceraticelus  laetabilis  (Cambridge) 
Ceratinopsidis  formosa  (Banks) 
Ceratinopsis  inter  pres  (Cambridge) 
Ceratinopsis  nigriceps  Emerton 
Collinsia  oxypaederotipus  (Crosby) 
Cornicularia  minuatus  Emerton 
Cornicularia  vigilax  (Blackwall) 
Eperigone  macndat a (Banks) 

Erigone  autumnalis  Emerton 
Grammonota  trivittata  ? Banks 
Hypselisthes  florens  (Cambridge) 
Maso  sarcocuom  (Crosby  and  Bishop) 
Maso  sundevalli  (Westring) 

Origanates  rostratus  (Emerton) 
Scylaceus  pallida  (Emerton) 

LINYPHIIDAE 

Bathyphantes  albiventris  (Banks) 
Lepthy phantes  subalpina  (Emerton) 
Linyphia  waldea  Chamberlin  and  Ivie 
Meioneta  fabra  (Keyserling) 

Pity ohy phantes  costatus  Hentz 
Tennesseellum  formica  (Emerton) 

ARANEIDAE 

Araneinae 

Acacesia  hamata  (Hentz) 

Acanthepeira  stellata  (Walckenaer) 


March,  1966 


Vogel:  Spiders  from  Pennsylvania 


57 


Araneus  attestor  Petrunkevitch 
Araneus  cornutus  Clerck 
Araneus  marmoreus  Clerck 
Araneus  solitarius  (Emerton) 

Araneus  trifolium  (Hentz) 

Araniella  displicata  (Hentz) 

Cyclosa  conica  (Pallos) 

Cyclosa  turbinata  (Walckenaer) 

East  ala  anastera  (Walckenaer) 

M angora  gibber osa  (Hentz) 

Mastophora  bisaccata  ? (Emerton)  (imma- 
ture) 

Neoscona  arabesca  (Walckenaer) 

Singa  praetensis  Emerton 
Singa  sp.  aff.  variabilis 

Argiopinae 
Argiope  trifasciata  (Forskal) 

Gea  heptagon  (Hentz) 

Gasteracanthinae 
Micrathena  gracilis  (Walckenaer) 

Micrathena  sagittata  (Walckenaer) 

Theridiosomatinae 
Theridiosomma  radiosum  McCook 

AGELENIDAE 

Agelenopsis  pennsylvanica  (Koch) 

Cicurina  arcuata  Keyserling 
Cicurina  brevis  (Emerton) 

Cicurina  idahoana  Chamberlin 
Cicurina  pallida  Keyserling 
Coras  medicinalis  (Hentz) 

Wadotes  sp.  (immature) 

HAHNIIDAE 

Antistea  brunnea  ? (Emerton)  (immature) 
Hahnia  cinerea  Emerton 

OXYOPIDAE 
Oxyopes  salticus  (Hentz) 

PISAURIDAE 
Dolomedes  scriptus  Hentz 
Dolomedes  tenebrosus  Hentz 
Dolomedes  triton  sexpunctatus  Hentz 
Dolomedes  urinator  Walckenaer 
Dolomedes  vittatus  Walckenaer 
Pisaurina  brevipes  (Emerton) 

Pisaurina  mira  (Walckenaer) 

Pisaurina  mira  var.  subinflata 


LYCOSIDAE 

Arc.tosa  virgo  (Chamberlin) 

Lycosa  frondicola  Emerton 
Lycosa  gulosa  Walckenaer 
Lycosa  helluo  Walckenaer 
Lycosa  rabida  Walckenaer 
Pardosa  distinct  a (Blackwall) 

Pardosa  lapidicina  Emerton 
Pardosa  milvina  Hentz 
Pardosa  moesta  Banks 
Pardosa  saxatilis  (Hentz) 

Pirata  insularis  Emerton 
Pirata  maculatus  Emerton 
Pirata  minutus  Emerton 
Pirata  montanus  Emerton 
Schizocosa  avida  (Walckenaer) 
Schizocosa  crassipes  (Walckenaer) 
Schizocosa  saltatrix  (Hentz) 

GNAPHOSIDAE 
Drassyllus  fallens  Chamberlin 
Sosticus  insularis  (Banks) 

Zelotes  duplex  Chamberlin 

ANYPHAENIDAE 
Any phaenella  saltabunda  (Hentz) 

CLUBIONIDAE 
Castianeira  sp.  (immature) 
Chiracanthium  inc.lusum  (Hentz) 
Clubiona  abboti  Koch 
Clubiona  kastoni  Gertsch 
Clubiona  obesa  Hentz 
Clubionoides  pallens  (Hentz) 

THOMISIDAE 

Misuminae 

Misumenoides  formosipes  (Walckenaer) 
Misumenops  asperatus  (Hentz) 
Misumenops  oblongus  (Keyserling) 

X ysticus  elegans  Keyserling 
Xysticus  ferox  (Hentz) 

X ysticus  f rat  emus  Banks 
Xysticus  funestus  (Keyserling) 

Xysticus  triguttatus  Keyserling 

Philodrominae 
Philodromus  placidus  Banks 
Philodromus  rufus  Walckenaer 
Thanatus  sp.  (immature) 


58 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Tibellus  maritimus  (Menge) 

Tibellus  oblongus  (Walckenaer) 

SALTICIDAE 
Evarcha  hoyi  (Peckham) 
Habrocestum  pulex  (Hentz) 
Habronattus  decorus  (Balckwall) 
Hasarius  adansoni  (Audouin) 
lcius  harti  Emerton 
Maevia  incle mens  (Walckenaer) 
Marpissa  lineata  (Koch) 

Marpissa  undata  (DeGeer) 
Metaphidippus  galathea  (Walckenaer) 
Neon  nelli  Peckham 


Paraphidippus  marginata  (Walckenaer) 
Peckhamia  scorpiona  (Hentz) 
Phidippus  clams  Keyserling 
Phi  dip  pus  prince  ps  (Peckham) 

Phlegra  fasciata  (Hahn) 

Salticus  scenicus  (Linnaeus) 

Sittacus  jloridanus  Gertsch  and  Mulaik 
Synemosyna  formica  Hentz 
Zygoballus  bettini  Peckham 

ORDER  OPILIONIDA 
Leiobunum  nigropalpi  Wood 
Leiobunum  ventricosum  Wood 
Leiobunum  verrucosum  Wood 


Literature  Cited 

Included  is  a brief  list  of  works  for  studying  Pennsylvania  spiders.  Many  of  these  con- 
tain bibliographies  of  more  specialized  papers.  Kaston  is  probably  the  most  useful  single 
work  for  identifying  species. 

Bonnet,  P.  1945-1959.  Bibliographia  Araneorum.  Toulouse,  1,  2:  i-xvi,  1-832;  1-5058. 
Crosby,  C.  R.,  and  S.  C.  Bishop.  1928.  Araneae.  In  A list  of  the  Insects  of  New  York. 

Cornell  Univ.  Agr.  Exper.  Sta.,  Mem.  101 : 1034-1074. 

Kaston,  B.  J.  1948.  Spiders  of  Connecticut.  State  Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey, 
Bull.  70:  1-874. 

Levi,  H.  W.  1957.  The  spider  Genera  Enoplognatha , Theridion  and  Paidisca  in  America 
north  of  Mexico  (Araneae:Theridiidae) . Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  112  (1):  1-123. 
Truman,  L.  C.  1942.  A list  of  spiders  collected  in  western  Pennsylvania.  Proc.  Penn. 
Acad.  Sci.,  16:  25-28. 

Received  for  Publication  November  29,  1965 


Recent  Publications 

The  Natural  History  of  Mosquitoes.  Marston  Bates,  Harper  and  Row,  New  York,  $2.45 
(paper)  378  pp.,  1965. 

A Systematic  Revision  of  the  Amenidae  (Diptera:  Calliphoridae) , R.  W.  Crosskey, 

Bull.  Brit.  Mus.  (Nat.  Hist.),  Entomology,  16:  2,  about  $5.00,  107  pp.,  1965. 

The  Culicoides  of  New  York  State  (Diptera:  Ceratopogonidae) , Bull.  # 399.  Hugo  Jamn- 
back,  New  York  State  Museum  and  Science,  $1.00,  154  pp.,  24  plates,  1965. 

Mierolepidoptera  of  Juan  Fernandez  Island.  J.  F.  Gates  Clarke,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mu- 
seum 117  No.  3508,  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.  C.,  106  pp.,  1965. 

A Revision  of  the  Nodini  and  A Key  to  the  Genera  of  Eumolpidae  of  Africa  (Cole- 
optera:  Eumolidae),  B.  J.  Selman,  Bull.  Brit.  Mus.  (Nat.  Hist.),  Entomology,  16, 

No.  2,  about  $1.90  (paper),  31  pp.,  1965. 

Review  of  the  Genus  Cerceris  in  America  North  of  Mexico  (Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae), 
Herman  A.  Scullen,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Museum,  116,  No.  3506,  Smithsonian  Institution, 
Washington,  D.  C.,  2121  pp.,  1965. 

Defensive  Secretion  of  a Caterpillar  (Papilio).  Thomas  Eisener,  and  Yvonne  C.  Mein- 
wald,  Science,  150,  Dec.  1965,  pp.  1733-1738,  illus. 


March,  1966] 


O’Brien:  Aedes  aegypti 


59 


Origin  and  Structural  Function  of  the  Basal  Cells  of  the  Larval  Midgut 
in  the  Mosquito,  Aedes  aegypti  Linnaeus1 

James  F.  O’Brien2 

Biological  Laboratories,  Fordham  University,  Bronx,  New  York  10458 

Abstract:  This  study  of  a series  of  midgut  whole  mounts  of  larval  and  pupal  Aedes  aegypti 

shows  that  basal  or  regenerative  cells  first  appear  as  a distinct  cell  type  in  the  mosquito 
midgut  at  about  the  ninth  hour  of  larval  life.  These  cells  seldom  take  part  in  forming  the 
epithelial  lining  of  the  larval  midgut.  After  their  appearance,  frequent  mitotic  divisions 
occur  in  the  basal  cells  throughout  the  larval  instars  resulting  in  the  presence  of  a large 
number  of  these  cells  in  the  prepupal  midgut.  During  metamorphosis  in  the  pupal  stage, 
the  basal  cells  remain  to  form  the  epithelial  layer  of  the  imaginal  midgut. 

Relatively  little  is  known  about  the  cytological  development  of  the  midgut  in 
the  mosquito,  Aedes  aegypti  Linnaeus.  Christophers’  (1960)  description  of  the 
Aedes  digestive  tract  indicates  that  the  midgut  has  received  little  attention  from 
cytologists.  Among  the  three  types  of  cells  comprising  the  larval  midgut  of  Aedes , 
the  regenerative  or  basal  cells  remained  somewhat  of  a mystery  as  to  their  origin. 
Christophers  stated  that  the  origin  of  the  basal  cells  is  unknown.  Berger  (1938) 
reported  finding  regenerative  cells  in  the  larval  midgut  of  the  mosquito  Culex 
pipiens  but  offered  no  explanation  as  to  their  origin.  The  fairly  constant  size, 
active  divisions,  and  increasingly  larger  numbers  of  these  cells  during  the  larval 
stages  indicate  that  they  must  perform  some  function  other  than  to  replace 
epithelial  cells  in  the  larval  midgut.  The  question  regarding  the  origin  of  the 
basal  cells  as  well  as  the  fact  that  such  a large  number  of  these  cells  is  present 
in  the  later  larval  instars  indicated  the  need  for  further  cytological  study  of  the 
midgut  of  A.  aegypti.  While  the  investigation  is  principally  concerned  with  the 
larval  midgut,  pupal  and  adult  midguts  were  also  studied  to  determine  the 
origin  and  structural  function  of  the  basal  or  regenerative  cells. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

The  Aedes  larvae  used  in  this  study  were  obtained  from  the  colony  main- 
tained in  this  laboratory  (O’Brien,  1965).  Beginning  about  6 hours  after  hatch- 
ing and  at  intervals  of  from  1 to  4 hours  throughout  the  larval  and  pupal  stages, 
the  midguts  were  dissected  from  the  specimens.  They  were  then  prepared  as 
whole  mounts,  stained  with  the  Feulgen  reaction  and  counterstained  with  Orange 
G.  The  dissections,  the  fixation,  and  the  staining  procedure  were  performed  on 
depression  slides  to  eliminate  loss  or  damage  to  the  tissue  (O’Brien,  1965). 

1 A portion  of  the  author’s  dissertation  submitted  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  require- 
ments for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  at  Fordham  University.  The  author  wishes 
to  acknowledge  the  assistance  and  encouragement  given  him  during  this  study  by  Prof. 
C.  A.  Berger,  S.J.,  of  the  Fordham  Biological  Laboratory.  This  work  was  supported  in 
part  by  an  Educational  Assistance  Grant  from  the  Arthur  J.  Schmitt  Foundation. 

-Present  address:  Regis  College,  Willowdale,  Ontario,  Canada. 


60 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXIV 


Fig.  1.  Photomicrograph  of  portion  of  stomach  area  of  17-hour  larva  showing  three 
potential  regenerative  cells  (arrows).  X 1,290. 


RESULTS 

In  6-hour  larval  midguts,  only  two  cell  types  are  present,  the  longitudinal 
and  circular  rows  of  muscle  cells  and  larger  cells  forming  the  epithelial  lining 
of  the  midgut.  At  about  the  twelfth  hour  of  larval  life,  growth  of  the  midgut 
has  resulted  in  an  increase  in  size  of  the  epithelial  cells,  making  the  epithelial 
cells  easily  distinguishable  from  the  smaller  regenerative  cells  which  have  ap- 
peared by  this  time.  Examination  of  whole  mounts  of  midguts  between  6 and 
12  hours  old  shows  that  at  about  9 hours,  some  of  the  original  midgut  epithelial 
cells  are  undergoing  mitotic  division.  Such  a division  gives  rise  to  two  cells 
that  are  smaller  than  the  neighboring  cells.  These  smaller  cells  are  regenerative 
cells.  Up  to  this  time,  the  midgut  wall  is  only  two  cell  layers  thick,  the  outer 
cells  being  the  rows  of  muscle  cells  and  the  inner  layer  the  epithelial  cells.  The 
division  of  some  of  the  initial  epithelial  cells  results  in  the  formation  of  the 
smaller  cells  that  lie  on  the  basement  membrane,  at  the  bases  of  the  epithelial 
cells — hence  the  term  “basal”  cells. 

Study  of  the  cells  of  the  midguts  obtained  from  larvae  between  6 and  9 hours 
old  reveals  the  presence  of  large,  uniformly  sized  epithelial  cells  resting  on  the 
basement  membrane.  A few  of  these  cells  exhibit  nuclei  that  appear  to  be  in 
early  prophase  of  mitotic  division,  while  the  neighboring  cells  contain  normal 
“resting”  nuclei.  Since  all  the  cells  are  of  about  the  same  size,  the  cells  appear- 
ing to  be  in  early  prophase  must  be  the  potential  basal  cells  (Fig.  1).  The  origin 
of  the  basal  cells  from  epithelial  cells  was  confirmed  when  mitosis  was  observed 


March,  1966] 


O’Brien:  Aedes  ciegypti 


61 


Fig.  2.  Photomicrograph  of  portion  of  a pouch  of  gastric  ceca  of  24-hour  larva  showing 
one  of  the  primordial  epithelial  cells  in  mitotic  prophase.  X 1,290. 

in  epithelial  cells  of  the  gastric  ceca  (Fig.  2)  where  regenerative  cells  appear  at 
a later  stage  and  in  fewer  numbers  than  in  the  stomach  area  of  the  midgut. 

All  divisions  of  the  basal  cells  are  normal  mitotic  divisions,  exhibiting  the 
somatic  pairing  of  homologous  chromosomes  characteristic  of  dipteran  cells 
(Figs.  2,  3,  4). 

After  the  basal  cells  appear  in  the  midgut,  their  number  increases  rapidly  by 
repeated  divisions.  These  cells  lie  at  the  bases  of  the  large  primordial  epithelial 
cells  which  continue  to  grow  larger  during  the  larval  instars  and  never  divide 
after  about  24  hours  of  larval  life.  By  the  fourth  instar,  the  regenerative  cells 
form  almost  a complete  layer  of  cells,  intermediate  in  size  between  the  large 
primordial  epithelial  cells  and  the  smaller  muscle  cells,  against  the  basement 
membrane.  The  number  of  basal  cells  found  in  the  gastric  ceca  is  considerably 
smaller  than  in  the  stomach  area  of  the  midgut. 

Examination  of  the  pupal  midgut  shows  that  the  regenerative  cells  form  the 
new  epithelial  lining  of  the  imaginal  midgut.  During  the  larval  instars,  few 
of  the  basal  cells  help  to  form  the  epithelial  layer  of  the  midgut.  But,  after  the 
onset  of  pupation,  the  primordial  epithelial  cells  quickly  separate  from  the 
basement  membrane,  are  sloughed  off  into  the  lumen  of  the  midgut,  and  begin 
to  disintegrate.  The  basal  cells  that  have  been  increasing  in  number  throughout 
larval  life  continue  their  divisions  and  soon  form  the  epithelial  lining  of  the 
imaginal  midgut.  Since  the  adult  midgut  contains  no  structure  similar  to  the 
pouches  of  the  larval  gastric  ceca,  the  basal  cells  that  formed  in  the  region  of 


62 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[ Vol.  LXXIV 


Fig.  3.  Photomicrograph  of  portion  of  gastric  ceca  of  17-hour  larva  showing  a large 
epithelial  cell  in  mitotic  prophase.  X 1,290. 


the  gastric  ceca  during  the  larval  instars  combine  with  the  cells  of  the  cardiac 
region  and  those  of  the  anterior  portion  of  the  stomach  area  to  form  the  epithe- 
lium of  the  anterior  region  of  the  adult  midgut. 

DISCUSSION 

The  results  of  this  study  indicate  the  need  for  revising  some  statements  based 
upon  earlier  findings.  Berger  ( 1938)  reported  that  the  cells  comprising  the 
epithelial  lining  of  the  larval  mosquito  midgut  (the  “primordial”  epithelial  cells) 
never  undergo  mitotic  division  but  rather  only  increase  in  size  during  larval  life. 
The  basal  cells  were  thought  to  function  primarily  as  replacement  cells  for  the 
worn-out  epithelial  cells  in  the  larval  midgut.  But  the  findings  here  presented 
show  that  the  early  first-instar  midgut  contains  only  muscle  cells  and  primordial 
epithelial  cells  and  that  very  few  of  the  basal  cells  function  as  replacement  cells 
in  the  larval  instars.  Therefore,  it  seems  that  some  of  the  primordial  epithelial 
cells  in  the  young  larva  become  potential  basal  or  regenerative  cells  soon  after 
hatching.  Once  larval  feeding  and  growth  begin,  these  potential  basal  cells 
cease  functioning  as  epithelial  cells,  undergo  mitotic  division,  and  become  basal 
cells.  In  the  process  of  this  transformation,  their  places  in  the  epithelial  layer 
are  taken  by  the  nearby  primordial  epithelial  cells  which  do  not  divide,  but 
rather  enlarge  to  fill  the  space  left  in  the  epithelial  lining.  Thus,  some  of  the 
primordial  epithelial  cells  do  undergo  division,  but  only  during  the  early  hours 
of  larval  life.  The  factor  determining  the  time  of  transformation  from  primordial 
epithelial  cells  to  potential  basal  cells  is  not  known. 

Since  so  few  of  the  basal  cells  in  the  larval  midgut  function  as  replacement 


March,  1966] 


O’Brien:  Aedes  aegypti 


63 


Fig.  4.  Photomicrograph  of  portion  of  stomach  area  of  24-hour  larva  showing  a basal 
cell  in  mitotic  prophase.  X 1,290. 

cells  in  the  epithelial  coat,  the  main  role  of  these  cells  must  be  to  form  the 
epithelial  lining  of  the  imaginal  midgut.  Therefore,  the  formation  of  the  adult 
midgut  does  not  take  place  principally  in  the  pupa.  Both  the  muscular  coat 
for  the  midgut,  basically  that  present  in  the  prepupa  (O’Brien,  1965),  and  the 
epithelial  lining  of  the  imaginal  midgut,  derived  from  the  basal  cells  of  the 
larval  midgut,  have  been  steadily  developing  throughout  the  larval  stages. 

SUMMARY 

Regenerative  or  basal  cells  in  the  larval  midgut  of  A.  aegypti  first  appear 
about  9 hours  after  hatching. 

The  basal  cells  generally  take  no  part  in  forming  the  epithelial  lining  of  the 
larval  midgut. 

After  their  appearance  in  the  early  larval  midgut,  the  basal  cells  undergo 
frequent  mitotic  divisions,  resulting  in  the  presence  of  a large  number  of  basal 
cells  in  the  prepupa. 

Early  in  the  pupal  stage,  the  primordial  epithelial  cells  of  the  larval  midgut 
are  sloughed  off  into  the  midgut  lumen  and  the  basal  cells  remain  to  form  the 
epithelial  lining  of  the  imaginal  midgut. 

Literature  Cited 

Berger,  C.  A.  1938.  Multiplication  and  reduction  of  somatic  chromosome  groups  as  a 
regular  developmental  process  in  the  mosquito,  Culex  pipiens.  Pub.  496.  Carnegie 
Institution  of  Washington. 

Christophers,  S.  R.  1960.  Aedes  aegypti  (L.).  Cambridge  Univ.  Press. 

O’Brien,  J.  F.  1965.  Development  of  the  muscular  network  of  the  midgut  in  the  larval 
stages  of  the  mosquito  Aedes  aegypti  Linnaeus.  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.  73(4):  226-231. 


64 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


BOOK  REVIEWS 

TWO  BOOKS  FOR  YOUNG  NATURALISTS 

Monarch  Butterflies.  Alice  L.  Hopf.  Illustrated  by  Peter  Burchard.  Thomas  Y.  Crowell 
Company,  1965,  135  pp.,  price  $3.75. 

Fireflies  in  Nature  and  the  Laboratory.  Lynn  and  Gray  Poole.  Illustrated  by  Christine 
Sapieha.  Thomas  Y.  Crowell  Company,  1965,  149  pp.,  price  $3.95. 

These  two  little  books  are  valuable  additions  to  the  young  naturalist’s  library.  Mrs.  Hopf’s 
book  will  have  greater  appeal,  probably,  since  it  is  based  on  personal  experiences  and  trans- 
mits the  author’s  enthusiasm  for  field  work  and  dedication  to  the  Monarch  Butterfly.  The 
Poole  book  brings  together  a large  amount  of  information  about  luminescence  which  might 
be  difficult  for  the  young  person  to  ferret  out  by  himself.  It  is  of  broader  scope  than  its 
title  implies.  Both  books  will  arouse  the  reader’s  interest  in  getting  outdoors  and  “swinging  a 
net.” 

Monarch  Butterflies  describes  the  work  that  has  been  done  in  tagging  butterflies  for 
the  purpose  of  gathering  information  on  flight  and  migration  and  offers  practical  suggestions 
for  the  young  collector  who  would  like  to  cooperate  in  this  scientific  study.  It  discusses 
the  collecting,  rearing,  and  photographing  of  Monarchs  and  gives  detailed  and  practical 
suggestions  which  are  applicable  to  many  other  species  of  insects.  In  touching  briefly  upon 
the  studies  that  have  been  made  to  test  the  Monarch’s  protection  against  predation  it 
shows  the  reader  how  he,  too,  may  make  observations  which  might  be  of  value. 

Fireflies  includes  a discussion  of  the  vocabulary  of  luminescence  and  describes  luminous 
dinoflagellates,  annelid  worms,  molluscs,  mycetophilids,  bacteria,  and  fungi.  The  chapters 
about  the  early  research  on  luminous  organisms,  and  the  various  authors’  accounts  of  them, 
may  not  hold  the  readers’  interest,  but  those  on  recent  and  current  work  and  on  the 
methods  of  collecting  fireflies,  shipping  them  to  scientists,  and  exchanging  them  with  other 
young  collectors  for  natural  history  specimens  from  their  particular  area  will  certainly  elicit 
an  enthusiastic  response.  The  black  and  white  illustrations  are  enchanting.  Unfortunately 
the  book  is  marred  by  poor  editing:  scientific  names  are  sometimes  italicized,  sometimes  not; 
genus  names  are  sometimes  capitalized,  sometimes  not;  and  the  arachnid  daddylonglegs  is 
called  an  insect. 

The  price  of  these  books  seems  high  for  text  that  is  scarcely  more  than  magazine  article 
length.  But  the  books  are  attractive;  they  are  printed  in  large,  clear  type;  and  they  seem  to 
have  been  written  not  just  to  give  information  but  to  encourage  young  people  to  be  active. 


Elsie  B.  Klots 


/ V tt-* 


J ■ V 


-(■-{ 


' 


C;  7 4%;'’^ 

a ;c. ' 

f ] :.  ) 

A a A- 1 vy 

1 a : , 

, 1 x , \ 1 "'  / ■ 

■/  ;• r ^ yy:  <■(  ’ ^ 

L );  ‘rx- 

1 

A A A/  Ai|4:, 

t'V'4  A-y 

4'as  A "4  a vV'y! 

,)  • 4 / 

4 ;a  4' 

Vol.  LXXIV 


JUNE  1966 


No.  2 


yt 


KC)  j 


- " | Sr  ;)•  t > ■ ' f m vv, 

, y • ■■  I M ' . | ; f?;  • y 


i ; | mmwmMmm 


!\ 


4 


. I 



, 


Vy  " j -A  ! T\4  I rr  .4-.'  . \ '\K„.  /,' 

i || 

‘ 

i m 


iXS\TV  ’Tt'/-; 

Lwtt^'v  i \ ivv-  V . 


u1 


- 


m w 

^X  'X'  :a  r,x&i 


;4'^At  -fiy^ y 4.444*1 


i m -f-  1 /■  * 

, 

■ ' A ■ .,\  A 4T4A  . v , 4 - V 


■M 14 


l/  f 4 


■4  4;  ' . A f /A.,  7 
'■•■  4 o , 444  ni  i-  \ ■ ■ 


i . 


44:4 


1.4  :if  , A • 

; ■%  ' ' (fj. 


4 > 


, . )'  / 


M r 


;-t  4A4 


1 v,( 


\ tl~ 


' 1 1 V •■’r  (' 


V 'J 


■' ■ 


Devoted  to  Entomology  in  General 


'4 ' f. 


44 


3$  7 1 M) 


AN- 


1 ■ A 'vft \V' A ■ 4\v 


i . i 


li  4-4 


yyu 


A 


A /v>V 


,'i '.N  I f 


44-  ..4  tl  '4  (,4 


4... ' ,/w-4 

A\  t : 


Imm  u m 


i 


ii 


■ \ . \i 


ii~  . 


4 


4tl!i  4A  r.!ir\  ;<  r-W  :;v  ; 4 7:  a ay,  4 v 
' r:  . a r.Ai-i  , 4.-  • > /f  . -4  4 ,a-  • 4 

-v  '*<••  x-r  } ■ y i-,0-  o Ay  Hy.  A.  .-X  .1  V> 

'V  P>  v,.  / .V  /.  A ) • S$\  \;  } .fK.1  .: 


44 


4a 


> The 

New  York  Entomological  Society 


Organized  June  29,  1892- — Incorporated  February  25,  1893 

/ ' ' . ; y ^ ■ 

Reincorporated  February  17,  1943 


-r- 


tj) 


\W'x 


The  meetings  of  the  Society  are  held  on  the  first  and  third  Tuesday  of  each  month  (except 
June,  July,  August  and  September)  at  8 p.m.,  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  79th  St.,  & Central  Park  W.,  New  York  24,  N.  Y. 


\ 


Annual  dues  for  Active  Members,  $4.00;  including  subscription  to  the  Journal,  $9.00. 


Members  of  the  Society  will  please  remit  their  annual  dues,  payable  in  January,  to  the 
Treasurer.  V , ,v  77 


7 '7 


Officers  for  the  Year  1966 


President , Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson 

College  of  the  City  of  New  York  10031 


Vice  President,  Dr.  Kumar  Krishna 


American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


£ 


Secretary,  Mrs.  Lucy  Heineman  115  Central  Park  West,  New  York  10023 


Assistant  Secretary,  Mr.  Albert  Poelzl 


230  E.  78th  Street,  New  York  10021 


Treasurer , Mr.  Raymond  Brush 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


Assistant  Treasurer , Mrs.  Patricia  Vaurie 

4-  z'-'  r - £ 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


> 


Trustees 

A-  X ■ y v*  /Xj . N\; ..  ' y i/7  j-  Iv  \ ■ " X/  • »‘i(y  ✓ / \ 

1 Year  Term 

Dr.  Alexander  B.  Klots  Dr.  John  B.  Schmitt 

2 Year  Term 

Mr.  Robert  Buckbee  1 


\ 


Dr.  Jerome  Rozen,  Jr. 


V, 


'-V  -V-  S' 


7; 


Mailed  June  29,  1966 


r 


The  Journal  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society  is  published  quarterly  for  the  Society  by  Allen  Press 
Inc.,  1041  New  Hampshire,  Lawrence,  Kansas.  Second  class  postage  paid  at  Lawrence,  /Kansas. 


\ - 


7 X 


Journal  of  the 

New  York  Entomological  Society 


Volume  LXXIV  June  29,  1966 


No.  2 


EDITORIAL  BOARD 

Editor  Emeritus  Harry  B.  Weiss 

Editor  Lucy  W.  Clausen 
Columbia  University  College  of  Pharmacy 
115  West  68th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10023 

Associate  Editor  James  Forbes 
Fordham  University,  New  York,  N.Y.  10458 

Publication  Committee 

Dr.  Pedro  Wygodzinsky  Dr.  Asher  Treat 

Dr.  David  Miller 


CONTENTS 


Undescribed  Species  of  Crane  Flies  from  the  Himalaya  Mountains  (Diptera: 
Tipulidae),  XII  Charles  P.  Alexander  66 

Notes  on  the  Biology  of  Stelis  ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata  (Spinola),  a Parasite 
of  Euglossa  cordata  (Linnaeus)  (Hymenoptera : Apoidea:  Megachilidae) 

Frederick  D.  Bennett  72 

Further  Studies  on  the  Internal  Anatomy  of  the  Meloidae  (Coleoptera) . II. 

The  Digestive  and  Reproductive  Systems  of  the  S.A.  Blister  Beetle,  Picnoseus 
nitidipennis  Fairmaire  and  Germain  (Coleoptera:  Meloidae)  A.  P.  Gupta  80 

Taxonomic  Descriptions  of  the  Immature  Stages  of  the  Parasitic  Bee  Stelis 
( Odontostelis ) bilineolata  (Spinola)  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea:  Megachilidae) 

Jerome  G.  Rozen,  Jr.  84 

Mature  Larvae  of  the  Old  World  Bee  Genus  Panurgus  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea) 

Jerome  G.  Rozen,  Jr.  and  Barbara  L.  Rozen  92 

Melanism  in  Connecticut  Panthea  furcilla  (Packard)  (Lepidoptera : Noctuidae) 

Alexander  B.  Klots  95 

An  Apparent  Association  of  Mites  (Acarina)  with  the  Rock  Barnacle  Balanus 

Richard  W.  Fredrickson  101 


Bylaws  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society  

Book  Reviews  

Notes — Help  for  Ailing  Caterpillars?  

Membership  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society 

Recent  Publications  

Proceedings  

Necrology  

Invitation  to  Membership  


103 

109 

Alice  L.  Hopf  111 

112 

116 

117 

122 

123 


66 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXIV 


Undescribetl  Species  of  Crane  Flies  From  the  Himalaya  Mountains 

(Diptera:  Tipulidae) , XII1 

Charles  P.  Alexander 
Amherst,  Massachusetts 

Abstract:  Six  new  species  of  the  Eriopterine  genera  Ormosia  and  Erioptera  are  described, 
including  Ormosia  ( Oreophila ) licina  n.  sp.,  from  Kashmir  and  Kumaon,  and  Ormosia 
( Par  ormosia ) atrotibialis  n.  sp.,  Ormosia  ( Ormosia ) subpulehra  n.  sp.,  and  0.  (0.)  um- 
bripennis  n.  sp.,  from  Sikkim:  Erioptera  ( llisia ) diadexia  n.  sp.  and  E.  (I.)  epicharis 
n.  sp.,  from  Sikkim. 

Part  XI  of  this  series  of  papers  was  published  in  the  Journal  of  the  New  York 
Entomological  Society,  73:  163-167,  1965.  The  materials  upon  which  the  new 
species  are  based  were  collected  by  Dr.  Fernand  Schmid,  of  Ottawa,  to  whom 
1 express  my  deepest  appreciation  for  this  outstanding  series  of  Asiatic  Tipulidae. 

Doctor  Schmid  collected  insect  specimens  in  India  and  adjoining  countries 
between  1953  and  1961  as  a member  of  the  Swiss  Zoological  Expedition.  His 
insect  collections  were  restricted  to  certain  groups,  where  they  proved  to  be  of 
paramount  importance  in  making  known  the  exceedingly  rich  fauna  of  the 
region.  A summary  of  the  stations  visited,  as  they  pertain  to  the  crane  flies,  is 
given  in  a paper  by  the  writer  (Philippine  Jour.  Sci.,  90:  163;  1961),  covering 
the  period  between  1953  and  1960.  Between  February  and  October,  1961, 
still  further  collections  were  made  by  Doctor  Schmid  in  the  Kameng  Frontier 
Division  of  the  North  East  Frontier  Agency  (NEFA),  Assam. 

In  the  crane  fly  materials  several  hundred  new  species  were  included  that 
have  been  discussed  and  presently  are  being  described  in  a long  series  of  papers 
that  are  summarized  herewith  in  order  to  assist  other  students  of  the  subject: 

Philippine  Jour.  Sci.  (chiefly  Tipulinae  and  Limoniini) 

Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (London)  (chiefly  Tipulinae  and  Eriopterini) 

Proc.  Royal  Ent.  Soc.  London  (Pediciini) 

Trans.  Royal  Ent.  Soc.  London  (Hexatomini;  Phyllolabis) 

Bull.  Brooklyn  Ent.  Soc.  (Tanyderidae,  Ptychopteridae,  Trichoceridae) 

Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.  (chiefly  Eriopterini) 

Ent.  News  (Hexatomini) 

Trans.  Amer.  Ent.  Soc.  (Eriopterini) 

Ormosia  ( Oreophila ) licina  n.  sp. 

General  coloration  of  mesonotum  light  brown,  sparsely  pruinose,  pleura  yellow;  antennae 
moderately  long;  wings  yellowed,  very  restrictedly  patterned  with  pale  brown,  vein  2nd  A 
sinuous;  male  hypopygium  with  the  outer  dististyle  black,  coarsely  spinulose;  lateral  margins 
of  gonapophyses  produced  into  two  or  three  acute  points. 


1 Contribution  from  the  Entomological  Laboratory,  University  of  Massachusetts. 


June,  1966  I 


Alexander:  Himalayan  Crane  Flies,  XII 


67 


male:  Length  about  4.8-5  mm;  wing  5.8-6  mm;  antenna  about  1.5-1 .6  mm. 
female:  Length  about  5 mm;  wing  6 mm. 

Rostrum  light  yellow;  palpi  pale  brown.  Antennae  of  male  moderately  long,  scape  obscure 
yellow,  the  remainder  black;  flagellar  segments  oval  to  long-oval,  shorter  than  their  verticils. 
Head  light  gray. 

Thorax  light  brown,  sparsely  pruinose,  pronotum  more  yellowed,  pretergites  clear  yellow. 
Pleura  and  lateral  prescutal  borders  light  yellow.  Halteres  yellow.  Legs  with  coxae  and 
trochanters  yellow;  remainder  of  legs  yellowish  brown,  femora  more  yellowed  basally, 
tarsi  brownish  black.  Wings  yellowed,  very  restrictedly  patterned  with  pale  brown,  includ- 
ing the  stigma,  cord,  outer  end  of  cell  1st  M2 , and  small  spots  at  Sc2  and  origin  of  Rs.  Vena- 
tion: Sci  ending  nearly  opposite  the  fork  of  R2+ s+i,  Sc2  far  retracted,  about  opposite  one-third 
to  two-fifths  Rs ; vein  R»  close  to  fork  of  R2+-m',  cell  1st  M»  elongate,  subequal  to  distal 
section  of  M ]+2;  vein  2nd  A sinuous.  One  wing  of  the  holotype  has  cell  M2  open  by  atrophy 
of  the  basal  section  of  Ms. 

Abdominal  tergites  brown,  basal  sternites  paler.  Male  hypopygium  with  the  dististyles 
slightly  subterminal,  broadly  united  basally;  outer  style  blackened,  relatively  short  and 
stout,  the  outer  half  with  numerous  strong  spinules;  inner  style  pale,  relatively  short,  the 
outer  margin  with  a strong  lobe  before  midlength.  Phallosome  with  lateral  margins  of 
outer  apophyses  produced  into  two  or  three  acute  points;  aedeagus  short,  black. 

holotype  3,  Dakwani,  Pauri  Garhwal,  Kumaon,  9,300-11,000  feet,  August  5, 
1958  (Schmid).  Allotopotype,  9,  pinned  with  type.  Paratypes,  8 9,  Gangrea, 
Pauri  Garhwal,  7,500-10,000  feet,  June  12,  1958;  13,  Tales,  Kashmir,  August 
13,  1954  (Schmid). 

Ormosia  ( Oreophila ) licina  is  most  similar  to  O.  (O.)  hutchinsonae  Alex- 
ander, which  differs  in  the  coloration,  venation,  as  the  short  straight  vein  2nd  A, 
and  in  the  structure  of  the  hypopygium,  especially  the  phallosome  and  the 
elongate  dististyle. 


Ormosia  ( Parormosia ) atrotibialis  n.  sp. 

Generally  similar  and  closely  allied  to  Ormosia  ( Parormosia ) leucoplagia  Alexander, 
differing  in  the  coloration  of  the  legs  in  the  male. 
male:  Length  about  4.5-5  mm;  wing  5. 2-5. 6 mm. 
female:  Length  about  5 mm;  wing  5.8  mm. 

Antennae  light  yellow,  in  cases  with  the  intermediate  flagellar  segments  bicolored,  their 
bases  narrowly  dark  brown,  the  outer  two-thirds  to  three-fourths  yellow.  Mesonotal 
prescutum  obscure  yellow  with  a more  or  less  distinct  capillary  brownish  black  median  line ; 
scutum  brown,  scutellum  and  postnotum  darker.  Legs  black  in  both  sexes,  the  tips  of  the 
femora  narrowly  yellow,  including  about  the  outer  tenth  of  segment,  extreme  tibial  bases 
more  narrowly  yellowed.  In  leucoplagia  the  tibiae  and  basitarsi  of  male  yellow,  of  the 
female  black,  as  in  the  present  fly. 

holotype  8,  Lachen,  Sikkim,  8,900  feet,  June  13,  1959  (Schmid).  Allotopotype, 
9 . Paratopotypes,  48  9;  paratypes,  1 8,  2 9 9 , Lachung  Sikkim,  8,610  feet,  July 
2,  1959  (Schmid). 


Ormosia  ( Ormosia ) subpulolira  n.  sp. 

Allied  to  puchra ; general  coloration  of  thorax  gray,  prescutum  with  a broad  brown 


68 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


central  stripe,  humeral  region  yellowed;  femora  yellow  with  two  subequal  broad  brownish 
black  rings,  the  outer  one  nearly  apical ; wings  whitened,  with  conspicuous  pale  brown 
clouds;  male  hypopygium  with  both  dististvles  extended  into  acute  blackened  points;  gona- 
pophvses  appearing  as  a massive  black  triangular  head,  its  outer  margin  with  three  strong 
spines. 

male:  Length  about  4.5  mm;  wing  5.3  mm. 

Head  broken.  Pronotal  scutum  dark  brownish  gray,  scutellum  testaceous  yellow.  Mesonotal 
prescutum  gray,  with  a broad  brown  central  stripe  that  is  narrowly  darker  medially ; humeral 
region,  including  the  pseudosutural  foveae,  yellow,  tuberculate  pits  very  reduced;  posterior 
sclerites  of  notum  dark  brown,  sparsely  pruinose.  Pleura  dark  gray,  the  yellow  setae  of  the 
posterior  pteropleurite  very  long.  Halteres  broken.  Legs  with  coxae  dark  brown;  trochanters 
obscure  yellow;  femora  yellow,  each  with  two  subequal  broad  brownish  black  rings  that 
are  about  equal  to  the  pale  base  or  intervening  interspace,  the  tip  narrowly  yellow;  re- 
mainder of  legs  light  brown.  Wings  with  the  ground  color  whitened,  with  conspicuous  pale 
brown  clouds  chiefly  in  the  outer  three-fourths,  stigma  darker;  whitened  marginal  spots  in 
cells  R>,  R,,  and  Ri,  less  evident  in  cells  R5  and  2nd  Mz,  larger  in  cells  Ms,  Cu  and  the  anals; 
cells  basad  of  cord  more  extensively  whitened;  veins  brown,  prearcular  field  and  Sc,  R,  and 
Cu  more  yellowed.  Venation:  R2  at  fork  of  R2+ 3+4;  cell  2nd  M2  square  at  base;  vein  2nd  A 
strongly  sinuous,  close  to  border  on  outer  end. 

Abdomen,  including  hypopygium,  brownish  black.  Male  hypopygium  with  apical  end 
of  tergite  short  and  broad,  the  lobes  low.  Both  dististyles  extended  into  acute  blackened 
points.  Gonapophysis  appearing  as  a massive  blackened  triangular  head,  the  basal  stem 
relatively  slender,  outer  margin  with  three  strong  spines,  with  a further  series  of  about  four 
microscopic  denticles  on  lower  margin  near  the  stem. 

holotype  a broken  S , mounted  on  microscope  slide,  Zema,  Sikkim,  9,100  feet, 
June  14,  1959  (Schmid). 

Ormosia  ( Ormosia ) siibpulchra  is  related  to  O.  (O.)  kashrniri  Alexander  and 
O.  (O.)  pulchra  (Brunetti),  all  three  species  differing  among  themselves  chiefly 
in  important  characters  of  the  male  hypopygium. 


Ormosia  ( Ormosia ) umbripennis  n.  sp. 

General  coloration  of  head  and  thorax  brownish  black;  palpi,  antennae,  halteres,  and  legs 
black;  wings  strongly  infuscated;  Sc2  beyond  midlength  of  Rs,  cell  1st  M2  shorter  than  vein 
Mi,  vein  2nd  A gently  sinuous. 

female:  Length  about  6 mm;  wing  6.5  mm;  antenna  about  1.6  mm. 

Rostrum  and  palpi  black.  Antennae  black  throughout ; flagellar  segments  long-oval,  with 
dense  white  setae,  the  verticils  longer  than  the  segments.  Head  brownish  black. 

Thorax  uniformly  very  dark  brown  to  brownish  black,  the  surface  of  mesonotum  subniti- 
dous;  prescutum  and  scutellum  with  a few  long  setae.  Halteres  brownish  black,  base  of 
stem  obscure  yellow.  Legs  black.  Wings  strongly  infuscated,  especially  the  prearcular  and 
costal  fields  and  the  stigma;  veins  brown.  Venation:  ending  opposite  the  oblique  R2, 

Sc2  moderately  retracted,  about  opposite  three-fifths  the  long  Rs;  R2+ 3+i  shorter  than  basal 
section  of  R:,;  cell  1st  M->  shorter  than  vein  Ah;  m-cu  at  fork  of  M,  perpendicular  and 
slightly  sinuous;  vein  2nd  A gently  wavy. 

Abdomen  brown,  the  outer  segments  more  blackened.  Ovipositor  with  cerci  horn  yellow, 
long  and  slender,  gently  upcurved  to  the  acute  tips. 


June,  1966] 


Alexander:  Himalayan  Crane  Flies,  XII 


69 


holotype  9,  Namnasa,  Sikkim,  10,000  feet,  July  1,  1959  (Schmid). 

The  only  other  generally  similar  regional  species  is  Ormosia  ( Ormosia ) nyc- 
topoda  Alexander,  of  Pakistan,  which  similarly  has  the  legs  black  but  with  the 
wings  pale  and  having  the  venational  details  distinct. 

Erioptera  ( Ilisia ) diadexia  n.  sp. 

Allied  to  asymmetrical  general  coloration  of  thorax  gray,  the  prescutum  with  two  diffuse 
brown  stripes;  antennae  black;  femora  brownish  yellow,  tips  brownish  black;  wings  brownish 
yellow,  conspicuously  patterned  with  brown  spots  and  dots,  the  latter  on  all  veins  excepting 
Sc  and  Cu ; male  hypopygium  with  the  outer  dististyle  bilobed,  inner  style  broad,  yellow, 
and  the  tip  very  obtuse;  gonapophyses  with  the  two  arms  virtually  identical,  appearing  as 
straight  blackened  rods,  the  tip  microscopically  toothed. 
male:  Length  about  5-6.5  mm;  wing  5.8-8  mm. 

Rostrum  gray,  palpi  black.  Antennae  relatively  long,  black;  flagellar  segments  long-oval 
to  fusiform,  basal  segments  with  long  verticils,  all  with  further  dense  pale  setulae.  Head 
brownish  gray. 

Prothorax  brownish  gray;  anterior  pretergites  obscure  yellow.  Mesonotal  prescutum 
brownish  gray,  the  interspaces  more  infuscated  to  form  two  diffuse  stripes;  posterior 
sclerites  of  notum  brownish  gray,  central  area  of  scutum  narrowly  brown.  Pleura  brownish 
gray.  Halteres  with  stem  yellow,  knob  weakly  infuscated.  Legs  with  coxae  brownish  gray ; 
trochanters  brownish  yellow ; femoral  and  tibiae  brownish  yellow,  tips  brownish  black,  the 
tibiae  slightly  enlarged  and  darkened  beyond  bases;  basitarsi  light  brown,  remainder  of 
tarsi  black.  Wings  brownish  yellow,  conspicuously  patterned  with  brown  spots  and  dots, 
the  former  including  about  five  costal  areas,  the  second  over  Sc2,  the  third  largest,  over  tip 
of  Sci  and  R2,  fourth  area  at  tip  of  i?i+2;  smaller  marginal  spots  at  ends  of  all  longitudinal 
veins;  narrow  brown  seams  over  cord,  m,  arculus,  and  at  near  midlength  of  Cu\ ; paler  brown 
spots  on  all  longitudinal  veins  excepting  Sc  and  Cu,  those  basad  of  cord  paler;  veins  yellow 
in  the  ground  areas,  brown  in  the  patterned  markings.  Venation:  R>+ 3+<t  about  twice 

R ’+s,  Ri+2  nearly  as  long  as  Rs ; m-cu  far  before  fork  of  M ; vein  2nd  A straight. 

Abdomen  brownish  black.  Male  hypopygium  with  inner  apical  angle  of  basistyle  pro- 
duced, with  very  long  setae.  Dististyles  subterminal,  the  outer  style  blackened,  bilobed,  the 
outer  lobe  a slender  paddlelike  blade,  its  tip  obtuse,  outer  end  with  delicate  setae,  inner  arm 
a shorter  blade  that  is  dilated  outwardly,  apex  broadly  obtuse  to  truncate ; inner  style  pale, 
broadly  flattened,  apex  very  obtuse  to  bluntly  triangular,  surface  with  long  yellow  setae. 
Gonapophysis  with  the  two  arms  virtually  identical  in  length  and  diameter,  appearing  as 
straight  blackened  rods,  the  tips  microscopically  toothed. 

holotype  $ , Chachu,  Sikkim,  11,500  feet,  June  29,  1959  (Schmid).  Paratype, 
S , Darkot,  Kashmir,  8,900  feet,  August  17,  1954  (Schmid). 

The  most  similar  described  regional  species  is  Erioptera  ( Ilisia ) jansta 
Alexander,  which  is  generally  similar  in  coloration  of  the  body  and  wings,  dif- 
fering most  evidently  in  the  hypopygial  structure,  including  the  trilobed  outer 
dististyle,  slender  arcuated  inner  style,  and  the  unequal  arms  of  the  gonapophysis. 
The  paratype  from  Kashmir  is  much  smaller  (the  smallest  measurements  given) 
but  the  hypopygium  is  so  similar  to  that  of  the  type  that  I regard  it  as  being 
conspecific. 


70 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[ Vol.  LXXIV 


Erioptera  ( Ilisia ) epicharis  n.  sp. 

Allied  to  a symmetrica]  general  coloration  of  thorax  brownish  gray,  the  prescutum  faintly 
patterned  with  darker;  halteres  yellow;  femora  darkened,  tips  brownish  black,  preceded 
by  a yellow  ring;  wings  whitish  yellow  with  a conspicuous  brown  pattern,  including  large 
costal  darkenings  and  paler  brown  areas  in  the  anal  field,  the  discal  areas  restricted;  male 
hypopygium  with  the  outer  dististyle  trilobed,  the  inner  oval  blade  with  a blackened  spur 
at  base,  inner  dististyle  extended  into  a point  at  apex;  gonapophysis  unequally  bifid. 
male:  Length  about  6.5  mm;  wing  7.5  mm. 
female:  Length  about  6.5  mm;  wing  8 mm. 

Rostrum  brownish  gray;  palpi  black.  Antennae  relatively  long,  brownish  black,  the  bases 
of  proximal  flagellar  segments  narrowly  paler;  segments  elongate,  a little  shorter  than  the 
verticils.  Head  brownish  gray. 

Pronotum  brownish  gray,  scutum  darker  laterally,  sides  of  scutellum  yellow.  Mesonotum 
brownish  gray,  the  prescutum  with  a poorly  indicated  pale  brown  stripe,  narrowly  darkened 
in  front  and  on  the  sides  behind;  pseudosutural  foveae  and  tuberculate  pits  black,  shiny. 
Pleura  gray.  Halteres  pale  yellow.  Legs  with  coxae  and  trochanters  pale  brown;  femora 
light  brown  to  brownish  black,  tips  broadly  brownish  black,  preceded  by  a broad  yellow 
ring;  tibiae  and  tarsi  pale  brown.  Wings  very  pale  whitish  yellow,  clearer  yellow  in  the 
costal  interspaces;  a conspicuous  brown  pattern  that  is  chiefly  marginal  in  distribution, 
including  six  darker  costal  areas  that  are  more  extensive  than  the  interspaces,  the  larger 
markings  at  origin  of  Rs  and  over  tip  of  Sci,  the  last  area  at  the  wing  tip;  cubital  and  anal 
fields  with  comparable  large  paler  brown  markings,  most  extensive  in  the  anal  cells,  small 
brown  marginal  spots  on  veins  M»  through  Mi  narrow  darker  brown  seams  over  cord,  outer 
end  of  cell  1st  M2,  and  isolated  at  near  midlength  of  vein  Cu,  with  small  dots  along  vein  R5] 
veins  light  yellow  in  the  ground,  dark  brown  in  the  patterned  areas,  in  cases  including  series 
of  four  or  five  dashes.  Venation:  Sci  ending  shortly  beyond  R2]  m transverse,  about  one- 
third  to  one-half  the  basal  section  of  Ms]  m-cu  before  fork  of  M;  vein  2nd  A nearly 
straight. 

Abdomen  dark  brown,  including  the  hypopygium.  Ovipositor  with  valves  light  horn  yellow. 
Male  hypopygium  with  posterior  border  of  tergite  nearly  truncate,  at  midregion  with  two 
small  paired  darkened  lobes,  separated  by  a tiny  V-shaped  emargination,  densely  set  with 
microscopic  spicules.  Apex  of  basistyle  produced  beyond  insertion  of  the  dististyles.  Outer 
dististyle  trilobed,  the  outer  blade  longer,  pale  yellow,  with  abundant  very  delicate  pale 
setae,  those  at  apex  longer;  inner  arm  including  an  oval  to  subcircular  darkened  blade  with 
a blackened  spur  at  its  base;  inner  style  yellow,  the  lower  apical  angle  produced  into  a 
point,  surface  with  pale  setae,  some  of  the  outer  ones  very  long.  Phallosome  including 
bifid  gonapophyses,  the  lateral  arm  an  erect  blackened  rod,  its  margin  nearly  smooth  in  the 
holotype,  microscopically  roughened  in  the  Kumaon  paratype;  inner  arm  much  smaller, 
at  apex  dilated  into  a triangular  head ; aedeagus  appearing  as  two  short  slightly  divergent 
spines. 

holotype  3,  Yagtang,  Sikkim,  in  Rhododendron  association,  11,200  feet,  May 
28,  1959  (Schmid).  Allotopotype,  9.  Paratopotype,  9,  with  the  types,  11,600 
feet,  June  17,  1959;  paratypes,  8 9,  Chachu,  Sikkim,  11,500  feet,  June  29,  1959; 
Chamiteng,  Sikkim,  9,900  feet,  August  24,  1959;  Gey,  Sikkim,  in  Rhododendron 
association,  May  18,  1959;  Lachung,  8,610  feet,  July  10,  1959;  Namnasa, 
Sikkim,  9,500  feet,  July  13,  1959;  Talam,  Sikkim,  in  Rhododendron  association, 
11,300  feet,  June  16,  1959;  Tsomgo,  Sikkim,  in  Rhododendron  association, 


June,  1966] 


Alexander:  Himalayan  Crane  Flies,  XII 


71 


12,500  feet,  August  26,  1959;  Dakwani,  Pauri  GarhVval,  Kumaon,  9,300-11,000 
feet,  August  5,  1959;  Kanol,  Pauri  Garhwal,  8,530  feet,  August  19,  1958; 
Kulara,  Pauri  Garhwal,  12,000  feet,  August  4,  1958  (Schmid). 

Erioptera  ( Ilisia ) epicharis  is  quite  distinct  from  the  other  known  regional 
species  of  the  subgenus,  including  E.  (/.)  asymmetrica  Alexander  ( indica  Senior- 
White),  E.  (/.)  diadexia  n.  sp.,  and  E.  (I.)  jausta  Alexander,  especially  in  the 
wing  pattern  and  hypopygial  structure.  One  male  paratype  from  Tsomgo  is 
smaller  (length  about  5 mm;  wing  5.2  mm)  and  has  the  femora  almost  uniformly 
darkened  but  from  the  wing  pattern  and  hypopygium  evidently  pertains  to 
this  species. 


Received  for  Publication  October  7,  1965 


72 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Notes  on  the  Biology  of  Stelis  ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata 
(Spinola),  a Parasite  of  Euglossa  cordata  (Linnaeus) 
(Hymenoptera:  Apoidea:  Megacliilidae) 

Frederick  D.  Bennett1 

Abstract:  The  activities  of  the  parasitic  bee  Stelis  ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata  (Spinola)  in 
specially  constructed  box  nests  of  its  host  Euglossa  cordata  (Linnaeus)  are  reported.  The 
female  enters  the  nest,  forces  the  attendant  Euglossa  female  to  abandon  the  nest,  and  remains 
in  the  nest  for  several  days.  She  opens  those  cells  containing  eggs  or  small  larvae,  seals,  re- 
moves, and  destroys  them  and  after  depositing  her  own  egg  reseals  the  cell.  Cells  with  older 
stages  of  Euglossa  are  not  opened  but  the  larva  or  pupa  contained  therein  is  killed.  Feeding 
behavior  of  the  small  and  large  larvae  and  construction  of  the  cocoon  are  described. 

During  studies  on  the  biology  of  Euglossa  spp.  in  Trinidad  some  of  the  obser- 
vation nests  were  invaded  by  the  parasitic  bee  Stelis  ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata 
(Spinola).  It  is  planned  to  publish  the  results  of  the  Euglossa  studies  separately 
when  they  are  completed  but  it  seems  advisable  at  this  time  to  publish  a note 
on  the  activities  of  its  parasite  as  a companion  paper  to  one  on  the  morphology 
of  the  immature  stages  by  Rozen  (1966). 

nesting  habits  of  Euglossa  cordata 

To  explain  the  behavior  of  S.  bilineolata  it  is  necessary  to  describe  briefly  the 
nesting  habits  of  Euglossa.  Two  species  of  this  genus,  E.  cordata  and  E.  vari- 
abilis  (Friese),2  which  are  solitary  species,  have  been  induced  to  nest  in  small 
wooden  boxes  (inside  dimensions  10  X 6 X 4.5  cm)  with  a 10-mm  circular 
entrance  hole  on  one  side.  Once  a nest  is  occupied  and  cell  construction  started 
the  wooden  top  can  be  replaced  by  a pane  of  glass  through  which  activities  within 
the  nest  can  be  readily  observed. 

The  bee  cements  the  glass  lid  to  the  wood  with  a brown  resinlike  plant  material 
which  is  used  to  seal  all  cracks  and  joints  on  the  inside  of  the  box  and  also 
to  close  the  entrance  hole.  When  leaving  the  nest  the  female  opens  a smaller 
circular  hole  in  the  resin  just  large  enough  for  passage.  She  never  closes  the 
entrance  when  leaving  the  nest,  even  when  leaving  for  the  last  time,  but  always 
seals  it  in  the  evening  and  frequently  during  the  day  while  working  inside.  Cells 
of  the  same  resinlike  material  are  constructed  either  on  the  floor  of  the  box  or 
on  the  side,  usually  each  cell  being  provisioned  and  sealed  before  another  is 
started. 


1 Entomologist-in-Charge,  W.  I.  Station,  Commonwealth  Institute  of  Biological  Control, 
Curepe,  Trinidad,  West  Indies. 

2 Although  all  observations  were  in  nests  of  E.  cordata  the  parasite  has  also  been  reared 
from  nests  of  E.  variabilis . 


June,  1966] 


Bennett:  Stelis  and  Euglossa 


73 


OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE  BEHAVIOR  OF  Stelis 

When  a Stelis  adult  was  first  noted  in  observation  box  No.  33  on  July  12,  1964 
neither  its  identity  nor  the  significance  of  its  presence  was  immediately  appre- 
ciated. This  nest  which  had  been  first  occupied  by  Euglossa  in  April  contained 
nine  cells,  some  with  immature  stages,  others  from  which  adults  had  emerged, 
and  a tenth  cell  only  partially  constructed  and  partially  provisioned.  Work  on 
this  cell  stopped  about  July  4.  It  is  probable  that  the  bee  was  attacked  by  a 
conopid  and,  although  still  capable  of  flight,  her  ovaries  had  ceased  to  function. 
She  was  present  in  the  nest  with  the  intruder  and  on  the  bottom  of  the  box  there 
was  also  a small  Euglossa  larva.  The  Stelis  frequently  approached  and  nudged 
the  Euglossa  female  with  her  mandibles;  the  latter  kept  turning  away  and 
finally  retreated  to  a corner  of  the  box.  During  the  next  20  minutes  the  Stelis 
female  spent  most  of  the  time  examining  the  cell  mass. 

At  6:45  A.M.  the  following  morning  both  adults  were  in  the  nest,  the  Euglossa 
in  a corner  and  the  Stelis  on  the  cell  mass.  By  7:45  A.M.  the  Euglossa  went 
out  and  the  Stelis  began  to  close  the  entrance  from  the  inside.  The  larva  on 
the  floor  was  dead  and  partially  covered  with  wax. 

The  box  was  examined  from  time  to  time  on  succeeding  days  and  the  presence 
or  absence  of  the  two  bees  noted.  This  information  is  summarized  in  Table  1. 
Although  the  Stelis  female  was  frequently  on  the  cell  mass  she  did  not  open  any 
of  the  cells  during  the  periods  of  observation.  The  walls  of  two  cells  from 
which  Euglossa  adults  had  emerged  a few  days  earlier  were  partially  broken 
down  by  the  Euglossa  while  the  Stelis  was  either  resting  on  the  the  side  of  the 
box  or  absent  from  the  nest. 

No  further  activity  occurred  in  this  nest  when  (due  to  my  absence  from 
Trinidad)  observations  were  suspended  on  October  3.  When  I next  examined  the 
nest  on  December  6 a Stelis  adult  had  emerged  from  one  cell.  The  other  cells 
when  opened  later  contained  dead  pupae  and  mature  larvae  of  Euglossa. 

When  observations  on  the  box  nests  were  continued  in  December  it  was  evident 
that  a number  of  other  nests  had  been  attacked,  i.e.,  sealed  cells  present,  no 
attendant  Euglossa  adult  but  the  entrance  sealed.  This  was  confirmed  later 
when  Stelis  adults  emerged  from  one  or  more  cells  in  these  boxes. 

On  December  6,  nest  12,  which  was  started  on  September  30  but  still  retained 
its  wooden  cover,  contained  a dead  Euglossa  adult  (parasitized  by  a conopid) ; 
a Stelis  adult;  three  sealed  cells  with  somewhat  flattened  walls,  and  a fourth 
partially  completed  cell.  When  examined  on  December  8 the  Stelis  was  absent 
(an  adult,  possibly  the  same  one,  was  present  in  nest  13)  but  was  in  again  on 
December  9 and  10.  On  December  11  the  wooden  top  was  replaced  by  a sheet  of 
glass  and  by  December  12  the  Stelis  utilizing  bits  of  resin  present  in  the  box 
had  sealed  the  glass  in  place  in  a manner  similar  to  Euglossa.  Although  out 


The  boxes  were  numbered  serially  as  they  were  occupied  by  Euglossa. 


74 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Table  1.  Records  of  the  presence  of  Euglossa  and  Stelis  in  the  nest  during  periods  of 

observation. 


Date  and  time  of 
observation 

Euglossa 

Stelis 

Entrance  hole 

July  12 

7:30 

A.M. 

In 

In 

Closed 

July  13 

6:45 

ft 

tr 

tr 

ft 

7:45 

ft 

Out 

tt 

Being  closed 

12:10 

P.M. 

In 

Out 

Closed 

1:20 

ft 

tr 

In 

tt 

5:45 

ft 

tr 

tr 

tt 

July  14 

7:20 

A.M. 

tr 

tr 

tt 

1:05 

P.M. 

tt 

tt 

tt 

4:05 

tr 

tr 

tt 

tr 

July  15 

7:30 

A.M. 

tt 

tr 

Open 

5:15 

P.M. 

tt 

tt 

Closed 

July  16 

7:45 

A.M. 

tr 

tt 

tt 

12:15 

P.M. 

tr 

Out 

tt 

5:05 

tr 

tt 

tr 

tr 

July  17 

7:30 

A.M. 

tt 

tt 

tr 

11:45 

ft 

Out 

Out 

tt 

12:45 

P.M. 

tt 

tt 

tt 

4:45 

ft 

tt 

tt 

tt 

July  19 

7:45 

A.M. 

tt 

tt 

tt 

2:45 

P.M. 

Out1 

In 

tr 

3:20 

ft 

ft 

Out2 

tt 

July  20 

10:45 

A.M. 

In 

tt 

tt 

1:30 

P.M. 

Out 

In 

tr 

4:45 

ft 

tt 

tt 

tt 

July  21 

7:50 

A.M. 

Out8 

tt 

tt 

1:40 

P.M. 

Out 

Out4 

tt 

1 The  Euglossa  female,  readily  recognized  by  markings  of  enamel  paint  coding,  was  in 
a nearby  nest  abandoned  a few  days  earlier  by  another  female. 

2 The  Stelis  completing  the  closing  of  the  entrance  from  the  outside. 

Observed  in  an  adjacent  nest. 

4 Sealing  the  nest  from  the  outside. 


of  the  nest  at  11:40  A.M.  on  the  12th  (an  adult  was  in  nest  6 at  this  time) 
she  returned  on  October  13  but  was  not  seen  thereafter.  A week  later  the 
entrance  of  the  nest  was  corked  and  on  February  4 a Stelis  adult  emerged.  The 
other  two  cells  when  opened  later  contained  immature  dead  Euglossa  pupae. 
As  far  as  could  be  determined  the  cells  had  not  beeen  opened  and  the  death  of 
the  occupants  was  apparently  attributable  to  the  actions  of  Stelis , i.e.,  killed 
either  by  mandibular  crushing  of  the  cell  walls  or  by  stinging. 

Although  a Stelis  female  was  noted  in  a few  other  nests  no  further  observations 
of  consequence  were  made  until  January  24,  when  a female  was  observed  in  nest 
9.  First  occupied  by  Euglossa  in  August,  activity  in  this  nest  was  suspended 
three  times  by  the  action  of  conopids:  the  original  female,  a succeeding  daughter, 
and  finally  a parasitized  granddaughter  that  died  in  the  nest.  The  progeny  of 
the  last  female  emerged  between  December  9,  1964  and  January  3,  1965.  A 


June,  1966] 


Bennett:  Stelis  and  Euglossa 


75 


Fig.  1.  Nest  9 of  Euglossa  cordata  viewed  from  top.  (Cells  were  opened  for  observations.) 
(Photo  by  J.  Rozen.) 


female  emerging  on  December  26  remained  in  the  nest.  She  reconditioned,  pro- 
visioned, and  sealed  her  first  cell  on  December  31.  By  January  24  she  had 
provisioned  and  sealed  12  cells  and  partially  provisioned  another  when  the 
nest  was  invaded  by  Stelis  on  the  following  day.  When  examined  at  12:35  P.M. 
the  Euglossa  and  a Stelis  female  were  in  the  nest  and  the  entrance  closed.  Dur- 
ing the  next  20  minutes  the  Stelis  chased  and  grabbed  the  Euglossa  in  her 
mandibles  and  attempted  to  sting  her  on  three  occasions;  each  time  the  Euglossa 
broke  free  and  retreated  to  a corner  of  the  box.  At  12:55  P.M.  the  Euglossa 
attempted  to  escape  from  the  nest  but  before  she  could  open  the  entrance  was 
chased  away  by  the  Stelis.  The  Stelis  then  spent  several  minutes  resealing  the 
entrance.  Further  pursuit  with  repeated  capture  and  apparent  stinging  occurred 
until  finally  at  1:09  P.M.  the  Euglossa  managed  to  open  the  entrance  and 
escape.  Less  than  a minute  later  the  Stelis  was  reclosing  the  opening.  She  then 
explored  the  walls  of  the  box  and  approached  the  cell  mass.  When  observations 
were  resumed  at  1:25  P.M.,  Stelis  was  opening  the  top  of  a cell  which  had  been 
sealed  8 days  earlier.  By  1:30  P.M.  the  hole  was  enlarged  enough  to  permit 
insertion  of  her  head.  She  grasped  the  Euglossa  larva  contained  therein  (less 
than  one-third  grown),  tugged  it  out  of  the  cell,  carried  it  to  the  front  of  the 
box,  and  dropped  it  on  the  floor.  After  biting  and  stinging  it  several  times  she 
returned  to  the  cell,  inspected  it  for  a few  seconds  and  for  several  minutes 
wandered  about  the  box  encountering  and  stinging  the  larva  a number  of 


76 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Table  2.  Record  of  oviposition  by  Euglossa  and  Stelis  female  in  nest  9. 


Cell 

number 

Date  egg  deposited 
by  Euglossa 

(a) 

(b) 

Date  egg  deposited  by  Odontostelis 
Contents  of  cell  when  opened  on  February  4 

10 

December  31 

b 

Dead  pupa  (E)1 

11 

January  5 

b 

Postdefecating  larva  (E) 

12 

" 7 

b 

Prepupa  (alive)  (E) 

13 

" 10 

b 

Postdefecating  larva  (E) 

14 

" 11 

b 

" " " (E) 

IS 

" 13 

b 

Predefecating  larva  (E) 

16 

" 14 

b 

Defecating  larva  (E) 

17 

" 17 

a 

January  26 

18 

" 18 

a 

" 262 

19 

" 20 

a 

" 27 

20 

" 22 

a 

" 282 

21 

" 24 

a 

" 29 

22 

Provisioned  only 

a 

" 28 

1 E = Euglossa 

2 Date  arrived  at  by  comparative  size  of  larva  when  examined  February  4 and  5. 


times.  Despite  these  attacks  the  larva  was  still  capable  of  movement.  When 
next  examined  at  6:20  P.M.  the  larva  was  immobile  and  partially  covered  with 
dark  wax;  the  Stelis  was  motionless  on  the  side  of  the  box.  The  cell  from  which 
the  larva  had  been  removed  was  still  open  at  7:10  A.M.  the  following  morning 
but  was  being  closed  at  12:15  P.M.  During  the  morning  she  opened  another 
cell  (sealed  6 days  earlier)  and  removed  and  destroyed  the  tiny  larva.  This  cell 
was  still  unsealed  in  the  evening  but  was  closed  by  7:15  A.M.  the  following  day 
(January  27).  At  midday  no  change  was  noted  but  at  4:15  P.M.  a cell  sealed 
on  January  24  was  opened  and  the  egg  removed;  by  7:00  P.M.  it  was  resealed. 
During  the  night  the  partially  provisioned  cell  was  sealed  by  Stelis , with  material 
obtained  from  the  tops  of  other  cells.  Whereas  the  other  cells  when  resealed  by 
the  Stelis  were  nearly  identical  in  appearance  to  unopened  ones,  the  walls  of  this 
cell  were  shorter  but  the  cell  top  was  similar  in  shape  to  the  others.  All  of  the 
newer  cells  were  near  one  end  of  the  cell  mass.  During  the  next  few  days  Stelis 
added  wax  to  their  tops,  some  of  it  obtained  from  the  older  cells  and  some 
from  the  wax  seal  along  the  edges  of  the  box.  No  other  cells  were  open  during 
periodic  inspection  over  the  next  several  days.  The  female  was  present  in  the 


Fig.  2.  Diagram  of  nest  9.  Numbers  refer  to  the  order  in  which  cells  were  provisioned  by 
Euglossa  female.  Unnumbered  cell  was  abandoned  and  capped  by  an  earlier  female.  Table  2 
provides  pertinent  data  on  the  activities  of  the  Euglossa  and  Stelis  females. 


June,  1966] 


Bennett:  Stelis  and  Euglossa 


77 


Fig.  3.  First-stage  larva  of  Stelis  bilineolata  on  provision  mass  in  cell  of  Euglossa  cor  data. 
(Photo  by  J.  Rozen.) 

Fig.  4.  Cocoon  of  Stelis  bilineolata.  (Photo  by  J.  Rozen.) 


box  every  morning  and  evening  but  was  out  at  midday  on  January  28,  29,  and 
February  1,  returning  before  1:15  P.M.  each  day.  She  was  removed  from  the 
nest  on  February  4 when  the  cells  were  opened  for  observation  of  the  feeding 
habits  of  the  larvae. 

Seven  cells  when  opened  contained  fully  fed  larvae,  prepupae,  and  pupae  of 
Euglossa ; all  were  dead  except  one  prepupa  (Table  2 and  Figs.  1 and  2).  Each 
of  the  other  six,  including  the  one  which  had  not  been  completed  by  Euglossa , 
contained  a single  developing  larva  of  Stelis. 

DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  IMMATURE  STAGES  OF  Stelis 

The  number  of  observations  are  inadequate  for  specific  information  on  the 
duration  of  all  of  the  immature  stages.  The  egg  which  is  laid  on  top  of  the 
cell  provisions  hatches  3 to  4 days  after  deposition;  larval  feeding  is  completed 
in  9 to  12  days;  construction  of  the  cocoon  which  commences  shortly  thereafter 
requires  at  least  3 days.  The  duration  of  the  postfeeding  larval  and  pupal 
stages  was  not  recorded  but  the  period  from  oviposition  to  adult  emergence  is 
approximately  60  days,  i.e.,  about  7 to  10  days  longer  than  that  for  Euglossa. 

The  feeding  activities  of  larvae  of  varying  ages  were  observed.  The  small 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


first-stage  larva  (Fig.  3)  appears  to  be  almost  sedentary,  moving  only  slightly  on 
the  surface  of  the  viscous  pollen-nectar  mass.  The  body  is  only  slightly  curved 
dorsoventrally  with  its  ventral  surface  in  contact  with  the  food.  Half-grown 
and  larger  larvae  lie  on  their  backs  while  feeding,  i.e.,  the  dorsal  part  of  the 
head  and  succeeding  segments  in  contact  with  the  food  and  with  the  posterior  of 
the  body  towards  the  top  of  cell. 

Defecation  commences  at  least  48  hours  before  the  provision  mass  is  entirely 
consumed.  The  feces  are  in  the  form  of  elongate  pellets  narrowed  at  either  end. 
They  are  from  eight  to  ten  times  as  long  as  broad  with  the  first  pellets  smaller 
and  attached  lightly  to  the  upper  cell  wall.  Although  the  pellets  are  usually 
flattened  by  subsequent  movements  of  the  larva,  the  outline  of  many  of  the 
individual  pellets  can  be  readily  seen  in  old  cells.  The  feces  are  deposited  in  a 
broad  belt  on  the  upper  part  of  the  cell  wall,  some  of  them  adhering  to  the  cell 
top  or  dropping  to  the  lower  part  of  the  cell.  Defecation  is  completed  before 
construction  of  the  cocoon  begins. 

The  completed  cocoon  (Fig.  4)  is  cylindrical  with  rounded  bottom  and  a 
top  that  ends  in  an  extruding  nipple.  It  consists  of  several  layers.  First,  a 
number  of  fine  silken  strands  attached  to  the  cell  wall  and  feces  are  formed; 
this  is  followed  by  a parchment-like  layer  which  follows  the  inner  contours  of 
the  cell  except  at  the  top.  The  nipple  protrudes  into  a depression  at  the  top 
of  the  cell,  the  outer  silken  threads  being  more  abundant  than  in  the  main  section 
of  the  cell.  Although  the  tip  of  the  nipple  normally  adheres  to  the  cell  top,  it  is 
formed  even  if  the  top  of  the  cell  is  removed  prior  to  construction  of  the  cocoon. 
The  outer  parchment  is  followed  by  a layer  of  loosely  packed  silken  threads  some- 
what lighter  in  color;  a further  parchment  layer  which  is  a lighter  golden  brown 
and  very  smooth  on  its  inner  surface  completes  the  cocoon.  The  inner  surface  of 
the  top  of  the  cocoon  is  rounded  and  quite  smooth  with  no  internal  indication  of 
the  nipple.  The  silk  of  the  cocoon  is  pale,  almost  transparent,  as  it  leaves  the 
salivary  opening  but  later  darkens  to  a golden  brown. 

The  emerging  adult  chews  an  irregular,  somewhat  circular  hole  through  the 
upper  wall  of  the  cocoon  and  cell. 

The  cocoon  in  shape  and  texture  is  strikingly  similar  to  that  of  a small  uniden- 
tified Trinidadian  anthidiine  and  has  a similar  nipple-like  protrusion.  Further- 
more, defecation  in  this  species  occurs  before  the  cocoon  is  completed,  suggesting 
that  these  activities  among  the  parasitic  group  have  not  changed  markedly  from 
the  nonparasitic  anthidiines. 

DISCUSSION 

Although  the  association  of  the  subgenus  Odontostelis  and  Euglossa  has  been 
known  for  some  time  (Friese,  1925),  details  of  the  activities  of  the  Stelis  female 
in  the  host  nest,  particularly  the  opening  of  cells  and  the  removal  of  the  Euglossa 
eggs  and  larvae,  have  not  been  reported  previously. 


June,  1966] 


Bennett:  Stelis  and  Euglossa 


79 


The  behavior  in  the  latter  nest  from  which  the  host  was  driven  out  and  did 
not  return  is  the  more  usual  because  in  four  other  nests  which  Stelis  invaded 
the  Euglossa  adult  when  driven  out  never  returned.  Therefore,  the  behavior  of 
the  bee  in  the  first  nest  may  be  considered  uncharacteristic;  her  actions  prior  to 
the  invasion  of  Stelis  suggests  parasitism  by  a conopid.  As  adults  attacked  by 
this  parasite  usually  remain  in  the  nests  this  would  explain  her  “atypical” 
behavior  in  the  presence  of  Stelis. 

The  habit  of  closing  the  entrance  when  entering  and  leaving  the  hosts’  nest 
must  also  be  relatively  rare  among  parasitic  bees.  Also  the  behavior  of  the 
female  in  the  nest,  leaving  and  returning  on  several  successive  days,  indicates 
that  Stelis  has  retained  many  of  the  habits  of  the  nonparasitic  species. 

Observations  indicate  that  the  Stelis  female  without  opening  a cell  can  detect 
whether  it  is  suitable  for  the  development  of  its  young.  The  dissection  of  unpara- 
sitized cells  shows  no  evidence  of  having  been  opened  and  reclosed  when  found 
unsuitable.  This  is  evidence  that  the  Stelis  female  is  able  to  kill  the  large  larvae, 
pupae,  and  even  unemerged  adults  either  by  stinging  or  by  squeezing  the  cell 
walls  because  in  none  of  the  nests  attacked  by  Stelis  did  adults  of  Euglossa 
emerge  subsequently.  Furthermore,  dissection  of  cells  which  failed  to  emerge 
revealed  dead  large  larvae,  prepupae,  pupae,  or  adults  of  Euglossa.  Although 
one  live  prepupa  was  found  when  the  cells  of  nest  9 were  examined  the  Stelis  had 
not  yet  abandoned  the  nest. 

Destruction  of  mature  larvae  and  pupae  in  cells  unsuitable  for  the  develop- 
ment of  her  own  progeny  represents  the  destruction  of  potential  hosts  for 
successive  generations  which,  on  the  basis  of  present  observations,  appears  to 
be  an  undesirable  trait.  However,  we  do  not  know  the  reaction  of  an  emerging 
Euglossa  female  towards  parasitized  cells;  it  is  possible  that  she  would  sense  their 
presence  and  either  open  the  cells  and  destroy  their  contents  or  effectively  block 
their  emergence  by  the  addition  of  more  wax.  If  either  were  likely  to  occur 
then  the  destruction  of  Euglossa  pupae  and  mature  larvae  would  be  of  definite 
survival  value  to  her  own  progeny  and  to  the  species. 

Acknowledgments 

I am  indebted  to  Prof.  Pe.  J.  J.  Moure  who  determined  specimens  of  Euglossa  cordata 
and  Stelis  ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata.  The  photographs  were  taken  by  Dr.  Jerome  G. 
Rozen,  Jr.,  who  also  reviewed  the  manuscript  and  made  many  useful  suggestions  for  its 
improvement. 

Literature  Cited 

Friese,  H.  1925.  Neue  neotropische  Bienenarten  Zugleich  II.  Nachtrag  zur  Bienenfauna 
von  Costa  Rica  (Hym.)  Stettin,  ent  Ztg,  86:  1-41. 

Rozen,  J.  G.,  Jr.  1966.  Taxonomic  description  of  the  immature  stages  of  the  parasitic  bee, 
Stelis  ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata  (Spinola)  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea).  Jour.  N.  Y. 

Ent.  Soc.,  74:  84-91. 


Received  for  Publication  December  9,  1965. 


80 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Further  Studies  on  the  Internal  Anatomy  of  the 
Meloidae  ( Coleoptera  ) . 

II.  The  Digestive  and  Reproduetive  Systems  of  the  S.  A. 
Blister  Beetle,  Picnoseus  nitidipennis  Fairmaire  and  Germain1 

(Coleoptera:  Meloidae) 

A.  P.  Gupta 

Department  of  Entomology  and  Economic  Zoology,  Rutgers-The  State  University, 

New  Brunswick,  N.  J. 

Abstract:  The  digestive  and  reproductive  systems  of  the  South  American  blister  beetle, 

Picnoseus  nitidipennis,  Fairmaire  and  Germain  has  been  described,  and  on  the  basis  of 
some  of  the  internal  anatomical  features,  this  genus  has  been  tentatively  placed  in  the 
tribe  Lyttini. 


This  paper  is  a continuation  of  the  study  of  internal  anatomy  of  blister  beetles 
of  the  world.  In  two  earlier  works  (Gupta,  1965,  1966),  digestive  and  reproduc- 
tive systems  of  several  species  of  blister  beetles  have  been  described  and  dis- 
cussed. P.  nitidipennis , described  in  this  paper,  was  made  available  to  the 
author  through  the  courtesy  of  Mr.  L.  E.  Pena,  Santiago,  Chile,  and  was 
determined  by  Dr.  Antonio  Martinez,  Buenos  Aires,  Argentina. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

For  details  on  the  techniques,  etc.,  the  reader  is  referred  to  the  earlier  work 
(Gupta,  1965).  It  must  be  restated,  however,  that  the  descriptions  in  the 
present  paper  in  general  serve  to  supplement  diagrams  and  point  out  important 
features.  In  the  description  of  the  digestive  systems  terms  “external”  and  “in- 
ternal” have  been  used  for  convenience  of  description.  The  drawing  of  the 
stomodaeal  intima  is  slightly  diagrammatic  and  should  not  be  considered  bi- 
laterally symmetrical.  In  the  drawings  of  the  reproductive  systems,  only  the 
organs  of  one  side  have  been  shown.  In  the  drawing  of  the  male  reproductive 
system,  the  second  pair  of  accessory  glands  has  been  stippled  to  distinguish  it 
from  the  others,  and  the  extent  and  the  nature  of  the  convolutions  of  the  third 
pair  are  not  indicated. 

DESCRIPTIONS 

Digestive  System:  external  (Fig.  1):  Esophagus  much  broadened  posteri- 
orly; ventriculus  with  anterior  half  lightly  wrinkled  transversely,  remainder 
rather  smooth;  lobes  of  pyloric  valve  visible  externally;  six  malpighian  tubules 

1 Paper  of  the  Journal  Series,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Rutgers-The  State  Univer- 
sity, New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey. 


June,  19661 


Gupta:  Meloidae  Anatomy 


81 


ductive  system,  ventral  view. 

arising  separately,  their  posterior  attachment  at  inner  bend  of  posterior  flexure. 

internal  (Figs.  2 and  3) : Stomodaeal  intima  with  six  primary,  eight  secondary, 
and  two  tertiary  folds,  median  ventral  and  ventrolateral  primary  folds  with 
serrate  margins,  transverse  corrugations  irregular  and  indistinct  beyond  two 
lateral  primary  folds  and  also  in  region  anterior  to  proventriculus ; serrate 
margins  of  primary  folds  with  dense,  stout  spines,  remainder  of  primary  folds 


82 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[VOL.  LXXIV 


and  secondary  and  tertiary  folds  with  long,  dense  spines,  remainder  of  stomo- 
daeal  intima  very  rarely  with  minute  spines;  proventricular  region  without  any 
distinct  pattern.  Stomodaeal  valve  with  three  well-developed  conical  primary 
lobes  and  three  less-developed  conical  primary  and  eight  secondary  lobes,  and 
two  poorly  developed  tertiary  lobes. 

Reproductive  System:  female  (Fig.  4):  Spermathecal  capsule  elongate  with 
slight  basal  swelling,  broader  and  rounded  distally,  spermathecal  duct  short, 
accessory  gland  vesicular,  slightly  bent  apically  and  with  a short  duct,  male 
(Fig.  5):  Testes  small,  spherical,  vas  deferens  narrow  near  testis,  vesicula 
seminalis  rather  narrow;  first  pair  of  accessory  glands  ovally  or  spherically 
coiled,  tips  of  two  glands  in  contact,  second  pair  recurved,  recurved  portion 
shorter  than  basal  portion,  third  pair  largest  and  lightly  convoluted;  ejaculatory 
duct  slightly  broader  beyond  middle  and  strongly  bowed. 

Material  Examined:  Three  specimens  (in  10%  formaldehyde),  Atacama 

Desert,  Chile,  IX-22-63  (L.  E.  Pena). 

SYSTEMATIC  CONSIDERATIONS 

Kaszab  (1959)  included  Picnosens  in  the  tribe  Lyttini  on  the  basis  of  its  wing 
venation.  Earlier,  Denier  ( 1935)  grouped  Picnoseus  with  Lytta  and  Borchmann 
( 1907)  considered  this  genus  as  a subgenus  of  Tetraonyx,  and  included  it  in  the 
tribe  Lyttini.  The  writer  (Gupta,  1965)  characterized  the  tribe  Lyttini  by 
such  internal  anatomical  features  as  a rather  poorly  developed  stomodaeal  valve, 
absence  of  V-shaped  folds,  and  the  presence  of  well-developed  spermathecal 
diverticulum.  Of  these  three  characters  the  last  one  was  considered  to  be  an 
important  tribal  character.  On  the  basis  of  this  character,  and  by  the  presence 
of  such  features  as  a slight  basal  swelling  in  the  spermathecal  capsule  and  a 
ventrally  recurved  second  pair  of  male  accessory  glands,  inclusion  of  Picnoseus 
in  the  tribe  Lyttini  seems  to  be  uncertain  although  it  will  be  retained  in  this 
tribe  tentatively.  In  the  earlier  work  (Gupta,  1965)  a basal  swelling  in  the 
spermathecal  capsule  and  a recurved  second  pair  of  male  accessory  glands  were 
considered  to  be  the  tribal  features  of  the  Epicautini.  However,  the  absence  of 
V-shaped  folds  in  Picnoseus  precludes  its  inclusion  in  the  Epicautini.  Borch- 
mann’s  (1907)  consideration  of  Picnoseus  as  a subgenus  of  Tetraonyx  is  not 
supported  by  the  internal  anatomical  features,  inasmuch  as  Picnoseus  lacks  such 
tribal  characters  of  Tetraonychini  as  four  V-shaped  folds,  tubular  spermathecal 
diverticulum,  a tubular  female  accessory  gland,  and  an  enlarged  vas  deferens 
near  testes.  It  seems  to  the  author  that  the  tribe  Lyttini  perhaps  includes  some 
representatives  which  have  secondarily  lost  the  spermathecal  diverticulum 
( Cabalia  and  Sybaris).  As  more  genera  belonging  to  this  tribe  would  be  avail- 
able for  study,  it  would  perhaps  be  necessary  to  establish  two  or  more  subtribes 
according  to  the  presence  or  absence  of  spermathecal  diverticulum  and  other 
features. 


June,  1966] 


Gupta:  Meloidae  Anatomy 


83 


ABBREVIATIONS  USED  IN  FIGURES 


CO — colon 

EJDU — -ejaculatory  duct 

FAG — female  accessory  gland 

1MAG — first  pair  of  male  accessory  glands 

3MAG — third  pair  of  male  accessory  glands 

OE — esophagus 

PFL — lateral  primary  fold 

PFMD — median  dorsal  primary  fold 

PFMV — median  ventral  primary  fold 

PFVL — ventrolateral  primary  fold 

POFL — posterior  flexure 

POIN — posterior  intestine  or  rectum 

PY — pylorus 

PYL — lobes  of  pyloric  valve 

SFDL — dorsolateral  secondary  fold 

SFL — lateral  secondary  fold 

SFMV — median  ventral  secondary  fold 

SFVL — ventrolateral  secondary  fold 

SPCA — spermathecal  capsule 

TE — testis 

TFMV — median  ventral  tertiary  fold 
TRCP — transverse  corrugated  pattern 
TRW — transverse  wrinkles 
VS — vesicula  seminalis 


Literature  Cited 

Borchmann,  F.  1917.  Meloidae,  Cephaloidae.  In  Coleopterorum  Catalogus,  69:  1-208. 
W.  Junk,  Berlin. 

Gupta,  A.  P.  1965.  The  digestive  and  reproductive  systems  of  the  Meloidae  (Coleoptera) 
and  their  significance  in  the  classification  of  the  family.  Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Amer., 
59(4):  442-474. 

. 1966.  Further  studies  on  the  internal  anatomy  of  the  Meloidae  (Coleoptera).  I 

The  digestive  and  reproductive  systems  of  Rusadiria  ( Coryna  auct.),  Oenas,  Lagorina , 
Sitaris  and  Zonitis.  (In  press.) 

Kaszab,  Z.  1959.  Phylogenetische  Beziehungen  des  Flugelgeaders  der  Meloiden  (Col.),  nebst 
Beschreibung  neuer  Gattungen  und  Arten.  Acta  Zool.  Acad.  Sci.  Hungaricae,  5:  67- 
114. 


Received  for  Publication  November  16,  1965 


84 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[ Vol.  LXXIV 


Taxonomic  Descriptions  of  the  Immature  Stages  of 
the  Parasitic  Bee,  Stelis  ( Odontostelis ) 
bilineolata  ( Spinola  ) 

(Hyinenoptera : Apoidea:  Megachilidae) 

Jerome  G.  Rozen,  Jr.1 2 


Abstract:  This  paper  describes  taxonomically  the  first  and  last  larval  instars  and  the  pupa 
of  this  species.  It  compares  the  mature  larva  with  that  of  other  known  Stelis,  and  although 
there  is  considerable  intrageneric  variation,  the  larvae  of  Stelis  cannot  be  distinguished 
as  a group  from  those  of  other  Megachilidae.  The  pupa  of  this  species  agrees  in  most 
respects  with  those  of  other  megachilid  bees. 

The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  to  record  details  of  the  anatomy  of  the  first  and 
last  larval  instars  and  of  the  pupa  of  Stelis  ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata  (Spinola) 
for  future  taxonomic  and  evolutionary  consideration.  Although  the  mature 
larvae  of  a number  of  species  of  Stelis  have  been  described  before,  this  is 
believed  to  be  the  first  account  of  the  mature  larva  of  the  Neotropical  subgenus 
Odontostelis  and  to  be  the  first  formal  description  of  the  pupa  and  first  instar  of 
any  Stelis r In  an  accompanying  paper  Bennett  (1966)  discusses  the  biology 
of  this  parasitic  bee  which  depredates  the  nest  of  the  brilliant  green  apid  bee, 
Euglossa  cor  data  (Linnaeus). 


Acknowledgment 

I would  like  to  thank  Dr.  Fred  D.  Bennett,  Entomologist-in-Charge,  West  Indian  Station, 
Commonwealth  Institute  of  Biological  Control,  Curepe,  Trinidad,  the  West  Indies,  for  the 
gift  of  specimens  used  in  this  study.  Because  of  his  energetic  efforts  in  collecting  the  immature 
stages  of  Trinidadian  bees,  we  are  at  long  last  gaining  an  understanding  of  the  larvae  and 
pupae  of  many  Neotropical  apoids. 


MATURE  LARVA 

(Figs.  1-8) 

length:  10.0  mm. 

head  (Figs.  4,  5):  Integument  with  numerous  scattered  long  setae  but  without  spicules 

except  for  faint  ones  on  dorsal  surface  of  maxilla;  labrum,  dorsal  mandibular  articulation, 
mandibular  apex,  hypostomal  ridge,  cardo,  and  stipes  pigmented;  prementum  with  narrow 
pigmented  sclerite  extending  from  below  level  of  palpus  dorsad  and  laterad  of  palpus  above 
salivary  lips  and  down  other  side,  thereby  circumscribing  arc  of  approximately  270  degrees; 
antennal  papillae  and  palpi  also  somewhat  pigmented.  Tentorium  well  developed  except 
dorsal  arms  very  short ; posterior  pits  conspicuous  and  normal  in  position,  i.e.,  at  junctures 
of  posterior  thickening  and  hypostomal  ridges;  posterior  thickening  of  head  capsule  and 

1 Chairman  and  Curator,  Dept.  Ent.,  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist. 

2 The  literature  search  for  this  project  was  accomplished  with  the  assistance  of  the  Bibliog- 
raphy of  Apoid  Biology  which  is  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  C.  D.  Michener,  University  of 
Kansas,  Lawrence. 


June,  1966] 


Rozen:  Immature  Stages  or  Parasitic  Bee 


85 


Figs.  1-8.  Last  larval  instar  of  Stelis  ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata  (Spinola).  1.  Part  of 
abdominal  dorsum,  lateral  view.  2.  Postdefecating  larva,  lateral  view.  3.  Spiracle.  4-5. 
Head,  frontal  and  lateral  views.  6-8.  Mandible,  dorsal,  adoral,  and  ventral  views.  Scale 
refers  to  Figs  1 and  2. 


86 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


hypostomal  ridge  well  developed;  pleurostomal  ridge  moderately  wide  but  fairly  thin;  epi- 
stomal  ridge  well  developed  laterad  of  anterior  tentorial  pits  and  extending  dorsomedially 
short  distance  mesiad  of  pits  before  disappearing;  longitudinal  thickening  of  head  capsule, 
cleavage  lines,  and  parietal  bands  not  evident.  Antennal  papilla  elongate,  being  approximately 
twice  as  long  as  basal  diameter;  papilla  arising  from  only  very  low  prominence.  Labral 
apex  broadly  emarginate  apicallv  and  without  tubercles.  Mandible  (Figs.  6-8)  apically 
bidentate  with  ventral  tooth  longer;  margin  between  teeth  finely  but  sharply  dentate;  man- 
dible with  apical  concavity  limited  basally  by  transverse  ridge;  dorsal  apical  inner  edge 
finely  but  sharply  dentate;  ventral  edge  smooth;  cusp  not  dentate.  Maxilla  with  apex  pro- 
duced adorallv ; galea  absent ; palpus  elongate,  being  as  long  as  but  slightly  thinner  than 
antennal  papilla;  cardo  and  stipes  sclerotic.  Labrum  projecting,  divided  into  prementum 
and  postmentum,  and  bearing  salivary  opening  at  apex;  salivary  opening  a transverse  slit 
with  projecting  lips;  labial  palpi  as  long  as  maxillary  palpi;  hypopharynx  with  prominent 
lobe  on  each  side  next  to  maxilla. 

body:  Form  (Fig.  2)  of  postdefecating  larva  robust  and  with  most  segments  having  distinct 
intrasegmental  lines;  low  middorsal  tubercles  present  on  posterior  margin  of  abdominal 
segments  II  to  IV;  tubercles  not  evident  when  these  segments  telescoped  (Fig.  1);  ventro- 
lateral tubercles  present  but  not  pronounced.  Integument  of  postdefecating  form  soft; 
dorsal  surface  more  or  less  evenly  covered  with  fine  light  setae  (not  shown  in  illustrations)  ; 
ventral  surface  with  setae  sparser.  Spiracular  atrium  (Fig.  3)  with  short  dentate  ridges; 
atrium  projecting  above  body  wall  and  with  rim ; peritreme  present ; primary  tracheal 
opening  with  collar;  subatrium  moderately  short.  Tenth  abdominal  segment  short;  anus 
situated  dorsally. 

material  studied:  Two  postdefecating  larvae,  Curepe,  Trinidad,  West  Indies, 
February  10,  1965,  from  cells  of  Euglossa  cordata  (Linnaeus)  (F.  D.  Bennett). 

While  preparing  the  preceding  description,  I compared  in  detail  the  larva  of 
bilineolata  with  the  mature  larva  of  Stelis  ( Micro stelis ) lateralis  Cresson,  kindly 
loaned  by  Dr.  Charles  D.  Michener.  Drawings  of  the  head  of  lateralis  (Figs.  9, 
10)  are  presented  here  to  supplement  those  provided  by  Michener  (1953)  with 
his  description  of  the  last  instar.  The  larva  of  lateralis  differs  from  that  of 
bilineolata  in  a number  of  ways:  S.  lateralis  is  much  smaller,  being  only  6.0 
mm  long.  Its  head  is  somewhat  differently  shaped  as  seen  in  lateral  view,  and 
there  is  a strong  indentation  along  the  median  line  of  the  head  capsule.  The 
labrum  is  not  so  distinctly  emarginate  apically,  and  there  are  two  low  labral 
tubercles.  The  mandibles  are  remarkably  different,  as  discussed  below.  The 
labiomaxillary  region  is  much  more  strongly  produced.  Each  maxilla  is  strongly 
constricted  below  the  base  of  the  mandible  whereas  in  bilineolata  there  is  no  such 
modification.  The  sclerites  of  the  prementum  appear  to  be  quite  different  from 
those  of  bilineolata ; there  is  no  dorsal  sclerotic  bridge  above  the  salivary  opening 
but  the  sclerites  are  joined  ventrally  behind  the  palpi  and  form  a wide,  faint 
plate  occupying  most  of  the  ventral  surface  of  the  prementum.  The  prementum 
in  frontal  view  is  narrower,  and  the  two  lobes  of  the  hypopharynx  are  more  pro- 
nounced. The  middorsal  tubercles  (Michener,  1953,  fig.  114)  of  the  body  are 
more  conspicuous  and  the  body  setae  less  numerous.  The  spiracle  (Michener, 


June,  1966] 


Rozen:  Immature  Stages  of  Parasitic  Bee 


87 


Figs.  9-10.  Head  of  mature  larva  of  Stelis  ( Microstelis ) lateralis  Cresson,  frontal  and 
lateral  views. 


1953,  fig.  118)  apparently  possesses  longer  atrial  spines  and  a relatively  longer 
subatrium. 

Comparisons  can  also  be  made,  in  a general  way,  with  the  larvae  of  a number 
of  other  Stelis  on  the  basis  of  the  following  descriptions  in  the  literature:  Stelis 
( Stelidomorpha ) nasuta  (Latreille)  (Maneval,  1937),  ( Stelis ) minuta  Lepeletier 
and  Serville  (Enslin,  1925),  ( Stelis ) ornatula  (Klug)  (Micheli,  1935).  The 
resulting  conclusions  are  that  the  known  larvae  of  Stelis  possess  the  megachilid 
characters  presented  by  Michener  (1953),  and  that  no  feature  or  set  of  features 
is  evident  at  this  time  that  will  enable  Stelis,  as  a group,  to  be  distinguished  from 
other  Megachilidae.3 

It  seems  evident  from  all  studies  of  Stelis  larvae  that  the  species  differ  one 
from  the  other  to  a considerable  extent.  However,  an  examination  of  bilineolata 
reveals  that  a few  apparent  dissimilarities  may  not  be  so  pronounced  as  previ- 
ously judged.  The  extent  of  expression  of  the  middorsal  tubercles  seems  to 
depend  at  least  to  some  degree  on  whether  the  body  is  contracted  (Fig.  1) 
or  expanded  (Fig  2)  at  the  time  of  fixation.  Also  the  degree  of  expression  of 
the  intrasegmental  lines  and  of  the  ventrolateral  protuberances  depends  upon 
the  proper  preservation  of  the  larva.  Because  the  larva  of  lateralis  studied  by 
Michener  ( 1953)  was  rather  poorly  preserved,  it  is  believed  that  these  features 

3 Dr.  Robbin  W.  Thorp  has  kindly  sent  me  the  manuscript  of  his  synopsis  of  the  genus 
Heterostelis,  in  which  he  briefly  describes  the  larva  of  a new  species.  Its  mandible  is 
apically  bidentate  with  the  lower  tooth  longer,  but  lacks  an  apical  concavity.  In  other 
respects,  it  seems  to  have  the  general  features  of  megachilid  larvae. 


88 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXIV 


Figs.  11-18.  Stelis  ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata  (Spinola).  11.  First  instar,  lateral  view. 
12-13.  Head  of  first  instar,  frontal  and  lateral  views.  14-16.  Mandible  of  first  instar,  dorsal, 
adoral,  and  ventral  views.  17-18.  Pupa,  lateral  and  dorsal  views.  Scales  refer  to  Fig.  11 
and  to  Figs.  17  and  18. 


would  be  more  pronounced  in  a fresh  specimen  and  therefore  would  agree  more 
closely  with  comparable  structures  of  other  known  Stelis  larvae. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  dissimilarities  of  the  mandibles  in  Stelis  larvae  are 
striking.  The  mandibles  (Figs.  6-8)  are  apically  bidentate,  have  serrated  apical 
edges,  and  an  apical  concavity  in  bilineolata , nasuta , and  presumably  ornatula\ 
they  (Michener,  1953,  figs.  115,  116)  are  apically  simple  and  without  serrations 


June,  1966] 


Rozen:  Immature  Stages  of  Parasitic  Bee 


89 


or  an  apical  inner  concavity  in  lateralis  and  minuta .4  I know  of  no  other  case 
in  bees  where  two  such  radically  different  types  of  mandibles  are  encountered  in 
the  same  genus,  and  this  condition,  therefore,  suggests  the  possibility  of  a poly- 
phyletic  origin  of  the  genus. 

It  is  tempting  to  postulate  that  the  bidentate  mandible  is  associated  with  a 
life  history  in  which  the  parasitic  larva  does  not  assassinate  the  host  larva; 
in  this  case,  the  Stelis  larvae  would  not  require  specialized  modifications  of  the 
mandible  to  eliminate  the  host  larvae.  Consequently,  the  primitive  anthidiine 
type  of  mandible  persists.  On  the  other  hand,  as  specialized  apically  simple 
mandibles  have  evolved  several  times  in  those  parasitic  anthophorids  where  the 
cuckoo  bee  larva  destroys  the  host  egg  or  larva,  we  might  conclude  that  this 
sharp-pointed  mandible  is  similarly  employed  by  these  Stelis. 

There  is  a certain  amount  of  evidence  to  support  this  hypothesis.  The  larvae 
of  bilineolata  and  nasuta  do  not  kill  their  hosts.  The  adult  of  bilineolata  removes 
the  host  larva  from  the  cell  (Bennett,  1966)  and  the  larvae  of  nasuta , two  to 
12  of  which  occupy  a single  host  cell,  apparently  efficiently  consume  the  food 
of  the  much  larger  host  larva  so  that  it  starves  (Fabre,  1914).  Furthermore,  the 
larvae  of  both  lateralis  (Graenicher,  1905;  Michener,  1955)  and  minuta  (Enslin, 
1925)  (though  apparently  not  as  first-stage  forms)  destroy  their  host  larva  with 
the  sharp-pointed  mandible. 

However,  this  hypothesis  seems  to  break  down  when  ornatula  is  considered. 
Both  Enslin  (1925)  and  Hoppner  (1904)  have  seen  its  larva  attack  that  of 
the  host  and  yet  Micheli  (1935)  shows  it  to  have  a bidentate  mandible  with 
a dorsal  serrated  edge.  The  hypothesis  should  not,  however,  be  totally  discarded 
because  it  is  not  clear  from  Micheli ’s  drawings  whether  ornatula' s mandible  is 
like  that  of  bilineolata  or  whether  it  is  perhaps  somewhat  intermediate  between 
the  two  extreme  types.  It  should  also  be  pointed  out  that  Enslin  (1925)  also 
examined  the  larva  of  ornatula  and  stated  that  the  mature  larvae  of  minuta , 
which  has  a pointed  mandible,  and  of  ornatula  are  “quite  similar,”  a statement 
which  reflects  doubt  on  the  correct  identification  of  Micheli’s  specimen. 

FIRST  INSTAR 

(Figs.  11-16) 

length:  Approximately  2.5  mm. 

head  (Figs.  12,  13):  Integument  without  setae,  apparently  without  sensilla,  and  nonpig- 

mented.  Tentorium  complete,  including  thin  dorsal  arm;  posterior  thickening  of  head 
capsule  and  hypostomal  ridge  moderately  developed;  gena  projecting  downward  so  as  to 
cover  hypostomal  ridge  anteriorly;  pleurostomal  ridge  weak  but  evident;  epistomal  ridge 
weak  laterad  of  anterior  tentorial  pits  and  absent  between  them ; longitudinal  thickening 
of  head  capsule,  cleavage  lines,  and  parietal  bands  not  evident.  Antennal  papillae  scarcely 

4 This  same  type  of  mandible  was  found  on  a larva  questionably  identified  as  Stelis 
punctulatissima  (Kirby)  (as  aterrima  (Panzer))  (Hofeneder,  1947).  Additional  recorded 
details  of  the  larva  are  not  adequate  for  comparison  with  other  larvae  treated  here. 


90 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


produced.  Labral  apex  emarginate  and  without  tubercles.  Mandible  (Figs.  14-16)  apically 
bidentate,  with  scattered  minute  indistinct  denticles  along  apical  edges;  apical  concavity 
not  defined.  Maxilla  with  apex  produced  adorally;  galea  and  palpus  not  evident;  cardo 
and  stipes  faintly  sclerotic.  Labium  recessed,  not  divided  into  prementum  and  postmentum; 
salivary  opening  small  and  inconspicuous;  palpi  absent. 

body:  Form  (Fig.  11)  robust  and  straight,  thickest  in  posterior  half;  most  segments  bearing 
distinct  intrasegmental  lines;  middorsal  tubercles  apparently  absent;  body  projecting  some- 
what on  either  side  below  spiracles  (in  the  region  of  the  ventrolateral  tubercles  of  mature 
larva).  Integument  without  setae  but  with  numerous  spicules  over  most  of  surface.  Spiracles 
moderately  small;  atrium  apparently  without  spines  or  ridges  and  apparently  not  projecting 
above  body  wall;  peritreme  distinct;  primary  tracheal  opening  with  slight  collar.  Anus  dorsal 
in  position. 

material  studied  : One  larva,  Curepe,  Trinidad,  West  Indies,  egg  deposited 
February  1-2,  larva  emerged  February  4-5,  1965,  in  nest  of  Euglossa  cordata 
(Linnaeus)  (F.  D.  Bennett). 

Michener  ( 1955)  provided  some  details  of  the  first  instar  of  Stelis  lateralis. 
Both  species  agree  in  that  the  straight,  robust  body  protrudes  laterally  and 
lacks  dorsolateral  tubercles.  The  head  is  normal  in  size  and  the  mandibles  are 
not  enlarged.  Further,  there  is  less  difference  in  the  anatomy  of  the  head  and 
mouthparts  between  the  first  and  last  instars  of  these  species  than  there  normally 
is  with  parasitic  bees. 

However,  the  first-stage  forms  of  the  two  Stelis  presumably  differ  signifi- 
cantly. Whereas  the  first  instar  of  bilineolata  has  antennal  papillae  that  are 
much  shorter  than  those  of  the  mature  larva,  the  antennae  of  the  first-stage 
lateralis  are  longer  than  those  of  the  last  stage.  Although  setae  are  not  evident 
on  bilineolata , setae  of  lateralis  are  even  longer  than  those  of  the  last  larval 
instar  of  the  same  species.  As  pointed  out  above,  mandibles  of  the  first 
and  last  instars  of  lateralis  are  simple  apically  and  sharp-pointed  whereas  those 
of  the  same  stages  of  bilineolata  are  bidentate. 

PUPA 

(Figs.  17,  18) 

head:  Vertex  with  three  small  tubercles  in  position  of  ocelli;  these  tubercles  about  as  pro- 
nounced as  ocelli  of  adults;  vertex  and,  to  lesser  extent,  frons  and  clypeus  with  pigmented 
setae. 

mesosoma:  Mesoscutum,  mesoscutellum,  and  axillae  with  pigmented  setae.  Coxae  and 

trochanters  without  spines. 

metasoma:  Terga  I-VI  with  bands  of  pigmented  setae. 

material  studied:  Four  males,  Curepe,  Trinidad,  West  Indies,  February,  1965, 
from  nest  of  Euglossa  cordata  (Linnaeus)  (F.  D.  Bennett). 

Because  the  basal  mandibular  tooth  of  the  female  Odontostelis  is  much  larger 
than  that  of  the  male,  female  pupae  presumably  have  a correspondingly  larger 
mandibular  tubercle  than  do  male  pupae. 


June,  1966] 


Rozen:  Immature  Stages  of  Parasitic  Bee 


91 


The  pupa  of  this  species  lacks  the  various  tubercles  commonly  encountered  in 
other  bee  groups.  In  this  respect  it  agrees  with  the  pupae  of  Megachile  described 
by  Michener  (1954)  and  with  the  pupa  of  an  unidentified  Dianthidium  kindly 
loaned  by  Dr.  Paul  D.  Hurd,  Jr.,  from  the  California  Insect  Survey.  The  pupae 
of  all  these  megachilids  share  the  apparently  unique  feature  of  extensive  patches 
of  setae  on  the  head,  thoracic  nota,  and  metasomal  terga.  It  would  seem,  there- 
fore, that  the  pupae  of  megachilids,  like  the  larvae  (Michener,  1953),  are  very 
homogeneous.5 


Literature  Cited 

Bennett,  F.  D.  1966.  Notes  on  the  biology  of  Stelis  ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata  (Spinola), 
a parasite  of  Euglossa  cordata  (Linnaeus)  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea).  Jour.  New 

York  Ent.  Soc.,  00: 

Enslin,  E.  1925.  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  Hymenopteren  IV.  7.  Die  Rubus-bewohnen- 
den  Osmien  Deutschlands.  Deutsche  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  (3):  177-210. 

Fabre,  J.  H.  1918.  The  Mason-Bees.  New  York,  Dodd,  Mead  and  Company,  [4]  -f-  viii  -f- 
315  pp. 

Graenicher,  S.  1905.  Some  observations  on  the  life  history  and  habits  of  parasitic  bees. 
Bull.  Wisconsin  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  3:  153-167. 

Hofeneder,  K.  1947.  Ueber  den  Bau  einer  Wollbiene  ( Anthidium  sp.).  Zeitschr.  Wiener 
Ent.  Gesell.,  32:  25-28. 

Hoppner,  H.  1904.  Zur  Biologie  der  Rubus-Bewohner.  III.  Eurytoma  rubicola  Gir.  und 
ihre  Wirte.  Allg.  Zeitschr.  Ent.,  9:  161-171. 

Maneval,  H.  1937.  Notes  sur  les  hymenopteres  (5e  serie).  Sur  1’endoparasitisme  des  larves 
de  certaines  Chrysis.  Rev.  Francaise  Ent.,  4:  162-181. 

Micheli,  L.  1935.  Note  biologiche  e morfologiche  sugli  imenotteri  (VII  serie).  Boll.  Soc. 
Veneziana  Stor.  Nat.  1:  126-134. 

Michener,  C.  D.  1953.  Comparative  morphological  and  systematic  studies  of  bee  larvae 
with  a key  to  the  families  of  hymenopterous  larvae.  Univ.  Kansas  Sci.  Bull.,  35: 
987-1102. 

. 1954.  Observations  on  the  pupae  of  bees  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea).  Pan-Pacific 

Ent.,  30:  63-70. 

. 1955.  Some  biological  observations  on  Hoplitis  pilosifrons  and  Stelis  lateralis 

(Hymenoptera,  Megachilidae) . Jour.  Kansas  Ent.  Soc.,  28:  81-87. 


5 Dr.  Robbin  Thorp’s  manuscript  account  of  the  pupa  of  a new  species  of  Heterostelis 
is  an  exception  to  this  statement  in  that  the  pupa  is  “apparently  without  long  setae  on 
vertex,  mesoscutum,  and  metasomal  terga.”  In  contrast  with  Odontostelis , Heterostelis 
possesses  only  a pair  of  rounded  tubercles  on  the  vertex  and  a spine  on  the  inner  apex  of 
each  coxa  and  on  the  inner  base  of  each  trochanter. 


Received  for  Publication  December  9,  1965 


92 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Mature  Larvae  of  the  Old  World  Bee  Genus  Panurgus 

(Hymenoptera,  Apoidea) 

Jerome  G.  Rozen,  Jr.1  and  Barbara  L.  Rozen 

Abstract:  This  paper  describes  the  mature  larva  of  Panurgus  dentipes  Latreille  and  com- 
pares it  with  the  previously  published  accounts  of  other  species  in  the  genus. 


The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  to  describe  the  mature  larva  of  Panurgus  dentipes 
Latreille  (Andrenidae,  Panurginae)  and  to  compare  it  with  the  other  known 
larvae  of  Panurgus , so  that  these  data  can  be  referred  to  in  a study  of  the  larvae 
of  North  American  Panurginae  (Rozen,  in  press).  Larvae  of  dentipes  were 
kindly  made  available  by  Siavosh  Tirgari,  Ahwaz  Agricultural  College,  Iran. 

Two  other  species  of  Panurgus  have  been  described  and  illustrated:  banksi- 
anus (Kirby)  (Micheli,  1931)  and  calcaratus  (Scopoli)  (Micheli,  1936). 
Although  Micheli’s  written  accounts  provide  little  specific  information  that 
can  be  compared  with  the  following  description  of  dentipes,  his  illustrations  sug- 
gest that  the  three  species  probably  agree  in  most  major  respects.  All  have 
an  elongate  clypeus  and  reduced  body  tubercles.  The  somewhat  more  pronounced 
segmental  annulations  of  the  species  studied  by  Micheli  presumably  can  be  ex- 
plained by  the  fact  that  his  specimens  were  postdefecating  forms  whereas  ours  are 
predefecating.  No  known  North  American  panurgine  ( N omadopsis , Calliopsis, 
Perdita,  Pseudo  panurgus,  and  Panurginus)  possesses  an  elongate  clypeus  and 
only  Panurginus  is  known  to  have  reduced  dorsal  body  tubercles.  The  European 
Melitturga  clavicornis  (Latreille)  (Rozen,  1965)  lacks  both  these  features  of 
Panurgus. 

Mature  P.  banksianus  larvae  are  larger  than  those  of  the  other  two  species 
and  Micheli  stated  there  were  some  differences  between  the  mandibles  of 
banksianus  and  calcaratus.  At  the  present  time  we  do  not  know  if  larval  cal- 
caratus and  dentipes  can  be  distinguished  from  one  another. 


body  length  7.5  mm. 


Panurgus  dentipes  Latreille 
(Figs.  1-7) 


head  (Figs.  3-4):  Integument  with  scattered  sensilla  but  without  setae;  antennae,  palpi,  and 
labral  tubercles  scarcely  pigmented;  vertex  moderately  produced  on  each  side  above  antenna; 
antennae  arising  from  low  prominences;  clypeal  area  abnormally  elongate  compared  with 
that  of  other  known  Panurginae  ( Perdita , Panurginus , Pseudo  panurgus,  Melitturga,  Cal- 
liopsis, and  N omadopsis).  Tentorium  complete;  posterior  thickening  of  head  capsule 
moderately  well  developed;  hypostomal  ridge  well  developed;  pleurostomal  ridge  moderately 
developed;  epistomal  ridge  distinct  below  anterior  tentorial  pits,  absent  mesiad  of  pits; 
parietal  bands  evident.  Antenna  a low  convexity  with  few  (2-3  on  specimen  examined) 
sensilla.  Labrum  bearing  two  moderately  small  tubercles.  Mandible  (Figs.  5-7)  moderately 


1 Chairman  and  Curator,  Dept.  Ent.,  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist. 


June,  1966]  Rozen  and  Rozen:  Mature  Larvae  or  Old  World  Bee 


93 


Figs.  1-7.  Mature  larva  of  Panurgus  dentipes  Latreille. 

Fig.  1.  Predefecating  larva,  lateral  view.  Fig.  2.  Spiracle.  Fig.  3.  Head,  frontal  view. 
Fig.  4.  Head,  lateral  view.  Figs.  5-7.  Left  mandible,  dorsal,  inner,  and  ventral  views.  Scale 
refers  to  Fig.  1. 


94 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


slender,  curved  as  seen  in  inner  view  (Fig.  6),  narrowing  to  single  point;  upper  apical  margin 
with  conspicuous  serrations;  lower  margin  not  serrate;  cusp  strongly  produced  with  numer- 
ous teeth,  but  without  large  tooth  like  that  of  Melitturga.  Maxilla,  as  seen  in  lateral  view 
(Fig.  4),  projecting  only  to  apex  of  labium;  palpus  fairly  slender,  directed  downward  some- 
what as  in  Panurginus ; integument  of  maxilla  spiculate  on  dorsal  surface  but,  unlike  that  of 
Panurginus,  palpus  not  spiculate.  Hypopharynx  spiculate;  hypopharyngeal  groove  absent, 
as  in  most  Perdita.  Labium  projecting  nearly  as  far  as  maxillae  as  seen  in  lateral  view, 
but  labiomaxillary  region  recessed  in  comparison  with  labroclypeal  region ; labium  indis- 
tinctly divided  into  prementum  and  postmentum ; lateral  spiculate  areas  on  labiomaxillary 
region  probably  corresponding  to  maxillary  conjunctiva;  labial  palpus  evident,  but  smaller 
than  maxillary  palpus.  Salivary  opening  a gently  curved  slit. 

body:  Color  whitish,  spiculate  in  various  areas;  tenth  abdominal  segment  spiculate  ven- 

trally.  Anterior  dorsal  tubercles  (Fig.  1)  conical,  nonspiculate  apically,  moderately  low 
and  rounded;  tubercles  becoming  less  pronounced  and  perhaps  somewhat  transverse  on  pos- 
terior body  segments;  terminal  segment  not  produced  dorsally.  Spiracles  (Fig.  2)  moder- 
ately small;  atrium  projecting  slightly  above  body  wall;  atrial  wall  smooth;  peritreme  pres- 
ent; primary  tracheal  opening  with  collar;  subatrium  moderate  in  length,  not  elongate  as 
compared  with  that  of  Panurginus , Melitturga , Perdita , Calliopsis,  and  Nomadopsis. 
material  studied:  Five  mature  predefecating  larvae,  Lusignan  and  Usson, 

department  of  Vienne,  France,  mid-September,  1963  (S.  Tirgari).  Associated 
adults  identified  by  collector. 


Literature  Cited 

Micheli,  L.  1931.  Note  biologiche  e morfologiche  sugli  imenotteri  (Contributo  3°). 
Atti  Soc.  Italiana  Sci.  Nat.  e Mus.  Civ.  Stor.  Nat.,  70:  19-28,  figs. 

. 1936.  Note  biologiche  e morfologiche  sugli  imenotteri  (VI  Serie).  Ibid.,  75:  5-16, 

figs. 

Rozen,  J.  G.,  Jr.  1965.  The  biology  and  immature  stages  of  Melitturga  clavicornis  (La- 
treille)  and  of  Sphecodes  albilabris  (Kirby)  and  the  recognition  of  the  Oxaeidae  at  the 
family  level  (Hymenoptera,  Apoidea).  Amer.  Mus.  Novitates,  no.  2224,  pp.  1-18, 
figs.  1-22. 

— . Systematics  of  the  larvae  of  North  American  panurgine  bees  (Hymenoptera, 

Apoidea).  Amer.  Mus.  Novitates.  (In  press.) 


Received  for  Publication  November  8,  1965 


June,  1966] 


Klots:  Melanism 


95 


Melanism  in  Connecticut  Panthea  furcilla  (Packard) 
(Lepidoptera:  Noctuidae) 

Alexander  B.  Klots* 


Abstract:  Counts  are  given  of  mclanic,  melanistic,  and  normal  individuals  in  the  total 

catch  of  this  moth  in  Connecticut  in  1962-1965.  Counts  of  these  types  are  also  given  in 
families  reared  from  wild-caught  melanic,  melanistic,  and  normal  females.  Larval  melanism 
occurs,  not  linked  to  adult  melanism.  Adult  melanism  is  dominant  and  apparently  multi- 
factorial. Environmental  effects  on  the  polymorphism  are  discussed. 

In  a previous  article  (1964,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.  72:  142-144)  I recorded 
the  counts  of  my  total  catch  (unbiased  by  collector  selection)  of  Panthea 
furcilla  and  other  moths  at  Putnam,  Windham  County,  Connecticut.  In  the 
summers  of  1962-1965  similar  catches  were  made  at  the  same  spot.  In  1964 
and  1965  six  batches  of  eggs  were  obtained  from  wild-caught  females,  and 
from  these  95  adults  were  reared  which  show  several  degrees  of  melanism. 

Panthea  furcilla  was  chosen  for  special  work  because  of  the  large  numbers 
of  this  species  that  come  to  an  ultraviolet  “black  light,”  the  same  described  in 
the  previous  article,  from  a nearby  grove  of  white  pine  ( Pinus  strobus),  the 
food  plant.  It  may  be  noted  that  this  is  the  true  P.  furcilla  Packard,  and  not 
the  more  southern,  “hard”  pine  feeder  that  some  authors  have  confused  with 
this  species. 


WILD-CAUGHT  SERIES 

In  the  wild-caught  series  the  partially  melanic,  or  “melanistic,”  individuals 
form  a nearly  continuous  spectrum  of  variation  from  almost  totally  melanic 
to  very  close  to  the  normal,  light  grey,  so  that  dividing  them  into  a small 
number  of  groups  is  somewhat  arbitrary.  However,  the  series  is  here  classified 
in  four  groups  instead  of  the  three  used  in  sorting  the  1961  catch.  The  category 
of  “melanistic”  is  divided  into:  “slightly  to  strongly  melanistic”  and  “very 
strongly  melanistic.”  Admittedly,  there  are  many  borderline  specimens  that 
might  as  well  be  sorted  one  way  as  another.  How  much  of  the  variation  is 
genetically  based  will  certainly  never  be  known  without  a great  deal  of  con- 
trolled, experimental  work.  Probably  a number  of  factors  are  involved. 

The  wholly  melanic  individuals  are  not  all  black,  the  hairs  and  scales  that  in 
the  normal  form  are  light  grey  or  white  being  a very  dark,  sooty  brown  against 
which  the  normal  black  markings  are  discernible.  The  vestiture  of  the  head 
and  thorax  is  perhaps  as  useful  as  the  wing  scales  for  deciding  which  moths 
are  to  be  classified  as  very  strongly  melanistic,  all  of  these  having  this  vestiture 


* Professor  of  Biology,  City  College  of  New  York;  Research  Associate,  Department  of 
Entomology,  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 


96 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXIV 


extremely  dark  with  only  a slight  mixture  of  light  hairs  and  scales.  Within 
the  very  strongly  melanistic  group  are  numerous  specimens  that  have  the 
white  scale  hairs  of  the  thorax  sharply  limited  to  the  tips  of  the  tegulae  and 
the  area  posterad  to  these,  forming  sharp,  transverse  white  bars.  The  wings 
of  such  specimens  are  almost  wholly  dark  except  for  the  white  lines  that  out- 
wardly margin  the  transverse  black  markings;  these  are  sharp  and  clear.  Per- 
haps these  sharply  and  contrastingly  marked  individuals  represent  something 
genetically  distinct  from  the  more  common,  rather  smudgy  melanistic  ones. 

Only  13  females  were  caught  at  the  light,  compared  with  273  males,  al- 
though this  sex  flies  strongly  enough  at  times.  In  95  reared  individuals  there 
were  52  females. 


Wild-caught  Moths,  1962-1965  inclusive 

Wholly  melanic  51  = 17.8% 

Very  strongly  melanistic  120  = 42.0% 

Slightly  to  strongly  melanistic  56  = 19.6% 

Normal  59  = 20.6% 

Total  286 

For  combination  with  the  1961  catch,  which  was  sorted  in  only  three 
categories  (all  melanistics  being  grouped  together),  the  same  is  done  for  the 
1962-1965  catch.  The  1961  figures  are  given  in  parentheses. 

Wild-caught  Moths,  1961-1965  inclusive 


Melanic 

51 

+ 

(19) 

= 70  = 

18.8% 

Melanistic 

176 

+ 

(47) 

= 223  = 

60.0% 

Normal 

59 

+ 

(20) 

= 79  = 

21.2% 

Totals 

286 

+ 

(86) 

= 372 

REARINGS 

1964,  $ Pf  N-I,  a normal,  light  grey  mother.  A total  of  49  pupae  was  obtained,  of 
which  16  died  during  hibernation.  The  33  adults  obtained  were  as  follows:  strongly  mela- 
nistic, 11;  normal,  22.  The  larvae  showed  strong  dimorphism;  16  were  melanic,  with  the 
long  hair  pencils  white;  17  were  normal,  i.e.,  dull  brown  to  bright  orange-brown,  with  the 
long  hair  pencils  black.  These  larvae  developed  into  moths  as  follows: 

16  melanic  larvae:  strongly  melanistic  moths,  4;  normal  moths,  12. 

17  normal  larvae:  strongly  melanistic  moths,  7;  normal  moths,  10. 

1964,  9 Pf  N-2,  a normal,  light  grey  mother.  All  larvae  were  normal.  A total  of  61  pupae 
was  obtained,  of  which  38  died  during  hibernation.  The  23  adults  obtained  were  as  follows: 
slightly  melanistic,  11 ; normal,  12. 

1964,  9 Pf  Ms-1,  a strongly  melanistic  mother.  All  larvae  were  normal.  A total  of  56 
pupae  was  obtained,  of  which  50  died  during  hibernation.  The  6 adults  obtained  were  as 
follows:  fully  melanic,  4;  slightly  melanistic,  1;  normal,  1. 


June,  1966] 


Klots:  Melanism 


97 


1964,  $ Pf  M-2,  a fully  melanic  mother.  All  larvae  were  normal.  A total  of  40  pupae 
was  obtained,  of  which  35  died  during  hibernation.  The  5 adults  obtained  were  as  follows: 
fully  melanic,  1 ; slightly  melanistic,  3;  normal,  1. 


1964,  9 Pf  Ms-3,  a strongly  melanistic  mother.  All  larvae  were  normal.  A total  of  83 
pupae  was  obtained,  of  which  71  died  during  hibernation.  The  12  adults  obtained  were 
as  follows:  fully  melanic,  8;  strongly  melanistic,  3;  normal,  1. 


1965,  $ Pf  M-l,  a fully  melanic  mother.  A total  of  22  pupae  was  obtained,  of  which 
6 died  during  hibernation.  All  larvae  were  normal.  The  16  adults  obtained  were  as  fol- 
lows: fully  melanic,  5 (all  $ $);  slightly  melanistic,  11  (all  $ $). 


Totals  of  Reared  Moths,  1964-1965 


Melanic 

Very  strongly  melanistic 
Slightly  melanistic 
Total  of  melanistics 
Normal 
Total 


18  (11  $ , 7 $ ) = 18.9% 

14  (10  S,  4 9)=  14.7% 

26  ( 3 $,  23  2 ) = 27.4% 

40  (13  S , 27  9 ) = 42.1% 

37  (19  $ , 18  9 ) = 39.0% 

95  (43  <5  , 52  9 ) 


DISCUSSION 

The  total  wild-caught  series  of  1961-1965  shows  an  approximate  proportion 
of  1 melanic  to  3 melanistic  to  1 normal.  This  is  indicative  of  a condition  of 
dominance  of  melanism  with  the  probability  of  melanistics  being  heterozygotes. 
The  wide  spectrum  of  variation  in  the  melanistics  suggests  that  there  is  more 
than  one  gene  controlling  this.  The  sharpness  and  contrast  of  the  markings  of 
some  very  strong  melanistics,  compared  with  the  diffuse,  smudgy  appearance 
of  others  equally  dark,  may  be  the  result  of  a different  gene,  perhaps  even  at 
a different  locus,  or  may  result  from  some  modifying  factor  expressing  itself 
differently  in  different  environments  or  under  different  physiological  conditions. 
Although  their  numbers  are  small  the  melanistics  of  the  reared  series  buttress 
the  idea  of  the  melanistic  condition  in  general  being  multifactorial,  since  14.7% 
(n  = 95)  were  strongly  melanistic  and  27.4%  were  slightly  melanistic;  but 
there  were  none  of  the  wide  range  of  intermediate  melanistics  that  form  the 
majority  of  the  wild-caught  individuals. 

It  may  be  noted  here  that  a population  sample  such  as  this,  no  matter  how 
extensive,  cannot  be  regarded  as  representative  of  the  wild  population  as  a 
whole.  It  is  probably  safe  to  assume  that  the  differences  in  coloration  ranging 
from  normal,  light  grey  to  wholly  melanic  have  different  survival  values  with 
respect  to  bird  predation,  although  admittedly  this  remains  to  be  shown  for  P. 
jurcilla.  The  population  that  arrives  at  the  collecting  light  ranges  from  very 
freshly  emerged  individuals  to  ones  that  have  evidently  been  flying  for  several 
nights.  Many  have  probably  been  subjected  to  the  attention  of  predators,  but 
escaped.  Many  others  probably  did  not  escape,  and  so  never  came  to  the  light. 
The  caught  series,  then,  represents  a probably  biased  sample  of  an  original 
population  from  which  more  of  the  less  cryptic  individuals  may  have  been 


98 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


eliminated  than  of  the  more  cryptic  ones.  We  would  expect  it  to  show  a higher 
proportion  of  cryptic  or  otherwise  protected  individuals  than  the  entire,  un- 
selected population. 

It  may  also  be  noted  that  P.  jurcilla  flies  in  a wide  range  of  local  environ- 
ments, as  a result  of  which  there  is  probably  a strong  selection  for  the  more 
or  less  intermediate,  presumably  heterozgous,  melanistics.  Immediately  ad- 
jacent to  my  collecting  light  is  a dense  and  heavily  shaded  grove  of  white 
pine  about  30  years  old,  the  trees  having  very  dark  bark  free  from  lichens. 
Here  the  wholly  melanic  moths  can  enjoy  the  full  advantage  of  their  crypsis, 
while  the  lighter  melanistic  and  normal  ones  must  be  at  a strong  disadvantage. 
But  within  a quarter  of  a mile  are  far  greater  areas  of  mixed  pine-deciduous 
and  mixed  deciduous  forests,  as  well  as  of  fields  and  pastures  being  invaded 
by  trees  and  shrubs,  many  of  which  are  young  pines.  There  are  also  a number 
of  very  old  pines,  with  rough,  grey-brown  bark,  that  have  lost  their  lower  limbs 
and  have  well-lit  trunks.  The  area  shows  little,  if  any,  sign  of  industrial  pollu- 
tion; corticolous  lichens  are  still  abundant.  In  this  highly  mixed  environment 
there  are  plenty  of  areas  within  the  flight  range  of  even  a heavy  female  P. 
jurcilla  where  any  phenotype  shown  by  the  species  can  be  benefited  by  its 
crypsis.  In  the  heavily  shaded  pine  groves  the  melanics  would  be  favored; 
and  in  areas  predominantly  occupied  by  grey-barked  ashes,  American  elm,  and 
white  oak,  selection  would  favor  the  normal,  light  grey  moths.  Such  an  en- 
vironment occurs  very  widely  in  much  of  the  northeast  today  where  there  has 
not  been  industrial  pollution.  Where  there  has  been  such  pollution,  of  course, 
everything  is  much  darker  and  duller. 

Yet,  this  highly  mixed  environment  is  changing.  In  the  relatively  stabilized 
pre-Columbian  forest  P.  jurcilla  must  have  evolved  a relatively  stable,  balanced 
polymorphism.  Very  likely  it  had  a rather  dark  population;  it  may  be,  in 
fact,  that  what  we  call  “normal”  today  was,  at  least  in  many  areas,  a relatively 
rare  thing.  In  the  17th  century  man  began  removing  the  dense,  almost  unbroken 
forest  and  continued  to  do  so  at  an  ever  accelerating  rate  until  by  the  late  19th 
century  little  of  the  original  forest  remained  and  most  forest  areas  had  been 
cut  over  more  than  once.  Agricultural  land  was  then  at  its  maximum.  In  this 
open  environment  P.  jurcilla  must  have  responded  by  greatly  decreasing  its 
melanism,  the  light  grey  form  becoming  the  “normal.” 

By  the  beginning  of  the  20th  century,  however,  a reversal  had  set  in  as 
eastern  agriculture,  especially  in  New  England,  began  a rapid  decline.  Fields 
and  pastures  were  abandoned  to  the  encroachment  of  the  forest,  which  was 
far  less  cut  for  fuel.  Small,  but  dense,  groves  of  white  pine  sprang  up  every- 
where. That  on  the  edge  of  which  the  present  P.  jurcilla  work  is  being  done 
was  open,  grassy  meadow  in  1939.  Even  local,  small  lumbering  operations 
declined,  as  lumber  was  shipped  in  from  the  West;  most  sawmills  were  aban- 
doned (many  because  of  the  loss  of  the  American  chestnut)  and  old  stone 


June,  1966] 


Klots:  Melanism 


99 


walls,  marking  former  field  boundaries,  can  be  found  everywhere  running 
through  young,  but  dense,  forest.  This  reforestation  is  likely  to  continue.  In 
much  of  its  range,  therefore,  P.  jurcilla  must  again  be  in  a transient  state, 
responding,  in  a reversal  of  what  it  did  three  centuries  ago,  to  the  again  chang- 
ing environment. 

The  above,  of  course,  deals  with  what  for  lack  of  a better  term  we  call 
“nonindustrial  melanism.”  Certainly  this  is  largely  what  now  occurs  at  Putnam. 
In  and  about  the  great  industrial  areas  of  eastern  North  America,  however, 
where  atmospheric  pollution  is  extremely  heavy,  P.  jurcilla  is  undoubtedly 
“industrially  melanic”  although  we  have  no  proof  of  this.  Selection  pressures 
in  polluted  areas,  however,  are  far  from  identical  with  those  in  an  unpolluted 
forest  area;  for  not  only  are  the  larvae,  which  must  feed  on  polluted  foliage, 
subject  to  selection  by  physiological  factors  (which  may  be  melanism-linked) 
that  very  seasonally  as  pollution  builds  up,  but  also  in  the  environment  there 
is  a general  darkening  of  everything  that  causes  selection  for  dull,  smudgy 
melanistic  phenotypes,  and  against  more  contrastingly  marked  ones.  Quite 
different  genes  or  gene  combinations  may  thus  be  selected  for  in  industrially 
polluted  and  nonpolluted  areas,  even  though  in  both  the  apparent  general  effect 
is  one  of  environmental  darkening.  In  addition,  in  many  areas  where  little  or 
no  industrial  pollution  exists  there  may  well  be  something  of  an  inflow  of 
genes  from  nearby  industrially  polluted  areas. 

DISCUSSION  OF  REARINGS 

The  rearings  were  highly  disappointing  because  of  an  accidental  mortality 
of  pupae  during  the  winter  of  1964-1965.  Consequently,  relatively  few  adults 
were  secured,  and  the  ratios  are  mathematically  unreliable.  Furthermore,  since 
nearly  all  of  the  adults  that  were  secured  were  ones  that  emerged  during 
October,  not  going  into  diapause,  there  is  the  strong  possibility  that,  represent- 
ing a physiologically  selected  group,  they  may  also  be  melanically  selected. 
The  uniformity  of  the  rearing  conditions  (in  screen  cages  indoors)  may  also 
have  biased  the  results  by  eliminating  varying  factors  that  affect  wild-reared 
individuals.  Of  course,  the  lack  of  knowledge  of  male  parents  is  a great  handi- 
cap, and  the  possibility  of  multiple  insemination  of  wild-caught  females  by 
more  than  one  male  is  something  that  can  never  be  entirely  ignored.  Despite 
such  shortcomings,  however,  the  rearings  give  some  valuable  information. 

The  breakdown  into  phenotypic  groups  of  the  reared  individuals  is  interest- 
ing when  compared  with  that  of  the  wild-caught  ones.  The  proportions  of 
wholly  melanic  individuals  agree  very  closely  (reared  18  = 18.9%;  wild-caught 
51  = 18.8%).  In  the  melanistics,  however,  the  figures  for  the  reared  and  wild- 
caught  groups  differ  greatly,  being:  40  = 42.1%  for  the  reared  moths,  but 
223  = 60%  for  the  wild-caught.  Breaking  these  figures  down  further:  only 
14  = 14.7%  of  the  reared  moths  are  very  strongly  melanistic,  compared  with 


100 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


120  = 42%  of  the  wild-caught  ones  (1962-1965).  Furthermore,  the  reared 
series  contains  no  intermediately  melanistic  individuals,  having  a great  hiatus 
between  very  strongly  and  slightly  melanistic.  This  may  have  resulted  from 
the  absence  of  the  proper  genetic  factors  for  the  intermediate  conditions,  due 
to  the  inadequacy  of  the  sample  represented  by  the  parents  of  the  reared 
group;  but  it  could  also  result  from  the  rearing  conditions  or  the  differential 
pupal  mortality. 

The  offspring  of  1964  Pf  N-l  are  significant  in  showing  the  genetic  nature 
of  the  larval  dimorphism,  and  in  the  apparent  independence  of  this  from  the 
adult  melanism.  This  is  quite  in  line  with  findings  in  many  moths  in  England 
where  larval  melanism  is  scarcely  ever  linked  to  adult  melanism.  Exceptions 
are  Arctia  caja  j.  fumosa,  in  which  black  larvae  always  produce  black  moths; 
and  Lasiocampa  quercus  subsp.  callunae,  in  which  a high  proportion  of  black 
larvae  produce  black  moths,  indicating  linkage  (H.  B.  D.  Kettlewell,  in  litt.). 

The  numbers  of  adults  secured  are  too  small  to  have  significance,  but  the  fact 
that  of  the  offspring  of  1964  Pf  Ms-1  all  5 wholly  melanics  are  males,  and  all  11 
slightly  melanistics  are  females,  suggests  a possible  sex  linkage.  Also  bearing 
on  this  is  the  fact  that  of  the  total  of  32  reared  melanic  and  strongly  melanistic 
moths  (from  5 different  mothers)  21  = 66%  are  males  and  11  = 34%  are 
females.  A vast  preponderance  of  the  slightly  melanistic  moths  (23/26)  are 
females,  while  the  normals  run  nearly  even  (19  3 3 / 1 8 9 $ ) and  for  the  entire 
reared  group  the  proportions  are  43  3 3/52  9$.  As  noted  before,  the  sex 
ratio  of  wild-caught  moths  means  nothing  here,  since  very  few  females  come 
to  the  collecting  light. 

One  additional  feature  deserves  mention.  In  some  of  the  reared  groups  a 
definite  dimorphism  of  silk  color  was  noted,  the  silk  of  some  larvae  being  dark 
brown  while  that  of  others  was  white.  Unfortunately,  this  was  not  noticed 
until  too  late  for  full  records.  However,  it  occurred  only  among  the  offspring 
of  the  two  very  strongly  melanistic  mothers,  1964  Pf  Ms-1  and  1964  Pf  Ms-3; 
all  larvae  from  all  other  mothers  spun  brown  silk.  One  larva  of  1964  Pf  Ms-3 
that  spun  white  silk  developed  into  a very  strongly  melanistic  male.  At  least 
10  larvae  of  1964  Pf  Ms-1  spun  white  silk;  of  these  4 developed  into  wholly 
melanic  moths  (1  3 and  3 9 9 ) and  the  others  died  in  pupa;  the  single  slightly 
melanistic  female  and  the  single  normal  male  of  this  group  developed  from 
larvae  that  spun  brown  silk.  These  data  merely  suggest  future  observation. 

There  was  no  observable  correlation  between  either  larval  or  adult  melanism 
and  the  rate  of  larval  development  or  of  adult  eclosion. 

These  rearings  point  beyond  this  only  to  the  dominance  of  melanism,  and 
suggest  that  it  is  multifactorial.  It  is  hoped,  however,  that  the  data  here 
recorded  may  be  of  some  use  as  a background,  and  perhaps  a stimulus,  for 
badly  needed  work  on  moth  melanism  in  North  America. 


Received  for  Publication  February  16,  1966 


June,  1966] 


Fredrickson:  Association  of  Mites  with  Barnacles 


101 


An  Apparent  Association  of  Mites  (Aearina)  with  the  Rock 

Barnacle,  Balanus 

Richard  W.  Fredrickson 
College  of  the  City  of  New  York 


Abstract:  An  apparent  association  of  an  oribatoid  mite,  Hygroribates  marinus  (Banks), 

with  rock  barnacles  ( Balanus , spp.)  is  reported.  The  mites  regularly  hide  in  crevices  of 
the  barnacle  shell  plates.  The  occurrence  of  large  encrustations  of  barnacles  may  favor  the 
spread  of  these  sluggishly  moving,  ovoviviparous  mites. 


While  collecting  Aearina  in  the  littoral  region  of  New  York  City  and  vicinity, 
I have  found  vast  numbers  of  mites  of  the  suborders  Mesostigmata,  Trom- 
bidiformes,  and  Sarcoptiformes  (Oribatei),  evidently  restricted  to  the  intertidal 
zone.  All  belong  to  families  known  to  occur  in  this  zone,  though  most  such 
families  consist  mainly  of  terrestrial  species.  Exceptions  to  the  rule  of  pri- 
marily terrestrial  groups  with  one  or  a few  littoral  species  are  the  Halacaridae 
(Trombidi formes),  a truly  marine,  often  pelagic  assemblage,  and  the  Amer- 
onothridae  (Oribatei),  which,  as  currently  defined,  consists  of  two  essentially 
Old  World  genera  each  with  a small  number  of  described  species,  which  are 
intertidal  or  at  least  strictly  littoral.  One  of  the  latter  family  I have  found 
consistently  in  association  with  barnacles  of  the  genus  Balanus  ( Balanus 
balanoides  (Linnaeus),  B.  eburneus  Gould,  and  B.  crenatus  Brugiere)  in  the 
New  York  City  area.  It  is  closely  allied  but  not  certainly  identical  to  the 
mite  described  by  Banks  as  Nothrus  marinus  (1896)  {—Hygroribates  marinus 
(Jacot),  1934).  However,  owing  to  the  primitive  state  of  knowledge  of  the 
ameronothroid  genera  and  species,  it  can  only  be  provisionally  referred  to  H . 
marinus. 

H.  marinus  was  found  by  Banks  on  intertidal  rock  outcrops  near  Sea  Cliff, 
Long  Island,  New  York.  Jacot  (1934)  rediscovered  it  in  a number  of  re- 
stricted localities  along  the  coast  in  the  vicinity  of  New  York  City  and  near 
Greenwich,  Connecticut,  but  no  farther  east.  Grandjean  ( 1947)  reported  what 
he  considered  to  be  this  species  on  the  coast  of  France  (two  other  species  are 
known  in  Eurasia).  It  has  otherwise  seldom  been  reported.  All  have  found  it 
confined  to  the  surfaces  of  rough  rocks,  e.g.,  schist,  coated  with  small  algae, 
clinging  to  the  surface  in  small  fissures,  or  occasionally  crawling  over  the  rock 
or  among  the  algae.  Little  is  known  of  the  life  history  or  ecology  of  this  or 
any  others  of  the  family  Ameronothridae,  except  that  they  are  ovoviviparous 
and  that  the  immature  stages  are  found  in  the  same  habitat.  It  has  been  pointed 
out  (Jacot,  1934)  that  owing  to  the  lack  of  an  egg  stage,  dispersal  by  water 
currents  is  unlikely,  as  all  stages  appear  to  cling  tenaciously  to  the  substrate 
when  submerged,  and  neither  swim  nor  crawl  far  from  convenient  crevices. 


102 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


I have  rarely  collected  H . marinus  on  stones  as  such  or  in  algae,  though 
other  mites,  particularly  Mesostigmata,  and  even  Oribatei  of  the  family  Her- 
manniidae  are  common.  Instead,  they  do  occur  in  numbers  on  the  shells  of 
Balanus,  which  encrust  rocks  in  great  numbers  in  the  intertidal  zone.  The 
mites  are  invariably  found  clinging  to  the  shells  in  the  crevices  between  the 
mural  and  other  shell  plates,  and  in  the  vertical  grooves  of  the  plates  them- 
selves. I occasionally  find  individuals  on  the  inside  of  the  scutal  or  tergal 
plates  which  cover  the  living  barnacle. 

At  high  tide  the  barnacles  are  covered  with  water  to  a depth  of  2 or  3 feet 
on  some  outcrops,  and  at  low  tide  may  be  fully  exposed  for  hours.  Mites  were 
observed  to  cling  more  or  less  quiescent  during  the  hours  of  exposure,  to  be- 
come somewhat  more  active  while  the  incoming  tide  covered  them,  and  then 
to  become  relatively  inactive  again  in  the  crevices  after  submergence.  I was 
able  to  observe  them  to  a depth  of  several  inches.  Collecting  of  barnacles 
from  rocks  at  depths  of  up  to  approximately  2 feet  revealed  mites,  which  con- 
tinued to  seek  crevices  and  become  quiet  after  the  disturbance  jarred  some 
from  their  hiding  places. 

Barnacles  were  kept  alive  for  several  days  in  the  laboratory.  During  this 
time,  mites  were  inactive  by  day.  Though  they  were  completely  submerged 
during  this  time,  since  they  do  not  swim  and  crawl  only  sluggishly,  they  re- 
mained alive  and  on  the  barnacles  even  after  the  latter  died.  I kept  several 
individuals  thus  for  6 days.  Death  of  the  barnacles  and  consequent  contamina- 
tion of  the  water  may  have  contributed  to  the  eventual  death  of  the  mites. 

No  close  symbiotic  association  of  Hygroribates  with  Balanus  is  implied. 
It  is  suggested  the  encrustation  of  rocks  with  large  colonies  of  barnacles  pro- 
vides a continuous  habitat  for  the  mites  not  furnished  by  bare,  smooth  rocks, 
and  that  therefore  the  loose  association  is  advantageous  for  the  spread  of  the 
mite.  Studies  are  planned  to  learn  more  about  the  ecology  of  H.  marinus  and 
to  review  the  systematics  of  the  Ameronothridae. 

Literature  Cited 

Banks,  N.  1896.  New  North  American  spiders  and  mites.  Trans.  Amer.  Ent.  Soc.  23:  77. 
Jacot,  A.  P.  1934.  An  intertidal  moss  mite  in  America.  Jour.  New  York  Ent.  Soc. 
42:  329-337. 

Grandjean,  F.  1947.  Observations  sur  les  Oribates  (I7e  serie).  Bull.  d’Hist.  Nat.  Ser.  2, 
19(2):  165-172. 


Received  for  Publication  April  28,  1966 


June,  1966] 


Bylaws 


103 


BYLAWS  OF  THE  NEW  YORK  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

Revision  date:  December  7,  1965.1 
Organized  June  29,  1892 
Incorporated  June  7,  1893 
Reincorporated  Feb.  17,  1943 


Article  I 
Members 

The  Society  shall  consist  of  active,  sustaining,  student,  life,  and  honorary  members. 

1.  Active  members  shall  be  persons  interested  in  entomology.  They  shall  be  entitled  to 
vote  and  hold  office. 

2.  Sustaining  members  shall  be  active  members  who  elect  to  become  sustaining  members  by 
paying  annual  dues  of  Twenty-five  Dollars  ($25). 

3.  Student  members  shall  be  persons  interested  in  entomology  who  have  not  reached  21 
years  of  age,  or  who  are  currently  enrolled  as  students  in  a curriculum  leading  to  a 
bachelor’s  degree  or  a higher  degree  in  some  field  of  biology. 

4.  Life  members  shall  be  active  members  who  shall  have  reached  the  age  of  45  years 
and  who  shall  have  paid  the  sum  of  One  Hundred  Dollars  ($100)  at  any  one  time  in  lieu  of 
further  annual  dues.  They  shall  be  entitled  to  vote  and  hold  office. 

5.  Honorary  members  shall  be  eminent  entomologists  elected  in  recognition  of  their 
service  to  science.  There  shall  not  be  more  than  twelve  (12)  honorary  members  at  any  one 
time. 

Article  II 

Election  of  Members 

All  candidates  for  membership  must  be  proposed  by  an  active  member  of  the  Society 
at  a regular  or  annual  meeting.  They  shall  be  voted  upon  individually  at  the  following 
meeting,  and  the  affirmative  vote  of  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  members  present  (given  by 
voice,  or  by  ballot  if  demanded)  is  required  for  election. 


Article  III 

Officers  and  Committees 

1.  Elective  officers  of  the  Society  shall  consist  of  a President,  a Vice  President,  a Secretary, 
an  Assistant  Secretary,  a Treasurer,  an  Assistant  Treasurer,  and  four  Trustees. 

2.  Elective  Committees  of  the  Society  shall  consist  of  an  Executive  Committee,  and  a 
Publications  Committee.  The  Executive  Committee  shall  be  composed  of  the  President 
(Chairman)  and  four  Trustees  all  entitled  to  vote.  The  Editor,  Vice  President,  Associate 
Editor,  Secretary,  and  Treasurer  shall  also  be  members  of  the  Executive  Committee  but 
not  entitled  to  vote.  The  Publications  Committee  shall  be  composed  of  three  active  members 
who  shall  elect  their  own  chairman.  An  Editor  or  Associate  Editor  shall  be  ineligible  for 
membership  on  the  Publications  Committee. 

3.  The  President,  after  consultation  with  the  Publications  Committee,  and  with  the 
advice  and  consent  of  the  Executive  Committee,  shall  appoint  an  Editor  and  Associate  Editor 
for  each  publication  of  the  Society.  The  Editor  and  Associate  Editor  shall  serve  for  one 


104 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


year  or  for  such  portion  thereof  as  may  be  designated  by  the  Executive  Committee,  and 
shall  be  eligible  for  reappointment. 

4.  Standing  Committees  of  the  Society,  to  be  appointed  by  the  President,  shall  consist  of 
an  Auditing  Committee  composed  of  three  active  members;  a Program  Committee  composed 
of  two  active  members;  and  a Field  Committee  composed  of  two  active  members  and  the 
Director  of  the  Junior  Entomological  Society  who  shall  be  a member  ex-officio  without  vote. 

5.  Temporary  committees  may  be  appointed  by  the  President  at  his  discretion  to  perform 
special  duties  which  he  shall  define.  The  President  also  shall  appoint  a Nominating  Commit- 
tee, consisting  of  three  active  members,  to  nominate  a full  slate  of  officers  and  elective 
committees  at  the  annual  meeting. 


Article  IV 

Election  of  Officers  and  Committees 

1.  Officers  and  members  of  elective  committees  shall  be  elected  at  the  annual  meeting  of 
the  Society  by  a majority  vote  of  the  members  present  or  voting  by  proxy. 

2.  Trustees  shall  be  elected  for  a two-year  term,  two  being  elected  each  year.  A member 
who  has  served  for  two  consecutive  terms  as  trustee  shall  be  ineligible  for  reelection  as 
trustee  for  one  year  after  completion  of  his  term  of  office.  If  the  office  of  a trustee  shall 
become  vacant  before  the  expiration  of  his  term  the  vacancy  may  be  filled  by  appointment 
by  the  President,  but  the  fraction  of  the  term  shall  be  counted  as  a full  term  in  determining 
eligibility  for  election  or  reelection. 

3.  All  other  officers  and  members  of  elective  committees  shall  hold  office  for  one  year, 
or  until  the  next  annual  election. 

4.  Any  vacancy  that  may  occur  among  the  officers  or  elective  committees,  except  as 
elsewhere  herein  provided,  shall  be  filled  by  appointment  by  the  Executive  Committee.  The 
person  appointed  to  fill  the  vacancy  shall  hold  office  until  the  next  annual  meeting. 


Article  V 

Dut  ies  of  Officers  and  Committees 

1.  The  President  shall  preside  at  all  meetings.  He  shall  appoint  all  committees  except 
the  elective  committees,  and  shall  make  such  other  appointments  as  are  elsewhere  herein 
provided;  he  shall  be  chairman  of  the  Executive  Committee  and  a member  ex-officio,  without 
vote,  of  all  other  committees. 

2.  The  Vice  President  shall  assume  the  duties  of  the  President  in  case  of  the  death,  resig- 
nation, absence,  or  disability  of  the  President.  In  case  both  the  President  and  Vice  President 
are  absent  at  a meeting,  a temporary  chairman  may  be  chosen  by  the  members  present  to 
preside  at  the  meeting. 

3.  The  Secretary  shall  keep  the  minutes  of  the  meetings  of  the  Society  for  publication  in 
the  Journal,  and  shall  keep  the  minutes  of  the  Executive  Committee.  He  shall  give  notice 
of  the  meetings  of  the  Society  when  not  otherwise  herein  provided  for;  advise  members,  in 
writing,  of  their  election  and  send  their  names  to  the  Treasurer ; keep  all  records  and  files  of 
the  Society  and  generally  perform  such  services  as  may  be  delegated  to  him  by  the  Society. 
At  the  expiration  of  his  term  of  office  the  Secretary  shall  deliver  to  his  successor  all  papers, 
books,  and  other  records  belonging  to  the  Society. 

4.  The  Assistant  Secretary  shall  act  in  case  of  the  death,  resignation,  absence,  or  disability 
of  the  Secretary  and  shall  assist  the  Secretary  as  need  be. 

5.  The  Treasurer  shall  receive  all  moneys  for  the  Society  and  deposit  them  in  the  name 
of  the  Society  in  such  banking  institutions  as  the  Executive  Committee  may  direct;  he  shall 


June,  1966] 


Bylaws 


105 


pay  therefrom  by  draft  or  check  all  bills  and  obligations  not  exceeding  Twenty-five  Dollars 
($25)  and  all  others  when  approved  by  the  President  or  Editor(s).  He  shall  keep  an 
account  of  all  monetary  transactions  and  shall  exhibit  a statement  of  them  when  called  for 
by  the  President,  Editor,  Executive  Committee,  or  Auditing  Committee,  and  shall  make  a 
full  report  for  the  preceding  calendar  year  at  the  annual  meeting.  He  shall  notify  members 
respecting  payment  of  dues  within  ten  days  after  their  election  and  thereafter  when 
annual  dues  become  payable,  and  shall  send  out  membership  cards  on  receipt  of  dues.  At 
the  expiration  of  his  term  of  office,  the  Treasurer  shall  deliver  to  his  successor  all  funds, 
papers,  books,  and  vouchers  belonging  to  the  Society. 

6.  The  Assistant  Treasurer  shall  act  in  case  of  the  death,  resignation,  absence,  or  disability 
of  the  Treasurer  and  shall  assist  the  Treasurer  as  need  be. 

7.  An  Editor  shall  have  general  charge,  management,  and  supervision  of  the  publication 
to  which  he  has  been  appointed. 

8.  An  Associate  Editor  shall  assist  the  Editor  as  need  be. 

9.  The  Executive  Committee  shall  meet  at  the  call  of  the  President.  It  is  empowered  to 
call  for  a report  from  any  of  the  officers  or  committees  of  the  Society  at  its  discretion. 
It  shall  keep  minutes  of  its  proceedings  which  shall  be  available  to  any  member  of  the 
Society  and  which  may  be  read  to  the  Society  upon  request.  It  shall  have  general  charge 
of  the  funds,  investments,  and  property  of  the  Society.  It  shall  decide  on  the  status  of 
members  in  arrears  of  dues.  With  the  advice  of  the  Publications  Committee  it  shall  determine 
the  subscription  price  of  all  publications  and  discounts  allowed  in  connection  with  their 
sale.  The  Executive  Committee  shall  be  the  policy-making  organ  of  the  Society. 

10.  The  Publications  Committee  shall  make  recommendations  to  the  Executive  Committee 
regarding  policies  relating  to  publications  and  shall  assist  the  Editor,  or  Editors,  in  carrying 
out  the  policies  established  by  the  Executive  Committee. 

11.  The  Auditing  Committee  shall  examine  the  accounts  and  reports  of  the  Treasurer  and 
shall  report  to  the  Society  thereon  at  the  annual  meeting  or  at  some  date  specified  by  the 
President. 

12.  The  Program  Committee  shall  plan  and  arrange  for  the  programs  of  the  meetings. 

13.  The  Field  Committee  shall  arrange  for  and  manage  the  excursions  and  outings  of  the 
Society,  and  shall  assist  the  Director  of  the  junior  Entomological  Society. 


Article  VI 

Publication  Funds 

All  funds  subscribed  or  donated  for  the  Journal  or  other  publications  of  the  Society  shall 
be  used  for  no  other  purpose  than  those  specified. 


Article  VII 

Dues 

1.  Dues  for  active  membership  shall  be  Four  Dollars  ($4)  per  annum. 

2.  Dues  for  sustaining  membership  shall  be  Twenty-five  Dollars  ($25)  per  annum. 

3.  Dues  for  student  membership  shall  be  Two  Dollars  ($2)  per  annum. 


Payment  of  Dues 

All  dues  are  payable  in  advance  on  the  first  day  of  January  of  each  year.  New  mem- 
bers, if  elected  on  or  after  October  1,  shall  pay  no  dues  for  the  year  of  their  election. 
Honorary  members  shall  be  exempt  from  the  payment  of  dues. 


106 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Article  VIII 
Members  in  Arrears 

All  members  in  arrears  in  the  payment  of  clues  for  one  year  are  subject  to  the  loss  of 
the  privilege  of  voting  or  holding  office.  Before  the  annual  meeting  the  Treasurer  shall  pre- 
sent a list  of  the  members  in  arrears  in  the  payment  of  dues  to  the  Executive  Committee, 
which  shall  decide  upon  appropriate  action. 

Article  IX 

Subscription  to  Publications 

1.  The  subscription  price  of  all  publications,  the  price  of  single  numbers  to  active  members, 
student  members  and  non-members,  as  well  as  the  price  of  sets,  shall  be  determined  by  the 
Executive  Committee  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Publications  Committee. 

2.  Subscriptions  shall  be  payable  in  advance  of  the  first  of  January  of  each  year. 

3.  The  Journal  shall  be  sent  gratis  to  all  Sustaining,  Life,  and  Honorary  members. 

Article  X 

Meetings 

1.  Regular  meetings  of  the  Society  shall  be  held  at  The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History  (or  at  such  other  place  as  the  membership  shall  determine)  on  the  first  and  third 
Tuesdays  of  each  month  at  8:00  P.M.  No  regular  meetings  will  be  held  during  the  months 
of  June  through  September  or  upon  a legal  holiday  or  upon  the  first  Tuesday  of  January. 

2.  The  annual  meeting  of  the  Society  shall  be  held  at  The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History  (or  at  such  other  place  as  the  membership  shall  determine)  on  the  first  Tuesday  in 
January  of  each  year  at  8:00  P.M.,  if  not  a legal  holiday,  otherwise  on  the  third  Tuesday. 

3.  Special  meetings  of  the  Society  may  be  called  by  the  Secretary  upon  a written  request 
of  the  President  or  10  active  members.  Such  a request  shall  state  the  purpose  for  which 
the  meeting  is  to  be  called.  The  Secretary  shall  notify  the  membership  of  such  a meeting, 
stating  its  purpose  and  the  time  and  place  at  which  it  is  to  be  held.  No  other  business  except 
that  specified  in  the  call  shall  be  transacted. 

4.  Eleven  (11)  members  shall  constitute  a quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business. 

5.  At  any  special  meeting  members  in  good  standing  may  vote  or  be  represented  by  proxy. 

6.  Whenever  notice  of  any  meeting  is  required  by  the  bylaws,  it  shall  be  deemed  suf- 
ficient if  given  by  postal  card  and  addressed  to  each  member  of  the  Society  at  his  last  known 
postal  address  at  least  ten  (10)  days  and  not  more  than  twenty  (20)  days  before  the  meeting, 
or  if  given  as  required  by  the  General  Corporation  Law  of  the  State  of  New  York.  If  the 
need  for  a special  meeting,  under  the  provisions  of  Sec.  3 of  this  Article,  be  deemed  an 
emergency  by  the  President  or  Secretary,  the  membership  may  be  notified  by  any  practi- 
cable means. 


Article  XI 

The  Order  of  Business 

The  order  of  business  of  regular  meetings  shall  be  as  follows: 

1.  Reading  of  minutes. 

2.  Reports  of  officers. 

3.  Reports  of  committees. 

4.  Election  of  members. 


June,  1966] 


Bylaws 


107 


5.  Proposals  for  membership. 

6.  Miscellaneous  business 

7.  New  business 

8.  Reading  of  papers  and  scientific  discussion. 

9.  Adjournment. 

The  order  of  business  of  the  annual  meeting  shall  be  as  follows: 

1.  Reading  of  minutes. 

2.  Roll  call,  verification  of  proxies. 

3.  Annual  reports  of  officers. 

4.  Reports  of  committees. 

5.  Election  of  officers  and  elective  committees. 

6.  Miscellaneous  business. 

7.  Proposals  and  elections  for  membership. 

8.  Reading  of  papers  and  scientific  discussion. 

9.  Adjournment. 

The  order  of  business  may  be  changed  or  suspended  at  any  meeting  with  consent  of  two- 
thirds  or  more  of  the  members  present. 


Article  XII 

Auxiliary  Organizations 

1.  The  Society  shall  sponsor  an  auxiliary  organization  to  be  known  as  The  Junior  Ento- 
mological Society  having  its  own  officers  and  constitution.  It  shall  be  organized  solely  for 
educational  and  scientific  purposes  and  shall  conform  to  the  requirements  set  forth  in 
Article  XIII. 

2.  The  Junior  Entomological  Society  shall  be  under  the  direction  of  an  active  member  of 

the  New  York  Entomological  Society,  appointed  to  that  capacity  by  the  President  and 

responsible  to  the  Executive  Committee.  He  shall  be  known  as  The  Director  of  the  Junior 

Entomological  Society.  He  shall  be  a member  ex-officio,  without  vote,  of  the  Field 
Committee. 

Article  XIII 
General  Prohibitions 

1.  The  Society  shall  be  organized  and  operated  for  scientific  and  educational  purposes. 
No  part  of  the  receipts  of  the  Society  shall,  under  any  circumstances,  inure  to  the  benefit 
of  any  private  individual. 

2.  No  substantial  part  of  the  activities  of  the  Society  shall  consist  of  carrying  on  propa- 

ganda, or  otherwise  attempting  to  influence  legislation.  The  Society  shall  not  participate  in, 
or  intervene  in  any  political  campaign  on  behalf  of  any  candidate  for  public  office;  nor 

shall  it  publish  or  distribute  statements  on  behalf  of  such  candidates. 

3.  The  Society  shall  not  be  organized  or  operated  for  profit. 

4.  The  Society  shall  not  transact  any  business  with  any  officer  or  member  of  the  Society 
or  any  substantial  contributor  to  the  Society  which  shall  result  in  gain  to  that  individual 
(or  corporate  body)  which  shall  represent  more  than  a proper  consideration  for  services 
rendered  or  goods  or  material  sold  to  the  Society. 

Article  XIV 

Distribution  on  Dissolution 

In  the  event  of  the  dissolution  of  the  Society  and  after  payment  of  all  expenses  and 


108 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[ Vol.  LXXIV 


liabilities,  all  assets  remaining  will  be  transferred  to  an  entomological  organization  to  be 
chosen  by  the  Society  which  shall  have  been  organized  for  scientific  and  educational  pur- 
poses within  the  meaning  of  Section  501  (c)  (3)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1954. 

Article  XV 

Amendments 

These  bylaws  may  be  amended  at  any  regular  meeting,  or  at  a special  meeting  of  the 
Society  called  for  that  purpose,  by  the  vote  of  two-thirds  or  more  of  the  members  present, 
provided  that  the  proposed  amendment  or  amendments  shall  have  been  approved  by  the 
Executive  Committee,  submitted  in  writing  to  all  members  by  mail  at  least  thirty  days  in 
advance,  and  presented  at  a previous  meeting  of  the  Society,  due  notice  thereof  having  been 
given  in  conformity  with  the  provisions  of  Article  X. 

Date  of  revision:  Dec.  7,  1965 


June,  1966] 


Book  Reviews 


109 


BOOK  REVIEWS 

The  Tarantula.  William  J.  Baerg.  University  of  Kansas  Press,  Lawrence,  88  pp.,  photo- 
graphs and  figs.  1958.,  price  $3.00. 

The  recent  reprinting  of  this  pleasantly  unpretentious  little  book  justifies  a belated 
review.  Originally  published  by  the  University  of  Kansas  Press  nearly  a decade  ago,  it 
stands  as  a reminder  to  a rather  more  than  modest  host  of  lay  readers — and  not  a few 
of  us  who  are  professional  arachnologists — that  the  scope  and  depth  of  Dr.  Baerg’s  long 
acquaintance  with  this  fascinating  group  of  spiders  is  still  unsurpassed  in  America.  It  is 
not  a monograph  on  the  family  Aviculariidae,  a surprisingly  great  assemblage  of  species 
(some  600  according  to  a still  rather  primitive  taxonomy),  nor  would  the  author  make 
claim  to  its  being  an  exhaustive  treatment  of  the  life  history  and  habits  of  any  one  of 
the  modest  fraction  of  the  American  species  known  personally  to  him.  In  fact,  he  seems 
to  avoid  pedantic  terminology,  for  example,  to  the  extent  that  it  is  often  difficult  to 
determine  just  what  species  he  is  talking  about.  Occasionally  one  senses  a superficiality 
and  wishes  for  further  details  or  more  precise  documentation.  However,  this  is  to  quibble 
out  of  proportion  to  the  scope  and  intent  of  this  book,  which,  like  a thin  volume  of  poems, 
invites  light  browsing — or  careful  study. 

The  casual  browser’s  eye  is  caught  by  the  striking  photograph  on  the  dust  jacket  of 
the  big  golden-banded  Mexican  Aphonopelma,  and  he  is  likely  soon  to  be  caught  up  in 
the  author’s  unabashed  enthusiasm  for  tarantulas.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  more  than  a 
few  such  readers  will  be  left  with  some  appreciation  of  a grossly  misunderstood  group  of 
animals. 

Richard  W.  Fredrickson 


The  Beetles  of  the  Pacific  Northwest.  Part  IV:  Macrodactyles,  Palpicornes,  and  Hetero- 
mera.  Melville  H.  Hatch,  with  David  V.  (sic)  Miller,  David  V.  McCorkle,  Floyd  Werner 
and  Dennis  W.  Boddy.  University  of  Washington  Press,  Seattle.  Univ.  of  Washington 
Publ.  in  Biol.,  16,  viii  -f-  268,  1965. 

The  fourth  volume  of  Professor  Hatch’s  series  on  the  beetle  fauna  of  the  Pacific  Northwest 
(Idaho,  Oregon,  Washington,  and  British  Columbia)  covers  a variety  of  the  smaller  families, 
including  the  polyphagous  water  beetles,  the  semi-aquatic  beetles,  and  all  of  the  heteromera, 
including  the  large  family  Tenebrionidae,  in  all,  about  520  species.  He  has  had  the  help 
of  several  collaborators  to  the  extent  that  about  half  of  the  species  are  covered  by  others. 
The  work  continues  to  be  a set  of  keys  to  the  families,  subfamilies,  tribes,  genera,  and  species 
of  the  area  covered.  The  keys  to  the  species  also  contain  brief  descriptions  and  notes  on  the 
distribution  and  habitats  of  the  species.  The  book  utilizes  tvpwriter  composition  and  is 
offset.  It  may  be  obtained  either  paper  bound  or  with  a cloth  binding. 

There  are  twenty-eight  plates  of  illustrations,  most  of  which  are  very  well  done.  This 
should  be  very  helpful  to  all  who  use  this  work.  The  technique  of  showing  the  deflected 
head  detached  is  especially  useful.  Unfortunately,  many  of  the  new  species  are  not  illustrated. 

A monumental  task  such  as  this  cannot  be  free  of  errors.  It  is  regrettable  that  Dr.  Hatch 
has  not  referred  to  the  more  recent  literature.  His  main  concern  has  been  to  catalog  the 
fauna  of  the  area  involved.  This  may  have  resulted  in  the  description  of  species  recently 
described  elsewhere  (e.g.,  the  omission  of  reference  to  the  recent  monograph  of  the 
Heteroceridae,  yet  the  description  of  two  new  species  and  the  overlooking  of  two  species 
recorded  from  the  Pacific  Northwest).  It  is  too  bad  that  some  of  the  innovations  in  the 
work  were  not  more  carefully  checked.  For  instance,  his  comments  on  the  color  forms  of 


110 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXIV 


Ditylus  are  not  correct  and  need  to  be  reviewed,  as  does  the  statement  about  the  protibial 
spurs  of  Xanthochroa.  I am  sure  that  Dr.  Hatch  would  have  found  the  specialists  on  the 
various  families  more  than  willing  to  check  his  manuscript  before  publication. 

There  remain  many  groups  to  be  covered  before  this  work  is  complete.  We  hope  that  Dr. 
Hatch  will  continue  to  give  it  his  enthusiastic  attention  and  that  he  will  enlist  the  help  of 
others  to  detect  the  errors  noticeable  only  by  the  specialists.  We  look  forward  to  the  comple- 
tion of  this  badly  needed  work  and  hope  that  it  will  encourage  others  to  write  beetle  faunas 
for  other  areas. 

Ross  H.  Arnett,  Jr. 


Wandering  Through  Winter.  Edwin  Way  Teale.  Photographs  by  the  author.  Dodd, 
Mead,  1965,  price  $5.95. 

The  American  landscape  and  its  natural  history  have  been  written  about  hundreds  of 
times,  by  dozens  of  authors,  but  seldom  with  the  skill  commanded  by  Edwin  Way  Teale. 
For  the  past  twenty  years  Teale  and  his  wife  have  been  exploring  and  chronicling  the  chang- 
ing character  of  America  through  the  four  seasons.  Their  record  of  this  experience  began 
with  North  With  the  Spring  (1951)  now  presents  their  song  of  praise  to  Winter.  This  book, 
like  each  of  the  three  previous  volumes  of  the  “American  Seasons”  series,  is  really  an 
account  of  a trip  across  North  America;  a winding  trek  of  roughly  20,000  miles  from  the 
California  coast  near  San  Diego  to  North  of  Caribou,  Maine,  entirely  in  Winter.  The  sights, 
sounds,  smells,  and  friendships  of  the  journey  are  recorded,  and  this  reader  kept  wishing 
he  were  along. 

The  book  contains  a good  deal  of  ornithology,  but  there  are  also  tales  for  those  particularly 
interested  in  botany,  or  mammals,  or  insects,  or  simply  in  scenery.  I particularly  enjoyed 
the  sections  about  riding  in  a small  boat  near  migrating  whales  off  the  California  coast, 
the  white  squirrels  of  Olney,  Illinois,  and  the  hibernating  poorwill,  and  those  about  people 
such  as  Dr.  Edmund  C.  Jaeger,  dean  of  American  desert  naturalists,  bird  watcher  Connie 
Hagar,  and  “the  snowflake  man,”  Wilson  Bentley.  The  photographs  are  superb,  meeting 
Teale’s  usual  high  standard. 

Counter  strains  of  enjoyment  and  regret  run  through  the  narrative;  enjoyment  of  the 
natural  beauty  of  America,  and  regret  at  what  is  being  done  to  it.  We  are  reminded  of 
the  fate  of  the  American  eagle  and  the  whooping  crane,  and  Teale  writes  of  the  ambivalence 
of  trying  to  escape  to  a natural,  unspoiled  world  while  riding  in  an  automobile  which  is  de- 
pendent on  conveniently  spaced  gas  stations.  Let  us  hope  that  there  will  still  be  many 
seasons  in  which  travelers  such  as  the  Teales  will  be  able  to  take  a trip  like  this  one  and 
find  as  much  natural  beauty  to  delight  them. 


David  C.  Miller 


June,  1966] 


Notes 


111 


notes— 

Help  for  Ailing  Caterpillars? 

Anyone  who  raises  Lepidoptera  has  probably  had  the  experience  of  losing  a large  number 
to  disease.  This  can  be  frustrating  and  disappointing  if  an  ambitious  program  is  interrupted 
by  such  mischance.  This  method,  which  I tried  one  summer  with  a few  saturnid  moths, 
is  reported  in  the  hope  that  it  may  be  helpful  to  others. 

In  June,  1961  I had  received  about  two  dozen  cecropia  eggs  and  was  raising  the  cater- 
pillars in  sleeves  on  wild  cherry  trees  at  my  summer  cottage  in  Bucks  County,  Pennsylvania. 
In  this  method,  a bag  is  made  of  lightweight  muslin  or  netting.  The  eggs  are  placed  in  the 
bag  and  the  bag  is  arranged  around  a terminal  branch  of  a tree  with  the  mouth  of  the  bag 
tied  tightly  around  the  branch.  In  this  way,  the  hatching  larvae  have  a supply  of  fresh 
leaves  without  the  chance  of  escaping  and  they  are  protected  from  predators.  Since  I am 
only  at  the  cottage  on  weekends,  I could  care  for  the  larvae  only  2 days  a week.  The 
larvae  were  just  beginning  to  hatch  in  the  middle  of  June  when  our  family  departed  on 
a 2-week  vacation  trip.  The  larvae  were  given  to  a friend,  who  continued  their  care  in 
Connecticut  while  I was  away. 

When  I returned  and  my  friend  gave  me  back  the  larvae  on  July  7,  I was  appalled  to 

find  that  they  had  become  infected  with  a disease.  During  this  period,  my  friend  had 

them  all  in  a large  container  and  had  fed  them  on  oak,  willow,  maple,  and  wild  cherry 
leaves,  all  of  which  they  ate  interchangeably.  Presumably  they  had  picked  up  the  disease 
from  the  leaves,  or  from  the  fecal  contamination  of  their  food.  More  than  half  were  dead 
and  most  of  the  rest  dying.  The  remaining  half  dozen  I took  back  to  Pennsylvania  the 
following  weekend.  However,  I decided  to  try  an  antibiotic  treatment  before  returning 
them  to  the  sleeves  on  the  wild  cherry  trees. 

Most  department  stores  or  pet  shops  carry  an  antibiotic,  “petmycin,”  for  use  with  small 
birds;  about  a half  dozen  pellets  to  a package.  The  resulting  solution  disintegrates  quickly, 
so  it  is  necessary  to  prepare  a fresh  solution  for  each  treatment.  I took  one  pellet  and 
dissolved  it  in  water  according  to  the  directions.  I then  immersed  a few  leaves  of  wild 
cherry  in  the  solution  until  their  surfaces  were  entirely  covered  by  the  fluid.  The  leaves 

were  removed  from  the  antibiotic  solution,  and  the  excess  fluid  was  shaken  off.  The  larvae 

were  put  to  feed  on  these  antibiotic-treated  leaves,  one  larvae  each  in  a round,  plastic, 
pint-size  food  container. 

Deciding  that  I should  have  a control,  I gave  untreated  leaves  to  the  healthiest,  biggest 
larva,  which  as  yet  showed  no  sign  of  the  disease.  The  other  five  larvae  received  only  the 
leaves  which  had  been  immersed  in  the  antibiotic  during  the  2 days  of  the  weekend.  Late 
Sunday  afternoon,  before  leaving  the  cottage  for  5 days  in  the  city,  all  larvae  were  put 
back  in  sleeves  on  the  wild  cherry  trees.  Two  of  these  larvae  were  so  far  gone  that  they 
refused  to  eat  at  all,  and  they  died.  The  other  three  sick  larvae  recovered,  grew  to  pupation, 
and  were  put  away  for  the  winter.  The  control,  the  larva  fed  untreated  leaves,  also  pupated, 
and  it  was  kept  separately  for  the  winter.  The  following  spring  the  three  larvae,  which 
had  received  the  leaves  soaked  in  the  antibiotic,  emerged  as  moths,  while  the  “healthy” 
control  larva  did  not  emerge.  When  I broke  open  the  pupal  case,  there  was  nothing  inside. 

It  would  be  interesting  to  know  of  similar  or  different  techniques  which  others  have  used 
to  help  ailing  caterpillars. 


Alice  L.  Hopf 


112 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


MEMBERSHIP  OF 

NEW  YORK  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

The  names  are  arranged  alphabetically.  The  class  of  membership,  other  than  regular 
member,  is  designated  by  the  letter  in  parentheses:  H — Honorary,  L — Life,  S — Sustaining, 
St — Student. 


(January  1,  1966) 

Abeson,  Alice,  46  West  83rd  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10024 

Alexander,  Charles  P.,  39  Old  Town  Road,  Amherst,  Mass.  01002 

Barcant,  Malcolm,  19  San  Diego  Park,  Diego  Martin,  Port-of-Spain,  Trinidad,  W.  I. 

(St)  Bayne,  Donald,  112  Park  Avenue,  Dumont,  N.  J. 

(L)  Bequaert,  Joseph  C.,  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  University,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.  02138 

Birdsey,  Anne  Marie,  1000  Washington  Avenue,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  11225 
(St)  Bordes,  Arthur  L.,  4524  Barnes  Avenue,  Bronx,  N.  Y.  10466 
Borg,  Jacob,  9111  Church  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  11236 
Boyd,  William,  1 7 1 Millerick  Avenue,  Trenton,  N.  J. 

Boyle,  W.  Wayne,  Frear  Laboratories,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  LTniversity 
Park,  Pa.  16802 

Brown,  Cornelius,  737  Althouse  Street,  Woodmere,  N.  Y.  11598 
Brown,  F.  Martin,  Fountain  Valley  School,  Colorado  Springs,  Colo.  80907 
(S)  Brush,  Raymond,  175  West  12th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10011 

Brush,  Mrs.  Raymond,  175  West  12th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10011 
Buckbee,  Robert  L.,  45  Christopher  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10014 
(St)  Castaldo,  Pat,  4074  Ely  Avenue,  Bronx,  N.  Y.  10466 

Church,  Frederic  E.,  655  Park  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10021 

Clausen,  Lucy  W.,  Columbia  University  College  of  Pharmacy,  115  West  68th  Street, 
New  York,  N.  Y.  10023 

Crane,  Jocelyn,  Simla  Arima  Valley,  Trinidad,  W.  I. 

(St)  Cutler,  Bruce,  Department  of  Entomology,  University  of  Minnesota,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 
55102 

(S)  Desmond,  Thomas  C.,  94  Broadway,  Box  672,  Newburgh,  N.  Y.  12553 
(L)  Detjen,  Gustav,  Skidmore  Road,  Freedom  Plains,  R.D.  1,  Pleasant  Valley,  N.  Y.  12569 
Deur,  Iona  F.,  7 Morton  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10014 
Dietrich,  Henry,  Comstock  Hall,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  14850 
Dix,  Peter  H.,  525  West  113th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10025 
(S)  dos  Passos,  Cyril  F.,  Washington  Corners,  Mendham,  N.  J.  07945 
Doyle,  B.,  210  West  78th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  11024 
Durden,  Beatrice,  20  Academy  Street,  New  Haven,  Conn. 

Farrelly,  James  P.,  Jr.,  1507  Popham  Avenue,  Bronx,  N.  Y. 

Ferguson,  George,  21  Hadden  Road,  Scarsdale,  N.  Y.  10584 
Flemings,  Milton  B.,  32  Treeview  Drive,  Melville,  N.  Y.  11749 
Forbes,  James,  Biological  Laboratory,  Fordham  LTniversity,  Bronx,  N.  Y.  10458 
Forbes,  William  T.  M.,  Hotel  Commander,  Cambridge,  Mass.  02138 
Foss,  Glenn,  434  Lafayette  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10003 
Franclemont,  John  C.,  Comstock  Hall,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  14850 
Fredrickson,  Richard  W.,  Department  of  Biology,  City  College,  139th  Street  and 
Convent  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10031 


June,  1966] 


Membership 


113 


Froeschner,  Robert  C.,  Department  of  Entomology,  U.  S.  National  Museum,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.  20560 

Frost,  Stuart  W.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  University  Park,  Pa.  16802 
Gemmell,  Louis,  36  Fremont  Road,  Sleepy  Hollow  Manor,  North  Tarrytown,  N.  Y. 
10593 

Gertsch,  Willis  J.,  Department  of  Entomology,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
77th  Street  and  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10024 
Goldentyre,  Leonard  B.,  4535  North  11th  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  19140 
Goldin,  Augusta,  590  Bard  Avenue,  Staten  Island,  N.  Y. 

Granek,  Irving,  100  President  Street,  Lynbrook,  N.  Y.  11563 
Granett,  Philip,  627  Mountain  Avenue,  Bound  Brook,  N.  J.  08805 

Gray,  Alice,  Department  of  Entomology,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
77th  Street  and  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10024 
Green,  Gerard  A.,  352  Riverside  Drive,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10025 
(St)  Gross,  Bernard  L.,  72-31  139th  Street,  Flushing,  N.  Y.  11367 
(St)  Grossfield,  Joseph,  2615  Homecrest  Avenue,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  11235 
Harriot,  Samuel  C.,  200  West  58th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10019 
Hartzell,  Albert,  257  Odell  Avenue,  Yonkers,  N.  Y.  10703 

Haskins,  Caryl  P.,  Carnegie  Institute,  1530  P Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  20005 
(S)  Heineman,  Bernard,  115  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10023 
Heineman,  Bernard,  Jr.,  15  Bank  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10014 
Heineman,  Lucy,  115  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10023 
(St)  Heppner,  John  B.,  9125  Heathervale  Street,  Santee,  Calif.  92071 
(S)  Hessel,  Sidney  A.,  Nettleton  Hollow,  Washington,  Conn.  06793 

(St)  Hlavac,  Tom,  Department  of  Entomology,  Michigan  State  University,  East  Lansing, 
Mich.  48823 

Hopf,  Alice,  136  West  16th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10011 
Huberman,  Jacob,  1886  Harrison  Avenue,  Bronx,  N.  Y. 

Huckett,  H.  C.,  R.F.D.  Box  38,  Riverhead,  N.  Y.  11901 
Indenbaum,  Mark,  444  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10025 

Ivie,  Wilton,  Department  of  Entomology,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
77th  Street  and  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10024 
Ivie,  Mrs.  Wilton,  Department  of  Entomology,  American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, 77th  Street  and  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10024 
(S)  Janvrin,  E.  R.  P.,  38  East  85th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10028 

Johansson,  Toge,  Department  of  Biology,  Box  193,  Queens  College,  Flushing,  N.  Y. 
11367 

(St)  Johnson,  Barbara,  76  Willow  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  11201 

Kenedy,  Rosemary,  Cutler  Road,  R.D.  3,  Greenwich,  Conn.  06833 

King,  James  C.,  Department  of  Medicine,  NYU  Medical  Center,  550  First  Avenue, 
New  York,  N.  Y.  10016 

Klots,  Alexander  B.,  215  Young  Avenue,  Pelham,  N.  Y.  10803 
Klots,  Elsie  B.,  215  Young  Avenue,  Pelham,  N.  Y.  10803 
Kormilev,  Nicholas  A.,  365  Lincoln  Place,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  11238 

Krishna,  Kumar,  Department  of  Entomology,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
77th  Street  and  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10024 
(St)  Lambertus,  Jose  Perdomo,  548  West  164th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10032 
(St)  La  Mell,  Howard,  39  Prospect  Avenue,  Westwood,  N.  J.  07675 

Lau,  Norman  E.,  9139  Griffin  Avenue,  Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y.  14304 
Lewis,  C.  Bernard,  Institute  of  Jamaica,  Kingston,  Jamaica,  W.  I. 


114 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


(St)  Lipton,  Gary  R.,  127  Osborn  Lane,  Piscataway,  N.  J.  08854 

Lowing,  Mrs.  C.,  370  Columbus  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10024 
Ludwig,  Daniel,  Biological  Laboratory,  Fordham  University,  Bronx,  N .Y.  10458 
Marks,  Louis  S.,  65  Park  Circle,  White  Plains,  N.  Y.  10603 
(St)  Mazurkiewicz,  Michael,  1228  West  4th  Street,  Plainfield,  N.  J.  07063 
McLaughlin,  Eugene,  230  Cedar  Grove  Road,  Little  Falls,  N.  J.  07424 
Medoff,  John,  445  63rd  Street,  West  New  York,  N.  J.  07093 
Medoff,  Mrs.  John,  445  63rd  Street,  West  New  York,  N.  J.  07093 

Miller,  A.  C.,  Gulf  Research  and  Development,  P.O.  Drawer  2038,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.  15230 
Miller,  David  C.,  Department  of  Biology,  City  College,  139th  Street  and  Convent 
Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10031 

Mullen,  James  A.,  135  Siwanoy  Boulevard,  Bronxville  Manor,  Eastchester,  N.  Y.  10707 
Muller,  Joseph,  R.F.D.  1,  Lebanon,  N.  J.  08833 
(St)  Munz,  Brenda,  4395  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10040 

Neto,  Paulo  Nogueira,  Caixa  Postal  832,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil 
Niedenman,  Leah,  229  West  Tremont  Avenue,  Bronx,  N.  Y.  10453 
(St)  Oakes,  Nancy,  339  Summit  Avenue,  Norwood,  N.  J.  07648 

O’Brian,  Dennis,  Biology  Department,  Seton  Hall  University,  South  Orange,  N.  J.  07079 
(St)  Olish,  George,  145  Locust  Road,  Brookhaven,  N.  Y.  11719 

Pallister,  John  C.,  Department  of  Entomology,  American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, 77th  Street  and  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10024 
(L)  Payne,  Nellie  M.,  Velsicol  Chemical  Corporation,  330  East  Grand  Avenue,  Chicago, 
111.  60611 

Poelzl,  Albert,  230  East  78th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10021 
Pohl,  Lucien,  311  East  72nd  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10021 
Pomerantz,  Charles,  20  Hudson  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10013 
Procaccini,  Donald,  Biological  Laboratory,  Fordham  University,  Bronx,  N.  Y.  10458 
Quirsfeld,  E.  D.,  67  Patterson  Street,  Hillsdale,  N.  J.  07642 
(St)  Ralin,  Dennis,  University  Nelson  House,  407  West  27,  Austin,  Texas  78705 

Reed,  John  T.,  Department  of  Entomology,  Rutgers-The  State  University,  New 
Brunswick,  N.  J.  08902 

Riley,  Robert,  Department  of  Entomology,  Rutgers-The  State  University,  New 
Brunswick,  N.  J.  08902 

Rindge,  Frederick  E.,  Department  of  Entomology,  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  77th  Street  and  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.  Y .10024 
Ristich,  Samuel,  E.  R.  Squibb  Research  Laboratory,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J. 

(St)  Roberts,  Tony,  3 Blackstone  Place,  Riverdale,  N.  Y.  10471 

Rozen,  Jerome,  Jr.,  Department  of  Entomology,  American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, 77th  Street  and  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10024 
Rumpp,  N.  L.,  704  Saratoga  Avenue,  China  Lake,  Calif.  93556 
Rutkowski,  Frank,  153  Center  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10013 
(L)  Sanford,  Leonard  J.,  378  West  End  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10024 

Schmitt,  John  B.,  Department  of  Entomology,  Rutgers-The  State  University,  New 
Brunswick,  N.  J.  08902 

Schneirla,  Theodore  C.,  Department  of  Animal  Behavior,  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  77th  Street  and  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10024 
(St)  Schorr,  Ronald  W.  W.,  Department  of  Entomology,  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence, 
Kansas  66045 

(St)  Schweitzer,  Daniel,  790  Riverside  Drive,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10032 
Shanks,  Elizabeth,  180  Franklin  Avenue,  Staten  Island,  N.  Y. 


June,  1966] 


Membership 


115 


Shoumatoff,  Nicholas,  57  Cromwell  Road,  London,  S.W.  7,  England 
Simon,  Louis  J.,  62  West  48th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10036 
Soraci,  Frank  A.,  New  Jersey  Department  of  Agriculture,  Trenton,  N.  J.  08625 
Spieth,  Herman  T.,  Department  of  Zoology,  University  of  California,  Davis,  Calif. 
95616 

Stamatov,  John,  Annadale  Street,  Armonk,  N.  Y.  10504 

Sutherland,  Donald  J.,  Department  of  Entomology,  Rutgers-The  State  University, 
New  Brunswick,  N.  J.  08902 

(H)  Swain,  SuZan,  24  Willow  Street,  Chatham,  N.  J.  07928 

Taabor,  Henry  T.,  Santa  Maria  Hospital,  Park  View  Avenue,  Santa  Maria,  Calif. 

(L)  Teale,  Edwin  Way,  Hampton,  Conn.  06247 

Townes,  George  F.,  Box  10128  Federal  Station,  Greenville,  S.  C.  29603 
Toyama,  Noriyuki,  627  Izumi-cho,  Suginami-ku,  Tokyo,  Japan 
Treat,  Asher,  51  Colonial  Parkway,  Dumont,  N.  J. 

(St)  Treat,  Bryan  G.,  51  Colonial  Parkway,  Dumont,  N.  J. 

Vasvary,  Louis,  Department  of  Entomology,  Rutgers-The  State  University,  New 
Brunswick,  N.  J.  08902 

Vaurie,  Patricia,  333  East  75th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10021 
Vishniac,  Roman,  219  West  81st  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10024 
Watsky,  Paul,  Sproul  Hall,  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  Calif. 

(H)  Weiss,  Harry  B.,  492  Riverside  Avenue,  Trenton,  N.  J.  08618 

Wheatley,  Arabelle,  45  Christopher  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10014 
Wheldon,  Roy  M.,  P.O.  Box  46,  New  Durham,  N.  H.  03855 
White,  Betty,  235  East  50th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10022 

Whitehead,  Donald  R.,  Department  of  Entomology,  University  of  Alberta,  Edmonton, 
Canada 

Williamson,  Mary,  308  West  105th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10025 
Wilson,  Kent  H.,  10015  Vinton  Court,  Seattle,  Wash.  98177 
Woolman,  Lenore,  143-29  Barclay  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  11355 
Wygodzinsky,  Pedro,  Department  of  Entomology,  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  77th  Street  and  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10024 
Yrizarry,  John  C.,  22  Chester  Court,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  11225 


116 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Recent  Publications 

Basic  Arthropodon  Slock:  With  Special  Reference  to  Insects.  A.  G.  Sharov,  Pergamon, 
New  York,  283  pp.,  illus.,  $12.50.  International  Series  of  Monographs  in  Pure  and 
Applied  Biology,  1966. 

Annual  Review  of  Entomology.  Ray  F.  Smith  and  Thomas  E.  Mittler,  Eds.  Annual  Re- 
views, Palo  Alto,  Calif.,  11:  404  pp.,  illus.,  $8.50,  20  papers,  1966. 

The  Physiology  of  Insects.  Vol.  II,  edited  by  Morris  Rockstein.  Academic  Press,  Inc.,  New 
York  and  London,  905  pp.,  illus.,  1965. 

Insect  Sex  Attraetants.  Martin  Jacobson.  Interscience  Publishers,  New  York,  $7.75,  154 
pp.,  1965. 

Courtship  in  Spiders  Without  Prior  Sperm  Induction.  H.  H.  Hess  and  H.  S.  Ladd.  Sci- 
ence, 152:  543-545,  illus.,  1966. 

The  Crab  Spiders  of  California  (Araneida  : Thomisidae) , Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 
129,  No.  1.  Robert  X.  Schick.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist,  (paper)  $3.00,  150  pp.,  1965. 

Advances  in  Acarology.  John  A.  Naegele,  Ed.  Cornell  Univ.  Press,  Ithaca,  New  York, 
$9.75,  184  pp.,  illus.  Six  papers,  1965. 

Tanning  of  Grasshopper  Eggs  by  Exocrine  Secretion.  Thomas  Eisner,  Julian  Shepherd, 
and  G.  M.  Harp.  Science,  152:  95-97,  illus.,  1966. 

Grasshoppers  and  Locusts:  A Handbook  of  General  Acridology.  1,  Anatomy,  Physiology, 
Development,  Phase  Polymorphisms,  Introduction  to  Taxonomy.  Sir  Boris  Uvarov. 
Published  for  the  Anti-Locust  Research  Centre,  Cambridge  Univ.  Press,  New  York, 
$18.50,  493  pp.,  illus.,  1966. 

The  African  Genera  Acridoidea.  V.  M.  Dirsh,  Cambridge  Univ.  Press,  New  York,  $17.50, 
579  pp.,  1965. 

Revision  of  the  Family  Pneumoridae  (Orthoptera  : Acridoidea) . Bull.  Brit.  Mus.  (Nat. 
Hist.):  Entomology,  15,  No.  10,  Brit.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  London,  about  $3.64,  73  pp.,  1965. 

Catalogue  of  the  Type  Specimens  of  Microlepidoptera  in  the  British  Museum  (Nat. 
Hist.)  Described  by  Edward  Meyrick,  5,  J.  F.  Gates  Clarke,  Brit.  Mus.  London,  581 
pp.,  1965. 

A Revision  of  the  Nearctic  Species  of  the  Genus  Glena  (Lepidoptera  : Geometridae) , 
Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  129,  No.  3,  Frederick  Rindge,  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  New 
York,  $1.00  (paper),  39  pp.,  1965. 

Chromosomes  from  Testicular  Preparations  of  Lepidoptera.  Lee  D.  Miller  and  Susan 
M.  Miller.  Science,  152:  529-630,  illus.,  1966. 

Pteridines  of  the  Fat  Body  of  a Mutant  of  Drosophila  melanogaster.  C.  P.  Wright 
and  E.  W.  Hanly.  Science,  152:  533-535,  1966. 

Lacebugs  of  the  World.  A Catalog  (Hemiptera:  Tingidae),  Bull.  243.  Carl  j.  Drake  and 
Florence  A.  Ruhoff,  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.  C.,  634  pp.,  1965. 

Drosophila  melanogaster : Inheritance  of  a Deficiency  of  Alkaline  Phosphatase  in 
Larvae.  F.  M.  Johnson.  Science,  152:  361-362,  1966. 

Myiasis  in  Man  and  Animals  in  the  Old  World,  A Textbook  for  Physicians,  Veterinarians, 
and  Zoologists.  F.  Zumpt,  Butterworths,  Washington  and  London,  $26.00,  267  pp.,  1965. 

Scolytid  Beetles  Associated  with  Douglas  Fir:  Response  to  Terpenes.  J.  A.  Rudinsky, 
Science,  152:  218-219,  1966. 

All  About  Ants.  Peggy  P.  Larson  and  Mervin  W.  Larson.  World,  Cleveland,  Ohio,  $5.95, 
illus.,  1966. 

The  Accessory  Burrows  of  Digger  Wasps.  Howard  E.  Evans.  Science,  152:  465-471, 
illus.,  1966. 


June,  1966] 


Proceedings 


117 


Proceedings  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society 

(Meetings  held  in  Room  129  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

unless  otherwise  indicated) 

Editor’s  note:  The  following  is  the  abstract  of  the  talk  of  the  same  title  which  was  given 
at  the  May  4,  1965  meeting.  It  was  received  too  late  for  the  Proceedings  published  in  73(3) : 
188,  the  September,  1965  issue  of  the  Journal. 

The  Biology  of  Parasitic  Copepods 

In  both  Lernaea  cyprinacea,  a freshwater  species,  and  Lernaeenicus  polyceraus,  a marine  spe- 
cies, the  parasitic  females  are  anchored  in  the  host’s  tissues.  These  two  morphologically  similar 
species  are  placed  in  the  same  order  (Caligidae)  as  Caligus  rapax.  Both  sexes  of  the  latter  are 
parasitic,  but  are  capable  of  moving  freely  over  the  surface  of  their  marine  hosts.  Although 
C.  rapax  is  morphologically  distinctly  different  than  either  of  the  other  species,  life  history 
studies  indicate  marked  similarities  with  that  of  Lernaeenicus  polyceraus. 

Both  of  the  marine  species  have  as  a part  of  their  cycles  a larval  stage,  the  chalimus,  attached 
to  the  host  by  a secreted  frontal  filament.  Such  a structure  is  absent  in  the  freshwater  form, 
the  larvae  adhering  to  the  host  only  by  means  of  the  maxillipeds.  This  allows  movement  about 
the  host  and  transfer  to  new  hosts.  Transfer  between  hosts  is  facilitated  by  the  low  degree  of 
host  specificity  shown  by  the  larvae  of  Lernaea  cyprinacea.  In  contrast,  the  larvae  of  both 
of  the  marine  species  are  highly  specific.  Only  a single  host  species  is  known  to  be  capable 
of  supporting  development  of  Lernaeenicus  polyceraus.  All  three  species  are  capable  of  com- 
pleting the  life  history  on  a single  host,  but  the  involvement  of  more  than  one  host  is  probably 
common.  Also,  the  three  species  pass  through  the  same  free-swimming  stages,  but  the  marine 
forms  develop  in  a third  of  the  time  necessary  for  the  freshwater  parasite. 

Thus,  the  life  histories  of  parasitic  copepods  seem  to  be  adaptations  to  particular  habitats. 
While  morphology  may  indicate  relationship  between  species,  life  histories  may  vary  con- 
siderably. 

Robert  Shields 

Meeting  of  October  5,  1965 

President  Jerome  Rozen  presided;  21  members  and  3 guests  were  present.  Dr.  Dennis  O’Brian 
of  Seton  Hall  University  in  New  Jersey,  proposed  for  membership  at  the  last  meeting,  was 
elected  and  Mrs.  Beatrice  Vogel,  a student  at  Yale  University  working  on  the  systematics  of 
spiders,  was  proposed  for  membership.  Dr.  Rozen  complimented  the  Committee  on  the 
Bylaws  Revision  on  its  work  and  announced  that  copies  were  ready  for  mailing  to  the  mem- 
bers for  discussion  at  a forthcoming  meeting. 

Program.  Summer  Activities  of  Members.  Dr.  Rozen  opened  the  program  by  exhibiting 
living  specimens  of  euglossinid  bees  from  Trinidad.  He  discussed  a recent  article  in  Life  mag- 
azine on  an  African  subspecies  of  the  common  honey  bee  which  had  been  introduced  into 
South  America  and  is  causing  havoc  there.  Miss  Alice  Gray  announced  that  the  Junior  Society 
went  on  an  overnight  trip  in  June,  primarily  to  do  black-light  collecting.  They  have  now  had 
their  first  meeting  of  the  fall,  and  have  10  active  members,  1 candidate,  and  4 prospective 
members.  She  showed  a “railroad  worm”  or  luminous  larviform  female  of  a phengoid  beetle, 
and  a children’s  insect  book  in  Japanese.  Miss  Iona  Deur  showed  some  drawings  of  insects. 
Mr.  Albert  Poelzl  has  been  tape  recording  some  insect  sounds.  Dr.  Stanislaus  Bleszynski,  a 
Polish  lepidopterist  specializing  in  the  Crambinae,  was  introduced  by  Dr.  Alexander  Klots. 
Dr.  Bleszynski  spent  part  of  the  summer  in  Ontario  collecting  Lepidoptera  and  Trichoptera 


118 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


and  found  Cicada  bipunctulata,  not  previously  recorded  from  North  America.  He  is  the 
author  of  a section  in  the  Microlepidoptera  Palaeartica  which  was  exhibited.  Dr.  Asher  Treat 
invited  members  to  attend  the  Biology  Colloquium  of  the  City  College  for  this  fall  semester 
which  is  on  The  Sensory  Physiology  of  Arthropods.  Dr.  Edwin  W.  Teale  gave  some 
observations  on  the  wildlife  near  his  home,  including  52  species  of  birds  sighted  this  summer. 
His  latest  book,  Wandering  Through  Winter,  was  exhibited.  Mr.  Bernard  Heineman  col- 
lected moths  in  light  traps  for  part  of  the  summer.  Mrs.  Patricia  Vaurie  did  some  collecting  in 
Pennsylvania,  but  reported  poor  results.  Dr.  Klots  showed  some  caterpillars  of  Dasychira 
(Lymantriidae)  which  are  apparently  larvae  at  the  wrong  part  of  the  season.  He  mentioned 
that  Mrs.  Alice  Hopf  has  published  a book  on  the  Monarch  butterfly.  Dr.  John  Schmitt  told 
of  his  current  interest  in  the  maritime  earwig.  Mr.  Rutkowski  observed  local  colonies  of 
butterflies.  Mr.  Arthur  Bordes  showed  material  collected  in  the  tropics.  Dr.  David  Miller 
commented  on  2 weeks  spent  in  Jamaica.  Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson  told  of  his  hike  along 
the  Appalachian  Trail  from  Bear  Mountain  to  central  Pennsylvania.  Mr.  John  Stamatov 
made  observations  on  Cicindela  olivacea  in  the  Florida  Keys.  This  insect  is  a recent  arrival 
from  Cuba.  The  Robert  Buckbees  took  a trip  to  Hawk  Mountain,  and  they  have  recently 
reared  some  Romalea , a lycosid  spider,  and  some  Hydro philus  from  Florida. 

David  C.  Miller,  Secretary 


Meeting  of  October  19,  1965 

President  Rozen  presided;  25  members  and  13  guests  were  present.  Mrs.  Beatrice  Vogel  was 
elected  and  Mr.  Pat  Bartolone  was  proposed  for  membership.  Dr.  Roman  Vishniac  exhibited 
an  entomological  book  published  in  1557.  Dr.  John  Schmitt  noted  the  passing  of  Dr.  Paul 
Mueller  at  Basil,  Switzerland,  who  was  the  discoverer  of  the  insect  killing  properties  of  DDT 
and  the  Nobel  Laureate  in  1948  for  medicine  and  physiology.  Mr.  Lucien  Pohl  introduced 
Dr.  Claude  Lemaire,  a lepidopterist  from  Paris,  France,  who  is  visiting  at  the  Museum. 
Program.  New  Findings  on  Legionary  Ant  Research.  Dr.  Theodore  C.  Schneirla  of  the 
Department  of  Animal  Behavior  of  the  Museum  compared  the  behavior  of  the  Eciton,  Nei- 
vamyrmex,  Aenictus  genera,  in  which  the  cyclic  alternation  between  statory  and  nomadic 
phases  is  regular,  and  Anomma,  Labidus,  and  others  in  which  this  alternation  is  irregular  and 
the  stimulus  to  the  change  of  phase  is  the  condition  of  the  brood.  The  talk  was  illustrated 
with  slides. 

David  C.  Miller,  Secretary 
November  2,  1965,  no  meeting — Election  Day 
Meeting  of  November  16,  1965 

Doctor  Rozen  convened  the  meeting;  31  members  and  4 guests  were  present.  Mr.  Pat  Barto- 
lone was  unanimously  elected  to  membership.  Dr.  Elsie  Klots  presented  the  proposed  revised 
Bylaws  which  had  been  previously  mailed  to  the  members.  These  were  discussed  section  by 
section  and  some  small  changes  in  wording  was  made.  Voting  for  the  acceptance  of  the 
Bylaws  will  take  place  at  the  meeting  of  December  7.  Dr.  Rozen  spoke  of  the  recent  work  of 
the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Society;  in  addition  to  approving  the  proposed  new  Bylaws, 
it  has  been  considering  details  of  a proposed  merger  with  the  Brooklyn  Entomological  Society. 
Program.  Tropical  Biology  and  Passalid  Beetles  as  Ecological  Indicators.  Dr.  Janus 
Roze  of  the  Universidad  Central  de  Venezuela  in  Caracas  described  many  of  the  ecologically 
different  areas  found  in  Venezuela  and  indicated  the  presence  of  different  species  of  Passalidae 
in  these  areas.  His  talk  was  illustrated  with  slides. 


David  C.  Miller,  Secretary 


June,  1966] 


Proceedings 


119 


Meeting  of  December  7,  1965 

President  Rozen  called  the  meeting  to  order  in  Room  319.  Although  25  members  and  33 
guests  signed  the  attendance  book,  there  were  over  100  people  present.  Mr.  J.  N.  L.  Stibick  of 
the  Catholic  University  of  America,  Washington,  D.  C.,  was  proposed  for  membership.  Dr. 
Elsie  Klots  of  the  Bylaws  Revision  Committee  reported  on  the  rewording  of  Article  X,  Sec- 
tions 3 and  6.  It  was  then  moved  by  Dr.  Ruckes  and  generally  seconded  that  these  proposed 
Bylaws  be  accepted  as  the  Official  Bylaws  of  the  Society.  The  motion  was  unanimously 
passed.  A vote  of  thanks  was  made  to  this  Committee,  which  consisted  of  Mr.  Bernard  Heine- 
man,  Dr.  Asher  Treat,  and  Dr.  Elsie  Klots,  the  chairman.  Some  guests  were  introduced:  Miss 
Ragna  Tischler,  daughter  of  a Professor  of  Entomology  at  Kiel,  Germany;  Mr.  William  Howe 
of  Ottawa,  Kansas,  who  showed  several  paintings  of  Lepidoptera  which  he  had  done;  Mr. 
Hobart  Van  Deusen  of  the  Department  of  Mammals  at  the  Museum. 

Program.  20,000  Miles  Through  Winter.  Dr.  Edwin  Way  Teale,  the  noted  natural  history 
author  and  long-time  member  of  the  Society  illustrated  his  talk  with  excellent  color  slides. 
He  took  us  on  a trip  through  North  America  from  the  Southern  California  coast  to  New 
England  during  the  winter  season.  This  was  the  material-gathering  trip  for  his  recently  pub- 
lished book  Wandering  Through  Winter.  The  talk  was  excellently  received. 

David  C.  Miller,  Secretary 


Meeting  of  December  21,  1965 

In  the  absence  of  the  President,  Vice-President  Richard  Fredrickson  presided;  20  members 
and  6 guests  were  present.  Mr.  J . N.  L.  Stibick  was  unanimously  elected  to  membership.  Dr. 
Elsie  Klots  introduced  Professor  James  C.  Bradley  of  Cornell  University  as  a guest.  Dr.  Fred- 
rickson announced  the  appointment  by  President  Rozen  of  the  following  Committees:  Audit- 
ing— Mr.  John  Pallister  and  Dr.  Fredrickson;  Nominating — Dr.  Asher  Treat,  Mr.  Bernard 
Heineman,  and  Dr.  David  Miller. 

Program.  My  Favorite  Inseet.  This  consisted  of  short  discussions  of  insects  by  the  mem- 
bers. Dr.  Fredrickson  began  by  showing  a few  slides  of  mites  in  the  hvpopal  stage,  and  he 
commented  on  the  biology  of  this  stage.  Dr.  Miller  discussed  the  biology  of  mites  of  the 
genus  Sennertia , which  live  a hypopodes  on  carpenter  bees  and  spend  the  remainder  of  the 
life  history  in  the  nests  of  these  bees.  Mr.  Michael  Orlove  discussed  observations  on  the  biology 
of  the  carpenter  bee,  Xylocopa  virginica.  Dr.  A.  B.  Klots  commented  on  the  increase  in 
melanism  in  recent  years  in  the  moth,  Panthea  furcilla  (Grote)  in  the  eastern  United  States. 
Mr.  Daniel  Schweitzer  showed  some  attractive  Riker  mounts  of  insects. 

David  C.  Miller,  Secretary 

Meeting  of  January  4,  1966  cancelled  because  of  the  New  York  City  transit  strike 

Meeting  or  January  18,  1966 

President  Rozen  called  the  Annual  Meeting  to  order  in  Room  319;  27  members  and  25  guests 
were  present.  Dr.  Lucy  Clausen,  in  her  report  as  Editor  of  the  Journal,  stated  that  the  first 
full  year  with  the  new  printer,  the  Allen  Press,  has  resulted  in  a substantial  reduction  of  the 
publication  costs.  The  printer  uses  a billing  system  based  on  a flat  page  charge.  This  makes  it 
possible  to  readily  allocate  costs  for  illustrations  and  tabular  material  if  charges  to  authors  are 
necessary.  Several  authors  have  paid  for  the  publication  of  their  papers  from  grant  money, 
and  a commercial  firm  has  contributed  to  the  costs  of  one  of  the  longer  papers.  The  Journal 
for  this  past  year  has  contained  248  pages,  representing  33  papers,  book  reviews,  proceedings, 
etc.  The  papers  include  eight  orders  of  insects  and  a few  general  papers.  Waiting  time  for 
publication  is  now  3 to  6 months  after  receipt  of  the  paper.  Manuscripts  are  solicited.  Dr. 


120 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Asher  Treat  reported  for  the  Nominating  Committee.  He  explained  that  the  provisions  in  the 
new  Bylaws  concerning  trustees  required  the  election  this  year  of  four  to  serve  staggered  terms. 
The  following  slate  of  officers  was  nominated  and  elected: 

President — Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson 
Vice-President — Dr.  Kumar  Krishna 
Secretary — Mrs.  Lucy  Heineman 
Assistant  Secretary — Mr.  Albert  Poelzl 
Treasurer — Mr.  Raymond  Brush 
Assistant  Treasurer — Mrs.  Patricia  Vaurie 
Trustees — One-year  term,  Dr.  Alexander  B.  Klots 

Dr.  John  B.  Schmitt 
Two-year  term,  Dr.  Jerome  Rozen,  Jr. 

Mr.  Robert  Buckbee 

Dr.  Asher  Treat 

Dr.  Pedro  Wygodzinsky 

Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson,  the  newly  elected  President,  took  over  the  meeting.  The  outgoing 
officers  were  accorded  a vote  of  thanks  for  their  very  fine  services  rendered  to  the  Society. 

Dr.  George  Steyskal  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  was  introduced  as  a guest  along 
with  several  plant  quarantine  inspectors  who  were  in  New  York  taking  courses  in  inspection 
procedures. 

Miss  Margaret  Poganv  of  the  Washington  Square  Press  was  nominated  for  membership. 

The  following  memorial  resolution  for  Dr.  Herbert  Ruckes,  prepared  by  Dr.  Asher  Treat,  was 
read : 

The  death  of  Herbert  Ruckes  on  December  twenty-third,  nineteen  sixty-five,  leaves 
the  New  York  Entomological  Society  both  saddened  at  the  personal  loss  of  a dear 
friend,  and  dismayed  at  the  unfillable  vacancy  created  in  our  councils  by  his  pass- 
ing. We  recall  with  pride  and  gratitude  the  many  distinguished  papers  that  he  con- 
tributed to  our  Journal,  the  rich  humor  and  experience  with  which  he  enlivened  so 
many  of  our  meetings,  and  the  years  of  devoted  service  that  he  gave  us  both  in  the 
offices  that  he  filled  and  in  his  unfailing  helpful  relations  with  his  fellow  members. 

Few  can  reckon  or  remember  all  that  he  did  for  us,  but  all  of  us  know  how  much  we 
shall  miss  his  wisdom  and  companionship.  We  have  been  honored  and  strengthened 
by  his  long  association  with  us,  and  we  shall  always  remember  him  with  thankful- 
ness and  with  affection. 

Be  it  resolved,  therefore,  that  the  Society  rise  in  tribute  to  the  memory  of  Dr. 
Ruckes,  that  this  resolution  be  spread  upon  the  minutes,  and  that  a copy  be  sent  to 
the  surviving  members  of  his  family. 

The  members  stood  for  a moment  of  silence  in  his  memory. 

Program.  Secular  Genetic  Changes  in  Natural  Populations  of  Drosophila  pseudo- 
obscure  by  Dr.  Theodosius  Dobzhansky  of  the  Rockefeller  University.  (An  abstract  follows.) 

David  C.  Miller,  Secretary 

Secular  Genetic  Changes  in  Natural  Populations  of  Drosophila  pseudoobscura. 

Populations  of  D.  pseudoobscura  were  sampled  during  the  summers  of  1964  and  1965  in  17 
localities  in  British  Columbia,  Washington,  Oregon,  Utah,  Colorado,  Arizona,  New  Mexico, 
and  Texas.  The  variation  in  the  gene  arrangement  in  the  third  chromosome  was  studied.  The 
data  so  obtained  are  compared  with  those  for  California  and  Nevada  populations  sampled  in 
1963,  and  with  older  samples  taken  in  1957  and  in  1940  or  thereabouts. 

With  few  exceptions,  the  populations  of  the  Pacific  Coast  states  underwent  similar  changes 


June,  1966] 


Proceedings 


121 


between  1940  and  1963-1965,  certain  gene  arrangements  having  grown  more  and  others  less 
frequent.  No  such  systematic  changes  occurred  in  the  populations  living  further  to  the  east. 
In  some  localities  the  genetic  composition  of  the  populations  remained  unchanged;  in  other 
localities  considerable  changes  were  observed,  but  these  changes  were  different  in  kind  in 
different  populations. 

The  causation  of  the  genetic  changes  observed  remains  problematic. 


Theodosius  Dobzhansky 


122 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[ Vol.  LXXIV 


Necrology 

HERBERT  RUCKES  (1895-1965) 

The  New  York  Entomological  Society  records  with  regret  the  death  of  Dr. 
Herbert  Ruckes  on  December  23,  1965,  at  the  age  of  70. 

Born  in  New  York  City,  Herbert  Ruckes  attended  the  city  public  schools. 
He  received  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  Master  of  Arts  from  Cornell 
University  in  1917,  and  that  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  from  Columbia  Uni- 
versity in  1929.  He  served  as  Instructor  in  Biology  at  Grove  City  College, 
Pennsylvania  from  1917-1919.  In  1920  he  was  appointed  to  the  staff  of  The 
City  College;  upon  his  retirement  in  1954  he  was  appointed  Professor  Emeritus. 

Professor  Ruckes’  research  was  in  the  widely  divergent  fields  of  chelonian 
osteology  and  the  systematics  of  the  Pentatomidae,  a worldwide  family  of 
hemipterous  insects.  A major  work  on  chelonian  osteology  was  awarded  the 
A.  Cressy  Morrison  prize  of  the  New  York  Academy  of  Sciences  in  1928,  and 
was  published  by  the  Academy.  He  was  for  many  years  a Research  Associate 
in  the  Department  of  Entomology  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, and  was  a National  Research  Foundation  Fellow  from  1959  through  1961. 
He  worked  steadily  and  faithfully  at  the  museum  until  his  last  illness.  In  his 
research  on  the  pentatomids,  he  did  fieldwork  in  Central  America  and  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  and  visited  the  major  museums  of  Europe  studying  the 
collections  and  the  types  of  pioneer  entomologists. 

In  our  own  Society,  Doctor  Ruckes  had  served  on  many  committees  and  in 
many  capacities:  Vice-President — 1935,  President — 1936,  many  times  a mem- 
ber of  the  Executive  Committee,  at  the  time  of  his  death  he  was  on  the 
Publications  Committee.  He  was  an  active  member  and  had  served  in  offices 
of  a number  of  other  scientific  societies. 

He  is  survived  by  his  widow,  the  former  Frances  Anna  Nillo,  and  a son, 
Herbert  Ruckes,  Jr. 

By  his  keen  interest  and  accomplishments  in  biological  research,  his  broad 
knowledge,  his  cheerful  disposition,  and  his  ready  cooperation,  Herbert  Ruckes 
set  an  inspiring  example  for  his  colleagues  and  associates  in  the  New  York 
Entomological  Society. 


June,  1966] 


Invitation  to  Membership 


123 


INVITATION  TO  MEMBERSHIP 

The  New  York  Entomological  Society  was  founded  in  1892  and  incorporated  the  following 
year.  It  holds  a distinguished  position  among  scientific  and  cultural  organizations.  The 
Society’s  Journal  is  one  of  the  oldest  of  the  leading  entomological  periodicals  in  the 
United  States.  Members  and  subscribers  are  drawn  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  they 
include  distinguished  professional  naturalists,  enthusiastic  amateurs,  and  laymen  for  whom 
insects  are  only  one  among  many  interests. 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  apply  for  membership  in  the  Society  or  to  subscribe  to  its 
Journal  which  is  published  quarterly.  Regular  meetings  are  held  at  8:00  P.M.  on  the  first 
and  third  Tuesdays  of  each  month  from  October  through  May  at  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  the  headquarters  of  the  Society.  A subject  of  general  interest  is  discussed 
at  each  meeting  by  an  invited  speaker.  No  special  training  in  biology  or  entomology  is 
necessary  for  the  enjoyment  of  these  talks,  most  of  which  are  illustrated.  Candidates  for 
membership  are  proposed  at  a regular  meeting  and  are  voted  upon  at  the  following  meeting. 

CLASSES  OF  MEMBERSHIP  AND  YEARLY  DUES 
Active  member : Full  membership  in  the  Society,  entitled  to  vote  and  hold  office; 


with  Journal  subscription  $9.00 

Active  member  without  Journal  subscription  4.00 


Sustaining  member : Active  member  who  voluntarily  elects  to  pay  $25.00  per  year 
in  lieu  of  regular  annual  dues. 

Life  member : Active  member  who  has  attained  age  45  and  who  pays  the  sum  of 
$100.00  in  lieu  of  further  annual  dues. 

Student  member:  Person  interested  in  entomology  who  is  still  attending  school ; 


with  Journal  subscription  5.00 

(Student  members  are  not  entitled  to  vote  or  to  hold  office.) 

Student  member  without  Journal  subscription  2.00 

Subscription  to  Journal  without  membership  8.00 


APPLICATION  FOR  MEMBERSHIP 

Date 

I wish  to  apply  for  membership  (see  classes  above) . 

My  entomological  interests  are:  

If  this  is  a student  membership,  please  indicate  school  attending  and  present  level. 

Name 

Address 

(Zip  Code  must  be  included) 


— Send  application  to  Secretary 


/ 


Vol.  LXXIV 


SEPTEMBER  1966 


No.  3 


'i 


I;  >y 


P - " i ' : 

T\  Y r 


y(  , 

* 1 , ’/  ' 


The 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


Y;Ky  l 'YY 


Y ^ 

- ; ir  / 


yj:  J ' vYY 


Organized  June  29,  1892 — Incorporated  February  25,  1893 
Reincorporated  February  17,  1943 


% 


r - rt&'N'' 

V:w’ 

^ 

\-f{-  vr 

, v 


The  meetings  of  the  Society  are  held  on  the  first  and  third  Tuesday  of  each  month  (except 
June,  July,  August  and  September)  at  8 p.m.,  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  79th  St.,  & Central  Park  W.,  New  York  24,  N.  Y. 


Annual  dues  for  Active  Members,  $4.00;  including  subscription  to  the  Journal,  $9.00. 


Members  of  the  Society  will  please  remit  their  annual  dues,  payable  in  January,  to  the 


Treasurer. 


y V y -■ 

sir. 


President,  Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson 


Officers  for  the  Year  1966 

' ■ ■- -fA 


College  of  the  City  of  New  York  10031 


Vice  President,  Dr.  Kumar  Krishna 


American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


Secretary,  Mrs.  Lucy  Heineman  115  Central  Park  West,  New  York  10023 
Assistant  Secretary,  Mr.  Albert  Poelzl 


230  E.  78th  Street,  New  York  10021 


Treasurer,  Mr.  Raymond  Brush 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


Assistant  Treasurer,  Mrs.  Patricia  Vaurie 


I V. 


American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


C? 


Yx 


•4/.,- 


sf 


1 Year  Term 

Dr.  Alexander  B.  Klots 

2 Year  Term 

Dr.  Jerome  Rozen,  Jr. 


Trustees 

* P 0 C:& 


Dr.  John  B.  Schmitt 


0 


Mr.  Robert  Buckbee 


Mailed  September  IS,  1966 
The  Journal  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society  is  published  quarterly  for  the  Society  by  Allen  Press 


Inc.,  1041  New  Hampshire,  Lawrence,  Kansas.  Second  class  postage  paid  at  Lawrence,  Kansas. 


ii  -■  r 


\ : " V';J. 


Journal  of  the 

New  York  Entomological  Society 


Volume  LXXIV  September  15,  1966 


No.  3 


EDITORIAL  BOARD 

Editor  Emeritus  Harry  B.  Weiss 

Editor  Lucy  W.  Clausen 
Columbia  University  College  of  Pharmacy 
115  West  68th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10023 

Associate  Editor  James  Forbes 
Fordham  University,  New  York,  N.Y.  10458 

Publication  Committee 

Dr.  Pedro  Wygodzinsky  Dr.  Asher  Treat 

Dr.  David  Miller 


CONTENTS 

David  Bruce  (1833—1903)  and  Other  Entomological  Collectors  in  Colorado 

F.  Martin  Brown  126 

Vitamin  Synthesis  by  the  Symbionts  in  the  Fat  Body  of  the  Cockroach,  Peri- 
planeta  americana  (L.)  Daniel  Ludwig  and  Margaret  R.  Gallagher  134 

Life  History  Notes  on  Lagoa  laceyi  (Barnes  and  McDunnough)  (Lepidoptera : 
Maegalpygidae)  Alexander  B.  Klots  140 

A New  Blattisocius  (Acarina:  Mesostigmata)  from  Noctuid  Moths  Asher  E.  Treat  143 

Proceedings  160 


Recent  Publications 


164 


126 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


David  Bruce  (1833—1903) 
and  Other  Entomological  Collectors  in  Colorado* 

F.  Martin  Brown 

Fountain  Valley  School,  Colorado  Springs,  Colo. 

Abstract:  Brief  comments  upon  the  men  who  collected  insects  before  Bruce:  W.  S.  Wood, 
Jr.,  W.  J.  Howard,  Jas.  Ridings,  A.  A.  Allen,  Lt.  MacCauley,  and  T.  L.  Mead  preface  a 
biographical  sketch  of  David  Bruce,  well-known  as  a collector  of  Colorado  insects  from 
1883  to  1897.  The  information  about  Bruce  was  garnered  from  letters  written  by  him  to 
Herman  Strecker  and  newspaper  articles  published  at  the  time  of  his  death  in  Brockport, 
New  York.  He  is  best  known  for  his  cooperation  with  W.  H.  Edwards  in  studies  of  the 
life  histories  of  high  altitude  butterflies. 


Thirty-five  years  ago,  when  my  interest  in  the  butterflies  of  Colorado  was 
aroused,  two  names  were  prominent  as  early  collectors  of  specimens  for  the 
students  of  these  insects.  These  were  Theodore  Lutrell  Mead  and  David  Bruce. 
Mead  had  spent  the  summer  of  1871  in  the  mountains  of  central  Colorado  as  a 
quasi-member  of  the  Wheeler  Survey  party.  Later  he  prepared  the  text  for 
the  portion  of  Volume  5 of  the  reports  of  that  Survey  that  is  devoted  to 
Lepidoptera.  In  1934  and  again  in  1956  I published  notes  about  Mead’s  work 
in  Colorado,  including  a fairly  detailed  itinerary  of  his  travels  based  upon  his 
collection.  In  my  continuous  search  for  information  about  the  early  naturalists 
who  worked  in  Colorado  I failed  to  discover  much  that  was  useful  about  David 
Bruce.  I did  find  bits  and  pieces  about  other  early  naturalist-explorers — William 
S.  Wood,  Jr.  who  visited  this  part  of  Kansas  Territory  in  1859  (Brown  1957a) ; 
Winslow  J.  Howard,  a jeweler-naturalist  who  followed  the  mining  camps  of  the 
west  and  lived  in  Denver  City  and  Central  City  during  the  early  1860’s  (Brown 
1957a);  James  Ridings  who  was  here  in  the  summer  of  1865;  A.  A.  Allen  in 
1871  (Brown  1957b);  and  Lt.  McCauley  who  performed  a reconnaisance  of  the 
extreme  southwestern  portion  of  the  state  in  1877  (Brown  1958).  There  are 
others  about  whom  I have  gathered  a few  notes,  but  not  enough  to  say  more  than 
that  they  visited  the  state. 

Wood  was  a youngster  when  he  was  commissioned  by  the  Entomological 
Society  of  Philadelphia  to  explore  and  collect  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  his 
insects  are  so-labeled,  “Rocky  Mts.”  It  was  through  examination  of  his  bird- 
skins  and  their  documentation  that  I discovered  where  in  the  Rocky  Mountains 
he  had  spent  the  summer  of  1859.  He  ranged  perhaps  no  more  than  thirty  or 
thirty-five  miles  from  Denver  spending  much  of  his  time  in  the  foothills  to  the 
west  and  southwest  of  the  budding  city.  He  collected  insects  for  the  Society’s 

* This  study  was  supported  by  N.S.F.  Grant  GS-969.  The  original  paper  was  presented 
to  the  Ghost  Town  Club  of  Colorado  Springs  on  28  January  1966. 


September,  1966  I 


Brown:  David  Bruce 


127 


cabinet  and  members  and  bird-skins  for  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 
Philadelphia. 

Howard  had  been  employed  by  Tiffany  in  New  York  as  a jeweler  and  watch- 
maker. In  1860  he  appeared  in  Denver.  In  the  Western  Mountaineer  for 
July  19  of  that  year  appeared  this  notice:  “Watches  and  Jewelry — We  solicit 
your  special  attention  to  the  advertisement  of  W.  J.  Howard,  Esq.,  which  appears 
in  this  issue.  Mr.  Howard  was  formerly  in  the  leading  establishment  in  his  line 
on  the  continent — that  of  Messers  Tiffany  & Co.,  New  York  City — and  we  are 
able  to  assure  our  readers  from  personal  knowledge  that  any  work  entrusted  to 
him  will  be  skillfully  and  properly  done.  He  has  a rare  collection  of  the  natural 
curiosities  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  which  will  be  found  very  entertaining  to 
those  interested  in  natural  science.  Give  Mr.  Howard  a call,  and  if  you  have 
any  interesting  specimens  of  the  mineral  wealth  of  the  country,  take  them  with 
you.” 

Howard’s  place  of  business  was  on  the  east  corner  of  Larimer  and  F.  Streets 
in  Denver.  He  probably  moved  to  Central  City  in  late  1861.  He  gave  that  city 
as  his  address  in  his  application  for  membership  in  the  Entomological  Society  of 
Philadelphia  in  March  of  1862.  In  Central  City  he  established  the  firm  of  How- 
ard and  Colony,  manufacturing  jewelers.  Apparently  Howard  returned  to  the 
East  in  1865.  A note  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  News  of  February  25,  1866, 
stated  that  he  was  living  in  Brooklyn  and  had  married.  In  the  fall  of  that  year, 
according  to  the  News  for  October  15,  Howard  passed  through  Denver  on  the 
way  to  Montana.  Then  I lose  him  until  the  1870’s  when  he  was  established  in 
Prescott,  Arizona.  Recently  I came  across  a lead  to  him  in  Leadville  at  a later 
date,  1879,  but  as  yet  have  not  been  able  to  pin  down  his  activities. 

Ridings  was  a member  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Philadelphia,  an 
Englishman  who  by  vocation  was  a house  builder  and  cabinet  maker.  Apparently 
he  was  successful.  In  Cresson’s  history  of  the  society  this  appears:  “rapid  in- 
crease . . . made  it  necessary  to  procure  more  convenient  and  commodious 
quarters  . . . This  need  was  promptly  supplied  by  James  Ridings,  who  generously 
erected  for  the  sole  use  of  the  society,  a two  story  brick  building  on  the  northwest 
corner  of  13th  and  Rodman  Streets.  . . .”  There  is  no  evidence  in  the  treasurer’s 
accounts  that  the  Society  paid  anything  for  the  erection  of  the  building  or  for 
rent  of  it. 

The  journey  into  Colorado  was  made  by  stage  up  the  Platte  River.  Ridings 
was  passenger  in  one  of  the  fewT  coaches  that  passed  through  unmolested  by  the 
Indians  in  1864.  By  the  time  that  he  returned  to  the  East  the  troops  had  the 
Indians  in  control  along  the  Platte.  While  in  Colorado  Ridings’  activities  took 
him  west  to  Empire  City  and  north  to  Burlington,  as  Longmont  then  was  called. 
One  result  of  Ridings’  collecting  in  Colorado  was  the  first  published  summary 
of  knowledge  of  the  butterflies  of  Colorado  written  by  Tryon  Reakirt  and 
published  in  1865. 


128 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


The  first  collector  to  venture  deeply  into  the  mountains  was  Theodore  Mead 
in  1871.  At  the  expense  of  his  family  and  of  his  future  father-in-law,  W.  H. 
Edwards,  Mead  joined  the  Colorado  party  of  the  Wheeler  Survey.  His  wander- 
ings carried  him  west  to  the  Independence  Pass  area,  north  through  Middle  Park 
and  south  to  Canyon  City.  The  result  of  his  work  about  doubled  our  knowledge 
of  the  butterflies  of  Colorado,  if  not  of  all  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Region. 
Outside  of  Colorado,  only  Constantin  Drexler,  a taxidermist  from  the  Smith- 
sonian, had  previously  done  any  collecting  in  southwestern  Wyoming;  and  John 
Pearceall,  a member  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Philadelphia,  who  had 
accompained  the  Mullen  Expedition  in  the  Bitterroot  Mountain  region,  had  con- 
tributed to  our  knowledge  of  these  insects.  The  two  had  spent  time  in  the  late 
1850’s  collecting  everything  that  they  could  lay  their  hands  upon  from  minerals 
and  fossils  to  plants  and  animals. 

Lt.  Charles  McCauley  was  dispatched  in  the  summer  of  1877  to  make  a 
survey  of  the  roads  in  southewestern  Colorado.  At  S.  F.  Baird’s  suggestion  that 
“natural  history  collections  made  would  be  of  interest”  he  sampled  the  area  from 
Tierra  Amarilla  to  the  site  of  Durango  travelling  via  the  old  Spanish  road. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  none  of  these  naturalists  spent  more  than  a few  months 
in  Colorado.  It  was  not  until  David  Bruce  arrived  on  the  scene  in  1883  that  we 
find  a man  who,  year  after  year,  searched  the  state  for  moths  and  butterflies. 
This  he  did  until  the  turn  of  the  century.  It  is  only  in  the  last  few  months  that 
I have  found  any  thing  about  Bruce  except  that  he  had  collected  this  or  that 
specimen.  In  the  “Strecker  hoard”  in  Chicago,  which  I am  studying  for  the 
Chicago  Natural  History  Museum  with  National  Science  Foundation  support, 
I found  103  letters  written  by  Bruce  to  Herman  Strecker.  What  I retail  from 
now  on  has  been  gleaned  from  those  letters  and  odds  and  ends  that  I have  picked 
up  elsewhere. 

Bruce  wrote  “newsy”  letters  to  Strecker,  although  he  had  never  met  the  man. 
The  correspondence  between  the  two  started  in  1882  and  ended  in  1897.  David 
Bruce  was  born  in  Perth,  Scotland,  on  June  13th,  1833;  this  he  told  Strecker  in  a 
letter  dated  January  30,  1883.  In  it  he  stated  “my  family  removed  to  the  City  of 
Norwich,  Norfolk,  England,  when  I was  less  than  a year  old.  I have  since  been 
knocking  about  in  different  parts  of  the  world  for  49  years.”  He  early  developed 
an  interest  in  birds  and  butterflies  and  painting.  In  1861,  he  fortuitously  met 
one  of  the  “greats”  of  English  entomology,  William  C.  Hewitson,  noted  for  his 
beautiful  precise  illustrations  of  insects.  Hewitson  urged  Bruce  to  develope  his 
art  and  to  devote  his  life  to  scientific  illustration.  Bruce  did  not  wholly  follow 
the  advice.  Later  in  1861  Bruce  set  off  for  New  Zealand.  Let  me  quote  him 
(10iv83)  in  reply  to  Strecker’s  query  about  the  insects  of  those  islands:  “I  am 
sorry  to  say  I never  captured  any  insects  except  fleas  and  bedbugs.  I have  no 
pleasurable  recollections  connected  with  my  journey  there.  I went  there  first 
simply  because  my  girl  and  her  people  went,  but  after  being  in  the  same  vessel 


September,  1966] 


Brown:  David  Bruce 


129 


with  her  for  three  months  I came  to  the  conclusion  I didn’t  want  her,  so  went 
to  Australia  where  I didn’t  stay  long  for  I was  anxious  to  get  back.”  “My 
second  voyage  was  just  after  the  death  of  my  first  wife.  My  brother  was  located 
in  New  Zealand.  I collected  birds  only  and  done  a little  Agency  in  fine  colors 
and  paperhangings.”  Later  on  there  appears  another  tid-bit  linking  Bruce  to  New 
Zealand.  “I  perhaps  mentioned  I had  a son  in  New  Zealand.  My  brother  there 
had  seven  daughters  (his  second  wife  went  in  for  twins)  he  implored  me  to  send 
him  one  of  my  boys,  he  would  send  two  girls  for  it  in  the  way  of  trade.  As  my 
eldest  son  was  willing  I sent  him  but  as  I had  some  of  my  own  declined  the  girls. 
Well,  the  luck  of  the  family  clung  to  poor  Teddy.  The  vessel  was  lost  and 
nothing  heard  of  him  for  15  months  when  he  was  brought  back  to  London, 
having  been  picked  up  by  another  ship  and  been  around  the  world.  His  passage 
was  renewed  without  additional  expense  and  he  went  out  without  any  other 
adventures.” 

Bruce  married  Rachel  Marshall  at  Graves  End,  England,  in  1871  and  was  in 
Paris  at  the  time  of  the  Seige.  When  he  arrived  in  this  country  I do  not  yet 
know.  I suspect  about  1880.  He  settled  in  Brockport,  New  York,  and  estab- 
lished a business  in  which  his  sons  joined  him.  Bruce  put  to  work  his  painting 
ability  and  journeyed  around  western  New  York  painting  frescoes  for  churches, 
hotels  and  mansions.  He  was  a good  business  man,  and  did  not  object  to  doing 
just  straight  interior  house  painting.  He  was  successful  enough  in  this  area  to  be 
financially  free  to  take  annual  trips  to  Colorado  to  study  and  collect.  The  first 
of  these  trips  was  in  1883.  His  ticket,  first  class,  from  Rochester  to  Denver 
on  the  Rochester  & Pittsburg  and  the  Burlington  cost  $50  for  the  round  trip. 
He  was  able  to  stay  only  8 days  since  he  was  called  back  early  in  July  to  do  the 
interior  of  the  Brockport  Episcopal  Church.  In  that  short  time  he  prepared  200 
bird  skins  and  caught  several  hundred  butterflies  and  moths.  This  short  first 
stay  was  made  at  Buffalo  Creek  in  the  Platte  Canyon  where  he  lived  with  an 
English  family  summering  there.  They  were  the  W.  G.  Smith  family.  En  route 
to  Colorado  Bruce  had  stayed  a short  time  in  Red  Cloud,  Nebraska.  He  had 
been  injured  falling  from  a scaffold  about  a month  before  his  departure  from 
the  East  and  needed  to  rest  en  route.  He  made  a similar  stop  on  his  hurried  trip 
home.  In  late  July  he  was  again  at  Buffalo  Creek!  This  time  he  stayed  through 
August.  In  the  family  were  young  son  and  daughter  who  went  with  Bruce  on  his 
collecting  trips.  He  left  collecting  gear  with  the  teen-agers  when  he  finally 
returned  to  the  east. 

During  the  winter  Bruce  bought  a copy  of  Mead’s  report  on  the  butterflies  he 
had  collected  in  Colorado  in  1871.  This  provided  him  with  information  that  he 
had  previously  lacked  and  he  began  making  plans  to  return  to  our  state.  In 
mid-July,  1884,  he  wrote  from  Denver,  “I  returned  to  Denver  yesterday  after  a 
sojourn  of  a couple  of  weeks  in  the  hills.  The  season  is  very  backward  this  year. 
The  roads  in  the  mountains  are  impassible  from  deep  snows,  yet  on  the  whole 


130 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


I don’t  think  I have  much  to  grumble  about  with  my  success  in  collecting 
Lepidoptera.  My  business  venture  in  Colorado  is  at  present  at  zero  or  so  near 
a failure  that  I can  hardly  hope  much  of  it,  in  fact  everything  here  is  very  dull, 
the  mining  prospects  are  poor  and  nothing  goes  down  with  the  monied  men  but 
the  cattle  business  ...  1 go  up  to  the  mines  again  on  Thursday  and  shall  stay 
probably  two  or  three  weeks  at  a high  elevation  (10  to  12,000  feet)  and  shall 
put  in  all  the  time  1 can  collecting.” 

He  returned  from  the  high  country  on  July  28.  He  had  been  on  the  summits 
of  the  Hayden  Mountains  at  12,000  feet.  Now  he  planned  to  work  the  lower 
country  at  about  8,000  feet,  to  the  west  of  Denver.  On  the  19th  of  August,  just 
before  he  set  out  for  home,  he  wrote  Strecker,  “I  had  the  most  cursed  luck  last 
week  imaginable,  for  I and  a friend  borrowed  a horse  and  wagon  for  a few  days 
to  go  off  on  an  exploring  expedition  for  about  25  miles.  On  the  second  day  out 
we  drowned  the  horse  and  almost  ourselves  in  crossing  a stream.  Had  to  walk  7 
miles  in  wet  clothes  over  the  most  devilish  road  in  an  awful  storm  of  thunder, 
lightning,  wind  and  hail.  Had  to  pay  80  dollars  for  the  horse.”  The  return 
address  for  this  letter  was  “c/o  H.  Tammen,  Rocky  Mountain  Museum,  454 
Larimer  Street,  Denver,  Colo.”  During  this  stay  Bruce’s  base  was  “two  miles 
from  Denver,  right  by  the  foothills.” 

On  this  trip  Bruce  had  met  with  a rancher  operating  on  the  Cache  la  Poudre 
who  was  a kindred  soul  in  loving  the  out-of-doors  and  collecting  specimens.  He 
quoted  part  of  a letter  from  this  cattleman-nimrod,  “My  friend  is  one  of  the 
best  and  most  fearless  hunters  living  and  would  run  himself  nearly  to  death  to 
catch  a good  butterfly  or  shoot  a rare  bird  for  me,  but  he  cannot  get  hold  of  the 
names — he  tells  me  he  shot  a splendid  ‘White  Pilgrim’  the  other  day.  That 
is  as  near  as  he  gets  to  Pelican.  But  as  long  as  he  lets  me  have  them  he  can 
call  them  what  he  likes.” 

During  the  summer  of  1884  when  in  the  high  country  Bruce  made  his  head- 
quarters at  or  near  the  Whale  Mine  in  Hall  Valley.  When  writing  about  plans 
for  the  next  summer  he  told  Strecker  “The  proprietor  of  the  silver  mine  there 
refers  in  glowing  terms  to  my  visit  and  hopes  to  see  me  again  early  next  summer 
when  he  will  try  “and  make  things  pleasant.”  I visited  Bruce’s  cabin  above  the 
Whale  Mine  several  times  in  the  1930’s  and  caught  there  many  of  the  species 
first  described  from  those  barren  highlands  from  Bruce’s  specimens. 

On  March  16th,  1885,  Bruce  wrote  to  Strecker,  “My  son  in  Cheyenne  has  a 
contract  that  will  oblige  him  to  visit  all  of  the  Forts  on  the  Mexican  and  Cana- 
dian borders  during  the  next  two  summers.  He  has  invited  me  to  go  with  him 
which  I have  made  up  my  mind  to  do  as  I shall  get  lots  of  free  riding  and  liesure 
to  entomoligize.  . . . We  start  in  middle  April.”  Bruce’s  wonderful  summer  was 
doomed.  In  a letter  of  November  10  we  read,  “This  year  to  me  has  been  an  utter 
blank  entomologically  and  worse  than  that  personally  and  financially.  My  son 
died  June  13  of  pneumonia.  T returned  from  Cheyenne  to  find  my  wife  had 


September,  1966] 


Brown:  David  Bruce 


131 


fallen  down  the  cellar  stairs  from  stumbling  on  a kitten  and  hurt  herself 
severely.” 

Shortly  after  this  Bruce  and  Strecker  had  a set-to,  as  appears  usual  with  all  of 
Strecker ’s  correspondents.  From  here  on  there  no  longer  are  gossipy  and  newsy 
letters.  Bruce  collected  in  Colorado  during  1886  and  1887,  principally  for  W.  H. 
Edwards  who  quoted  Bruce  extensively  in  “Butterflies  of  North  America,”  a 
sumptuous  three-volume  work.  Bruce  had  been  so  successful  collecting  in  the 
high  country  of  Colorado  that  his  material  now  is  found  in  the  principal  museums 
of  the  world.  For  Edwards  he  collected  eggs  and  larvae  and  between  the  two  of 
them  we  know  more  about  high  altitude  butterflies  of  Colorado  than  of  any  other 
high  country  in  the  world.  In  1888  Bruce  did  not  visit  the  state  but  stayed  at 
home  busy  at  his  decorating  business. 

In  1889  and  through  the  1890’s  Bruce’s  letter-drop  in  Denver  was  George 
Eastwood  at  Taylor’s  Free  Museum  on  Larimer  Street.  He  wandered  all  over 
the  western  half  of  the  State.  Dr.  Alexander  Shaw  of  Denver  and  with  interests 
in  the  D & RG  Railroad  saw  to  it  that  Bruce  had  1,000-mile  passes  to  carry  him 
about  in  Colorado  and  Utah.  In  return  Bruce  built  “pictures”  composed  of 
tropical  butterflies  mounted  behind  glass  for  Shaw.  In  1892  Bruce  was  com- 
missioned to  gather  an  exhibit  of  moths  and  butterflies  of  the  State  to  be  part 
of  the  Colorado  State  exhibit  at  the  Chicago  World  Fair.  This  he  did,  being 
given  free  travel  and  a good  salary  for  his  work.  The  World  Fair  committee 
paid  half  of  these  costs  and  Colorado  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College  at 
Fort  Collins  the  other  half. 

One  letter  written  March  26,  1891,  gives  us  a verbal  picture  of  Bruce.  Strecker 
had  written  to  him  asking  for  a photograph.  Bruce  replied  “have  not  had  my 
‘picter’  taken  in  America  at  all — but  soon  will- — I am  old  and  grey  (56)  but 
very  active,  eyes  and  teeth  as  good  as  ever — 5 Vh — weigh  200  pounds — fresh 
ruddy  complection  yet  long  grey  beard — now  you  ought  to  know  me  when  I drop 
on  you  as  I shall  one  day.”  Bruce  never  did  visit  Strecker. 

During  1892  and  1893  while  working  at  Glenwood  Springs  Bruce  became  very 
much  interested  in  what  he  believed  to  be  natural  hybrids  that  he  was  catching. 
This  was  a biologically  moot  point  that  many  naturalists  denied  occurring.  Later, 
in  1894,  his  patron  W.  H.  Edwards  joined  him  in  this  study  at  Glenwood  Springs 
and  the  facts  were  proven  conclusively.  In  connection  with  these  studies  Bruce 
wrote  Strecker,  who  questioned  natural  hybridism,  “I  am  afraid  hybridism  is 
common  in  Colorado.  Whoring  is  a recognized  institution  in  all  mining  districts 
and  the  insects  have  taken  to  it  as  well  as  the  genus  Homo.” 

Early  in  1893  Bruce  sold  his  private  collection  to  the  University  of  Wisconsin 
at  $100  per  thousand  specimens.  This  was  Bruce’s  going  price  to  all  comers. 
The  size  of  the  Wisconsin  purchase  made  no  difference.  Material  poured  from 
Brockport  to  Madison  until  in  late  1895  the  University  called  a halt.  They 
had  run  out  of  room  in  the  museum!  Two  families  were  yet  to  be  shipped,  the 


132 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


smaller  Noctuids  and  all  of  the  Geometrids.  I wrote  to  Dr.  Shenefelt  at  Wisconsin 
to  learn  more  about  this  collection  and  to  find  out  whether  or  not  they  had 
received  the  rest  of  it.  He  had  the  University  archivist,  Mr.  J.  E.  Boell,  look 
into  the  matter.  His  reply  to  Dr.  Shenefelt  was,  “We  have  searched  high  and  low 
for  information  on  this  collection,  but  the  only  thing  that  we  could  find  was  that 
the  Regents  authorized  expenditure  of  funds  for  a wire  partition  up  in  Science 
Hall  to  hold  the  butterfly  collection.  We  could  find  nothing  in  the  financial  rec- 
ords that  indicated  a payment  to  Bruce  for  this  collection.  We  have  no  letters 
between  Bruce  and  Owen.”  From  the  forgoing  it  sems  probable  that  Owen  him- 
self was  paying  for  the  collection  and  that  it  rests,  unmarked,  among  the  Owen 
Collection. 

The  Owen  Collection  no  longer  is  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin.  A recent 
letter  from  Mr.  William  Sieker,  of  Madison,  Wisconsin,  reads  in  part  “When  I 
came  to  school  here  in  1931,  Owens  Collection  was  being  shipped  to  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum.  I was  hired  (at  about  50^  an  hour)  to  pin  the  insects  more 
securely  into  the  boxes.  I was  pretty  green  then,  and  was  overwhelmed  with 
the  size  of  his  collection.  It  was  big — but  lacked  labels  by  the  thousands,  as 
Owen,  I guess,  was  not  too  particular  about  data.  This  I gathered  from  what 
others  have  said  and  what  short  opportunity  I had  to  observe  his  collection.” 
Owen  probably  used  a collection  method  that  was  in  vogue  during  the  late  19th 
Century.  This  was  to  put  all  of  the  data  on  a general  label  at  the  head  of  each 
series  and  none  on  the  specimens  themselves.  A variant  of  this  was  to  label 
the  first  specimen  of  a series  with  a pin-label  containing  the  locality  data  and 
follow  this  specimen  with  the  rest  of  the  series  without  labels.  Once  such  a 
collection  is  disturbed  it  is  hopeless  to  try  to  label  the  specimens  correctly. 

Bruce  was  now  in  his  sixties.  He  did  not  take  to  the  field  in  1895  nor  in  1896. 
He  did  return  to  Colorado  in  the  following  year  and  joined  forces  with  John  T. 
Mason.  This  proved  unsatisfactory  to  Bruce  in  many  ways.  He  did  not  get 
on  well  with  Mason  in  the  field  and  the  two  men  had  totally  different  ideas  about 
how  to  split  the  monetary  rewards  for  the  work.  The  Mason  Collection  is  in  the 
Denver  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

I know  little  of  Bruce  from  this  time  on  until  his  death  on  September  24,  1903. 
Fifty  years  after  that  event  Mr.  A.  E.  Elwell,  well  on  in  his  eighties,  wrote  about 
Bruce  for  the  Brockport  Republic-Democrat  of  November  25,  1954.  This 
article  stresses  Bruce’s  ability  as  a taxidermist  and  artist.  From  it  I gather  that 
the  now  almost  universally  used  “habitat  group”  method  for  exhibiting  specimens 
in  Museums  was  a creation  of  Bruce,  not  Ackley.  Bruce’s  death  was  a sudden 
one.  The  Brockport  Republic  for  October  1,  1903,  published,  “Soon  after 
entering  the  yard  of  Mrs.  John  Sheplar  on  the  Moscow  Road  in  Hamlin, 
Thursday  afternoon,  David  Bruce  fell  to  the  earth  and  expired  before  being 
found.  He  was  seen  to  enter  the  yard  and  a moment  later  when  the  family  looked 


September,  1966] 


Brown:  David  Bruce 


133 


out,  Mr.  Bruce  was  discovered  on  the  ground  and  examination  showed  that  he 
had  died.”  Bruce  is  buried  in  the  Lake  View  Cemetery  in  Brockport,  N.  Y. 

Literature  Cited 

Brown,  F.  Martin  1934.  “The  localities  of  T.  L.  Mead’s  collection  of  butterflies  from 
Colorado  in  1871.”  j.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.  42:  155-162. 

. 1956.  “Itineraries  of  the  Wheeler  Survey  Naturalists,  1871 — Theodore  L.  Mead.” 

Lepidopterists’  News,  9:  185-190,  map. 

. 1957a.  “Two  Early  entomological  collectors  in  Colorado.”  Ent.  News  68:  41-47. 

. 1957b.  “J.  A.  Allen’s  trip  to  Colorado,  etc,  in  1871.”  Lepidopterists’  News  10: 

209-212. 

. 1958.  “The  McCauley  Expedition  to  the  San  Juan  region.”  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc. 

55:  139-146. 

Through  the  courtesy  of  Mrs.  Willis  Knapp,  Chairman  of  the  Brockport  Museum  Com- 
mittee, I received  typed  copies  of  the  obituary  for  Bruce  and  of  Mr.  Elwell's  article  cited  in 
the  text. 

Received  for  publication  May  23,  1966 


134 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Vitamin  Synthesis  by  the  Symbionts  in  the  Fat  Body  of  the  Cockroach, 

Periplaneta  americana  (L. ) 

Daniel  Ludwig  and  Margaret  R.  Gallagher 
Department  of  Biological  Sciences,  Fordham  University 


Abstract:  Determinations  were  made  on  the  vitamin  content  of  the  fat  bodies  of  normal 
and  aposymbiotic  cockroaches.  Of  the  10  vitamins  studied  (ascorbic,  folic,  nicotinic  and 
pantathenic  acids,  biotin,  cvanocabalamin,  inositol,  pyridoxine,  riboflavin  and  thiamine), 
only  3 (ascorbic,  folic  and  pantathenic  acids)  were  present  in  considerably  larger  amounts 
in  the  normal  fat  body.  Cultured  symbionts  were  able  to  synthesize  them.  The  lighter 
cuticular  color,  sluggishness  and  reduced  reproductive  ability  of  the  aposymbiotic  insect  may 
be  explained  by  the  absence  of  these  vitamins. 

Blochmann  (1888),  working  with  the  cockroach,  Blatta  orientalis , was  prob- 
ably the  first  to  observe  intracellular  bacteroids  in  the  fat  body  of  an  insect. 
Glaser  (1920,  1930)  isolated  the  organisms,  successfully  cultured  them  and 
classified  them  as  bacteria  belonging  to  the  genus  Corynebacterium.  Trager 
( 1952),  Peklo  (1953),  Brooks  and  Richards  (1955a,  b and  1956)  all  agreed 
that  the  bacteroids  are  intracellular  symbionts. 

Wigglesworth  (1929)  suggested  that  the  role  of  the  symbionts  may  be  the 
synthesis  of  vitamins.  He  thought  that  the  intracellular  microorganisms  in  the 
fat  body  of  the  tsetse  fly,  Glossina , may  synthesize  vitamins  necessary  for 
growth.  Evidence  to  support  this  view  was  given  by  Fraenkel  and  Blewett  ( 1943a 
and  b),  Blewett  and  Fraenkel  (1944),  Pant  and  Fraenkel  (1950,  1954)  and 
Keller  ( 1950),  when  they  showed  that  insects  with  intracellular  microorganisms 
did  not,  and  those  without  them  did,  require  most  of  the  B vitamins  in  their 
diet.  In  addition  to  the  B vitamins,  there  is  evidence  that  the  symbionts  might 
be  responsible  for  the  synthesis  of  ascorbic  acid.  Filosa  ( 1955)  and  Cordero 
(1956)  demonstrated  that  homogenates  of  the  cockroach,  Periplaneta  americana, 
can  synthesize  ascorbic  acid  using  most  of  the  D-sugars  as  substrates.  Lisa 
(1958)  observed  that  homogenates  of  the  cockroach,  Leucophaea  maderae , 
synthesized  ascorbic  acid  from  D-mannose,  and  Pierre  ( 1962),  that  the 
symbionts  present  in  the  fat  body  of  this  insect  are  responsible  for  this  synthesis. 
Noland,  Lilly  and  Baumann  (1949)  reported  that  the  symbionts  in  the  fat  body 
of  the  cockroach,  Blatella  germanica,  are  largely  responsible  for  the  production 
of  folic  acid. 

The  present  investigations,  which  consist  of  a comparison  of  the  vitamin  con- 
tent of  fat  bodies  of  normal  and  aposymbiotic  insects,  were  undertaken  to 
determine  whether  vitamins  are  synthesized  by  the  symbionts  of  the  cockroach, 
P.  americana. 


September,  1966 1 Ludwig  and  Gallagher:  Vitamin  Synthesis  in  Cockroach 


135 


Table  1.  Methods  used  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  vitamins  in  the  fat  bodies 

of  normal  and  aposymbiotic  cockroaches. 


Vitamin 

Methods  of  assay 

Ascorbic  acid 

Spectrophotometric  method  of  Roe  and  Kuether  (1942,  1943)  with  modi- 
fications of  Lowry,  Lopez  and  Bessey  (1945)  and  by  Mills  and  Roe 
(1947). 

Biotin 

Microbiological  method  of  Pennington,  Snell  and  Williams  (1940),  modi- 
fied by  the  use  of  Lactobacillus  arabinosus  as  given  by  Strohecker  and 
Henning  ( 1965) . 

Paper  chromatographic  method  of  Radhakrishnamurthy  and  Sarma 
(1953). 

Cyanocobalamin 

Microbiological  method  using  Lactobacillus  leichmanii  ATCC  7830,  out- 
lined by  Strohecker  and  Henning  (1965). 

Folic  acid 

Microbiological  method  of  Capps,  Hobbs  and  Fox  (1948). 

Inositol 

Microbiological  method  of  Stokes,  Larsen,  Woodward  and  Foster  (1943). 
Paper  chromatographic  method  of  Hough,  Jones  and  Wadman  (1948). 

Nicotinic  acid 

Microbiological  method  of  Snell  and  Wright  (1941). 

Paper  chromatographic  method  of  Kodicek  and  Reddi  (1951). 

Pantothenic  acid 

Microbiological  method  of  Pennington,  Snell  and  Williams  (1940). 

Pyridoxine 

Microbiological  method  of  Stokes,  Larsen,  Woodward  and  Foster  (1943). 
Paper  chromatographic  method  of  Snyder  and  Wender  (1953). 

Riboflavin 

Microbiological  method  of  Snell  and  Strong  (1939). 
Chemical  method  of  Scott,  Hill,  Norris  and  Hensen  (1946). 

Thiamine 

Microbiological  method  of  Sarett  and  Cheldelin  (1944). 
Chemical  method  of  Hennessy  and  Cerecedo  (1939). 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

The  technique  employed  for  rendering  the  cockroaches  aposymbiotic  was  that 
of  Brooks  and  Richards  ( 1955a),  except  that  they  used  a 0.1%  antibiotic  diet 
and  the  insects  became  aposymbiotic  in  the  second  generation;  whereas  in  the 
present  experiments,  a 10%  antibiotic  diet  was  fed  and  they  became  aposymbiotic 
120  days  from  the  beginning  of  treatment.  The  diet  consisted  of  80%  Gaines’ 
dog  pellets,  5%  Brewer’s  yeast,  5%  dextrose  and  10%  of  a mixture  of  aureo- 
mycin  and  terramycin  in  a 1:1  ratio.  The  dog  pellets  were  powdered  and  then 
mixed  with  the  other  ingredients.  This  food  preparation  was  changed  every  5 
days  to  insure  the  freshness  of  the  antibiotics.  Controls  were  maintained  on 
a diet  of  Gaines’  dog  pellets  and  water.  Sub-groups  of  insects  were  cultured 
on  diets  which  were  deficient  in  the  specific  vitamin  to  be  tested.  Histo- 
logical sections  of  the  fat  body  were  prepared  at  the  end  of  60,  90,  100  and  120 
days  to  determine  aposymbiosis. 

Cultures  of  symbionts  were  obtained  from  the  fat  body  according  to  the 
techniques  of  Begg  and  Sang  (1950)  and  of  Pant,  Nayar  and  Gupta  ( 1957). 
These  cultures  were  maintained  in  lactose  broth  at  30°  C. 


136 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Table  2.  Amount  of  different  vitamins  found  in  the  normal  and  aposymbiotic  fat  bodies  of 
the  cockroach.  Values  are  given  as  amount/gram  of  fat  body.  Each  is  an  average 

of  10  determinations. 


Vitamin 

Normal 

Aposymbiotic 

Micro-  , 

, . , . i Chemical 

biological  ,,  j 

, method 

method 

Chromato- 

graphic 

method 

Micro- 

biological 

method 

Chemical 

method 

Chromato- 

grraphic 

method 

Ascorbic  acid 

0.2  mg. 

0.03  mg. 

Biotin 

48.0  nifig. 

42.0  mMg. 

45.0  niMg- 

39.0  mMg. 

Cyanocobalamin 

28.0  m/rg. 

26.0  mMg. 

Folic  acid 

62.0  Mg- 

9.6  Mg- 

Inositol 

126.8  Mg. 

120.0  Mg- 

159.0  Mg- 

131.0  Mg. 

Niacin 

408.0  Mg- 

305.0  Mg- 

528.0  Mg- 

420.0  Mg- 

Pantothenic  acid 

74.0  Mg- 

0.0  Mg- 

Pvridoxine 

67.6  mg. 

61.0  mg. 

61.0  mg. 

62.0  mg. 

Riboflavin 

70.0  Mg-  70.0  Mg- 

68.0  Mg- 

68.0  Mg- 

Thiamine 

66.0  Mg-  71.0  Mg- 

62.0  Mg- 

69.0  Mg- 

All  analytical  procedures  were  carried  out  on  homogenates  of  fat  bodies  from 
normal  and  aposymbiotic  nymphs.  Five  per  cent  homogenates  were  made  in 
0.2  molar  phosphate  buffer  at  a pH  of  6.8,  except  for  the  determinations  of 
riboflavin,  nicotinic  acid  and  thiamine,  in  which  cases  the  fat  bodies  were 
homogenized  in  sterile  distilled  water.  The  various  methods  used  to  assay  each 
vitamin  are  given  in  Table  1.  Details  of  each  are  given  by  Gallagher  (1962), 
and  descriptions  of  the  various  methods  for  vitamin  assays  by  Strohecker  and 
Henning  (1965). 

OBSERVATIONS 

Organisms  fed  an  antibiotic  diet  did  not  become  completely  aposymbiotic 
until  120  days  of  treatment.  One  manifestation  of  aposymbiosis  was  a change 
in  the  color  of  the  cuticle  from  mahogany  to  a light  tan.  This  change  began 
approximately  80  days  after  the  insect  was  placed  on  antibiotics.  They  also 
appeared  less  active,  demonstrated  a slower  response  on  exposure  to  light  and 
less  speed  in  avoiding  capture  as  compared  to  normal  insects.  They  were  also 
of  smaller  size  and  molted  less  frequently  than  normal  insects. 

The  results  of  the  vitamin  assays  are  summarized  in  Table  2.  The  table 
shows  that  in  all  cases  there  is  a close  agreement  in  the  results  obtained  by 
different  methods  for  each  of  the  vitamins.  Of  the  10  vitamins  assayed,  only 
3 were  present  in  smaller  amounts  in  the  fat  bodies  of  the  aposymbiotic  than  in 
those  of  the  normal  insect.  They  are  ascorbic,  folic  and  pantothenic  acids. 
It  appears  that  these  vitamins  are  synthesized  by  the  symbionts.  Additional 
experiments,  using  cultures  of  isolated  symbionts,  verified  this  conclusion. 


September,  1966]  Ludwig  and  Gallagher:  Vitamin  Synthesis  in  Cockroach 


137 


DISCUSSION 

The  fading  of  the  cuticular  color  in  the  aposymbiotic  insect  may  be  associated 
with  the  absence  of  ascorbic  acid.  In  the  normal  insect,  melanin  is  formed  from 
the  oxidation  of  tyrosine  by  tyrosinases.  Ascorbic  and  pantothenic  acids  are 
activators  of  tyrosinase  (Levine,  Dann  and  Marples,  1943).  In  vertebrates,  de- 
fective tyrosine  metabolism  can  be  corrected  by  the  administration  of  either 
folic  or  ascorbic  acids  (Rodney,  Swendseed  and  Swanson,  1947).  If  the  reactions 
involving  ascorbic,  folic  and  pantothenic  acids  are  similar  in  insects  to  those 
in  vertebrates,  a deficiency  of  any  or  all  of  them  could  produce  a fading  of 
the  cuticular  color.  The  present  experiments  demonstrate  that  they  are  all 
produced  by  the  symbionts  cultured  from  the  fat  body  and  are  absent  from  the 
fat  body  of  the  aposymbiotic  cockroaches.  Henry  (1962)  reported  that  another 
deficiency  of  the  aposymbiotic  cockroach,  Blatella  germanica , is  the  inability 
to  synthesize  certain  amino  acids,  including  tyrosine,  from  glucose.  Thus  in 
insects  without  symbionts,  the  substrate  from  which  melanins  are  formed  is  also 
lacking. 

The  decrease  in  reproductive  capacity  noted  in  the  aposymbiotic  insect  may 
be  caused  by  a deficiency  of  folic  acid.  Berger  (1944)  gave  the  first  cytological 
evidence  of  the  necessity  of  this  vitamin  for  cell  division  when  he  showed  that 
sulfanilamide,  a folic  acid  antagonist,  caused  metaphase  arrest  in  onion  roots. 
Hindmarsh  (1949)  found  that  this  inhibition  of  mitosis  could  be  reversed  with 
p-aminobenzoic  acid,  a precursor  of  folic  acid.  Goldsmith  and  Grank  (1952) 
induced  sterility  in  the  vinegar  fly,  Drosophila  melanogaster , by  inhibiting 
mitosis  in  the  germ  cells  with  aminopterin,  a folic  acid  antagonist.  Mitlin,  Butt 
and  Shortino  ( 1957)  prevented  oviposition  in  the  house  fly,  Musca  domestica, 
by  feeding  aminopterin.  A microscopic  examination  of  the  ovaries  showed 
inhibited  ovarian  growth  and  the  eggs  contained  much  less  yolk  than  those  of 
normal  flies.  Gersdorff  and  Mitlin  ( 1954)  showed  that  the  addition  of  folic 
acid  to  the  rearing  medium  reversed  the  antagonism  of  aminopterin  in  house 
fly  larvae. 

Literature  Cited 

Begg,  M.  and  J.  H.  Sang.  1950.  A method  of  collecting  and  sterilizing  large  numbers  of 
Drosophila  eggs.  Science,  112:  11-12. 

Berger,  C.  A.  1944.  Experimental  studies  on  the  cytology  of  Allium.  Torreya,  44:  41. 
Blewett,  M.  and  G.  Fraenkel.  1944.  Intracellular  symbionts  and  vitamin  requirements 
in  insects.  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  London,  132:  212-222. 

Blochmann,  F.  1888.  Uber  des  regelmassige  Vorkommen  von  bakterienahnlichen  Gebilden 
in  den  Geweben  und  Eieren  verscheidener  Insekten.  Zeitschr.  f.  Biol.,  24:  204-224. 
Brooks,  M.  A.,  and  A.  G.  Richards.  1955a.  Intracellular  symbiosis  in  cockroaches.  I. 
Production  of  aposymbiotic  cockroaches.  Biol.  Bulk,  109:  22-39. 

. 1955b.  Intracellular  symbiosis  in  cockroaches.  II.  Mitotic  division  of  the 

mycetocytes.  Science,  122:  242. 

— — — . 1956.  Intracellular  symbiosis  in  cockroaches.  III.  Reinfection  of  aposymbiotic 

cockroaches  with  symbionts.  J.  Exp.  Zook,  132:  447-465. 


138 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Capps,  B.  F.,  N.  L.  Hobbs  and  S.  H.  Fox.  1948.  A dehydrated  experimental  medium  for 
the  microbiological  assay  of  folic  acid.  J.  Bact.,  55:  869-870. 

Cordero,  S.  M.  1956.  The  synthesis  of  ascorbic  acid  in  the  cockroach,  Periplaneta  americana 
(Linnaeus).  M.  S.  Dissertation,  Fordham  University,  New  York. 

Filosa,  M.  1955.  A synthesis  of  ascorbic  acid  by  nymphs  of  the  cockroach,  Periplaneta 
americana  (Linnaeus).  M.  S.  Dissertation,  Fordham  University,  New  York. 

Fraenkel,  G.  and  M.  Blewett.  1943a.  Vitamins  of  the  B group  required  by  insects. 
Nature,  151:  703. 

. 1943b.  Intracellular  symbionts  of  insects  as  a source  of  vitamins.  Nature,  152:  506. 

Gallagher,  M.  R.  1962.  Vitamin  synthesis  by  the  symbionts  in  the  fat  body  of  the 
cockroach  Periplaneta  americana.  Ph.D.  Dissertation,  Fordham  University,  New  York. 

Gersdorff,  W.  A.  and  N.  Mitlin.  1954.  The  relative  toxicity  to  house  flies  of  the  methyl 
and  ethyl  analogs  of  allethin.  J.  Econ.  Ent.,  46:  945-948. 

Glaser,  R.  W.  1920.  Biological  studies  on  intracellular  bacteria.  Biol.  Bull.,  39:  133-144. 

. 1930.  On  the  isolation,  cultivation  and  classification  of  the  so-called  intracellular 

“symbiont”  or  “rickettsia”  of  Periplaneta  americana.  J.  Exp.  Med.,  51:  59-81. 

Goldsmith,  R.  D.  and  I.  Grank.  1952.  Sterility  in  the  female  fruit  fly,  Drosophila 
melanogaster,  produced  by  the  feeding  of  a folic  acid  antagonist.  Amer.  J.  Physiol., 
171:  726-729. 

Hennessy,  D.  and  L.  R.  Cerecedo.  1939.  The  determination  of  free  and  phosphorylated 
thiamine  by  a modified  thiochrome  assay.  J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  61:  179-183. 

Henry,  S.  M.  1962.  The  significance  of  microorganisms  in  the  nutrition  of  insects.  Trans. 
N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ser.  II,  24:  676-683. 

Hindmarsh,  M.  M.  1949.  Effects  of  sulphanilamide  and  p-aminobenzoic  acid  on  mitosis. 
Nature,  163:  610. 

Hough,  L.,  J.  K.  N.  Jones  and  VV.  H.  Wadman.  1948.  Applications  of  paper  chroma- 
tography to  the  separation  of  the  sugars  and  their  derivatives  on  a column  of  powered 
cellulose.  Nature,  162:  448-449. 

Keller,  H.  1950.  Die  Kultur  der  intrazellularen  Symbioten  von  Periplaneta  orientalis. 
Zeitschr.  f.  Naturforsch.,  56:  269-273. 

Kodicek,  E.  and  K.  K.  Reddi.  1951.  Paper  chromatographic  determination  of  nicotinic 
acid  and  its  derivatives.  Nature,  168:  475-477. 

Levine,  S.  Z.,  M.  Dann  and  E.  Marples.  1943.  A defect  in  the  metabolism  of  tyrosine  and 
phenylalanine  in  premature  infants.  III.  Demonstration  of  the  irreversible  conversion 
of  phenylalanine  to  tyrosine  in  human  organisms.  J.  Clin.  Invest.,  22:  551-552. 

Lisa,  J.  D.  1958.  Enzymes  of  the  fat  body  of  the  cockroach,  Leucophaea  maderae 
(Fabricius).  Ph.D.  Dissertation,  Fordham  University,  New  York. 

Lowry,  O.  D.,  H.  A.  Lopez  and  O.  A.  Bf.ssey.  1945.  The  determination  of  ascorbic  acid  in 
small  amounts  in  blood  serum.  J.  Biol.  Chem.,  160:  609-612. 

Mills,  M.  B.  and  J.  H.  Roe.  1947.  A critical  study  of  proposed  modifications  of  the  Roe 
and  Kuether  method  for  the  determination  of  ascorbic  acid,  with  further  contributions 
to  the  chemistry  of  this  procedure,  j.  Biol.  Chem.,  170:  159-163. 

Mitlin,  N.,  C.  Butt  and  J.  Shortino.  1957.  Effect  of  mitotic  poisons  on  house  fly 
oviposition.  Physiol.  Zook,  30:  133-136. 

Noland,  J.  L.,  J.  H.  Lilly  and  C.  A.  Baumann.  1949.  Vitamin  requirements  of  the 
cockroach  Blatella  germanica  (L.).  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer,,  42:  154-164. 

Pant,  N.  C.  and  G.  Fraenkel.  1950.  The  function  of  symbiotic  yeasts  of  two  species  of 
insects,  Lasioderma  serricorne  and  Stegohium  ( Sitodrepa ) paniceum.  Science,  112:  498. 

. 1954.  On  the  functions  of  intracellular  symbionts  of  Oryzaephilus  surinamensis.  J. 

Zool.  Soc.  India,  6:  191-192. 


September,  1966]  Ludwig  and  Gallagher:  Vitamin  Synthesis  in  Cockroach 


139 


, J.  K.  Nayar  and  P.  Gupta.  1957.  On  the  isolation  and  cultivation  of  the  intra- 

cellur  symbionts  of  Oryzaephilus  surinamensis.  Experimentia,  13:  241. 

Peklo,  J.  1953.  Microorganisms  or  mitochondria?  Science,  118:  202. 

Pennington,  D.,  E.  E.  Snell  and  R.  J.  Williams.  1940.  Effect  of  diet  on  pantothenic 
acid  content  of  chick  tissues,  j.  Biol.  Chem.,  135:  212-222. 

Pierre,  L.  L.  1962.  Synthesis  of  ascorbic  acid  by  the  normal  fat  body  of  the  cockroach, 
Leucophaea  maderae  (F.),  and  by  its  symbionts.  Nature,  193:  904-905. 

Radhakrishnamltrthy,  R.  and  P.  S.  Sarma.  1953.  Symposium  on  chromatography.  11: 
10-46. 

Rodney,  G.,  M.  E.  Swendseed  and  A.  L.  Swanson.  1947.  Tyrosine  oxidation  by  livers  in 
rats  with  sulfasuxidine-induced  pteroylglutamine  acid  deficiency.  J.  Biol.  Chem.,  168: 
395-396. 

Roe,  J.  H.  and  C.  A.  Kuether.  1942.  A color  reaction  for  dehvdroascorbic  acid  useful  in 
the  determination  of  vitamin  C.  Science,  95:  77-84. 

. 1943.  The  determination  of  ascorbic  acid  in  whole  blood  and  urine  through  the 

2,  4-dinitrophenylhydrazine  derivative  of  dehvdroascorbic  acid.  J.  Biol.  Chem.,  150: 
609-613. 

Sarett,  H.  P.  and  V.  H.  Cheldelin.  1944.  Use  of  Lactobacillus  fermentum  36  for  thiamine 
assay.  J.  Biol.  Chem.,  155:  153-160. 

Scott,  M.  L.,  F.  W.  Hill,  L.  C.  Norris  and  G.  F.  Hensen.  1946.  Clinical  determination  of 
riboflavin.  J.  Biol.  Chem.,  165:  65—7 1 

Snell,  E.  E.  and  G.  Strong.  1939.  Microbiological  assay  of  riboflavin.  Indust.  Engin. 
Anal.,  11:  346-348. 

and  L.  D.  Wright.  1941.  A microbiological  method  for  the  determination  of 

nicotinic  acid.  J.  Biol.  Chem.,  139:  675-686. 

Snyder,  J.  W.  and  S.  H.  Wender.  1953.  Separation  and  determination  of  pyridoxine, 
pyridoxal  and  pyridoxamine  by  paper  chromatography.  Arch.  Biochem.  Biophys., 
46:  465-469. 

Stokes,  E.,  A.  Larsen,  H.  G.  Woodward  and  R.  Foster.  1943.  Neurospora  assay  for 
pyridoxine.  J.  Biol.  Chem.,  150:  17-24. 

Strohecker,  R.  and  H.  M.  Henning.  1965.  Vitamin  Assay.  The  Chemical  Rubber  Co., 
Cleveland. 

Trager,  W.  1952.  Mitochondria  or  microorganisms?  Science,  116:  332. 

Wiggles  worth,  V.  B.  1929.  Digestion  in  the  tse-tse  fly.  Parasit.,  21:  316. 


Received  for  publication  May  17,  1966 


140 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Life  History  Notes  on  Lagoa  laceyi  (Barnes  & McDunnough) 
(Lepidoptera:  Megalopygidae) 

Alexander  B.  Klots* 


Abstract:  Descriptions  are  given  of  the  egg  and  larvae.  The  mature  larva  is  figured.  The 

mature  larva  is  strongly  aposematic  in  coloration. 


On  24  July  1959  a number  of  small  larvae  were  collected  in  Big  Canyon, 
Guadalupe  Mts.,  Eddy  Co.,  New  Mexico,  feeding  on  a scrubby  oak,  probably 
Quercus  gambeli.  Big  Canyon,  just  north  of  the  Texas-New  Mexico  border,  runs 
from  extremely  arid,  creosote  bush  and  mesquite  desert  up  into  the  timbered 
interior  of  the  mountain  range.  The  larvae  were  found  at  about  5500  ft.  elevation 
in  a zone  characterized  by  alligator-barked  juniper  (J  uni  perns  deppeana ) and  the 
lower  fringes  of  yellow  pine  ( Pinus  scopulorum) . During  the  summer’s  field 
work  they  were  taken  to  the  Southwest  Research  Station  of  the  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History  near  Portal,  Arizona,  where  they  fed  freely  on 
Quercus  emoryi ; and  eventually  to  Connecticut,  where  they  fed  freely  on  Q. 
ilici folia  and  coccinea.  By  early  September  they  had  entered  the  last  instar, 
and  by  the  end  of  September  had  all  enclosed  themselves  in  cocoons.  Twelve 
adults  (6  3 3 and  6 $ $)  emerged  14-29  April  1960. 

After  being  bred  to  one  of  the  males,  one  of  the  females  laid  about  180  eggs, 
nearly  all  of  which  hatched.  The  larvae  of  this  Fi  generation  were  reared  on 
various  species  of  eastern  Quercus,  at  first  by  the  author  and  then,  while  he  was 
out  of  the  country,  by  Miss  Alice  Gray  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History.  Considerable  material  of  various  larval  instars,  cocoons  and  adults  has 
been  preserved  and  is  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  the 
United  States  National  Museum. 

Three  3 S and  three  2 $ , one  of  each  with  the  genitalia  dissected,  were 
compared  with  the  type  material  of  Logoa  laceyi  (Barnes  and  McDunnough)  in 
the  U.  S.  National  Museum  by  Dr.  Don  Davis,  and  later  by  the  author.  Both 
Dr.  Davis  and  the  author  consider  them  identifiable  as  laceyi.  However,  in  the 
absence  of  any  modern  systematic  work  on  the  group  it  would  be  unwise  to  say 
what  laceyi  (type  locality  Texas)  is — a distinct  species  or  a subspecies  or  form  of 
something  else,  especially  since  neither  the  genitalia  nor  the  color  and  pattern 
show  clear-cut  distinguishing  characters,  and  adequate  material  is  lacking.  At 
present,  therefore,  it  seems  best  merely  to  record  the  characteristics  of  this 
material  for  the  benefit  of  some  future  student. 


* Department  of  Biology,  The  City  College  of  New  York,  and  Department  of  Entomology, 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 


September,  1966] 


Klots:  Lagoa  laceyi  Notes 


141 


Fig.  1.  Lagoa  laceyi  (Barnes  & McDunnough)  mature  larva,  lateral  aspect  (bead  to  left) 

X 3. 

eggs  Length  2.2-2 .5  mm.,  width  about  1 mm.  Bluntly  ovoid,  somewhat  flattened.  Laid  in 
rows,  with  the  sides  contiguous,  and  thickly  covered  with  hairs  and  hair-like  scales  of  the 
female’s  vestiture.  Hatching  period:  7-9  days. 

immature  larva  Vestiture,  except  in  color,  as  described  below  for  mature  larva;  almost 
wholly  white,  only  the  urticating  setae  being  brownish  and,  in  penultimate  instar,  some  of 
the  medium  length  plumose  setae  being  faintly  brownish. 

mature  larva  (Fig.  1)  Length  20-30  mm.  Skin  creamy  to  slightly  pinkish  white. 
Prothorax  greatly  expanded  cephalad  and  ventrad,  forming  a hood  enclosing  head;  largely 
naked,  with  a fringe  of  hairlike  setae  around  cephaloventral  margin.  Remainder  of  body 
with  short,  inconspicuous  hairs  arising  from  small  patches  around  and  above  leg  and 
proleg  bases,  and  corresponding  regions  in  legless  segments;  but  prominent  vestiture  arising  in 
tufts  from  flat,  only  slightly  projecting  verrucae.  Vestiture  of  each  verruca  as  follows: 
centrally  a group  of  short,  stiff,  sharply  pointed,  smooth,  brownish  urticating  setae;  in  a 
zone  around  these  many  very  long,  finely  plumose,  delicate  hairlike  setae;  in  a zone  around 
these  many  shorter,  stiffer,  finely  plumose  setae.  The  urticating  setae  are  more  or  less 
brownish.  The  very  long  plumose  setae  are  white  on  the  meso-  and  metathorax  and 
abdominal  segments  1-7,  but  brick  red  on  abdominal  segments  8-10.  The  shorter  plumose 
setae  are  mostly  dark  to  blackish  except  that  on  the  mesothorax  they  tend  to  be  paler  brown, 
or  even  in  part  whitish. 

On  the  mesothorax  there  are  four  verrucae  on  each  side.  The  most  ventral,  and  largest,  is 
just  posterior  and  slightly  ventral  to  the  prothoracic  spiracle.  The  other  three,  somewhat 
smaller  and  nearly  equal  to  each  other,  lie  farther  caudad  on  the  segment,  and  extend  in  a 
line  dorsad.  On  the  metathorax  and  abdominal  segments  1-8  there  are  only  3 verrucae  on 
each  side,  forming  3 longitudinal  series,  subdorsal,  supraspiracular  and  subspiracular ; of 


142 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXIV 


these  the  supraspiracular  ones  arc  the  largest.  On  the  9th  abdominal  segment  on  each  side  the 
verrucae  of  the  subdorsal  and  supraspiracular  series  are  like  those  of  these  series  anterior  to 
them;  but  the  most  ventral  one  is  much  smaller  and  only  slightly  ventrad  and  considerably 
posterad  of  the  one  above  it.  The  last  segment  is  largely  naked  dorsally,  with  a fringe  of 
long,  plumose  setae  around  the  caudal  margin  and  a tuft  above  each  proleg. 

In  the  mature  larva  many  of  the  very  long,  white  setae  of  the  thorax  tend  to  droop 
cephalad  and  ventrad;  the  more  dorsal  ones  of  the  anterior  abdominal  segments  stand  up 
almost  straight  dorsad,  forming  a conspicuous  crest.  There  is  a similar,  but  less  conspicuous 
middorsal  crest  on  the  posterior  abdominal  segments.  The  shorter  plumose  setae  vary  con- 
siderably in  individuals  from  a medium  brown  to  almost  black;  these  are  most  conspicuous 
laterally,  especially  those  of  the  subspiracular  verrucae.  In  the  immature  larvae  the  long  setae 
show  no  such  arrangement,  protruding  randomly. 

cocoon  Length  18-22  mm.  Parchment-like,  formed  of  brown  silk  and  other  secretions, 
in  which  are  intermingled  most  of  the  soft,  red,  white  and  black  larval  setae  but  few,  if  any 
of  the  urticating  ones.  Near  the  anterior  end  is  a dorso-ventrally  diagonal,  flat,  very  hard 
and  stiff  partition.  Anterior  to  this  the  cocoon  is  very  thin  and  delicate,  with  an  especially 
abundant  mass  of  the  larval  setae  filling  the  anterior  space.  During  eclosion  the  pupa  pushes 
against  the  hard  partition  and  is  led  by  its  slant  to  the  surface  of  the  cocoon  away  from 
the  solid  object  to  which  the  cocoon  is  fastened;  this  corresponds  to  the  ventral  surface  of  the 
pupa.  The  edge  of  the  stiff  partition  here  breaks  easily  away  from  the  wall  of  the  cocoon, 
forming  a subterminal  slit  through  which  the  pupa  emerges  for  at  least  the  length  of  its 
head  and  thorax. 

SIGNIFICANCE  OF  THE  LARVAL  APPEARANCE 

It  is  perfectly  possible  that  the  all-white,  fluffy  appearance  of  the  smaller 
larvae  has  a protective  function,  making  them  resemble  the  tangled  masses  of 
cottonwood  ( Populus ) down  that  is  almost  omnipresent  in  the  Southwest  at  this 
stage  of  the  larval  life,  floating  thickly  in  the  air  and  accumulating  in  masses  on 
nearly  everything.  The  similarity  of  the  larvae  to  this  down  was,  in  fact,  noted 
when  they  were  collected.  The  mature  larvae  must  be  regarded  as  definitely 
aposematic,  their  black,  white  and  red  coloration  making  a distinctive  recognition 
pattern.  They  are,  of  course,  well  protected  by  their  urticating  setae. 

Another  point  of  interest  is  the  similarity  to  these  and  other  protected 
megalopygid  larvae  of  the  larvae  of  some  of  the  metalmark  butterflies  (Rio- 
dinidae),  occurring  in  the  same  environments,  which  also  have  long,  drooping 
white  hairlike  setae.  The  metalmark  larvae  may  benefit  from  their  resemblance 
to  cottonwood  down,  and  may  also  benefit,  as  Batesian  mimics,  from  their  re- 
semblance to  the  megalopygid  larvae.  The  author,  in  fact,  thought  that  the  very 
small  laceyi  larvae  were  metalmarks  when  he  first  saw  them. 

The  author  is  greatly  indebted  to  Mr.  Bruce  Harris  of  the  New  Mexico 
Department  of  Game  and  Fish  for  information  and  aid  about  collecting  places 
in  the  Guadalupe  Mts.;  to  Dr.  Don  Davis  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum  for 
comparing  specimens  with  the  type  of  L.  laceyi ; and  to  Miss  Alice  Gray  of  the 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History  for  rearing  the  Ft  generation  when  the 
author  was  unable  to  do  so. 

Received  for  publication  June  20,  1966 


September,  1966]  Treat:  A New  Blattisocius  from  Noctuid  Moths 


143 


A New  Blattisocius  (Acarina:  Mesostigmata)  from  Noctuid  Moths 

Asher  E.  Treat 

The  City  University  of  New  York  and  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 


Abstract:  Blattisocius  patagiorum  is  distinguishable  from  previously  described  species  by 

the  slender,  edentate  form  of  the  movable  cheliceral  digit  in  nymphs  and  females.  Males 
possess  an  accessory  organ  lateral  to  each  peritreme.  Behavior  suggests  facultative  parasitism 
upon  noctuid  moths. 

The  six  previously  known  species  of  the  ascid  genus  Blattisocius  have  been 
recorded  (Chant,  1963)  from  a great  variety  of  habitats,  including  association 
with  insects  in  stored  grains.  Evans  ( 1958)  reported  B.  dentriticus  (Berlese) 
from  the  thorax  of  a noctuid  moth,  Caradrina  morpheus  (Hiifn.),  taken  in 
Darlington,  Yorkshire,  England,  but  he  gave  no  details  regarding  its  relationship 
to  the  host.  The  species  here  described  has  been  found  on  several  noctuids  under 
circumstances  that  provided  an  unusual  opportunity  for  detailed  observations 
on  certain  aspects  of  its  behavior  and  reproduction. 

Genus  Blattisocius  Keegan,  1944 
Blattisocius  patagiorum  n.  sp. 

This  species  differs  from  others  of  the  genus  in  the  slender,  wholly  edentate  form  of  the 
movable  digits  of  the  chelicerae  in  nymphs  and  females.  The  peritremes  of  the  female  are  a 
little  longer  than  those  of  B.  keegani  Fox,  but  shorter  that  those  of  B.  tar salis  (Berlese).  The 
length  of  the  fixed  cheliceral  digits  is  also  intermediate  as  between  these  species,  being  longer 
than  that  of  B.  tarsalis,  but  shorter  than  that  of  B.  keegani. 

female  In  the  six  specimens  at  hand,  the  length  of  the  dorsal  shield  varies  from  530  to 
570  u,  averaging  546.  Its  variation  in  width  is  from  258  to  280,  with  an  average  of  267  /x. 
It  is  lightly  reticulated  in  all  areas,  and  bears  33  pairs  of  setae.  The  average  length  of  seta 
]6,  which  is  typical  of  the  dorsocentral  series,  is  48  ix.  Setae  J4,  J5,  and  Z5  are  very  finely 
serrate;  the  others  are  simple.  Dorsally,  the  soft  integument  bears  19  pairs  of  setae  (Fig.  la). 

The  tritosternum  (Fig.  2a)  is  about  72  fx  long  and  is  undivided  in  its  basal  three  fourths; 
the  laciniae  are  finely  plumose.  The  sternal  shield  is  lightly  reticulate.  The  fourth  sternal 
setae  are  on  the  membrane.  Anteromedial  to  them  are  minute  metasternal  plates  bearing 
pores.  The  genital  shield  is  about  as  wide  as  the  sternal  shield.  Its  side  margins  are  concave 
and  its  rear  margin  truncate.  The  genital  setae  are  on  the  edges  of  the  shield,  the 
paragenital  “pores”  in  small  plates  at  its  sides.  There  are  two  pairs  of  elongate  metapodal 
plates.  The  ventrianal  shield  is  roughly  rectangular  and  lightly  reticulate.  It  bears  three 
pairs  of  preanal  setae.  Five  pairs  of  setae  are  based  upon  the  soft  ventral  integument.  The 
peritremes  extend  to  about  the  middle  of  coxae  III.  The  peritremal  shields  are  broadly  joined 
to  the  exopodal  plates  embracing  coxae  IV.  There  are  prominent  expodal  plates  flanking 
coxae  II  and  III,  but  endopodal  plates  are  lacking.  The  spermathecae  are  as  shown  in  Fig.  2b. 

The  tectum  or  epistome  is  smooth  and  convex  anteriorly  (Fig.  lb).  The  movable  digits 
of  the  chelicerae  taper  smoothly  to  their  pointed  tips,  and  are  without  teeth  (Fig.  2c).  They 
average  33  /x  in  length.  The  fixed  digits  are  about  three  fifths  this  length,  smooth,  and 
provided  with  a pilus  dentilis.  The  corniculi  (Fig.  2d)  are  slender  and  approximated. 


144 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


b 


Fig.  1.  Blattisocius  patagiorum  n.  sp.;  a,  dorsal  surface  of  idiosoma  of  holotype  female; 
b,  epistome  (tectum),  showing  variation  in  form. 


Deutosternal  denticles  form  a narrow  series  of  seven  “rows,”  with  a single  denticle  in  each 
except  the  sixth,  which  may  have  two.  The  palpi  are  normal  for  the  genus. 

Average  leg  lengths  in  microns  are:  I,  528;  II,  422;  III,  412;  IV,  535.  Setation  conforms 
to  that  given  for  the  genus  by  Lindquist  and  Evans  (1965).  Macrosetae  are  not  present. 


September,  1966]  Treat:  A New  Blattisocius  from  Noctuid  Moths 


145 


The  legs  turn  somewhat  brown  with  age,  but  do  not  become  so  conspicuously  tanned  as  in 
B.  tarsalis. 

male  In  the  five  specimens  studied  the  dorsal  shield  varies  in  length  from  408  to  452  /x, 
and  in  width  from  22 7 to  250.  Average  length  and  width  are  430  and  236  ix.  The  reticular 
pattern  resembles  that  of  the  female.  There  are  33  or  34  pairs  of  setae  on  the  shield  and 
11  or  12  pairs  on  the  soft  dorsal  integument.  Setae  J 3 , J4,  J5,  and  Z5  are  very  slightly 
serrate  (Fig.  3a). 

The  tritosternum  (Fig.  3b)  is  about  60  /x  long,  and  is  divided  for  about  half  its  length. 
The  sternogenital  shield  is  elongate,  with  lateral  projections  anterior  and  posterior  to  coxae 
II.  It  bears  four  pairs  of  setae  and  is  flanked  by  the  genital  pair  near  its  posterior  end. 
The  ventrianal  shield  is  broadly  triangular  and  lightly  reticulate.  In  some  specimens  it  bears 
five,  in  others  six  pairs  of  preanal  setae. 

The  exopodal  and  peritremal  shields  are  similar  to  those  of  the  female,  but  dorsolateral  and 
slightly  anterior  to  each  peritreme  is  a structure  which  I shall  refer  to  as  an  accessory  organ 
(Fig.  3c).  In  the  most  favorably  oriented  specimen,  this  appears  to  lie  beneath  or  within  a 
cuticular  fold  or  pouch  (Fig.  4a).  The  accessory  organ  is  surrounded  by  a broadly  oval  plate 
with  tapering  anterior  and  posterior  extensions  that  run  parallel  to  and  may  join  the  peritremal 
plate  toward  their  extremities.  Enclosed  by  this  plate  is  a cigar-shaped,  transparent  tube  or 
trough  with  fine  transverse  ridges  or  folds  projecting  into  its  interior  from  its  median  border 
(Fig.  4b).  It  is  about  equal  to  the  peritreme  in  length  and  width.  Such  a structure  was  men- 
tioned and  figured  by  Oudemans  (1929)  and  is  figured,  from  Oudemans’  Plate  104,  by  Nesbitt 
(1951)  in  his  drawing  of  the  male  of  B.  tarsalis  (as  tineivorus  Oud.).  Oudemans  compares  it 
to  a piece  of  a peritreme,  and  says  that  he  has  never  seen  anything  like  it.  Keegan  (1944)  also 
figured  this  part  of  the  organ  in  his  description  of  B.  tarsalis  (as  trio  dons) , but  mentioned  it 
no  further  than  to  say  that  in  the  male  the  “peritremal  plate  differs  from  that  of  the  female.” 
In  B.  patagiorum,  however,  the  transverse  ridges  produce  a distinctly  striated  and  not 
punctate  appearance  as  figured  in  Nesbitt  and  by  Keegan.  The  accessory  organ  differs  in 
this  respect  from  the  peritreme,  which  does  indeed  appear  punctate.  As  one  focuses  on  the 
deeper,  more  dorsally  situated  parts  of  the  organ,  the  ridges  disappear,  and  the  outlines 
change  to  a form  which  curiously  resembles  that  of  a canoe  or  gondola  with  elevated  and 
projecting  prow  and  stern  (Fig.  4c).  The  “prow”  and  “stern”  projections  taper  to  blunt 
points,  or  in  some  specimens  to  apparently  open  ends,  with  the  tapered  portion  at  the 
anterior  end  occasionally  showing  some  suggestion  of  coiling.  The  accessory  organ  seems  to 
have  no  connection  to  the  peritreme  other  than  that  of  proximity.  Its  restriction  to  the 
male  suggests  a sexual  function,  possibly  as  a sensory  organ  or  as  a scent  releaser.  It  occurs 
in  the  males  of  B.  keegani,  as  well  as  in  those  of  B.  tarsalis,  but  is  not  found  in  B.  dentriticus. 
I have  not  seen  males  of  the  other  species  of  Blattisocius. 

The  gnathosoma  of  the  male  resembles  that  of  the  female  except  for  being  relatively 
shorter  and  broader,  and  for  having  the  corniculi  more  widely  separated  at  their  bases.  The 
spermatodactyl  is  as  shown  in  Fig.  3d,  e.  Leg  lengths  average  434,  343,  335,  and  437  /x  for 
legs  I to  IV  respectively.  Leg  setation  is  like  that  of  the  female. 

early  stages  The  eggs  are  laid  singly  and  adhere  only  lightly  to  the  substrate.  They 
are  smooth,  firm,  pearly  white,  and  subcylindrical,  measuring  about  254  by  188  fx . Empty 
egg  cuticula  retain  the  shape  of  the  egg.  Larvae  and  nymphs  are  in  most  respects  typical  for 
the  genus  as  described  by  Lindquist  and  Evans  (1965).  The  larval  cuticle  is  unstriated.  The 
area  corresponding  roughly  with  that  of  the  future  peritremal  shields  is  covered  with  coarse 
granulations  or  cuticular  bosses  (Fig.  5a,  b).  The  movable  digits  of  the  larval  chelicerae  are 
short  and  broad  based,  but  as  in  all  subsequent  stages,  without  teeth.  There  is  a pair  of 
trumpet-shaped  organs  in  the  ventral  integument  posterior  to  the  third  pair  of  sternal  setae 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


146 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


lO/A. 


Fig.  2.  Blattisocius  patagiorum  n.  sp. ; a,  ventral  surface  of  idiosoma  of  holotype  female; 

b,  spermathecae,  showing  variations  in  form,  that  in  the  lower  figure  partly  collapsed; 

c,  right  chelicera  of  female ; d,  gnathosoma  of  female. 


September,  19661  Treat:  A New  Blattisocius  from  Noctuid  Moths 


147 


Fig.  3.  Blattisocius  patagiorum  n.  sp.;  a,  dorsal  surface  of  idiosoma  of  allotype  male; 
b,  ventral  surface  of  idiosoma  of  male;  c,  left  peritreme  and  accessory  organ  of  allotype 
male  (compare  Fig.  4);  d,  tip  of  right  chelicera  of  allotype  male;  e,  spermatodactyl  of 
another  male  at  lower  magnification  and  positioned  so  as  to  show  ventral  projection  near 
tip. 


148 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXIV 


Fig.  4.  Blattisocius  palagiorum  n.  sp.;  dark  phase  contrast  photographs  of  left  accessory 
organ  of  allotype  male  at  different  focal  levels;  a,  ventralmost  level:  the  arc  at  the  lower 
border  of  the  striated  integument  in  the  upper  part  of  the  figure  appears  to  be  the  lateral 
lip  of  a fold  or  pouch  covering  the  deeper  portions  of  the  organ;  b,  intermediate  level, 
showing  fusiform  portion  of  organ  with  transverse  ridges  or  folds;  c,  deepest  level,  showing 
the  canoe-shaped  portion.  The  finger-shaped  object  below  the  accessory  organ  in  a and 
b is  the  left  peritreme. 


September,  1966]  Treat:  A New  Blattisocius  from  Noctuid  Moths 


149 


Fig.  5.  Blattisocius  patagiorum  n.  sp.;  a,  dorsal  surface  of  idiosoma  of  larva;  b,  ventral 
surface  of  idiosoma  of  larva;  c,  tip  of  right  chelicera  of  larva;  d,  dorsal  surface  of  idiosoma 
of  protonymph;  e,  ventral  surface  of  idiosoma  of  protonvmph. 


150 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Fig.  6.  Blattisocius  patagiorum  n.  sp.;  a,  dorsal  surface  of  idiosoma  of  deutonymph ; 
b,  ventral  surface  of  idiosoma  of  deutonymph;  c,  right  chelicera  of  deutonymph. 


September,  1966]  Treat:  A New  Blattisocius  from  Noctuid  Moths 


151 


% 


m 

Jm 


i 

mm  ; 


. •• 
- 


m 


mm- 


wmm 


m 

M 


H 


IB 


Fig.  7.  Blattisocius  patagiorum  n.  sp. ; chromosomes  from  aceto-orcein  squash  of  an 
embryo  of  undetermined  age. 


152 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


(Fig.  5b).  The  protonymph  (Fig.  5d,  e)  has  the  two  setae  typical  of  the  genus  on  the  palpal 
trochanter.  The  soft  cuticle  is  striated  in  the  nymphal  and  adult  stages,  and  does  not  show 
the  coarse  granulations  seen  in  the  larvae.  In  the  deutonymph  (Fig.  6)  the  dorsal  shields 
are  united,  but  with  some  indication  of  the  line  of  fusion. 

type  material  The  above  description  is  based  upon  6 females,  5 males,  1 
deutonymph,  12  protonymphs,  2 larvae,  and  6 eggs,  all  collected  or  reared  from 
moths  taken  in  Tyringham,  Berkshire  County,  Massachusetts.  One  male  was 
found  on  24  July,  1958,  the  other  specimens  during  July,  August,  and  September, 
1965.  Additional  specimens  have  been  taken  from  pinned  moths  collected  in 
Giles  County,  Virginia,  in  1956  and  now  in  The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History.  These  comprise  2 males,  2 deutonymphs,  and  1 protonymph.  Moths  of 
the  following  species,  all  noctuids,  have  been  found  infested:  4 females  and  1 
male  of  Spaelotis  clandestina  Harris;  1 male  and  1 female  of  Pseudospaelotis 
hams  pica  (Grote);  1 male  of  Amphipyra  pyramidoides  Guenee;  1 female  of 
Septis  lignicolora  (Guenee).  The  number  of  mites  per  host  varied  from  one  to 
eight.  The  holotype  is  from  a female  of  Pseudospaelotis  hams  pic  a found  among 
porch  sweepings  in  Tyringham,  Massachusetts,  on  31  July,  1965.  The  allotype 
male  is  from  the  same  host;  it  was  observed  in  copula  with  a female  (not  the 
holotype)  on  4 August,  1965.  Both  holotype  and  allotype  are  in  The  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History.  Paratypes  well  be  sent  to  the  United  States 
National  Museum,  the  Canadian  National  Collection  in  Ottawa,  and  the 
Institute  of  Acarology  at  Columbus  Ohio. 

appearance  and  behavior  The  mites  were  found  on  the  thorax  of  their  hosts, 
typically  facing  forward  and  head  down  among  the  hairs  and  scales  on  or  just 
behind  the  patagia.  It  was  this  that  suggested  the  specific  name  patagiorum. 
As  each  mite  pushes  its  way  down  among  the  hair  and  scale  bases,  it  creates  a 
temporary,  funnel-shaped  burrow,  at  the  mouth  of  which  the  rear  end  of  the 
mite  can  be  seen.  Adults  and  deutonymphs  are  yellow,  as  is  the  hemolymph  of 
the  host;  the  earlier  stages,  at  least  until  feeding  begins,  are  transparently  white. 
The  females  are  somewhat  glossy  when  engorged.  The  dorsal  shield  is  nearly  flat, 
giving  the  living  mites  a rectangular  profile  in  side  view.  In  contrast  to  more 
heavily  sclerotized  ascids,  these  mites  succumb  quickly  when  placed  in  alcohol  or 
lactic  acid. 

One  of  the  hosts,  a female  Spaelotis  clandestina,  survived  for  more  than  two 
months  after  its  capture  on  the  19th  of  August,  while  its  mites  completed  one 
whole  reproductive  cycle.  This  moth  was  kept  at  room  temperature  in  a 9 cm 
plastic  petri  dish  with  about  six  square  cm  of  bibulous  paper,  moistened  occasion- 
ally to  prevent  excessive  drying.  Although  I offered  the  moth  a soaked  raisin 
from  time  to  time,  I never  saw  it  drink  or  take  any  food.  It  was  active  only  when 
disturbed,  and  was  probably  uninseminated.  Two  other  host  moths  oviposited 
during  captivity,  and  in  one  instance  the  eggs  proved  viable. 


September,  19661  Treat:  A New  Blattisocius  from  Noctuid  Moths 


153 


The  mites,  as  a rule,  moved  about  but  little,  spending  many  hours  or  days 
in  a single  “burrow.”  At  intervals  ranging  from  a few  seconds  to  a minute  or 
more,  there  was  a moment  of  activity  for  which  I can  think  of  no  better  term 
than  “bustling.”  It  was  impossible  to  see  exactly  what  the  mite  was  doing  at 
such  moments,  because  its  fore  parts  were  always  hidden  among  the  hairs  of  the 
host.  There  were  leg  movements  and  slight  shifts  of  stance  without  any  resulting 
change  of  location.  I got  the  impression  that  the  bustling  mite  was  trying  to 
push  more  deeply  among  the  hair  bases,  perhaps  seeking  closer  contact  of  the 
mouthparts  with  the  host’s  surface.  At  no  time,  however,  did  there  appear  to  be 
any  fixed  attachment  of  the  mite  to  the  moth. 

When  removed  from  its  burrow  and  transferred  to  a glass  observation  tube, 
a mite  would  wander  at  random  in  a way  somewhat  similar  to  that  of  a moth  ear 
mite,  Dicrocheles  phalaenodectes  (Treat,  1965),  but  with  slower  and  more 
deliberate  gait.  The  forelegs  were  kept  low  and  were  used  to  palpate  the 
substrate,  only  occassionally  being  lifted  into  the  antennal  position.  A mite  ex- 
perimentally transferred  to  a fresh  host  would  soon  start  to  burrow  among  the 
thoracic  hairs,  often  with  jerky,  thrusting  movements  reminiscent  of  Dicrocheles. 
occasionally  a mite  would  leave  its  burrow  spontaneously  and  wander  about  the 
thorax  for  a time  before  making  another  burrow,  usually  not  far  from  the  first. 
Both  sides  of  the  moth  were  used  freely. 

The  act  of  defecation  resembled  that  in  the  moth  ear  mite  except  that  the  anus 
being  ventral  or  subventral  rather  than  terminal,  the  fecal  droplets  were  left 
on  the  floor  of  the  burrow  rather  than  upon  objects  directly  rearward.  Spherical 
white  or  pale  yellow  fecal  pellets  sometimes  accumulated  about  the  mouth  of  a 
burrow.  These  were  dry  and  powdery  after  dehydration,  not  waxy  or  gummy 
as  are  those  of  the  moth  ear  mite.  Eventually  these  pellets  disappeared,  perhaps 
being  dislodged  by  movements  of  the  mite.  A burrow  that  had  been  occupied 
for  several  days  had  its  flooring  hairs  or  scales  lightly  stuck  together,  though  not 
matted  or  tangled.  It  may  be  some  component  of  the  feces  that  causes  this  stick- 
ing. Examined  microscopically,  the  feces  were  seen  to  comprise  a yellow,  water 
soluble  component  and  globular  or  twined  guanine  granules  averaging  about 
1.5  [x  in  diameter. 

Although  no  controlled  experiments  were  performed,  the  mites  showed  no 
obvious  sensitivity  to  light.  Bustling  continued  in  bright  light  from  a microscope 
illuminator  as  well  as  in  the  dimmest  window  light  that  would  allow  the  mites 
to  be  seen.  Heat  and  moisture  sensitivity  were  not  tested.  On  one  occasion, 
within  a period  of  less  than  eight  hours,  a mite  that  had  been  transferred  to  a 
fresh  host  in  a separate  petri  dish  found  its  way  back  to  the  original  host. 
During  this  time  the  two  dishes  had  been  stacked  in  a dark  box,  with  their 
covers  raised  at  one  edge  by  the  thickness  of  a single  sheet  of  bibulous  paper. 

A surprising  observation  was  that  at  times  adult  mites  in  their  burrows 
reacted  repeatedly  and  consistently  to  ultrasounds.  This  was  first  noted  while  I 


154 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


was  testing  a host  moth  with  a Galton  whistle.  The  moth  showed  no  reaction,  but 
at  each  blast  of  the  whistle  the  mite  lurched  forward  and  then  made  several  leg 
movements.  The  reaction  occurred  regularly  in  tests  made  at  various  intervals 
over  a period  of  several  days.  It  was  also  tested  and  confirmed  by  another 
observer  experienced  in  insect  acoustics,  Dr.  K.  D.  Roeder  of  Tufts  University. 
In  one  instance  the  mites  continued  responding  to  the  sounds  for  several  hours 
after  the  death  of  their  host,  thus  eliminating  the  possibility  that  the  response  of 
the  mites  was  secondary  to  some  unobserved  reaction  on  the  part  of  the  moth. 
Air  turbulence  as  a possible  artefact  stimulus  was  ruled  out  by  substituting  an 
electrically  driven  Rochelle  salt  crystal  for  the  Galton  whistle.  This  produced 
pure  ultrasound  with  no  air  blast  or  audible  component.  In  the  rated  range  of 
32  to  44  Herz  it  proved  an  effective  stimulus,  while  outside  that  range  it  evoked 
no  response.  It  was  not  possible  at  the  time  to  monitor  this  sound  source  or  to 
check  its  intensity.  No  reaction  was  seen  in  mites  that  were  already  active  at 
the  time  of  stimulation,  or  in  mites  that  had  been  placed  upon  a smooth  sub- 
strate. In  the  absence  of  any  known  or  suspected  auditory  organ,  and  with  no 
obvious  advantage  to  the  mites  in  possessing  such  an  organ,  it  seems  reason- 
able to  speculate  that  the  effective  stimulus  for  the  observed  responses  was  the 
acoustic  displacement  of  some  of  the  host’s  setae  in  contact  with  the  mite,  and 
that  the  apparently  auditory  reactions  were  in  fact  mediated  by  primarily  tactile 
receptors,  possibly  by  the  mites’  own  setae.  No  such  responses  have  seen,  though 
often  sought,  in  the  moth  ear  mite. 

reproduction  Living  males  are  not  easily  distinguishable  from  females  except 
under  high  magnification.  Their  general  behavior  is  similar  except  that  the  males 
move  from  place  to  place  a little  oftener  than  the  females.  Encounters  between 
one  mite  and  another  did  not  ordinarily  evoke  much  observable  reaction.  Even 
mites  of  other  species  ( Dicrocheles  phalaenodectes  and  Lasioseius  sp.),  when 
placed  experimentally  upon  a moth  infested  with  B.  patagiorum,  were  allowed 
to  enter  a burrow  and  to  climb  over  the  occupant  without  opposition.  I witnessed 
copulation  three  times:  once  (15  September)  from  its  beginning,  and  twice  (4 
August  and  13  September)  when  already  in  progress.  A few  apparent  but  un- 
successful attempts  were  also  observed,  in  which  a male  climbed  upon  the  back 
of  a female  but  then  dismounted  and  went  elsewhere.  On  15  September  a male 
that  had  already  been  in  copula  with  a mite  on  another  moth  was  transferred  to  a 
second  host  carrying  two  mites,  both  probably  virgin  females  though  one  might 
still  have  been  a deutonymph  at  this  time.  The  male  approached  a burrow  on  the 
left  patagium,  containing  one  of  the  mites,  but  then  turned  away  to  wander  over 
the  moth’s  left  tegula  and  forewing.  He  soon  returned  to  the  same  burrow,  but 
again  left  without  entering.  At  5:15  PM,  five  minutes  after  his  transfer  to  the 
second  host,  the  male  found  and  entered  a burrow  on  the  right  patagium,  con- 
taining the  second  female.  He  immediately  crept  under  her.  embracing  her 


September,  1966]  Treat:  A New  Blattisocius  from  Noctuid  Moths 


155 


opisthosoma  with  legs  III  and  IV,  his  mouthparts  at  the  level  of  her  genital 
region.  Except  for  slight  movements  the  mites  remained  quietly  in  this  position 
for  at  least  three  and  a half  hours.  It  was  not  possible  to  see  whether  or  not  a 
spermatophore  was  transferred.  At  10:20  pm  the  male  was  seen  leaving  the 
dorsal  side  of  the  female,  after  which  he  wandered  over  the  moth  for  a few 
minutes  and  was  then  transferred  to  alcohol.  Five  days  later  his  mate,  then  fully 
engorged,  had  left  the  moth  and  was  lost.  She  had  laid  no  eggs. 

The  previous  mating  of  the  same  male  with  another  female  on  the  earlier  host 
had  been  followed  by  oviposition  within  36  hours.  In  this  case  the  female  had 
been  the  only  occupant  of  the  moth  from  its  discovery  on  19  August  until  12 
September,  when  the  male  was  transferred  to  it  from  a moth  of  another  species 
(Aniphipyra  pyramidoides) . On  the  following  day  the  mites  were  seen  in  copula, 
and  on  15  September  the  female  laid  the  first  of  about  30  eggs.  The  last  egg  was 
laid  on  28  September,  but  the  female  survived  until  the  death  of  the  host,  three 
weeks  later,  at  which  time  the  mite  was  mounted  for  study.  Intervals  between 
successive  eggs  varied  from  about  four  to  more  than  twelve  hours,  the  average 
being  probably  about  eight  hours.  The  temperature  varied  considerably  during 
the  period  of  oviposition;  at  the  time  of  four-hour  intervals  it  was  about  30°  C. 

On  18  September  I watched,  under  42. 5X  magnification,  the  laying  of  the 
tenth  egg,  and  made  the  following  notes.  uAt  3:30  pm  bustling  movements  were 
occurring  every  three  or  four  seconds,  but  they  became  less  frequent  until  by 
3:50  the  mite  was  quiet  for  a minute  or  more  at  a time.  She  was  well  engorged, 
with  no  depression  of  the  ventrianal  plate.  Her  white,  nodular  malpighian  tubules 
showed  intermittent  undulations,  some  beginning  proximally  (nearest  the  rectum, 
which  was  full  of  white  matter)  and  some  distally,  the  former  being  the  more 
frequent.  There  were  also  elongations  and  shortenings  of  the  malpighian 
tubules,  but  no  translational  movements  of  the  nodes.  At  intervals  of  a minute 
or  more  the  ventrianal  plate  was  deeply  depressed,  most  markedly  on  the  left 
side,  where  also,  a large  ovoid  white  mass  could  be  seen  through  the  dorsal  sur- 
face. I thought  at  first  that  this  mass  was  the  tenth  egg,  but  this  proved  incorrect, 
for  it  was  still  there  after  the  tenth  egg  had  been  laid.  It  may  have  been  the 
eleventh.  Twice  there  were  movements  that  suggested  compressional  straining. 
At  4:10  pm  the  gnathosomal  end  of  the  mite  was  slowly  lifted  up  as  the  egg  was 
passed  forward.  This  egg  emerged  more  slowly  than  a Dicroc heles  egg  but  was 
free  within  about  five  seconds  after  the  movement  began.  The  ventrianal  plate 
was  deeply  depressed  at  this  time,  and  remained  so  until  about  4:30,  when  the 
opisthosoma  was  regaining  its  distended  form  through  re-engorgement  or  other- 
wise. Immediately  after  the  egg  was  free,  the  mite  caressed  it  a few  times  with 
her  forelegs  and  palpi,  but  then  moved  aside  slightly  and  began  a series  of  jerky, 
thrusting  movements  toward  the  depths  of  the  burrow,  which  had  the  effect  of 
shifting  the  egg  rearward  along  her  left  side.  She  then  probed  deeply  into  the 


156 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


burrow  and  became  quiet,  possibly  feeding,  until  about  4:30  pm,  at  which  time 
the  usual  bustling  was  resumed.” 

The  eggs  adhered  only  lightly  to  the  host,  and  if  not  removed  experimentally 
were  lost  from  the  moth  within  a few  hours.  Their  surface  was  dry,  and  they 
were  often  electrostatically  repelled  by  the  needle  when  I tried  to  pick  them  up. 
They  hatched  in  from  one  to  three  and  a half  days,  probably  depending  upon 
the  temperature.  The  last  four  shrivelled  and  failed  to  hatch. 

I squashed  ten  of  the  eggs  in  aceto-orcein,  but  although  the  chromosomes 
stained  fairly  well  I could  not  determine  the  chromosome  number  unequivocally. 
In  many  of  the  cells  there  were  two  short,  straight  chromosomes,  two  straight 
ones  of  intermediate  length,  and  two  long  V-  or  C-shaped  bodies,  which,  if  these 
last  were  single  units,  would  give  a chromosome  total  of  six,  but  if  double  (i.e., 
actually  two  chromosomes  each),  a total  of  eight.  I think  six  is  the  more  likely 
number.  Some  cells,  however,  appeared  to  have  only  three,  and  some  four 
chromosomes,  while  others  seemed  to  be  polyploid.  All  of  the  embryos  yielded 
similar  squashes;  there  was  no  sign  of  ‘‘commas”  or  sex  chromatin  masses  as  in 
males  of  Dicrocheles  (Treat,  1965). 

The  larvae  were  water  white.  They  moved  with  a rhythmic,  swinging  gait, 
with  legs  I in  the  antennal  position.  When  placed  on  a moth,  some  larvae,  after 
a momentary  freeze  of  ten  seconds  or  more,  began  to  wander  superficially  over 
the  scale  tips.  These  were  soon  brushed  or  flicked  off  by  sudden  movements  of 
the  moth.  Other  larvae  burrowed  among  the  scales  much  as  do  the  adults,  but 
farther  back  on  the  thoracic  disc.  These  remained  on  the  host  and  within  a 
few  hours  transformed  into  protonymphs,  leaving  their  exuviae  on  the  floor  of 
their  burrows.  Evidently  feeding  is  not  necessary  in  the  larval  stage,  because 
protonymphs  were  produced  from  larvae  kept  in  glass  vials  without  food. 

The  protonymphal  stage  varied  in  duration  from  a few  hours  to  two  days, 
and  in  the  longer  period  at  least,  involved  some  feeding.  The  deutonymphs  be- 
came yellow  and  engorged,  and  in  this  condition  were  not  easily  distinguished 
from  adults.  In  one  instance,  transformation  to  the  adult  occurred  after  a 
deutonymphal  stage  of  four  days,  the  total  time  from  egg  to  adult  in  this  case 
being  ten  days.  Molting  was  not  observed  directly,  but  in  all  instances  the  cast 
skins  were  left  on  the  floor  of  the  burrow. 

DISCUSSION 

The  details  given  above  raise  questions  with  regard  to  the  relationship  between 
these  mites  and  their  noctuid  hosts.  Are  the  mites  to  be  considered  parasites,  or 
are  they  not?  And  if  not,  what  then?  Certainly  the  association  involves  something 
more  than  phoresy.  The  long  survival  period,  the  ability  of  the  female  to 
produce  many  viable  eggs,  and  of  the  offspring  to  reach  adulthood  on  the  original 
host,  all  indicate  a source  of  food  either  in  or  on  the  host  itself,  although  the 


September,  1966]  Treat:  A New  Blattisocius  from  Noctuid  Moths 


157 


failure  of  the  eggs  to  adhere  to  the  host  suggests  that  in  nature  the  earliest  stages, 
at  least,  may  be  passed  elsewhere. 

For  the  instars  actually  associated  with  moths,  whether  regularly  or  only 
occasionally,  commensalism  in  the  strict  sense  is  unlikely,  since  the  moths  under 
observation  took  no  food  and  were  not  dusted  with  pollen.  The  remaining 
possibilities  are  parasitism  and  phagophily — the  use  of  other  symbionts  as  food. 
If  these  mites  were  phagophiles,  they  certainly  did  not  feed  upon  other  mites, 
since  none  was  present  except  when  one  or  two  were  placed  upon  the  moths  ex- 
perimentally, and  these  were  ignored  by  the  Blattisocius.  Conceivably  the  food 
was  some  kind  of  microorganism.  To  be  sure,  the  long-surviving  host  (numbered 
85  for  identification)  occasionally  had  small  patches  of  white  mycelial  growth 
upon  its  thorax.  The  hyphae  were  septate  and  bore  spores  of  various  sizes  on 
short  conidiophores.  But  this  bloom  was  apparently  ignored  by  the  mites,  and  it 
disappeared  when  the  humidity  was  reduced.  The  patagia  of  some  arctiid  moths 
give  out  a repugnatorial  secretion,  but  no  such  secretion  has  been  seen  or 
described  in  the  noctuids  with  which  we  are  concerned. 

Some  months  after  moth  number  85  had  been  injected  with  alcoholic  Bouin’s 
solution,  I denuded  the  patagia  and  examined  them  microscopically.  Along  their 
dorsal  margins,  in  places  previously  occupied  by  the  mites,  were  several  minute, 
dark  brown  discolorations.  Under  high  magnification  these  appeared  to  be 
limited  to  the  goblet-like  bases  of  individual  scale  sockets.  The  bustling  activities 
of  the  mites,  the  stylet-like  shape  of  their  movable  chelae,  and  the  appearance 
of  their  midgut  and  rectal  contents  suggest  that  the  food  is  hemolymph  which 
exudes  from  minute  punctures  in  the  host’s  cuticle,  possibly  through  the  scale 
bases.  The  bustling  movements  might  be  concerned  with  removing  plugs  of 
coagula  and  releasing  a fresh  supply  of  the  liquid.  This  notion  is,  of  course, 
wholly  speculative  and  may  prove  quite  incorrect.  According  to  Lindquist  and 
Evans  (1965),  “No  ascid  mites  are  known  to  be  truly  parasitic.” 

If  B.  patagiorum  were  shown  to  be  a true  parasite,  the  questions  would  still 
remain  whether  its  parasitism  is  facultative  or  obligate,  and  whether  the  choice 
of  hosts  is  restricted  to  moths.  Other  species  of  the  genus  have  been  reported 
from  many  different  hosts  and  habitats  including  lizards,  birds1  nests,  mammals, 
and  various  kinds  of  moths  and  other  insects,  particularly  those  infesting  stored 
grains  (Hughes,  1961).  I have  found  B.  dentriticus  on  the  noctuid  Pseudaletia 
adult  era  (Schaus)  from  Pelotas,  Brazil,  and  also  on  a notodontid,  Datana 
ministra  (Drury)  from  New  Jersey.  I have  found  B.  keegani  on  this  same 
species  of  notodontid,  on  the  noctuids  Folia  contigua  (Schiff.)  from  Kyoto, 
Japan,  and  Zale  lunata  (Drury)  from  Charleston,  South  Carolina,  and  on  a 
tineid,  Tineola  biselliella  (Hum.)  from  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania.  I have  taken 
B.  tarsalis  from  the  noctuids  Crymodes  devastator  (Brace)  from  Salt  Lake  City, 
Utah,  and  Epizeuxis  aemula  (Hbn.)  from  Tyringham,  Massachusetts.  In  several 


158 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[ Vol.  LXXIV 


instances  (e.g.,  Rivard,  1960)  Blattisocius  species  have  been  shown  to  be 
predators  on  other  mites,  though  capable  of  living  also  upon  molds. 

It  is  noteworthy  that  the  hosts  of  B.  patagiorum  as  recorded  on  page  152, 
though  representing  two  more  or  less  divergent  noctuid  subfamilies,  have  this  in 
common — that  they  characteristically  rest  by  day  in  crevices  under  the  bark  of 
dead  trees  or  in  dead  wood,  often  in  the  joints  and  crevices  of  buildings.  Such 
situations  favor  mite  populations  of  various  kinds,  and  could  be  expected  to 
yield  occasional  examples  of  disjunctive  or  facultative  association  between  some 
of  the  regular  occupants  and  casually  intruding  moths.  I have  come  across  other 
instances  of  such  association,  involving  various  gamasines,  particularly  ascids  of 
the  genera  Proctolaelaps  and  Lasioseius , which  I hope  to  report  elsewhere.  It 
is  interesting  to  note  that  notwithstanding  the  latitude  in  the  selection  of  host 
species  suggested  by  these  records,  there  is  considerable  restriction  in  a given 
species  of  mites  with  regard  to  the  part  of  the  host’s  body  that  is  occupied. 
Blattisocius  patagiorum,  for  example,  is  recorded  only  from  the  thorax  of 
the  host,  and  usually  from  its  dorsal  surface.  My  specimens  of  Proctolaelaps 
and  Lasioseius , by  contrast,  regardless  of  the  moth  species  on  which  they 
were  discovered,  have  almost  invariably  been  found  between  the  palpi,  under 
the  base  of  the  proboscis.  This  consistency  in  site  selection  might  argue  some 
degree  of  regularity  in  the  association  of  the  mites  with  moths,  but  it  could 
also  be  merely  the  result  of  inherent  differences  in  responsiveness  to  tactile 
or  other  stimuli,  which,  though  perhaps  adaptive  in  some  other  context,  might 
lead  to  relatively  meaningless  differences  in  the  sites  occupied  on  casually  or 
accidentally  boarded  hosts.  Many  more  collection  records  and  behavioral  studies 
will  be  needed  to  resolve  such  problems.  In  any  event,  it  seems  unlikely  that  the 
mites  in  question  significantly  reduce  the  life  span  or  population  density  of 
their  noctuid  associates. 

acknowledgments:  I thank  Dr.  Evert  E.  Lindquist  of  the  Canada  Department  of 

Agriculture  for  critically  examining  both  specimens  and  manuscript,  and  for  calling  my 
attention  to  details  that  I should  otherwise  have  overlooked. 

Literature  Cited 

Chant,  D.  A.  1963.  The  subfamily  Blattisocinae  Garman  ...  in  North  America,  with 
descriptions  of  new  species.  Canadian  Jour.  Zook,  41:  243-305. 

Evans,  G.  O.  1958.  A revision  of  the  British  Aceosejinae  (Acarina:  Mesostigmata) . Proc. 
Zool.  Soc.  London,  131:  177-229. 

Hughes,  A.  M.  1961.  The  mites  of  stored  food.  Technical  Bulk  No.  9,  Ministry  of 
Agriculture,  Fisheries  and  Food.  London:  Her  Majesty’s  Stationery  Office. 

Keegan,  H.  L.  1944.  On  a new  genus  and  species  of  parasitid  mite.  Jour.  Parasitok,  30: 
181-183. 

Lindquist,  E.  E.,  and  G.  O.  Evans.  1965.  Taxonomic  concepts  in  the  Ascidae,  with  a 
modified  setal  nomenclature  for  the  idiosoma  of  the  Gamasina  (Acarina:  Mesostig- 
mata). Mem.  Entom.  Soc.  Canada,  No.  47. 


September,  1966]  Treat:  A New  Blattisocius  from  Noctuid  Moths 


159 


Nesbitt,  H.  H.  J.  1951.  A taxonomic  study  of  the  Phytoseiinae  (family  Laelaptidae) 
predaceous  upon  Tetranychidae  of  economic  importance.  Zool.  Verhandel.  (Leiden), 
12:  1-64. 

Oudemans,  A.  C.  1929.  Acarologische  Aanteekeningen,  C.  Entom  Ber.  Amsterdam,  8(170): 
28-36. 

Rivard,  I.  1960.  A technique  for  individual  rearing  of  the  predacious  mite  Melichares 
dentriticus  (Berl.)  (Acarina:  Aceosejidae) , with  notes  on  its  life  history  and  be- 
haviour. Canadian  Entomologist,  92:  834-839. 

Treat,  A.  E.  1954.  A new  gamasid  . . . inhabiting  the  tympanic  organs  of  phalaenid  moths. 
Jour.  Parasitol.,  40:  619-631. 

. 1965.  Sex-distinctive  chromatin  and  the  frequency  of  males  in  the  moth  ear  mite. 

Jour.  New  York  Entom.  Soc.,  73:  12-18. 

Received  for  publication  June  20,  1966 


160 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXIV 


Proceedings  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society 

(Meetings  held  in  Room  129  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

unless  otherwise  indicated) 

Meeting  of  February  1,  1966 

President  Richard  Fredrickson  presided;  14  members  and  2 guests  were  present.  Miss 
Margaret  Pogany  was  elected  to  membership  and  Mr.  Howard  Topoff,  a graduate  student 
at  the  City  University,  was  proposed  for  student  membership.  Dr.  Rozen  introduced  Dr. 
Herbert  Ruckes,  Jr.,  the  son  of  our  recently  deseased  Dr.  Ruckes.  He  is  a specialist  in  the 
Anobiidae  (Coleoptera) . Dr.  Asher  Treat  proposed  him  for  membership. 
program.  Blackflies  of  Western  South  America.  Dr.  Pedro  Wygodzinsky  of  the  Museum 
staff  discussed  the  biogeography  of  blackflies  and  the  attempts  by  others  and  himself  to  find 
primitive  genera  in  Western  South  America.  Available  evidence  indicates  that  the  more 
primitive  forms  are  limited  to  the  Northern  Hemisphere.  Thus,  either  the  group  originated 
in  the  Northern  Hemisphere  and  radiated  southward,  or  the  primitive  forms  have  died  out  in 
South  America;  this  latter  explanation  does  not  seem  likely.  The  talk  was  illustrated  with 
specimens  and  slides. 

David  C.  Miller,  Sec.  pro  tem. 

Meeting  of  February  15,  1966 

Dr.  Fredrickson  presided;  25  members  and  4 guests  were  present.  Mr.  John  Pallister 
presented  the  report  of  the  Auditing  Committee  for  the  year  1965  and  stated  that  the 
Society’s  financial  records  are  in  proper  order.  Dr.  Herbert  Ruckes,  Jr.,  and  Mr.  Howard 
Topoff  were  unanimously  elected  to  full  and  student  membership  respectively.  Mr.  Aaron 
Nadler,  a specialist  in  the  Psocoptera  who  has  done  a great  deal  of  collecting  for  the  Museum, 
was  proposed  for  membership.  A note  from  Mrs.  Herbert  Ruckes,  Sr.  was  read  thanking  the 
Society  for  the  memorial  resolution  and  the  expression  of  sympathy  which  was  sent  to  her 
on  her  husband’s  death.  Miss  Joan  Todd,  a grade  school  Biology  teacher,  was  introduced  as  a 
guest. 

program.  A World  Without  Butterflies,  and  One  Man’s  Fight  to  Delay  It.  Dr.  Kurt 
Gohla,  Professor  of  German,  Fordham  University  was  the  speaker  of  the  evening.  (An 
abstract  follows.) 

David  C.  Miller,  Sec.  pro  tem. 

A World  Without  Butterflies,  and  One  Man’s  Fight  to  Delay  It 

On  a visit  to  Germany  during  the  summer  of  1965,  a collecting  trip  to  Tegernsee,  a mountain 
resort  in  the  foothills  of  the  Bavarian  Alps,  was  made  expressly  to  obtain  the  Black  Apollo 
butterfly,  Parnassius  mnemosyne  L.  In  spite  of  fertile  mountain  meadows,  neither  this 
species  nor  any  other  Lepidoptera  were  seen.  An  effort  to  explain  the  diminishing  of  butter- 
flies and  moths  in  this  area  is  offered  in  a pamphlet  issued  by  the  Society  for  the  Protection 
of  Alpine  Flowers  and  Animals.  Three  possible  causes  are  under  consideration  by  Doctor 
Max  Dingier,  Professor  of  Zoology  at  the  University  of  Munich: 

Atomic  contamination  by  radioactive  dust  in  the  atmosphere  which  may  have  a sterilizing 
effect  upon  the  reproductive  organs  of  insects  in  general; 

Electromagnetic  sound  waves  which  may  interfere  with  the  fine  system  of  sense  organs 
located  in  the  antennae  of  the  Lepidoptera; 


September,  19661 


Proceedings 


161 


The  use  of  artificial  fertilizers  which  have  caused  some  wild  flowering  plants,  preferred  by 
butterflies,  to  disappear. 

The  disappearance  of  Lepidoptera  from  their  customary  mountain  meadows  and  haunts 
constitutes  a loss  of  ethical  and  esthetic  values  and  would  be  an  impoverishment  of  our 
entire  social  way  of  living. 

Color  slides  were  shown  demonstrating  the  work  of  an  amateur  lepidopterist,  Mr.  Walther 
Ender  of  Lage,  Westphalia,  who  breeds  Lepidoptera  in  great  numbers  and  releases  them  in 
order  to  repopulate  the  area  of  the  Teutoburg  Forest  in  the  northwestern  part  of  West 
Germany. 

Kurt  Gohla 

Meeting  of  March  1,  1966 

President  Fredrickson  called  the  meeting  to  order;  28  members  and  10  guests  were  present. 
Mr.  Aaron  Nadler  was  elected  to  membership.  Dr.  Edwin  W.  Teale  read  excerpts  from 
a letter  he  had  received  from  Mr.  Roy  Latham,  now  85  years  old,  telling  of  his  experiences 
with  lights  to  attract  moths  at  Orient  Point,  Long  Island.  Almost  none  came  to  the  lights 
and  those  that  did  were  common  ones;  only  very  few  oher  insects,  such  as  Japanese  beetles, 
are  collected  at  lights.  Dr.  Pedro  Wygodzinsky  told  of  weevils  from  New  Guinea  that  are 
covered  with  lichens  and  mosses  in  which  mites  are  found. 

program.  Zoological  Collecting  in  New  Guinea.  Mr.  Hobart  M.  Van  Deusen,  a curator 
in  the  Museum’s  Department  of  Mammology  and  in  charge  of  the  Archbold  Collections, 
opened  his  talk  by  showing  the  pelts  of  some  of  the  few  mammals  that  are  found  in  New 
Guinea:  a bat  with  a wing  spread  of  five  feet;  an  arboreal,  giant  rat,  the  largest  specimen 
which  is  a trifle  short  of  three  feet;  a spiny  anteater,  and  a tree-climbing  kangaroo.  All  of  the 
animals  are  nocturnal  which  makes  collecting  rather  difficult.  Since  1933  the  Archbold  ex- 
peditions have  returned  to  New  Guinea  every  3 or  4 years.  The  last  one  in  1964  explored 
the  Huon  Peninsula  were  rift  valleys  separate  mountain  peaks  into  what  are  virtually  islands. 
Remarkable  slides  were  shown  which  gave  excellent  views  of  the  terrain,  mountain  peaks, 
plateaus,  and  caves,  as  well  as  the  mammals,  including  one  of  a kangaroo  with  young  in  its 
pouch. 

Lucy  M.  Heineman,  Sec. 


Meeting  of  March  15,  1966 

Doctor  Fredrickson  presided  ; 17  members  and  9 guests  were  present.  Mr.  John  A.  Novak  was 
proposed  for  student  membership.  Miss  Alice  Gray  exhibited  specimens  of  wingless  scorpion 
flies  collected  by  a former  student  now  at  Ithaca.  Dr.  Asher  Treat  questioned  a statement  in 
a story  on  Brachymeria  intermedia , a parasite  of  the  Gypsy  Moth  (New  York  Times,  Sun- 
day, March  13,  1966),  that  these  parasitic  wasps  do  not  sting  humans.  He  reported  having 
been  stung  several  times  by  ichneumon  wasps.  Dr.  Elsie  Klots  recounted  a similar  experience. 
The  stings  were  painful  but  did  not  produce  swellings  or  after-effects.  He  also  called  attention 
to  an  account  by  H.  E.  Hinton  and  M.  S.  Blum  of  the  University  of  Bristol,  England  (New 
Scientist,  Oct.  28,  1965,  pp.  2 70-1)  summarizing  Hinton’s  experience  with  the  larvae  of  the 
chironomid  fly,  Polypedilum  vanderplanki  (Hint.)  which  is  able  to  produce  apparently 
normal  adults  when  restored  to  water  after  total  dehydration  and  exposure,  in  the  dry  state, 
to  temperatures  as  low  as  -270  degrees  and  as  high  as  104  degrees  centigrade.  The  ability  to 
survive  alternate  hydration  and  dehydration  in  this  and  in  many  more  primitive  organisms 
has  suggested  to  the  authors  that  life  may  have  originated  not  in  the  sea,  as  is  generally 
supposed,  but  in  rock  crevices  or  similar  situations  on  land. 


162 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


program.  The  Importation  of  Foreign  Plant  Material.  Mr.  Charles  A.  Andrews  of  the 
Plant  Quarantine  Division  of  the  U.S.  Dept,  of  Agriculture  discussed  the  need  for  restrictions 
on  imported  plants  and  plant  materials,  and  he  traced  the  history  of  our  present  regulations. 
He  stressed  the  point  that  the  Division  has  attempted  to  develop  a plant  pest  protection 
program  which  will  give  us  the  maximum  interference  with  commerce.  The  steps  used 
in  making  inspections  and  the  procedures  in  processing  plants  which  enter  our  country  from 
foreign  propagators  were  outlined.  Mr.  Andrews  showed  slides  depicting  the  carrying  out  of 
the  restrictive  provisions  of  the  Division  in  the  handling  of  tulip  bulbs  in  Holland.  Some 
showed  the  pests  in  bulbs  and  nuts,  others  were  microscopic  sections  to  explain  how  the 
identification  of  the  pests  are  made. 

Lucy  M.  Heineman,  Sec. 

Meeting  of  April  5,  1966 

President  Fredrickson  called  the  meeting  to  order;  14  members  and  4 guests  were  present. 
Mr.  John  A.  Novak  was  elected  to  student  membership  and  Mr.  Robert  Mesibov  was 
proposed  for  membership.  Miss  Alice  Gray  demonstrated  a fossil  arthropod  which  showed 
up  well  when  illuminated  with  ultra-violet  black  light. 

program.  Fossil  Roaeh-like  Insects  from  the  Carboniferous.  Mr.  Christopher  Durden 
of  the  Biology  Department  of  Yale  University  discussed  the  distribution  and  the  classifica- 
tion of  the  numerous  roach-like  fossils  which  are  now  available.  Wing  venation  and  their 
manner  of  folding  are  important  features.  Some  had  wing  margins  that  might  have  been  used 
for  stridulation.  Most  of  the  Carboniferous  roach  fossils  are  about  as  large  as  our  present 
roaches.  The  talk  was  illustrated  with  slides. 

Albert  J.  Poelzl,  Assistant  Secretary 

Meeting  of  April  19,  1966 

President  Fredrickson  presided;  31  members  and  7 guests  were  present.  Mr.  Robert  Mesibov 
was  elected  to  student  membership,  and  Miss  Alice  Gray  proposed  Mr.  Kenneth  Friedman  and 
Mr.  David  F.  Kanter  for  student  memberships.  Dr.  Alexander  Klots  introduced  Dr.  and  Mrs. 
Traub  of  Bethesda,  Maryland.  Dr.  Traub,  a former  student  at  C.C.N.Y.,  a retired  Army 
colonel,  is  an  authority  on  fleas  as  typhus  carriers.  Miss  Anne  Birdsey  called  attention  to  an 
article  on  the  science  page  of  the  Sunday  New  York  Times  written  by  Norton  T.  Novitt,  a 
Denver,  Colorado  amateur  scientist,  which  proposed  that  flying  saucers  may  be  electrified 
flying  ants.  She  also  showed  a paperback  copy  of  “1001  Answers  About  Insects”  by 
Alexander  and  Elsie  Klots.  Dr.  Klots  announced  that  the  Honorable  Miriam  Rothschild 
is  now  in  the  United  States.  Unfortunately,  she  was  not  able  to  stay  in  New  York  for 
tonight’s  meeting.  She  is  currently  engaged  in  a project  concerning  repellant  insecticides 
which  necessitates  her  using  many  specimens  of  the  moth,  Diacrisia  virginica.  She  would 
appreciate  having  egg  masses  of  this  moth  air-mailed  to  her  at  Elsfield  Manor,  Oxford, 
England.  Miss  Alice  Hopf  is  anxious  to  obtain  specimens  of  the  viceroy  butterfly  in  any 
of  its  stages. 

Program.  Termites  and  Evolutionary  Processes.  Dr.  Alfred  E.  Emerson,  Professor 
Emeritus  of  the  University  of  Chicago,  a Research  Associate  in  the  Dept,  of  Insects  of  the 
Museum  for  many  year,  discussed  regressive  evolution,  recapitulation,  convergent  evolution, 
and  the  evolution  of  behavior  as  illustrated  by  termites.  He  stressed  that  the  unit  of 
natural  selection  in  these  insects  is  the  entire  colony  rather  than  the  indivdual.  The  king 
and  the  queen  are  the  only  individuals  in  the  colony  capable  of  reproducing,  and  the  genes 
controlling  structural  and  adaptive  characteristics  which  are  manifested  in  the  sterile  castes, 


September,  1966] 


Proceedings 


163 


the  workers  and  the  soldiers,  are  transferred  through  these  reproductives ; though  they, 
themselves,  do  not  manifest  these  characteristics.  The  talk  was  illustrated  with  slides. 

Lucy  M.  Heineman,  Sec. 

Meeting  of  May  3,  1966 

Dr.  Fredrickson  called  the  meeting  to  order;  15  members  and  9 guests  were  present.  Several 
guests  were  introduced:  Mr.  Harry  Steen;  Mrs.  Michal  Emsley  of  the  New  York  Zoological 
Society  Research  Station,  “Simla,”  in  Trinidad;  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Leon  Cahen  who  are  active 
members  of  the  Explorers  Club.  Mr.  Kenneth  Friedman  and  Mr.  David  Kanter  were  elected 
to  student  membership.  Mr.  Kennith  Watson,  Mr.  H.  Steen,  and  Dr.  Philip  Spear  were  pro- 
posed for  membership.  Dr.  Fredrickson  mentioned  that  progress  is  being  made  on  the  pro- 
posed merger  of  the  N.Y.  and  the  Brooklyn  Entomological  Society.  The  lawyers  for  the  two 
societies  are  in  consultation  and  an  agreement  has  been  drawn  up  . The  members  will  be  kept 
informed  about  future  developments  and  will  be  required  to  vot  on  the  agreement  after  it  has 
been  approved  by  the  Executive  Committee  of  our  Society.  The  President,  also,  announced 
that  our  member,  Dr.  Edwin  Way  Teale,  received  a Pulitzer  Prize  for  his  book,  “Wandering 
Through  Winter,”  the  final  volume  of  his  history  of  the  four  seasons  in  America.  The 
Secretary  was  instructed  to  convey  to  Dr.  Teale  the  hearty  congratulations  of  the  Society 
on  the  receipt  of  this  well-deserved  honor. 

Program.  Entomology  and  the  National  Pest  Control  Operators.  Dr.  Philip  Spear, 
Technical  Director  for  the  National  Pest  Control  Association,  explained  that  Pest  Control 
operators  are  concerned  with  pests  in  and  around  structures,  within  the  contents  of  the 
structures,  and  with  the  use  and  the  problems  of  pesticides.  Insects  occupy  a large  part 
of  the  time  and  energy  of  the  operators.  Thus,  entomology  in  all  its  phases  is  an  important 
study  in  this  industry.  About  5,000  firms  are  members  of  the  Association,  and  approxi- 
mately 30,000  workers  are  employed  in  the  field.  They  deal,  usually,  with  emergency 
situations,  but  they  do  prefer  to  operate  on  a preventative  basis.  His  talk  was  illustrated 
with  many  slides  which  showed  the  scope  of  work  done  in  structures,  the  damages  done 
by  various  pests,  and  the  pests. 

Lucy  M.  Heineman,  Sec. 

Meeting  of  May  17,  1966 

President  Fredrickson  presided;  27  members  and  21  guests  were  present.  One  of  the  guests 
present  was  Dr.  John  Vandenburg  of  the  New  York  University  Medical  School,  Dept,  of 
Preventive  Medicine.  Mr.  Kennith  Watson,  Mr.  Harry  Steen,  and  Dr.  Philip  Spear  were 
elected  to  membership.  Dr.  James  Forbes,  Associate  Editor  of  the  Journal,  reported  on 
the  10th  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Council  of  Biological  Editors  which  was  held  May  3-4 
in  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education  on  the  campus  of  Notre  Dame  University.  Dr. 
Forbes  represented  the  Society  at  this  meeting.  Dr.  Klots  read  a letter  from  the  Edwin  W. 
Teales  in  which  he  thanked  the  Society  for  its  good  wishes  and  described  happenings  on 
their  trip  through  England.  Dr.  Fredrickson  reported  that  on  the  proposed  merger  of 
our  Society  with  the  Brooklyn  Entomological  Society  it  will  probably  be  necessary  to  call 
for  a special  meeting  in  order  to  vote  on  the  final  agreement.  Notices  will  inform  the 
membership. 

Program.  National  Geographic  Society  Motion  Picture  on  the  work  being  done  by  Dr. 
L.  S.  B.  Leaky  in  finding  human  fossil  remains  in  the  Oldvai  Gorge  in  Africa;  filmed  by 
Baron  Hugo  van  Lavick.  This  was  accompanied  by  a recorded,  running  commentary  by 
Dr.  Leaky.  It  was  a fascinating  film  showing  the  work  camps,  the  terrain,  and  how  the 
fossils  were  found.  It  supported  Dr.  Leaky’s  theory  that  there  were  two  contemporary 


164 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


types  of  man,  herbivorous  and  carnivorous.  The  film  demonstrated  differences  between 
the  mouthparts  and  the  feeding  of  these  two  types  of  animals.  The  photography  of  insects 
and  the  feeding  of  the  different  forms  was  superb. 

Lucy  M.  Heineman,  Sec. 


Recent  Publications 

Aspects  of  Insect  Biochemistry.  1965.  Biochemical  Society  Symposium  (London),  T.  W. 
Goodwin,  Ed.  Academic  Press,  New  York,  119  pp.,  illus.,  $6.00.  Seven  papers:  “Active 
Transport  in  Insects”  by  J.  E.  Treherne;  “Formation  of  the  Specific  Structural  and  En- 
zymic Pattern  of  the  Insect  Flight  Muscle”  by  Th.  Bucher;  “Some  Distinctive  Features  of 
Insect  Metabolism”  by  F.  P.  W.  Winteringham ; “Intermediary  Metabolism  and  the  Insect 
Fat  Body”  by  B.  A.  Kilby;  “The  Metabolism  of  Aromatic  Compounds”  by  P.  C.  J. 
Brunet;  “Hormones  Controlling  Growth  and  Development  in  Insects”  by  V.  B.  Wiggles- 
worth;  and  “Skeletal  Structure  in  Insects”  by  K.  M.  Rudall. 

Pesticides  in  Clinical  Practice,  Identification,  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics.  1966. 

Royal  L.  Brown.  Charles  C.  Thomas,  504  pp.,  $15.75. 

The  Entomology  of  Radiation  Disinfection  of  Grain.  1966.  Edited  by  P.  B.  Cornwall. 

Pergamon  Press,  Long  Island  City,  New  York,  256  pp.,  $9.50. 

Ticks  of  the  Genus  Ixodes  in  Africa.  1966.  Don  R.  Arthur.  University  of  London 
Press,  London:  Oxford  University  Press,  New  York,  365  pp.,  $11.20.  Reviewed  in  Science 
152:  No.  3723,  p.  750. 

Polymorphism  in  Some  Nearctic  Halictine  Bees.  1966.  G.  Knerer  and  C.  E.  Atwood. 
Science  152:  1262-1263. 

Classification  of  the  Bees  of  the  Australian  and  South  Pacific  Regions.  1965. 

Charles  D.  Michener.  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  Bulletin,  130:  1-362,  $10.00. 
Termites  (Isoptera)  of  Thailand.  1965.  Muzaffer  Ahmad.  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History  Bulletin,  131:  1-114,  $2.00. 

Insect  Aerodynamics:  Vertical  Sustaining  Force  in  Near  Hovering  Flight.  1966. 
Leon  Bennet.  Science,  152:  1263-1266. 

A Revision  of  the  Neotropical  Genus  Metamasius  (Coleoptera:  Curculionidae,  Rhyn- 
chophorinae)  : Species  Groups  I and  II.  1966.  Patricia  Vaurie.  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History  Bulletin,  131  : 211-338,  $5.00. 

Contributions  Towards  a Revision  of  Myrsidea  Waterson  I (Mallophaga:  Menoponi- 
dae).  T.  Clay.  British  Museum  (Natural  History)  Bulletin:  Entomology,  17:  327-395, 
1£  10s. 

A Revision  of  the  British  Aleyrodidae  (Hemiptera:  Homoptera).  L.  A.  Mound. 

British  Museum  (Natural  History)  Bulletin:  Entomology,  17:  397-428,  (14s). 

The  Interrelationships  of  Three  Gall  Makers  and  Their  Natural  Enemies,  on  Hack- 
berry  ( Celtis  occidentalis  L.).  John  Conrad  Moser.  95  pp.,  $1.00. 

A Handbook  for  the  Identification  of  Insects  of  Medical  Importance.  1965.  John 
Smart  with  chapters  by  Karl  Jordon  and  R.  J.  Whittick.  British  Museum  (Natural 
History),  London,  4th  ed.,  340  pp.,  <£3.  Reviewed  in  Science,  152:  748-749. 


INVITATION  TO  MEMBERSHIP 


The  New  York  Entomological  Society  was  founded  in  1892  and  incorporated  the  following 
year.  It  holds  a distinguished  position  among  scientific  and  cultural  organizations.  The 
Society’s  Journal  is  one  of  the  oldest  of  the  leading  entomological  periodicals  in  the 
United  States.  Members  and  subscribers  are  drawn  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  they 
include  distinguished  professional  naturalists,  enthusiastic  amateurs,  and  laymen  for  whom 
insects  are  only  one  among  many  interests. 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  apply  for  membership  in  the  Society  or  to  subscribe  to  its 
Journal  which  is  published  quarterly.  Regular  meetings  are  held  at  8:00  P.M.  on  the  first 
and  third  Tuesdays  of  each  month  from  October  through  May  at  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  the  headquarters  of  the  Society.  A subject  of  general  interest  is  discussed 
at  each  meeting  by  an  invited  speaker.  No  special  training  in  biology  or  entomology  is 
necessary  for  the  enjoyment  of  these  talks,  most  of  which  are  illustrated.  Candidates  for 
membership  are  proposed  at  a regular  meeting  and  are  voted  upon  at  the  following  meeting. 

CLASSES  OF  MEMBERSHIP  AND  YEARLY  DUES 
Active  member:  Full  membership  in  the  Society,  entitled  to  vote  and  hold  office; 


with  Journal  subscription  $9.00 

Active  member  without  Journal  subscription  4.00 


Sustaining  member:  Active  member  who  voluntarily  elects  to  pay  $25.00  per  year 
in  lieu  of  regular  annual  dues. 

Life  member:  Active  member  who  has  attained  age  45  and  who  pays  the  sum  of 
$100.00  in  lieu  of  further  annual  dues. 

Student  member:  Person  interested  in  entomology  who  is  still  attending  school; 


with  Journal  subscription  5.00 

(Student  members  are  not  entitled  to  vote  or  to  hold  office.) 

Student  member  without  Journal  subscription  2.00 

Subscription  to  Journal  without  membership  8.00 


APPLICATION  FOR  MEMBERSHIP 

Date 

I wish  to  apply  for  membership  (see  classes  above). 

My  entomological  interests  are:  

If  this  is  a student  membership,  please  indicate  school  attending  and  present  level. 

Name 

Address 

(Zip  Code  must  be  included) 
— Send  application  to  Secretary  — 


p 


Vol.  LXXIV 


DECEMBER  1966 


? I 


Devoted  to  Entomology  in  General 


i 


■f 


C-|f 

r 


'5 


, r. 


The 


X 1 

' ~'\  ' 
f ■ Jr( 

, 'S  <ii 

/'  ' 

y/  v 

' - V 

- f: 

% 1 m 

/ x kJ 

S_N\XV-  C,\  ' 

j-\  Vs 

V\  ’ Jr 

• s'  % \ 

• S''  V 

, \ ..  >f 

' ' \ J 

New  York  Entomological  Society 


ifk 


" h 


Organized  June  29,  1892 — Incorporated  February  25,  1893 
Reincorporated  February  17, 1943 


■{ 


r 


X' 


A, 


The  meetings  of  the  Society  are  held  on  the  first  and  third  Tuesday  of  each  month  (except 
June,  July,  August  and  September)  at  8 p.m.,  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  79th  St.,  & Central  Park  W.,  New  York  24,  N.  Y. 


■> 


Annual  dues  for  Active  Members,  $4.00;  including  subscription  to  the  Journal,  $9.00. 


Members  of  the  Society  will  please  remit  their  annual  dues,  payable  in  January,  to  the 


Treasurer. 


r 


4 , v* 


Officers  for  the  Year  1966 


.P 


President , Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson 

College  of  the  City  of  New  York  10031 

Vice  President , Dr.  Kumar  Krishna 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


Secretary , Mrs.  Lucy  Heineman  115  Central  Park  West,  New  York  10023 


4V, 


Assistant  Secretary , Mr.  Albert  Poelzl 


T' 


230  E.  78th  Street,  New  York  10021 


Treasurer , Mr.  Raymond  Brush 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


& 


Assistant  Treasurer , Mrs.  Patricia  Vaurie 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


Trustees 


1 YearTerm 

■ , . . 

Dr.  Alexander  B.  Klots 

2 Year  Term 

Dr.  Jerome  Rozen,  Jr. 


Dr.  John  B.  Schmitt 


Mr.  Robert  Buckbee 


‘ u 


Mailed  December  29,  1966 
nological  Society  is  published  q 

Inc.,  1041  New  Hampshire,  Lawrence,  Kansas.  Second  class  postage  paid  at  Lawrence,  Kansas. 


The  Journal  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society  is  published  quarterly  for  the  Society  by  Allen  Press 

:1a 


Journal  of  the 

New  York  Entomological  Society 


Volume  LXXIV  December  29,  1966  No.  4 

EDITORIAL  BOARD 

Editor  Emeritus  Harry  B.  Weiss 

Editor  Lucy  W.  Clausen 
Columbia  University  College  of  Pharmacy 
115  West  68th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10023 

Associate  Editor  James  Forbes 
Fordham  University,  New  York,  N.Y.  10458 

Publication  Committee 

Dr.  Pedro  Wygodzinsky  Dr,  Asher  Treat 

Dr.  David  Miller 


CONTENTS 

The  Nerves  of  the  Thoracic  Segments  of  the  Larva  of  Prodenia  litura 
(Lepidoptera:  Noctuidae)  J.  Bahadur  and  B.  B.  L.  Srivastava  168 

Undescribed  Species  of  Crane  Flies  from  the  Himalaya  Mountains 
(Diptera:  Tipulidae),  XIII  Charles  P.  Alexander  180 

The  Larva  of  Amblyscirtes  samoset  (Scudder)  (Lepidoptera:  Hesperii- 
dae)  Alexander  B.  Klots  185 

Studies  on  Parasitic  Mites  of  New  Jersey Jack  R.  Manischewitz  189 

Structure  of  Gastric  Apex  as  a Subfamily  Character  of  the  Formicinae 
(Hymenoptera:  Formicidae)  __  Akev  C.  F.  Hung  and  William  L.  Brown,  Jr.  198 

Xenillidae,  A New  Family  of  Oribatid  Mites  (Acari:  Cryptostigmata) 

Tyler  A.  Woolley  and  Harold  G.  Higgins  201 

Pieris  narina  oleracern  (Harris)  in  New  Jersey  (Lepidoptera:  Pieridae) 

Cyril  F.  dos  Passos  222 

Two  North  American  Spiders  (Araneae:  Linyphiidae)  Wilton  Ivie  224 


Notes 188 

Book  Reviews  228 

Index  of  Scientific  Names,  Volume  LXXIV  231 

Index  of  Authors,  Volume  LXXIV  iii 


168 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


The  Nerves  of  the  Thoracic  Segments  of  the  Larva  of  Prodenia  litura 

(Lepidoptera:  Noctuidae) 

J.  Bahadur  and  B.  B.  L.  Srivastava 
School  of  Studies  in  Zoology,  Vikram  University,  Ujjain  (India) 


Abstract.  The  nervous  system  of  the  thoracic  segments  of  the  larva  of  Prodenia  litura  is 
described.  The  dorsal  and  transverse  nerves  remain  connected  to  each  other  at  three  points 
through  three  connectives.  But  in  the  prothoracic  segment,  there  is  no  transverse  nerve, 
so  that  the  dorsal  nerve  establishes  a connection  with  subconnective  nerve  by  a plexus. 
Ordinarily  no  connection  is  found  between  the  dorsal  and  ventral  nerve  but  in  the  pro- 
thoracic  segment,  such  a connection  is  established  at  one  point. 


INTRODUCTION 

The  studies  on  the  nervous  system  started  with  the  work  of  Lyonet  ( 1762). 
Since  then  many  aspects  of  it  have  been  dealt  with.  Du  Porte  (1915)  described 
the  nervous  system  in  Sphida  and  Ruckes  (1919)  studied  the  innervation  of 
the  male  genital  organs  in  certain  lepidopterans.  However,  the  real  work  on 
the  nerve  pattern  started  with  Maki  (1936)  who  described  it  in  the  alderfly, 
Chauliodes  jormosanus.  Nesbitt  (1941)  studied  the  nerve  patterns  in  Orthop- 
tera  and  other  related  orders.  Schmitt  ( 1954,  1959)  studied  the  nervous  system 
of  cervicothoracic  and  the  pregenital  abdominal  segments  in  some  orthopterans. 
With  these  studies  it  was  realized  that  there  exists  a basic  segmental  nerve 
pattern  in  insects.  Whether  such  a homology  can  be  traced  in  widely  separated 
orders  as  Orthoptera  and  Lepidoptera,  is  yet  to  be  seen.  Libby  (1959,  1961), 
however,  investigated  the  nerve  pattern  of  certain  abdominal  segments  of  the 
larva  and  adult  of  the  moth,  Hyalophora  cecropia  and  tried  to  establish  homol- 
ogy with  other  insect  nerve  patterns.  The  short  review  shows  that  the  thorax 
has  not  been  tackled  so  far  in  detail.  To  fill  up  this  lacuna  and  to  establish 
how  far  there  exists  a basic  homology  with  the  thorax  of  other  insect  orders, 
the  authors  undertook  a very  detailed  study  of  the  nerves  of  the  thoracic  seg- 
ments of  the  larva  of  Prodenia  litura. 

MATERIAL  AND  TECHNIQUES 

The  full  grown  larvae  were  directly  collected  from  the  cabbage  fields  and 
kept  in  the  laboratory.  For  the  studies  on  the  distribution  of  the  nerves,  1% 
methylene  blue  in  normal  salt  solution  was  injected  into  the  body  cavity  of 
the  larva.  After  a few  hours,  the  insect  was  etherized  and  dissected  in  normal 
saline  (0.65%).  Sometimes,  instead  of  injecting  the  solution  into  the  body 
cavity,  the  dye  was  directly  poured  over  the  dissected  animal  and  allowed  to 
stay  for  2 to  4 hours  to  secure  better  staining  of  finest  motor  nerves.  Further 
dissection  was  done  in  normal  saline.  To  destain  the  adjoining  tissues,  acid 
water  was  sometimes  used.  Normally,  all  the  nerves  of  a particular  segment 


December,  1966]  Bahadur  and  Srivastava:  Lepidopteran  Nerves  (Prodenia) 


169 


could  not  be  traced  in  one  day  and  hence  the  dissection  used  to  be  kept  in 
normal  saline  with  a few  drops  of  formalin.  In  such  preservation,  the  blue 
colour  of  the  nerves  disappears  but  they  remain  quite  distinct  because  of  the 
milky  white  appearance  which  they  attain.  All  the  dissections  were  carried 
out  under  the  stereoscopic  binocular  microscope  in  artificial  light.  The  diagrams 
are  purely  diagrammatic. 


OBSERVATIONS 

The  thorax  is  composed  of  three  segments  with  their  ganglia.  The  prothoracic 
ganglion  remains  connected  to  the  suboesophageal  ganglion  by  a pair  of  stout 
but  short  connectives  which  lie  free  throughout  their  entire  length.  The  con- 
nectives between  the  other  ganglia  lie  united  anteriorly  for  about  one  fifth 
of  the  distance  and  then  diverge  gradually,  continuing  their  course  separately 
until  they  enter  the  anterior  border  of  the  succeeding  ganglion.  The  two  sepa- 
rated connectives  enclose  between  them  some  space  within  which  the  diagonal 
muscles  cross  each  other  near  their  point  of  insertion.  The  enclosed  space  is 
smaller  in  the  prothoracic  segment  but  larger  in  the  other  two  segments. 

NERVES  OF  THE  PROTHORACIC  GANGLION  (Fig.  1) 

The  prothoracic  ganglion  gives  rise  to  two  pairs  of  lateral  nerves  and  a pair 
of  subconnective  nerves.  The  lateral  nerves  are  designed  as  the  dorsal  and  the 
ventral  nerves.  From  the  median  portion  of  the  ganglion  arises  a pair  of  sub- 
connective nerves.  The  Dorsal  Nerve : The  dorsal  nerve  (DN)  leaves  the 
ganglion  and  runs  obliquely  outwards  and  upwards  over  the  ventral  median 
muscles  and  ventral  internal  lateral  muscles  to  reach  the  subconnective  nerve 
(SN)  with  which  it  forms  a plexus  (px).  It  then  sharply  bends  downwards, 
passes  over  the  ventral  internal  muscles  and  extends  to  a considerable  distance, 
giving  branches  at  intervals.  The  first  branch  (ID)  arises  over  the  ventral 
internal  longitudinal  muscle  and  divides  into  two  branches;  the  inner  branch 
(a)  passes  downwards  and  curves  slightly  inwards  and  bifurcates  to  innervate 
the  tracheae  and  the  tracheoles.  The  outer  branch  (b)  curves  and  bifurcates 
into  b'  and  b".  Whereas  the  former  innervates  the  ventral  internal  lateral 
longitudinal  muscle,  the  latter  meets  the  longitudinal  nerve  of  the  dorsum 
(LND)  which  extends  from  the  head  up  to  the  intersegmental  fold  of  this 
segment.  The  main  dorsal  nerve  proceeds  further  and  after  a short  distance, 
besides  receiving  the  sixth  branch  (6V)  of  the  ventral  nerve,  itself  gives  rise 
to  the  second  branch  (2D).  This  branch  divides  into  a number  of  branches 
to  innervate  the  adjoining  neck  muscles  and  the  tracheae.  The  third  branch 
(3D)  proceeds  dorsally  and  gives  rise  to  a number  of  branches  which  again 
innervate  the  various  muscles  and  integument  of  the  neck  region.  The  fourth 
branch  (4D)  innervates  the  tergosternal  muscle.  The  main  dorsal  nerve  ulti- 


170 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Fig.  1. 
litura. 


Diagram  of  the  nerve  pattern  of  the  prothoracic  segment  of  the  larva 


of  Prodenia 


mately  terminates  into  fine  branches  supplying  the  dorsal  longitudinal  muscles. 
the  ventral  nerve:  The  ventral  nerve  (VN)  leaves  the  ganglion  at  the  middle 
of  the  lateral  margin  and  passes  posteriorly  below  the  ventral  median  muscle 
group  and  over  the  ventral  external  oblique  muscles.  It  gives  rise  to  a number 
of  branches.  The  first  branch  (IV)  runs  obliquely  downwards  and  bifurcates 
into  a and  b.  The  former  passes  deep  into  the  prothoracic  leg  to  innervate 
its  muscles  whereas  the  latter  innervates  the  ventral  internal  and  external  oblique 
muscles.  The  second  branch  (2V)  gives  rise  to  a fine  branch  (a)  which  supplies 
the  muscles  of  the  leg  and  the  other  branch  (b)  innervates  the  ventral  median 
muscle.  The  third  branch  of  the  ventral  nerve  (3V)  subdivides  into  a number 
of  fine  branches  to  innervate  the  tracheae  and  ventral  internal  lateral  muscles. 
The  main  ventral  nerve  after  proceeding  ahead  for  a short  distance,  curves 
anteriorly  above  the  ventral  internal  lateral  muscle  and  flattens.  From  the 
proximal  part  of  this  arises  a small  fourth  branch  (4V)  which  innervates  the 
tracheae.  The  fifth  branch  (5V)  innervates  the  tracheae  and  the  ventral  internal 
lateral  muscles.  The  sixth  branch  (6V)  extends  to  join  the  main  dorsal  nerve. 
Whereas  the  seventh  branch  (7V)  proceeds  as  far  as  the  prothoracic  ganglion 
and  innervates  the  ventral  external  oblique  muscles,  the  eighth  nerve  (8V) 


December,  1966]  Bahadur  and  Srivastava:  Lepidopteran  Nerves  (Prodenia) 


171 


extends  into  the  head  to  supply  the  tracheae  and  muscles  of  that  region.  The 
ninth  nerve  (9V)  gives  origin  to  a number  of  minute  nerves  which  innervate 
the  various  ventral  longitudinal  and  oblique  muscles  and  tracheae  of  the  neck 
and  adjoining  regions. 

the  subconnective  nerve  : There  is  no  median  nerve  in  this  ganglion  so 
that  the  transverse  nerves  are  also  absent.  From  the  mid  antero-dorsal  side 
of  the  prothoracic  ganglion  arises  a single  nerve  which  may  be  taken  as  the 
median  nerve.  It  proceeds  anteriorly  for  a very  short  distance  and  then  bi- 
furcates above  the  suboesophageal  ganglion  to  give  rise  to  a pair  of  the  so- 
called  subconnective  nerves  (SN).  Each  nerve  passes  laterally  to  innervate 
the  various  muscles  of  the  head  but  before  taking  a curve,  a plexus  (px)  is 
formed  between  it  and  the  adjoining  dorsal  nerve. 

NERVES  OF  THE  MESOTHORACIC  GANGLION  (Fig.  2) 

the  dorsal  nerve:  This  nerve  (DN)  arises  from  the  outer  margin  of  the 
interganglionic  connective,  just  a few  millimeters  above  the  mesothoracic 
ganglion.  It  passes  laterally  over  the  external  and  internal  median  muscles 
and  after  a short  distance  extends  its  first  branch  (ID)  which  passes  over  the 
ventral  internal  lateral  longitudinal  muscles  and  fuses  with  the  transverse 
nerve.  It,  however,  gives  rise  to  a branch  (a)  which  extends  another  three 
small  branches  to  innervate  the  tracheae,  ventral  internal  lateral  muscles  and 
the  lateral  internal  oblique  muscle. 

The  main  dorsal  nerve  proceeds  ahead  and  gives  rise  to  another  connective 
branch  (2D)  which  also  fuses  with  the  transverse  nerve,  just  posterior  to  the 
spiracle.  But  before  fusion,  it  gives  rise  to  a branch  at  the  point  c'  which 
proceeds  antero-dorsally  and  divides  into  a number  of  minute  branches.  The 
branch  cl  extends  posteriorly  to  innervate  the  two  pleurosternal  oblique  muscles, 
the  branch  c2  innervates  the  tergosternal  muscle  and  the  branches  of  the  lateral 
tracheal  trunk  and  the  branches  c 3 and  c4  proceed  to  innervate  the  dilator  and 
occlusor  muscles  of  the  spiracle  respectively.  In  addition  to  these,  the  branch 
2D  gives  rise  to  two  small  branches  (a  and  b)  which  innervate  the  lateral  internal 
oblique  and  ventral  external  oblique  muscles  respectively. 

The  main  dorsal  nerve  passes  dorsally  above  the  lateral  longitudinal  tracheal 
trunk  and  gives  rise  to  a connective  (3D)  which  runs  to  fuse  with  the  trans- 
verse nerve.  The  connective  gives  off  two  minute  branches  posteriorly  and 
they  innervate  the  dorsal  and  lateral  external  oblique  muscles  and  tracheae. 
The  fourth  branch  (4D)  innervates  the  integument  and  the  dorsal  internal 
lateral  muscle.  The  main  nerve,  by  now,  becomes  thin  and  extends  ahead  into 
the  dorsal  region,  giving  off  small  branches.  The  branches  5D,  6D  and  7D 
innervate  the  dorsal  external  oblique  muscle  and  dorsal  internal  lateral  muscle 
group.  The  main  nerve  ultimately  terminates  into  a number  of  very  fine 
branches  which  innervate  the  tracheae  and  the  dorsal  internal  median  and 


172 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Fig.  2 

Fig.  2.  Diagram  of  the  mesothoracic  nerve  pattern  of  the  larva  of  P.  litura. 

oblique  muscles.  The  longitudinal  nerve  of  the  dorsum  (LND)  is  also  present 
in  between  the  intersegmental  folds.  It  has  its  anterior  attachment  with  the 
integument  at  the  base  of  the  dorsal  internal  lateral  longitudinal  muscles  and 
its  posterior  attachment  with  the  posterior  intersegmental  fold,  beneath  the 
insertion  of  the  lateral  internal  oblique  muscles.  It  remains  connected  to  the 
dorsal  nerve  by  a fine  terminal  branch  of  the  dorsal  nerve. 
the  ventral  nerve:  The  ventral  nerve  (VN)  arises  from  the  ganglion  about 
the  middle  of  its  lateral  margin  and  passes  obliquely  posteriorly  over  the  ventral 
external  oblique  muscles.  It  gives  rise  to  three  branches,  amongst  which,  the 
first  branch  (IV)  extends  two  branches  (a  and  b)  to  innervate  the  ventral 
external  and  lateral  oblique  muscles,  tergosternal  muscle  and  tracheae.  The 
second  branch  (2V)  bifurcates  so  that  one  branch  (a)  innervates  the  meso- 


December,  1966]  Bahadur  and  Srivastava:  Lepidopteran  Nerves  (Prodenia) 


173 


thoracic  leg,  ventral  external  oblique  muscle  and  the  integument,  and  the  other 
branch  (b)  innervates  the  mesothoracic  leg.  Very  near  to  the  second  branch, 
originates  the  third  branch  (3V)  which  innervates  the  ventral  external  and 
internal  oblique  muscles  and  tracheae.  The  fourth  branch  (4V)  directly  runs 
into  the  mesothoracic  leg  to  innervate  its  muscles.  The  main  nerve  itself  passes 
posteriorly  to  innervate  the  ventral  external  and  internal  oblique  muscles. 
the  transverse  nerve  i The  unpaired  median  nerve  (MN)  of  the  mesothoracic 
segment  arises  from  the  fused  intersegmental  ganglionic  connectives  at  the 
point  where  the  connectives  separate,  that  is,  a very  short  distance  posterior 
to  the  prothoracic  ganglion.  The  median  nerve  travels  about  two  thirds  of  the 
distance  in  between  the  interganglionic  connectives  and  then  gives  off  a pair 
of  transverse  nerves  (TN).  The  transverse  nerve  receives  three  connective 
branches  from  the  dorsal  nerve  as  already  stated.  The  two  lateral  connectives 
lie  on  the  two  sides  of  the  lateral  longitudinal  tracheal  trunk.  The  main  trans- 
verse nerve  which  runs  over  this  tracheal  trunk,  above  the  dorsal  internal 
lateral  muscles,  terminates  into  the  aorta  to  innervate  it. 

postmedian  nerve:  A pair  of  fine  nerves  which  may  be  designated  as  the 
postmedian  nerves  (PMN)  arise  from  the  transverse  nerves,  very  near  to  the 
point  of  bifurcation  of  the  median  nerve.  They  proceed  posteriorly  and  meet 
the  interganglionic  connectives  at  two  points,  a little  above  the  mesothoracic 
ganglion.  The  two  nerves  communicate  with  each  other  by  a pair  of  very 
short  connectives. 

NERVES  OF  THE  METATHORACIC  GANGLION  (Fig.  3) 

the  dorsal  nerve:  The  dorsal  nerve  (DN)  arises  from  the  outer  margin  of 
the  interganglionic  connective  and  passes  over  the  ventral  external  oblique 
muscles  for  a short  distance  and  then  penetrates  to  run  beneath  the  ventral 
internal  lateral  muscles.  The  first  branch  (ID)  of  the  dorsal  nerve  extends 
to  meet  the  transverse  nerve  but  in  addition  gives  rise  to  a branch  (a)  which 
subdivides  into  a number  of  minute  branches  to  innervate  the  ventral  external 
and  internal  oblique  muscles  and  the  ventral  internal  lateral  longitudinal  mus- 
cles. The  main  dorsal  nerve  subsequently  sends  off  another  connective  branch 
(2D)  which  proceeds  antero-laterally  and  fuses  with  the  transverse  nerve. 
But  just  near  the  fusion  point,  the  branch  2D  extends  a branch  anteriorly 
which  innervates  certain  sternopleural  muscles  and  tracheae.  In  addition,  the 
branch  2D  gives  rise  to  two  small  branches  (a  and  b)  which  innervate  the 
lateral  internal  oblique  and  ventral  external  oblique  muscles  respectively.  The 
third  connective  branch  (3D)  of  the  dorsal  nerve  again  fuses  with  the  trans- 
verse nerve.  A side  branch  (a)  from  this  nerve  bifurcates  to  innervate  the 
sternopleural  muscles,  tracheae  and  integument. 

The  main  dorsal  nerve  then  passes  towards  the  mid-dorsal  region  and  extends 
the  fourth  branch  (4D)  which  passes  anteriorly  and  then  curves  sharply 


174 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Fig.  3.  Diagram  of  the  metathoracic  nerve  pattern  of  the  larva  of  P.  litura. 


postero-dorsally,  giving  origin  to  a number  of  minute  branches  at  intervals. 
Its  first  minute  branch  (a)  innervates  the  paratergal  muscle,  the  second,  third 
and  fourth  branches  (b,  c,  d)  innervate  the  lateral  internal  oblique  muscles 
and  the  dorsal  internal  lateral  longitudinal  muscle.  The  other  branches  inner- 
vate the  various  median  and  lateral  longitudinal  muscles  of  the  dorsal  region. 
The  fifth  branch  (5D)  of  the  dorsal  nerve  is  short  and  fuses  with  the  longi- 
tudinal nerve  of  the  dorsum  (LND)  at  the  point  x.  The  main  dorsal  nerve 
by  now  becomes  extremely  thin  and  fine  and  bifurcates  into  two  branches 
which  innervate  the  integument,  dorsal  internal  median  and  dorsal  external 
muscles. 

the  ventral  nerve:  This  nerve  (VN)  leaves  the  ganglion  from  the  middle 
of  its  lateral  margin  and  passes  obliquely  posteriorly  beneath  the  crossed 
diagonal  muscles  and  over  the  ventral  external  oblique  muscles.  It  is  com- 


December,  1966]  Bahadur  and  Srivastava:  Lepidopteran  Nerves  (Prodenia) 


175 


paratively  shorter  and  extends  into  the  metathoracic  leg  to  innervate  its  muscles. 
It,  however,  gives  rise  to  a number  of  branches  during  its  course.  The  first 
branch  (IV)  runs  below  the  ventral  internal  lateral  muscles  and  gives  rise  to 
a small  branch  which  immediately  subdivides  into  four  minute  branches.  Among 
these,  the  first  three  branches  (a,  b,  c)  innervate  the  integument  whereas  the 
other  branch  (d)  passes  over  the  lateral  longitudinal  tracheal  trunk  and  bi- 
furcates to  innervate  the  sternopleural  muscle  and  the  integument  of  the  dorsal 
region.  The  main  branch  (IV)  extends  further  ahead  over  the  lateral  longi- 
tudinal tracheal  trunk  and  gives  rise  to  several  small  branches  which  innervate 
the  lateral  external  oblique  and  tergosternal  muscles  and  the  integument. 

The  second  branch  (2V)  of  the  ventral  nerve  runs  anteriorly  and  bifurcates. 
Whereas  one  branch  (a)  innervates  the  metathoracic  leg,  the  other  (b)  inner- 
vates the  integument.  The  third  branch  (3V)  arises  near  the  origin  of  the 
second  branch  and  while  it  proceeds  laterally,  it  gives  rise  to  a number  of 
minute  branches  which  innervate  the  ventral  external  and  internal  oblique 
muscles,  sternopleural  and  tergopleural  muscles  and  the  integument  of  that 
region.  The  fourth  branch  (4V)  penetrates  into  the  leg  to  innervate  it  whereas 
the  fifth  branch  (5V)  divides  into  three  branches.  The  first  branch  (a)  inner- 
vates the  leg  muscles,  the  second  (b)  innervates  the  ventral  internal  median 
muscle,  the  integument  and  tracheae  and  the  last  branch  (c)  runs  posteriorly 
to  innervate  the  two  ventral  external  oblique  muscles. 

the  transverse  nerve:  A pair  of  transverse  nerves  (TN)  arises  by  the 

bifurcation  of  a median  nerve.  Each  transverse  nerve  passes  over  the  dorsal 
and  ventral  internal  longitudinal  muscles  and  receives  three  connections  from 
the  dorsal  nerve  as  already  stated.  During  its  course,  it  gives  rise  to  two  very 
minute  branches  (a  and  b)  which  innervate  the  tracheae.  Before  terminating, 
the  transverse  nerve  divides  into  three  minute  branches.  The  first  two  branches 
(c  and  d)  pass  inwards  to  supply  certain  small  muscles,  integument  and 
tracheae  whereas  the  third  branch  (e)  passes  towards  the  mid-dorsal  region 
to  innervate  the  aorta. 


DISCUSSION 

In  the  Prodenia  larva,  the  thorax  bears  three  distinct  ganglia.  The  dorsal 
nerve  arises  directly  from  the  prothoracic  ganglion  but  in  the  meso  and  meta- 
thoracic segments  it  arises  from  the  interganglionic  connectives.  Nesbitt  (1941) 
in  Orthoptera  described  an  anterior  ganglionic  connective  extending  from  one 
ganglion  to  the  other.  He  has  shown  that  the  anterior  part  of  the  nerve  may 
adhere  to  or  even  become  incorporated  in  the  adjoining  interganglionic  con- 
nective. This  nerve  has  been  termed  as  intercalary  nerve  by  Pipa  and  Cook 
(1959)  and  Matsuda  (1956)  whereas  dorsal  nerve  connective  or  anterior  gan- 
glionic connective  by  Schmitt  (1959).  In  Dissosteira,  Acheta,  Periplaneta  and 
Orchelimum,  Schmitt  found  varying  degrees  of  adherence  to  or  fuse  with  the 


176 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


adjoining  interganglionic  connective  so  that  with  the  adherence  of  the  anterior 
ganglionic  connective  too,  the  dorsal  nerve  seems  to  emerge  from  the  connective. 
This  condition  is  seen  in  the  metathorax  of  Orchelimum.  In  Prodenia  larva 
also  the  dorsal  nerves  in  the  meso  and  metathorax  arise  from  the  interganglionic 
connectives,  as  already  stated  and  as  such  the  case  appears  to  be  parallel  with 
that  of  Orchelimum . In  Chauliodes  (Neuroptera)  also  Maki  (1936)  found  a 
similar  condition  and  Schmitt  thinks  that  it  is  possible  that  the  dorsal  nerve 
in  this  insect  is  simply  adhering  to  the  nerve  cord  and  does  not  lack  an  anterior 
connective  but  the  resemblance  with  Orchelimum  suggests  that  a dorsal  nerve 
connective  occurs  in  Chauliodes  too.  It  must,  therefore,  be  taken  as  fused.  In 
the  prothoracic  segment  of  the  Prodenia  larva,  however,  the  dorsal  nerve  arises 
directly  from  the  ganglion.  It  appears  that  the  proximal  part  of  the  dorsal 
nerve  in  this  case  has  not  fused  with  the  interganglionic  connective  but  the 
anterior  ganglionic  connective  has  fused  with  the  interganglionic  connective. 
Among  other  lepidopterans,  Weber  (1954)  found  an  anterior  connective  of 
the  dorsal  nerve  but  Du  Porte  (1915)  did  not  observe  it  in  Sphida  and  has 
shown  the  dorsal  nerve  to  arise  from  the  interganglionic  connective  similar  to 
the  condition  seen  in  Prodenia  larva. 

The  median  or  unpaired  nerve  in  the  larva  is  a short  nerve  which  bifurcates 
to  form  two  transverse  nerves  of  a segment.  Exceptions  were  noted  in  the 
larva  of  Papilio  by  Hillemann  (1933)  who  figured  a continuous  median  nerve 
between  the  second  and  third  thoracic  ganglia,  and  the  same  was  observed  by 
Marquardt  (1939)  in  Carausius.  The  origin  of  the  prothoracic  median  and 
transverse  nerves  is  different  in  the  larva  so  that  the  latter  have  been  named 
as  the  subconnective  nerves.  Each  nerve  meets  the  dorsal  nerve  through  a 
plexus  and  hence  on  this  basis  it  can  be  conveniently  presumed  that  these 
nerves  are  actually  the  transverse  nerves.  Peterson  (1912)  also  reported  the 
presence  of  subconnective  nerves  in  the  larva  of  tomato  worm.  In  Prodenia 
larva,  fusion  of  the  transverse  nerve  from  the  prothoracic  ganglion  with  meso- 
thoracic  dorsal  nerve  and  of  the  transverse  nerve  from  the  mesothoracic  ganglion 
with  the  metathoracic  dorsal  nerve  has  been  observed.  Such  fusions  have  also 
been  reported  in  Chauliodes,  Aqulla,  Perla,  Carausius,  Blattella,  Periplaneta, 
Telea,  Dissosteira  and  Papilio.  Most  writers  have  designated  the  transverse 
nerve  by  that  name  but  Pipa  and  Cook  (1959)  identified  it  simply  as  “nerve  8.” 

Whereas  in  the  prothoracic  segment,  the  subconnective  nerve  joins  the  dorsal 
nerve  through  a plexus,  in  the  meso  and  metathoracic  segments  the  connection 
between  the  transverse  and  dorsal  nerves  is  maintained  by  three  connectives. 
Du  Porte  (1915)  also  reported  three  such  connections  in  Sphida  larva  but 
Swaine  (1920)  observed  two  or  three  in  Sthenopis  larva.  Hillemann  (1933) 
found  two  connections  in  the  Papilio  larva.  Nothing  appears  to  be  known 
regarding  the  function  of  the  axons  which  presumably  pass  from  the  transverse 
or  subconnective  nerve  to  the  prothoracic  dorsal  nerve.  Wittig  (1955)  found 


December,  1966]  Bahadur  and  Srivastava:  Lepidopteran  Nerves  (Prodenia) 


177 


that  in  Perla  these  transverse  nerves  pass  to  certain  small  dorsal  longitudinal 
muscles  and  have  no  contact  with  the  dorsal  nerves  but  Schmitt  (1959)  re- 
ported that  in  Dissosteira  the  transverse  nerves  join  the  second  cervical  nerves 
and  that  somewhat  distad  of  the  junction,  there  is  a connection  from  the  second 
cervical  nerve  to  the  prothoracic  dorsal  nerve  by  means  of  which  presumably 
axons  from  the  transverse  nerve  could  reach  the  same  destination  as  in  Carausius 
and  Chauliodes  and  perhaps  Perla  also.  In  Prodenia  larva  the  case  too  appears 
to  be  similar  though  the  connection  between  the  subconnective  and  prothoracic 
dorsal  nerves  is  through  a plexus.  In  the  larva  the  transverse  nerve  actually 
terminates  in  the  dorsal  vessel  and  the  same  innervation  was  described  by  Libby 
(1961)  in  the  abdomen  of  Hyalophora.  In  the  abdomen  of  Orthoptera,  how- 
ever, Alexandrovicz  (1913),  Nesbitt  (1941)  and  Schmitt  (1959)  found  the 
innervation  of  the  dorsal  vessel  from  the  dorsal  nerves.  The  question  whether 
there  is  a real  difference  in  the  innervation  of  the  dorsal  vessel  in  Lepidoptera 
and  Orthoptera  or  the  same  axons  are  involved  but  follow  different  nerve  paths 
appear  problematic.  The  fact  that  the  transverse  nerve  directly  innervates  the 
dorsal  vessel  but  receives  three  connective  branches  from  the  dorsal  nerve 
suggests  that  the  dorsal  vessel  is  innervated  not  only  by  the  axons  of  the  trans- 
verse nerve  exclusively  but  by  those  of  the  dorsal  nerve,  also.  This  interpreta- 
tion reconciles  the  views  of  orthopteran  and  lepidopteran  workers. 

In  the  larva  of  Prodenia , there  is  only  one  pair  of  thoracic  spiracles  lying 
in  the  prothorax.  Each  is  innervated  by  a branch  from  the  second  connective 
joining  the  transverse  and  dorsal  nerves  of  the  mesothoracic  segment.  Case 
(1957)  has  shown  that  in  the  cockroach  the  axons  to  the  spiracular  muscle 
actually  issue  from  the  transverse  nerve  and  the  same  was  demonstrated  by 
Hoyle  (1959)  in  Schistocerca  gregaria.  On  the  basis  of  their  findings  it  can  be 
presumed  that  here  also  the  axons  from  the  transverse  nerve  travel  into  the 
connective  branch  and  then  into  the  spiracular  muscle  through  another  minor 
branch.  The  spiracular  muscle  also  receives  axons  from  the  dorsal  nerve, 
travelling  by  the  same  path. 

It  has  already  been  pointed  out  that  the  thoracic  spiracle  is  innervated  by 
a branch  from  the  connective  2D  so  that  it  may  be  considered  to  be  homologous 
to  the  A-B  connection  present  in  the  abdomen  in  Orthoptera,  Plecoptera 
(Schmitt  1954,  1962,  1963),  Lepidoptera  (Libby  1959),  and  Neuroptera  (Maki 
1936). 

The  ventral  nerve  usually  innervates  the  leg  muscles,  the  various  ventral 
oblique  muscles  and  the  integument.  In  the  meso  and  metathorax  of  Prodenia 
larva  there  is  a pair  of  ventral  nerves  in  each  segment.  In  other  lepidopterous 
larvae  also  the  same  arrangement  and  number  has  been  observed  (Swaine, 
1920;  Hillemann,  1933;  Du  Porte,  1915  and  Peterson,  1912).  In  the  pro- 
thorax of  the  larva,  the  ventral  nerve  not  only  innervates  the  leg  muscles  and 
oblique  muscles  but  also  the  muscles  lying  at  the  base  of  the  head.  In  Dis- 


178 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


sostera,  Schmitt  found  a prothoracic  nerve  to  join  one  of  the  cervical  or  ventral 
nerves.  He  further  considered  this  prothoracic  nerve  to  be  the  counter  part 
of  the  dorsal  nerve  of  the  meso  and  metathorax.  In  the  present  case  though 
there  is  no  connection  between  the  prothoracic  nerve  and  the  ventral  nerve, 
yet  there  exists  a connection  (6V)  between  the  dorsal  and  the  ventral  nerves. 
On  the  basis  of  Schmitt’s  interpretation,  it  may  be  concluded  that  it  is  through 
this  connective  that  the  axons  from  the  dorsal  nerve  travel  to  the  muscles  at 
the  base  of  the  head. 

The  concept  that  in  ancestral  insect,  there  was  a common  ancestral  pattern 
of  musculature  as  well  as  innervation  in  each  segment  of  the  body,  gets  support 
in  the  present  study  that  the  nerve  patterns  in  thorax  as  well  as  in  abdomen 
(unpublished)  of  Prodenia  larva  are  practically  identical  especially  with  refer- 
ence to  the  2D  or  A-B  connection.  This  connection  has  been  described  in 
the  abdomen  of  widely  separated  orders  of  insects  like  Orthoptera,  Plecoptera 
(Schmitt  1954,  1962,  1963),  Neuroptera  (Maki,  1936),  and  Lepidoptera 
(Libby,  1959).  The  presence  of  this  connection  in  different  insect  groups 
suggests  the  existence  of  a basic  segmental  nerve  plan. 

SUMMARY 

The  nerves  of  the  thoracic  segments  of  the  larva  of  Prodenia  litura  have 
been  described  in  detail.  The  thorax  bears  three  distinct  ganglia,  each  giving 
rise  to  three  pairs  of  nerves  which  are  dorsal,  ventral  and  transverse.  The 
dorsal  nerve  mainly  innervates  the  dorsal  muscles  whereas  the  ventral  nerve 
innervates  the  leg  and  ventral  muscles.  The  transverse  nerve  mainly  supplies 
the  dorsal  vessel.  The  dorsal  nerve  of  the  prothoracic  ganglion  remains  con- 
nected by  a plexus  to  the  subconnective  nerve  which  has  been  considered  to 
be  a transverse  nerve.  In  the  other  two  segments,  the  dorsal  nerve  fuses  with 
the  transverse  nerve  at  three  points  by  means  of  three  connectives.  In  con- 
trast to  this,  the  ventral  nerve  does  not  fuse  with  the  transverse  nerve.  The 
spiracular  muscles  are  innervated  from  the  connective  lying  in  between  the 
dorsal  and  transverse  nerves.  The  pattern  of  the  nerves  is  the  same  as  found 
in  other  lepidopterous  and  orthopterous  insects  and  that  supports  the  concept 
that  a basic  segmental  nerve  pattern  exists  within  the  insects. 

Acknowledgement 

The  authors  thank  Professor  H.  Swarup,  Head  of  the  School  of  Studies  in  Zoology, 
Vikram  University,  Ujjain  for  providing  all  necessary  facilities  during  the  course  of  this  work. 

Literature  Cited 

Alexandrovicz,  J.  S.  1913.  The  innervation  of  the  heart  of  the  cockroach.  J.  Comp. 
Neurol,  41:  291-309. 

Case,  J.  F.  1957.  The  median  nerves  and  cockroach  spiracular  function.  J.  Insect  Physiol., 
1:  85-94. 


December,  1966]  Bahadur  and  Srivastava:  Lepidopteran  Nerves  (Prodenia) 


179 


Du  Porte,  E.  M.  1915.  On  the  nervous  system  of  the  larva  of  Sphida  obliqua.  Trans.  R. 
Soc.  Canada,  8:  225-253. 

Hillemann,  H.  H.  1933.  Contributions  to  the  morphology  of  the  nervous  system  of  the 
mature  larva  of  Papilio  polyxenes.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  26:  575-583. 

Hoyle,  G.  1959.  The  neuromuscular  mechanism  of  an  insect  spiracular  muscle.  J.  Insect. 
Physiol.,  3:  378-394. 

Libby,  J.  L.  1959.  The  nervous  system  of  certain  abdominal  segments  of  the  Cecropia 
larva.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  52:  469-480. 

. 1961.  The  nervous  system  of  certain  abdominal  segments  and  the  male  re- 
productive system  and  genitalia  of  Hyalophora  cecropia.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer., 
54:  887-896. 

Lyonet,  P.  1762.  Traite  anatomique  de  la  chenille  qui  ronge  le  bois  de  saule  (La  Haye, 
Amsterdam),  616  pp. 

Maki,  T.  1936.  Studies  on  the  skeletal  structure,  muscuLature  and  nervous  system  of  the 
alderfly,  Chauliodes  formosanus.  Mem.  Fac.  Sci.  & Agric.,  Taihoku  Imp.  Univ., 
16(3)  : 117-243. 

Marquardt,  F.  1939.  Beitrage  zur  Anatomie  der  Muskulatur  and  periphern  Nerven  von 
Carausius  ( Dixippus ) morosus.  Br.  Zool.  Jahr.  Anat.,  66:  63-128. 

Matsuda,  R.  1956.  The  comparative  morphology  of  the  thorax  of  two  species  of  insects. 
Microentomology,  21 : 1-63. 

Nesbitt,  H.  H.  J.  1941.  A comparative  morphological  study  of  the  nervous  system  of  the 
Orthoptera  and  related  orders.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  34:  51-81. 

Peterson,  A.  1912.  Anatomy  of  the  tomato  worm  larva,  Protoparce  Carolina.  Ann.  Ent. 
Soc.  Amer.,  5:  246-269. 

Pipa,  R.  L.  and  Cook,  E.  F.  1959.  Studies  on  the  hexapod  nervous  system.  I.  The  pe- 
ripheral distribution  of  the  thoracic  nerves  of  the  adult  cockroach,  Periplaneta  ameri- 
cana.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  52:  695-710 

Ruckes,  H.  1919.  Notes  on  the  male  genital  system  in  certain  Lepidoptera.  Ann.  Ent. 
Soc.  Amer.,  12:  192-209. 

Schmitt,  J.  B.  1954.  The  nervous  system  of  the  pregenital  abdominal  segments  of  some 
Orthoptera.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  47:  677-682. 

. 1959.  The  cervicothoracic  nervous  system  of  a grasshopper.  Smithsonian  Inst. 

Pubis.  Misc.  Collections,  137:  307-329. 

Swaine,  J.  M.  1920.  The  nervous  system  of  the  larva  of  Sthenopis  thule.  Can.  Entomol- 
ogist, 52:  275-283. 

Weber,  H.  1954.  Grundriss  der  Insektenkunde,  Stuttgart,  428  pp. 

Wittig,  G.  1955.  Untersuchungen  am  thorax  von  Perla  abdominalis  (Larve  und  Imago). 
Zool.  Jahrb.  Anat.,  74:  491-570. 

Received  for  Publication  August  10,  1966 
KEY  TO  ABBREVIATIONS 

DN  = Dorsal  nerve,  LND  = Longitudinal  nerve  of  the  dorsum,  MN  = Median  nerve, 
PMN  = Post  median  nerve,  px  = plexus,  SG  = Suboesophageal  ganglion,  SN  = Subcon- 
nective nerve,  TN  = Transverse  nerve,  Th.G  = Thoracic  ganglion,  VN  = Ventral  nerve. 


180 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Undescribed  Species  of  Crane  Flies  from  the  Himalaya  Mountains 

(Diptera:  Tipulidae),  XIII1 

Charles  P.  Alexander 
Amherst,  Massachusetts 


Abstract:  Six  new  species  of  Eriopterine  crane  flies  are  described,  these  being  Neolimnophila 
citribasis  n.  sp.,  from  Assam;  N.  daedalea  n.  sp.,  Sikkim;  Lipsothrix  decurvata  n.  sp.,  Sik- 
kim; Styringomyia  subobseura  n.  sp.,  Assam;  S.  tarsatra  n.  sp.,  Nepal;  and  Toxorhina 
( Ceratocheilus ) tuberifera  n.  sp.,  Sikkim. 

Part  XII  of  this  series  of  papers  was  published  in  the  Journal  of  the  New 
York  Entomological  Society,  74:  66-71,  1966.  As  before,  the  materials  dis- 
cussed were  collected  by  Dr.  Fernand  Schmid  and  Dr.  Edward  I.  Coher,  to  whom 
my  sincere  thanks  are  extended. 


Neolimnophila  citribasis  n.  sp. 

General  coloration  of  body  brown,  the  praescutum  with  four  darker  brown  stripes,  the 
intermediate  pair  narrowly  separated;  antennae  16-segmented ; wings  brownish  yellow,  the 
basal  third,  including  the  veins,  clear  orange-yellow,  narrow  brown  seams  over  cord  and 
outer  veins;  R2  about  twice  its  length  before  fork  of  RM. 
female:  Length  about  7 mm;  wing  7.8  mm;  antenna  about  1.4  mm. 

Rostrum  dark  brown;  palpi  black.  Antennae  16-segmented,  black,  the  scape  more 
pruinose;  proximal  two  flagellar  segments  barely  connate,  the  separating  suture  narrow 
but  complete,  outer  segments  progressively  more  slender,  the  outer  pair  shorter;  longest 
verticils  subequal  to  the  segments.  Head  brownish  gray;  vestiture  black,  from  small  dark 
punctures. 

Pronotum  dark  brown.  Mesonotal  praescutum  yellowish  brown  with  four  dark  brown 
stripes,  the  intermediate  pair  separated  only  on  posterior  two-thirds;  pseudosutural  foveae 
and  tuberculate  pits  black;  posterior  sclerites  of  notum  brownish  black.  Pleura  dark  gray, 
dorsopleural  membrane  brown.  Halteres  elongate,  clear  light  yellow.  Legs  with  coxae 
black,  gray  pruinose;  trochanters  obscure  yellow;  femora  brownish  black,  bases  yellowed, 
broadly  on  the  posterior  pair,  remainder  of  legs  brownish  black;  tibial  spur  of  fore  leg 
lacking,  present  on  hind  pair  (middle  legs  lacking).  Wings  brownish  yellow,  the  basal  fifth 
clear  orange  yellow,  including  the  veins;  narrow  brown  seams  over  cord,  outer  end  of  cell 
1st  M2,  origin  of  Rs,  and  the  outer  forks,  more  diffuse  and  paler  on  Cu  and  the  outer 
veins;  veins  light  brown,  the  yellow  bases  extended  outwardly  to  include  all  of  Sc  and  less 
evidently  on  other  primary  veins.  Venation:  Sci  ending  opposite  fork  of  Rs;  R»  about 
twice  its  length  before  the  fork  of  R:i+i;  origin  of  vein  Rt  angulated  and  short-spurred; 
cell  M\  subequal  to  its  petiole;  m-cu  just  beyond  the  fork  of  M. 

Abdomen  black,  the  genital  segment  intensely  so ; valves  of  ovipositor  horn  yellow. 

Holotype  $,  Jhum  La,  Kameng,  North  East  Frontier  Agency,  Assam,  7,800 
feet,  May  13,  1961  (Schmid). 

In  its  general  appearance  Neolimnophila  citribasis  is  most  similar  to  N. 


1 Contribution  from  the  Entomological  Laboratory,  University  of  Massachusetts. 


December,  1966] 


Alexander:  Himalayan  Crane  Flies,  XIII 


181 


daedalea  n.  sp.,  of  Sikkim,  being  readily  told  by  the  extensive  brightening 
of  the  wing  base  and  the  more  restricted  darkened  pattern  of  the  disk. 
The  lack  of  a distinct  flagellar  fusion-segment  is  especially  noteworthy. 
Both  N . daedalea  and  N . fuscinervis  Edwards,  of  Yunnan,  have  the  basal  seg- 
ment of  the  flagellum  elongate,  resulting  from  four  fused  segments,  with  ten  free 
segments  beyond. 


Neolimnophila  daedalea  n.  sp. 

General  coloration  of  thorax  blackened,  the  praescutum  with  four  darker  stripes,  the 
intermediate  pair  vaguely  separated;  wings  light  yellow,  most  of  the  veins  heavily  seamed 
with  brown,  cells  C and  Sc  conspicuously  brownish  yellow;  a darkened  cloud  in  outer  half 
of  cell  R behind  Rs. 

male:  Length  about  5.5  mm;  wing  8 mm;  antenna  about  1.2  mm. 
female:  Length  about  6-6.5  mm;  wing  8-8.2  mm;  antenna  about  1.4  mm. 

Rostrum  and  palpi  black.  Antennae  black,  scape  pruinose;  fusion-segment  of  flagellum 
involving  four  segments,  with  ten  free  segments  beyond.  Head  brownish  gray;  anterior 
vertex  broad. 

Pronotum  blackish  gray.  Mesonotal  praescutum  with  four  blackened  stripes,  the  inter- 
mediate pair  only  vaguely  separated,  the  lateral  stripes  poorly  indicated,  lateral  margins  of 
segment  light  gray ; posterior  sclerites  of  notum  black,  very  sparsely  pruinose.  Pleura  gray. 
Halteres  light  yellow.  Legs  with  coxae  black,  pruinose;  trochanters  brown;  remainder  of 
legs  brownish  black,  femoral  bases  very  narrowly  paler.  Wings  strongly  light  yellow,  the 
prearcular  field  bright  yellow;  a heavy  brown  pattern  over  the  cord,  outer  end  of  cell 
1st  M-2  and  vein  Cu,  narrower  but  still  conspicuous  on  veins  beyond  cord  with  the  excep- 
tion of  M i+2,  Mi  and  Ms+i;  no  darkenings  on  M or  1st  A;  a conspicuous  marking  in  outer 
half  of  cell  R behind  Rs;  cells  C and  Sc  brownish  yellow.  Venation:  R2  some  distance 
before  fork  of  Rs+i,  subequal  to  R 3;  position  of  r-m  slightly  variable,  in  cases  at  or  just 
before  the  fork  of  Rs. 

Abdomen  dull  black.  Valves  of  ovipositor  long  and  straight,  tips  of  cerci  with  coarse 
yellow  setae. 

Holotype  2,  Kalep,  Sikkim,  in  Rhododendron  association,  12,100  feet,  June 
18,  1959  (Schmid).  Allotype,  8,  Yumtang,  Sikkim,  in  Rhododendron  associa- 
tion, 12,140  feet,  June  27,  1959.  Paratypes,  38  8,  with  the  allotype;  1 $, 
Chachu,  Sikkim,  11,500  feet,  June  29,  1959  (Schmid). 

Other  Himalayan  species  include  Neolimnophila  genitalis  (Brunetti),  with 
unpatterned  wings,  together  with  N.  bijusca  Alexander  and  N . citribasis  n.  sp., 
previously  described  in  the  present  report.  In  the  higher  mountains  of  western 
China  still  other  species  are  found,  including  N.  fuscinervis  Edwards,  N. 
perreducta  Alexander  and  N.  picturata  Alexander,  all  with  the  details  of  wing 
pattern  and  venation  distinct. 

Lipsothrix  decurvata  n.  sp. 

Pronotum  and  anterior  end  of  praescutum  brownish  black,  the  remainder  of  the  prae- 
scutal  stripes  paler,  pleura  light  yellow ; femora  yellow,  tips  conspicuously  brownish  black ; 
wings  faintly  darkened,  prearcular  and  costal  fields  more  brownish  yellow;  Rs  relatively 
long,  nearly  twice  R2+ 3+4,  vein  R±  very  strongly  decurved  outwardly,  its  tip  at  or  beyond 
the  wing  apex,  cell  1st  M2  short-rectangular. 


182 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


male:  Length  about  7-7.2  mm;  wing  7. 5-7. 8 mm;  antenna  about  2. 7-2. 8 mm. 

Rostrum  brownish  yellow;  palpi  black.  Antennae  relatively  long,  as  shown  by  the 
measurements;  scape  and  pedicel  brownish  yellow,  flagellum  brownish  black;  segments  long- 
subcylindrical,  verticils  short  and  sparse.  Head  light  brown. 

Cervical  region  and  pronotum  brownish  black.  Mesonotal  praescutum  extensively  obscure 
yellow,  with  a light  brown  central  stripe,  anterior  half  more  brownish  black,  this  being  a 
continuation  of  the  pronotal  darkening,  region  of  the  suture  yellowed;  scutal  lobes  and 
posterior  sclerites  darkened,  including  the  pleurotergite.  Pleura  light  yellow.  Halteres  with 
stem  pale,  knob  darkened.  Legs  with  coxae  and  trochanters  yellow;  femora  yellow,  tips 
conspicuously  brownish  black;  tibiae  obscure  yellow,  tips  more  narrowly  darkened;  tarsi 
obscure  yellow;  claws  long,  with  a major  subbasal  spine  and  two  or  three  smaller  more 
proximal  denticles.  Wings  faintly  darkened,  prearcular  and  costal  regions  more  brownish 
yellow,  stigma  still  darker;  veins  brown,  more  yellowish  brown  in  the  brightened  fields. 
Macrotrichia  of  veins  very  long.  Venation:  Sc i ending  just  beyond  fork  of  the  long  Rs, 
Sc2  near  its  tip;  R2  faint,  subequal  to  or  shorter  than  R1+2)  vein  Ri  very  strongly  decurved 
outwardly,  ending  at  or  beyond  the  wing  tip,  cell  at  margin  slightly  more  extensive 
than  cell  R>;  cell  1st  M*  short-rectangular,  less  than  one-half  the  veins  beyond  it;  m-cu 
about  one-third  its  length  beyond  the  fork  of  M,  in  cases  close  to  the  fork. 

Abdomen  including  hypopygium,  dark  brown.  Male  hypopygium  with  the  interbase 
slender;  phallosome  strongly  developed,  about  as  in  malla. 

holotype  S , Chateng,  Sikkim,  8,700  feet,  June  12,  1959  (Schmidt).  Paratopo- 
types,  4 8 S , on  two  pins. 

Lipsothrix  decurvata  is  close  to  L.  malla  Alexander,  of  Nepal,  differing  in 
details  of  body  coloration  and  in  the  venation,  especially  cell  1st  Mo  and  the 
radial  field,  including  the  more  decurved  vein  R±. 

Styringomyia  subobscura  n.  sp. 

Allied  to  obscurer,  general  coloration  of  body  black;  legs  blackened,  middle  and  hind 
femora  each  with  a narrow  yellow  subterminal  ring,  posterior  tarsi  whitened;  wings  slightly 
suffused,  virtually  unpatterned;  male  hypopygium  with  a long  sinuous  rodlike  spine  near 
base  of  inner  arm  of  dististyle;  apex  of  phallosome  bilobed. 
male:  Length  about  6.5  mm;  wing  4.6. 
female:  Length  about  6 mm;  wing  4.5. 

Rostrum  and  palpi  black.  Antennae  with  proximal  five  or  six  segments  black,  the  outer 
ones  brownish  yellow;  flagellar  segments  oval.  Head  brownish  black. 

Thorax  black,  sparsely  gray  pruinose  to  appear  dull;  central  region  of  sternum  some- 
what paler.  Halteres  with  stem  dark  brown,  knob  brownish  black.  Legs  with  coxae  light 
brown;  trochanters  brownish  yellow;  remainder  of  fore  legs  uniformly  blackened;  middle 
femora  restrictedly  obscure  yellow  at  base,  remainder  brownish  black  with  a narrow  obscure 
yellow  ring  some  distance  before  tip,  tibiae  brownish  black,  the  extreme  base  pale,  tarsi 
brownish  black,  the  extreme  bases  vaguely  paler ; posterior  legs  chiefly  black,  femur  with 
a conspicuous  pale  yellow  subterminal  ring,  the  darkened  tip  nearly  three  times  as  extensive, 
tibiae  brownish  black,  tarsi  whitened,  the  extreme  tips  of  the  individual  segments  pale  brown, 
terminal  segment  uniformly  darkened.  Wings  beyond  cord  with  a slight  darkened  suffusion, 
basal  cells  more  whitened;  a dusky  seam  along  vein  Cu  involving  both  cells;  veins  dark 
brown.  Venation:  Anterior  branch  of  Rs  more  nearly  erect  than  in  obscura. 

Abdomen  black.  Male  hypopygium  generally  as  in  obscura,  differing  in  all  details, 
especially  of  the  dististyle  and  phallosome.  Outer  rod  of  dististyle  without  basal  setae; 
outer  arm  large,  its  surface  with  numerous  scattered  setae;  margin  with  an  unbroken 


December,  1966] 


Alexander:  Himalayan  Crane  Flies,  XIII 


183 


comb  of  strong  spinoid  setae,  those  at  either  end  of  row  slightly  longer;  inner  arm  of  style 
more  slender,  with  two  terminal  combs,  two  strong  similar  spines  near  base,  and  a long 
sinuous  rodlike  spine  on  outer  margin  near  base ; origin  of  dististyle  with  a blackened  rod, 
its  apex  dilated  into  a head.  Phallosome  on  either  side  with  a recurved  or  pendant  lobe, 
the  obtuse  apex  blackened;  in  obscura  this  represented  by  a single  powerful  terminal  spine. 
holotype  8,  Chapai,  Kameng,  North  East  Frontier  Agency,  Assam,  700  feet, 
February  26,  1961  (Schmid).  Allotype  2,  Bhairabkunda,  Kameng,  700-1,000 
feet,  March  5,  1961  (Schmid). 

The  closest  relatives  of  the  present  fly  are  Styringomyia  obscura  Brunetti  and 
S.  schmidiana  Alexander,  both  with  the  hypopygial  structure  quite  distinct.  The 
male  hypopygium  of  obscura  has  been  described  and  figured  by  the  writer 
(Philippine  Jour.  Sei.  86:  447-448,  pi.  4,  fig.  56;  1957). 

Styringomyia  tarsatra  n.  sp. 

Size  small  (wing  4.5  mm  or  less)  ; general  coloration  of  mesonotum  dark  gray  and  black, 
ventral  half  of  thoracic  pleura  abruptly  yellow ; halteres  black ; femora  black,  bases  and  a 
narrow  subterminal  ring  yellow,  all  tibiae  and  tarsi  black ; wings  with  a weak  brownish 
tinge,  the  basal  third  more  whitened;  abdomen  black;  male  hypopygium  with  the  modified 
sternal  setae  apical  in  position ; outer  lobe  of  basistyle  with  a single  modified  seta ; inter- 
mediate and  inner  arms  of  dististyle  with  rows  of  blackened  pegs;  phallosome  unusually 
small  and  inconspicuous,  the  blackened  apex  rounded. 
male:  Length  about  6. 2-6. 5 mm;  wing  4-4.5  mm. 
female:  Length  about  6 mm;  wing  4.2  mm. 

Rostrum  and  palpi  black.  Antennae  with  scape,  pedicel  and  proximal  flagellar  segments 
black,  intermediate  segments  paler,  the  outer  ones  again  blackened;  pedicel  enlarged, 
flagellar  segments  oval.  Head  dark  brown  to  brownish  black,  sparsely  pruinose. 

Pronotum  dark  brown,  obscure  yellow  medially.  Mesonotum  gray,  patterned  with  black 
including  sublateral  praescutal  stripes  and  margins  to  the  scutal  lobes;  scutellum  with  a 
central  pale  yellow  spot.  Pleura  conspicuously  blackened  above,  including  the  dorsopleural 
membrane,  lower  half  abruptly  yellow,  including  also  the  coxae  of  all  legs.  Halteres  black. 
Legs  with  trochanters  yellow,  femora  black,  the  bases  restrictedly  paler,  with  a narrow 
obscure  yellow  subterminal  ring  at  about  twice  its  length  from  the  tip;  tibiae  and  tarsi  of 
all  legs  black.  Wings  with  a weak  brownish  tinge,  the  basal  third  or  more  whitened;  veins 
brown.  Venation:  Anterior  branch  of  Rs  oblique;  cell  2nd  M 2 narrowly  to  more  broadly 
sessile. 

Abdomen  black,  hypopygium  brownish  black.  Male  hypopygium  with  the  tergite  nar- 
rowed outwardly,  apical  lobe  provided  with  dense  retrorse  setae ; sternite  long  and  narrow, 
the  two  modified  setae  terminal,  placed  at  outer  apical  angles  of  sternal  lobe,  surface 
microscopically  setulose.  Basistyle  with  a single  modified  seta,  subequal  in  length  to  its 
basal  tubercle.  Dististyle  with  outer  arm  bearing  a single  weak  seta  at  near  one-third  the 
length;  intermediate  and  inner  arms  provided  with  blackened  pegs;  inner  arm  with  a 
slender  pale  rod  on  outer  margin,  the  inner  edge  near  base  with  a group  of  about  10  to 
12  very  long  setae.  Phallosome  unusually  small  and  inconspicuous,  the  outer  end  rounded 
and  blackened. 

holotype  8,  Parewavir,  Nepal,  March  28,  1957  (Coher).  Allotype  2,  Am- 
lekhgang,  Nepal,  520  meters,  July  26,  1957  (Coher).  Paratopotypes,  6 8 8, 
with  the  type,  March  15-28,  1957  (Coher). 


184 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Other  somewhat  similar  regional  species  include  Styringomyia  obscura  Bru- 
netti,  S.  schmidiana  Alexander,  and  S.  subobscura  n.  sp.,  from  which  the 
present  fly  differs  in  the  small  size,  details  of  coloration,  including  the  uni- 
formly blackened  tarsi  of  all  legs,  and  in  the  details  of  hypopygial  structure, 
including  particularly  the  dististyle  and  phallosome. 

Toxorhina  ( Ceratocheilus ) tuberifera  n.  sp. 

General  coloration  of  head  and  thorax  gray,  the  praescutum  with  three  virtually  con- 
fluent brown  stripes;  halteres  and  legs  black,  the  femoral  bases  restrictedly  yellow;  wings 
subhayaline,  base  more  yellowed,  anterior  branch  of  Rs  sinuous,  cell  Rx  narrowed  at 
margin ; abdomen  brownish  black ; male  hypopygium  with  a strong  tubercle  near  proximal 
end  of  basistyle ; dististyle  terminal,  the  marginal  tubercle  small ; arms  of  aedeagus  very 
short. 

male:  Length,  excluding  rostrum,  about  5 mm;  wing  5 mm;  rostrum  alone  about  3 mm. 
female:  Length,  excluding  rostrum,  about  5.5  mm;  wing  5 mm;  rostrum  about  3 mm. 

Rostrum  black,  more  than  one-half  the  length  of  wing.  Antennae  black.  Head  black, 
sparsely  pruinose,  without  a corniculus ; anterior  vertex  relatively  narrow,  slightly  wider 
than  the  diameter  of  the  scape. 

Cervical  region  and  pronotum  blackened.  Mesonotal  praescutum  with  three  virtually 
confluent  brown  stripes,  the  median  extension  darker  in  front,  lateral  praescutal  borders 
gray ; posterior  sclerites  of  notum  black,  gray  pruinose,  scutal  lobes  more  infuscated.  Pleura 
black,  sparsely  pruinose  to  appear  plumbeous.  Halteres  black  throughout.  Legs  with  coxae 
brownish  black,  trochanters  brownish  yellow;  remainder  of  legs  black,  femoral  bases  re- 
strictedly yellowed.  Wings  subhyaline,  the  base  more  yellowed;  veins  brown,  those  at 
wing  base  more  brownish  yellow.  Certain  veins  beyond  cord  with  sparse  trichia,  including 
both  sections  of  R5  and  distal  section  of  M i+2;  a single  trichium  near  outer  end  of  vein  Ms. 
Venation:  Sci  ending  just  beyond  origin  of  Rs,  Sc»  before  the  origin;  anterior  branch  of 
Rs  sinuous  but  more  erect  than  in  mesorhyncha,  cell  R\  narrowed  at  margin;  Rs  nearly  as 
long  as  basal  section  of  R5;  m-cu  before  fork  of  M.  In  the  allotype  female  both  wings 
have  cell  Ms  open  by  the  atrophy  of  m. 

Abdomen,  including  hypopygium,  brownish  black.  Male  hypopygium  with  a strong 
tubercle  on  mesal  face  of  basistyle  near  proximal  end,  provided  with  several  strong  black 
setae.  Dististyle  single,  terminal  in  position,  extended  into  a long  slender  beak  bearing  a 
low  lateral  flange,  outer  margin  shortly  before  midlength  with  a small  tubercle.  Interbases 
appearing  as  narrow  blades.  Arms  of  aedeagus  unusually  short,  less  than  the  distance 
separating  them  at  bases. 

holotype  $ , Lathong,  Sikkim,  6,560  feet,  July  26,  1959  (Schmid).  Allotopo- 
type,  9. 

The  closest  relative  is  Toxorhina  ( Ceratocheilus ) mesorhyncha  Alexander 
which  differs  in  the  venation  of  the  radial  field  and  in  the  hypopygial  struc- 
ture, especially  the  dististyle  and  aedeagus. 


Received  for  Publication  August  5,  1966 


December,  1966] 


Klots:  Amblyscirtes  samoset  Larva 


185 


The  Larva  of  Amblyscirtes  samoset  (Scudder) 
(Lepidoptera:  Hesperiidae) 

Alexander  B.  Klots1 

Abstract:  The  mature  larva  is  described,  figured  and  compared  with  that  of  the  largely 

sympatric  A.  vialis  (W.  H.  Edwards).  Some  larval  characters  of  the  genus  Amblyscirtes 
Scudder  are  discussed. 

A female  Amblyscirtes  samoset  (Scudder)  was  observed,  by  Cyril  dos  Passos 
and  the  writer,  ovipositing  on  Poa  pratensis  L.  near  West  Bridgewater,  Vermont, 
on  9 June  1956.  A single  egg  was  found,  from  which  the  larva  was  reared  to 
maturity  by  Dr.  dos  Passos.  The  larva  was  then  photographed,  studied  and 
preserved  by  the  writer.  It  is  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
The  larva  of  this  species  is  relatively  unknown,  almost  the  only  published  data 
on  it  being  those  of  Scudder  (1889,  p.  1589-1592,  pi.  77,  fig.  29).  Scudder, 
however,  merely  copied  one  of  Abbot’s  pictures;  and  his  description  and  figure 
are  quite  inadequate. 


DESCRIPTION  OE  MATURE  LARVA 

length  at  rest:  22.5  mm.  Head  rounded  and  only  very  slightly  emarginate  dorsally  at 

epicranial  suture  (Fig.  3),  from  anterior  aspect  as  wide  as  high;  and  with  very  little  taper 
dorsad;  covered  with  fine,  ridgelike  reticulations;  very  sparsely  and  finely  setose.  Face 
(including  the  central  triangular  sclerite,  the  narrow  sclerites  bordering  this  laterally,  and 
the  anterior  edges  of  the  epicrania2)  dark  brown,  forming  a triangle  that  narrows  toward 
vertex,  and  behind  vertex  joins  the  dark  posterior  region  of  the  head;  laterad  of  this  on 
either  side  a broad,  very  pale  brown  band  running  dorsad  almost  to  vertex  (Figs.  1 & 2)  ; 
posterad  of  this  on  either  side  a dark  brown  band,  ventrally  including  the  anterior  4 
stemmata,  running  dorsad  to  vertex;  posterad  of  this  on  either  side  a broad,  pale  band 
running  dorsad  almost  to  vertex;  vertex  and  posterior  region  of  head  dark  brown.  Labrum 
shallowly  emarginate.  A strong,  projecting,  slightly  recurved  spine  (here  called  the 
paraclypeal  spine ) arising  laterad  of  each  ventro-lateral  angle  of  clypeus,  protruding  forward 
and  ventrad.  Stemmata:  Nos.  1-4  forming  an  anterior  curving  group;  of  these,  4 is  the 
largest,  3 is  slightly  smaller  than  4,  1 is  slightly  smaller  than  3,  and  2 is  slightly  smaller 
than  1.  No.  6 is  almost  directly  caudad  of  4 and  about  as  far  from  it  as  1 is  from  3. 


1 Professor  of  Biology,  The  City  College  of  New  York;  and  Research  Associate,  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 

2 The  nomenclature  of  the  anterior  surface  of  the  head  of  lepidopterous  larvae  is  some- 
what confused.  Most  recent  systematists  call  the  large,  triangular,  central  sclerite  the  frons , 
the  narrow  sclerites  along  each  side  of  this  the  adfrontals,  and  the  transverse  area  ventrad 
of  the  so-called  frons  the  clypeus.  However,  as  shown  by  Snodgrass  (1935,  p.  121,  fig.  64) 
the  triangular  central  sclerite  is  really  the  clypeus;  most  of  the  true  frons  is  invaginated 
within  the  so-called  epicranial  suture  dorsad  of  the  true  clypeus;  and  the  narrow,  lateral 
sclerites  are  the  ventral  remnants  of  the  true  frons,  separated  by  the  dorsad  extension  be- 
tween them  of  the  true  clypeus.  Scudder  (loc.  cit .,  I,  p.  8)  calls  the  whole  complex  the 
“facial  triangle,  or  clypeus.” 


186 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Figs.  1 & 2.  Mature  larva,  Amblyscirtes  samoset  (Scudder),  from  life.  Fig.  1:  lateral 
aspect.  Fig.  2:  dorsal  aspect. 


No.  5 is  ventrad  and  slightly  cauaad  of  6,  just  above  and  slightly  caudad  of  base  of 
antenna  and  directed  ventrad.  Prothoracic  shield  heavily  sclerotized,  black,  shining,  its 
ventral  margins  somewhat  undulate.  Prothoracic  spiracle  very  large,  broadly  and  sym- 
metrically oval. 

Ground  color  of  body  very  pale  whitish  green  with  darker  dull  green  markings  (Figs. 
1 & 2).  Meso-  and  metathorax  fairly  thickly  covered  with  short  setae  arising  from  circular, 
well-sclerotized  bases ; remainder  of  body  with  shorter,  much  sparser  setae,  nearly  all  of 
which  arise  from  almost  unsclerotized  bases.  A distinct  narrow,  mid-dorsal,  dark  line 
from  anterior  end  of  mesothorax  to  posterior  end  of  abdomen,  weakening  posteriorly;  a 
more  diffuse,  dark,  lateral,  supraspiracular  line  from  thorax  to  posterior  end  of  abdomen, 
weakening  posteriorly.  A pale  whitish,  subspiracular  line  along  the  edge  of  a distinct, 
folded,  lateral  ridge  from  anterior  edge  of  prothorax  to  posterior  end  of  abdomen.  Meso- 
thorax almost  completely  dark,  metathorax  lighter,  abdominal  segments  progressively  lighter. 
On  the  posterior  part  (somewhat  more  than  half)  of  each  abdominal  segment  are  4 or  5 
very  narrow,  somewhat  irregular  transverse  dark  lines  between  which  are  transverse  rows 


December,  1966] 


Klots:  Amblyscirtes  samoset  Larva 


187 


Figs.  3 & 4.  Head  of  mature  larva,  Amblyscirtes  samoset  (Scudder).  Fig.  3:  anterior 
aspect;  the  shading  shows  pigmentation,  not  contour.  Fig.  4:  lateral  aspect,  showing  also 
prothoracic  shield  and  spiracle. 


of  dark  dots;  and  on  the  anterior  part  (somewhat  less  than  half)  of  each  segment  a number 
of  dark  dots,  sometimes  more  or  less  in  transverse  rows,  sometimes  irregularly  located. 

DISCUSSION 

Scudder’s  description  and  figures  of  the  larvae  of  A.  vialis  (loc.  cit.,  p.  157 5— 
1588,  PI.  77,  fig.  24  and  PI.  80,  figs.  46-50)  show  it  differing  from  that  of 
A.  samoset  in  a number  of  features.  A.  vialis  has  the  head  narrower  and  more 
emarginate  and  tapering  dorsally;  the  frontal  triangle  is  more  largely  pale; 
on  either  side  of  it  is  a narrow,  vertical  dark  stripe  that  does  not  run  dorsad 
to  join  the  other  dark  areas;  and  the  body  is  paler  and  more  thickly  setose 
and  lacks  the  dark  middorsal  line  and  most  of  the  other  dark  markings  of 
samoset.  Scudder  cites  the  dorsally  tapering,  emarginate  head  and  the  pro- 
truding paraclypeal  spines  as  generic  characters  for  Amblyscirtes.  Heitzman 
(“1964”  1 1965]  and  1965)  has  described  and  figured  in  detail  the  larvae  of 
A.  nysa  W.  H.  Edwards  and  A.  belli  A.  Freeman.  Each  has  a dark  middorsal 
line,  a dorsally  tapering,  emarginate  head,  and  a distinctive  dark  and  light 
banded  head  pattern  generically  like  those  of  A.  vialis  and  samoset.  Paraclypeal 
spines  are  figured  for  the  larva  of  A.  belli  but  not  mentioned;  but  are  not  men- 
tioned or  figured  for  the  larva  of  A.  nysa.  In  the  latter  case  they  may  have  been 
overlooked.  The  stemmata  and  prothoracic  spiracle  are  not  shown  in  detail.  It 
seems  probable  that  the  paraclypeal  spines  and  the  banded  head  pattern  may 
be  regarded  as  characters  for  Amblyscirtes,  but  that  the  dorsally  broader  and 
non-emarginate  head  is  peculiar  to  A.  samoset.  Details  of  the  body  pattern 


188 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


and  the  surface  sculpturing  of  the  head  may  well  prove  to  be  characters  of 
specific  value  when  the  larvae  of  more  species  are  known. 

Literature  Cited 

Heitzman,  J.  R.  “1964”  [1965].  The  habits  and  life  history  of  Amblyscirtes  nysa  (Hes- 
periidae)  in  Missouri.  Jour.  Res.  Lep.,  3:  154-156. 

. 1965.  The  life  history  of  Amblyscirtes  belli  in  Missouri.  Jour.  Res.  Lep., 

4:  75-78. 

Scudder,  S.  H.  1889.  The  butterflies  of  the  eastern  United  States  and  Canada  with  special 
reference  to  New  England.  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

Snodgrass,  R.  E.  1935.  The  principles  of  insect  morphology.  McGraw-Hill,  New  York. 

Received  for  Publication  August  10,  1966 


The  Discovery  of  Additional  Journals  of  Frank  E.  Watson 

In  an  obituary  of  Frank  Edward  Watson,  1877-1947,  published  in  the  Journal  of  the 
New  York  Entomological  Society  (1958,  66:  1-6)  the  finding  of  some  of  his  loose-leaf 
journals  covering  the  years  1904  in  part,  1906-1910,  1911  in  part,  1912-1913,  1915  and 
1923-1925  was  reported.  During  Watson’s  last  years  he  made  his  home  with  William 
Friedle  of  Ozone  Park,  Long  Island,  New  York.  With  the  death  of  William  Friedle  a few 
months  ago  his  step  nephew,  Mr.  Bruce  Friedle,  discovered  a number  of  additional  volumes 
of  Watson’s  journals  that  had  not  been  delivered  to  the  undersigned  when  he  purchased 
Watson’s  butterfly  collection  and  library  from  Friedle  after  the  former’s  death. 

These  additional  journals  have  been  kindly  given  by  Mr.  Friedle  to  the  Department  of 
Entomology  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  are  as  follows:  1896-1905, 
1914-1922,  1926-1931,  1934-1947.  Thus  the  American  Museum  now  has  all  of  Watson’s 
diaries  in  the  Department  of  Entomology  with  the  exception  of  those  covering  the  years 
1932  and  1933.  These  must  be  assumed  to  have  been  lost. 

The  Watson  journals,  as  before  observed,  are  extremely  interesting  and  important  as 
showing  his  activities  in  the  field  from  day  to  day  and  in  rearing  Lepidoptera.  Further 
details  of  these  matters  will  be  found  on  page  3 of  the  aforementioned  paper.  They  also 
fix  definitely  his  collecting  localities  which  are  only  indicated  on  his  specimens  by  code 
letters. 


Cyril  F.  dos  Passos 


December,  19661  Manischewitz:  Parasitic  Mites  of  New  Jersey 


189 


Studies  on  Parasitic  Mites  of  New  Jersey1 

Jack  R.  Manischewitz 

Rutgers — The  State  University,  New  Brunswick,  N.J. 

Abstract:  A study  of  mites  of  the  Trombiculidae,  Myobiidae,  Pyemotidae,  Tetranychidae, 
and  Acarinae  collected  from  mammals  in  New  Jersey  included  26  recognized  species  and  3 
probable  new  species.  New  records  for  the  state  and  host  and  date-locality  records  are 
included. 


INTRODUCTION 

In  view  of  the  scarcity  of  New  Jersey  ectoparasite  records,  a survey  was 
undertaken  from  1951  to  1953  by  the  New  Jersey  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station  with  cooperation  from  the  New  Jersey  Department  of  Agriculture,  and 
the  New  Jersey  Division  of  Fish  and  Game.  During  this  survey,  about  4,000 
mammals  of  twenty-nine  species  were  collected. 

This  paper  summarizes  information  on  the  Trombiculidae,  Myobiidae, 
Pyemotidae,  Tetranychidae,  and  Acarinae  which  were  taken  from  mammals 
and  are  new  collection  and/or  host  records  for  New  Jersey. 

Most  of  the  small  mammals  other  than  rats  were  collected  with  Sherman 
live  traps  or  snap  mousetraps.  Rats  were  usually  collected  from  municipal 
dumps  by  use  of  cyanide  gas.  All  mites  were  mounted  in  Hoyer’s  medium. 

RESULTS 

New  records  for  the  state  are  listed  below  together  with  information  on  hosts 
and  comments  on  species  where  warranted.  In  the  records  abbreviations  are 
as  follows:  L indicates  larva,  N indicates  nymph,  T indicates  tritonymph,  F 
indicates  female,  and  M indicates  male.  Specimens  without  letter  designations 
are  adults.  Numbers  appearing  after  the  word  “plus”  indicate  specimens  not 
mounted  and  not  identified  by  the  author,  but  which  were  thought  at  the 
time  of  mounting  to  be  identical  with  those  mounted.  All  mites  of  the  same 
species  found  on  the  same  day  on  the  same  host  species  in  the  same  locality 
are  dealt  with  as  one  record. 

TROMBICULIDAE 

Wharton  and  Fuller  (1952)  summarize  much  general  information  pertaining 
to  the  biology  and  ecology  of  chiggers.  They  also  present  keys  to  genera,  and 
list  all  species  and  all  references.  Brennan  and  Jones  (1959)  present  keys  in- 
cluding all  North  American  species  of  chiggers. 

1 Paper  of  the  Journal  Series,  New  Jersey  Agricultural  Experiment  Station.  From  a thesis 
submitted  to  the  Graduate  Faculty,  Rutgers — The  State  University  in  partial  fulfillment  of 
the  requirements  for  the  M.S.  degree. 


190 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Table  1.  Mites  and  hosts  found  in  the  present  study. 


<0 


8 

8 

53 

Co 

8 

q 

8 

*8 

8 

Co 

• 

8 

• 

V 

#co 

<s» 

53 

,<o 

-O 

tuo 

§ 

8 

8 

«o 

8 

<o 

Co 

O 

co 

8 

CO 

Co 

*>» 

CO 

Co 

V 

o 

CO 

8 
• 5S* 

<8 

Co 

8 

<s* 

CO 

Co 

<s> 

CO 

• 5S* 
&0 
CO 

p 

s 

rs* 

« 

53 

8 

53 

8 

53 

8 

•p* 

-+8i 

Co 

8 

•^1 

8 

►si 

O 

§ 

5S> 

*>>* 

<s* 

£► 

CO 

Q 

►2 

CQ 

O 

§ 

CO 

ft. 

•+8i 
• 58* 

ft* 

Co 

8 

* 

8 

Le  ptotr  ombidium  myotis 

2 

1* 

Miyatrombicula  cynos 

1* 

N eotrombicula  whartoni 

20* 

11 

3* 

1* 

Euschongastia  peromysci 

9 6 

41 

6 

1* 

Euschongastia  marmot ae 

23 

Euschongastia  blarinae 

5 

Euschongastia  setosa 

1 

Protomyobia  claparedei 

1 

1* 

Blarinobia  simplex 

88 

1* 

Radfordia  subuliger 

1* 

Radjordia  lemnina 

2 

3* 

Radfordia  affinis 

7 

Radfordia  ensifera 

1* 

3* 

5* 

1* 

7716 

Myobia  musculi 

1 

Bryobia  praetiosa 

4 

2* 

1* 

1* 

3* 

Pygmephorus  erlangensis 

8* 

554* 

Pygmephorus  sp. 

1* 

569* 

Pygmephorus  sp. 

5* 

Pediculaster  mesembrinae 

1* 

Pseudo  pygmephorus  sellnicki 

26* 

Pseudo  pygmephorus  tarsalis 

3* 

Neo pygmephorus  bavaric us 

2* 

11* 

2* 

N eo pygmephorus  lithobii 

1* 

N eo pygmephorus  sp. 

1* 

18* 

159* 

Acarus  siro 

73 

Acarus  immobilis 

5* 

Tyrophagus  similis 

1* 

Tyrophagus  palmarum 

2* 

Tyrophagus  putrescentiae 

38 

Total  hosts  examined 

13 

88 

2 152 

156 

146 

44 

2795  3 

* No  previous  records  on  this  host. 


Keys  including  all  species  of  the  N eotrombicula,  detailed  descriptions,  and 
many  diagrams,  are  presented  by  Brennan  and  Wharton  (1950).  Complete 
records  of  United  States  N eotrombicula  are  also  presented. 

The  most  important  work  dealing  with  the  genus  Euschongastia  is  that  of 
Farrell  (1956)  which  includes  a key  to  species,  complete  descriptions  and  much 
ecological  information. 

Le ptotr ombidium  myotis  (Ewing) 

Seabrook,  22  Sept.  52,  ex  Peromyscus  leucopus,  2L;  Seabrook,  22  Sept.  52,  ex  Pitymys 
pinetorum,  1L. 


December,  1966]  Manischewitz:  Parasitic  Mites  of  New  Jersey 


191 


Miyatrombicula  cynos  (Ewing) 

Vernon,  7 Feb.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus,  1L. 

N eotrombicula  whartoni  (Ewing) 

Eldora,  9 Apr.  53,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  1L;  Moorestown,  18  Mar.  53,  ex  Pitymys 
pinetorum,  1L;  Riverton,  21  Apr.  53,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  1L;  Barnegat,  19  Nov.  53; 
ex  Microtus  pennsylvanicus,  10L;  Clayton,  16  Dec.  52,  ex  Microtus  pennsylvanicus , 1L; 
Clinton,  29  Oct.  51,  ex  Didelphis  virginiana,  20L;  Riverton,  15  Feb.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus, 

1L. 

Euschongastia  peromysci  (Ewing) 

Bamber,  10  Nov.  53,  ex  Peromyscus  leucopus,  4L;  Monroeville,  13  Feb.  53,  ex  Peromyscus 
leucopus,  2L;  New  Brunswick,  4 Feb.  53,  ex  Peromyscus  leucopus , 1L;  New  Brunswick, 
9 Mar.  53,  ex  Peromyscus  leucopus , 7L;  New  Brunswick,  10  Mar.  53,  ex  Peromyscus 
leucopus,  3L;  New  Brunswick,  23  Mar.  53,  ex  Peromyscus  leucopus , 1L;  Seabrook,  22 
Sept.  52,  ex  Peromyscus  leucopus , 23L;  Clayton,  16  Dec.  53,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  1L; 
Lakehurst,  12  May  53,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  1L;  New  Brunswick,  4 Feb.  53,  ex  Pitymys 
pinetorum,  1L;  Seabrook,  22  Sept.  52,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  3L;  Chester,  17  Dec.  52,  ex 
Microtus  pennsylvanicus,  1L;  Clayton,  16  Dec.  52,  ex  Microtus  pennsylvanicus,  1L;  New 
Brunswick,  5 Feb.  53,  ex  Microtus  pennsylvanicus,  4L;  Seabrook,  22  Sept.  52,  ex  Clethrion- 
omys  gapperi,  9L;  Pedricktown,  10  Mar.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus,  1L. 

Euschongastia  marmotae  Farrell 

Clinton,  1 Oct.  51,  ex  Marmota  monax,  23L. 

Euschongastia  blarinae  (Ewing) 

Clinton,  30  Sept.  51,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda,  5L. 

Euschongastia  setosa  (Ewing) 

Seabrook,  22  Sept.  52,  ex  Peromyscus  leucopus,  1L. 

MYOBIIDAE 

Ewing  (1938)  described  all  known  North  American  Myobiidae,  and  included 
host,  date,  and  locality  records.  Jameson  (1955)  taxonomically  and  ecologically 
summarized  the  genera  of  the  Myobiidae.  A key  to  genera  is  presented,  as  well 
as  phylogentic  relationships  of  genera.  With  respect  to  Radfordia,  an  excellent 
key  is  presented  by  Howell  and  Elzinga  (1962). 

Protomyobia  claparedei  (Poppe) 

Fligh  Bridge,  11  Feb.  53,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda , IF;  Barnegat,  19  Nov.  53,  ex  Microtus 
pennsylvanicus,  IF. 

Blarinobia  simplex  (Ewing) 

Allentown,  20  Jan.  53,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda,  IF  plus  60;  Clinton,  30  Sept.  53,  ex  Blarina 
brevicauda,  3F ; Eldora,  10  Apr.  53,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda , 2F ; Port  Republic,  16  Apr.  53, 
ex  Blarina  brevicauda,  IF  plus  8;  Riverton,  21  Apr.  53,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda,  3F  plus  4; 
Robinsville,  15  Jan.  53,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda,  IF ; Somerset  County,  5 Apr.  52,  ex  Blarina 
brevicauda,  IF,  2FN ; Trenton,  21  Apr.  53,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda,  IF;  Yardville,  30  Nov. 
53,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda , IF ; Trenton,  22  Jan.  53,  ex  Mus  musculus,  IF. 

Radfordia  subuliger  Ewing 

New  Brunswick,  3 Feb.  53,  ex  Peromyscus  leucopus , IF. 

Radfordia  lemnina  (Koch) 

Princeton,  22  Jan.  53,  ex  Microtus  pennsylvanicus,  1M;  Morris  County,  6 Feb.  53,  ex 
Microtus  pennsylvanicus,  IF ; Seabrook,  15  Dec.  52,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  IF  plus  1 ; 
Clayton,  16  Dec.  52,  ex  Pitmymys  pinetorum,  1M. 


192 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Radfordia  ajfinis  (Poppe) 

Trenton,  24  Jan.  53,  ex  Mus  musculus,  IF  plus  5;  Trenton,  26  Jan.  53,  ex  Mus  musculus, 

IF. 

Radfordia  ensifera  (Poppe) 

Bridgeton,  19  Dec.  52,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  IF;  Robbinsville,  14  Jan.  53,  ex  Pitymys 
pinetorum , IF;  Vincentown,  23  Jan.  53,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum , 2M,  IF;  Fortescue,  20  Jan. 
53,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda,  1M;  Princeton,  22  Jan.  53,  ex  Microtus  pennsylvanicus,  1M  plus 
2;  Princeton,  22  Jan.  53,  ex  Mus  musculus , 1M. 

Over  7,000  Radfordia  ensifera  were  collected  from  Rattus  norvegicus.  The  localities  of 
these  collections  are  presented  in  Figure  1. 

Radfordia  ensifera  is  common  on  New  Jersey  rats;  34%  of  those  examined  were  found 
to  possess  Radfordia  ensifera.  The  per  cent  infestation  appeared  to  be  constant  throughout 
the  year,  although  the  average  number  of  mites  per  infested  rat  was  not.  An  average  of  8.1 
specimens  of  Radfordia  ensifera  was  found  per  infested  rat.  No  significant  difference  was 
found  between  the  average  number  of  Radfordia  ensifera  per  rat  in  the  various  sections  of 
New  Jersey. 

Radfordia  ensifera  may  be  found  on  New  Jersey  rats  throughout  the  year.  The  seasonal 
fluctuations  are  the  same  throughout  the  state.  In  summer  this  myobiid  is  about  two  and 
one-half  times  as  abundant  as  during  the  rest  of  the  year. 

Myobia  musculi  Schrank 
Trenton,  9 Feb.  53,  ex  Mus  musculus,  IF. 

PYEMOTIDAE 

Cross  (1962)  deals  with  many  pyemotids  found  throughout  the  country. 
Krczal  (1959)  describes  many  new  European  pyemotids. 

Pediculaster  mesembrinae  (Canestrini) 

Woodbury,  27  Aug.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus,  IF. 

Pygmephorus  erlangensis  Krczal 

Dividing  Creek,  15  Jan.  53,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda,  IF;  Franklin  Township,  5 Apr.  52, 
ex  Blarina  brevicauda , 2F ; Robbinsville,  15  Jan.  53,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda , IF  plus  1; 
Yardville,  29  Nov.  53,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda,  IF  plus  2. 

The  following  records  are  all  ex  Rattus  norvegicus: 

Atlantic  City,  6 Feb.  52,  2F  plus  94;  Audubon,  1 Feb.  52,  IF;  Barrington,  4 Feb.  52, 
2F ; Bernardsville,  7 Dec.  51,  IF;  Bloomingdale,  16  May  52,  IF;  Bridgeton,  11  Feb.  52, 
IF;  Burlington,  28  Feb.  52,  3F  plus  12;  Cranbury,  7 Apr.  52,  7F  plus  26;  Elizabeth,  30  Jan. 
52,  2F  plus  14;  Fairview,  9 May  52,  IF  plus  8;  11  Aug.  52,  IF  plus  18;  Flemington,  10 
Dec.  51,  3F ; Gibbstown,  12  Mar.  52,  2F  plus  13;  Hackensack,  20  May  51,  IF;  Hacketts- 
town,  26  Mar.  52,  4F ; Hightstown,  21  Apr.  52,  6F  plus  7;  Jersey  City,  14  Nov.  51,  IF; 
25  Feb.  52,  6F  plus  9;  28  Feb.  52,  3F  plus  12;  Lyndhurst,  8 May  52,  IF  plus  73;  McAfee, 
7 Feb.  52,  2F ; 13  Feb.  52,  2F ; National  Park,  2 Apr.  52,  IF;  Newark,  28  Feb.  52,  IF; 
North  Arlington,  25  Feb.  52,  2F  plus  7;  Palmyra,  27  Mar.  52,  2F  plus  1;  Pedricktown, 
10  Mar.  52,  4F  plus  16;  Pennsauken  Township,  26  Feb.  52,  3F  plus  12;  Pennsgrove,  6 Mar. 
52,  2F  plus  10;  Perth  Amboy,  20  May  51,  2F ; 16  Mar.  52,  4F  plus  2;  Phillipsburg,  21 
Mar.  52,  2F  plus  7;  Pine  Brook,  9 June  52,  2F ; Rahway,  8 Jan.  52,  IF;  30  Jan.  52,  IF; 
23  Apr.  52,  2F ; Raritan,  6 Dec.  51,  IF  plus  19;  15  May  52,  IF;  Riverside,  27  Feb.  52,  IF; 
28  Mar.  52,  4F  plus  2;  Riverton,  15  Feb.  52,  3F  plus  3;  Roebling,  28  Feb.  52,  IF  plus  7; 
Rutherford,  13  June  52,  5F  plus  6;  Salem,  30  Nov.  51,  2F ; 5 Mar.  52,  IF;  Seabrook,  7 Feb. 
52,  6F  plus  5;  Secaucus,  26  Feb.  52,  2F ; South  Camden,  14  Mar.  52,  3F  plus  7;  South 


December,  1966]  Manischewitz:  Parasitic  Mites  of  New  Jersey 


193 


Fig.  1.  Distribution  of  Radfordia  ensifera. 


194 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


River,  27  Feb.  52,  4F  plus  12;  22  Apr.  52,  IF;  Trenton,  20  Feb.  52,  4F  plus  7;  Union  City, 
31  Aug.  51,  2F ; Westville,  5 Feb.  52,  4F  plus  3;  Wildwood,  20  Feb.  52,  IF  plus  8;  Wood- 
bury, 15  Feb.  52,  5F  plus  14. 

Pygmephorus  erlangensis  was  found  throughout  the  year,  being  most  abundant  during 
winter  and  early  spring. 

Pygmephorus  sp. 

Eldora,  10  Apr.  53,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda  (dead),  IF. 

The  following  records  are  all  ex  Rattus  norvegicus : 

Allentown,  20  Aug.  52,  IF;  Belvidere,  13  May  52,  IF  plus  12;  Cranbury,  7 Apr.  52,  3F 
plus  7;  Fairview,  28  Aug.  51,  2F ; Hackensack,  20  May  51,  2F  plus  1;  North  Arlington, 
25  Feb.  52,  3F  plus  6;  Phillipsburg,  21  Mar.  52,  IF;  Rahway,  23  Apr.  52,  3F  plus  5; 
Raritan,  15  May  52,  IF  plus  3;  Riverside,  27  Feb.  52,  2F ; Riverton,  15  Feb.  52,  IF;  Secaucus, 
19  Feb.  52,  2F ; 26  Feb.  52,  IF;  7 May  52,  2F  plus  483;  Somers  Point,  13  Feb.  52,  IF; 
South  River,  22  Apr.  52,  IF  plus  5;  Trenton,  20  Feb.  52,  IF;  Union  City,  6 May  52,  IF 
plus  10;  Woodbury,  15  Feb.  52,  IF  plus  7. 

This  species  is  similar  to  Pygmephorus  sp.  of  Cross  (1962)  as  well  as  to 
Pygmephorus  spinosus  Kramer.  It  differs  from  the  former  in  the  following 
respects:  (1)  The  caudal  setae  are  only  about  half  as  long  as  in  the  diagram 
of  Cross.  (2)  The  lengths  of  dorsal  setae  I and  II  relative  to  the  length  of  the 
hysterosome  are  similar  to  those  of  Pygmephorus  spinosus.  (3)  The  lateral 
setae  I are  but  slightly  longer  than  dorsal  setae  I.  (4)  The  stigmatal  setae  of 
the  propodosoma  are  about  twice  as  long  as  in  the  diagram  of  Cross.  (5)  The 
distance  between  the  base  of  a stigmatal  setae  and  the  base  of  the  anterior 
pseudostigmatal  seta  on  the  same  side  is  about  two-thirds  as  great  as  the  dis- 
tance between  the  base  of  the  anterior  pseudostigmatal  seta  and  the  base  of 
the  posterior  pseudostigmatal  seta  on  the  same  side. 

No  intermediates  between  Pygmephorus  erlangensis  and  the  undescribed 
Pygmephorus  sp.  were  found.  This  Pygmephorus  sp.  differs  from  Pygmephorus 
erlangensis  in  the  following  respects : ( 1 ) Stigmatal  setae  are  only  about  sixty 
percent  as  long  as  those  of  Pygmephorus  erlangensis.  (2)  External  ventral 
setae  II  barely  reach  the  bases  of  the  internal  presternal  setae,  whereas  in 
Pygmephorus  erlangensis  they  almost  reach  the  bases  of  the  external  presternal 
setae.  (3)  All  three  pairs  of  caudal  setae  are  the  same  length,  whereas  in 
Pygmephorus  erlangensis  the  most  lateral  pair  is  slightly  more  than  twice  as 
long  as  the  others.  (4)  The  distance  between  internal  caudal  setae  and  external 
caudal  setae  I is  only  one-half  as  great  as  the  distance  between  external  caudal 
setae  I and  external  caudal  setae  II,  whereas  in  Pygmephorus  erlangensis  the 
two  distances  are  equal. 

The  specimen  taken  from  Blarina  brevicauda , the  same  host  with  which 
Cross’s  specimen  was  associated,  differs  slightly  from  the  others  and  may  be 
another  species.  In  this  specimen  the  relative  lengths  of  lateral  setae  I and 
dorsal  setae  I are  as  diagrammed  by  Cross.  However,  the  other  differences 
noted  above  remain. 


December,  1966]  Manischewitz:  Parasitic  Mites  of  New  Jersey 


195 


Pygmephorus  sp. 

Fellowship,  22  Jan.  53,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  3F  (questionable  record)  ; Jamesburg,  14 
Nov.  52,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum , IF;  New  Brunswick,  4 Feb.  53,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  IF. 

This  species  is  somewhat  similar  to  Pygmephorus  microti  Krczal,  known  only  from  Europe 
on  Microtus  arvalis  and  Sorex  araneus.  Pygmephorus  sp.  differs  from  Pygmephorus  microti 
in  the  following  respects:  (1)  The  bases  of  lateral  setae  III  are  slightly  anterior  to  the  bases 
of  dorsal  setae  III.  (2)  The  caudal  setae  are  almost  as  wide  as  the  dorsal  setae.  (3)  The 
external  caudal  setae  II  are  about  half  as  long  as  the  dorsal  setae  IV.  (4)  The  external 
caudal  setae  I are  about  half  as  long  as  the  external  caudal  setae  II.  (5)  The  internal 
caudal  setae  are  about  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  external  caudal  setae  I. 

Pseudo  pygmephorus  sellnicki  (Krczal) 

Dover,  28  May  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus,  IF;  Jersey  City,  8 July  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus, 
IF;  Kearny,  8 July  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , IF;  Lyndhurst,  12  June  51,  ex  Rattus  nor- 
vegicus, IF;  New  Brunswick,  23  Apr.  51,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , IF;  Perth  Amboy,  20  May 

51,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , 2F ; Rahway,  12  June  51,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , IF;  Rahway,  5 
July  51,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , IF;  Union  City,  7 Aug.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , IF  plus 
15;  Woodbury,  27  Aug.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus,  IF. 

Pseudo  pygmephorus  tarsalis  (Hirst) 

Kearny,  8 July  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus,  IF;  Lyndhurst,  21  June  51,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus, 
IF;  Perth  Amboy,  10  Sept.  51,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus,  IF. 

Neo pygmephorus  bavaricus  (Krczal) 

Clayton,  16  Dec.  52,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum , IF;  Haddonfield,  22  Jan.  53,  ex  Pitymys 
pinetorum,  IF;  Jamesburg,  12  Nov.  52,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  IF;  Jamesburg,  14  Nov. 

52,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  IF;  Riverton,  21  Apr.  53,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum , IF  plus  1; 
Vincentown,  23  Jan.  53,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum. , 2F  plus  3;  Bridgeton,  22  Apr.  52,  ex 
Rattus  norvegicus,  IF ; South  Camden,  14  Mar.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus,  IF ; Franklin 
Township,  5 Apr.  52,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda,  2F. 

Neo  pygmephorus  lithobii  (Krczal) 

Seabrook,  22  Sept.  52,  ex  Peromyscus  leucopus,  IF. 

N eo pygmephorus  sp. 

Clayton,  16  Dec.  52,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum , IF  plus  1;  Glassboro,  17  Dec.  52,  ex  Pitymys 
pinetorum , IF  plus  2;  Haddonfield,  22  Jan.  53,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  2F ; Jamesburg, 
14  Nov.  52,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum , 2F ; Manalapan,  23  Apr.  53,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  IF ; 
Penns  Neck,  24  Apr.  53,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  IF  plus  1;  Princeton,  9 Feb.  53,  ex  Pitymys 
pinetorum,  3F  plus  1;  Seabrook,  15  Dec.  52,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum , 3F  plus  7;  Seabrook, 
18  Dec.  52,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum,  9F  plus  85;  Vincentown,  23  Jan.  53,  ex  Pitymys  pine- 
torum, 13F  plus  27;  Dividing  Creek,  15  Jan.  53,  ex  Microtus  pennsylvanicus , IF  plus  1; 
Jamesburg,  12  Nov.  53,  ex  Microtus  pennsylvanicus , IF  plus  12;  Princeton,  20  Feb.  53, 
ex  Microtus  pennsylvanicus,  IF  plus  1;  Robbinsville,  16  Jan.  53,  ex  Microtus  pennsylvanicus, 
IF ; Flemington,  21  Jan.  53,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda,  IF. 

In  most  respects,  the  present  specimens  resemble  the  Neo  pygmephorus  sp. 
found  in  a rodent  cache  and  diagrammed  by  Cross  (1962).  However,  the 
present  species  differs  from  that  diagrammed  by  Cross  in  that  lateral  setae  IV 
are  longer  than  dorsal  setae  IV  by  about  an  eighth,  and  the  presternal  and 
posternal  setae  have  relative  lengths  and  positions  resembling  those  of  N eo- 
pygmephorus  blumentritti  (Krczal). 


196 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


IVol.  LXXIV 


TETRANYCHIDAE 

This  family  is  entirely  phytophagous,  and  its  presence  on  mammals  found 
during  the  ectoparasite  survey  is  believed  accidental. 

Bryobia  praetiosa  Koch 

Passaic  County,  10  Feb.  S3,  ex  Blarina  brevicauda  (dead),  IF;  Somerville,  22  Apr.  S3, 
ex  Blarina  brevicauda  (dead),  IF;  Clinton,  29  Oct.  51,  ex  Didelphis  virginiana , 4F ; Flem- 
ington,  9 Oct.  SI,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , 3F ; Camden  County,  22  Jan.  53,  ex  Microtus 
pennsylvanicus  (dead),  IF;  Vincentown,  23  Jan.  S3,  ex  Pitymys  pinetorum  (dead). 

ACARINAE 

The  Acarinae,  a subfamily  of  Acaridae,  are  not  parasitic  but  specimens  were 
taken  from  some  mammals. 

Acarus  siro  L. 

Belvidere  (feed  mill),  1 Feb.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , IF;  Elizabeth  (feed  company), 
30  Jan.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus,  2M,  4F ; North  Brunswick  (farm),  29  Apr.  52,  ex  Rattus 
norvegicus,  IF;  Springfield  (farm  supply  store),  30  Jan.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus,  13M, 
22F ; Vineland  (warehouse),  10  Jan.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , 2M,  3F  plus  10;  Vineland 
(warehouse),  11  Jan.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , 1M,  3F  plus  11. 

Acarus  siro  feeds  on  dry  farinaceous  products  (Hughes,  1961).  All  the  above 
records  are  from  places  where  such  products  probably  occurred. 

Acarus  immobilis  (Griffiths) 

Flemington,  4 Jan.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , IF;  Long  Branch,  21  Aug.  52,  ex  Rattus 
norvegicus , IF;  Westville,  5 Feb.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , IF  plus  2. 

Tyrophagus  similis  (Volgin) 

Secaucus,  26  Feb.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , IF. 

Tyrophagus  palmarum  Oudemans 

Salem,  29  Nov.  51,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , IF;  Seabrook,  7 Feb.  52,  ex  Rattus  norvegicus , 

IF. 

Tyrophagus  putrescentiae  (Schrank) 

All  records  below  are  ex  Rattus  norvegicus : 

Atlantic  City,  30  Jan.  52,  1FT ; Bernardsville,  13  Aug.  52,  2F ; Bloomingdale,  6 Sept.  51, 
IF,  1M;  5 Sept.  52,  IF;  Flemington,  15  Aug.  52,  IF;  Hightstown,  19  Aug.  52,  IF,  1M; 
Jersey  City,  19  Dec.  51,  1M,  2F ; 6 Aug.  52,  IF;  Long  Branch,  23  July  52,  3F ; Newark, 
3 June  52,  1M;  Newton,  7 Feb.  52,  1M,  3F ; North  Arlington,  20  Nov.  51,  IF;  Palisades 
Park,  2 Aug.  51,  IF;  7 Aug.  51,  IF,  1FT,  plus  1;  22  Aug.  51,  1M,  IF,  plus  1;  30  Aug.  51, 
IF;  Perth  Amboy,  10  Sept.  51,  IF;  Phillipsburg,  18  Aug.  52,  1FT ; Rahway,  25  July  51, 
IF;  4 Sept.  51,  1M,  1FT;  30  Jan.  52,  2F ; Woodbury,  27  Aug.  52,  IF. 

Table  1 summarizes  the  present  study,  listing  the  species  found,  the  hosts,  and  the 
number  found  on  each  host. 

Acknowledgment 

I would  like  to  express  my  appreciation  to  Dr.  Elton  J.  Hansens  for  his  advice  and 
guidance  throughout  the  course  of  this  study. 


December,  1966]  Manischewitz:  Parasitic  Mites  of  New  Jersey 


197 


Literature  Cited 

Brennan,  J.  M.  and  E.  K.  Jones.  1959.  Keys  to  the  chiggers  of  North  America  with 
synonymic  notes  and  descriptions  of  two  new  genera  (Acarina:  Trombiculidae) . 
Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.  52:  7-16. 

Brennan,  J.  M.  and  G.  W.  Wharton.  1950.  Studies  on  North  American  chiggers.  No.  3. 
the  subgenus  Neotrombicula.  Amer.  Midi.  Nat.  44(1):  153-197. 

Cross,  E.  A.  1962.  The  generic  relationships  of  the  family  Pyemotidae  (Acarina:  Trom- 
bidiformes).  Doctorate  thesis,  University  of  Kansas.  338  pp. 

Ewing,  H.  E.  1938.  North  American  mites  of  the  subfamily  Myobiinae,  new  subfamily 
(Arachnida).  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.  40:  180-197. 

Farrell,  C.  E.  1956.  Chiggers  of  the  genus  Euschongastia  (Acarina:  Trombiculidae)  in 
North  America.  Proc.  U.  S.  Natl.  Mus.  106:  85-235. 

Griffiths,  D.  A.  1962.  The  flour  mite,  Acarus  siro  L.  1958,  as  a species  complex. 
Nature  196:  908. 

Howell,  J.  F.  and  R.  J.  Elzinga.  1962.  A new  Radfordia  (Acarina:  Myobiidae)  from 
the  kangaroo  rat  and  a key  to  the  known  species.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.  55:  547-555. 

Hughes,  A.  M.  1961.  The  Mites  of  Stored  Food.  Her  Majesty’s  Stationery  Office,  Lon- 
don, England.  287  pp. 

Jameson,  E.  W.  1955.  A summary  of  the  genera  of  Myobiidae  (Acarina).  Jour.  Parasitol. 
41(4) : 407-416. 

Krczal,  H.  1959.  Systematik  und  Okologie  der  Pyemotiden.  Beitrage  zur  Systematik  und 
Okologie  Mitteleuropaischer  Acarina,  Band  I:  Tyroglyphidae  und  Tarsonemini,  Teil  2, 
pp. 385-625. 

Wharton,  G.  W.  and  H.  S.  Fuller.  1952.  A Manual  of  the  Chiggers.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash., 
Washington,  D.  C.  185  p. 

Received  for  Publication  August  1,  1966 


198 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Structure  of  Gastric  Apex  as  a Subfamily  Character  of  the  Formicinae 

( Hymenoptera : F ormicidae  ) 

Akey  C.  F.  Hung1 2  and  William  L.  Brown,  Jr. 

Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  New  York  14850 

Traditionally,  the  shape  of  the  “cloacal  orifice”  in  ants  has  been  used  as  a 
taxonomic  character  to  separate  subfamilies  Dolichoderinae  and  Formicinae. 
In  Formicinae,  the  orifice  is  said  to  be  circular,  while  in  Dolichoderinae  it  is 
described  as  “slit-shaped.”  This  nomenclature  is  as  inexact  as  it  is  persistent. 
Despite  a clarification  by  Emery  (1922)  and  re-emphasis  of  Emery’s  findings 
by  Buren  (1944)  and  Brown  (1954;  also  in  key  in  Brues  et  al,  1954),  most 
recent  keys  to  the  subfamilies  preserve  the  error. 

Emery  showed  that  in  the  Formicinae,  the  outlet  called  “cloacal  orifice”  is 
in  fact  the  opening  of  the  poison  spray  duct  to  the  outside,  framed  in  the  in- 
rolled  apex  of  abdominal  sternum  VII,  and  that  the  true  anus  is  situated 
dorsal  to,  and  separate  from,  this  opening.  In  order  to  render  discussion  easier 
and  more  exact,  we  here  introduce  the  new  term  acidopore  for  the  actual  open- 
ing of  the  duct  from  the  poison  glands  to  the  outside,  as  found  in  Formicinae. 

In  his  paper,  Emery  showed  the  acidopore  as  lying  completely  within  the 
heavily  sclerotized  part  of  the  hypopygium  (=  sternite  VII).  Our  investigation 
shows  that  the  hypopygium  in  Formicinae  always  has  thin,  flexible,  normally 
concealed  extensions  of  its  free  lateral  edges;  we  here  call  these  extensions 
apicolateral  phragmata  (stippled  areas  in  the  figures).  The  phragmata  are 
normally  covered  by  the  pygidium  (tergum  VII)  in  live  specimens  of  formicine 
ants  examined.  We  have  found  that  the  acidopore,  at  least  in  the  Camponotini, 
is  partly  formed  by  the  phragmata.  This  is  true  even  of  Camponotus  gigas, 
the  species  illustrated  by  Emery  (his  figure  II).  We  have  redrawn  Emery’s 
figure  to  illustrate  the  difference  in  interpretation  (Fig.  2). 

Usually  the  hypopygium  of  formicines  projects  noticeably  from  the  ventral 
apex  of  the  gaster,  forming  a small  nozzle-like  piece,  and  the  rim  of  the 
acidopore  is  commonly  furnished  with  a funnel-shaped  ring  or  tuft  of  short, 
fine  setae,  situated  so  as  to  keep  the  poison  spray  directed  outward,  away  from 
the  ant’s  body.  This  setal  ring  is  called  the  coronula.  Exceptions  to  this  plan 
occur  in  tribe  Camponotini,  which  has  many  species  that  lack  the  coronula, 
and  others  in  which  the  hypopygium  is  more  or  less  reduced,  or  at  least  not 
nozzle-like  and  projecting.  In  these  species,  the  pygidium  (tergite  VII)  is 
narrowly  rounded  at  its  apex,  and  may  even  have  a somewhat  beak-like  free 
margin;  in  such  cases,  the  functional  acidopore  is  formed  as  much  by  the 

1 Hung’s  present  address  is:  Department  of  Biology,  University  of  North  Dakota,  Grand 
Forks,  N.D. 

2 This  paper  is  a contribution  toward  “A  reclassification  of  the  Formicidae,”  supported 
by  National  Science  Foundation  Grant  GB-2175.  This  support  is  gratefuly  acknowledged. 


December,  1966] 


Hung  and  Brown:  Formicinae  Subfamily  Character 


199 


Figures  1-3,  ventral  views  of  gastric  apex  of  workers  of  certain  camponotine  Formicinae 
to  illustrate  form  of  hypopygium  and  its  phragmata  as  seen  when  the  vent  is  open;  phrag- 
mata  stippled.  Fig.  1,  Polyrhachis  pyrrhus  (s-g.  Campomyrma) . Fig.  2,  Camponotus  gigas , 
hypopygium  only,  redrawn  in  reversed  position  after  Emery,  1922.  Fig.  3,  Polyrhachis 
rastellata  (s-g.  Cyrtomyrma) . 

pygidium  as  by  the  hypopygium,  and  the  outline  of  the  opening  remains  more 
or  less  circular  even  when  the  phragmata  are  covered  by  the  pygidium. 

In  the  extreme  of  modification,  the  acidopore  is  formed  virtually  entirely 
within  the  phragmata,  while  the  body  of  the  hypopygium  forms  a subtriangular 
shield  with  narrowly  rounded  apex  that  fits  snugly  against  the  free  margin  of 
the  pygidium  in  the  resting  position.  Thus,  in  species  with  this  arrangement 
(particularly  Polyrhachis  species  of  the  schang,  porcata,  armata  and  rastellata 
groups),  the  gastric  apex  may  appear  to  have  a curved,  slit-like  orifice  when 
the  pygidium  and  hypopygium  are  closed  together,  completely  covering  the 
phragmata  and  contained  acidopore.  Such  specimens  can  easily  be  mistaken 
for  Dolichoderinae  if  other  characters  are  not  noted;  indeed,  misinterpretation 
of  this  key  character  has  more  than  once  led  to  genera  being  described  as  new 
in  the  wrong  subfamily.  Of  course,  if  some  specimens  have  the  gastric  apex 
open,  or  are  dissected,  the  phragmata  and  circular  acidopore  will  be  found 
present  in  Formicinae,  and  absent  in  Dolichoderinae. 

We  have  already  mentioned  the  variable  development  of  the  acidopore  in 
the  Camponotini.  One  of  us  (Hung)  has  studied  this  variation  in  the  various 
groups  (erstwhile  “subgenera”)  of  genus  Polyrhachis,  and  it  is  summarized  as 
follows : 

clypeata  group  (=s-g.  Campomyrma).  Acidopore  formed  by  body  and 
phragmata  of  hypopygium;  coronula  present  or  absent  (worn  off?) 
(Fig.  1). 


200 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


thrinax  group  (=  s-g.  Myromothrinax) . Acidopore  border  heavily  sclero- 
tized,  but  without  coronula. 

schang  group  (=  s-g.  Myramatopa) . Acidopore  formed  within  phragmata; 
body  of  hypopygium  a narrowly-rounded  shield-like  platform. 

ammon  group  (=  s-g.  Hagiomyrma),  ornata  group  (=  smg.  Hedomyrma ), 
and  guerini  group  (=  smg.  Chariomyrma) . All  have  acidopore  partly  in 
body  of  hypopygium  and  partly  in  phragmata,  but  coronula  hairs  present 
on  body  of  hypopygium  only. 

porcata  group  (=  s-g.  Aulacomyrma) , armata  group  (=s-g.  Myrmhopla) , 
and  rastellata  group  (=  s-g.  Cyrtomyrma).  As  in  schang  group,  but 
with  a tuft  of  hairs  on  each  side  of  the  narrowly-rounded  apex  of  the 
hypopygial  body  (Fig.  3). 

militaris  group  (=  s-g.  Myrma),  parabiotica  group  (=  s-g.  Anoplomyrma) , 
and  bihamata  group  (=  s-g.  Polyrhachis) . Acidopore  formed  in  phrag- 
mata; tip  of  body  of  hypopygium  rounded,  without  hairs. 

The  situation  in  the  revoili  group  (=  Pseudo  cyrtomyrma)  remains  unknown. 

Literature  Cited 

Brown,  W.  L.,  Jr.  1954.  Remarks  on  the  internal  phylogeny  and  subfamily  classification 
of  the  family  Formicidae.  Insectes  Sociaux  1:  21-31.  p.  29. 

Brues,  C.  T.,  A.  L.  Melander  and  F.  M.  Carpenter.  1954.  Classification  of  Insects. 
Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Harv.  108.  p.  640. 

Buren,  W.  F.  1944.  A list  of  Iowa  ants.  Iowa  State  Coll.  J.  Sci.  18:  277-312.  p.  279. 

Emery,  C.  1922.  L’ouverture  cloacale  des  Formicinae  ouvrieres  et  femelles.  Bull.  Soc. 
Ent.  Belg.  4:  62-65. 

Received  for  Publication  August  12,  1966 


December,  1966] 


Woolley  and  Higgins:  New  Family  of  Oribatid  Mites 


201 


Xenillidae,  A New  Family  of  Oribatid  Mites 
( Aeari : Cryptostigmata)  * * 

Tyler  A.  Woolley* 1  and  Harold  G.  Higgins2 


Abstract  The  taxonomic  placement  of  X enillus  is  reviewed  as  a basis  for  the  establishment 
and  characterization  of  the  new  family,  Xenillidae.  The  family  is  differentiated  from  Lia- 
caridae  primarily  by  the  rugose  or  pitted  integument,  relatively  broad,  rugose  lamellae  with 
or  without  cusps  and  mucro,  types  and  numbers  of  notogastral  and  ventral  setae.  The 
distinctive  traits  of  the  type  genus  and  species,  X.  clypeator,  and  X.  latus , A",  tegeocranus, 
X.  splendens , X.  sculptrus  are  summarized  and  illustrated.  Four  new  species  are  described 
and  figured,  X.  gelasinus  from  Utah,  X . anasillus  from  Lebanon,  X.  phryxothrixus  from 
North  Carolina,  and  X.  ionthadosus  from  Georgia,  Louisiana,  Utah,  and  North  Carolina. 
Stenoxenillus  atraktus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  North  Carolina  is  described  and  illustrated. 
Three  new  species  of  the  new  genus  Stonyxenillus  are  described,  S.  spilotus  from  North 
Carolina,  S.  anakolosus  from  North  Carolina,  Tennessee,  and  Alabama,  and  S.  akidosus 
from  Virginia.  Another  new  genus  and  species,  Leuroxenillus  triehionus  from  Oregon,  is 
also  described.  A key  to  the  genera  and  species  is  included. 

The  taxonomic  placement  of  the  genus  X enillus  Rob.-Desv.,  1839,  has  changed 
over  the  years.  Willmann  (1931)  included  X enillus  in  the  family  Carabodidae 
with  many  of  the  genera  indicated  for  that  family  by  Sellnick  (1928).  Baker 
and  Wharton  (1952)  followed  Willman’s  arrangement  and  explained  the 
synonymy  of  Xenillus  with  Cepheus  and  Banksia.  Sellnick  (1928)  placed  the 
synonym  Banksia  in  the  family  Tegeocranidae  with  several  other  carabodid 
genera.  His  placement  of  X.  castaneus  and  X.  pectinatus  was  changed  to 
Oribella  by  Willmann  (1931)  since  the  two  species  were  not  Xenillus.  Balogh 
(1961)  erected  the  superfamily  Liacaroidea  and  included  Xenillus  in  the  family 
Liacaridae  with  the  genera  Liacarus  Michael,  1898,  and  Adoristes  Hull,  1916. 
Balogh’s  other  papers  (1963,  1965)  followed  this  scheme. 

After  a review  of  the  literature  and  a comparative  study  of  several  species  of 
mites  similar  to  Xenillus,  it  appears  to  us  that  the  genus  belongs  neither  in  Lia- 
caridae nor  Carabodidae,  although  the  mites  are  definitely  liacaroid.  We  propose 
a new  family  for  this  complex  of  mites,  the  bases  of  which  are  discussed  below 
in  addition  to  distinctive  features  of  existing  species,  and  descriptions  of  new 
genera  and  species  disclosed  by  this  research. 

XENILLIDAE,  new  family 

This  new  family  is  characterized  by  an  unnotched  or  slightly  notched  rostrum; 
broad,  blade-like  lamellae,  with  or  without  cusps  or  a mucro;  surface  of  pro- 
dorsum and  lamellae  pitted,  tuberculous,  or  rugose;  translamella  usually  present; 

**  Research  supported  by  NSF  Grant  GB  3872. 

1 Department  of  Zoology,  Colorado  State  University,  Fort  Collins. 

2 Participant  in  NSF  Research  Participation  for  High  School  Teachers  Program,  Colorado 
State  University,  Summer,  1965. 


202 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


with  two  pairs  of  humeral  setae  at  shoulders  of  hysterosoma;  dorsal  and  ventral 
integument  pitted,  tuberculous  or  rough  (as  contrasted  to  the  smooth  integument 
of  Liacaridae) ; sensillus  clavate,  spindleform,  lanceolate,  or  setiform;  usually 
twelve  pairs  of  notogastral  hairs;  seven  to  nine  pairs  of  coxisternal  setae; 
usually  six  pairs  (five  pairs  may  be  present)  of  genital  setae;  fissure  iad  ante- 
rior to  ada:3  as  in  other  Liacaroidea;  two  pairs  of  anal  setae,  usually  inserted 
near  medial  margin  of  cover;  legs  heterotridactylous;  trochanteral  fossae  II, 
III  with  tubercles. 

From  the  comparisons  made  we  have  decided  that  the  genus  Xenillus  should 
be  restricted  to  those  mites  of  this  complex  with  a clavate  sensillus  (pseudostig- 
matic  organ).  We  have  concluded  that  the  sensillus  is  of  generic  significance  in 
this  complex  and  is  a more  consistent  feature  at  the  generic  level  than  other 
structures.  New  genera  described  below  are  distinguished  by  spindleform 
sensilli.  Others  yet  to  be  described  exhibit  setiform  sensilli. 

As  previously  designated  by  Willmann  (1931)  for  the  genus  the  established 
species  Xenillus  clypeator  Rob.-Desv.,  1839,  represents  the  new  family  as  type. 
We  have  summarized  below  the  main  descriptive  characters  of  the  type  and  each 
of  the  current  species  from  the  literature.  The  immature  stages  of  X.  clypeator 
and  X.  tegeocranus  have  been  described  by  Costeseque  and  Taberly  (1961).  Our 
study  involved  preserved  adults  only. 

Xenillus  clypeator  Rob.-Desv.,  1839 

(—  N otaspis  tegeocranus  Herm.)  Willmann  (1931),  p.  145;  Jacot  (1929),  p.  128 

(Fig.  1) 

Large,  arched  mites  with  wide,  converging  lamellae;  with  a small  mucro;  noto- 
gastral setae  slightly  decurved. 

Specimens  of  the  next  two  species  were  obtained  for  study  from  the  Regens- 
burg collections  of  Jacot  through  the  assistance  of  Dr.  H.  W.  Levi  and  the 
auspices  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard. 

Xenillus  latus  (Nic.,  1855),  Michael  1883,  p.  295 

(Fig.  2) 

Lamellae  wide,  horizontal,  approaching  anteriorly;  lamellar  hairs  long,  thick, 
curved,  and  rough;  interlamellar  hairs  twice  as  long  as  lamellar  hairs;  clavate 
sensillus  short,  pyriform,  recurved. 

Xenillus  tegeocranus  (Herm.,  1804),  Michael  1883,  p.  292 

(Fig.  3) 

Lamellae  with  sharp,  medial  dens;  lamellar  hairs  inserted  near  outer  angles  of 
lamellae;  interlamellar  hairs  rod-like;  hysterosoma  with  pitted  surface,  margins 
of  pits  running  together  (Michael  says:  “coarsely  reticulated  on  both  upper 
and  lower  surfaces”);  sensillus  elongated,  clavate. 


December,  1966] 


Woolley  and  Higgins:  New  Family  of  Oribatid  Mites 


Fig.  1.  Xenillus  clypeator  from  the  dorsal  aspect  (After  Balogh,  1943). 
Fig.  2.  Xenillus  latus  from  the  dorsal  aspect  (After  Michael,  1883). 

Fig.  3.  Xenillus  tegeocranus  from  the  dorsal  aspect  (After  Michael,  1883). 
Fig.  4.  Xenillus  splendens  from  the  dorsal  aspect  (After  Balogh,  1943). 

Fig.  5.  Xenillus  sculptrus  from  the  dorsal  aspect  (After  Kuliev,  1963). 


204 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Xenillus  splendens  (Coggi,  1898),  Balogh,  1943,  p.  132 

(Fig.  4) 

Lamellae  broadly  curved,  with  truncated  anterior  cusp;  with  translamella; 
rostral,  lamellar,  and  interlamellar  hairs  barbed;  lamellar  hairs  inserted  in 
ends  of  lamellae;  interlamellar  hairs  as  long  as  lamellae,  setose;  sensillus 
clavate,  with  tiny  barbs;  notogaster  with  pitted  surface. 

Xenillus  sculptrus  Kuliev,  1963 
(Fig.  5) 

Lamellae  with  blunt  medial  dens;  rostral,  lamellar,  interlamellar  hairs  barbed; 
translamella  narrow,  a deep  cleft  between  cusps  of  lamellae;  sensillus  clavate, 
barbed,  slightly  recurved;  anterior  humeral  bristle  much  shorter  than  posterior. 

Xenillus  gelasiims,  n.  sp. 

(Figs.  6,  7,  8) 

diagnosis:  Lamellae  convergent  and  with  two  sharp  dentes,  lateral  dens  longer  than  medial; 
surface  of  notogaster  with  elongated  pits;  differing  from  other  species  of  the  genus  in  the 
lamellae  and  the  sculpturing  of  the  notogaster. 

The  specific  name  indicates  the  dimpled  nature  of  the  integument  of  the  prodorsum, 
lamellae,  and  notogaster. 

description:  Color  dark  rust-brown;  prodorsum  broadly  triangular,  rostrum  rounded; 

rostral  hairs  barbed,  longer  than  sensilli,  inserted  in  notch  at  anterolateral  margin  of  rostrum 
about  one  of  their  lengths  apart;  lamellae  as  wide  as  pedotecta  I as  seen  from  dorsal  aspect, 
not  reaching  end  of  rostrum,  of  equal  width  throughout,  surface  dimpled  with  elongated  pits, 
anterior  end  cusped,  notched,  with  short,  sharp  lateral  dens,  smaller  medial  dens;  lamellar 
hairs  stout,  but  broken  off  in  type  specimen;  translamella  with  a short,  rounded  mucro ; inter- 
lamellar hairs  simple,  erect,  nearly  as  long  as  lamellae,  inserted  in  front  of  dorsosejugal 
suture  near  medial  margin  of  lamellae ; pseudostigmata  mostly  beneath  anterior  margin  of 
hysterosoma,  cup-shaped;  sensillus  clavate,  slightly  curved,  with  tiny  barbs;  pedotecta  I 
blunt,  rounded  (Fig.  6). 

Hysterosoma  nearly  round,  anterior  margin  of  dorsosejugal  suture  nearly  straight;  suture 
with  a roughened  edge;  two  pairs  of  simple  setae  at  shoulders,  ten  other  pairs  of  notogastral 
setae  visible;  fissure  im  lateral;  dorsal  surface  dimpled  with  large,  elongated  pits,  and  fine 
granulations  (Fig.  6). 

Camerostome  oval;  mental,  genal,  rutellar,  and  ventral  setae  as  seen  in  Fig.  7;  genital 
aperture  between  levels  of  coxae  III,  IV,  trapezoidal,  about  two  and  one-half  times  its  length 
anterior  to  anal  aperture;  each  genital  cover  with  six  setae,  g:  1 , g:2,  g:3,  g:4  close  together 
in  anterior  half  of  cover  near  medial  edge,  g:5,  g:6  diagonally  placed  in  posterior  half  of 
cover,  g:5  more  lateral  than  g : 6 ; aggenital  setae  about  twice  their  lengths  directly  posterior 
to  genital  aperture ; ventral  plate  anterior  of  genital  opening  less  sclerotized  than  posteriorly, 
dimpled  with  large  pits  between  genital  and  anal  openings  (Fig.  7)  ; anal  opening  squarish  but 
with  rounded  corners,  close  to  posterior  margin;  each  anal  cover  with  two  simple  setae; 
fissure  iad  anterolaterad  of  anal  opening;  two  pairs  of  adanal  setae  visible  in  type  specimen, 
ada:3  near  anterolateral  corner  of  anal  opening,  ada:2  laterad,  between  levels  of  a:l  and 
a:2;  ada:l  not  visible  (probably  due  to  overlapped  margin  of  hysterosoma). 
legs:  Heterotridactylous,  median  claw  longer,  but  not  moderately  heavier  than  lateral 

claws;  setal  complex  of  tarsus  and  tibia  I as  seen  in  Fig.  8. 
length:  1,008  q,  hysterosoma  750  /q  prodorsum  258  q;  width:  714  q. 


December,  1966] 


Woolley  and  Higgins:  New  Family  of  Oribatid  Mites 


205 


Fig.  6.  Xenillus  gelasinus,  n.  sp.,  from  the  dorsal  aspect;  A,  free-hand  sketch  of  sensillus. 
Fig.  7.  Xenillus  gelasinus,  n.  sp.,  from  the  ventral  aspect. 

Fig.  8.  Tibia  and  tarsus  I of  X.  gelasinus,  n.  sp.,  from  the  lateral  aspect. 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


206  New  York  Entomological  Society 


Fig.  9.  Xenillus  anasillus,  n.  sp.,  from  the  dorsal  aspect,  cerotegument  in  place  on  prodor- 
sum; 9A,  dissected  specimen  from  The  Cedars,  cerotegument  removed,  prodorsum. 

Fig.  10.  Xenillus  anasillus,  n.  sp.,  from  the  ventral  aspect;  10A,  dissected  specimen  from 
The  Cedars,  genital  area;  10B,  same,  infracapitulum ; IOC,  same,  palp  tarsus;  10D,  same, 
chelicera. 

Fig.  11.  Tibia  and  tarsus  I of  X.  anasillus,  n.  sp.,  from  the  lateral  aspect,  some  setae 
missing. 


December,  1966] 


Woolley  and  Higgins:  New  Family  of  Oribatid  Mites 


207 


The  type,  a single  specimen,  was  collected  at  Soapstone,  Wasatch  Co.,  Utah, 
4 September  1955,  by  H.  and  M.  Higgins. 

?Xenillus  anasillus,  n.  sp. 

(Figs.  9,  10,  11) 

The  specimens  of  this  species  from  Lebanon  are  newly  emerged  adults  with  a cerotegument 
or  nymphal  skin  attached.  The  characters  appear  to  be  definitive,  however,  so  the  species 
is  described  below  with  a slight  reservation  concerning  the  maturity  of  the  specimens. 
diagnosis:  Differs  from  other  known  species  of  Xenillus  in  the  setose  hairs  on  the  prodorsum 

and  notogaster.  This  is  indicated  in  the  specific  name,  anasillos,  implying  bristled  hairs. 
description:  Color  yellow;  prodorsum  broadly  triangular  with  a squarish,  truncated 

rostrum;  rostral  hairs  setose,  about  half  as  long  as  lamellar  hairs,  inserted  on  either  side  of 
truncated  rostral  tip  in  broad  notches;  lamellae  wide,  flat  blades  with  wide,  medially 
pointed  cusps  (Fig.  9)  ; lamellar  hairs  setose,  about  as  long  as  interlamellar  hairs,  inserted 
in  lateral  corners  of  lamellar  cusps;  a small  mucro  on  translamella  at  base  of  lamellar  cusps; 
pseudostigmata  cornuate,  at  bases  of  lamellae;  sensillus  clavate,  slightly  setose  (Figs.  9,  9A). 

Hysterosoma  with  wrinkled  margins,  integument  pitted;  dorsosejugal  suture  nearly  straight; 
twelve  pairs  of  setose,  slightly  curved  notogastral  setae;  two  pairs  of  humeral  setae  at 
shoulders,  others  as  in  Fig.  9. 

Camerostome,  mentum,  mental  hairs,  gena,  genal  hairs,  rutella,  chelicerae,  and  palps 
as  seen  in  Figs.  10,  10B,  10C,  10D;  palps  with  a bent,  finger-like  solenidion  near  tip  of 
tarsus  (Figs.  10B,  10C);  rutella  with  roughened  molar  surface  on  dorsal  face;  ventral 
plate  pitted,  ventral  setae  and  apodemata  as  in  Fig.  10;  apodemata  III  interrupted,  medial 
and  remote  from  genital  opening;  genital  aperture  closer  to  level  of  insertion  of  legs  III  than 
to  IV,  about  two  and  one-half  times  its  length  anterior  to  anal  opening;  each  genital  cover 
with  five  setose  setae  (Figs.  10,  10A)  ; aggenital  setae  setose,  short,  posterolaterad  of  genital 
opening;  anal  opening  squarish,  about  three  times  larger  than  genital,  each  anal  cover  with 
two  slightly  barbed  setae  inserted  nearer  medial  margin  than  lateral;  fissure  iad  near  antero- 
lateral corner  of  opening;  three  pairs  of  adanal  setae,  ada:3  lateral  to  anal  opening  between 
levels  of  a:l  and  a: 2;  ada:2,  ada:l  posterior  to  anal  opening. 
legs:  Heterotridactylous;  tibia  and  tarsus  I as  seen  in  Fig.  11. 

length:  Prodorsum  174  /x,  hysterosoma  552  fi ; width:  456  /x. 

The  type  is  one  of  four  specimens  taken  from  Syni  Latakia,  Lebanon,  2 August 
1953  by  K.  A.  Christiansen;  one  specimen  was  collected  at  The  Cedars,  Lebanon, 
2 May  1953,  by  K.  A.  Christiansen;  two  specimens  were  collected  at  Chamlane, 
Lebanon  (277b)  in  1953,  and  one  nymph  was  collected  at  Ain  Zahlte,  Lebanon, 
28  November  1953,  by  K.  A.  Christiansen. 

discussion:  One  of  the  most  striking  features  of  this  species  is  the  barbed, 

setose  hairs  of  the  prodorsum  and  notogaster.  This  is  characteristic  of  most  of 
the  ventral  setae  as  well.  Another  apparently  diagnostic  feature  is  the  finger-like 
solenidion  of  the  palp  tarsus,  although  a similar  arrangement  has  been  observed 
in  other  Liacaroidea. 

Most  of  the  traits  of  this  species  place  it  in  the  genus  Xenillus  without  question, 
but  one  disjunct  characteristic  is  the  number  of  genital  hairs.  We  have  indicated 
this  slight  disparity,  which  may  be  due  to  the  relative  maturity  of  the  specimens, 
by  the  question  mark  preceding  the  name. 


208 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Fig.  12.  Xenillus  pliryxotlirixus,  n.  sp.,  from  the  dorsal  aspect;  A,  sensillus,  enlarged  free- 
hand sketch;  B,  notogastral  hair,  enlarged  free-hand  sketch. 

Fig.  13.  Xenillus  pliryxotlirixus,  n.  sp.,  from  the  ventral  aspect. 

Fig.  14.  Xenillus  ionthadosus,  n.  sp.,  from  the  dorsal  aspect. 


December,  1966] 


Woolley  and  Higgins:  New  Family  of  Oribatid  Mites 


209 


Xenillus  phryxothrixus,  n.  sp. 

(Figs.  12,  13) 

diagnosis:  The  most  distinctive  feature  of  this  new  species  is  the  bristling,  barbed  hairs  of 

the  prodorsum  and  notogaster,  as  implied  in  the  trivial  name.  The  lamellae  are  similar  to 
X.  clypeator,  but  have  pointed,  subequal  dentes  and  a more  prominent  mucro.  The  elongated 
pits  of  notogaster  are  similar  to  X.  gelasinus,  n.  sp.,  but  again,  the  lamellae  are  much 
different.  The  new  species  differs  from  X.  anasillus,  n.  sp.  in  the  lamellar  cusps  and  shorter 
length  of  prodorsal  hairs,  although  in  both  species  the  hairs  are  barbed. 
description:  Color  yellow-brown;  prodorsum  broadly  triangular,  surface  pitted;  rostral 

hairs  with  fine  bristles,  shorter  than  lamellar  hairs  inserted  in  short  prominences  at  distal 
ends  of  tutorium ; lamellae  broad,  pitted,  covering  most  of  lateral  and  anterior  surface  of 
prodorsum,  with  cusps  about  as  long  as  rostral  hairs,  each  cusp  with  an  excavated  anterior 
margin  forming  two  sharp,  subequal  dentes;  lamellar  hairs  beset  with  fine  bristles,  about  a 
fourth  longer  than  rostral  hairs,  inserted  in  distal  excavation  of  lamellar  cusps;  translamella 
consisting  of  a short  bar  and  bluntly  pointed  mucro;  interlamellar  hairs  with  fine  bristles, 
longer  than  rostral  or  lamellar  hairs,  inserted  near  dorsosejugal  suture  mediad  of  lamellae; 
pseudostigmata  cornuate,  protruding  slightly  from  beneath  anterior  margin  of  hysterosoma; 
sensillus  clavate,  with  fine  spines  on  surface;  pedotecta  I robust,  anterolaterad  of  pseudo- 
stigmata. 

Hysterosoma  broadly  oval  in  outline,  with  somewhat  roughened,  straight  dorsosejugal 
suture,  surface  with  elongated  pits,  pits  slightly  longer  than  width  of  notogastral  setal  in- 
sertions ; notogastral  hairs  somewhat  robust,  beset  with  fine  bristles,  claviform ; fissure  ini 
and  glandular  opening  as  seen  in  Fig.  12. 

Infracapitulum  with  pitted  mentum;  setae,  ventral  plate,  apodemes  as  seen  in  Fig.  13; 
surface  of  venter  with  elongated  pits  similar  to  those  of  notogaster,  pits  extended  in  different 
directions,  with  fine  stippling  between  pits;  genital  opening  trapezoidal,  each  genital  cover 
with  five  setae;  g:4,  g:5  closer  to  posterior  margin;  aggenital  setae  simple,  closer  to  genital 
opening  than  to  anal;  anal  opening  more  than  twice  as  large  as  genital,  each  anal  cover  with 
elongated  pits  and  two  finely  barbed  anal  setae;  fissure  iad  at  anterolateral  corner  of  anal 
opening;  adanal  setae  finely  barbed,  ada:3,  ada:2  laterad  of  anal  opening,  ada:l  posterior. 
legs:  Heterotridactylous. 

length:  528  /x,  hysterosoma  372  \x\  width  312  /x. 

The  type  was  collected  at  Durham,  N.  C.,  10  March  1963,  by  Louis  J.  Metz 
(RT-S-1,  231-D)  and  will  be  deposited  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum.  Six  ad- 
ditional specimens  were  collected  by  Dr.  Metz  from  the  same  locality,  but  on 
different  dates,  two  specimens  on  11  May  1963,  three  specimens  on  8 November 
1962,  and  one  specimen  on  14  November  1963.  Another  specimen  of  this  species 
was  collected  from  floor  debris  at  Dismal  Gardens,  Franklin  Co.,  Alabama,  4 
September  1961  by  J.  Wagner  and  W.  Suter. 

discussion:  Like  X.  anasillus,  n.  sp.,  from  Lebanon,  X.  phryxothrixus,  n. 

sp.,  has  barbed,  bristling  hairs,  but  differs  markedly  in  the  cuspal  features  of  the 
lamellae,  the  insertions  of  the  lamellar  hairs,  and  the  pitted  integument.  In  the 


Fig.  15.  Xenillus  ionthadosus,  n.  sp.,  from  the  ventral  aspect;  A,  ventral  view  of  infra- 
capitulum without  palp;  B,  anal  aperture  of  paratype  showing  preanal  piece  and  anal 
membranes. 

Fig.  16.  Tibia  and  tarsus  I of  X.  ionthadosus,  n.  sp.,  from  the  lateral  aspect. 


210 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


specimens  available  only  five  genital  setae  were  observed  on  each  genital  cover, 
which  is  common  to  both  of  these  species.  Dissections  of  additional  specimens  may 
demonstrate  more  setae,  especially  if  the  specimens  observed  of  X.  anasillus 
prove  to  be  subadult. 


X enillus  ionthadosus,  n.  sp. 

(Figs.  14,  15) 

diagnosis:  This  new  species  differs  from  other  species  of  the  genus  in  the  distinctively 
long,  finely  barbed  notogastral  setae  as  implied  in  the  trivial  name.  The  lamellae  are  similar 
to  X.  gelasinus,  n.  sp.,  but  have  longer  medial  dentes  and  a more  pointed  mucro;  the  inter- 
lamellar  hairs  of  the  new  species  are  longer  than  the  prodorsum,  another  distinguishing 
characteristic. 

description:  Color  reddish-brown;  prodorsum  pitted,  broadly  triangular  in  outline,  with 

blunt,  truncated  rostrum ; rostral  hairs  slightly  shorter  than  lamellar  hairs,  finely  barbed, 
inserted  in  angled  prominences  at  anterolateral  margins  of  prodorsum,  behind  rostrum; 
lamellae  about  as  wide  as  width  of  rostral  tip,  pitted,  with  two  dentes  at  ends  of  cusps, 
medial  dens  longer  than  lateral,  a pointed  mucro  between  cusps;  lamellar  hairs  slightly  longer 
than  rostral  hairs,  finely  barbed,  inserted  in  distal  ends  of  lamellae  between  cusps;  trans- 
lamella present;  interlamellar  hairs  finely  barbed,  about  three  times  as  long  as  rostral  hairs, 
curved  outward,  inserted  near  base  of  lamellae  at  margin  of  dorsosejugal  suture;  pseudo- 
stigmata partly  extended  beyond  margin  of  hysterosoma;  sensillus  clavate,  finely  barbed; 
pedotecta  I as  in  Fig.  14. 

Notogaster  oval  in  outline,  with  nearly  straight,  roughened  dorsosejugal  suture;  eleven 
pairs  of  notogastral  setae;  two  pairs  of  simple,  short,  humeral  setae;  remaining  dorsal  setae 
longer  than  lamellar  pairs,  finely  barbed,  slightly  curved;  surface  of  notogaster  pitted; 
fissure  im  and  glandular  opening  as  in  Fig.  14. 

Camerostome  oval;  infracapitulum  with  rounded  pits  on  ventral  surface  (Fig.  15A)  ; each 
rutellum  with  a rutellar  brush  and  spinose  area  on  dorsal  surface,  two  setose  hairs  on 
dorsomedial  margin ; surface  of  ventral  plate  pitted,  pits  rounded,  larger  than  on  notogaster ; 
ventral  setae,  apodemes  as  in  Fig.  15;  trochanteral  fossae  of  legs  II,  III  with  small  tubercles; 
genital  opening  nearly  round,  surface  of  each  genital  cover  finely  stippled;  six  pairs  of 
genital  setae;  a prominent  transverse  suture  dividing  ventral  plate  between  genital  opening 
and  legs  IV ; aggenital  setae  simple,  inserted  slightly  closer  to  genital  opening  than  to  anal ; 
fissure  iad  remote  from  anterolateral  corner  of  squarish  anal  opening;  surface  of  each  anal 
cover  with  rounded  pits,  smaller  than  pits  of  venter,  anal  setae  simple;  adanal  setae  finely 
barbed,  ada:3  behind  level  of  a:l  laterad  of  anal  opening,  ada:2  posterolaterad  of  corner 
of  opening,  ada:l  behind  anal  opening,  closer  to  corner  than  to  medial  edge  of  cover. 
legs:  Heterotridactylous ; tibia  and  tarsus  I as  in  Fig.  16. 

length:  936  ^,  prodorsum  222  ft,  hysterosoma  714  n;  width:  564  /x. 

The  type  and  48  specimens  were  taken  from  debris  at  log,  Cloudland  State 
Park,  Trenton,  Dade  Co.,  Georgia,  3 September  1961,  by  J.  Wagner  and  W.  Suter. 
One  specimen  was  collected  at  Soapstone,  Wasatch  Co.,  Utah,  4 September  1955, 
by  H.  and  M.  Higgins.  One  specimen  was  obtained  at  Whitesides  Cove,  High- 
lands, North  Carolina,  28  July  1957  by  S.  and  D.  Mulaik.  Three  specimens  were 
collected  from  leaf  litter  at  E.  Baton  Rouge  Parish,  Louisiana,  6 October  1962, 
by  C.  L.  Rockett.  The  type  and  some  paratypes  will  be  deposited  in  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum. 


December,  1966] 


Woolley  and  Higgins: 


211 


New  Family  of  Oribatid  Mites 


Fig.  17.  Stenoxenillus  atraktus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  the  dorsal  aspect. 

Fig.  18.  Stenoxenillus  atraktus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  the  ventral  aspect. 

Fig.  19.  Leg  I of  Stenoxenillus  atraktus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  the  lateral  aspect,  some 
setae  missing. 


212 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


discussion:  The  long  notogastral  hairs  comprise  the  most  distinctive  feature 

of  this  species  and  differentiate  it  from  all  other  species  in  the  genus.  The  trans- 
verse suture  extending  from  the  genital  opening  and  dividing  the  ventral  plate 
may  also  be  distinctive,  but  similar  sclerotization  occurs  in  at  least  one  other 
example  of  the  family,  Stonyxenillus  akidosus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.  Further  com- 
parisons of  this  feature  will  have  to  be  made. 

New  Genera  and  Species 

The  following  new  genera  and  species  are  characterized  by  a spindleform 
sensillus  that  is  barbed  or  smooth,  and  are  differentiated  principally  by  this  type 
of  organ  from  Xenillus  with  its  claviform  sensillus.  One  species  in  the  literature, 
Xenillus  alpestris  Willmann,  1929,  also  has  a spindleform  sensillus,  but  the 
lamellae  are  extremely  narrow,  and  only  one  humeral  bristle  is  present.  We 
conclude  that  X.  alpestris  is  not  a Xenillus , nor  does  it  fit  within  any  of  the  new 
genera,  although  it  appears  to  be  in  the  Liacaroidea.  Since  its  placement  is 
uncertain,  we  have  omitted  it  temporarily  from  consideration  within  this  complex. 

Stenoxenillus  atraktus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp. 

(Figs.  17,  18,  19) 

diagnosis:  Lamellae  narrow  and  straight  with  a small  lateral  dens  at  distal  end,  medial 

margin  rough,  with  small  cornicles  along  medial  edge;  sensillus  elliptical  and  spindle-shaped; 
surface  of  notogaster  with  elongate  pits.  The  generic  name  applies  to  the  narrow  and  straight 
lamellae  without  a translamella,  contrasting  with  Xenillus ; the  trivial  name  implies  a spindle- 
like sensillus. 

description:  Color  dark  brown;  rostrum  triangular,  rounded  anteriorly;  rostral  hairs 

missing  in  type  specimen  (in  another  specimen  these  hairs  are  finely  barbed,  shorter  than 
lamellar  hairs)  ; surface  of  prodorsum  finely  pitted;  lamellae  long,  narrow  blades,  a lateral 
dens  at  end  of  cusp,  medial  margin  of  lamellae  roughened  with  small  cornicles,  other  surface 
finely  pitted;  lamellar  hairs  about  half  as  long  as  lamellae,  extended  upward,  finely  barbed, 
inserted  posterior  to  cusp;  interlamellar  hairs  absent  in  type  (in  another  specimen  more  than 
twice  as  long  as  lamellar  hairs,  finely  barbed),  insertions  anterior  to  dorsosejugal  suture; 
pseudostigmata  at  posterolateral  corners  of  prodorsum ; sensillus  spindle-shaped,  a narrow 
pedicel,  swollen  mid-part  and  spine-like  distal  tip,  finely  barbed. 

Surface  of  notogaster  with  very  tiny  pits;  twelve  pairs  of  simple  notogastral  setae  (Fig. 
17)  ; fissure  im  lateral. 

Camerostome  oval;  infracapitulum,  ventral  setae,  and  apodemata  as  seen  in  Fig.  18; 
genital  aperture  trapezoidal,  about  twice  its  length  anterior  to  anal  opening;  each  genital 
cover  with  six  setae,  g:l,  g:2,  g:3,  g:4  in  a slightly  diagonal  line,  closer  together  than  g:5, 
g : 6 ; g:5  more  laterally  placed  than  any  of  the  genital  setae;  aggenital  setae  about  twice 
their  length  from  genital  aperture ; anal  opening  nearly  twice  as  large  as  genital  opening, 
nearly  square,  adjacent  to  posterior  margin  of  ventral  plate;  each  anal  cover  with  two 
simple  setae ; fissure  iad  at  anterolateral  corner  of  anal  opening,  remote  from  margin  of 
opening  by  about  twice  its  length;  three  pairs  of  anal  setae,  ada:3  at  level  of  middle  of 
cover,  ada:2,  ada:l  posterior  to  anal  opening;  other  features  of  venter  as  seen  in  Fig.  18. 
legs:  Heterotridactylous ; part  of  leg  I as  seen  in  Fig.  19. 

length:  1,050  /x;  width:  636  /m. 


December,  1966]  Woolley  and  Higgins:  New  Family  of  Oribatid  Mites  213 


Fig.  20.  Stonyxenillus  spilotus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  the  dorsal  aspect;  A,  enlarged  sketch 
of  prodorsum,  lamellae,  and  rostrum. 

Fig.  21.  Stonyxenillus  spilotus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  the  ventral  aspect;  A,  infracapit- 
ulum  from  ventral  view;  B,  chelicerae;  C,  anal  plate  from  ventral  view. 

Fig.  22.  Tarsus  I of  Stonyxenillus  spilotus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  the  lateral  aspect. 


214 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


A single  specimen  of  this  species  was  collected  at  Duke  Forest,  Durham,  N.  C., 
August  1952  by  S.  Mulaik.  This  type  specimen  will  be  deposited  in  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum.  Another  specimen  was  taken  from  a floor  debris  pocket, 
Dismal  Gardens,  Franklin  Co.,  Alabama,  4 September  1961  by  W.  Suter  and 
J.  Wagner. 

discussion:  This  new  species,  Stenoxenillus  atraktus,  differs  from  other 

species  and  some  genera  in  the  family  by  the  narrow,  straight  lamellae  and  the 
absence  of  a translamella  or  a mucro.  It  is  further  differentiated  by  the  cor- 
niculated  medial  margin  and  finely  pitted  surface  of  the  lamellae.  Since  the 
type  and  only  one  other  specimen  were  found,  it  is  not  possible  to  discuss  varia- 
tions of  form,  but  we  consider  this  species  is  distinct  from  any  others  of  the 
family  that  we  have  observed  so  far. 

Stonyxenillus,  n.  gen. 

diagnosis:  The  genus  is  characterized  by  a barbed,  spindleform  sensillus  and 

broad  lamellae  that  may  cover  the  prodorsum  and  have  one  or  two  dentes.  The 
name  is  from  the  Greek,  stonyx , indicating  a sharp  point  for  both  the  sensillus 
and  the  cuspal  dentes  of  the  lamellae,  but  the  name  is  tied  to  Xenillus  to  indicate 
familial  and  generic  relationships. 

Stonyxenillus  spilotus,  n.  sp. 

(Figs.  20-22) 

diagnosis:  Differs  from  other  species  in  the  genus  by  the  broad  lamellae  covering  nearly 

all  of  the  prodorsum,  the  long,  pointed  medial  lamellar  dentes,  and  the  long  lamellar  hairs. 
description:  Color  dark  brown;  rostrum  truncated  anteriorly,  with  Lateral  notches  for 

insertions  of  rostral  hairs,  pitted  surface  (Figs.  20,  20A)  ; rostral  hairs  about  as  long  as  dens 
of  lamella,  slightly  barbed,  decurved,  inserted  in  notches  posterior  to  truncated  rostral  tip; 
lamellae  broader  than  prodorsum,  pitted  dorsally,  with  prominent  anterior  medial  dens, 
deeply  cleft  to  level  of  short  translamella ; lamellar  hairs  nearly  straight,  as  long  as  width  of 
lamella  at  level  of  translamella,  with  small  barbs,  inserted  posterior  to  anterior  margin  of 
lamella  in  a broad  cleft,  closer  to  medial  margin  than  to  lateral  (Figs.  20,  20A)  ; translamella 
short,  heavily  sclerotized,  located  at  base  of  cleft  between  lamellae,  closer  to  dorsosejugal 
suture  than  to  anterior  tips  of  lamellae;  interlamellar  hairs  about  same  length  as  rostral 
hairs,  decurved,  inserted  beneath  anterior  margin  of  hysterosoma,  approximately  in  middle  of 
width  of  lamella;  pseudostigmata  under  anterolateral  margins  of  hysterosoma;  sensillus 
spindleform,  with  tiny  barbs  on  surface  (Figs.  20,  20A). 

Notogaster  oval  in  outline  except  for  slightly  invaginated  anterior  margin,  surface  pitted; 
twelve  pairs  of  notogastral  setae,  the  two  pairs  of  simple  humeral  bristles  in  clear  margin 
adjacent  to  pseudostigmata  and  sensillus  (Figs.  18,  20). 

Camerostome  truncate  posteriorly,  heavily  pitted  laterad  of  opening;  infracapitulum, 
chelicerae,  mentum,  rutella  as  seen  in  Figs.  21  A,  B;  ventral  surface  of  mentum  pitted, 
with  two  squarish,  articulating  condyles;  ventral  setae,  apodemata  as  seen  in  Fig.  21; 
genital  opening  between  levels  of  legs  III  and  IV,  trapezoidal  in  outline;  each  genital  cover 
with  six  simple,  short  setae,  g:l,  g:2,  g:3,  g:4  close  together  in  straight  line  near  medial  margin 
of  cover,  g:5,  g:6  nearer  posterolateral  margin  of  cover;  aggenital  setae  about  three  times 
their  lengths  posterior  to  genital  opening;  anal  aperture  nearly  square,  in  posterior  end  of 


December,  1966] 


Woolley  and  Higgins:  New  Family  of  Oribatid  Mites 


215 


Fig.  23.  Stonyxenillus  anakolosus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  the  dorsal  aspect;  A,  enlarged 
free-hand  sketch  of  sensillus;  B,  enlarged  sketch  of  prodorsum  and  lamellae. 

Fig.  24.  Stonyxenillus  anakolosus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  the  ventral  aspect;  A,  infra- 
capitulum;  B,  chelicerae. 

Fig.  25.  Tibia  and  tarsus  I of  Stonyxenillus  anakolosus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  the  lateral 
aspect. 


216 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


ventral  plate ; each  cover  with  two  simple  setae  near  medial  margin  of  cover  and  nearer 
center  of  length  of  cover  than  ends  (Figs.  21,  2 1 C)  ; fissure  iad  near  anterolateral  corner  of 
anal  opening;  adanal  setae  as  seen  in  Fig.  21,  ada:l  posterior  to  cover,  ada:2  at  postero- 
lateral corner  of  opening,  ada:3  lateral  to  anal  opening  at  level  of  a:l. 
legs:  Heterotridactylous  (Fig.  22). 

length:  Hysterosoma  454  /x ; prodorsum  138  /x ; width:  318  /x. 

The  specific  name  from  the  Greek,  spilotos,  implies  a spotted  appearance 
based  on  the  pitted  integument  of  the  lamellae  and  notogaster. 

Four  specimens  of  this  species  were  collected  seven  miles  from  Highlands 
Biological  Station,  Whiteside  Cove,  Jackson  Co.,  North  Carolina,  elevation 
3,300',  5 July  1961,  by  S.  and  D.  Mulaik.  The  type  will  be  deposited  in  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum. 


Stonyxenillus  anakolosus,  n.  sp. 

(Figs.  23-25) 

diagnosis:  The  broad  lamellae  of  this  species  are  similar  to  those  of  S.  spilotus,  n.  sp., 

but  have  two  short,  subequal  dentes  and  a small  mucro  on  the  translamella ; the  lamellar  hairs 
are  inserted  in  the  tips  of  the  lamellae  between  the  dentes;  the  new  species  is  also  smaller  and 
more  rotund  than  S.  spilotus,  n.  sp. 

description:  With  characters  of  the  genus;  color  dark  brown;  prodorsum  nearly  covered 

by  lamellae,  rostrum  truncate  anteriorly,  with  pitted  surface,  lateral  notches  for  insertions  of 
rostral  hairs;  rostral  hairs  simple,  about  as  long  as  width  of  lamellar  cusp,  inserted  in  flat 
notches  lateral  to  anterior  tip  of  rostrum ; lamellae  of  about  equal  width  throughout  length, 
with  pitted  surface  and  prominent,  wide  cusps,  cusps  slightly  excavated  anteriorly  producing 
two  short  dentes,  a deep  cleft  between  cusps;  lamellar  hairs  fairly  straight,  slightly  longer 
than  rostral  hairs,  inserted  in  anterior  margins  of  lamellar  cusps;  translamellar  present,  with 
a short,  blunt  mucro  in  cleft  between  lamellar  cusps;  insertions  of  interlamellar  hairs 
beneath  margin  of  dorsosejugal  suture;  surface  of  prodorsum  with  larger  pits  than  on 
lamellae;  pseudostigmata  under  humeral  margins  of  hysterosoma;  sensillus  spindleform, 
with  fine  barbs  on  surface  (Fig.  23A). 

Hysterosoma  nearly  round  in  outline,  with  slightly  excavated  anterior  margin,  surface 
pitted  with  small  pits  (Fig.  23)  ; twelve  pairs  of  slightly  barbed  notogastral  setae,  two  pairs 
humeral  in  position  (in  the  type  specimen  three  humeral  setae  are  present  on  the  left  side,  two 
on  the  right)  ; fissure  im  inserted  near  lateral  margin  nearly  midway  the  length  of  the  dorsum. 

Camerostome  elongated  and  oval,  with  sclerotized,  pitted  margins;  infracapitulum,  che- 
licerae,  mentum,  rutella  as  seen  in  Figs.  24A,  B ; rutella  with  diagonal  roughened  surface, 
the  rutellar  brush , posterior  to  distal  toothed  margin  on  dorsal  surface;  ventral  setae, 
apodemata  as  seen  in  Fig.  24 ; genital  aperture  a third  as  large  as  anal,  located  between 
levels  of  legs  III,  IV,  trapezoidal  in  outline,  with  a perigenital  ring  formed  of  the  confluence 
of  apodemata  III,  IV;  each  genital  cover  with  six  setae,  g:  1 , g:2,  g:3,  g:4  inserted  close 
together  in  a diagonal  line,  g:  5,  g:6  in  middle  of  width  of  cover  nearer  posterior  margin  (Fig. 
24)  ; aggenital  setae  simple,  about  three  times  their  lengths  posterior  to  genital  opening;  anal 
opening  nearly  square ; each  anal  cover  with  two  setae  inserted  nearer  medial  margin  of  cover 
than  lateral;  fissure  iad  near  anterolateral  corner  of  anal  opening;  adanal  seta  ada:l 
posterior  to  anal  aperture,  ada:2,  ada:3  laterad  of  anal  opening,  nearly  at  levels  of  a: 2 and  a:l 
respectively. 

legs:  Heterotridactylous;  tibia  and  tarsus  I as  seen  in  Fig.  25. 

lengtli:  Prodorsum  126  /x,  hysterosoma  354  /a;  width:  294  /x. 


December,  1966] 


Woolley  and  Higgins:  New  Family  of  Oribatid  Mites 


217 


A single  specimen  of  this  species,  the  type,  was  collected  four  miles  north  of 
Cherokee,  N.  C.,  28  May  1957,  by  W.  Mason;  one  specimen  from  Newfound 
Gap,  Great  Smoky  National  Park,  N.  C.,  10  July  1957,  by  S.  and  D.  Mulaik;  one 
specimen  from  Murphy,  N.  C.,  19  July  1957,  by  S.  and  D.  Mulaik;  eight  speci- 
mens from  between  boulders,  Smoky  Mountain  Nat.  Park,  Sevier  Co.,  Tenn., 
25  July  1956,  by  H.  Dybas  (CNHM  56-28);  one  specimen  from  debris,  Dismal 
Gardens,  Franklin  Co.,  Alabama,  4 September  1961,  by  J.  Wagner  and  W.  Suter. 
The  specimens  from  Tennessee  were  found  in  company  with  Liacarus  spiniger 
Jacot,  1937,  and  a new  species  of  Liacarus  to  be  described.  The  type  specimen 
will  be  deposited  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

discussion:  This  species  is  of  smaller  size  than  others  previously  described. 

It  differs  from  S.  spilotos,  n.  sp.,  in  the  two  sharp  dentes  at  the  ends  of  the 
lamellar  cusps,  in  the  variations  of  the  sizes  of  pits  on  the  lamellae,  prodorsum, 
and  notogaster,  and  in  the  minute  details  of  the  barbed  sensillus. 

The  trivial  name  is  taken  from  the  Greek,  anakolosos,  which  implies  docked 
or  shortened,  and  has  particular  reference  to  the  smaller,  stocky  form  that 
typifies  this  mite. 

Stonyxenillus  akidosus,  n.  sp. 

(Figs.  26,  27) 

diagnosis:  This  new  species  differs  from  S.  spilotus  and  S.  anakolosus,  n.  spp.,  in  the 

narrower  lamellae  and  the  barbed  notogastral  hairs,  the  latter  indicated  in  the  trivial  name. 
The  generic  character  of  the  barbed,  spindleform  sensillus  is  characteristic  of  all  three  species. 
The  humeral  bristles  of  S.  akidosus,  n.  sp.,  are  longer,  more  robust,  and  finely  barbed 
rather  than  simple  and  short  as  in  other  species  in  the  family. 

description:  Color  yellowish-brown;  rostrum  truncated,  slightly  notched;  rostral  hairs 

straight,  finely  barbed,  about  same  length  as  lamellar  hairs,  inserted  in  distal  tips  of 
tutorium ; lamellae  flattened,  a fourth  as  wide  as  prodorsum,  with  pitted  surface,  cusps  short, 
with  two  subequal  dentes;  lamellar  hairs  straight,  about  same  length  as  rostral  hairs,  finely 
barbed,  inserted  in  distal  tips  of  lamellar  cusps  between  dentes;  translamella  short,  with  a 
pointed  mucro  about  same  length  as  medial  cuspal  dens;  interlamellar  hairs  slightly  longer 
than  lamellar  hairs,  finely  barbed,  inserted  near  dorsosejugal  suture  at  medial  edge  of 
lamellae;  pseudostigmata  posterior  to  pedotecta  I;  sensillus  spindleform,  finely  barbed  (Fig. 
26)  ; pedotecta  I about  a third  as  long  as  prodorsum,  rectangular. 

Surface  of  hysterosoma  with  fine  pits  (Fig.  26)  ; dorsosejugal  suture  nearly  straight, 
hysterosoma  nearly  round  in  outline;  eleven  pairs  of  finely  barbed  notogastral  setae;  humeral 
bristles  more  robust  than  in  other  species,  barbed;  fissure  ini,  other  details  of  dorsum  as 
in  Fig.  26. 

Infracapitulum,  chelicerae,  ventral  plate,  ventral  setae,  and  apodemata  as  seen  in  Fig.  27; 
trochanteral  fossae  II,  III  with  small  tubercles;  genital  opening  trapezoidal,  each  cover 
with  six  genital  setae,  g:l  in  anterior  margin  of  cover  near  medial  corner,  g:2-5  inserted  in 
diagonal  line  posterolaterally,  g:6  near  medioposterior  corner  of  cover;  aggenital  setae 
inserted  nearly  equidistant  between  genital  and  anal  openings,  but  slightly  closer  to  genital; 
squarish  anal  aperture  about  twice  as  large  as  genital,  each  anal  cover  with  two  setae;  fissure 
iad  posterolaterad  of  anal  opening,  at  level  of  a:l;  adanal  setae  finely  barbed,  ada:3  inserted 
laterad  of  anal  opening  at  level  of  middle  of  cover,  ada:2  near  posterolateral  corner  of  cover; 
ada:l  posterior  to  each  anal  cover. 


218 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


legs:  Heterotridactylous,  femora  II,  III,  IV  keeled. 

length:  618ft,  prodorsum  132ft,  hysterosoma  486  ft;  width:  396  ft. 

The  type  and  five  paratypes  were  collected  from  mixed  forest  floor  northeast 
of  Fentress,  Norfolk  Co.,  Virginia,  5 June  1965,  by  W.  Suter.  The  type  will  be 
deposited  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

discussion:  Compared  to  other  species  of  Stonyxenillus,  S.  akidosus,  n.  sp., 

has  the  longest  notogastral  hairs  of  any,  and  the  humeral  bristles  are  the 
longest  of  any  in  the  family.  Conversely,  the  lamellae  in  this  species  are  narrower 
and  less  extensive  than  in  the  other  species  of  the  genus. 

Leuroxenillus  trichionus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp. 

(Figs.  28,  29,  30) 

diagnosis:  The  distinctive  generic  features  of  this  mite  are  the  smooth,  spindleform,  nar- 
rowly lanceolate  sensillus,  which  contrasts  to  other  currently  known  genera,  and  the 
smooth  rostral,  lamellar,  and  interlamellar  hairs.  The  species  is  distinguished  by  these 
features  as  well  as  the  elongated  lamellar  cusps  with  a prominent  mucro.  No  other  genera  or 
species  currently  have  these  characteristics  in  this  combination.  The  generic  name  refers 
to  the  smooth  sensillus,  the  trivial  name  to  the  relatively  short  notogastral  hairs. 
description:  Color  yellowish-brown;  surface  of  prodorsum  with  fine  pits;  rostrum 

slightly  notched,  rostral  hairs  smooth,  straight,  shorter  than  lamellar  hairs,  inserted  in  distal 
tips  of  tutorium;  lamellae  narrowed,  tuberculous,  with  elongated  cusps  about  a third  the 
length  of  prodorsum,  cusps  with  small,  subequal  dentes;  lamellar  hairs  longer  than  rostral 
hairs,  straight,  smooth,  inserted  in  distal  tips  of  lamellar  cusps;  lamellae  joined  medially  in 
a broad  translamella  with  a narrowed  median  mucro  about  half  as  long  as  length  of 
lamellar  cusps;  interlamellar  hairs  setiform,  smooth,  curved,  slightly  longer  than  lamellar 
hairs,  inserted  near  medial  edges  of  lamellae  close  to  dorsosejugal  suture;  pseudostigmata 
projected  slightly  beyond  margin  of  hysterosoma,  cornuate  beneath  surface ; sensillus 
spindleform,  narrowly  lanceolate,  smooth,  slightly  longer  than  lamellar  hairs;  pedotecta  I 
as  seen  in  Fig.  28. 

Hysterosoma  ovoid,  dorsosejugal  suture  slightly  arched  anteriorly;  eleven  pairs  of  noto- 
gastral setae  visible;  two  pairs  of  humeral  setae  shorter  than  other  dorsal  hairs,  remaining 
pairs  simple,  curved,  about  as  long  as  rostral  hairs  (Fig.  27). 

Infracapitulum,  ventral  plate,  ventral  setae,  and  apodemes  as  seen  in  Fig.  29 ; trochanteral 
fossae  II,  III  with  small  tubercles;  genital  opening  rounded,  between  legs  III,  IV, 
each  genital  cover  with  six  setae,  g:  1 inserted  in  anterior  edge  of  cover  near  medial  corner, 
g:2-4  inserted  in  diagonal  line  posterolaterad,  g:5  inserted  laterally  on  cover,  g:6  inserted 
more  medially;  aggenital  setae  inserted  closer  to  genital  opening  than  to  anal;  fissure  iad 
near  anterolateral  corner  of  anal  opening;  anal  aperture  about  three  times  larger  than 
genital  aperture,  each  anal  cover  with  pair  of  long  setae;  three  pairs  of  simple  adanal 
setae,  ada:3,  ada:2  laterad  of  opening,  ada:l  posterior  to  opening. 


4 

Fig.  26.  StonyxenilJus  akidosus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  the  dorsal  aspect. 

Fig.  27.  Stonyxenillus  akidosus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  the  ventral  aspect. 

Fig.  28.  Leuroxenillus  trichionus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  the  dorsal  aspect;  A,  enlarged 
sketch  of  prodorsum,  rostrum,  and  lamellae. 

Fig.  29.  Leuroxenillus  trichionus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  the  ventral  aspect. 

Fig.  30.  Tibia  and  tarsus  I of  Leuroxenillus  trichionus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.,  from  the  lateral 
aspect. 


December,  1966] 


Woolley  and  Higgins:  New  Family  of  Oribatid  Mites 


219 


220 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


legs:  Heterotridactylous ; tibia  and  tarsus  I as  seen  in  Fig.  30. 

length:  1,060  fi,  prodorsum  240  /x,  hysterosoma  820  n ; width:  708  /i. 

The  type  and  four  paratypes  were  collected  from  moss,  four  miles  south  of 
Waldport,  Lincoln  Co.,  Oregon,  2 February  1960,  by  G.  W.  Krantz  and  Mr. 
Lattin.  The  type  will  be  deposited  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

The  drawing  of  the  dorsum  of  this  new  species  is  a composite  of  several  of  the 
specimens. 

discussion:  The  new  family,  Xenillidae,  has  a number  of  distinctive  char- 

acteristics that  have  been  mentioned  previously.  Other  characteristics  common 
to  many  liacaroids  and  not  exclusive  to  genera  and  species  of  this  new  family  are 
also  important  to  note.  The  rutellar  brush  and  spinose  area  posterior  to  it  (Fig. 
15 A)  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  rutellum  are  found  in  most  of  the  Xenillidae 
examined,  as  well  as  in  a number  of  species  of  liacarids  that  are  under  study. 
These  rutellar  features  may  be  more  extensively  exhibited  in  other  families 
also,  as  the  Galumnidae  have  at  least  the  rutellar  brush.  We  infer  that  the  brush 
and  spinose  area  are  common  to  the  Liacaroidea.  We  also  infer  that  many  of  the 
Liacaroidea  exhibit  tubercles  on  the  ventral  surface  of  the  trochanteral  fossae  of 
legs  II,  III  anterior  to  pedotecta  II  and  behind  pedotecta  I.  These  tubercles 
are  prominent  in  xenillids,  but  have  also  been  found  in  some  Liacaridae,  though 
they  may  be  less  conspicuous.  Research  in  progress  should  help  to  elucidate  these 
characteristics  at  the  familial  and  superfamilial  levels. 

Xenillidae,  new  family 

Liacaroid  mites  with  pitted  or  rugose  integument  and  lamellae,  claviform  or  spindleform 
sensilli,  two  humeral  notogastral  bristles,  five  or  six  pairs  of  genital  setae,  tuberculous  tro- 
chanteral fossae  II,  III. 

Key  to  the  Genera  and  Species  of  Xenillidae 

1.  Sensillus  clavate,  barbed  Genus  Xenillus  6 

Sensillus  spindleform,  barbed  or  smooth  2 

2.  Spindleform  sensillus  narrowly  lanceolate,  smooth;  rostral,  lamellar,  interlamellar 

hairs  smooth ; lamellar  cusps  narrower  than  lamellae ; mucro  half  as  long  as 

lamellar  cusp  Leuroxenillus  trichionus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.  (Fig.  28) 

Spindleform  sensillus  swollen,  barbed;  rostral,  lamellar,  interlamellar  hairs  usually 
barbed;  lamellar  cusps  usually  as  broad  as  lamellae  3 

3.  Lamellae  narrow,  without  translamella  or  mucro  

Stenoxenillus  atraktus,  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.  (Fig.  17) 

Lamellae  relatively  broad,  with  translamella  Stonyxenillus,  n.  gen.  4 

4.  Lamellae  with  single,  long,  medial  dens  at  end  of  cusp;  without  a mucro  

S.  spilotus,  n.  sp.  (Fig.  14) 

Lamellae  with  two  subequal  dentes  at  ends  of  cusps;  with  a mucro  5 

5.  Lamellar  hairs  about  as  long  as  width  of  cusp,  mucro  much  shorter  than  length  of 

cusps  S.  anakolosus,  n.  sp.  (Fig.  23) 

Lamellar  hairs  three  times  longer  than  width  of  lamellar  cusp,  mucro  subequal  in 
length  to  lamellar  cusps  and  dentes  S.  akidosus,  n.  sp.  (Fig.  26) 

6.  Translamella  absent  7 

Translamella  present  8 


December,  1966] 


Woolley  and  Higgins:  New  Family  of  Oribatid  Mites 


221 


8. 


9. 


7.  Sensillus  pyriform;  lamellae  without  cuspal  dentes;  lamellar  hairs  inserted  laterally 

X.  latus  (Fig.  2) 

Sensillus  elongate-claviform ; lamellae  with  sharp  median  cuspal  dens ; lamellar  hairs 

inserted  in  distal  end  of  cusp  X.  tegeocranus  (Fig.  3) 

Translamella  without  a mucro  9 

Translamella  with  a mucro  10 

Lamellar  hairs  inserted  in  distal  tips  of  conical  cusps ; interlamellar  hairs  barbed, 

about  as  long  as  lamellae  X.  splendens  (Fig.  4) 

Lamellar  hairs  inserted  posterolaterad  of  median  dens;  interlamellar  hairs  shorter 
than  lamellae X.  sculptrus  (Fig.  5) 

10.  Lamellae  with  one  median  cuspal  dens  11 

Lamellae  with  two  subequal  cuspal  dentes  12 

11.  Lamellar  hairs  inserted  in  center  of  distal  tip  of  lamellar  cusp  Ar.  clypeator  (Fig.  1) 

Lamellar  hairs  inserted  laterally  in  lamellar  cusp  behind  distal  tip  

X.  anasillus,  n.  sp.  (Fig.  9) 

12.  Mucro,  cuspal  dentes  subequal  in  length;  notogastral  hairs  simple  

X.  gelasinus,  n.  sp.  (Fig.  6) 

Mucro  much  shorter  than  cusps;  notogastral  hairs  erect,  bristling,  barbed 

X.  phvrxothrixus,  n.  sp.  (Fig.  12) 


Literature  Cited 

Baker,  E.  W.,  and  G.  W.  Wharton.  1952.  An  Introduction  to  Acarology.  Macmillan  Co., 
N.  Y. 

Balogh,  J.  1943.  Conspectus  Oribateorum  Hungariae.  Magyar  Tudomanyos  Akademia 
Kiadasa  1-202. 

. 1961.  Identification  Keys  of  World  Oribatid  Families  and  Genera.  Acta  Zoo- 

logica  7 (3/4) : 243-344. 

. 1963.  Identification  Keys  of  Holarctic  Oribatid  Mites  Families  and  Genera. 

Acta  Zoologica  9 (1/2):  1-60. 

. 1965.  A Synopsis  of  World  Oribatid  Genera.  Acta  Zoologica  11  (1/2):  5-99. 

Costeseque,  R.,  and  G.  Taberly.  1961.  Sur  les  Stases  Immature  de  Xenillus  clypeator  et 
Xenillus  tegeocranus.  Bull.  Soc.  d’Hist.  Nat.  de  Toulouse  96  (3/4):  191-198. 

Hull,  J.  E.  1916.  Terrestrial  Acari  of  the  Tyne  Province.  Trans.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  North- 
umberland, Durham,  and  Newcastle-Upon-Tyne.  New  Series.  4 (2):  381-410. 

Jacot,  A.  P.  1929.  Xenillus  clypeator  Robineau-Desvoidy  and  Its  Identity.  Psyche  36 
(2):  125-128. 

. 1937.  Journal  of  North  American  Moss  Mites.  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.  45  (3/4): 

353-371. 

Kuliev,  K.  A.  1963.  Systematics  of  Liacaridae — Fauna  Azerbaijan.  Proc.  Acad.  Sci. 
Azerbaijan  CCP.  19  (11):  71-74. 

Michael,  A.  D.  1883.  British  Oribatidae.  Vol.  I.  Ray  Society,  London. 

. 1898.  Oribatidae.  Das  Tierreich.  Deutschen  Zool.  Gesellschaft  3:  1-93. 

Robineau-Desvoidy,  A.  J.  B.  1839.  Memoire  sur  Xenillus  clypeator.  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  de 
France  8:  455-467. 

Sellnick,  Max.  1928.  Formenkreis:  Hornmilben,  Oribatei.  In  Die  Tierwelt  Mitteleuropas 
3:  1-42. 

Willmann,  C.  1929.  Neue  Oribatiden  II.  Zool.  Anz.  80  (1/2):  43-46. 

. 1931.  Moosmilben  oder  Oribatiden.  In  Tierwelt  Deutschlands  22:  79-200. 


Received  for  Publication  October  2,  1966. 


222 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Pieris  nctrina  oleracera  (Harris)  in  New  Jersey 
( Lepidoptera : Pieridae ) 

Cyril  F.  dos  Passos1 

Abstract:  The  occurrence  in  New  Jersey  of  Pieris  narina  oleracera  recorded  by  earlier 
entomologists  but  ignored  by  later  authors  as  misdeterminations  has  been  verified  by  the 
capture  of  a male  specimen  near  Springdale,  Sussex  County,  New  Jersey  on  July  8,  1966. 


Pontia  oleracera  was  described  by  Harris  in  1829.  The  specimens  before 
Harris  when  writing  his  original  description  were  taken  in  New  Hampshire 
and  Massachusetts.  Possibly  there  is  no  type  in  existence.  The  type  locality 
does  not  appear  to  have  been  further  restricted.  For  the  purposes  of  this  paper 
it  is  not  necessary  to  solve  these  problems.  This  insect  which  is  double  brooded 
is  common  throughout  the  Northeastern  United  States,  Eastern  Canada,  and 
extends  at  least  as  far  south  as  New  Jersey.  Originally  described  as  a species 
it  is  now  considered  the  spring  brood  of  Pieris  narina  occurring  in  the  north- 
eastern part  of  the  United  States  and  Canada  (dos  Passos  1965,  p.  136). 

In  Smith’s  List  of  the  Insects  of  New  Jersey  (1909,  p.  417)  published  in 
the  Report  of  the  New  Jersey  Museum  two  records  are  given  for  the  capture 
of  oleracera , the  first  on  May  5 by  John  A.  Grossbeck  at  Paterson  and  the 
second  without  date  by  John  P.  R.  Carney  at  Camden.  Smith  states  that 
this  butterfly  . . occurs  occasionally  throughout  the  State  but  more  fre- 
quently in  the  northern  portion.  It  is  our  native  cabbage  butterfly,  which 
has  been  almost  exterminated  and  driven  out  by  the  imported  species.  Only 
occasionally  examples  are  now  found  by  collectors;  in  some  years  none  at  all.” 

In  Comstock’s  Butterflies  of  New  Jersey  (1940,  p.  69)  oleracera  is  not  listed 
as  occurring  in  that  State  but  is  referred  to  under  Pieris  virginiensis  when  he 
says,  “Records  of  oleracera  (Smith’s  ‘List’)  probably  refer  to  this  species.” 
However,  oleracera  and  virginiensis  are,  in  my  opinion,  distinct  species  although 
the  later  was  listed  by  me  (1965,  p.  136)  as  a subspecies  of  narina.  Reference 
to  one  does  not  necessarily  apply  to  the  other. 

Klots  (1951,  p.  201)  ignores  the  references  to  the  occurrence  of  oleracera 
in  New  Jersey  with  the  statement  it  is  “Not  recorded  s.[outh]  of  the  Catskill 
Mountains  in  New  York.” 

In  the  forenoon  of  July  8,  a hot,  clear  day  while  collecting  near  Springdale, 
Sussex  County,  New  Jersey,  Mrs.  dos  Passos  captured  a male  oleracera , which 
was  not  seen  by  me  until  the  following  afternoon  when  our  captures  were 
being  papered  and  spread.  This  specimen  was  not  badly  worn  and  was  taken 
in  a grassy  meadow  in  an  open  cut  below  a power  line.  Doubtless  it  was  a 

1 Research  Associate,  Dept,  of  Ent.,  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History:  Research 
Associate,  Section  of  Insects  and  Spiders,  Carnegie  Museum. 


December,  1966] 


dos  Passos:  Pieris  narina  oleracera 


223 


stray  from  the  nearby  woods.  This  capture  on  July  8 was  a late  emergence 
for  oleracera , but  it  must  be  remembered  that  1966  was  a very  late  season, 
about  2 to  3 weeks  late  according  to  the  writer’s  observations  and  those  of 
other  collectors  in  New  Jersey. 

Thus  the  capture  of  oleracera  on  July  8,  1966  after  a lapse  of  60  years  not 
only  establishes  the  occurrence  of  the  species  in  New  Jersey  during  the  inter- 
vening years  but  points  out  the  danger  of  ignoring  old  records.  Certainly 
oleracera  was  just  as  well  known  to  Professor  John  B.  Smith,  State  Entomol- 
ogists in  1909  and  his  colleagues  as  it  is  to  today’s  entomologists. 

The  specimen  of  Pieris  narina  oleracera  captured  by  Mrs.  dos  Passos  has 
been  given  to  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 


Literature  Cited 

Comstock,  William  Phillips.  1940.  Butterflies  of  New  Jersey;  a list  of  the  Lepidoptera 
suborder  Rhopalocera  occurring  in  the  State  of  New  Jersey;  giving  time  of  flight, 
food  plants,  records  of  capture  with  locality  and  date.  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  48:  pp. 
47-84. 

dos  Passos,  Cyril  Franklin.  1965.  Review  of  the  Nearctic  species  of  Pieris  “napi”  as 
classified  by  androconial  scales  and  description  of  a new  seasonal  form  (Lepidoptera: 
Pieridae).  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  73:  pp.  135-137. 

Harris,  Thaddeus  Mason.  1829.  American  Turnip  Butterfly.  New  Engl.  Fmr.,  7:  p.  402. 

Klots,  Alexander  Barrett.  1951.  A Field  Guide  to  the  Butterflies  of  North  America, 
East  of  the  Great  Plains.  Houghton,  Mifflin  Co.,  Boston,  The  Riverside  Press,  Cam- 
bridge. XVI  -f-  350  pp.,  16  pis.  colored,  24  pis.  black  & white,  8 figs. 

Smith,  John  Bernhardt.  1909.  In  Shiles  Morse,  Curator,  Annual  Report  of  the  New 
Jersey  State  Museum  including  a report  of  the  insects  of  New  Jersey.  MacCrellish  & 
Quigley,  State  Printers,  Trenton,  N.  J.,  888  pp.,  1 portrait. 

Received  for  Publication  September  2,  1966 


224 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Two  New  North  American  Spiders 
(Araneae:  Linypliiidae) 1 2 

Wilton  Ivie 

Abstract:  Two  species  of  Linyphiidae  are  described  and  figured:  Taranucnus  durdenae, 

n.  sp.,  and  Troglohyphantes  kokoko,  n.  sp.  Both  are  from  eastern  North  America  and 
are  first  records  of  their  respective  genera  for  this  continent. 

Two  new  species  of  linyphiid  spiders  from  eastern  North  America  are  described 
here.  Both  represent  genera  which  are  not  listed  for  this  continent,  but  are  known 
in  Europe.  The  types  are  deposited  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Family  Linyphiidae 
Sub-family  Linyphiinae 
Genus  TANANUCNUS  Simon,  1884 
Taranucnus  durdenae,  new  species 
Figs.  1-5 

diagnosis:  Resembling  T.  setosus  (Cambridge)  in  arrangement  of  eyes,  long  legs,  spination 

of  legs,  and  general  color  and  shape  of  body,  but  with  distinctive  palpus  and  epigynum. 
color:  Carapace  light  yellowish  brown,  faintly  shaded  with  dusky  gray;  eyes  ringed  with 

black.  Chelicerae,  legs,  palpi,  endites,  and  spinnerets  brownish  yellow,  shaded  unevenly  with 
gray  but  without  distinct  markings;  tarsus  of  male  palpus  dusky  brown.  Sternum  and 
labium  dark  dusky  brown.  Abdomen  dark  gray  on  sides  and  venter;  pale  gray  on  dorsum 
with  a pattern  of  dark  gray  as  shown  in  Fig.  5. 

measurements:  male:  Length  2.25  mm;  carapace,  1.3  mm  long,  1.0  mm  wide;  tibia- 

patella  I,  3.1  mm,  IV,  2.7  mm.  female:  Length  2.25  mm;  carapace,  1.1  mm  long,  0.8  mm 
wide;  tibia-patella  I,  2.65  mm,  IV,  2.2  mm. 

structure:  male:  Carapace  low  and  broadly  rounded  on  thoracic  part,  more  elevated 

and  narrower  on  cephalic  part,  with  clvpeus  rounded  across  front.  Height  of  clypeus,  2.7 
diameters  of  anterior  lateral  eye.  Anterior  median  eyes  much  smaller  than  other  eyes,  0.4 
diameter  apart,  0.7  diameter  from  anterior  lateral  eyes.  Posterior  eye  row  slightly  recurved; 
posterior  median  eyes  0.65  diameter  apart,  0.4  diameter  from  posterior  lateral  eyes.  Chelicerae 
vertical,  moderately  long  and  slender,  length  of  exposed  portion  greater  than  width  of  both 
of  them ; fang  simple ; anterior  margin  of  fang  groove  with  three  widely  separated  teeth, 
center  one  largest.  Legs  long,  femur  I being  about  twice  as  long  as  carapace;  order  of 
length  I,  IV,  II,  III.  Femora  I,  II,  and  III  each  with  spine  above  on  basal  half;  femur 
I with  additional  spine  on  prolateral  face  near  middle ; all  femora  with  many  long  setae  on 
under  side,  more  prominent  distally,  and  one  long  conspicuous  ventral  seta  at  base.  Patellae 
with  long  spine  at  distal  end  above,  very  small  one  at  base.  Tibiae  with  two  spines  above; 
tibia  I with  additional  spine  on  each  side  distally  and  one  on  ventral  side  near  middle ; 
tibia  II  with  one  spine  on  retrolateral  side  distally.  Metatarsi  with  small  spine  above  near 
base.  Palpus  moderately  large;  patella  and  tibia  short  and  simple,  patella  bearing  a large 
spine  more  than  twice  length  of  segment.  Base  of  cymbium  complexly  modified,  including 
secondary  ‘paracymbium’  above.  Embolus  very  long,  slender,  and  compoundly  looped; 
supported  for  much  of  its  length  by  large  conductor  (Figs.  3 and  4). 

1 Research  Fellow,  Department  of  Entomology,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
New  York. 

2 This  work  was  done  as  a phase  of  a project  supported  by  a grant  from  the  National 
Science  Foundation  (GB-3880). 


December,  1966] 


Ivie:  New  North  American  Spiders 


225 


Figs.  1-5.  Tarcmucnus  durdenae,  new  species.  1.  Epigynum,  posterior  view.  2.  Epigynum, 
ventral  view.  3.  Left  palpus,  ectal  view.  4.  Left  palpus,  dorsal  view.  5.  Abdomen,  dorsum. 


female  allotype:  Somewhat  teneral  and  smaller  than  male  in  most  structural 
details.  Epigynum  large,  bilobed,  transverse  swelling,  with  pair  of  large  open- 
ings on  posterior  aspect  (Figs.  1 and  2). 

type  data:  Male  holotype  and  female  allotype  from  Pennsylvania:  three  miles 
south  of  Rector;  July  4,  1965  (C.  and  B.  Durden). 


226 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Figs.  6-7.  Troglohyphantes  kokoko,  new  species.  6.  Epigynum,  ventral  view.  7.  Epigy- 
num,  lateral  view. 


This  species  is  named  for  Beatrice  Vogel  Durden,  who  helped  obtain  the 
type  specimens. 


Genus  Troglohyphantes  Joseph,  1882 
Troglohyphantes  kokoko,  new  species 
Figs.  6 and  7 

diagnosis:  Resembles  T.  jurcifer  (Simon)  in  most  features;  distinguishable  by  the  form 

of  the  epigynum. 

color:  Carapace,  chelicerae,  and  appendages  yellowish  brown,  with  shading  on  side  mar- 

gins of  carapace  and  on  tibiae  of  legs  and  palpi.  Sternum  and  labium  dusky.  Abdomen 
medium  gray,  with  pattern  of  light  gray  cross-bands  above.  Spinnerets  pale  yellowish. 
measurements:  female:  Length  2.8  mm;  carapace,  1.3  mm  long,  1.1  mm  wide;  tibia- 

patella  I,  2.8  mm,  IV,  2.25  mm. 

structure:  Carapace  broad  and  low  behind,  narrowed  and  rounded  in  front.  Height  of 

clypeus  two  diameters  of  anterior  lateral  eye.  Eye  area  about  0.75  width  of  head  at 
posterior  eye  row.  Three  rows  of  setae  on  head,  converging  at  middle  of  carapace.  Anterior 
eye  row  straight;  small  anterior  median  eyes  about  half  radius  apart,  diameter  from  anterior 
lateral  eyes.  Posterior  eye  row  very  slightly  recurved;  posterior  median  eyes  0.7  diameter 
apart,  0.5  diameter  from  posterior  lateral  eyes.  Median  ocular  quadrangle  slightly  wider 
than  long,  wider  behind  than  in  front.  Chelicerae  vertical;  length  of  exposed  portion  greater 
than  combined  width  of  both;  fang  groove  with  three  large  teeth  on  front  margin,  three 
denticles  on  hind  margin.  Sternum  broadly  chordate,  a little  wider  than  long;  hind  coxae 
separated  by  one  of  their  diameters.  Legs  long,  very  slender  distally.  Femora  I,  II,  and 
III  with  spine  above  on  basal  half,  femur  I with  additional  spine  on  prolateral  face.  One 
spine  on  each  patella  above  at  distal  end.  All  tibiae  with  two  spines  above;  in  addition, 
tibia  I with  one  spine  on  prolateral  face  distally,  two  spines  on  retrolateral  face  distally, 
and  three  spines  on  ventral  side;  tibia  II  with  one  spine  on  prolateral  face  distally,  and 
one  long  spine  on  ventral  side  near  middle.  One  dorsal  spine  on  each  metatarsus,  near  base. 
Epigynum  projecting  posteriorly  and  ventrally  (Figs.  6 and  7). 


December,  1966] 


Ivie:  New  North  American  Spiders 


227 


type  data:  Female  holotype  and  female  paratype  from  Ontario:  Ko-ko-ko 
Bay,  Lake  Temagami;  August  15-25,  1946  (W.  J.  Gertsch,  W.  Ivie,  and  T. 
Kurata). 

other  locality:  New  York:  Beaver  River  Flow;  August  8,  1931  (Crosby 
and  Davis),  one  female.  (American  Museum  Collection.) 

The  name  is  derived  from  the  type  locality  and  is  a noun  in  apposition. 


Received  for  Publication  July  5,  1966 


228 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


BOOK  REVIEWS 

The  Callaphidini  of  Canada.  W.  R.  Richards.  Mem.  Ent.  Soc.  Canada  No.  44,  1965,  149 
pp.,  189  figs.,  40  maps. 

This  remarkable  piece  of  work  on  the  Canadian  fauna  of  the  Callaphidini  (Homoptera: 
Aphidoidea)  comprises  forty  species  in  sixteen  genera.  An  interesting  theory  on  apparent 
structural  intersexuality  of  the  viviparous  forms  and  apparent  sex  reversal  in  other  morphs 
is  presented,  and  progressive  neoteny  is  assumed  to  be  the  basic  trend  in  the  phylogeny  of 
all  groups.  Several  new  criteria  are  introduced  as  distinguishing  characters,  e.g.  anterior 
and  posterior  discals  on  head  and  prothorax  and  the  separation  of  the  cornicle  from  the 
lateral  sclerite.  The  keys  are  provided  with  mostly  only  one  differential  in  the  couplets. 
They  would  be  easier  to  use  if  they  included  several  features  for  both  adult  and  immature 
forms.  Illustrations  are  of  good  quality,  but  it  would  have  been  better  to  show  also  part 
of  the  ventral  side  of  the  specimens  so  that  the  coxae  and  the  rostrum  would  be  seen.  Also, 
the  antennae,  with  distribution  of  setae  and  rhinaria,  are  not  represented.  The  drawings  of 
first  instar  larvae  are  lacking  detail  since  antennae,  cornicles  and  setation  of  the  anal  seg- 
ment are  not  shown.  The  setal  pattern  of  the  first  instar  of  Patchia  and  Lachnochaitophorus 
are  evidently  incorrect  because  important  hairs  have  been  omitted.  Distribution  maps 
reveal  that  little  collecting  has  been  done  so  far  in  the  vast  area  of  Canada.  Perhaps  dis- 
tribution of  the  species  on  the  whole  North  American  continent  would  have  been  more 
instructive,  since  very  few  species  are  strictly  Canadian. 

The  paper  excels  in  clearness  of  presentation,  however  certain  aspects  have  been  treated 
superficially.  Some  of  the  newly  described  species  may  not  be  valid  because  of  insignificance 
of  characters  to  distinguish  them  from  related  species.  Tuber culatus  Mordvilko  seems  not 
congeneric  with  Pacificallis  n.  subg.  Tuberculatus  ( Pacijicallis ) columbiae  n.  sp.  appears 
to  be  identical  with  Tuberculoides  calif ornicus  (Baker).  Monellia  caryella  (Fitch)  should, 
according  to  embryonic  chaetotaxy,  be  placed  in  Monelliopsis  n.  g.  Monellia  micro setosa 
Richards  seems  to  intergrade  with  M.  costalis  (Fitch).  Monelliopsis  pleurialis  n.  sp.  is 
evidently  Monellia  nigro punctata  Granovsky.  It  was  not  mentioned  that  both  Monellia 
and  M elanocallis  hold  their  wings  horizontally  on  the  abdomen.  Therefore,  Tinocallis 
ulmifolii  (Monell)  should  not  be  placed  in  M elanocallis. 

The  phylogeny  of  the  Callaphidini  has  been  traced  and  conclusions  on  relationships  were 
drawn  mainly  from  studies  of  the  setal  patterns.  Apparently  too  much  emphasis  was  laid 
on  this  aspect,  while  others,  such  as  the  development  of  the  fore  legs  into  a leaping  mecha- 
nism, the  specialization  of  the  rhinaria  and  certain  differentiations  in  the  ovipara  have  not 
been  evaluated.  It  cannot  always  be  agreed  as  to  what  has  been  considered  advanced  or 
primitive.  The  semicircular  shape  of  the  cauda  may  be  primitive  and  not  neotenic.  The 
author’s  view  that  preservation  of  a “protopattern”  in  setation  (the  term  is  misleading, 
since  practically  all  first  instar  larvae  examined  are  caenogenetical)  indicates  advanced 
neoteny  is  basically  sound.  The  trend  in  phylogeny  of  certain  groups  is  well  described  as 
a struggle  for  dominance  between  the  adult  pattern  and  the  protopattern.  The  proposed 
grouping  of  the  diagram  on  p.  178  does,  however,  not  satisfy,  because  closely  related  genera 
like  Myzocallis  and  Tuberculoides  are  separated,  while  others  without  apparent  relationship 
are  brought  together  (e.g.  Pterocallis  and  Protopterocallis,  Takecallis  and  Ctenocallis) . It 
appears  sufficiently  established  from  the  author’s  findings  that  Appendisetines,  Therio- 
aphides  and  Tinocallidines  are  the  most  highly  evolved  groups  of  the  tribe.  Tuberculoides 
should  not  be  placed  with  the  Appendisetines,  since  the  lateral  abdominal  setae  of  the  sixth 
segment  are  well  separated  from  the  cornicle. 


December,  1966] 


Book  Reviews 


229 


Examples  of  parallelism  and  convergence  in  the  tribe  are  discussed  and  its  origin  and 
dispersal  elucidated.  It  is  hypothesized  that  the  modern  genera  became  established  by  the 
end  of  the  Cretaceous  period,  and  that  they  reached  their  present  distribution  at  that  time. 
A nearctic  origin  for  this  group  of  aphids  is  suggested. 

F.  W.  Quednau  (Quebec). 


A History  of  Entomology.  O.  E.  Essig.  A facsimile  of  the  original  1931  edition,  The  Mac- 
millan Company,  by  Hafner  Publishing  Co.,  New  York  and  London,  $16.50. 

It  is  gratifying  to  see  that  the  enterprising  Hafner  Publishing  Company  has  brought  out 
a facsimile  edition  of  Essig’s  great  History  of  Entomology . There  is  no  other  single  volume 
that  presents  as  much  information  about  economic  entomology  and  its  development  in 
California,  the  first  western  state  to  realize  the  importance  of  pest  control.  After  an  80-page 
introduction  to  entomology  in  that  state  from  the  time  of  the  Indian  tribes  to  1930,  450 
pages  are  devoted  to  the  details  of  what  has  been  done  to  make  the  fields  and  orchards  of 
California  more  productive  and  the  cities  and  towns  safer  and  more  comfortable  for  humans. 
No  student  of  economic  entomology,  or  of  insects  that  have  economic  importance  anywhere, 
can  safely  overlook  this  most  authoritative  and  fully  documented  story  of  the  ceaseless 
battle  between  man  and  pests.  Although  the  introduction  of  modern  organic  pesticides 
makes  this  35-year-old  book  dated  so  far  as  control  measures  are  concerned,  it  is  a volume 
that  modern  control  agencies  must  study  carefully  in  light  of  the  destructive  side-effects  of 
many  of  the  new  pesticides.  It  is  quite  possible  that  future  legislation  to  safeguard  humans 
and  the  environment  will  force  control  agencies  to  turn  back  to  earlier  methods  of  combat. 
The  long  chapter  upon  biological  control,  125  pages,  is  an  acute  summary  of  what  has 
been  done,  and  can  supply  direction  to  what  can  be  done  with  this  “natural”  method. 

For  me  the  most  valuable  part  of  the  entire  volume  is  Chapter  IX,  a small  book  in 
itself,  over  250  pages  of  biographical  data  about  the  men  whose  force  has  been  felt  in 
Californian  entomology.  There  are  several  hundred  sketches,  each  supported  with  a 
bibliography.  They  treat  of  taxonomists  and  field  collectors,  economic  entomologists,  ex- 
ploring entomologists,  professionals  and  amateurs.  It  is  a treasurehouse  of  information 
about  the  great  founders  of  entomology  from  Linnaeus  onward,  those  who  established  the 
study  of  insects  in  North  America  and  those  who  have  fostered  it  in  the  West.  Not  all 
that  Essig  wrote  is  true  today,  but  his  errors  are  few  and  rarely  serious.  The  discovery 
in  archives  and  libraries  during  the  past  three  decades  of  the  personal  papers  and  corre- 
spondence of  many  19th  Century,  and  earlier,  American  entomologists  has  brought  to  light 
information  that  was  not  available  to  Essig. 

Chapter  X is  equally  important  to  the  entomological  historian.  It  is  a chronological 
table  “Showing  the  development  and  progress  of  Entomology  in  relation  to  History  and 
other  Sciences.”  There  are  142  pages  of  this  table,  written  in  three  columns,  “Births,” 
“Events”  and  “Deaths.”  The  first  entries  are  the  birth  of  Columbus  and  Gutenberg’s 
invention  of  printing  with  movable  type.  One  lead  to  the  discovery  of  America,  the  other 
to  the  rapid  dissemination  of  knowledge.  The  earliest  entomological  event  noted  is  the 
printing  of  Conrad  von  Megenberg’s  Buck  der  Natur  in  1475.  The  last  year  contained  in 
the  calendar  is  1929  with  19  entomologically  important  events  and  the  deaths  of  H.  G. 
Dyar,  F.  H.  Chittenden,  W.  T.  Clarke  and  C.  R.  Orcutt  reported.  A continuation  of  this 
calendar  by  someone  well  versed  in  the  total  field  of  entomology  is  a task  that  should  be 
done. 


F.  Martin  Brown 


230 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Plant  Galls  and  Gall  Makers.  Ephraim  Porter  Felt.  Hafner  Publishing  Company,  364 
pp.,  photographs  and  figs.  1965,  price  $10.75. 

This  book  is  a facsimile  of  the  edition  published  in  1940  which  is  a modified  version  of 
Dr.  Felt’s  “Key  to  American  Insect  Galls”  which  appeared  in  the  New  York  State  Bulletin 
#2 00  in  1917.  The  primary  intention  of  this  book  is  to  facilitate  the  identification  of  many 
plant  galls  common  to  North  America.  However,  information  is  presented  on  the  biology, 
distribution,  and  plants  that  are  favored  by  gall  producers  as  well  as  the  collection  and 
study  of  plant  galls. 

The  major  portion  of  this  book  is  devoted  to  a key  of  the  various  plant  galls.  The  key 
is  first  arranged  according  to  the  families  of  plants,  after  which  the  galls  are  grouped  in  a 
manner  to  identify  them  within  the  different  plant  families.  A brief  summation  of  galls  is 
presented  in  the  introduction  to  the  more  important  plant  families. 

Excellent  illustrations  are  included  in  the  text  and  serve  as  an  aid  in  the  identification  of 
plant  galls.  However,  some  photographs  presented  in  the  plates  did  not  lend  themselves  to 
a clear  reproduction. 

Dr.  Felt’s  book  is  a very  substantial  contribution  with  regard  to  the  identification  of  plant 
galls  and  will  undoubtedly  serve  as  a useful  reference  to  entomologists,  ecologists,  and 
students  of  nature. 

Louis  M.  Vasvary 


December,  1966] 


Index  to  Volume  LXXIV 


231 


INDEX  TO  SCIENTIFIC  NAMES  OF 
ANIMALS  AND  PLANTS 

VOLUME  LXXIV 


Generic  names  begin  with  capital  letters.  New  genera,  subgenera,  species,  and  varieties 
are  printed  in  italics.  This  index  does  not  include  the  ISO  species  of  “Spiders  from  Powdermill 
Nature  Reserve,”  pp.  55-58. 


Acarus  immobilis,  190 
siro,  190 
Acheta,  175 
assimilis,  15 
Acroneurai,  17 
Adoristes,  201 
Aedes  aegypti,  59 
Aenictus,  118 
Agulla  adnixa,  9 
Amblyscirtes  samoset,  185 
vialis,  185 

Amphipyra  pyramidoides,  152 
Anomma,  118 
Apis,  17 
Aqulla,  176 

Arctia  caja  f.  fumosa,  100 

Balanus  balanoides,  101 
crenatus,  101 
eburneus,  101 
Banksia,  201 
Blarina  brevicauda,  190 
Blarinobia  simplex,  190 
Blatta  orientalis,  134 
Blattella,  176 
germanica,  9,  134 
Blattisocius  dentriticus,  143 
keegani,  143 
patagiorum,  143 
tarsalis,  143 
tineivorus,  145 
triodons,  145 

Brachymeria  intermedia,  161 
Bryobia  praetiosa,  190 

Caligus  rapax,  117 
Calliopsis,  92 
Camponotus  gigas,  198 
Caradrina  morpheus,  143 
Carausius,  176 
morosus,  9 
Cepheus,  201 


Ceutophilus  g.  gracilipes,  17 
Chauliodes  formosanus,  9,  168 
Cicada  bipunctulata,  118 
orni,  5 
plebeia,  4 

Cicadella  ferruginea,  7 
Cicindela  olivacea,  118 
Clethrionomys  gapperi,  190 
Corynebacterium,  134 
Crymodes  devastator,  157 
Culex  pipiens,  59 

Dasychira,  118 
Datana  ministra,  157 
Diacrisia  virginica,  162 
Dianthidium,  91 
Diapheromera  femorata,  15 
Dicrocheles  phalaenodectes,  153 
Didelphis  virginiana,  190 
Dissosteira,  175 
Carolina,  9 

Drosophila  melanogaster,  137 
pseudoobscura,  120 
Dytiscus  marginalis,  9 

Eciton,  118 
Epizeuxis  aemula,  157 
Erioptera  (Ilisia)  asymmetrica,  71 
diadexia,  66 
e pi  char  is,  66 
fausta,  69 
indica,  71 

Euglossa  cordata,  72,  84 
variabilis,  72 
Eurostus  validus,  7 
Euschongastia  blarinae,  190 
marmotae,  190 
peromysci,  190 
setosa,  190 

Glossina,  134 


232 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


Heterostelis,  91 

Huechys  sanguinea  philaemata,  4 
Hyalophora  cecropia,  15,  168 
Hydrophilus,  118 
Hygroribates  marinus,  101 

Juniperus  deppeana,  140 

Labidus,  118 

Lactobacillus  arabinosus,  135 
leichmanii,  135 
Lagoa  laceyi,  140 
Lasiocampa  quercus  callunae,  100 
Lasioseius,  154 

Leptotrombidium  myotis,  190 
Lernaea  cyprinacea,  117 
Lernaeenicus  polyceraus,  117 
Leucophaea  maderae,  134 
Leuroxenillus  trichionus , 201 
Liacarus,  201 
spiniger,  217 

Lipsothrix  decurvata , 180 
malla,  182 
Lytta,  82 

Macrohomotoma  gladiatum,  7 
Marmota  monax,  190 
Megachile,  91 
Melampsalta  muta,  13 
sericea,  7 

Melitturga  clavicornis,  92 
Microtus  arvalis,  195 
pennsylvanicus,  190 
Miyatrombicula  cynos,  190 
Mus  musculus,  190 
Musca  domestica,  137 
Myobia  musculi,  190 

Neivamyrmex,  118 
Neoconocephalis  exiliscanorus,  17 
Neolimnophila  bifusca,  181 
citribasis , 180 
daedalea , 180 
fuscinervis,  181 
genitalis,  181 
perreducta,  181 
picturata,  181 

Neopygmephorus  bavaricus,  190 
blumentritti,  195 
lithobii,  190 


Neotrombicula  whartoni,  190 
Nezara  viridula,  7 
Nomadopsis,  92 
Nothrus  marinus,  101 

Oncopeltus  fasciatus,  9 
Orchelimum,  11,  175 
Oribella,  201 

Ormosia  (Oreophila)  hutchinsonae,  67 
liana , 66 
sub  pule hra,  66 
umbripennis,  66 
(Ormosia)  kashmiri,  68 
nyctopoda,  69 
pulchra,  68 

(Parormosia)  atrotibialis,  66 
leucoplagia,  67 

Panthea  furcilla,  95,  119 
Panurginus,  92 
Panurgus  banksianus,  92 
calcaratus,  92 
dentipes,  92 
Papilio,  176 

Parnassius  mnemosyne,  160 
Pediculaster  mesembrinae,  190 
Perdita,  92 
Periplaneta,  175 
americana,  9,  134 
Perla,  176 

abdominalis,  9 
Peromyscus  leucopus,  190 
Phyllolabis,  66 
Picnoseus  nitidipennis,  80 
Pieris  narina,  222 
oleracera,  222 
virginiensis,  222 
Pinus  scopulorum,  140 
strobus,  95 

Pitymys  pinetorum,  190 
Poa  pratensis,  185 
Polia  contigua,  157 
Polypedilum  vanderplanki,  161 
Polyrhachis  (Anoplomyrma)  parabiotica,  200 
(Aulacomyrma)  porcata,  200 
(Campomyrma)  clypeata,  199 
pyrrhus,  199 

(Chariomyrma)  guerini,  200 
(Cyrtomyrma)  rastellata,  199 


December,  1966] 


Index  to  Volume  LXXIV 


233 


(Hagiomyrma)  ammon,  200 
(Hedomyrma)  ornata,  200 
(Myramatopa)  schang,  200 
(Myrma)  militaris,  200 
(Myrmhopla)  armata,  200 
(Myromothrinax)  thrinax,  200 
(Polyrhachis)  bihamata,  200 
(Pseudocyrtomyrma)  revoili,  200 
Pontia  oleracera,  222 
Populus,  142 
Proctolaelaps,  158 
Prodenia  litura,  168 
Protomyobia  claparedei,  190 
Pseudaletia  adultera,  157 
Pseudopanurgus,  92 
Pseudopygmephorus  sellnicki,  190 
tarsalis,  190 

Pseudospaelotis  haruspica,  152 
Psylla  mali,  7 
Pteronarcys  californica,  15 
proteus,  15 

Pygmephorus  erlangensis,  190 
microti,  195 
spinosus,  194 

Quercus  coccinea,  140 
emoryi,  140 
gambeli,  140 
ilicifolia,  140 

Radfordia  affinis,  190 
ensifera,  190 
lemnina,  190 
subuliger,  190 
Rattus  norvegicus,  190 
Rhododendron,  70,  181 
Romalea,  118 

Schistocerca  gregaria,  42,  177 
Sennertia,  119 
Septis  lignicolora,  152 
Sigara  substriata,  7 
Sorex  araneus,  195 
Spaelotis  clandestina,  152 
Sphida,  168 
Stelis  aterrima,  89 
punctulatissima,  89 


(Microstelis)  lateralis,  86 
(Odontostelis)  bilineolata,  72,  84 
(Stelidomorpha)  nasuta,  87 
(Stelis)  minuta,  87 
ornatula,  87 

Stenoxenillus  akidosus,  201 
anakolosus,  201 
atraktus,  201 
spilotus , 201 
Sthenopis,  176 
Styringomyia  obscura,  182 
schmidiana,  183 
subobscura,  180 
tarsatra,  180 

Taranucnus  durdenae,  224 
setosus,  224 
Telea,  176 

polyphemus,  9 
Tetraonyx,  82 
Tibicen  chloromera,  2 
Tibicina  septendecim,  7 
Tineola  biselliella,  157 
Toxorhina  (Ceratocheilus)  tuberifera,  180 
mesorhyncha,  184 
Troglohyphantes  furcifer,  226 
kokoko,  224 

Tyrophagus  palmarum,  190 
putrescentiae,  190 
similis,  190 

Xenillus  alpestris,  212 
anasillus , 201 
castaneus,  201 
clypeator,  201 
gelasinus,  201 
ionthadosus,  201 
latus,  201 
pectinatus,  201 
phryxothrixus,  201 
sculptrus,  201 
splendens,  201 
tegeocranus,  201 
Xylocopa  virginica,  119 

Zale  lunata,  157 


234 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXIV 


INVITATION  TO  MEMBERSHIP 

The  New  York  Entomological  Society  was  founded  in  1892  and  incorporated  the  following 
year.  It  holds  a distinguished  position  among  scientific  and  cultural  organizations.  The 
Society’s  Journal  is  one  of  the  oldest  of  the  leading  entomological  periodicals  in  the 
United  States.  Members  and  subscribers  are  drawn  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  they 
include  distinguished  professional  naturalists,  enthusiastic  amateurs,  and  laymen  for  whom 
insects  are  only  one  among  many  interests. 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  apply  for  membership  in  the  Society  or  to  subscribe  to  its 
Journal  which  is  published  quarterly.  Regular  meetings  are  held  at  8:00  P.M.  on  the  first 
and  third  Tuesdays  of  each  month  from  October  through  May  at  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  the  headquarters  of  the  Society.  A subject  of  general  interest  is  discussed 
at  each  meeting  by  an  invited  speaker.  No  special  training  in  biology  or  entomology  is 
necessary  for  the  enjoyment  of  these  talks,  most  of  which  are  illustrated.  Candidates  for 
membership  are  proposed  at  a regular  meeting  and  are  voted  upon  at  the  following  meeting. 

CLASSES  OF  MEMBERSHIP  AND  YEARLY  DUES 
Active  member : Full  membership  in  the  Society,  entitled  to  vote  and  hold  office; 


with  Journal  subscription  $9.00 

Active  member  without  Journal  subscription  4.00 


Sustaining  member : Active  member  who  voluntarily  elects  to  pay  $25.00  per  year 
in  lieu  of  regular  annual  dues. 

Life  member:  Active  member  who  has  attained  age  45  and  who  pays  the  sum  of 
$100.00  in  lieu  of  further  annual  dues. 

Student  member:  Person  interested  in  entomology  who  is  still  attending  school; 


with  Journal  subscription  5.00 

(Student  members  are  not  entitled  to  vote  or  to  hold  office.) 

Student  member  without  Journal  subscription  2.00 

Subscription  to  Journal  without  membership  8.00 


APPLICATION  FOR  MEMBERSHIP 

Date 

I wish  to  apply  for  membership  (see  classes  above). 

My  entomological  interests  are:  

If  this  is  a student  membership,  please  indicate  school  attending  and  present  level. 

Name 

Address 

(Zip  Code  must  be  included) 
— Send  application  to  Secretary  — 


Y 


AAA  i -t  /YV  'v: 

' . ;•  • >...  / r iA  //.  K ( .As.  /•  A 

Os  , • ' if-  - ' . > \ / ^ 

JOURNAL  of  the 
NEW  YORK  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

The  JOURNAL  of  the  NEW  YORK  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  is  de- 
voted to  the  advancement  and  dissemination  of  knowledge  pertaining  to  insects 
and  their  related  forms. 


INSTRUCTION  TO  AUTHORS 

CORRESPONDENCE  Submit  manuscript  in  duplicate  (original  and  one  car- 
bon) to  Dr.  L.  W.  Clausen,  Editor,  115  West  68th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
10023.  Send  material  by  registered  mail  in  flat  form.  The  JOURNAL  cannot 
assume  responsibility  for  manuscripts  lost  in  transit. 

: f Y '%  . ■ 

GENERAL  POLICY  Manuscript  submitted  must  be  unpublished,  original 
research  not  being  considered  for  publication  elsewhere.  Upon  acceptance  and 
publication  by  the  JOURNAL  it  must  not  be  published  again  in  any  form  with- 
out the  consent  of  the  Author  and  the  Editor.  Each  manuscript  will  be  reviewed 
by  one  or  more  referees  whose  anonymity  is  preserved  so  that  criticism  may  be 
frank  and  objective. 


Y y€ 


Manuscript,  if  accepted,  will  be  published  in  order  of  receipt  unless  the  cost  of 
printing  is  borne  by  the  author,  in  which  case  publication  can  be  scheduled  for 
the  next  issue. 


b 


\ 


A 


FORM  OF  MANUSCRIPT  Manuscripts  (text,  figures,  footnotes,  etc.)  must 
be  typewritten,  double  or  triple  spaced  with  wide  margins  and  on  paper  &V2  X 11 
inches  suitable  for  ink  correction.  Proofread  manuscripts  carefully  before  they 
are  submitted.  Consult  the  STYLE  MANUAL  FOR  BIOLOGICAL  JOUR- 
NALS for  details  concerning  acceptable  form.  The  JOURNAL  reserves  the 
privilege  of  editing  manuscripts  to  make  them  conform  or  of  returning  them  to 
authors  for  revision.  y w 


/ A 


A 


-YV 


a,  \ 


f - lA 


. '.  '.-Vi  7 !r( 


7% 

' i\/.- 


J-'  i 7 - ■ 


{ ft 


/ h i 


l ' 


m 


a: 


ABSTRACT  Each  manuscript  must  be  accompanied  by  an  abstract,  type- 
written on  a separate  sheet.  This  abstract  may  replace  the  author’s  summary. 
It  should  be  brief  (not  more  than  3%  of  the  original)  and  written  in  complete 
sentences.  A copy  of  a gtiide  is  obtainable  from  the  Editor. 


jj  ; : ■ - p 1 $ - Ht  i H v ; m , ' 4 l ...  V ^ 

..  /. I , *-  v y v i . 0-  , , 1-  - ' j.  ' • ' ' ' » . ' \ • 'i  ■ ^ » v 

ILLUSTRATIONS  These  must  be  clear  and  suitable  for  reproduction.  Photo- 
graphs must  be  glossy  prints.  Indicate  the  magnification  on  the  illustrations  or 
state  it  in  the  legends.  All  lines  and  figures  must  be  able  to  withstand  reduction 
if  reduction  is  necessary.  When  published,  illustrations  may  not  exceed  4%"  X 
6 The  legend  is  not  part  of  the  illustration;  these  are  to  be  arranged  and 
typed  on  a separate  sheet  and  each  identified  by  the  figure  number.  Illustra- 
tions, charts  and  tables  will  be  charged  to  the  author.  Pack  all  illustrations  care- 
fully with  stiff  cardboard  to  prevent  damage  in  transit. 


REPRINTS  of  articles  will  be  furnished  contributors  when  ordered  in  advance. 
A table  showing  cost  of  reprints  and  an  order  blank  will  be  sent  with  the 
proof.  All  subscriptions  and  orders  for  back  issues  should  be  sent  to  the  N.  Y. 
Entomological  Society,  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York, 
N.  Y.  10024.  The  SOCIETY  has  a complete  file  of  back  issues  in  stock.  The 
SOCIETY  will  not  be  responsible  for  lost  Journals  unless  immediately  notified 
of  change  of  address.  We  do  not  exchange  publications. 


Terms  for  subscriptions — $8.00  per  year,  net  to  the  Society,  in  advance. 
Single  copies,  as  issued — $2.00  each.  ^ 

: ' 

Please  make  all  checks,  money-orders  or  drafts  payable  to  the  NEW  YORK 
ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 


■\i  : 7 r T „r  / 4/11 


/ V. 


i/zO  \ . rx 


x /\ 


kt’t 


i !1' 

in’ 


■ 


y 


>6 


1 \ 


Journal 

of  the 

New  York 

ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

Devoted  to  Entomology  in  General 


VOLUME  LXXV 


Published  by  the  Society 
New  York,  N.  Y. 


ALLEN  PRESS,  INC 
Lawrence,  Kansas 


INDEX  OF  AUTHORS 


ALEXANDER,  CHARLES  P.  Undescribed  Species  of  Crane  Flies  from  the  Himalaya 
Mountains  (Diptera:  Tipulidae),  XIV  24 

ALEXANDER,  CHARLES  P.  Undescribed  Species  of  Crane  Flies  from  the  Himalaya 
Mountains  (Diptera:  Tipulidae),  XV  183 

BENTON,  ALLEN  H.  A Case  of  Teratology  in  Monopsyllus  vison  (Baker)  31 

BENTON,  ALLEN  H.  Peromyscopsylla  hamifer  hamijer  (Rothschild):  an  Addition  to 
the  Entomological  Fauna  of  New  York  State  159 

BERTHOLD,  ROBERT,  Jr.  Behavior  of  the  German  Cockroach,  Blatella  germanica 
(L.),  in  Response  to  Surface  Textures  148 

DAWSON,  R.  W.  New  and  Little  Known  Species  of  Serica  (Coleoptera:  Scarabaeidae)  X 161 

FORBES,  JAMES  The  Male  Genitalia  and  Terminal  Gastral  Segments  of  Two  Species 
of  the  Primitive  Ant  Genus  Myrmecia  (Hymenoptera:  Formicidae)  35 

GRAY,  P.  H.  H.  Some  Biometrics  in  Pieris  and  Colias  (Lepidoptera:  Pieridae)  in 
Quebec  and  Nova  Scotia  12 

GERTSCH,  WILLIS  J.  A New  Liphistiid  Spider  from  China  (Araneae:  Liphistiidae)  114 

GUPTA,  A.  P.  Further  Studies  on  the  Internal  Anatomy  of  the  Meloidae.  III.  The 
Digestive  and  Reproductive  Systems  as  Bases  for  Tribal  Designation  of  Pseudomeloe 
miniaceoniacidata  (Blanchard)  (Coleoptera:  Meloidae)  93 

HOFFMAN,  RICHARD  L.  and  LINDA  S.  KNIGHT  A New  Genus  and  Species  of 
Spirostreptoid  Millipeds  from  the  Pacaraima  Mountains,  British  Guiana  56 

IVIE,  WILTON  Some  Synonyms  in  American  Spiders  i 126 

KELLY,  ROBERT  P.  and  DANIEL  LUDWIG  Distribution  of  Nitrogen  During  the 
Embryonic  Development  of  the  Mealworm,  Tenebrio  molitor  Linnaeus  45 

KELLY,  RONALD  J.,  DENNIS  M.  O’BRIAN,  and  FRANK  F.  KATZ  The  Incidence 
and  Burden  of  Hymenolepis  diminuta  Cysticercoids  as  a Function  of  the  Age  of  the 
Intermediate  Host,  Tribolium  confusum  19 

KISTNER,  DAVID  H.  A Revision  of  the  Termitophilous  Tribe  Termitodiscini  (Coleop- 
tera: Staphylinidae)  Part  I.  The  Genus  Termitodiscus  Wasmann;  its  Systematics, 

Phyolgeny,  and  Behavior  204 

KLOTS,  ALEXANDER  B.  A Note  on  the  Flight  of  Acrolophus  morns  (Grote) 
(Lepidoptera:  Acrolophidae)  18 

KLOTS,  ALEXANDER  B.  The  Adaptive  Feeding  Habit  of  a Pine  Caterpillar  43 

KLOTS,  ALEXANDER  B.  Larval  Dimorphism  and  Other  Characters  of  Heterocam  pa 
pulverea  (Grote  & Robinson)  (Lepidoptera:  Notodontidae)  62 

KLOTS,  ALEXANDER  B.  Two  New  Species  of  Crambus  Fabricius  from  Western 
North  America  (Lepidoptera:  Pyralididae)  _ 154 

iii 


LEONARD,  MORTIMER  D.  Further  Records  of  New  Jersey  Aphids  (Homoptera: 
Aphididae)  77 

MULLER,  JOSEPH  Melanism  in  New  Jersey  Cat  ocala  Schrank  (Lepidoptera: 
Noctuidae)  195 

OBRAZTSOV,  NICHOLAS  S.  Genera  Tortricoidarum  Check  List  of  Genera  and  Sub- 
genera Belonging  to  the  Families  Tortricidae  (Ceracidae,  Chlidanotidae,  Schoenotenidae 
and  Olethreutidae  Included)  and  Phaloniidae  2 

OBRAZTSOV,  NICHOLAS  S.  Some  Apocryphal  Species  of  the  Tortricinae  (Lepidop- 
tera: Tortricidae)  34 

PECHUMAN,  L.  L.  Observations  on  the  Behavior  of  the  Bee  Anthidium  manicatum 
(L.)  68 

POWELL,  JERRY  A.  Apomyelois  bistriatella : A Moth  Which  Feeds  in  an  Ascomycete 
Fungus  (Lepidoptera:  Pyralidae)  190 

RINDGE,  FREDERICK  H.  A New  Species  of  Nepytia  from  the  Southern  Rocky 
Mountains  (Lepidoptera:  Geometridae)  74 

ROUSELL,  P.  G.  Activities  of  Respiratory  Enzymes  During  the  Metamorphosis  of 
the  Face  Fly,  Musca  autumnalis  De  Geer  119 

ROZEN,  JEROME  G.,  Jr.  The  Immature  Instars  of  the  Cleptoparasitic  Genus  Dioxys 
(Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae)  236 

ROZEN,  JEROME  G.,  Jr.  and  MARJORIE  S.  FAVREAU  Biological  Notes  on  Dioxys 
pomonae  pomonae  and  on  its  Host,  Osmia  nigrobarbata  (Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae)  197 

TORCHIO,  PHILIP  F.,  JEROME  G.  ROZEN,  Jr.,  GEORGE  E.  BOHART,  and  MAR- 
JORIE S.  FAVREAU  Biology  of  Dufourea  and  of  its  Cleptoparasite,  Neopasites 
(Hymenoptera:  Apoidea)  132 

YOUNG,  ALLEN  M.  Observations  of  Epicordidia  princeps  (Hagen)  (Odonata: 
Corduliidae)  at  a Light  179 

BOOK  REVIEWS 

BATRA,  SUZANNE  W.  T.  Insect  Behaviour.  Symposium  No.  3,  Royal  Entomological 

Society  (P.  T.  Haskell,  ed.)  100 

HAGMANN,  LYLE  E.  Handbook  of  the  Mosquitoes  of  North  America  by  Robert 

Matheson  147 

TREAT,  A.  E.  The  New  Field  Book  of  Freshwater  Life  by  Elsie  B.  Klots  29 

WYGODZINSKY,  PEDRO  Monograph  of  Cimicidae  by  Robert  L.  Usinger  30 

PROCEEDINGS  of  the  NEW  YORK  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  101,  249 

NEW  MEMBERS  110 


IV 


' 


7 


Vol.  LXXV 


'Y  IK  I 


MARCH  1967 


No.  1 


T 

{ 


m 


n 


' , . | . 

,.„  V-  Vy>  ;;-  > W.&  * 

: 

mmP, 

h 


Devoted  to  Entomology  in  General 


U ■ l,i 
7/ 


ky- 


;>v 

:£t'S\ 


•7;  JS---  ' 
'b.vS  \ 


- 5KV-A,> 


r~r  'rC ; '• 


Kb^- 


v>cK 


1 -Y 


'/a  ’T 


v..;  m 
'{  s 

3 -■ 


•A 


■YKi,7^ 
k.‘  ■/'  y 


m/y 


W- 


X'isvl 


v,v 


■ m 


> ‘.4= 


'Art 


V ■ \ 

XX\  V'\$ 


m 


A(1  <k£m  m 


,.  .1  ,\l\  :• 


x3  wAwP' 

■1;;  • -l'l3  v':  ■■''• 


A 

i. , ■ 


V N fv  ■ ' 'l 
N ■/■  ' \V 

L\ 


v'm 


rii 

■I  ,:r.  tIM* 


Iv-rS;  ,|  ' 

A N vV  1 
V-K  \ N 
’A  i'i" 


The 


\fd' 


;•  'V 


Ut 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


;\ 


%£ 


Organized  June  29,  1892 — Incorporated  February  25,  1893 


' \r  tv 


X/ 


/ •/ 


Reincorporated  February  17, 1943 


r A xa  1 m 


iV  t IL 


(,  X 


- 


z'1'  S ( X I v 


A 7 . I ...  ; .,,'7  Ni.  . <T  V * K ...  . ;■  //  ;/|1 

The  meetings  of  the  Society  are  held  on  the  first  and  third  Tuesday  of  each  month  (except 
June,  July,  August  and  September)  at  8 pm.,  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  79th  St.,  & Central  Park  W.,  New  York  24,  N.  Y.  ) \ 


m- 


Annual  dues  for  Active  Members,  $4.00;  including  subscription  to  the  Journal,  $9.00. 


Members  of  the  Society  will  please  remit  their  annual  dues,  payable  in  January,  to  the 


Treasurer. 


v } 


x.Xk.i- 


Ya: 


U;'  A 


>. 


; ' K\: 


X 'O 





\f 


> Vi;.  ');Mi 


' uvl  . 


: 


%V 


irff- 


m 


3X  ‘ u ' 

X'M 


XXXX . 

X ■ ' i'  ' ' ''  1 


V 


Officers  for  the  Year  1967 

' SA  Ay.  A.  Y;  Yj  v * 

President,  Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson 

College  of  the  City  of  New  York  10031 

■VjYjYi  'V-  / ' fl  , Ay  Y^YYa'^Y1'' Y I”;/  Y'.ft;  •<  i?'&  W! 


M 


Nf  l ■'  M 


i . ^ \\ 

Y-J  A ill 

7 7,AA)'.,r 


A7 


Vice-President,  Dr.  David  Miller 


.1  (V 


m 


j .( x 


ftp,  / 

vN.  I I I : 


College  of  the  City  of  New  York  10031 


i>  ./?,]>■  /', 


' ' - : i i / y / < 5 v;  ■ 

Secretary,  Mr.  Howard  Topoff 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


A 


f 


Assistant  Secretary,  Mr.  Albert  Poelzl 


* ff  ffik:  \X/ff  1 / A 

Treasurer,  Mr.  Raymond  Brush 


f \C  r s YY 

XXX,  I 


A i YL Y Y Y 7 A fY  ■ Y \XX  Y 

230  E.  78th  Street,  New  York  10021 


m 


X ■ 7 


A 


fN 


\//  1 'Ak;", 

I V ■,  W i.  H, ' , , , , 

P7\l 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


Assistant  Treasurer,  Mrs.  Patricia  Vaurie 


T 


\ 

_!.  +'/  _ y\  / f ~ ( . 


American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


\X 


IV  ' Y 
Lfk  ; 


V 


1-4'  \- ' V\  -rM  i 


w 


\< 


i \f  x'  \ i-i  Trustees 

A « 


A A p-'  .dfr’. 

v.  ■ i-  V 


I'ffi'Ar; 


x\ 


, 1 .1  I ; /7  v 


X AS 


Class  of  1967 

' v7‘ 

Dr.  Jerome  Rozen,  Jr. 
Classy  of  1968 

Dr.  Elsie  Klots 


■k 


\ 7 <l.  ' | - 


dVi 


M/ri  i 

A 


A/ 


SA'i'l: 


Mr.  Robert  Buckbee 


XX 


r. 


m 


V-  /If, 


Mr.  Bernard  Heineman 


ViSfJk' 


:y?,  7 


ft  r : 


/jiy 

7 . N’l,  A 


A 7i  V 


A 


Mailed  May  3,  1967 


i,/1 ; 


:JJ  VA/-J1 


i*  X/L I ’xl'X'  ii 


(, 


The  Journal  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society  is  published  quarterly  for  the  Society  by  Allen  Press 


if) 


Inc.,  1041  New  Hampshire,  Lawrence,  Kansas.  Second  class  postage  paid  at  Lawrence,  Kansas 


A\ 

■/J 


'di ; *a 


'h  A fl 


i 


LX 


XX 


m 


i.frt' 


Mtm\/ 


; i 


SfV 


SjiXA'  *XX'X.''\XX 


I „ ' / 


\h\  A X 


Journal  of  the 

New  York  Entomological  Society 


Volume  LXXV 


May  3,  1967 


No.  1 


EDITORIAL  BOARD 

Editor  Emeritus  Harry  B.  Weiss 
Editor  Lucy  W.  Clausen 

College  of  Pharmaceutical  Sciences,  Columbia  University 
115  West  68th  Street,  N.  Y.  10023 

Associate  Editor  James  Forbes 
Fordham  University,  N.  Y.  10458 

Publication  Committee 

Dr.  Kumar  Krishna  Dr.  Asher  Treat 

Dr.  Pedro  Wygodzinsky 


CONTENTS 


Genera  Tortricoidarum  Nicholas  S.  Obraztsov 

Some  Biometrics  in  Pieris  and  Colias  (Lepidoptera : Pieridae)  in  Quebec  and 
Nova  Scotia P.  H.  H.  Gray 

A Note  on  the  Flight  of  Acroloplius  morus  (Grote)  (Lepidoptera:  Acrolophi- 
dae)  Alexander  B.  Klots 

The  Incidence  and  Burden  of  Hymenolepis  diminuta  Cysticercoids  as  a Func- 
tion of  the  Age  of  the  Intermediate  Host,  Tribolium  confusum 

Ronald  J.  Kelly,  Dennis  M.  O’Brian  and  Frank  F.  Katz 

Undescribed  species  of  Crane  Flies  from  the  Himalaya  Mountains  (Diptera: 


Tipulidae),  XI Y Charles  P.  Alexander 

Book  Reviews 

A Case  of  Teratology  in  Monopsyllus  vison  (Baker)  Allen  H.  Benton 


Some  Apocryphal  Species  of  the  Tortricinae  (Lepidoptera:  Tortricidae) 

Nicholas  S.  Obraztsov 

The  Male  Genitalia  and  Terminal  Gastral  Segments  of  Two  Species  of  the 
Primitive  Ant  Genus  Myrmecia  (Hymenoptera : Formicidae)  James  Forbes 

The  Adaptive  Feeding  Habit  of  a Pine  Caterpillar Alexander  B.  Klots 

Distribution  of  Nitrogen  During  the  Embryonic  Development  of  the  Mealworm 
Tenebrio  molitor  Linnaeus  Robert  P.  Kelly  and  Daniel  Ludwig 

Recent  Publications  

A New  Genus  and  Species  of  Spirostreptoid  Millipeds  from  the  Pacaraima 
Mountains,  British  Guiana Richard  L.  Hoffman  and  Linda  S.  Knight 

Invitation  to  Membership  


2 

12 

18 


19 

24 

29 

31 

34 


35 

43 

45 

54 

56 

60 


2 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Genera  Tortrieoidarum 

Cheek  list  of  genera  and  subgenera  belonging  to  the  families 
Tortricidae  (Ceracidae,  Chlidanotidae,  Schoenotenidae 
and  Olethreutidae  included)  and  Plialoniidae1 

By  the  late  Nicholas  S.  Obraztsov2 

Abstract:  An  alphabetical  listing  of  the  generic  and  subgeneric  names  in  the  families  Tortrici- 
dae and  Phaloniidae  is  presented;  it  is  complete  up  to  approximately  the  end  of  1964. 


Ablabia  Hubner,  1825 
Acalla  Hubner,  1825 
Acanthothyspoda  Lower,  1908 
Accra  Razowski,  1964 
Acharneodes  Meyrick,  1926 
Acleris  Hubner,  1825 
Acornutia  Obraztsov,  1943 
Acroceuthes  Meyrick,  1881 
Acroclita  Lederer,  1859 
Acroplectis  Meyrick,  1927 
Acropolitis  Meyrick,  1881 
Adenoneura  Walsingham,  1907 
Adoxophyes  Meyrick,  1881 
Aenectra  Doubledav,  1850 
Aeolostoma  Meyrick,  1910 
Aesiocopa  Zeller,  1877 
Aethes  Billberg,  1820 
Aethesiodes  Razowski,  1964 
Ajfa  Walker,  1863 
Agapeta  Hubner,  1822 
Agapete  Hubner,  1825 
Agriophanes  Meyrick,  1930 
Ahmosia  Heinrich,  1926 
Aleimma  Hubner,  1825 
Alexiloga  Meyrick,  1922 
Allobrachygonia  Fernald,  1908 
Allodapella  Diakonoff,  1948 
Alloendothenia  Oku,  1963 
Allohermenias  Diakonoff,  1953 
Alypeta  Turner,  1916 
Alytopeta  Fletcher,  1929 


Alytopistis  Meyrick,  1920 
Amallectis  Meyrick,  1917 
Amboy na  Razowski,  1964 
Amelia  Hiibner,  1825 
Amniodes  Meyrick,  1938 
Amorbia  Clemens,  1860 
Amphisa  Curtis,  1828 
Amphysa  Guenee,  1845 
Anacron  Kurentsov,  1950  (nomen  nudum) 
Anacrusis  Zeller,  1877 
Analdes  Turner,  1916 
Anaphorodes  Diakonoff,  1959 
Anathamna  Meyrick,  1911 
Anatropia  Meyrick,  1881 
Anchicremna  Meyrick,  1926 
Anchylopera  Stephens,  1829 
Ancylis  Hubner,  1825 
Ancyloides  Kuznetsov,  1964 
Ancylopera  Agassiz,  1864 
Aneuxanthis  Le  Marchand,  1933 
Anisochorista  Turner,  1926 
Anisogonia  Meyrick,  1881 
Anisole pida  Turner,  1945 
Anisotaenia  Stephens,  1852 
Anisotenes  Diakonoff,  1952 
Anomalopteryx  Kennel,  1900 
(preocc.  by  Stein,  1874) 

Anopina  Obraztsov,  1962 
Ano plocne phasia  Real,  1953 
Anthophallodes  Diakonoff,  1960 
Anthophrys  Diakonoff,  1960 


1 The  present  paper  was  completed  by  the  author  approximately  until  the  end  of  1964.  It 
is  being  published  unchanged.  The  manuscript  was  prepared  for  publication  by  Dr.  A. 
Diakonoff,  Rijksmuseum  van  Natuurlijke  Histone,  Leiden,  Netherlands. 

2 Formerly  Research  Fellow,  Department  of  Entomology,  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History.  The  work  for  the  present  paper  was  done  under  the  auspices  of  the 
National  Science  Foundation,  GB-1805 


March,  1967] 


Obraztsov:  Tortricidae  Check  List 


3 


Anthozela  Meyrick,  1913 
Antichlidas  Meyrick,  1931 
Anticlea  Stephens,  1834 

(preocc.  by  Stephens,  1831) 
Antictenista  Meyrick,  1927 
Antigraptis  Meyrick,  1930 
Antiphrastis  Meyrick,  1929 
Antithesia  Stephens,  1829 
Apateta  Turner,  1926 
Aphania  Hiibner,  1825 
Aphelia  Hiibner,  1825 
Aphelia  Stephens,  1829 
(preocc.  by  Hiibner,  1825) 
Aphrozestis  Meyrick,  1931 
Aphthonocosma  Diakonoff,  1953 
Apinoglossa  Moschler,  1889 
Aplastoceros  Diakonoff,  1953 
Apolobesia  Diakonoff,  1954 
Apolychrosis  Amsel,  1962 
Apotoforma  Busck,  1932 
Apotomis  Hiibner,  1825 
Apotomus  Agassiz,  1846 
Aprepodoxa  Meyrick,  1937 
Apura  Turner,  1916 
Arachniotes  Diakonoff,  1952 
Arce  Joannis,  1919 
Archactenis  Diakonoff,  1960 
Arckigraptis  Razowski,  1964 
Archimaga  Meyrick,  1905 
Archips  Hiibner,  1822 
Arctephora  Diakonoff,  1953 
Ardeutica  Meyrick,  1913 
Argyridea  Waterhouse,  1902 
Argyridia  Stephens,  1852 
Argyrolepia  Stephens,  1829 
Argyrolepis  Agassiz,  1846 
Argyroptera  Duponchel,  1834 
Argyrotaenia  Stephens,  1852 
Argyrotosa  Curtis,  1831 
Argyrotoxa  Agassiz,  1846 
Argyrotoza  Stephens,  1829 
Aristocosma  Meyrick,  1881 
Arizelana  Diakonoff,  1953 
Arotrophora  Meyrick,  1881 
Articolla  Meyrick,  1907 
Asaphistis  Meyrick,  1909 
Ascelodes  (Meyrick)  Fletcher,  1929 
Ascerodes  Meyrick,  1905 
Aspidia  Duponchel,  1834 
Aspila  Stephens,  1834 


As  pis  Treitschke,  1829 

(preocc.  by  Laurenti,  1768) 
Astatia  Hiibner,  1825 
Asterolepis  Razowski,  1964 
Asthenia  Hiibner,  1825 
Asthenoptycha  Meyrick,  1881 
Astrosa  Diakonoff,  1951 
Atelodora  Meyrick,  1881 
Aterpia  Guenee,  1845 
Atteria  Walker,  1863 
Aastr otortrix  Bradley,  1956 
Automaema  Turner,  1916 
Axioprepes  Turner,  1945 

Bactra  Stephens,  1834 
Bactrostoma  Diakonoff,  1960 
Badebecia  Heinrich,  1926 
Balbis  Walsingham,  1897 
Balioxena  Meyrick,  1912 
Barbara  Heinrich,  1923 
Barnardiella  Turner,  1925 
Barygnathella  Diakonoff,  1956 
Bathrotoma  Meyrick,  1881 
Bathypluta  Diakonoff,  1950 
Batodes  Guenee,  1845 
Begunna  Walker,  1863 
Beryllophantis  Meyrick,  1938 
Bipenisia  Razowski,  1960 
Blastesthia  Obraztsov,  1960 
Bleszynskiella  Razowski,  1960 
Borboniella  Diakonoff,  1957 
Borneogena  Diakonoff,  1941 
Botropteryx  Caradja,  1916 
Brachiocera  Diakonoff,  1959 
Brachiolia  Razowski,  1964 
Brachycnephasia  Real,  1953 
Brachygonia  Walsingham,  1900 
(preocc.  by  Kirby,  1889) 
Brachytaenia  Stephens,  1852 
Brachyvalva  Diakonoff,  1960 
Branchophantis  Meyrick,  1938 
Brevicornutia  Razowski,  1960 
Brevisociaria  Obraztsov,  1943 
Byrsoptera  Lower,  1901 

Cacocharis  Walsingham,  1891 
Cacochroea  Lederer,  1859 
Cacochroa  Heinemann,  1870 
Cacoecia  Hiibner,  1825 
Cacoecimorpha  Obraztsov,  1954 


4 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


LVol.  LXXV 


Coenogenes  Meyrick,  1937 

(preocc.  by  Walsingham,  1887) 
Caenognosis  Walsingham,  1900 
Callibryastis  Meyrick,  1912 
Callimosema  Clemens,  1865 
Calosetia  Wilkinson,  1859 
Campotenes  Diakonoff,  1960 
Camptrodoxa  Meyrick,  1925 
Cancanodes  Meyrick,  1922 
Capnostycha  Meyrick,  1920 
Capricornia  Obraztsov,  1960 
Capua  Stephens,  1834 
Carolella  Busck,  1939 
Carphomigma  Diakonoff,  1953 
Carpocampa  Harris,  1841 
Carpocapsa  Treitschke,  1829 
Cartella  Guenee,  1845 
Catamacta  Meyrick,  1911 
Catastega  Clemens,  1861 
Catoptria  Guenee,  1845 
(preocc.  by  Hiibner,  1825) 
Celypa  Pierce  and  Metcalfe,  1922 
Celypha  Hiibner,  1825 
Celyphoides  Obraztsov,  1960 
Cenopis  Zeller,  1875 
Cerace  Walker,  1863 
Ceraceopsis  Matsumura,  1931 
Ceramea  Diakonoff,  1951 
Cerata  Stephens,  1852 
Ceratorrhyneta  Kirby,  1878 
Ceratoxanthis  Razowski,  1960 
Cerorrhyneta  Zeller,  1877 
Charlotta  Forbes,  1923 
Cheimaphasia  Curtis,  1833 
Cheimatophila  Stephens,  1829 
Cheimonophila  Duponchel,  1838 
Cheimophasia  Agassiz,  1846 
Chiloides  Butler,  1881 
Chimatophila  Agassiz,  1846 
Chimophasia  Agassiz,  1846 
Chimoptesis  Powell,  1964 
Chionotremma  Diakonoff,  1952 
Chlidanota  Meyrick,  1906 
Chlidonia  Hiibner,  1825 
Choanograptis  Meyrick,  1938 
Chochylis  Duponchel,  1836 
Choganhia  Razowski,  1960 
Choristenes  Diakonoff,  1954 
Choristis  Turner,  1945 
Choristoneura  Lederer,  1859 


Chresmarcha  Meyrick,  1910 
Chrosis  Guenee,  1845 
Chrysoxena  Meyrick,  1912 
Cirriaethes  Razowski,  1962 
Cirrilaspeyresia  Razowski,  1961 
Cirriphora  Obraztsov,  1951 
Clavigesta  Obraztsov,  1946 
Clepsis  Guenee,  1845 
Clepsodes  Diakonoff,  1957 
Cleptacaca  Diakonoff,  1953 
Clysia  Hiibner,  1825 

(preocc.  by  Leach,  1817) 

Clysiana  Fletcher,  1940 
Cnephasia  Curtis,  1826 
Cnephasianella  Benander,  1950 
Cnephasiella  Adamczewski,  1936 
C occothera  Meyrick,  1914 
Coccyx  Treitschke,  1829 
Cochylichroa  Obraztsov  and  Swatschek,  1958 
Cochylidia  Obraztsov,  1956 
Cochylimorpha  Razowski,  1959 
Cochylis  Treitschke,  1829 
Coecaethes  Obraztsov,  1943 
Coeloptera  Turner,  1945 
Coelostathma  Clemens,  1860 
Collicularia  Obraztsov,  1960 
Collogenes  Meyrick,  1931 
Colocyttara  Turner,  1925 
Commophila  Hiibner,  1825 
Conchylis  Sodoffsky,  1837 
Coniostola  Diakonoff,  1961 
C opidostoma  Diakonoff,  1954 
Coptoloma  Lederer,  1859 
Cornicacoecia  Obraztsov,  1954 
Cornusaccula  Diakonoff,  1960 
C ornuticlava  Diakonoff,  1960 
Corticivora  Clarke,  1951 
/Coscinoptycha  Meyrick,  1881,  belongs  to 
Carposinidae/ 

Cosmiophrys  Diakonoff,  1960 
Cosmorrhyncha  Meyrick,  1913 
Crimnologa  Meyrick,  1920 
Crobylophora  Kennel,  1910 
(preocc.  by  Meyrick,  1881) 

Crocidosenia  Zeller,  1847 
Crocidosoma  Walker,  1863 
Crocostola  Diakonoff,  1953 
Croesia  Hiibner,  1825 
Crusimetra  Meyrick,  1912 
Cryptaspasma  Walsingham,  1900 


March,  1967] 


Obraztsov:  Tortricidae  Check  List 


5 


Cryptocochylis  Razowski,  1960 
Cryptophasma  Joannis,  1928 
Cryptophlebia  Walsingham,  1899 
Ctenopseustis  Meyrick,  1885 
Curtella  Stainton,  1859 
Cydia  Hiibner,  1825 
Cymolomia  Lederer,  1859 
Cyphophanes  Meyrick,  1937 
Cryptoptila  Meyrick,  1881 
Cuspidata  Diakonoff,  1960 

Dapsilia  Hiibner,  1825 
Decodes  Obraztsov,  1960 
Deltinea  Pastrana, 

Deltobathra  Meyrick,  1923 
Demeijerella  Diakonoff,  1954 
Diactenis  Meyrick,  1907 
Diactora  Diakonoff,  1960 
Diadelomorpha  Diakonoff,  1944 
Diamphidia  Obraztsov,  1961 
Dicellitis  Meyrick,  1908 
Diceratura  Djakonov,  1929 
Dichelia  Guenee,  1845 
Dichelopa  Lower,  1901 
Dichromia  Felder,  1875 
Dichrorampha  Guenee,  1845 
Dichroramphodes  Obraztsov,  1953 
Dictyopteryx  Stephens,  1829 
Digitosa  Diakonoff,  1960 
Diluta  South,  1884 
Dinogenes  Meyrick,  1934 
Diphtheropyga  Diakonoff,  1952 
Diplonearcha  Meyrick,  1914 
Dipterina  Meyrick,  1881 
Ditula  Stephens,  1829 
Djakonovia  Obraztsov,  1942 
Dolichastis  Meyrick,  1920 
Dolophoca  Stephens,  1835 
Dolophora  Stephens,  1834 
Doloploca  Hiibner,  1825 
Dorithia  Powell,  1964 
Drachmobola  Meyrick,  1907 
Dndaa  Walker,  1864 
Durrantia  Razowski,  1960 

Eana  Billberg,  1820 
Ebisma  Walker,  1866 
Eboda  Walker,  1866 
Ecclitica  Meyrick,  1923 
Eccopsis  Zeller,  1852 


Eccoptocera  Walsingham,  1907 
Ecdytolopha  Zeller,  1875 
Eclectis  Hiibner,  1825 
Ecnomiomorpha  Obraztsov,  1959 
Elaeodina  Meyrick,  1926 
Electracma  Meyrick,  1906 
Eleuthodema  Bradley,  1957 
Emeralda  Diakonoff,  1960 
Enarmonia  Hiibner,  1826 
Enarmoniodes  Ghesquiere,  1940 
Endopisa  Guenee,  1845 
Endothenia  Stephens,  1852 
Enoditis  Meyrick,  1912 
Enyphantes  (Hiibner,  1806)  Fernald,  1908 
Epagoge  Hiibner,  1825 
Epalxiphora  Meyrick,  1881 
Ephippiphora  Duponchel,  1834 
Epibactra  Meyrick,  1909 
(preocc.  by  Ragonot,  1894) 

Epibactra  Ragonot,  1894 
Epiblema  Hiibner,  1825 
Epicharis  Hiibner,  1825 
(preocc.  by  Klug,  1807) 

Epichorista  Meyrick,  1909 
Epichoristodes  Diakonoff,  1960 
Epicnephasia  Danilevsky,  1963 
Epinotia  Hiibner,  1825 
Epiphyas  Turner,  1927 
Epirrhoeca  Meyrick,  1911 
Episagma  Hiibner,  1825 
Episemus  Dyar,  1901 
Episimoides  Diakonoff,  1957 
Episimus  Walsingham,  1891 
Epitrichosma  Lower,  1909 
Epitymbia  Meyrick,  1881 
Eremas  Turner,  1945 
Ergasia  Issiki  and  Stringer,  1932 
Ericia  Walker,  1866 

(preocc.  by  Moquin-Tandon,  1848) 
Ericiana  Strand,  1910 
Erinaea  Meyrick,  1907 
Eriopsela  Guenee,  1845 
Erminia  Kirby  and  Spence,  1826 
Ernarmonia  Hiibner,  1825 
Esia  Heinrich,  1926 
Ethelgoda  Heinrich,  1926 
Eucelia  Hiibner,  1825 
Eucelis  Hiibner,  1825 
Euchroma  Duponchel,  1845 


6 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Euchromia  Stephens,  1819 
(preocc.  by  Hiibner,  1819) 

Eucoenogenes  Meyrick,  1939 
Eucosma  Hiibner,  1823 
Eucosmoides  Obraztsov,  1946 
Eucosmomorpha  Obraztsov,  1951 
Eude mis  Hiibner,  1825 
Eudemopsis  Falkovich,  1962 
Eugnosta  Hiibner,  1825 
Euledereria  Fernald,  1908 
Eule deria  Fernald,  1908 
Eulia  Hiibner,  1825 
Eumarozia  Heinrich,  1926 
Eupecilia  Herrich-Schaffer,  1851 
Eupoecilia  Stephens,  1829 
Eurydoxa  Filipjev,  1930 
Euryptychia  Clemens,  1865 
Eurythecta  Meyrick,  1883 
Elis  pita  Stephens,  1834 
Eustenodes  Razowski,  1960 
Entrachia  Hiibner,  1822 
Euxanthis  Hiibner,  1825 
Euxanthoides  Razowski,  1960 
Euxanthus  Matsumura,  1931 
Evertia  Matsumura,  1931 
Evetria  Hiibner,  1825 
Evora  Heinrich,  1926 
Exapate  Hiibner,  1825 
Exart ema  Clemens,  1860 
Exentera  Grote,  1877 
Exenter ella  Grote,  1883 
Exoria  Meyrick,  1882 

(preocc.  by  Hiibner,  1825) 

Falseuncaria  Obraztsov  and  Swatschek,  1958 
Foveifera  Obraztsov,  1946 
Froelichia  Obraztsov,  1960 
Fulvoclysia  Obraztsov,  1941 
Furcinnla  Diakonoff,  1960 

Gelophaula  Meyrick,  1923 
Gephyraspis  Diakonoff,  1960 
Gibberifera  Obraztsov,  1946 
Glyphidoptera  Turner,  1916 
Gly phipt era  Duponchel,  1835 
Glyphisia  Stephens,  1829 
Gnorismoneura  Issiki  and  Stringer,  1932 
Goboea  Walker,  1866 
Godana  Walker,  1866 
Goditha  Heinrich,  1926 


Goniotorna  Meyrick,  1933 
Grapholita  Treitschke,  1829 
Grapholitha  Treitschke,  1830 
Gravitarmata  Obraztsov,  1946 
Gretchena  Heinrich,  1923 
Gretchina  Forbes,  1923 
Griselda  Heinrich,  1923 
Gwendolina  Heinrich,  1923 
Gynandromorpha  Turner,  1916 
Gynandrosoma  Dyar,  1904 
Gynandrosoma  Sharp,  1905 
Gynoxypteron  Speiser,  1902 
Gypsonoma  Meyrick,  1895 
Gypsonomoides  Obraztsov,  1946 

Halonota  Stephens,  1852 
Hamuligera  Obraztsov,  1946 
Harmologa  Meyrick,  1882 
Harmosma  Diakonoff,  1963 
Hastula  Milliere,  1857 
Hedia  Zeller,  1877 
Hedulia  Heinrich,  1926 
Hedy  a Hiibner,  1825 
Heinrichia  Busck,  1939 

(preocc.  by  Stresemann,  1931) 
Helictophanes  Meyrick,  1881 
Heligmocera  Walsingham,  1891 
Heliocosma  Meyrick,  1881 
Hememe  Pierce  and  Metcalfe,  1935 
Hemerosia  Stephens,  1852 
Hemimene  Hiibner,  1825 
Hendecaneura  Walsingham,  1900 
Hendecastema  Walsingham,  1879 
Hendecasticha  Meyrick,  1881 
Henricas  Busck,  1943 
Hermenias  Meyrick,  1911 
Herpystis  Meyrick,  1911  (July) 
Herpystis  Meyrick,  1911  (November) 
Heterochorista  Diakonoff,  1952 
Heterognomon  Lederer,  1859 
Heusimene  Stephens,  1834 
Hiceteria  Diakonoff,  1953 
Holocola  Meyrick,  1881 
Homalernis  Meyrick,  1908 
Homona  Walker,  1863 
Homonoides  Diakonoff,  1960 
Homonopsis  Kuznetsov,  1964 
Hopliteccopsis  Diakonoff,  1963 
Hulda  Heinrich,  1926 
Hydaranthes  Meyrick,  1928 


March,  19671 


Obraztsov:  Tortricidae  Check  List 


7 


Hylotropha  Turner,  1946 
Hvpermecia  Guenee,  1845 
Ilyperxena  Meyrick,  1883 
Hypostephanuncia  Real,  1951 
Hypostromatia  Zeller,  1866 
Hypsidracon  Meyrick,  1934 
Hysterophora  Obraztsov,  1943 
Hysterosia  Stephens,  1852 
Hystrichophora  Walsingham,  1879 
Hystrichoscelus  Walsingham,  1900 
Hystricophora  Heinrich,  1923 

Icelita  Bradley,  1957 
ldiogr aphis  Lederer,  1859 
Idiomorpha  Turner,  1946 
Idolatteria  Walsingham,  1913 
loditis  Meyrick,  1938 
loplocama  Clemens,  1860 
Irazona  Razowski,  1964 
lsochorista  Meyrick,  1881 
Isodemis  Diakonoff,  1952 
Isonomeutis  Meyrick,  1888 
Isotenes  Meyrick,  1938 
Isotrias  Meyrick,  1895 

Joplocama  Walker,  1864 

Kawabeia  Obraztsov,  1965 
Kennelia  Rebel,  1901 
Kenneliola  Paclt,  1951 
Kundrya  Heinrich,  1923 

Labidosa  Diakonoff,  1960 
Lambertiodes  Diakonoff,  1959 
Lamyrodes  Meyrick,  1910 
Lasithyris  Meyrick,  1917 
Laspeyresia  Hiibner,  1825 
(preocc.  by  “R.  L.,”  1817) 
Laspeyresinia  Razowski,  1960 
Lathronympha  Meyrick,  1926 
Latiunca  Kurentsov,  1950 
(genus  without  species) 
Leguminivora  Obraztsov,  1960 
Leontochroma  Walsingham,  1900 
Lepidoptycha  Dyar,  1901 
Leptarthra  Lower,  1902 
Leptia  Guenee,  1845 
Leptochroptila  Diakonoff,  1939 
Leptogramma  Stephens,  1829 
Leptoris  Clemens,  1865 


Limma  Hiibner,  1825 
Lipoptycha  Lederer,  1859 
Lipoptychodes  Obraztsov,  1953 
Lipsotelus  Walsingham,  1900 
Lithographia  Stephens,  1852 
Lobesia  Guenee,  1845 
Lobesiodes  Diakonoff,  1954 
Lobophora  Turner,  1946 
Lomaschiza  Lower,  1901 
Lomaschizodes  Diakonoff,  1954 
Longicornutia  Razowski,  1960 
Lopas  Hiibner,  1825 
Lopharcha  Diakonoff,  1941 
Lophoderus  Stephens,  1829 
Lophoprora  Meyrick,  1930 
Lorita  Busck,  1939 
Loxopera  Walsingham,  1900 
Loxotaenia  Harris,  1841 
Loxoterma  Busck,  1906 
Lozopera  Stephens,  1829 
Lozotaenia  Stephens,  1829 
Lozotaeniodes  Obraztsov,  1954 

Mabilleodes  Diakonoff,  1960 
M acr aesthetic a Meyrick,  1932 
Macrothyma  Diakonoff,  1952 
Alaorides  Kirkaldy,  1910 
M atsumuraeses  Issiki,  1957 
M egalodoris  Meyrick,  1912 
Megalomacha  Diakonoff,  1960 
Megasyca  Diakonoff,  1959 
M elanalopha  Diakonoff,  1941 
Melissopus  Riley,  1881 
Melliopus  Packard,  1890 
Mellisopus  Fernald,  1882 
Mellissopus  Fernald,  1908 
Melodes  Guenee,  1845 
Merit astis  Meyrick,  1910 
Merophyas  Common,  1963 
M esocallyntera  Diakonoff,  1953 
M esocalyptis  Diakonoff,  1953 
M etachorista  Meyrick,  1938 
M etamesia  Diakonoff,  1960 
Metaschistis  Diakonoff,  1953 
Metaselena  Diakonoff,  1939 
Meiaspasma  Diakonoff,  1959 
Metasphaeroeca  Fernald,  1908 
Metrernis  Meyrick,  1906 
Micro  corses  Walsingham,  1900 
Alictoneura  Meyrick,  1881 


8 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Mimeoclysia  Diakonoff,  1941 
Mixodia  Guenee,  1845 
Mixo genes  Zeller,  1877 
M ochlopyga  Diakonoff,  1959 
Monilia  Walker,  1866 
M onosphragis  Clemens,  1860 
Mystogenes  Meyrick,  1930 

N annobactra  Diakonoff,  1956 
Nanthilda  Blanchard,  1840 
(is  this  a Tortricid?) 

Neocaiyptis'  Diakonoff,  1941 
Neocochylis  Razowski,  1960 
N eosphaleroptera  Real,  1953 
Neotenes  Diakonoff,  1960 
Nephodesma  Stephens,  1834 
N ephodesme  Hiibner,  1825 
Nesoscopa  Meyrick,  1926 
N eurasthenia  Pierce  and  Metcalfe,  1922 
Neurospades  Turner,  1945 
Niasoma  Busck,  1940 
Nikolaia  Diakonoff,  1953 
Niphothixa  Diakonoff,  1960 
Norma  Heinrich,  1923 
No  ter  aula  Meyrick,  1892 
Notocelia  Hiibner,  1825 

Obrztsoviana  Razowski,  1960 
Ochetarcha  Meyrick,  1924 
Oenectra  Guenee,  1845 
Oenophthira  Duponchel,  1845 
Oestophyes  Diakonoff,  1960 
Ofatulena  Heinrich,  1926 
Oistophora  Meyrick,  1881 
Olethreutes  Hiibner,  (1806)  1822 
Oligotenes  Diakonoff,  1954 
Olinda  Lhomme,  1939 
Olindia  Guenee,  1845 
Omiostola  Meyrick,  1922 
Onectra  Wocke,  1861 
Opadia  Guenee,  1845 
Oporinia  Hiibner,  1825 
Orchemia  Guenee,  1845 
Oriodryas  Turner,  1925 
Orthocomotis  Dognin,  1905 
Orthotaenia  Stephens,  1829 
Osthelderiella  Obraztsov,  1961 
Oxapate  Stephens,  1835 
Oxypteron  Staudinger,  1871 

Paedisca  Treitschke,  1830 


Palaeobia  Meyrick,  1881 
Palaeotoma  Meyrick,  1881 
Palla  Billberg,  1820 

(preocc.  by  Hiibner,  1819) 
Palpocrinia  Kennel,  1919 
Pamene  Rebel,  1901 
Pammene  Hiibner,  1825 
Pamplusia  Guenee,  1845 
Panaphelix  Walsingham,  1907 
Pandemia  Stephens,  1834 
Pandemis  Hiibner,  1825 
Pandurista  Meyrick,  1918 
Panegyra  Diakonoff,  1960 
Panoplia  Hiibner,  1825 
Parabactra  Meyrick,  1910 
Paracely pha  Obraztsov,  1960 
Parachanda  Meyrick,  1927 
Parachorista  Diakonoff,  1952 
Paraclepsis  Obraztsov,  1954 
Paracochylis  Razowski,  1960 
Paradichelia  Diakonoff,  1952 
Paragrapha  Sodoffsky,  1837 
Parahysterosia  Razowski,  1960 
Paralipoptycha  Obraztsov,  1958 
Paralobesia  Obraztsov,  1953 
Paramesia  Stephens,  1829 
Paramesiodes  Diakonoff,  1960 
Paranepsia  Turner,  1916 
Parapammene  Obraztsov,  1960 
Parapandemis  Obraztsov,  1954 
Paraphyas  Turner,  1927 
Paraptila  Meyrick,  1912 
Pararrhaptica  Walsingham,  1907 
Paraselena  Meyrick,  1910 
Parastenodes  Razowski,  1960 
Parastranga  Meyrick,  1910 
Parasyndemis  Obraztsov,  1954 
Paratorna  Meyrick,  1907 
Paraxanthoides  Razowski,  1960 
Pardia  Guenee,  1845 
Parienia  Berg,  1899 
Pelatea  Guenee,  1845 
Pelo christa  Lederer,  1859 
Pendina  Treitschke,  1829 
Pentacitrotus  Butler,  1881 
Penthina  Treitschke,  1830 
Paraglyphis  Common,  1963 
Peribrosca  Gistel,  1848 
Peridaedala  Meyrick,  1925 
Periphoeba  Bradley,  1957 


March,  1967] 


Obraztsov:  Tortricidae  Check  List 


9 


Peronea  Curtis,  1824 

(preocc.  by  Rafinesque,  1815) 

Petalea  Walker,  1866 
Peteliacma  Meyrick,  1912 
Petrova  Heinrich,  1923 
Phaecadophora  Walsingham,  1900 
Phaecasiophora  Grote,  1873 
Phaenacropista  Diakonoff,  1941 
Phalarocarpa  Meyrick,  1937 
Phalonia  Hiibner,  1825 
Phalonidia  Le  Marchand,  1933 
Phanerophlebia  Diakonoff,  1957 
Phaneta  Stephens,  1852 
Pharmacis  Hiibner,  1823 

(preocc.  by  Hiibner,  1820,  and  Hiibner, 
1823) 

Phalonia  Stephens,  1834 
Phiaris  Hiibner,  1825 
Philalcea  Stephens,  1835 
Philedone  Hiibner,  1825 
Philedonides  Obraztsov,  1954 
Philocryptica  Meyrick,  1923 
Phlaeodes  Guenee,  1845 
Phloephila  Duponchel,  1834 
Phloiophila  Duponchel,  1834 
Phoxopteris  Treitschke,  1829 
Phoxopteryx  Sodoffsky,  1837 
Phricanthes  Meyrick,  1881 
Phthenolophus  Busck,  1910 
Phtheochroa  Stephens,  1829 
Phtheochroides  Obraztsov,  1943 
Phthinolophus  Dyar,  1903 
Phthoroblastis  Lederer,  1859 
Phylacophora  Filipjev,  1931 
Phylacteritis  Meyrick,  1922 
Picroxena  Meyrick,  1921 
Piercea  Filipjev,  1930 
Piliscophora  Diakonoff,  1939 
Pilophorica  Diakonoff,  1960 
Piniphila  Falkovich,  1962 
Planostocha  Meyrick,  1912 
Platynota  Clemens,  1860 
Platypeplum  Walsingham,  1899 
Plat  ype  plus  Walsingham,  1887 
Platysemaphora  Diakonoff,  1960 
Poecilochroma  Stephens,  1829 
Poedisca  Guenee,  1845 
Pogonozada  Hampson,  1905 
Polemograptis  Meyrick,  1910 
Polychrosis'  Ragonot,  1894 


Polydrachma  Meyrick,  1928 
Polylopha  Lower,  1901 
Polyortha  Dognin,  1905 
Pontoturania  Obraztsov,  1943 
Pristerognatha  Obraztsov,  1960 
Proactenis  Diakonoff,  1941 
Procalyptis  Meyrick,  1910 
Prochlidonia  Razowski,  1960 
Procoronis  Meyrick,  1960 
Procrica  Diakonoff,  1960 
Proeulia  Clarke,  1962 
Prohysterophora  Razowski,  1961 
Propedesis  Walsingham,  1900 
Propira  Durrant,  1914 
Propiromorpha  Obraztsov,  (1954)  1955 
Proschistis  Meyrick,  1907 
Proselena  Meyrick,  1881 
Protarchella  Diakonoff,  1956 
Proteopteryx  Walsingham,  1879 
Proteoteras  Riley,  1881 
Prothelymna  Meyrick,  1882 
Protithona  Meyrick,  1882 
Protobactra  Diakonoff,  1964 
Protopterna  Meyrick,  1908 
Proty panthes  Meyrick,  1933 
P segmatica  Meyrick,  1930 
Pseudomelia  Obraztsov,  1954 
Pseudargyrotoza  Obraztsov,  1954 
Pseudatteria  Walsingham,  1913 
Pseudeboda  Razowski,  1964 
Pseudeucosma  Obraztsov,  1946 
Pseudeulia  Obraztsov,  1954 
Pseudexentera  Heinrich,  1940 
Pseudoclita  Bradley,  1957 
Pseudococcyx  Agenjo,  1955 
(invalid) 

Pseudococcyx  Swatschek,  1958 
Pseudo  galleria  Ragonot,  1885 
Pseudohedya  Falkovich,  1962 
P seudohermenias  Obraztsov,  1960 
Pseudo  phiaris  Obraztsov,  1961 
Pseudotomia  Stephens,  1829 
Pseudotomoides  Obraztsov,  1959 
Pteridoporthis  Meyrick,  1937 
Pternidora  Meyrick,  1911 
Pternozyga  Meyrick,  1908 
Ptychamorbia  Walsingham,  1891 
Ptycholoma  Stephens,  1829 
Ptycholomoides  Obraztsov,  1954 
Pygolopha  Lederer,  1859 


10 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Pyrgotis  Meyrick,  1881 
Pyrodes  Guenee,  1845 
Pyrsarcha  Meyrick,  1932 

Raumatia  Philpott,  1928 
Retinia  Guenee,  1845 
Rhabdotenes  Diakonoff,  1960 
Rhacodia  Hiibner,  1825 
Rhapsodica  Meyrick,  1927 
Rhocodita  Hiibner,  1826 
Rhomboceros  Meyrick,  1910 
Rhopalotenes  Diakonoff,  1960 
Rhopalovalva  Kuznetsov,  1964 
Rhopobota  Lederer,  1859 
Rhyaciona  Ragonot,  1894 
Rhyacionia  Hiibner,  1825 
Rhythmologa  Meyrick,  1926 
Ricida  Heinrich,  1926 
Riculoides  Pastrana,  1952 
Roxana  Stephens,  1834 
Rudisociaria  Falkovich,  1962 

Saetotenes  Diakonoff,  1960 
Saliciphaga  Falkovich,  1962 
Salsolicola  Kuznetsov,  1960 
Saphenista  Walsingham,  1914 
Satronia  Heinrich,  1926 
Schoenotenes  Meyrick,  1908 
Sciaphila  Treitschke,  1829 
Scinifer  Frolich,  1826 
Sclerodisca  Razowski,  1964 
Scolioplecta  Meyrick,  1881 
Scyphoceros  Turner,  1925 
Scytalognatha  Diakonoff,  1956 
Selania  Stephens,  1834 
Selenodes  Guenee,  1845 
Semasia  Stephens,  1829 
Semnostola  Diakonoff,  1959 
Sereda  Heinrich,  1923 
Sericoris  Treitschke,  1830 
Serruligera  Diakonoff,  1960 
Siclobola  Diakonoff,  1947 
Siderea  Stainton,  1859 
Sideria  Guenee,  1845 
Sillybiphora  Kuznetsov,  1964 
Sinnsia  Caradja,  1916 
Sisona  Snellen,  1901 
Smicrotes  Clemens,  1860 
Sociosa  Diakonoff,  1959 
Sociosa  Diakonoff,  1963 


(preocc.  by  Diakonoff,  1959) 
Sociphora  Busck,  1920 
Sonia  Heinrich,  1923 
Sorolopha  Lower,  1901 
Sparganothis  Hiibner,  1825 
Spargonothis  Hiibner,  1826 
Sparganothris  Stephens,  1834 
S par gany this  Matsumura,  1931 
Spatalistis  Meyrick,  1907 
Sperchia  Walker,  1869 
Sphaeroeca  Meyrick,  1895 

(preocc.  by  Lauterborn,  1894) 
Sphaleroptera  Guenee,  1845 
Spheterista  Meyrick,  1912 
Spilonota  Stephens,  1829 
Spinobactra  Diakonoff,  1963 
Sporocelis  Meyrick,  1907 
Statherotis  Meyrick,  1909 
Steganoptera  Herrich-Schaffer,  1851 
Steganoptycha  Stephens,  1829 
Stenodes  Guenee,  1845 
Stenotenes  Diakonoff,  1954 
Steriphotis  Meyrick,  1911 
Stictea  Guenee,  1845 
Stigmonota  Guenee,  1845 
Strepsiceros  Meyrick,  1881 
(preocc.  by  Smith,  1908) 
Strepsicrates  Meyrick,  1888 
Strobila  Sodoffsky,  1837 
Strophedra  Herrich-Schaffer,  1853 
Strophosoma  Herrich-Schaffer,  1853 
(preocc.  by  Billberg,  1820) 
Snbargyrotaenia  Obraztsov,  1961 
Snbeana  Obraztsov,  1962 
Subepiblema  Agenjo,  1955 
(invalid) 

Substenodes  Razowski,  1960 
Suleima  Heinrich,  1923 
Sycacantha  Diakonoff,  1959 
Syllomatia  Common,  1963 
Symphygas  Common,  1963 
Syndemis  Hiibner,  1825 
Syndemis  Herrich-Schaffer,  1851 
(preocc.  by  Hiibner,  1825) 
Syngamoneura  Mabille,  1900 
Synnoma  Walsingham,  1879 
Synochoneura  Obraztsov,  1955 
Syntozyga  Lower,  1901 
Syricoris  Treitschke,  1829 


March,  1967] 


Obraztsov:  Tortricidae  Check  List 


11 


Taeniarchis  Meyrick,  1931 
Talponia  Heinrich,  1926 
Taniva  Heinrich,  1926 
Tanychaeta  Common,  1963 
Tapinodoxa  Meyrick,  1931 
Teleia  Hiibner,  1825 
Temnolopha  Lower,  1901 
T emplemania  Busck,  1940 
Tenuisaccula  Diakonoff,  1960 
Teras  Treitschke,  1829 
Teratodes  Guenee,  1845 

(preocc.  by  Brulle,  1835,  and  Koch,  1838) 
Terthreutis  Meyrick,  1918 
Thiodia  Hiibner,  1825 
Thiodiodes  Obraztsov,  1964 
Thirates  Treitschke,  1829 
Thrincophora  Meyrick,  1881 
Thylacandra  Diakonoff,  1963 
Thyralia  Walsingham,  1914 
Thyraylia  Walsingham,  1897 
Tia  Heinrich,  1926 
Tmetocera  Lederer,  1859 
Topadesa  Moore,  1888 
Tortricodes  Guenee,  1845 
Tortricomorpha  Amsel,  1955 

(preocc.  by  Felder  and  Rogenhofer,  1861) 
Tortrix  Linne,  1757 
Trachybatlira  Meyrick,  1907 
Trachybyrsis  Meyrick,  1927 
Trachyptila  Turner,  1916 


Trachysmia  Guenee,  1845 
Trachyschistis  Meyrick,  1921 
Tremophora  Diakonoff,  1953 
Trincophora  Meyrick, 
Tritopterna  Meyrick,  1921 
Trophocosta  Razowski,  1964 
Trycheris  Guenee,  1845 
Trychnophylla  Turner,  1926 
Trymalitis  Meyrick,  1905 
Tsinilla  Heinrich,  1931 
Tubula  Diakonoff,  1960 
Tymbarcha  Meyrick,  1908 

Ulodemis  Meyrick,  1907 

Vellonifer  Razowski,  1964 
Vialonga  Diakonoff,  1960 
Viettea  Diakonoff,  1960 

X anthosetia  Stephens,  1829 
Xeneda  Diakonoff,  1960 
Xenophylla  Diakonoff,  1960 
Xenotemna  Powell,  1964 
X enotenes  Diakonoff,  1954 
Xenothictis  Meyrick,  1910 

Zacorisca  Meyrick,  1910 
Zeiraphera  Treitschke,  1829 
Zelotherses  Lederer,  1859 
Zomaria  Heinrich,  1926 


Received  for  Publication  August  10,  1966 


12 


I Vol.  LXXV 


Some  Biometrics  in  Pieris  and  Colias  (Lepidoptera:  Pieridae) 

in  Quebec  and  Nova  Scotia 

P.  H.  H.  Gray 

R.R.2,  Digby,  Nova  Scotia 

Abstract:  The  radii  of  fore  wings  and  the  weights  of  whole  air-dried  specimens  of  adult 
instars  of  wild  and  reared  specimens  of  Pieris  rapae,  Colias  philodice , and  C.  eury theme 
have  been  compared.  Correlations  ( r ) of  high  orders  of  significance  between  these  two 
variables  have  been  determined  and  shown  graphically.  The  radii  and  weights  of  the 
females  of  the  two  species  of  Colias , both  wild  and  reared,  exceeded  those  of  the  males  by 
less  than  10%. 


In  1953  (Lepid.  News,  7:  47-8)  the  author  published  a short  note  pointing 
out  the  existence  of  correlations  between  fore  wing  radii  and  total  dry  weights  of 
specimens  of  Pieris  rapae  L.  reared  from  eggs  in  1951  at  Baie  d’Urfe  in  the 
Province  of  Quebec,  Canada.  The  mean  values  for  radii  and  weights  of  28 
butterflies  that  developed  from  eggs  collected  at  random  on  leaves  of  Brassica 
oleracea,  and  of  34  from  eggs  laid  by  one  female,  caught  wild,  were  almost 
identical.  The  ranges  and  means  of  the  values  quoted  are  shown  by  the  graph 
in  Fig.  1.  The  radii  of  the  fore  wings  of  the  ‘random’  set  ranged  from  36  to  52 
mm.,  with  the  mean  at  46  mm.;  those  of  ‘single  brood’  from  44  to  50  mm.,  also 
with  the  mean  at  46  mm.  The  weights  of  the  same  specimens  ranged  from 
8.4  to  27.5  mg.,  and  fron  15.0  to  26.3  mg.,  the  mean  values  being  19.8  and 
20.5  mg.  respectively.  The  ranges  of  variation  are  thus  shown  to  be  more 
extensive  in  the  random  group  than  in  the  specimens  from  the  one  female. 
The  correlations  between  radii  and  weights  were  found  to  be  highly  significant 
(1953). 

In  1960  49  males  and  50  females  of  Colias  philodice  Gdt.  were  caught  be- 
tween 27  August  and  23  September  at  Brighton  (Digby  County),  Nova  Scotia. 
The  radii  of  the  fore  wings  of  fresh  specimens  were  measured  to  the  nearest 
0.5  mm.,  and,  when  air-dry,  the  specimens  were  weighed  to  the  nearest  0.1 
mg.  The  standard  deviations  of  the  means  in  the  two  sexes  were  very  small; 
in  the  males  that  of  the  radii  was  about  0.7  per  cent,  and  of  the  weights  2.0  per 
cent;  in  the  females,  radii  about  0.7  per  cent,  and  weights  1.9  per  cent.  The 
correlations  of  these  two  characters,  in  each  sex,  are  shown  in  the  scatter 
diagram  in  Fig.  2. 

In  order  to  simplify  the  presentation  of  the  results  of  these  analyses  in 
the  diagram,  each  + (for  male)  and  • (for  female)  represents  the  average  of 
five  (in  one  set,  four)  measurements  and  weights  of  specimens  taken  in 
the  field  in  sequence  of  dates.  The  summated  averages  agreed  almost  exactly 
with  the  summations  of  the  separate  values. 

The  correlation  values  (r)  being  positive  and  of  a high  order  of  significance 


March,  1967] 


Gray:  Pieris  and  Colias  Biometrics 


13 


52 

50 


_ 44 


3 6 


R 


radii,  mm 


R 


weights  , mg 


27.5 

26.3 


15.0  _ 


8.4 


Fig.  1.  Ranges  of  radii  of  fore  wings  and  of  weights  of  P.  rapae,  1951.  R,  from  random 
eggs;  S,  from  eggs  laid  by  one  random  female.  Means  are  shown  by  short  cross-bars. 


suggest  that  lengths  (and  possibly  areas)  of  the  wings  vary  directly  with  the 
total  weights  of  the  insects.  These  characters  have  also  been  compared  in 
specimens  reared  from  larvae  derived  from  eggs  laid  by  white  form  females, 
one  of  philodice  and  one  of  C.  eurytheme  Bdv. 

In  1960  a brood  of  larvae  was  reared  from  eggs  laid  by  a white  form  female 
of  philodice  caught  in  September.  The  butterfly  was  kept  under  glass  in  a 
large  earthenware  flower  pot,  lighted  and  warmed  by  a 50  watt  electric  lamp. 
Flower  heads  of  Gaillardia  dipped  in  a weak  solution  of  sucrose  provided  food. 
About  100  eggs  were  laid  on  the  flower  petals  and  on  leaflets  of  Vicia  cracca 
(common  vetch);  all  the  plant  stems  were  resting  in  water  in  a narrow-necked 
bottle.  The  young  larvae  were  transferred  to  fresh  twigs  of  vetch  as  necessary, 


48 

47 

46 

45 

44 

43 

42 

41 

40 

39 

38 

37 

36 

35 

34 

33 

32 

31 

30 

29 

28 

2.  C 

brol 

leans 

is  on 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


radii,  mm 


^relations  between  radii  of  fore  wings  and  weights  of  C.  philodice  caught  wild, 
n line,  males  (r  = -j-  0.9645)  ; # and  solid  line,  females  (r  = -f-  0.9869) . 

of  radii  and  weights  are  indicated  by  the  dotted  circles  around  the  coordinate 
he  regression  lines  in  Figs.  2,  3,  and  4.) 


46 

45 

44 

43 

42 

41 

40 

39 

38 

37 

36 

35 

34 

33 

32 

31 

30 

29 

28 

27 

5. 


Gray:  Pieris  and  Colias  Biometrics 


15 


21 


22 


23  24 

radii,  mm 


25 


26 


relations  between  radii  of  fore  wings  and  weights  of  C.  philodice  reared  from 
i white  form  female.  Males,  r — 0.9721;  females,  r — + 0.9898. 


50 

49 

48 

47 

46 

45 

44 

43 

42 

41 

40 

39 

38 

37 

36 

35 

34 

33 

32 

31 

i 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXV 


✓ + 

/ 

/ + 


! J I I ! L- 

21  22  23  24  25  26 


radii,  mm 


•relations  between  radii  of  fore  wings  and  weights  of  C.  eurytheme  reared 
form  female.  Males,  r — -f-  0.9845  ; females,  r = -f-  0.9845. 


March,  19671 


Gray:  Pieris  and  Colias  Biometrics 


17 


after  each  new  leaflet  had  been  examined  for  ‘alien’  eggs.  32  larvae  reached 
the  imago  stage;  17  were  males  and  15  females  (8  yellow  and  7 white). 

Standard  deviations  of  the  means  of  both  radii  and  weights  in  both  sexes 
were  low;  for  the  radii  about  1.0  to  1.25  per  cent,  for  weights  2.7  and  4.1  per 
cent,  of  males  and  females  respectively.  The  correlations  between  radii  and 
weights  were  high,  as  shown  in  Fig.  3. 

In  1961  a white  form  female  of  C.  eury theme,  caught  wild,  yielded  16  males 
and  19  orange  form  females  from  larvae  grown  indoors  on  vetch.  The  standard 
deviations  of  the  characters  under  study,  radii  and  weights,  were  less  than  1.0 
per  cent  for  radii  and  below  2.5  per  cent  for  weights.  The  correlations  of  these 
characters  were  highly  significant  in  both  sexes  (see  Fig.  4). 

In  the  three  groups  of  Colias  studied  the  females  exceeded  the  males  in  mean 
length  of  radii  and  in  mean  weights,  but  only  by  less  than  ten  per  cent;  more 
so  in  length  of  radius  than  in  weight,  as  shown  in  the  table  below. 

Excess  values  of  females  over  those  of  males,  in  percentages 


Radii 

Weights 

C.  philodice,  wild 

9.3 

7.7 

C.  philodice , reared 

9.8 

8.9 

C.  eurytheme,  reared 

9.4 

8.2 

Received  for  publication  October  10,  1966 


18 


[Vol.  lxxv 


A Note  on  the  Flight  of  Acrolophus  morus  (Grote) 
(Lepidoptera:  Acrolophidae) 

Alexander  B.  Klots 

City  College  of  New  York  and  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Abstract:  It  is  possible  that  in  Connecticut  and  New  York  Acrolophus  morus  (Grote)  is  con- 
sistently a diurnal  flyer.  This  may  be  a matter  of  temperature  adaptation  of  this,  the  north- 
ernmost species  of  an  essentially  southern  and  tropical  group,  and  an  autumn  flyer. 


Twice  only  I have  taken  Acrolophus  morns  (Grote)  in  the  Northeast.  On 
both  occasions  the  individuals  were  netted  while  flying  actively  and  normally 
(not  flushed  from  shelter)  during  the  day.  On  11  October  1953,  a male  was 
taken  about  2 P.M.  near  Canopus  Lake,  Putnam  County,  New  York,  flying 
swiftly  in  a grassy  area  at  the  edge  of  a marsh.  On  29  September  1966, 
three  specimens  were  seen  at  about  2:30  P.M.  over  my  lawn  in  Putnam, 
Windham  County,  Connecticut.  The  soil  beneath  the  lawn  is  a very  dry  sand- 
gravel.  One  specimen,  probably  a female,  was  relatively  sluggish — perhaps 
it  had  just  eclosed.  The  other  two,  both  males,  were  flying  very  fast  and  er- 
ratically about  and  over  it  in  curves.  So  fast  and  darting,  in  fact,  was  their 
flight  that  at  first  I thought  that  they  were  small,  dark  skippers  far  out  of  season. 
LTnfortunately  the  female  disappeared  while  the  males  were  being  netted.  In 
the  recent  revision  of  Acrolophus  by  F.  M.  Hasbrouck  (1964,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.,  114:632)  a specimen  of  morus  from  Ithaca,  New  York  is  recorded  as 
taken  in  the  daytime.  It  is  suggested  that  diurnal  flight  is  a characteristic  of 
this  species,  and  that  there  may  well  be  an  adaptive  correlation  between  this 
and  the  fact  that  it  flies  in  the  autumn  and  is  the  northernmost  species  of  its 
family,  at  least  in  the  East. 


Received  for  publication  December  15,  1966 


March,  19671 


19 


The  Incidence  and  Burden  of  Hymenolepis  diminuta  Cysticercoids 
as  a Function  of  the  Age  of  the  Intermediate  Host, 
Tribolium  conjusum 

Ronald  J.  Kelly1,  Dennis  M.  O’Brian,  and  Frank  F.  Katz 
Seton  Hall  University,  New  Jersey 

Abstract:  The  incidence  and  size  of  the  larval  tapeworm  burden  in  young,  middle-aged, 
and  old  confused  flour  beetles  was  studied.  The  influences  of  sex  and  length  of  starvation 
period  were  also  observed. 

Virgin  beetles  from  young  parents  were  permitted  to  feed  for  24  hours  on  whole  gravid 
proglottids  and  then  returned  to  the  medium  for  at  least  fourteen  days  prior  to  being 
preserved,  dissected,  and  examined  for  cysticercoids.  A quantitative  approach  to  feeding 
eggs  to  the  beetles  was  unsuccessful. 

Old  females  generally  had  a significantly  smaller  burden  and  incidence  of  cysticercoids 
when  compared  with  young  or  middle-aged  females,  whereas  middle-aged  males  generally 
had  a significantly  higher  incidence  only  when  compared  with  young  or  old  males. 

Apparently  an  age  resistance  to  the  establishment  of  H.  diminuta  in  T.  conjusum  occurs 
in  the  females  only. 


INTRODUCTION 

Since  1892,  when  Grassi  and  Rovelli  first  described  the  development  of 
Hymenolepis  diminuta  in  the  insect  intermediate  host,  there  have  been  various 
investigations  on  hymenolepidids  in  insects.  While  there  have  been  reports  of 
vertebrate  host  age  effects  on  adult  hymenolepidid  incidence  and  burden 
(Shorb,  1933;  Hunninen,  1935),  we  have  found  no  reports  in  the  literature 
with  regard  to  the  age  of  the  intermediate  host  on  the  larval  stage  of  the  para- 
site. Therefore,  this  study  was  undertaken  with  the  intent  of  observing  the 
incidence  and  size  of  the  cysticercoid  burdens  in  beetles  of  specific  ages.  Since 
host  sex  and  length  of  starvation  prior  to  exposure  to  the  tapeworm’s  eggs  may 
also  influence  the  burden,  these  factors  were  also  considered.  The  tapeworm 
H.  diminuta  and  the  beetle  Tribolium  conjusum  were  selected  since  the  former 
requires,  as  part  of  its  life  cycle,  an  arthropod  intermediate  host  and  the  latter 
has  been  shown  to  serve  well  in  this  capacity. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

All  stock  cultures  and  experimental  groups  were  raised  under  constant  light 
at  a temperature  of  25°C.  and  a relative  humidity  of  71%  in  a medium  con- 
sisting of  95%  bleached  Gold  Medal  Wondra®  flour  and  5%  National  Active 
Dry®  yeast.  The  use  of  yeast-fortified  flour  had  been  proposed  by  Lund  and 
Bushnell  (1939).  All  stock  and  experimental  beetles  were  put  into  fresh  con- 
tainers and  medium  every  two  weeks.  Eggs  randomly  selected  from  a stock 


1 Present  address:  The  Squibb  Institute  for  Medical  Research,  New  Brunswick,  N.J. 


20 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


culture  were  used  to  establish  a population  of  beetles  of  known  ages.  Eight  to 
eighteen  days  following  oviposition  of  these  beetles,  eggs  were  collected  and 
individually  placed  in  12  X 35  mm  patent  lip  vials  containing  approximately 
5 mm  of  medium.  In  this  manner,  selection  of  the  first  eggs  laid  by  the  beetles 
of  known  ages  was  avoided,  since  this  selection  may  have  detrimental  effects 
on  the  offspring  as  shown  in  Drosophila  (O’Brian,  Yablonsky,  and  Gillooly, 
1964). 

The  adult  beetles  that  developed  from  these  eggs  were  maintained  as  virgins 
in  individual  vials  throughout  the  experiment.  Three  different  age  groups  of 
adults  were  used:  those  that  were  young  (four  to  five  weeks),  middle-aged 
(23  to  24  weeks),  and  old.  Adult  beetles  were  considered  to  be  old  at  47  to 
51  weeks  on  the  basis  of  parental  age  studies  by  Raychaudhuri  and  Butz 
(1965)  and  personal  communication  with  Raychaudhuri  (1964). 

Each  age  group  was  further  subdivided  into  those  starved  five  to  six  days 
(Series  I)  and  those  starved  seven  to  eight  days  (Series  II).  Following  the 
starvation  period,  all  beetles  were  allowed  to  ingest  an  undetermined  number 
of  eggs  for  a 24  hour  interval  by  feeding  on  three  or  four  freshly  obtained 
whole  gravid  segments  of  H . diminuta.  The  male  Sprague-Dawley  rats  from 
which  the  tapeworms  were  removed  had  been  inoculated  orally  at  five  weeks 
of  age  with  three  to  five  cysticercoids  dissected  from  infected  meal  beetles, 
Tenebrio  molitor  (Carolina  Biological  Supply  Co.).  The  infections  in  the 
rats  were  five  to  fifteen  weeks  post-inoculation.  Only  those  Tribolium  which 
were  observed  to  have  fed  on  proglottids  were  used  in  the  accumulation  and 
analysis  of  the  data.  After  exposure  to  the  proglottids,  the  beetles  were  returned 
to  vials  containing  fresh  medium  for  a period  of  at  least  fourteen  days  prior 
to  being  preserved  in  10%  formalin.  The  preserved  beetles  were  dissected  and 
examined  for  cysticercoids. 

The  sex  of  the  beetle  was  determined  in  the  pupal  stage  by  the  method 
described  by  Park  (1934),  in  the  adult  stage  by  the  method  described  by 
Hinton  (1942),  and  at  the  time  of  dissection. 

RESULTS 

Table  1 summarizes  the  incidence  and  size  of  the  cysticercoid  burdens  in 
beetles  which  fed  on  gravid  proglottids.  The  significance  of  the  differences 
(P<0.05)  between  any  two  average  numbers  of  cysticercoids  was  determined 
by  the  “P’  test  (Youden,  1951,  p.  25)  and  the  trend  between  any  two  incidences 
of  cysticercoids  by  the  “Chi  square”  test  (Hoel,  1960,  pp.  157-163). 

Since  there  was  no  difference  in  the  incidence  of  cysticercoids  between  the 
populations  starved  five  to  six  or  seven  to  eight  days,  the  data  was  pooled  for 
analysis.  Old  females  had  a lower  incidence  when  compared  to  young  and 
middle-aged  females,  whereas  in  the  male  population  the  incidence  was  higher 
in  the  middle-aged  group  when  compared  to  young  and  old  beetles.  With  re- 


March,  1967]  Kelly,  et  al.:  Hymenolepis  diminuta  Cysticercoids 


21 


Table  1.  The  burden  and  incidence  of  Hymenolepis  diminuta  cysticercoids  in  beetles  of 
known  ages.  Mean  values  are  given  with  the  standard  errors. 


No.  of  days  starved 

Series  I,  5 to  6 days  Series  II,  7 to  8 days 


No.  No. 

infected  Per-  infected 

cent  Per- 

No.  that  in-  No.  that  cent 


Age 

Sex 

fed  on 
proglottids 

fected 

Average 
± S.E. 

fed  on  in- 

proglottids  fected 

Average 
± S.E. 

Young: 

4 to  5 

Females 

26/33 

78.8 

7.0  ± 1.62 

34/41 

82.9 

10.6  ± 1.72 

weeks 

Males 

28/39 

71.8 

6.5  ± 1.41 

15/30 

50.0 

4.0  ± 1.14 

Middle-aged: 
23  to  24 

Females 

33/42 

78.6 

5.3  ± 0.81 

35/42 

83.3 

7.0  ± 0.99 

weeks 

Males 

24/30 

80.0 

7.7  ± 1.36 

29/33 

87.9 

7.5  ± 1.39 

Old: 

47  to  51 

Females 

11/28 

39.3 

0.8  ± 0.28 

21/38 

55.3 

5.9  ± 1.83 

weeks 

Males 

34/64 

53.2 

5.0  ± 1.17 

32/55 

58.3 

5.4  ± 1.57 

spect  to  differences  between  the  sexes,  only  old  females  had  a lower  incidence 
than  middle-aged  males.  All  these  differences  were  found  to  be  significant  em- 
ploying the  difference  in  proportions  using  a binomial  distribution  (Dixon  and 
Massey,  1957,  pp.  232-233). 

In  Series  I (five  to  six  days  starvation)  the  burden  in  old  female  beetles  was 
significantly  smaller  than  that  of  young  and  middle-aged  females,  and  males 
of  all  ages.  In  Series  II  (seven  to  eight  days  starvation)  the  burden  in  old 
females  was  significantly  smaller  when  compared  to  young  female  beetles  only. 
Also,  in  this  series,  young  males  had  a significantly  lower  burden  when  com- 
pared to  young  females  and  middle-aged  males. 

When  comparing  both  series,  only  old  females  starved  seven  to  eight  days 
had  a significantly  greater  burden  than  old  females  starved  five  to  six  days. 

DISCUSSION 

The  lack  of  reports  on  the  relationships  of  age  and  sex  of  intermediate  hosts 
to  their  cysticercoid  burdens  makes  this  paper  unique.  It  should  be  noted, 
preliminary  results  of  this  investigation  have  been  reported  in  the  form  of  an 
abstract  (Kelly  et  al.,  1966). 

Age  resistance  to  the  establishment  of  Hymenolepis  nana  has  been  studied 
by  Shorb  (1933)  in  rats  and  mice  and  by  Hunninen  (1935)  in  mice  only,  and 
both  found  that  older  animals  had  a greater  resistance  to  the  tapeworm  than 
younger  animals. 

In  our  study,  middle-aged  male  Tribolium  generally  had  a significantly 
higher  incidence  of  cysticercoids  than  young  or  old  males,  whereas  old  females 


22 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


LVol.  LXXV 


generally  had  a significantly  lower  incidence  and  burden  than  middle-aged  or 
young  females.  It  seems,  therefore,  that  an  age  resistance  to  the  establishment 
of  H.  diminuta  cysticercoids  occurred  in  female  Tribolium.  Moreover,  starva- 
tion affected  the  burden  only  in  old  females.  This  may  indicate  an  increased 
susceptibility  in  old  females  to  the  tapeworm  eggs  as  marginal  food  reserves 
are  depleted. 

Some  work  on  the  effects  of  age  of  the  insect  vector  has  been  carried  out  with 
respect  to  protozoan  parasites.  Terzian  et  al.  (1956)  found  that  older  Aedes 
aegypti  mosquitoes  were  more  resistant  to  Plasmodium  gallinaceum  than 
younger  mosquitoes.  However,  physiological  factors  also  played  a role  since 
particular  diets  resulted  in  aged  mosquitoes  being  as  susceptible  to  the  parasites 
as  young  mosquitoes. 

In  the  literature,  one  finds  contradictions  regarding  the  role  of  the  sex  of 
the  intermediate  host  in  its  susceptibility  to  the  parasites  it  transmits.  Duke 
(1930,  1933)  considered  his  work  on  tsetse  flies  showed  females  to  be  more 
susceptible  than  males  to  trypanosomes.  However,  according  to  Burtt  (1946), 
Duke’s  (l.c.)  data  showed  no  significant  differences. 

With  respect  to  helminths,  it  is  of  interest  to  note  that  a number  of  papers 
have  been  published  on  the  relationships  of  nematode  parasites  to  changes  in 
sexual  characteristics  of  insect  hosts  with  some  investigators  reporting  changes 
occurring  more  frequently  in  one  sex  than  the  other.  In  his  extensive  review 
of  this  subject,  Wiilker  (1964,  p.  589)  notes,  “It  can  be  said,  generally  that, 
with  regard  to  the  gonads,  the  females  are  more  changed,  and  with  regard  to 
the  external  sex  characters,  the  males  are  more  changed.  However,  exact 
investigations  on  the  possible  reasons  for  this  difference  and  the  opposite 
behavior  of  internal  and  external  characters  do  not  exist  as  yet.” 

In  the  investigation  reported  here,  the  beetles  fed  only  on  whole  gravid 
segments,  and  therefore,  the  number  of  eggs  ingested  per  beetle  cannot  be 
correlated  with  the  cysticercoid  burden.  However,  it  should  be  pointed  out  that 
quantitative  feedings  were  tried  during  the  course  of  this  experiment  but  were 
unsuccessful.  Moreover,  no  reports  have  been  observed  in  the  literature  where 
quantitative  feedings  of  H.  diminuta  eggs  to  beetles  have  been  employed.  At 
the  present  time  in  this  laboratory,  successful  feeding  attempts  have  been 
obtained  and  will  be  reported  at  a later  date  (Levine,  et  al.) 

It  appears  from  our  work  and  that  of  others  that  there  is  a need  for  more 
detailed  studies  on  host-parasite  relationships  as  presented  and  discussed  in 
this  report. 

Literature  Cited 

Burtt,  E.  1946.  The  sex  ratio  of  infected  flies  found  in  transmission-experiments  with 
Glossina  morsitans  and  Trypanosoma  rhodesiense.  Ann.  Trop.  Med.  & Parasitol.  40: 
74-79. 

Dixon,  W.  J.,  and  F.  J.  Massey.  1957.  Introduction  to  Statistical  Analysis.  McGraw- 
Hill  Book  Co.,  Inc.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.,  pp.  232-233. 


March,  1967]  Kelly,  et  al.:  Hymenolepis  diminuta  Cysticercoids 


23 


Duke,  H.  L.  1930.  On  the  susceptibility  of  the  two  sexes  of  G.  palpalis  to  infection  with 

T.  gambiense  and  T.  rhodesiense.  Ann.  Trop.  Med.  Parasitol.  24:  95-96. 

. 1933.  Relative  susceptibility  of  the  sexes  of  Glossina  to  infection  with  trypano- 
somes. Ann  Trop.  Med.  & Parasitol.  27 : 355-356. 

Grassi,  G.  B.,  and  G.  Rovelli.  1892.  Ricerche  embriologiche  sui  cestodi.  Atti  Accad. 
Gioenia,  Catania.  4:  1-108.  (Cited  by  Voge  and  Heyneman  (1957),  V.  i). 

Hinton,  H.  E.  1942.  Secondary  sexual  characters  of  Tribolium.  Nature.  149:  500-501. 

Hoel,  P.  G.  1960.  Elementary  Statistics.  John  Wiley  & Sons,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
pp.  157-163. 

Hunninen,  A.  V.  1935  Studies  on  the  life  history  and  host-parasite  relations  of  Hymeno- 
lepis fraterna  ( H . nana  var.  fraterna  STILES)  in  white  mice.  Amer.  J.  Hyg.  22: 
414-443. 

Kelly,  R.  J.,  D.  M.  O’Brian,  and  F.  F.  Katz.  1966.  The  incidence  and  burden  of  the 
tapeworm,  Hymenolepis  diminuta,  in  the  flour  beetle,  Tribolium  confusum , as  a 
function  of  the  age  of  the  host.  Bull.  N.  J.  Acad.  Sci.  11:  40.  (Abstr.) 

Levine,  A.  D.,  D.  M.  O’Brian,  and  F.  F.  Katz,  (unpublished  data). 

Lund,  H.  O.,  and  R.  J.  Bushnell.  1939.  The  relation  of  nutritional  levels  to  the  growth 
of  populations  of  Tribolium  confusum  Duval.  II.  Egg  production  in  patent  flour 
and  in  patent  flour  supplemented  with  yeast,  j.  Econ.  Entomol.  32:  640-642. 

O’Brian,  D.  M.,  C.  Yablonsky,  and  C.  Gillooly.  1964.  The  effects  of  parental  age  on 
egg  production,  hatchability  of  eggs,  and  survival  of  the  offspring  in  Drosophila 
melanogaster.  Proc.  of  the  Indiana  Acad,  of  Sci.  74:  386-392. 

Park,  T.  1934.  Observations  on  the  general  biology  of  the  flour  beetle,  Tribolium  con- 
fusum. Quart.  Rev.  of  Biol.  9:  36. 

Raychaudituri,  A.  1964.  Personal  communication. 

Raychaltdhuri,  A.,  and  A.  Butz.  1965.  Aging.  I.  Effects  of  parental  age  on  the  life 
cycle  of  T.  confusum  (Coleoptera:  Tenebrionidae) . Ann.  of  the  Entomol.  Soc.  of 
Amer.  58:  535-542. 

Shorb,  D.  A.  1933.  Host-parasite  relations  of  Hymenolepis  fraterna  in  the  rat  and  mouse. 
Amer.  J.  Hyg.  18:  74-113. 

Terzian,  L.  A.,  N.  Stahler  and  F.  Irreverre.  1956.  The  effects  of  aging,  and  the  mod- 
ifications of  these  effects,  on  the  immunity  of  mosquitoes  to  malarial  infection.  J. 
Immunol.  76:  308-313. 

Voge,  M.,  and  D.  Heyneman.  1957.  Development  of  Hymenolepis  nana  and  Hymenolepis 
diminuta  (Cestoda:  Hymenolepididae)  in  the  intermediate  host  Tribolium  confusum. 

U.  Calif.  Publ.  Zool.  59:  549-580. 

Wulker,  W.  1964.  Parasite-induced  changes  on  internal  and  external  sex  characters  in 
insects.  Exptl.  Parasitol.  15:  561-597. 

Youden,  W.  J.  1951.  Statistical  Methods  for  Chemists.  John  Wiley  & Sons,  Inc.,  New 
York,  New  York,  p.  25. 


Received  for  Publication  October  20,  1966 


24 


I Vol.  LXXV 


Undescribed  Species  of  Crane  Flies  from  the  Himalaya 
Mountains  (Diptera:  Tipulidae),  XIV1 

Charles  P.  Alexander 
Amherst,  Massachusetts 

Abstract:  Six  new  species  of  Eriopterine  crane  flies  are  described,  these  being  Trentepohlia 
( Mongoma ) amphinipha  n.  sp.,  from  Sikkim;  T.  ( M .)  patens  n.  sp.,  Assam;  T.  ( Trente- 
pohlia) infernalis  n.  sp.,  Sikkim;  Gymnastes  ( Gynmastes ) antieaniger  n.  sp.,  Sikkim; 
G.  ( G .)  cyaneus  nilgiricus  n.  subsp.,  South  India;  G.  ( G .)  latifuscus  n.  sp.,  Assam;  and 
G.  ( G .)  tridens  n.  sp.,  Thailand. 

Part  XIII  of  this  series  of  papers  was  published  in  the  Journal  of  the  New 
York  Entomological  Society,  74:  180-184,  1966.  The  species  treated  herewith 
are  from  Assam  and  Sikkim  where  they  were  collected  by  Dr.  Fernand  Schmid 
and  from  Northern  Thailand,  taken  by  the  late  Dr.  Deed  C.  Thurman.  A 
subspecies  from  South  India  is  included  in  order  to  complete  the  data,  the 
materials  having  been  captured  by  Mr.  P.  Susai  Nathan  and  by  the  late  Stanley 
W.  Kemp.  I express  my  sincere  thanks  and  appreciation  to  all  of  the  above 
for  the  privilege  of  retaining  the  types  of  the  novelties  in  my  personal  collec- 
tion of  these  flies. 

Trentepohlia  ( Mongoma ) amphinipha  n.  sp. 

Allied  to  tenera ; mesonotal  praescutum  and  scutal  lobes  dark  brown,  paler  laterally ; 
femora  brownish  black,  tips  broadly  snowy  white,  including  about  the  outer  tenth,  tibial 
bases  more  narrowly  whitened,  tarsi  and  the  broad  tips  of  tibiae  white;  a series  of  small 
erect  black  setae  at  bases  of  all  femora  in  both  sexes;  wings  whitish  subhyaline,  without 
distinct  pattern;  squama  with  a powerful  black  bristle. 
male:  Length  about  7.5-8  mm;  wing  7-7.3  mm. 
female:  Length  about  9 mm;  wing  7 mm. 

Rostrum  and  labial  palpi  yellow,  maxillary  palpi  brownish  black.  Antennae  black,  rela- 
tively long;  flagellar  segments  long-subcylindrical,  exceeding  their  verticils.  Head  dark 
brown,  paler  behind. 

Pronotum  brownish  yellow,  with  long  erect  setae.  Mesonotal  praescutum  dark  brown, 
humeri  and  lateral  borders  more  yellowed;  scutal  lobes  darkened,  scutellum  and  medio- 
tergite  paler  brown,  yellowed  laterally;  mesonotal  vestiture  weak.  Pleura  brown,  posterior 
sclerites  more  yellowed.  Halteres  dark  brown.  Legs  with  coxae  and  trochanters  yellow; 
femora  brownish  black,  bases  narrowly  yellowed,  tips  broadly  snowy  white,  including  about 
the  outer  tenth;  tibiae  brownish  black,  bases  narrowly  white,  tips  more  broadly  of  this 
color,  including  the  outer  fourth;  tarsi  white,  terminal  segment  slightly  darker;  all  femora 
in  both  sexes  with  a few  small  erect  blackened  setae  near  base.  Wings  whitish  subhyaline, 
without  distinct  pattern,  stigma  barely  indicated;  veins  brown.  Margin  of  wing  at  base 
with  three  or  four  long  black  setae,  the  squama  with  a single  more  powerful  erect  black 
bristle.  Venation:  Rs  longer  than  basal  section  of  R$;  Rz  exceeding  Rs+i;  m-cu  at  or  before 
fork  of  M ; apical  fusion  of  Cih  and  1st  A nearly  as  long  as  m-cu. 

Abdominal  tergites  dark  brown,  including  the  hypopygium ; sternites  obscure  yellow. 

holotype:  8,  Lingtham,  Sikkim,  4,600  feet,  September  2,  1959  (Schmid). 

Allotopotype,  $ , with  type.  Paratopotypes,  7 $ $ , on  three  pins. 


1 Contribution  from  the  Entomological  Laboratory,  University  of  Massachusetts. 


March,  1967] 


Alexander:  Crane  Flies 


25 


The  only  other  regional  member  of  the  subgenus  with  unpatterned  wings  that 
has  the  genua  of  the  legs  snowy  white  is  Trentepohlia  ( Mongoma ) subtenera 
Alexander,  of  Assam,  which  differs  especially  in  the  coloration  and  trichiation 
of  the  legs.  In  this  species  the  modified  erect  setae  on  the  paler  brown  femora 
are  restricted  to  the  posterior  legs  and  are  more  abundant,  about  ten  in  number. 

Trentepohlia  ( Mongoma ) patens  n.  sp. 

General  coloration  of  thorax  yellow,  the  praescutum  and  scutal  lobes  patterned  with  light 
brown;  antennae  of  male  relatively  long,  exceeding  one-half  the  wings;  femora  yellow,  tips 
narrowly  light  brown ; wings  whitened,  veins  light  brown ; cell  Cu  open  at  wing  margin, 
cell  2nd  A broad. 

male:  Length  about  6.5  mm;  wing  5.2  mm;  antenna  about  3.1  mm. 

Rostrum  yellow;  palpi  pale  brown.  Antennae  of  male  elongate,  exceeding  one-half  the 
wings;  scape  and  pedicel  light  yellow,  flagellum  brown;  verticils  and  whitened  vestiture  of 
the  flagellum  short.  Front  and  anterior  vertex  silvery  white,  posterior  vertex  light  brown, 
the  orbits  narrowly  light  gray. 

Cervical  region  and  pronotum  light  yellow.  Mesonotal  praescutum  yellow  on  sides,  central 
region  of  disk  light  brown,  becoming  obsolete  before  the  suture ; posterior  sclerites  of  notum 
yellow,  scutal  lobes  light  brown,  base  of  scutellum  less  evidently  of  this  color.  Pleura  clear 
light  yellow.  Halteres  pale  brown,  base  of  stem  narrowly  light  yellow.  Legs  with  coxae 
and  trochanters  light  yellow;  femora  yellow,  clearer  basally,  tip  narrowly  light  brown; 
tibiae  and  tarsi  pale  brown.  Wings  whitened,  base  and  costal  field  more  yellowed,  stigmal 
darkening  very  small  to  scarcely  indicated;  veins  light  brown,  more  yellowed  in  the  bright- 
ened fields.  Venation:  R2  just  before  fork  of  Ro+3+i-  m-cu  at  fork  of  M;  cell  Cu  open  at 
wing  margin;  cell  2nd  A broad. 

Abdominal  tergites  brown,  sternites  more  yellowed,  outer  segments  brown,  including  the 
hypopygium. 

holotype:  S,  Pynter,  United  Khasi  and  Jaintia  Hills,  Assam,  1,700  feet, 
January  20,  1960  (Schmid). 

The  most  similar  species  are  Trentepohlia  ( Mongoma ) jlava  (Brunetti)  and 
T.  (M.)  horiana  Alexander,  which  similarly  have  cell  Cu  of  the  wings  open  at 
margin,  differing  in  the  coloration  of  the  body  and  wings,  including  the  dark- 
ened veins.  Attention  is  called  to  the  elongate  antennae  and  the  unusually 
broad  cell  2nd  A of  the  present  fly. 

Trentepohlia  ( Trentepohlia ) infernalis  n.  sp. 

Allied  to  ornatipennis;  mesonotal  praescutum  and  scutal  lobes  almost  uniformly  light 
yellow,  scutellum,  postnotum  and  pleura  dark  brown ; halteres  blackened ; legs  yellow ; 
wings  relatively  short  and  broad,  anterior  half  and  cells  beyond  cord  chiefly  brown,  inter- 
rupted by  three  small  yellow  areas  along  border  from  stigma  to  cell  R*,  posterior  wing  cells 
more  grayish  with  whitened  markings. 
male:  Length  about  5 mm;  wing  4.8  mm. 
female:  Length  about  5.2  mm;  wing  5 mm. 

Rostrum  and  labial  palpi  brownish  yellow,  maxillary  palpi  brown.  Antennae  brownish 
yellow.  Anterior  vertex  gray,  posterior  vertex  and  genae  obscure  yellow,  occiput  darkened. 

Cervical  region  and  pronotum  brown.  Mesonotal  praescutum  and  scutal  lobes  almost 
uniformly  light  yellow,  scutellum  and  postnotum  dark  brown.  Pleura  dark  brown.  Flalteres 
blackened,  base  of  stem  narrowly  yellow.  Legs  with  coxae  and  trochanters  yellow;  remain- 


26 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


der  of  legs  light  yellow,  terminal  tarsal  segment  slightly  infuscated.  Wings  relatively  short 
and  broad,  as  compared  with  related  species ; anterior  half  and  the  cells  beyond  cord  chiefly 
brown,  posterior  cells  grayish;  a very  restricted  pale  pattern  that  includes  three  small 
yellow  spots  along  border,  one  at  end  of  So,  the  second  in  cell  R3,  third  at  wing  tip,  chiefly 
in  cell  Ri ; more  whitened  marks  in  outer  end  of  cell  R and  bases  of  R5  and  M2]  cells  M , Cu 
and  Anals  pale  with  brown  washes  in  outer  ends;  veins  brown,  yellowed  in  the  costal 
ground  areas.  Venation:  Rs  a little  longer  than  R»+ 3+4,  Rs+ 4 shorter;  petiole  of  cell  R?, 

subequal  to  or  shorter  than  basal  section  of  M i+2;  apical  fusion  of  veins  Cui  and  1st  A 
short;  vein  2nd  A highly  arched  before  midlength. 

Abdominal  tergites  dark  brown,  sternites  brownish  yellow,  outer  segments,  especially  the 
genitalia,  black. 

holotype:  8,  Lingtham,  Sikkim,  6,500  feet,  August  10,  1959  (Schmid).  Allo- 
type, 9,  Nanga,  Sikkim,  5,000  feet,  August  4,  1959  (Schmid). 

Other  related  Indian  species  include  Trentepohlia  ( Trentepohlia ) bellipennis 
Alexander,  T.  ( T .)  camillerii  Alexander,  and  T.  ( T .)  ornatipennis  Brunetti,  all 
readily  told  by  the  wing  pattern,  distinguished  from  the  present  fly  by  having 
more  pale  color  in  the  cells  of  the  anterior  half  of  the  wing. 

Gymnastes  ( Gymnastes ) anticaniger  n.  sp. 

General  coloration  polished  black,  the  thoracic  pleura  with  yellow  areas  on  dorsopleural 
and  metapleural  regions;  anterior  and  middle  femora  uniformly  black;  wings  whitened, 
base  more  yellowed,  disk  with  three  unusually  pale  brown  bands,  the  basal  area  broadly 
involving  cells  M,  Cu  and  1st  A;  vein  R3  simple,  slightly  oblique;  abdomen  black,  the 
extreme  posterior  borders  of  sternites  light  yellow. 
male:  Length  about  4 mm;  wing  4 mm. 
female:  Length  about  5.5-6  mm;  wing  4. 5-5. 5 mm. 

Rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae  black;  flagellar  segments  oval,  the  outer  ones  shorter,  termi- 
nal segment  long.  Head  polished  black. 

Thorax  polished  black,  with  scarcely  indicated  more  bluish  tints  on  the  praescutum ; dorso- 
pleural and  metapleural  membranes  yellowed.  Halteres  black,  knob  vaguely  tinted  with 
yellow.  Legs  with  coxae  and  trochanters  black ; fore  femora  uniformly  black,  tibiae  brown, 
tips  passing  into  black,  tarsi  black ; middle  femora  black,  bases  vaguely  paler,  tibiae  brown, 
tips  and  the  tarsi  black ; posterior  femora  brownish  yellow,  the  enlarged  tips  brownish 
black,  tibiae  yellow,  outer  fourth  black,  tarsi  black,  the  proximal  third  to  half  of  basitarsi 
yellow;  legs  with  abundant  dark  flattened  scales,  setae  inconspicuous  on  femora,  more 
evident  on  posterior  tibiae  and  tarsi.  Wings  whitened,  base  more  yellowed;  disk  with  three 
unusually  pale  brown  bands,  including  the  apex  and  a broad  area  at  cord  that  are  almost 
contiguous  in  the  medial  field;  third  darkened  area  includes  about  the  basal  halves  of  cells  M, 
Cu  and  1st  A,  with  an  incursion  into  cell  R ; stigmal  area  indicated,  partly  obliterated  by  the 
anterior  half  of  vein  R,;  veins  brown,  yellow  in  the  prearcular  field.  Venation:  Vein  R3 
simple,  slightly  oblique,  without  a spur  of  R2;  m-cu  shortly  beyond  fork  of  M. 

Abdomen  black,  extreme  posterior  borders  of  the  sternites  light  yellow.  Male  hypo- 
pygium  having  the  apical  margin  of  basistvle  with  a blackened  flange.  Inner  dististyle 
massive,  unequally  bidentate,  the  inner  point  longer. 

holotype:  S,  Zomphuk,  Sikkim,  6,500-8,000  feet,  April  11,  1959  (Schmid). 
Allotopotype,  9 . Paratopotypes,  2 9$,  with  the  type. 

Gymnastes  ( Gymnastes ) anticaniger  is  related  to  species  such  as  G.  ( G .) 


March,  1967] 


Alexander:  Crane  Flies 


27 


cyaneus  (Edwards)  and  a few  others,  differing  evidently  in  the  blackened  fore 
and  middle  femora  and  the  unusually  pale  wing  pattern. 

Gymnastes  ( Gymnastes ) cyaneus  nilgiricus  n.  subsp. 

Very  close  and  generally  similar  to  typical  cyaneus  (Edwards)  ( violaceus  Brunetti),  dif- 
fering in  slight  details  of  hypopygial  structure.  Male  hypopygium  with  the  arm  of  the  inner 
dististyle  a dark  flattened  blade  that  is  produced  into  a powerful  spine.  In  cyaneus  this  arm 
is  slender,  narrowed  outwardly,  near  apex  with  a small  conical  tooth.  Posterior  border  of 
the  sternite  produced  into  a small  cylindrical  point.  Typical  cyaneus  still  is  known  to  me 
only  from  various  stations  in  Ceylon.  The  degree  of  difference  between  the  two  is  such 
that  they  probably  will  be  considered  as  representing  distinct  species. 

holotype:  3 , mounted  on  slide,  Cherangode,  Nilgiri  Hills,  South  India,  3,500 
feet,  October,  1950  (P.  Susai  Nathan).  Paratopotypes,  2 3 3,  19,  May  24, 
1950  (Susai  Nathan).  Paratypes,  3,  on  slide,  Cinchona,  Anamalai  Hills,  3,500 
feet,  May,  1959;  2 3 3,  1 9,  pinned,  May  24,  1950  (Susai  Nathan);  1 3 , on 
slide,  Kukkali,  Palni  Hills,  about  6,500  feet,  August  29-30,  1922  (S.  W. 
Kemp);  identified  by  Edwards  as  being  cyaneus , received  from  him  by 
exchange. 

Gymnastes  ( Gymnastes ) latifuscus  n.  sp. 

Allied  to  cyaneus ; general  coloration  polished  black;  wings  whitened,  with  three  broad 
dark  brown  bands,  including  the  apex  and  an  area  at  cord,  third  marking  a broad  V-shaped 
darkening  in  basal  cells,  the  outer  part  crossing  cells  R and  M to  the  origin  of  Rs;  male 
hypopygium  with  outer  arm  of  inner  dististyle  bidentate. 
male:  Length  about  4 mm;  wing  3.7  mm. 
female:  Length  about  4.3-4. 5 mm;  wing  4.3-4. 7 mm. 

Rostrum  and  palpi  black.  Antennae  with  scape  brown,  pedicel  brownish  yellow,  flagellum 
black ; flagellar  segments  long-oval,  exceeding  the  verticils,  with  a further  short  dense  white 
pubescence.  Head  behind  polished  black,  the  broad  anterior  vertex  vaguely  gray. 

Thorax  polished  black,  dorsopleural  region  pale  yellow.  Halteres  black,  apex  of  knob 
pale  yellow.  Legs  with  coxae  black;  trochanters  obscure  yellow;  femora  yellow  basally,  the 
color  obscured  by  darkened  scales,  with  a broad  black  subterminal  ring  that  is  preceded  by 
a narrow  clear  yellow  annulus,  the  extreme  tip  again  yellow;  fore  and  middle  tibiae  and 
tarsi  almost  uniformly  brownish  black,  posterior  tibiae  obscure  yellow,  tip  broadly  black, 
preceded  by  a somewhat  clearer  yellow  ring;  tarsi  black,  the  proximal  two-thirds  of  basi- 
tarsi  pale  yellow.  All  femora  in  male  dilated  at  apex,  the  posterior  pair  more  strongly  so, 
tibiae  with  outer  fourth  slightly  enlarged.  Wings  with  the  restricted  ground  white,  disk 
with  three  broad  dark  brown  bands,  including  the  apex,  a broader  band  at  cord  and  a 
conspicuous  V-shaped  area  basad  of  cord  sending  a broad  arm  across  cells  R and  M to  the 
origin  of  Rs ; ground  areas  narrow,  particularly  the  one  beyond  the  cord  which  is  parallel- 
sided and  only  about  one-third  as  wide  as  the  dark  band  at  cord ; prearcular  field  and  cell 
2nd  A except  the  extreme  tip  whitened;  veins  brown.  Venation:  R.i  simple,  longer  than 

R2+s+4,  subequal  to  i?1+2;  m-cu  about  its  own  length  beyond  the  fork  of  M. 

Abdomen  black,  in  female,  the  cerci  orange.  Male  hypopygium  with  outer  arm  of  inner 
dististyle  conspicuously  bidentate. 

holotype:  3,  Langkhe,  Manipur,  Assam,  5,000  feet,  July  20,  1960  (Schmid). 
Allotype,  9,  Chattrik,  Manipur,  1,500  feet,  July  21,  1960  (Schmid).  Paratopo- 
types, 2 9 9,  pinned  with  type. 

The  most  similar  species  is  Gymnastes  ( Gymnastes ) cyaneus  (Edwards) 


28 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


which  has  the  darkened  wing  pattern  more  restricted,  the  coloration  of  the  legs 
slightly  different,  and  the  dististyle  of  the  male  hypopygium  simply  bilobed, 
the  outer  arm  not  bidentate  as  in  the  present  fly. 

Gymnastes  ( Gymnastes ) tridens  n.  sp. 

Allied  to  ornatipennis  and  cyaneus ; general  coloration  of  head  polished  dark  blue,  meso- 
notum  more  greenish  black;  pleura  polished  black,  variegated  by  yellow;  wings  whitened, 
with  three  major  dark  brown  areas,  including  the  broad  apex  and  a more  extensive  band  at 
cord;  third  darkened  area  V-shaped,  subbasal  in  position,  chiefly  in  cells  Cu  and  1st  A, 
sending  a spur  across  centers  of  cells  R and  M to  base  of  Rs ; vein  R-,  oblique,  as  in  ornati- 
pennis; male  hypopygium  with  inner  branch  of  inner  dististyle  conspicuously  tridentate. 
male:  Length  about  5-5.3  mm;  wing  4. 2-4.6  mm;  antenna  about  1.4-1. 5 mm. 

Rostrum  and  palpi  black.  Antennae  with  scape  and  pedicel  brown,  flagellum  brownish 
black;  flagellar  segments  decreasing  in  size  outwardly,  verticils  very  small.  Head  large, 
above  polished  dark  blue. 

Pronotum  brownish  black,  lateral  angles  of  scutellum  and  adjoining  pretergites  dull  yel- 
low. Mesonotal  praescutum  and  scutum  polished  greenish  black,  posterior  sclerites  more 
blackened;  a yellowed  area  on  posterior  dorsal  part  of  pleurotergite.  Pleura  polished  black, 
with  a yellowed  area  on  posterior  sternopleurite  above  the  meron ; dorsopleural  region  and 
membrane  above  the  coxae  clear  light  yellow.  Halteres  brownish  black,  knob  chiefly  light 
yellow  to  whitish  yellow.  Legs  with  coxae  black;  trochanters  yellowed;  femora  dilated  on 
outer  third,  more  accentuated  on  posterior  pair,  obscure  yellow,  the  enlarged  part  brownish 
black,  on  posterior  legs  the  tip  narrowly  yellowed  and  with  more  darkened  rings  at  and 
before  midlength,  these  produced  by  darkened  scales;  tibiae  brownish  yellow,  tips  darkened, 
on  posterior  legs  more  yellowed,  the  slightly  dilated  outer  fourth  black;  tarsi  brownish 
black,  with  almost  the  proximal  half  of  the  posterior  pair  clear  yellow;  legs  with  abundant 
flattened  scales  and  blackened  setae,  the  latter  longer  and  more  numerous  near  ends  of 
segments.  Wings  whitened,  conspicuously  patterned  with  dark  brown,  including  the  broad 
tip  and  a complete  band  at  cord;  a proximal  area  near  bases  of  cells  Cu  and  1st  A sends  a 
spur  cephalad  across  the  central  parts  of  cells  R and  M to  the  origin  of  Rs;  veins  obscure 
yellow,  darker  in  the  patterned  areas.  Venation:  Sci  ending  opposite  origin  of  Rs;  Rj, 

present,  oblique,  approaching  to  almost  confluent  with  Ri+2  at  tip;  R2  faintly  preserved  in 
some  specimens,  atrophied  in  others,  including  the  holotype,  on  posterior  portion  fused  with 
base  of  Re,  cell  1st  M2  long  and  narrow,  exceeding  m-cu  more  than  its  own  length 

beyond  the  fork  of  M. 

Abdomen,  including  hypopygium,  dull  brownish  black.  Male  hypopygium  with  the  disti- 
style complex,  especially  the  inner  branch  which  is  heavily  blackened,  conspicuously  tri- 
dentate, including  a strong  gently  curved  axial  spine,  a more  basal  slightly  smaller  recurved 
spine,  and  a still  smaller  marginal  point  between  the  two. 

holotype:  8,  Doi  Sutep,  Thailand,  February  7,  1953  (Deed  C.  Thurman). 
Paratopotypes,  2 8 8 , pinned  with  type. 

Gymnastes  ( Gymnastes ) tridens  is  quite  distinct  from  the  two  most  nearly 
related  species,  G.  (G.)  cyaneus  (Edwards)  and  G.  (G.)  ornatipennis  (de 
Meijere),  having  the  venation  more  as  in  latter  species  but  the  wing  pattern 
generally  as  in  cyaneus , with  the  darkened  V-shaped  basal  area  as  described. 
The  conformation  of  the  inner  dististyle  of  the  hypopygium  distinguishes  it 
from  all  other  species. 

Received  eor  Publication  January  10,  1967 


March,  1967] 


29 


BOOK  REVIEWS 


The  New  Field  Book  of  Freshwater  Life.  Elsie  B.  Klots.  G.  P.  Putnam’s  Sons,  New 
York,  1966;  398  pp.,  41/4"  X 7*4",  illus. ; $4.95. 

This  book  should  succeed  worthily  to  the  place  in  our  affections  long  occupied  by  its 
predecessor,  The  Field  Book  of  Ponds  and  Streams  by  Ann  Haven  Morgan  (Putnam,  1930). 
Shorter  by  50  pages,  but  a half  inch  longer  and  wider  in  page  size,  it  contains  more  than 
twice  as  many  illustrations  (over  700)  and  information  regarding  many  more  kinds  of 
plants  and  animals. 

The  general  scheme  of  the  book  resembles  the  earlier  work.  There  is  an  introductory 
chapter  briefly  describing  various  kinds  of  freshwater  environment  and  certain  of  the 
limiting  factors  affecting  their  plant  and  animal  inhabitants.  A second  chapter  lists,  defines, 
and  classifies  a number  of  ecological  and  other  technical  terms.  The  remaining  14  chapters 
deal  successively  with  the  various  major  groups,  first  the  microorganisms  including  the 
Protista,  then  the  bryophytes  and  higher  plants,  and  finally  (Chapters  6 to  16)  the  animals. 
The  glossary  has  been  omitted,  but  there  is  an  adequate  bibliography  and  an  excellent  index. 
An  appendix  includes  brief  suggestions  about  collecting  equipment  and  about  the  care  and 
preservation  of  specimens,  and  the  text  discussion  of  each  group  of  organisms  gives  valuable 
hints  and  directions  for  the  collector.  The  geographical  coverage  is  for  America  north  of 
Mexico. 

The  most  noteworthy  change  is  the  inclusion  of  outline  groupings  intended  for  the  ready 
determination  of  the  commoner  freshwater  organisms  to  taxonomic  orders  and  families,  and, 
for  some,  to  genera.  These  groupings  are  in  some  ways  like  binary  keys,  but  without  the 
strictly  formal  and  artificial  use  of  couplets.  Most  of  the  groupings  seem  simple  and  practi- 
cal, and  even  the  one  for  the  orders  of  aquatic  insects  (pp.  176-179)  is  probably  as  little 
confusing  as  such  a scheme  can  be.  Only  the  use  of  the  book  in  the  field,  by  the  amateur 
for  whom  it  is  mainly  intended,  will  tell  whether  the  grouping  plan  will  do  what  its  author 
expects  of  it.  Conventional  dichotomous  keys  to  the  genera  of  stonefly,  mayfly,  and  odonate 
nymphs  are  given  in  the  appendix. 

The  eight  color  plates,  including  photographs  of  various  types  of  freshwater  environment 
and  both  photographs  and  color  drawings  of  characteristic  occupants,  appear  as  a group 
following  Chapter  Two.  The  drawings  throughout  are  of  the  excellence  for  which  the  artist, 
SuZan  Noguchi  Swain,  is  well  known.  In  a few  instances  the  text  references  are  not  readily 
correlated  with  the  figure  labels,  as  on  pages  237-239,  where  the  text  refers  to  families 
while  the  figure  labels  give  only  genera.  Th  type  face  is  slightly  larger  than  that  used  in 
Dr.  Morgan’s  book,  but  there  are  six  more  lines  to  the  page  of  text.  The  legibility  is  good, 
and  one  hopes  that  the  paper  will  better  resist  the  yellowing  with  age  that  affects  the 
earlier  volume. 

No  book  as  rich  in  detail  as  this  one  could  be  wholly  free  of  errors,  but  the  ones  I have 
noticed  are  mostly  trivial  and  of  little  consequence  for  most  readers.  Probably  no  one  will 
be  seriously  misled  by  the  term  “pH  concentration,”  by  the  references  (p.  174)  to  “psychodid 
caterpillars,”  or  by  the  substitution  of  “ventral”  for  “vertebrals”  in  the  diagram  of  the 
turtle  shells  (Fig.  86),  and  I have  often  wondered  why  the  type  genus  of  the  water  mite 
family  Hydryphantidae  is  spelled  as  it  is  instead  of  more  plausibly  uHydrophantes'n  (and 
“Hydrophantidae”)  as  on  pages  167  and  166. 

Mrs.  Klots  writes  with  warmth  and  clarity  as  well  as  with  scrupulous  competence.  For 
little  more  than  a penny  a page,  she  and  Mrs.  Swain  have  given  us  a treasure.  Their  book 
well  deserves  the  wide  circulation  and  abundant  praise  that  it  is  certain  to  receive. 


A.  E.  Treat 


30 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I V ol  . LXXV 


Monograph  of  Cimicidae.  Robert  L.  Usinger  (with  sections  by  Jacques  Carayon,  Norman 
T.  Davis,  Norihiro  Ueshima  and  Harlley  E.  McKean).  The  Thomas  Say  Foundation, 
Entomological  Society  of  America,  7,  xi  + 585  pp.,  illus.,  1966. 

This  extremely  useful  work  represents  a truly  collective  effort.  The  general  and  taxonomic 
sections  written  by  Usinger,  and  which  occupy  the  largest  part  of  the  work,  are  comple- 
mented by  chapters  by  other  authors.  The  most  noteworthy  contributions  are  those  on 
“Traumatic  insemination  and  the  paragenital  system”  by  J.  Carayon,  and  “Cytology  and 
cytogenetics”  by  N.  Ueshima.  The  structure  of  the  spermalege  (composed  mainly  of  what 
was  known  formerly  as  the  “organ  of  Ribaga”  and  “organ  of  Berlese”)  and  cytological 
data  have  been  taken  into  account  by  Usinger  for  the  construction  of  his  system  of  the 
cimicids. 

The  family  is  now  divided  into  six  subfamilies  arranged  in  22  genera  and  74  species.  The 
Primiciminae,  the  most  primitive  subfamily  is  represented  by  two  genera,  both  bat  parasites: 
Primicimex  in  Texas  and  Guatemala,  and  the  recently  discovered  Chilean  Bucimex.  The 
latter  is  somewhat  transitional  to  the  next  subfamily.  The  Cimicinae  which  contains  two 
parasites  of  man,  Cimex  lectularius  and  Cimex  hemipterus,  has  holarctic,  eastern  Asian, 
and  South  American  genera ; they  occur  on  bats  and  birds.  There  are  five  precinctive 
North  American  species  of  Cimex.  The  subfamily  Cacodminae,  with  six  genera,  is  restricted 
to  the  Old  World  tropics.  The  African  Leptocimex  boueti  will  attack  man,  but  this  species, 
like  all  others  in  the  subfamily,  is  normally  parasitic  on  bats.  Afrocimicinae  is  a monotypical 
African  subfamily.  Afroximex  occurs  on  bats  in  caves;  the  males  are  unique  in  having 
functional  paragenital  openings,  viz.  a distinctly  developed  spermalege,  with  frequent  signs 
of  copulation.  The  monotypical  Latrocimicinae  is  found  on  fishing  bats  on  Trinidad  and 
in  Brazil.  The  Haematosiphoninae  is  distributed  over  the  Western  hemisphere.  Five  of 
the  seven  genera  are  monotypic,  and  all  are  parasites  of  birds.  Ornithocoris  pallidus  is 
found  in  Brazil  and  in  the  southeastern  United  States;  the  other  North  American  genera 
are  Cimexopsis,  Synxenoderus  and  Hesperocimex. 

The  careful  descriptions  or  redescriptions  of  all  subfamilies,  genera  and  species  are  ac- 
companied by  excellent  line  drawings,  mostly  by  the  late  Gordon  Floyd  Ferris,  and  by 
Celeste  Green.  Keys  are  given  not  only  for  adults,  but  also  for  fifth  and  first  instar  nymphs, 
and  even  for  the  eggs  of  some  species.  Abundant  data  on  morphology,  biology,  host  rela- 
tionship, and  even  linguistics,  are  complemented  by  an  extensive  bibliography. 

This  is  not  only  a synopsis  of  an  important  group  of  parasites,  but  also  a readable  and 
at  times  fascinating  book. 


Pedro  Wygodzinsky 


March,  1967] 


31 


A Case  of  Teratology  in  Monopsyllus  vison  (Baker) 

Allen  H.  Benton1 

Abstract:  A female  Monopsyllus  vison , collected  in  Essex  County,  New  York,  had  parts 
of  three  spermathecae,  the  three  bulgae  being  fused  at  their  bases.  In  addition,  sternites 
VII  and  VIII  were  quite  unlike  the  normal  form. 


Teratology  in  fleas  has  been  the  subject  of  numerous  papers,  especially  those 
of  Smit  (1949a,  1949b,  1952,  1953)  and  Holland  (1943,  1959).  In  male  fleas, 
abnormalities  usually  take  the  form  of  partial  or  complete  castration,  and/or 
bizarre  malformations  of  the  sclerites.  In  females,  abnormalities  of  the  sperma- 
theca  are  most  frequently  described,  particularly  the  presence  of  two  sperma- 
thecae in  those  species  which  normally  possess  only  one.  This  phenomenon 
has  been  reported  for  at  least  eight  species.  In  addition  to  the  above  cited 
papers,  such  specimens  have  been  noted  by  Ewing  and  Fox  (1943);  Stark 
(1953);  Sharma  and  Joshi  (1961);  Holland  (1949);  and  Mead-Briggs  (1964). 

In  a large  collection  of  fleas  from  Whiteface  Mountain,  Essex  County,  New 
York,  one  female  Monopsyllus  vison  presents  a most  unusual  appearance.  This 
specimen  was  taken  from  a red  squirrel,  Tamiasciurus  kudsonicus , on  August  27, 
1962,  by  Charles  Sloger. 

The  appearance  of  the  terminalia  is  shown  in  Figure  1,  contrasted  with  the 
appearance  of  a normal  female  of  this  species  from  the  same  locality  shown 
in  Figure  2.  The  spermatheca  appears  to  be  tripled,  with  the  three  bulgae 
connected  at  their  bases.  The  small  object  lying  dorsad  to  the  spermathecae 
appears  to  be  the  third  hilla,  which  may  have  become  detached  during  clearing. 
It  could  conceivably  be  a section  of  the  bursa  copulatrix,  but  this  structure  is 
not  usually  evident  in  this  species.  Sternites  VII  and  VIII  are  also  totally  unlike 
those  of  normal  specimens  of  this  species. 

Records  of  specimens  with  two  more  or  less  complete  spermathecae  fused 
together  are  given  by  Holland  (1943),  Smit  (1949a),  and  Mead-Briggs  (1964). 
I have  seen  no  records  of  a specimen  with  three  fused  spermathecae. 

The  research  project  during  which  this  specimen  was  collected  was  supported 
by  the  Research  Foundation  of  State  University  of  New  York  and  by  the 
Atmospheric  Sciences  Research  Center  of  State  University  of  New  York.  I am 
grateful  to  Dr.  G.  P.  Holland,  Canada  Department  of  Agriculture,  Ottawa,  who 
kindly  read  the  manuscript,  and  Mrs.  Sandra  Vandenberg,  Instructional  Re- 
sources Center,  State  University  College  at  Fredonia,  who  prepared  the  illus- 
trations. 


1 Dept.  Biology,  State  University  College,  Fredonia,  N.  Y.  14063. 


32 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Fig.  1.  Terminalia  of  female  Monopsyllus  vison  (Baker)  collected  at  Whiteface  Mountain, 
Essex  County,  N.  Y.,  August  27,  1962. 

Fig.  2.  Terminalia  of  normal  female  Monopsyllus  vison  (Baker)  collected  at  Whiteface 
Mountain,  Essex  County,  N.  Y.,  August  30,  1962. 

Fig.  3.  Fused  spermathecae  of  female  shown  in  Fig.  1.  Detached  segment  at  top  appears 
to  be  a disconnected  hilla. 


The  specimen  is  in  the  collection  of  the  Department  of  Biology,  State  Uni- 
versity College  at  Fredonia. 


Literature  Cited 

Ewing,  H.  E.,  and  Irving  Fox.  1943.  The  fleas  of  North  America.  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Misc. 
Publ.  500:  1-128. 

Haas,  Glenn  E.  1965.  Another  specimen  of  Opisocrostris  bruneri  with  two  spermathecae. 
J.  Med.  Ent.  2:  140. 

Holland,  G.  P.  1943.  A remarkable  instance  of  retention  of  a double  spermatheca  in  a 
Dolichopsyllid  flea,  Opisocrostis  bruneri  (Baker).  Canad.  Ent.  75:  175-176. 
Holland,  G.  P.  1949.  The  Siphonaptera  of  Canada.  Canada  Dept.  Agr.  Tech.  Bull.  70: 
1-306. 


March,  1967] 


Benton:  Teratology  in  Flea 


33 


Holland,  G.  P.  1959.  An  unusual  case  of  teratology  in  Siphonaptera.  Canad.  Entomologist 
91:  703-709. 

Mead-Briggs,  A.  R.  1964.  Structural  abnormalities  in  the  spermathecal  system  of  two 
specimens  of  Spilopsyllus  cuniculi  (Dale)  (Siphonaptera).  Entom.  Gazette  15:  35-38. 

Sharma,  M.  I.  D.,  and  G.  C.  Joshi.  1961.  An  abnormal  form  of  female  rat  flea,  Xeno- 
psylla  cheopis  Roths.  Nature  191:  727. 

Smit,  F.  G.  A.  M.  1949a.  Monstrosities  in  Siphonaptera.  Tijdschr.  Ent.  90:  35-42. 

Smit,  F.  G.  A.  M.  1949b.  Monstrosities  in  Siphonaptera  II.  Ent.  Ber.  12:  436-437. 

Smit,  F.  G.  A.  M.  1952.  Monstrosities  in  Siphonaptera  III.  Ent.  Ber.  14:  182-187. 

Smit,  F.  G.  A.  M.  1953.  Monstrosities  in  Siphonaptera  IV.  Ent.  Ber.  14:  393-400. 

Stark,  Harold.  1953.  An  unusual  occurrence  of  three  spermathecae  in  a specimen  of 
Hystrichopsylla  dippiei  (Siphonaptera).  Pan.-Pacif.  Ent.  29:  135-137. 

Received  for  publication  February  13,  1967 


34 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Some  Apocryphal  Species  of  the  Tortricinae 
(Lepidoptera:  Tortricidae) 1 

By  the  late  Nicholas  S.  Obztarsov2 

Abstract:  Eleven  species  are  transferred  from  the  subfamily  Tortricinae  to  other  groups. 

The  following  species  have  been  erroneously  assigned  to  the  subfamily 
Tortricinae  but  prove  to  belong  to  the  groups  indicated  below. 

Subfamily  Sparganothidinae 

“Epagoge”  schausiana  Walsingham,  1913,  Biologia  Centrali-Americana,  Lepidoptera  Hetero- 
cera,  4:  211. 

“ Epagoge ” spadicea  Walsingham,  1913,  op.  cit.,  4:  212. 

“ Epagoge ” vinolenta  Walsingham,  1913,  op.  cit.,  4:  212. 

“Ctenopseustis”  flavicirrata  Walsingham,  1914,  op.  cit.,  A:  253,  pi.  7,  fig.  27. 

“Capua”  lentiginosana  Walsingham,  1879,  Illustrations  of  typical  specimens  of  Lepidoptera 
Heterocera,  4:  22,  pi.  65,  fig.  5. 

Subfamily  Olethreutinae 

“Sciaphila”  indivisana  Walker,  1864,  List  of  the  specimens  of  lepidopterous  Insects,  pt.  30, 
p.  985.  This  is  a new  synonym  of  Zeiraphera  diniana  (Guenee). 

Family  Phaloniidae 

“Tortrix”  baboquavariana  Kearfott,  1907,  Canadian  Ent.,  39:  82. 

“Tortrix”  triplagata  Walsingham,  1914,  Biologia  Centrali-Americana,  Lepidoptera  Hetero- 
cera, 4:  282,  pi.  8,  fig.  22. 

Cochylis  fernaldana  Walsingham,  1879,  Illustrations  of  typical  specimens  of  Lepidoptera 
Heterocera,  4:  27,  pi.  66,  fig.  7.  Placed  erroneously  by  Meyrick  (1912,  p.  45)  among 
Cnephasia  species  but  does  not  belong  to  the  Tortricidae. 

“Tortrix”  desmatana  Walsingham,  1914,  Biologia  Centrali-Americana,  Lepidoptera  Hetero- 
cera, 4:  288,  pi.  8,  fig.  28. 

Unascertained  systematic  position 

“Tortrix”  biocellata  Walsingham,  1914,  op.  cit.,  4:  278,  pi.  8,  fig.  18. 


1 This  manuscript  was  prepared  for  publication  by  Dr.  A.  Diakonoff,  Rijksmuseum  van 
Natuurlijke  Historie,  Leiden,  Netherlands. 

2 Formerly  Research  Fellow,  Department  of  Entomology,  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History.  The  work  for  the  present  paper  was  done  under  the  auspices  of  the 
National  Science  Foundation,  Grant  GB-1805. 


Received  for  Publication  August  10,  1966 


March,  1967] 


35 


The  Male  Genitalia  ancl  Terminal  Gastral  Segments  of  Two 
Speeies  of  the  Primitive  Ant  Genus  Myrmecia 
( Hymenoptera : F ormicidae  ) 1 

James  Forbes 

Department  of  Biological  Sciences,  Fordiiam  University,  Bronx,  N.  Y.  10458 

Abstract:  This  is  the  first  study  of  the  complete  male  terminalia  for  members  of  the  sub- 

family Myrmeciinae.  Described  and  figured  are  the  genitalic  valves,  terga  IX  and  X, 
sterna  VIII  and  IX  for  M.  tarsaia  F.  Smith  and  M.  vindex  F.  Smith.  The  terminalia  of 
these  species  conform  to  the  usual  formicid  plan,  but  there  are  significant  differences  in 
each  of  the  valves  and  in  the  terminal  segments  of  these  two  species.  The  outer  valves 
have  a dorsal,  median  projection,  which  is  not  present  in  males  of  other  subfamilies 
previously  described.  This  projection  is  different  for  the  two  species.  A sclerotized  sliver, 
which  is  present  on  the  anteroventral  region  of  the  median  surface  of  the  inner  valves, 
varies  in  shape  for  each  species.  It  has  not  been  reported  previously. 

This  is  the  first  study  of  the  complete  male  terminalia  for  members  of  the 
formicid  subfamily  Myrmeciinae;  the  genitalic  valves,  the  ninth  and  tenth 
terga,  the  eighth  sternum,  and  the  ninth  sternum  are  described  and  figured  for 
Myrmecia  tarsata  F.  Smith  and  M.  vindex  F.  Smith.  The  only  other  known 
description  of  any  of  these  segments  is  a diagram  of  the  male  genitalia  of  M. 
pyrijormis  by  Emery  (1911);  however,  at  the  time  of  his  study  this  genus  was 
included  in  the  subfamily  Ponerinae. 

It  has  been  suggested  that  a comprehensive  study  of  the  terminalia  of  the 
available  males  in  this  genus  might  aid  in  properly  separating  its  species  (Brown, 
1953;  Douglas  and  Brown,  1959).  A beginning  is  made  with  this  study,  and  the 
observations  reported  for  tarsata  and  vindex  could  be  the  base  line  for  such  a 
survey.  Descriptions  and  comparisons  of  the  genitalic  and  terminal  gastral 
segments  of  male  ants  are  continually  revealing  differences  in  these  structures, 
which  will  aid  in  the  difficult  taxonomy  of  these  insects  (Bernard,  1956; 
Borgmeier,  1950  and  1955;  Krafchick,  1959;  Forbes  and  Brassel,  1962). 

The  M.  tarsata  and  vindex  males  were  alcohol-preserved  specimens  furnished 
by  Dr.  Caryl  P.  Haskins  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  D.C.  from 
nests  maintained  by  him.  The  terminalia  were  removed  from  the  specimens 
and  dehydrated  through  95  percent  alcohol.  The  various  segments  and  the 
genitalic  valves  were  separated  and  mounted  in  diaphane.  The  drawings  were 
made  with  the  aid  of  a Bausch  and  Lomb  trisimplex  projection  apparatus. 

OBSERVATIONS 

The  genitalia  of  these  two  species  of  Myrmecia  are  composed  of  three  pairs 
of  valves,  the  outer,  the  middle,  and  the  inner,  which  are  surrounded  anteriorly 

1 This  study  was  supported,  in  part,  by  a Fordham  University  Faculty  Fellowship  granted 
to  the  author. 


36 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


LVol.  LXXV 


Figs.  1-7.  Terminal  segments  and  male  genitalic  valves  of  Myrmecia  tarsata.  All  illus- 
trations drawn  to  the  same  scale.  Fig.  1.  Terga  IX  and  X.  Fig.  2.  Sternum  IX.  Fig.  3. 
Sternum  VIII.  Fig.  4.  Lateral  view  of  outer  valve.  Fig.  5.  Median  view  of  posterior  end 


March,  1967] 


Forbes:  Male  Terminally  of  Myrmecia 


37 


by  the  basal  ring.  This  is  the  typical  formicid  arrangement.  The  genitalia 
are  retracted  into  a genital  cavity  at  the  posterior  end  of  the  gaster.  The 
roof  of  this  cavity  is  the  anal  segment  which  bears  the  pygostyles,  and  it 
consists  of  the  ninth  and  tenth  terga.  The  eighth  tergum,  the  last  external, 
dorsal  segment,  completely  covers  this  anal  segment;  only  the  pygostyles 
project  beneath  it.  The  floor  of  the  cavity  is  the  subgenital  plate,  the  ninth 
sternum.  The  posterior  end  of  the  ninth  sternum  may  extend  beyond  the 
posterior  margin  of  the  last  external,  ventral  segment,  the  seventh  sternum. 
The  eighth  sternum  lies  between  the  seventh  and  the  ninth  sterna;  it  covers  the 
anterior  end  of  the  subgenital  plate  and,  in  turn,  is  completely  covered  by  the 
seventh  sternum. 

In  previous  reports  on  male  ant  genitalia  (Forbes,  1952;  Forbes  and  Brassel, 
1962;  Forbes  and  Hagopian,  1965)  the  terminology  used  was  that  of  Snodgrass 
in  his  1941  paper.  In  his  study  and  in  the  observations  previously  made  on 
male  ant  genitalia,  the  outer  genitalic  valve  is  separated  into  the  basal  portion, 
the  lamina  parameralis,  and  the  terminal  portion,  the  paramere.  Since  in 
Mymecia  tarsata  and  M.  vindex  the  outer  valves  are  not  divided  either  com- 
pletely or  incompletely  into  the  two  regions,  the  single  designation,  paramere, 
is  applied  to  this  valve;  this  follows  the  1957  revision  of  Snodgrass. 

As  the  terminalia  of  these  specimens  were  dissected  from  their  surrounding 
segments  and  as  the  genitalic  valves  were  separated  from  each  other,  it  was 
noted  that  the  intersegmental  and  connecting  membranes  were  tough  and 
resisted  separation.  Also,  it  was  noted  that  the  body  wall  muscle  fibers  which 
attach  to  these  segments  were  large  and  strong.  The  tough  membranes  and 
strong  body  wall  muscles  suggest  primitive  characteristics  as  does  the  tough, 
hard  integument  of  these  ants. 


Myrmecia  tarsata 

Ninth  and  Tenth  Terga  (Fig.  1).  This  dorsal,  terminal  segment  bears  the 
pygostyles,  which  are  of  moderate  length.  Its  posterior  margin  is  indented 
mediad  of  the  pygostyles.  The  segment  is  weakly  sclerotized  throughout.  The 
pygostyles  are  slightly  more  sclerotized  than  the  rest  of  the  segment.  The 
boundaries  of  the  lateral  sclerites  of  the  ninth  tergum  and  of  the  anterior 
margin  of  the  tenth  tergum  are  indistinctly  marked.  There  are  sensory  hairs 
on  the  pygostyles,  and  sensory  pits  are  distributed  along  the  lateral  regions  of 
the  segment;  some  of  these  pits  have  small  hairs. 


<- 

of  outer  valve.  Fig.  6.  Median  view  of  middle  valve.  Fig.  7.  Median  view  of  inner  valve. 
Abbreviations:  Aa,  aedeagal  apodeme;  C,  cuspis  volsellaris;  D,  digitus  volsellaris;  Dp, 

dorsal  median  projection  of  outer  valve;  P,  pygostyle;  R,  rectum;  Ss,  sclerotized  sliver. 


38 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Figs.  8-14.  Terminal  segments  and  male  genitalic  valves  of  Myrmecia  vindex.  All  illus- 
trations drawn  to  the  same  scale.  Fig.  8.  Terga  IX  and  X.  Fig.  9.  Sternum  IX.  Fig.  10. 
Sternum  VIII.  Fig.  11.  Lateral  view  of  outer  valve.  Fig.  12.  Median  view  of  posterior 
end  of  outer  valve.  Fig.  13.  Median  view  of  middle  valve.  Fig.  14.  Median  view  of  inner 
valve. 


March,  19671 


Forbes:  Male  Terminalia  of  Myrmecia 


39 


Eighth  Sternum  (Fig.  3).  This  segment  is  roughly  square  in  shape;  it  is  a 
little  wider  than  long,  and  its  anterior  and  posterior  margins  are  slightly  indented. 
It  is  moderately  sclerotized  throughout  with  a more  strongly  sclerotized  border 
along  its  anterior  and  lateral  margins.  The  posterior  margin  is  the  least 
sclerotized,  and  the  mid-lateral  areas  show  a slightly  darker  pigmentation.  There 
are  patches  of  fine  hairs  on  either  side  of  the  mid-line  and  along  the  posterior 
margin. 

Ninth  Sternum  (Fig.  2).  This  triangular  or  shield-shaped  subgenital  plate 
has  a bluntly  pointed  apex  that  is  deflected  ventrally.  The  segment  is  moderately 
sclerotized  with  more  strongly  sclerotized  anterior  and  anterolateral  margins; 
the  slender,  cranial  apodeme  is  strongly  sclerotized.  Short  hairs  may  be  present 
on  the  posterior  third,  and  larger  sensory  hairs  are  around  the  apex. 

Basal  Ring  or  Lamina  Annularis.  This  is  a broad,  prominent,  ring-shaped 
segment,  which  is  moderately  sclerotized  throughout.  Its  dorsal,  anterior  margin 
is  broadly  indented,  while  its  posterior  margin  is  slightly  indented  at  the  mid- 
region. On  the  ventral  surface,  the  mid-posterior  indentation  is  deeper  than 
the  mid-anterior  indentation. 

Outer  Valves  or  Parameres  (Figs.  4 and  5).  These  valves  are  large  and 
laterally  convex.  They  almost  encompass  the  middle  and  the  inner  valves.  The 
ventral,  posterior  end  of  each  valve  is  spoon-shaped  with  its  lateral  wall  higher 
than  the  median  wall.  On  the  median  wall  there  is  a tooth-like  projection. 
Also,  on  this  valve  there  is  a dorsal,  median  projection,  which  is  blunt  in  shape 
and  dorsoventrally  flattened.  The  outer  valve  is  moderately  sclerotized.  How- 
ever, its  posterior  region  including  the  dorsal,  median  projection  is  more 
strongly  sclerotized  than  the  rest  of  the  valve.  There  are  numerous,  sensory 
pits  on  the  posterior  region,  and  long  sensory  hairs  are  attached  to  some  of  these 
pits. 

Midtile  Valves  or  Volsellares  (Fig.  6).  These  are  the  smallest  and  the 
most  strongly  sclerotized  valves  of  the  three  pairs.  In  arrangement  and  shape, 
they  are  generally  similar  to  reported  descriptions  for  many  ants.  The  anterior 
or  basal  portion  of  each  middle  valve,  the  lamina  volsellaris,  is  attached  to  the 
ventral,  median  region  of  the  outer  valve,  the  paramere.  A few  sensory  hairs 
are  found  at  the  ventral,  posterior  end  of  the  lamina  volsellaris.  The  lateral 
lobe,  the  cuspis  volsellaris,  is  finger-shaped  and  short,  but  the  median  lobe, 
the  digitus  volsellaris,  is  broad,  flat,  and  distally  hooked.  Numerous,  small 
sensory  pegs,  the  sensilla  basiconica,  are  distributed  over  the  dorsolateral  area 
of  the  digitus  and  on  the  apposing  surface  of  the  tip  of  the  cuspis. 

Inner  Valves  or  Laminae  Aedeagales  (Fig.  7).  These  are  laterally  com- 
pressed, moderately  sclerotized  valves,  which  are  united  dorsally  by  a less 
sclerotized  membrane,  the  spatha.  The  ventral,  posterior  end  of  each  valve 
projects  downward  and  is  toothed;  sharp,  tooth-like  spines  are  situated  on  its 


40 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[ VoLi  LXXV 


lateral  face,  and  a few  spines  are  located  on  the  lateral,  mid-posterior  region. 
The  anterodorsal  extension  of  the  aedeagal  apodeme  is  a fairly  thick  rod.  The 
median  surface  of  the  valve  is  quite  smooth  except  for  a low  ridge  along  its 
dorsal,  posterior  region,  and  a flat,  wedge-shaped,  sclerotized  sliver  on  the 
anterior  region.  The  inner  surface  of  the  free,  ventral  margin  is  notched  behind 
the  sclerotized  sliver. 

Myrmecia  vindex 

Ninth  and  Tenth  Terga  (Fig.  8).  This  dorsal,  terminal  segment  has  long, 
slender  pygostyles.  Its  posterior  margin  is  deeply  indented  mediad  of  the 
pygostyles.  The  pygostyles  are  somewhat  more  sclerotized  than  the  rest  of  the 
segment,  which  is  weakly  sclerotized.  The  boundaries  of  the  lateral  sclerites 
of  the  ninth  tergum  and  the  anterior  margin  of  the  tenth  tergum  are  indistinct. 
Sensory  hairs  are  located  on  the  ends  of  the  pygostyles  and  along  the  margins 
of  the  indentations. 

Eighth  Sternum  (Fig.  10).  This  segment  is  trapezoid-shaped;  it  is  wider 
at  its  posterior  margin  than  at  its  anterior  margin.  The  anterior  margin  is 
broadly  indented,  while  the  posterior  margin  has  a small  indentation  in  the 
mid-region.  The  segment  is  moderately  sclerotized.  However,  the  posterior 
margin  is  weakly  sclerotized,  and  the  anterior  and  lateral  margins  are  more 
strongly  sclerotized  than  the  remainder  of  the  segment.  Some  short  hairs  are 
located  on  the  lateral  regions  and  along  the  posterior  margin  on  either  side  of 
the  indentation. 

Ninth  Sternum  (Fig.  9).  The  subgenital  plate  is  shield-shaped  with  a rounded, 
posterior  margin  on  which  are  a few  moderately  long  sensory  hairs.  The  long, 
slender  cranial  apodeme  is  flanked  by  less  extended,  lateral  apodemes.  The 
segment  is  moderately  sclerotized;  the  anterior  and  the  anterolateral  margins 
are  more  strongly  sclerotized.  The  posterior  region  is  darker  in  color  than  the 
central  region. 

Basal  Ring  or  Lamina  Annularis.  In  general  shape,  arrangement,  and 
sclerotization  this  segment  in  vindex  conforms  to  the  descriptions  for  tarsata. 
While  in  tarsata  the  basal  ring  is  uniform  in  width  from  front  to  back,  in  vindex 
the  anterior  diameter  is  a little  smaller  than  the  posterior  diameter  so  that  this 
segment  tapers  anteriorly. 

Outer  Valves  or  Parameres  (Figs.  11  and  12).  These  are  large,  laterally 
convex  valves,  which  almost  enclose  the  middle  and  the  inner  valves.  The  dorsal 
surface  of  each  valve  curves  ventrally  and  continues  to  the  posterior  end,  which 
is  a blunt  hook  that  is  turned  medially.  There  are  slight  variations  in  the  length 
and  downward  tilt  of  this  posterior  hook.  The  dorsal,  median  projection  of  this 
valve  arises  just  below  the  middle  of  the  valve,  and  it  is  short  and  sharply 
pointed.  Some  slight  variations  have  been  noted  in  the  position  and  in  the  tilt 


March,  1967] 


Forbes:  Male  Terminalia  of  Myrmecia 


41 


of  this  dorsal  projection.  The  outer  valves  are  moderately  sclerotized,  and  the 
posterior  end  is  slightly  more  sclerotized.  There  are  only  a few,  long  sensory 
hairs  on  the  posterior  margin  of  this  valve. 

Middle  Valves  or  Volsellares  (Fig.  13).  These  valves  are  the  smallest  and 
the  most  strongly  sclerotized  in  this  species.  The  lamina  volsellaris  of  each 
middle  valve  is  attached  to  the  ventral,  median  region  of  the  outer  valve.  A 
few,  small  sensory  hairs  are  located  on  the  ventral,  posterior  end  of  the  lamina 
volsellaris.  The  digitus  volsellaris  is  board  and  sharply  hooked.  The  cuspis 
volsellaris  is  a relatively  broad,  finger-shaped  lobe.  Almost  the  entire  lateral 
surface  of  the  digitus  is  covered  with  sensilla  basiconica,  while  the  cuspis  has 
these  sensilla  only  on  the  distal  end  of  its  median  surface. 

Inner  Valves  or  Laminae  Aedeagales  (Fig.  14).  These  laterally  compressed 
and  moderately  sclerotized  valves  are  united  dorsally  by  the  less  sclerotized 
spatha.  The  ventral,  posterior  end  of  each  valve  is  narrow  and  serrated  and 
projects  downward.  A few,  sharply  pointed  spines  are  found  on  its  lateral  sur- 
face. Scattered  spines  are  also  found  on  the  lateral  surface  of  the  valve  in  the 
posterior  region,  and  a small  cluster  of  spines  projects  from  the  middle,  dorsal 
area.  The  anterior  extension  of  the  aedeagal  apodeme  is  a rod  of  moderate  size. 
The  median  surface  of  the  valve  is  quite  smooth  except  for  a low  ridge  along  the 
dorsal,  posterior  region.  The  sclerotized  sliver  on  the  median,  anteroventral 
region  is  small  and  slightly  bent.  The  inner  face  of  the  free,  ventral  margin 
is  indented  behind  the  sclerotized  sliver. 

DISCUSSION 

The  terminalia  of  Myrmecia  tarsata  and  vindex  conform  to  the  usual  formicid 
plan,  but  significant  differences  are  described  and  figured  for  each  of  the  geni- 
talic  valves  and  for  the  terminal,  gastral  segments  in  these  two  species. 

The  outer  valves  of  members  of  this  genus  have  a dorsal,  median  projection, 
which  has  not  been  reported  for  other  ants.  Emery’s  diagram  (1911)  of  the 
undissected  genitalia  of  Myrmecia  pyrijormis  shows  this  to  be  a sharp,  finger- 
like projection.  The  descriptions  of  the  Myrmecia  male  in  Emery’s  study  and 
also  in  the  revisionary  study  of  the  subfamily  Myrmeciinae  by  Clark  (1951) 
state  that  a median,  dorsal,  styliform  appendage  is  present  on  the  outer  valve. 
A dorsal  projection  is  present  on  the  outer  valves  of  tarsata  and  vindex , but 
it  is  not  styliform;  the  shape  varies  with  the  species. 

Emery’s  diagram  of  the  ventral  view  of  the  outer  valve  shows  a separation 
between  the  posterior  and  the  anterior  or  basal  portion  of  this  valve.  In  this 
paper  the  entire  outer  valve  is  called  the  paramere  since  no  such  separation  is 
seen  in  the  outer  valves  of  either  tarsata  or  vindex. 

The  sclerotized  sliver  situated  on  the  anterior  region  of  the  median  surface 
of  the  inner  valve  has  not  been  previously  reported  in  studies  of  male  ant 
genitalia.  Its  shape  is  different  in  both  tarsata  and  vindex. 


42 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


LVol.  LXXV 


Literature  Cited 

Bernard,  F.  1956.  Revision  des  Leptothorax  (Hymenopteres,  Formicidae)  d’Europe  oc- 
cidentale  basee  sur  la  biometrie  et  les  genitalia  males.  Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  France,  81: 
151-165. 

Borgmeier,  T.  1950.  Estudos  sobre  Atta  (Hym.,  Formicidae).  Mem.  Inst.  Oswaldo  Cruz, 
48:  239-246. 

. 1955.  Die  Wanderameisen  der  Neotropischen  Region  (Hym.,  Formicidae).  Editora 

Vozes  Limitada,  Petroplis,  R.  J.  Brasil,  3:  9-716. 

Brown,  W.  L.,  Jr.  1953.  Characters  and  synonymies  among  the  genera  of  ants.  I. 
Breviora,  no.  11,  13  pp. 

Clark,  J.  1951.  The  Formicidae  of  Australia.  I.  Subfamily  Myrmeciinae.  230  pp.  Com- 
monwealth Scient.  Industr.  Res.  Organ.,  Melbourne,  Australia. 

Douglas,  A.  and  W.  L.  Brown,  Jr.  1959.  Myrmecia  inquilina  new  species:  the  first  para- 
site among  the  lower  ants.  Insectes  Sociaux,  6:  13-19. 

Emery,  C.  1911.  In  Wytsman’s  Genera  Insectorum.  Fasc.,  118:  124  pp.  (Ponerinae). 

Forbes,  J.  1952.  The  genitalia  and  terminal  segments  of  the  male  carpenter  ant,  Campo- 
notus  pennsylvanicus  De  Geer  (Formicidae,  Hymenoptera) . Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc., 
60:  157-171. 

, and  R.  W.  Brassel.  1962.  The  male  genitalia  and  terminal  segments  of  some 

members  of  the  Genus  Polyergns  (Hymenoptera:  Formicidae).  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc., 
70:  79-87. 

, and  M.  Hagopian.  1965.  The  male  genitalia  and  terminal  segments  of  the  ponerine 

ant  Rhytidoponera  metallica  F.  Smith  (Hymenoptera:  Formicidae).  Jour.  N.  Y. 

Ent.  Soc.,  73:  190-194. 

Krafcilick,  B.  1959.  A comparative  study  of  the  male  genitalia  of  North  American  ants 
(Formicidae)  with  emphasis  on  generic  differences.  Dissertation,  Univ.  of  Maryland, 
78  pp.  (Univ.  Microfilms,  Inc.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.). 

Snodgrass,  R.  E.  1941.  The  male  genitalia  of  Hymenoptera.  Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  99: 
(14):  1-86  . 

. 1957.  A revised  interpretation  of  the  external  reproductive  organs  of  male  insects. 

Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  135  (6):  1-60. 

Submitted  for  publication  December  20,  1966 


March,  19671 


43 


The  Adaptive  Feeding  Habit  of  a Pine  Caterpillar 

Alexander  B.  Klots 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  City  College  or  New  York 

Abstract:  The  characteristic  feeding  habit  and  position  of  mature  larvae  of  Panthea  furcilla 
(Packard)  (Lepidoptera,  Noctuidae)  on  Pinus  strobas  is  described  and  illustrated. 

The  larvae  of  Panthea  jur cilia  (Packard)  (Lepidoptera,  Noctuidae)  in  Con- 
necticut appear  to  feed  chiefly  on  the  white  pine  ( Pinus  strobus)  although  it 
is  possible  that  they  feed  on  other  available  pines  or  on  larch  (Larix).  The 
needles  of  white  pine  are,  however,  very  long  and  extremely  thin  and  flexible. 
If  a last  instar  larva  were  to  crawl  out  on  a single  needle  its  weight  would  make 
the  needle  droop  so  that  the  larva  would  dangle  very  insecurely.  Each  needle 
is,  moreover,  too  long  for  a larva  holding  on  to  a twig  with  its  anal  prolegs  to 
be  able  to  reach  the  tip,  the  most  efficient  point  at  which  to  begin  feeding. 


Fig.  1.  Larva,  Panthea  furcilla  (Packard)  in  last  instar,  in  typical  feeding  position  on 
Pinus  strobus.  From  a photograph  of  a specimen  from  Putnam,  Windham  Co.,  Conn. 


44 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


These  factors  create  a situation  in  which  a normally  feeding  larva  would  be 
faced  with  the  alternatives  of  physical  insecurity  or  inefficient  feeding. 

The  older,  heavier  larvae  of  furcilla  feed  as  follows.  First,  the  posterior  pro- 
legs take  and  keep  a secure  hold  on  a twig  or  the  firm  base  of  a bundle  of 
needles.  Next,  the  thoracic  legs  grasp  a single  needle  and  “walk”  along  it, 
passing  it  to  the  rear.  As  a result  the  needle,  forced  backward  and  down,  is 
bent  into  a long  bow  beneath  the  larva  (Fig.  1).  When  the  entire  needle  is 
thus  bent  down  the  larva  begins  eating  the  tip.  A slight  relaxation  of  the 
thoracic  legs  permits  the  spring  of  the  needle  to  force  it  forward  as  its  tip  is 
eaten  away.  The  larva  continues  eating  until  the  whole  needle  has  been  consumed, 
backing  up  a little  along  the  twig  to  finish  the  most  basal  part.  Thus,  all  of 
the  needle  is  eaten  cleanly  without  the  larva  having  to  relinquish  its  secure 
posterior  hold. 

The  young  larvae  of  furcilla  and  the  small  larvae  of  other  pine  feeding  species 
(e.g.,  Semiothisa , Geometridae)  do  not  have  this  problem,  since  a single  needle 
is  rigid  enough  to  support  their  weight.  It  would  be  interesting  to  know  how 
the  heavy  larvae  of  such  a species  as  the  pine  sphinx,  Lapara , manage  on  white 
pine.  It  would,  furthermore,  be  very  worthwhile  to  know  what  is  done  by  other 
species  of  Panthea  that  feed  on  pines  with  shorter,  stiff  needles,  such  as  Pinus 
resinosa,  banksiana  and  rigida ; for  it  would  be  of  considerable  phyletic  interest 
if  it  could  be  shown  that  the  adaptive  feeding  habit  here  described  is  limited 
to  the  white  pine  feeding  P.  furcilla. 

Received  for  publication  February  20,  1967 


March,  1967] 


45 


Distribution  of  Nitrogen  During  the  Embryonic  Development  of 
the  Mealworm,  Tenebrio  molitor  Linnaeus1 

Robert  P.  Kelly2  and  Daniel  Ludwig 
Department  of  Biological  Sciences,  Ford  ham  University 

Abstract:  During  embryogenesis  of  the  mealworm,  total  nitrogen  remains  constant  at  1.27 
mg./lOO  eggs.  Approximately  24%  of  the  total  was  converted  from  water  soluble  to  water 
insoluble  material.  The  utilization  of  albumin  accounted  for  almost  50%  of  this  material. 
An  increase  in  globulin  accounted  for  25%  of  the  change  in  water  insoluble  protein,  while 
synthesis  of  scleroprotein  accounted  for  30%.  The  remaining  materials  were  not  defined  by 
the  procedures  employed. 


The  period  of  embryogenesis  involves  extensive  changes  in  nitrogenous  com- 
pounds. Protein  metabolism  is  important  because  it  is  involved  in  the  formation 
of  structural  elements  and  enzyme  systems.  Nitrogenous  compounds  may  also 
be  used  for  energy  metabolism  (Needham  1931,  1942). 

Farkas  (1903)  working  on  the  silkworm,  Bombyx  mori ; Horowitz  (1939), 
on  the  gephyrean  worm,  Urechis  caupo\  Trowbridge  and  Bodine  (1940),  on  the 
grasshopper,  Melanoplus  dijj event ialis ; and  Rothstein  (1952),  on  the  Japanese 
beetle,  Popillia  japonica,  found  no  measureable  change  in  total  nitrogen  content 
during  embryogenesis.  This  consistency  indicates  that  proteins  of  the  insect 
embryo  are  constructed  from  nitrogenous  substances  present  in  the  egg  at  the 
beginning  of  development.  During  the  embryonic  period,  proteins  may  be  formed 
by  synthesis  from  low  molecular  weight  precursors  or  by  the  transformation  of 
egg  protein.  This  transformation  may  be  direct  or  involve  the  catabolism  of 
egg  proteins. 

Several  investigators  have  fractionated  the  nitrogenous  compounds  at  various 
stages  of  development  to  study  transformations  occurring  during  the  develop- 
mental period.  These  studies  have  yielded  a small  number  of  chemically  ill-de- 
fined fractions.  Pigorini  ( 1925)  worked  on  changes  in  the  distribution  of  nitro- 
gen at  several  stages  of  embryogenesis  in  the  silkworm,  B.  mori.  His  results 
showed  that  the  albumin  and  mucoprotein  fractions  decreased  sharply  during 
the  last  seven  days  of  embryogenesis.  These  changes  were  complementary  to  an 
increase  in  the  globulin  fraction  occurring  during  the  same  period.  Horowitz 
(1939)  described  the  changes  in  protein,  peptide,  non-protein,  and  amino  nitro- 
gen during  the  development  of  the  egg  of  U.  caupo.  He  reported  a 6.4%  increase 
in  protein  nitrogen  due  to  shifts  of  material  from  the  amino  and  peptide  fractions. 

1 Dissertation  submitted  by  the  senior  author  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  for 
the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  the  Department  of  Biology  at  Fordham  University. 

2 Present  address:  Department  of  Biology,  St.  Peter's  College,  Jersey  City,  N.  J. 


46 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


He  explained  this  very  slight  increase  by  assuming  that  there  is  a continuous 
breakdown  of  yolk  proteins  followed  by  resynthesis  into  the  proteins  of  the  em- 
bryo. Ludwig  and  Rothstein  (1952)  noted  that  these  changes  might  have  been 
greater  if  trichloroacetic  acid  (TCA)  had  not  been  used  as  a killing  agent  prior 
to  extraction.  They  studied  the  distribution  of  nitrogen  during  the  embryonic 
development  of  the  Japanese  beetle,  P.  japonica.  Approximately  80%  of  the 
total  nitrogen  of  the  newly  laid  egg  was  contained  in  the  water  soluble  com- 
pounds precipitated  by  tungstic  acid.  Most  of  this  material  was  incorporated 
into  insoluble  protein  as  development  progressed.  In  their  procedure,  the  egg 
was  extracted  with  an  alcohol-ether  solution  followed  by  boiling  water  previous 
to  the  separation  of  the  tungstic  acid  precipitate.  DelVecchio  (1955)  demon- 
strated that  this  treatment  can  cause  a shift  of  material  into  the  insoluble  frac- 
ion.  This  apparently  did  not  occur  in  the  Japanese  beetle  egg. 

Differences  in  various  procedures  do  not  allow  for  a clear  comparison  of 
results.  For  this  reason  the  following  study  of  the  nitrogenous  composition  of 
the  mealworm,  Tenebrio  molitor , was  initiated.  It  includes  frationations  of  the 
egg  on  each  day  of  development  by  three  different  procedures  and  allows  for  a 
more  meaningful  interpretation  of  earlier  work. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

Newly  emerged  adults  were  collected  from  stock  cultures  maintained  at  25°C. 
on  chick  growing  mash.  The  beetles  were  placed  in  bowls  containing  white 
flour  and  maintained  at  25 °C.  A bottle  of  water  plugged  with  moist  cotton  was 
placed  in  each  culture.  Eggs  were  collected  by  sifting  the  flour  at  24-hour 
intervals  from  cultures  of  approximately  1 to  4 weeks  of  age.  They  were  trans- 
ferred to  a humidifier  containing  a saturated  solution  of  NaCl  (relative  humid- 
ity 76%)  and  incubated  at  25 °C.  At  the  desired  stage  of  development,  100  eggs 
were  removed,  placed  in  a 15  ml.  calibrated  centrifuge  tube,  crushed  with  a 
glass  rod,  and  immediately  vacuum  desiccated.  They  were  stored  under  vacuum 
desiccation  and  tested  within  the  following  24-hour  period.  All  measurements 
were  made  on  samples  of  100  individuals  at  the  following  stages  of  development; 
newly  laid,  one,  two,  three,  four,  five,  six,  seven  day  eggs,  and  newly  emerged 
larvae  plus  chorions  (day  8). 

Three  fractionation  procedures  were  employed.  In  all  cases,  the  samples  were 
removed  from  the  vacuum  desiccator  and  powdered  with  a glass  rod  previous 
to  subsequent  fractionation.  The  nitrogen  content  of  each  fraction  was  de- 
termined by  the  semimacro-Kjeldahl  procedure  described  by  Niederl  and  Niederl 
(1938)  as  modified  by  Wagner  (1940).  All  fractionation  procedures  were  per- 
formed at  room  temperature. 

Using  the  method  of  Ludwig  and  Rothstein  (1952),  the  nitrogenous  com- 
pounds were  divided  into  four  fractions:  lipid  nitrogen  (Fraction  A);  water 


March,  1967]  Kelly  and  Ludwig:  Nitrogen  in  Developing  Mealworm 


47 


soluble  nitrogen  not  precipitated  by  TCA  (Fraction  B);  water  soluble  nitrogen 
precipitated  by  TCA  (Fraction  C);  and  insoluble  nitrogen  (Fraction  D). 

The  material  was  also  fractionated  by  the  method  of  DelVecchio  ( 1955).  This 
procedure  is  similar  to  the  above,  however,  the  order  of  fractionation  is 
changed  with  the  removal  of  water  soluble  materials  preceding  the  lipid  extrac- 
tion. Furthermore,  water  at  25 °C.  was  employed  in  place  of  boiling  water  for 
the  aqueous  extraction.  Four  fractions  corresponding  to  the  fractions  of  Ludwig 
and  Rothstein  were  obtained  by  this  procedure. 

A seven  fraction  technique  was  developed  as  an  extension  of  the  method  of 
DelVecchio.  The  water  soluble  material  precipitated  by  TCA  (DelVecchio 
Fraction  C)  was  separated  into  two  fractions  on  the  basis  of  heat  coagulation. 
The  water  insoluble  material  (DelVecchio  Fractions  A and  D)  was  divided  into 
four  fractions.  In  this  procedure,  8 ml.  of  distilled  water  were  added  to  a 15  ml. 
centrifuge  tube  containing  the  powdered  sample  and  the  material  was  suspended 
by  stirring  with  a glass  rod.  The  suspension  was  allowed  to  stand,  with  frequent 
stirring,  for  ten  minutes,  centrifuged,  and  the  supernate  decanted  into  another 
15  ml.  centrifuge  tube.  This  extraction  was  repeated  and  the  supernate  decanted 
into  a third  15  ml.  centrifuge  tube.  The  two  tubes  containing  the  water  extract 
were  placed  in  a boiling  water-bath  for  30  minutes,  centrifuged,  and  the  super- 
nates  transferred  into  two  15  ml.  centrifuge  tubes.  The  precipitates  were  trans- 
ferred quantitatively  to  a digestion  flask  and  the  nitrogen  content  determined  as 
Fraction  A (water  soluble  nitrogen  precipitated  by  boiling).  Five  ml.  of  30% 
TCA  were  added  to  each  tube  containing  the  supernates  obtained  after  heat 
coagulation  of  the  water  extracts.  The  contents  of  the  tubes  were  stirred  and 
allowed  to  stand  for  30  minutes,  centrifuged,  and  the  supernates  decanted  into 
a 100  ml.  digestion  flask.  The  residues  were  washed  with  several  ml.  of  30% 
TCA,  centrifuged,  and  the  supernates  added  to  that  already  present  in  the 
digestion  flask.  The  nitrogen  content  was  then  determined  as  Fraction  B (water 
soluble  nitrogen  not  precipitated  by  boiling  or  by  TCA).  The  TCA  precipitates 
were  transferred  quantitatively  to  a digestion  flask  and  the  nitrogen  content 
determined  as  Fraction  C (water  soluble  nitrogen  precipitated  by  TCA). 

Ten  ml.  of  a 10%  NaCl  solution  were  added  to  the  residue  remaining  after 
the  water  extraction.  The  suspension  was  allowed  to  stand,  with  frequent 
stirring,  for  10  minutes,  centrifuged,  and  the  supernate  decanted  into  a 100  ml. 
digestion  flask.  This  extraction  was  repeated  and  the  supernate  added  to  that 
already  present  in  the  flask.  The  nitrogen  content  of  this  fraction  was  deter- 
mined as  Fraction  D (water  insoluble  nitrogen  extracted  with  10%  NaCl).  Ten 
ml.  of  a 0.1n  NaOH  solution  were  then  added  to  the  residue  remaining  after  the 
salt  extraction.  The  suspension  was  allowed  to  stand,  with  frequent  stirring,  for 
10  minutes,  centrifuged,  and  the  supernate  decanted  into  a 100  ml.  digestion 
flask.  The  residue  was  resuspended  in  10  ml.  of  0.1n  HC1  and  allowed  to  stand 


48 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXV 


Table  1.  Distribution  of  nitrogen  during  the  embryogenesis  of  mealworm  (technique  of 
Ludwig  and  Rothstein).  Figures,  expressed  as  per  cent  total  nitrogen,  are  given 


with  standard 

errors. 

Age 

No.  of 
trials 

Fraction  A 

Fraction  B 

Fraction  C 

Fraction  D 

Newly  laid  eggs 

10 

8.6  ± 0.146 

7.0  ± 0.122 

7.4  ± 0.203 

77.0  ± 0.142 

1 day 

8 

8.4  ± 0.141 

6.7  ± 0.208 

7.0  ± 0.106 

77.9  ± 0.356 

2 day 

8 

7.8  ± 0.303 

6.7  ± 0.208 

6.8  ± 0.124 

78.7  ± 0.153 

3 day 

8 

7.0  ± 0.191 

6.4  ± 0.207 

6.6  ±;  0.166 

80.0  ± 0.241 

4 day 

8 

7.0  ± 0.148 

6.8  ± 0.106 

5.7  ± 0.140 

80.5  ± 0.291 

S day 

8 

7.1  ± 0.153 

6.5  ± 0.202 

5.7  ± 0.166 

80.7  ± 0.280 

6 day 

8 

6.7  ± 0.131 

6.7  ± 0.138 

5.8  ± 0.146 

80.8  ± 0.134 

7 day 

8 

6.7  ± 0.161 

6.3  ± 0.115 

6.0  ± 0.113 

81.0  ± 0.197 

Newly  hatched  larvae  + 

chorions  (Day  8) 

8 

6.8  ± 0.181 

5.7  ± 0.122 

5.7  ± 0.130 

81.8  ± 0.238 

for  10  minutes,  centrifuged,  and  the  supernate  added  to  that  already  present  in 
the  digestion  flask.  The  nitrogen  content  of  this  fraction  was  determined  as 
Fraction  E (water  insoluble  nitrogen  extracted  with  0.1n  NaOH  or  0.1n  HC1). 
A solution  consisting  of  1 ml.  distilled  water,  4.5  ml.  absolute  ethanol,  and 
4.5  ml.  absolute  ethyl  ether  was  mixed  with  the  residue  remaining  after  the 
base-acid  extraction  and  allowed  to  stand,  with  frequent  stirring,  for  30  minutes, 
centrifuged,  and  the  supernate  decanted  into  a 100  ml.  digestion  flask.  The 
residue  was  suspended  in  another  10  ml.  of  alcohol-ether  solution,  centrifuged, 
and  the  supernate  added  to  that  already  present  in  the  digestion  flask.  The 
ether  and  most  of  the  alcohol  were  evaporated,  25  ml.  of  distilled  water  added, 
and  the  nitrogen  content  determined  as  Fraction  F (water  insoluble  nitrogen 
extracted  with  lipid  solvents).  The  residue  remaining  after  removal  of  the 
alcohol-ether  extraction  was  transferred  quantitatively  to  a digestion  flask  and 
its  nitrogen  content  determined  as  Fraction  G (insoluble  nitrogen). 

OBSERVATIONS 

The  nitrogen  content  per  100  eggs  remained  constant  at  1.27  mg.  during  the 
seven  days  of  development.  There  was  a decrease  to  1.10  mg.  at  hatching,  associ- 
ated with  the  loss  of  chorion. 

The  nitrogen  content  for  the  fractions  obtained  by  the  technique  of  Ludwig 
and  Rothstein  are  given  in  Table  1.  Each  fraction  is  expressed  as  per  cent  total 
nitrogen.  Fraction  A (lipid  nitrogen)  decreased  from  8.6  to  6.8%  through  the 
embryonic  period  with  significant  (95%  level  of  confidence)  decreases  on  the 
third  and  sixth  day.  Fraction  B (water  soluble  nitrogen  precipitated  by  TCA) 
remained  relatively  constant  at  approximately  6.8%  during  the  first  6 days 
with  significant  decreases  to  6.3  during  the  seventh  and  to  5.7%  on  the  eighth 


March,  1967]  Kelly  and  Ludwig:  Nitrogen  in  Developing  Mealworm 


49 


Table  2.  Distribution  of  nitrogen  during  the  embryogenesis  of  the  mealworm  (technique  of 
DelVecchio).  Figures,  expressed  as  per  cent  total  nitrogen,  are  given  with  standard  errors. 


Age 

No.  of 
trials 

Fraction  A 

Fraction  B 

Fraction  C 

Fraction  D 

Newly  laid  eggs 

5 

3.4  ± 0.109 

15.2  ± 0.208 

65.1  ± 0.175 

16.3  ± 0.183 

1 day 

3 

3.4  ± 0.100 

15.8  ± 0.329 

60.9  ± 0.674 

19.9  ± 0.177 

2 day 

4 

3.5  ± 0.244 

16.9  ± 0.274 

56.2  ± 0.497 

23.4  ± 0.270 

3 day 

5 

3.5  ± 0.479 

16.9  ± 0.625 

49.2  ± 0.494 

30.4  ± 0.455 

4 day 

3 

3.2  ± 0.279 

17.0  ± 0.229 

48.1  ± 0.218 

31.7  ± 0.278 

5 day 

4 

3.4  ± 0.189 

16.5  ± 0.075 

44.0  ± 0.047 

36.1  ± 0.084 

6 day 

3 

3.2  ± 0.178 

16.2  ± 0.328 

43.0  ± 0.336 

37.6  ± 0.123 

7 day 

3 

3.4  ± 0.250 

16.2  it  0.556 

40.5  ± 0.379 

39.9  ± 0.500 

Newly  hatched  larvae  + 

chorions  (Day  8) 

3 

3.5  ± 0.358 

16.9  ± 0.201 

39.6  + 1.151 

40.0  ± 1.404 

day.  Fraction  C (water  soluble  nitrogen  precipitated  by  TCA)  decreased  from 
7.4  to  5.7%  with  a significant  decrease  on  the  fourth  day.  Fraction  D (insoluble 
nitrogen)  showed  significant  changes  during  the  first  three  days  of  development, 
increasing  from  77.0  to  80.0%.  This  fraction  was  relatively  constant  from  the 
fourth  to  the  seventh  day,  and  on  the  eighth  day,  it  increased  significantly  from 
81.0  to  81.8%.  This  is  the  only  fraction  to  show  a net  increase  over  the  entire 
embryonic  period.  The  4.8%  increase  is  primarily  due  to  shifts  of  material  from 
fractions  A and  C.  The  major  changes  occurred  during  the  first  three  days  of 
development. 

The  nitrogen  content,  expressed  as  per  cent  total  nitrogen,  for  the  fractions 
determined  by  the  procedure  of  DelVecchio  are  given  in  Table  2.  Fraction  A 
(lipid  nitrogen),  which  makes  up  approximately  3.4%,  and  Fraction  B (water 
soluble  nitrogen  not  precipitated  by  TCA),  which  makes  up  approximately  16% 
of  the  total,  show  no  significant  changes  during  development.  Fraction  C 
(water  soluble  nitrogen  precipitated  by  TCA)  decreased  from  65.1  to  39.6% 
with  significant  decreases  on  all  but  the  fourth  and  eighth  days.  Fraction  D 
(insoluble  nitrogen)  increased  from  16.3  to  40.0%  with  significant  increases  on 
all  but  the  fourth  and  eighth  days.  The  increases  in  Fraction  D are  due  entirely 
to  shifts  of  material  from  Fraction  C. 

The  results  obtained  with  the  seven  fraction  technique,  expressed  as  per  cent 
total  nitrogen,  are  given  in  Table  3.  Fraction  A (water  soluble  nitrogen  precipi- 
tated by  boiling)  decreased  during  the  entire  period  of  development.  Significant 
decreases  were  found  on  the  first,  third,  fourth,  sixth  and  seventh  days.  Fraction 
B (water  soluble  nitrogen  not  precipitated  by  boiling  or  by  TCA)  increased 
slightly,  but  significantly  during  the  first  two  days,  and  was  relatively  constant 
for  the  remainder  of  the  developmental  period.  Fraction  C (water  soluble  nitro- 
gen precipitated  by  TCA)  showed  significant  decreases  on  the  second,  third, 


50 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


LVol.  LXXV 


Table  3.  Distribution  of  nitrogen  during  the  embryogenesis  of  the  mealworm  (seven  fraction 
technique).  Figures,  expressed  as  per  cent  total  nitrogen,  are  given  with  standard  errors. 


Age 

No.  of 
trials 

Fraction  A 

Fraction  B 

Fraction  C 

Total 

water  soluble 
nitrogen 

Newly  laid  eggs 

8 

12.7  ± 0.167 

14.6  ± 0.209 

52.7  ± 0.472 

80.0 

1 day 

8 

8.6  ± 0.379 

15.5  ± 0.121 

52.8  ± 0.718 

76.9 

2 day 

8 

7.9  ± 0.056 

16.0  ± 0.151 

47.7  ± 0.321 

71.6 

3 day 

8 

6.0  ± 0.140 

16.0  ± 0.176 

41.9  ± 0.147 

63.9 

4 day 

8 

5.1  ± 0.202 

15.6  ± 0.174 

41.5  ± 0.234 

62.2 

5 day 

8 

4.6  ± 0.310 

15.6  ± 0.286 

40.4  ± 0.544 

60.6 

6 day 

8 

3.1  ± 0.147 

15.7  ± 0.131 

39.9  ± 0.382 

58.7 

7 day 

Newly  hatched  larvae  + 

8 

2.2  ± 0.096 

15.7  ± 0.236 

38.5  ± 0.229 

56.4 

chorions  (Day  8) 

8 

2.1  ± 0.088 

15.9  ± 0.063 

37.8  ± 0.156 

55.8 

Age 

Fraction  D 

Fraction  E 

Fraction  F 

Total  water 
insoluble 
Fraction  G nitrogen 

Newly  laid  eggs 

7.5  ± 0.118 

7.7  ± 0.258 

1.9  ± 0.113 

2.9  ± 0.148 

20.0 

1 day 

8.1  ± 0.220 

9.9  ± 0.172 

1.8  ± 0.101 

3.3  ± 0.147 

23.1 

2 day 

9.0  ± 0.110 

13.1  ± 0.248 

1.8  ± 0.058 

4.5  ± 0.157 

28.4 

3 day 

10.3  ± 0.189 

16.5  ± 0.099 

2.2  ± 0.070 

7.1  ± 0.111 

36.1 

4 day 

10.0  ± 0.110 

17.5  ± 0.246 

1.9  ± 0.048 

8.4  ± 0.056 

37.8 

5 day 

11.0  ± 0.383 

18.1  ± 0.240 

1.8  ± 0.181 

8.5  ± 0.216 

39.4 

6 day 

12.7  ± 0.318 

18.3  ± 0.457 

1.8  ± 0.112 

8.5  ± 0.481 

41.3 

7 day 

13.6  ± 0.190 

18.8  ± 0.190 

1.7  ± 0.031 

9.5  ± 0.101 

43.6 

Newly  hatched  larvae 

+ chorions  (Day  8) 

14.1  ± 1.240 

18.4  ± 0.118 

1.9  ± 0.045 

9.8  ± 0.120 

44.2 

seventh  and  eighth  days.  The  largest  decrease  occurred  during  the  second  and 
third  days.  The  sum  of  the  water  soluble  fractions  (A,  B and  C)  decreased 
from  80.0  for  newly  laid  eggs  to  55.8%  on  day  8.  During  the  same  period, 
Fraction  D (water  insoluble  nitrogen  extracted  with  10%  NaCl)  increased  from 
7.5  to  14.1%  with  significant  increases  on  all  but  the  fourth  day.  Fraction  E 
(water  insoluble  nitrogen  extracted  with  0.1n  NaOH  and  0.1n  HC1)  increased 
significantly  during  each  of  the  first  four  days  and  remained  relatively  constant 
during  the  last  four  days.  The  major  increase  in  this  fraction  occurred  during  the 
first  three  days  when  it  increased  from  7.7  to  16.5%.  Fraction  F (water  insoluble 
nitrogen  extracted  with  lipid  solvents)  remained  constant  at  a level  of  approxi- 
mately 1.9%  throughout  the  embryonic  period.  Fraction  G (insoluble  nitrogen) 
increased  from  2.9  to  9.8%  with  significant  increases  on  all  but  the  fifth  day, 
while  the  total  water  insoluble  nitrogen  (sum  of  D,  E,  F and  G)  increased  from 
20.0  to  44.2%.  The  major  shifts  are  from  fractions  A and  C into  fractions  D,  E, 
and  G.  They  occur  primarily  during  the  first  three  days. 


March,  1967]  Kelly  and  Ludwig:  Nitrogen  in  Developing  Mealworm 


51 


DISCUSSION 

The  consistency  of  the  total  nitrogen  values  reported  in  this  paper  is  in  agree- 
ment with  work  done  on  other  insects  (Farkas  1903,  on  B.  mori ; Trowbridge 
and  Bodine  1940,  on  M.  dijjerentialis ; Rothstein  1952,  on  P.  japonica). 

A comparison  of  the  results  obtained  in  the  present  work  on  the  egg  of  T. 
molitor  using  the  technique  of  Ludwig  and  Rothstein  with  the  results  of  these 
authors  on  the  egg  of  P.  japonica  indicates  essential  differences  in  nitrogenous 
composition.  Ludwig  and  Rothstein  observed  large  shifts  in  nitrogen  during 
development.  Water  soluble  nitrogen  precipitated  by  protein  precipitating  agents 
(Fraction  C)  was  found  to  decrease  from  81.4%  of  the  total  in  newly  laid  eggs 
to  10.0%  just  before  hatching.  The  insoluble  nitrogen  (Fraction  D)  increased 
from  12.9  to  71.8%  during  the  same  period.  Fraction  C may  contain  certain 
mucoids  and  intermediate  products  of  protein  hydrolysis,  the  latter  are  best 
described  as  relatively  low  molecular  weight  polypeptides.  In  the  present  study, 
only  slight  changes  are  shown  in  these  fractions  indicating,  that  in  the  mealworm, 
the  nitrogenous  substances  in  the  egg  are  of  a more  complex  nature.  With  the 
method  of  Ludwig  and  Rothstein  this  material  is  denatured  during  the  fraction- 
ation procedure,  thereby  obscuring  changes  in  protein  composition  that  might 
otherwise  be  noted. 

Employing  the  technique  of  DelVecchio  ( 1955),  water  soluble  proteins  of  a 
more  complex  nature,  such  as  albumins,  are  included  in  the  water  soluble  extract, 
and  since  these  substances  are  precipitated  by  TCA,  they  are  included  in  frac- 
tion C.  The  differences  in  the  sizes  of  fraction  C obtained  by  the  two  procedures 
clearly  indicates  that  a large  portion  of  the  stored  nitrogen  in  the  egg  of  the 
mealworm  is  in  the  form  of  relatively  complex  water  soluble  protein.  Pigorini 
(1925),  in  his  work  on  the  silkworm,  B.  mori , found  that  albumins  comprised 
approximately  40%  of  the  nitrogenous  reserve  of  the  egg.  Needham’s  (1931) 
review  of  embryonic  nutrition  indicates  that  albumins  serve  as  one  of  the 
primary  nitrogenous  reserves  throughout  the  animal  kindom.  It  appears  that 
the  apparent  absence  of  large  quantities  of  albumin,  and  other  heat  or  alcohol- 
ether  denatured  proteins,  in  the  egg  of  the  Japanese  beetle  represents  a rather 
atypical  case. 

The  seven  fraction  technique  introduced  in  this  paper  gives  a more  compre- 
hensive view  of  nitrogeneous  composition  and  metabolism.  Fraction  A (water  sol- 
uble nitrogen  coagulation  by  boiling),  consisting  entirely  of  albumins,  is  included 
in  fraction  D by  the  technique  of  Ludwig  and  Rothstein,  and  in  fraction  C, 
by  that  of  DelVecchio.  Fraction  B (water  soluble  nitrogen  not  precipitated  by 
boiling  or  by  TCA),  corresponding  to  fraction  B in  both  the  technique  of 
Ludwig  and  Rothstein  and  that  of  DelVecchio,  may  contain  amino,  and  other 
non-protein  nitrogenous  compounds  such  as  urea  and  ammonium  salts.  Fraction 
C (water  soluble  nitrogen  precipitated  by  TCA)  may  contain  mucoids  and 


52 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


intermediate  products  of  protein  catabolism.  This  fraction,  along  with  fraction 
A,  is  equivalent  to  fraction  C by  the  technique  of  DelVecchio.  The  intermediate 
products  of  protein  catabolism  are  probably  equivalent  to  fraction  C in  the 
technique  of  Ludwig  and  Rothstein,  while  more  complex  materials  are  probably 
denatured,  and  are  therefore  included  in  fraction  D by  their  procedure.  Water 
insoluble  nitrogen  extracted  with  10%  NaCl,  fraction  D by  the  seven  fraction 
technique,  is  primarily  composed  of  globulins;  however,  some  lipoproteins  may 
also  be  included.  The  globulins  are  contained  in  fraction  D,  by  the  technique  of 
Ludwig  and  Rothstein  and  that  of  DelVecchio,  while  the  lipoprotein  would 
be  included  in  fraction  A by  both  procedures.  Fraction  E (water  insoluble 
nitrogen  extracted  with  0.1n  NaOH  or  0.1n  HC1),  which  may  contain  nucleo- 
proteins,  and  fraction  G (insoluble  nitrogen),  containing  scleroproteins,  are  in- 
cluded in  fraction  D by  the  technique  of  Ludwig  and  Rothstein  and  that  of 
DelVecchio.  Fraction  F (water  insoluble  nitrogen  extracted  with  lipid  solvents) 
may  contain  proteolipids.  This  material,  along  with  the  lipoprotein  extracted 
in  fraction  D by  this  procedure,  is  included  in  fraction  A by  the  techniques  of 
Ludwig  and  Rothstein  and  of  DelVecchio. 

In  the  present  study,  it  was  found  that  approximately  24%  of  the  total 
nitrogen  of  the  mealworm  egg  is  converted  from  water  soluble  to  water  insoluble 
material  during  embryogenesis.  By  employing  the  seven  fraction  technique  it 
was  possible  to  show  that  the  utilization  of  egg  albumin  accounted  for  almost 
50%  of  this  material,  with  the  remainder  supplied  from  fraction  B.  An  increase 
in  globulin  content  accounts  for  approximately  25%  of  the  increase  in  water 
insoluble  protein.  The  increase  in  fraction  E which  accounts  for  45%  of  the 
change  in  water  insoluble  nitrogen,  may  be  due  to  synthesis  of  new  nucleo- 
proteins;  however,  the  exact  composition  of  this  fraction  is  not  known.  The 
synthesis  of  scleroprotein  accounts  for  30%  of  the  increase  in  water  insoluble 
protein.  These  changes  are  similar  to  those  reported  by  Pigorini  ( 1925)  for 
the  silkworm,  B.  mori.  It  appears,  therefore,  that  these  two  organisms  have  the 
same  general  pattern  of  protein  metabolism  during  embryogenesis. 

Literature  Cited 

DelVecchio,  R.  J.  1955.  Changes  in  the  distribution  of  nitrogen  during  growth  and 
metamorphosis  of  the  housefly,  Musca  domestica  (Linnaeus).  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc., 
63:  141-52. 

Farkas,  K.  1903.  Beitrage  zur  Energetik  der  Ontogenese.  III.  Ueber  den  Energieumsatz 
des  Seidenspinners  wahrend  der  Entwicklung  im  Ei  und  wahrend  der  Metamorphose. 
Arch.  f.d.  ges.  Physiol.,  98:  490-546. 

Horowitz,  N.  H.  1939.  The  partition  of  nitrogen  in  the  developing  eggs  of  Urechis  caupo. 
J.  Cell.  Comp.  Physiol.,  14:  189-95. 

Ludwig,  D.,  and  F.  Rothstein.  1952.  Changes  in  the  distribution  of  nitrogen  during  the 
embryonic  development  of  the  Japanese  beetle  ( PopilUa  japonica  Newman).  Physiol. 
Zook,  25:  263-68. 


March,  1967]  Kelly  and  Ludwig:  Nitrogen  in  Developing  Mealworm 


53 


Needham,  J.  1931.  Chemical  embryology.  London:  Cambridge  University  Press. 

. 1942.  Biochemistry  and  morphogenesis.  London:  Cambridge  University  Press. 

Niederl,  J.  B.,  and  V.  Niederl.  1938.  Organic  quantitative  microanalysis.  New  York: 
John  Wiley  and  Sons. 

Pigorini,  L.  1925.  Contributo  alia  conoscenza  dei  fenomeni  chimica  dell’  uova  degli  insetti 
( B . mori) . Le  sostanza  proteiche.  Ann.  d.  R.  Staz.  Bacol.  Spec,  di  Padova, 

44:  1-21. 

Rothstein,  F.  1952.  Biochemical  changes  during  the  embryonic  development  of  the  Japa- 
nese beetle  ( Popillia  japonica  Newman).  Physiol.  Zook,  25:  171-78. 

Trowbridge,  C.,  and  J.  H.  Bodine.  1940.  Nitrogen  content  and  distribution  in  eggs  of 
Melanoplus  differentialis  during  embryonic  development.  Biol.  Bull.,  79:  452-58. 
Wagner,  E.  C.  1940.  Titration  of  ammonia  in  presence  of  boric  acid  in  the  macro-,  semi- 
macro-, and  micro-Kjeldahl  procedures,  using  methyl  red  indicator  and  the  color 
matching  end  point.  Ind.  Eng.  Chem.,  Anal.  Ed.,  12:  771-72. 

Received  for  publication  February  16,  1967 


54 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Recent  Publications 

Insect  Pests  of  Farm,  Garden  and  Orchard.  Ralph  H.  Davidson  and  Leonard  M.  Peairs. 
Wiley,  New  York,  ed.  6,  479  pp.  Illustrated,  $18.00,  1966. 

Introduction  to  Applied  Entomology.  L.  H.  Rolston  and  C.  E.  McCoy.  Roland  Press  Co., 
N.Y.,  208  pp.  $5.00,  1966. 

Studies  in  Agricultural  Entomology  and  Plant  Pathology.  Scripta  Hierosolymitana  18: 
208,  Edited  Z.  Avidov,  1966.  Magnes  Press,  Hebrew  Univ.,  Jerusalem. 

Insecta.  Prepared  by  the  Commonwealth  Institute  of  Entomology.  Published  by  Zoological 
Society  of  London,  428  pp.,  $18.50,  1966. 

Centennial  of  Entomology  in  Canada,  1863-1963  (8  papers).  Glenn  B.  Wiggins,  ed.  LTni- 
versity  of  Toronto  Press,  Toronto,  Canada,  104  pp.  Illustrated,  $5.00,  1966. 

Insects  and  Their  World.  Harold  Oldroyd.  British  Museum  (Natural  History),  London, 
ed.  2.  Illustrated,  7s  6d  (paper),  1966. 

Insect  Emhryogenesis : Macromolecular  Synthesis  During  Early  Development.  Richard  A. 
Lockskin.  Science  154:  775-776.  1966. 

Mimicry — The  Descriptive  Way  of  Life.  Miriam  Rothschild.  Natural  History  76:  44-51, 
illus.,  1967. 

Insect  Behaviour.  P.  T.  Haskell,  ed.  A Symposium  (London)  (8  papers).  Published  by 
Royal  Entomological  Society,  London.  Illustrated,  £2  5s,  121  pp.,  1965. 

Insect  Physiology.  Sir  Vincent  B.  Wigglesworth.  Methuen,  London,  ed.  6,  144  pp.  Illus- 
trated, $3.75,  1966  (Methuen’s  Monographs  on  Biological  Subjects). 

Juvenile  Hormone:  Identification  of  an  Active  Compound  from  Balsam  Fir  ( Pyrrhocoris 
apterus  L.).  W.  S.  Bowers,  H.  M.  Foies,  M.  J.  Thompson  and  C.  E.  Uebel.  Science  154: 
1020-1021,  1966. 

Neuromuscular  Transmitter  Substance  in  Insect  Visceral  Muscle.  B.  E.  Brown.  Sci- 
ence 155:  595-597,  1967. 

The  Neurochemistry  of  Arthropods.  J.  E.  Treherne.  Cambridge  University  Press,  Cam- 
bridge, England,  156  pp.,  1966. 

Report  from  Europe:  Conference  on  Insect  Endocrines.  Victor  K.  McElhenny.  Sci- 
ence 154:  248-251,  1966. 

Curare  as  a Neuromuscular  Blocking  Agent  in  Insects.  Frances  V.  McCoun.  Science 
154:  1023-1024,  1966. 

Internal  Clocks  and  Insect  Diapause.  Perry  L.  Adkinson.  Science  154:  234-241,  1966. 

Electron  Microscopy  of  Living  Insects.  R.  F.  W.  Plase,  T.  L.  Hayes,  A.  S.  Camp  and  N. 
M.  Amer.  Science  154:  1185-1186,  1966. 

Insect  Chemosterilants.  Alexej  B.  Borkovec.  Wiley,  New  York,  153  pp.  Illustrated,  $6.95, 
1966  (Advances  in  Pest  Control  Research  Series  I). 

Metabolism  of  Rotenone  in  Vitro  by  Tissue  Homogenates  from  Mammals  and 
Insects.  Jun-ichi  Fukarni,  Izaru  Yamamoto  and  John  E.  Cassida.  Science  155:  713— 
716,  1967. 

A Differential  Anemometer  for  Measuring  the  Turning  Tendency  of  Insects  in  Sta- 
tionary Flight.  Kenneth  Roeder.  Science  153:  1634-1636,  1966. 

Mutations,  Chromosomal  Aberrations  and  Tumors  in  Insects  Treated  with  Oncogenic 
Virus.  Walter  J.  Burdette  and  Jong  Sik  Yoon.  Science  155:  340-341.  1967. 

Sperinatophore  Web  Formation  in  a Pseudoscorpion.  Peter  Weygoldt.  Science  153: 
1647-1649.  1966. 

Mongoose  Throwing  and  Smashing  Millipedes.  Thomas  Eisner  and  Joseph  A.  Davis. 
Science  155:  577-579,  illus.  1967. 

Color  Vision  in  the  Adult  Female  Two-spotted  Spider  Mite.  W.  D.  McEnroe  and 
Dronka  Kazimierz.  Science  154:  782-784.  1966. 


March,  1967] 


Recent  Publications 


55 


Phase  Polymorphism  in  the  Grasshopper  Melanoplus  differ entialis.  Hugh  Dingle  and 
Jean  B.  Haskell.  Science  155:  590-592,  illus.  1967. 

Stylet-Borne  Virus:  Active  Probing  by  Aphids  Not  Required  for  Acquisition.  Charles  B. 

Barnett,  Jr.  and  Thomas  P.  Pirone.  Science  154:  291.  1966. 

Volatile  Principle  from  Oak  Leaves:  Role  in  Sex  Life  of  the  Polyphemus  Moth.  Lynn  M. 

Reddiford  and  Carroll  M.  Williams.  Science  155:  589-590.  1967. 

Butterflies  and  Moths.  Alfred  Werner  and  Josef  Bijok.  The  Viking  Press,  126  pp.,  illus., 
$10.95.  (Reviewed  in  Natural  History  75:  59,  1966.) 

Auditory  System  of  Noctuid  Moths.  Kenneth  D.  Roeder.  Science  154:  1515-1521,  illus. 
1966. 

Biological  Interrelationships  of  Moths  and  Yucca  whipplei.  Jerry  A.  Powell  and  Rich- 
ard A.  Mackie.  University  of  California  Press,  Berkeley  and  Los  Angeles,  59  pp.,  $2.00 
(paper). 

The  Genetics  of  Tribolium  and  Related  Species.  Alexander  Sokoloff.  Academic  Press, 
New  York,  illustrated,  $8.50.  (Advances  in  Genetics  Series,  Suppl.  1). 

Lethal  Effects  of  Synthetic  Juvenile  Hormone  on  Larvae  of  the  Yellow  Fever 
Mosquito,  Aedes  aegypti.  Andrew  Spielman  and  Carroll  M.  Williams.  Science  154: 
1043-1044,  1966. 

Comparative  Ethology  and  Evolution  of  the  Sand  Wasps.  Howard  E.  Evans.  Harvey 
University  Press,  576  pp.,  262  illustrations,  $15.00,  1966. 

Honey  Bees:  Do  They  Use  the  Distance  Information  Contained  in  Their  Dance  Maneuver? 

Adrian  M.  Weiner.  Science  155:  847-849,  1967. 

Honey  Bees:  Do  They  Use  the  Direction  Information  Contained  in  Their  Dance  Maneuver? 
Dennis  L.  Johnson.  Science  155:  844-847,  1967. 


56 


[Vol.  LXXV 


A New  Genus  and  Species  of  Spirostreptoid  Millipeds 
from  the  Paearaima  Mountains,  British  Guiana1 

Richard  L.  Hoffman  and  Linda  S.  Knight 
Radford  College,  Virginia 


Abstract : A new  genus,  Gonepityche  and  new  species  paearaimae  of  spirostrepsid 
millipeds  from  the  Paearaima  mountains  of  British  Guiana  is  described. 


During  the  autumn  of  1932,  Mr.  L.  D.  F.  Vesey-Fitzgerald  collected  diverse 
zoological  materials  during  the  course  of  his  travels  through  British  Guiana 
and  northern  Brasil.  Included  were  various  Diplopoda  which  were  recently 
made  available  for  study  by  Dr.  G.  Owen  Evans  of  the  British  Museum  (Natu- 
ral History).  Some  of  the  specimens,  originating  in  the  little-known  Paearaima 
Mountains,  have  been  treated  separately  in  a recent  paper  (Hoffman,  1966); 
the  present  report  is  concerned  with  a somewhat  disjunct  spirostreptoid — appar- 
ently representing  a previously  undefined  generic  group — likewise  from  the 
Paearaima  region. 

Insofar  as  the  supply  of  available  generic  names  is  concerned,  the  South 
American  spirostreptids  are  afflicted  with  an  embarrassment  of  riches,  some 
genera  such  as  Nanostreptus  and  Urostreptus  having  already  accumulated  as 
many  as  five  or  six  junior  synonymy!  And  so  long  as  the  systematics  of  this 
group  remains  in  a backward  condition  (owing  chiefly  to  a scarcity  of  workers 
on  the  Diplopoda),  the  proposal  of  new  generic  names  for  single  species  is  a 
somewhat  hazardous  undertaking.  Yet  we  venture  to  add  yet  another  mono- 
typic  genus  to  the  roster  because  of  the  difficulties  encountered  in  trying  to 
place  its  type  species  in  any  existing  generic  category. 

Family  Spirostreptidae 
Gonepityche,  new  genus 

Type  species:  G.  paearaimae,  n.  sp.,  from  British  Guiana. 

Diagnosis:  A genus  of  moderately  small,  slender,  spirostreptoids  with  the  following  charac- 
teristics at  least  in  the  male  sex:  Antennae  short  and  massive,  articles  3-6  broader  than 
long,  5th  and  6th  with  circular  sensory  pits  on  the  outer  distal  ends. 

Collum  not  lobed  or  produced  ventrad,  but  the  lateralmost  ends  strongly  reflexed  ventro- 
mesad  below  the  uppermost  oblique  ridge ; body  segments  smooth  dorsally ; the  two  sub- 
segments  similar  in  diameter,  separated  by  a narrow  but  distinct  stricture,  the  latter  crossed 
by  a large  number  of  small  but  sharply  defined  costulations  which  on  the  lower  sides  con- 
tinue posteriorly  to  caudal  edge  of  metazonites  as  fine  sharp  ridges.  Ozopores  in  normal 
sequence  and  location,  opening  in  the  metazonite.  Preanal  segment  rugulose  dorsally, 
medially  produced  into  a short,  blunt  epiproct  that  covers  only  the  basal  half  of  paraprocts; 


' A contribution  from  studies  supported  by  a grant  (GB  3098)  from  the  National  Science 
Foundation. 


March,  1967] 


Hoffman  and  Knight:  Spirostreptoid  Millipeds 


57 


Fig.  1.  Gonopods,  seen  from  the  front  and  slightly  to  one  side  to  show  the  gonocoel 
(dark  area).  Fig.  2.  Right  gonopod,  aboral  aspect.  Fig.  3.  Left  side  of  first  legpair  of 
male,  oral  aspect. 


latter  smooth  and  polished,  the  median  elevated  rims  set  off  by  prominent  submarginal 
grooves;  hypoproct  transversely  elongated,  not  fused  to  preceding  segment.  Legs  short, 
not  extending  beyond  sides  of  body ; 4th  and  5th  podomeres  with  ventral  pads  only  on  the 
anteriormost  legs.  Coxae  unmodified.  First  pair  of  legs  of  the  usual  form,  but  coxae 
lacking  the  usual  enlarged  setae  on  the  oral  side,  and  prefemoral  processes  longer  than 
normal  for  the  family  and  closely  appressed  to  each  other. 


58 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Gonopods  elongate,  slender,  the  telocoxite  distally  modified  into  a broad,  thin,  semicircu- 
lar lamella  which  is  medially  depressed  ventrad  over  the  end  of  the  paragonocoel  and  thus 
closing  the  distal  end  of  the  gonocoel  like  a lid  or  operculum ; telopodite  with  a short, 
bisinuate  spiniform  process  located  well  beyond  gonocoel  opening,  distad  of  this  process  the 
telopodite  is  abruptly  twisted  about  180°,  beyond  which  it  tapers  evenly  and  without 
modification  to  the  slender,  attenuated  apex. 

Gonepityche  pacaraimae,  new  species 
Figs.  1-3 

Type  specimen:  Male  holotype  (Brit.  Mus.  [Nat.  Hist.]  1966.7:8.1.)  from  the  Pacaraima 
Mountains,  British  Guiana;  Nov.  12,  1932,  L.  D.  F.  Vesey-Fitzgerald,  leg.  (orig.  no.  1147). 
Diagnosis:  With  the  characters  of  the  genus. 

Holotype:  Adult  male,  length  about  70  mm  (broken  in  several  pieces)  ; maximum  body 

diameter,  3.9  mm,  body  thus  about  19  times  as  long  as  broad  and  fairly  typical  in  propor- 
tion for  the  Spirostreptidae. 

Coloration  altered  by  long  preservation,  but  apparently  in  life  prozonites  yellowish-white, 
metazonites  dark  purplish-brown,  becoming  lighter  ventrally.  Antennae,  legs,  and  sterna 
yellowish ; front  of  head  light  yellowish-brown,  darker  above,  with  a dark  transverse  inter- 
ocellarial  bar. 

Head  of  normal  structure  and  appearance  except  lower  half  somewhat  broader  than  usual, 
essentially  as  wide  as  upper;  surface  evenly  convex  and  smooth.  Epicranial  suture  distinct 
but  short;  no  trace  of  interocellarial  suture.  Labrum,  clypeus,  and  genae  continuous,  latter 
not  margined  laterally.  Ocellaria  rather  small,  elongate  reniform-triangular,  separated  by 
a distance  about  2.5  times  their  length,  composed  of  six  rows  as  follows:  8,  8,  7,  3,  2,  1 = 29. 
Sides  of  head  produced  into  an  acutely  angled  ridge  running  caudad  from  elevated  posterior 
rim  of  antennal  sockets.  Clypeal  setae  3-3,  labral  setae  9-9.  Interantennal  isthmus  broad 
(1.4  mm),  almost  half  of  the  antennal  length.  Antennae  short,  massive,  not  extending 
caudally  beyond  posterior  edge  of  collum,  length  about  3.0  mm.  1st  article  large,  hemi- 
spherical, globose,  articles  2-5  broader  than  long,  abruptly  clavate,  distally  twice  as  broad 
as  at  base,  slightly  compressed;  6th  article  narrower  than  others,  slightly  longer  than  wide, 
oval  in  cross-section;  7th  article  in  the  form  of  a short  disk,  with  four  sensory  cones.  5th 
and  6th  articles  each  with  a prominent,  circular  sensory  pit  on  the  outer  distal  end. 

Collum  narrowed  toward  ends,  latter  set  off  by  an  oblique  ridge  beginning  at  level  of 
ocellaria ; ends  of  collum  below  this  ridge  with  about  four  much  smaller  grooves,  and  rather 
abruptly  turned  inward  at  a distinct  angle.  Surface  of  collum  smooth  and  polished.  Second 
segment  with  a distinct  ventrolateral  ridge  similar  to  that  of  collum. 

Body  segments  generally  similar  to  each  other,  basically  parallel-sided  but  metazonites 
slightly  greater  in  diameter  than  prozonites,  the  two  subsegments  separated  by  a very 
prominent  deep  sulcus  extending  entirely  around  the  pleuroterga,  on  the  lower  sides  the 
metazonites  are  ornamented  with  numerous  transverse  fine  ridges  extending  from  caudal 
edge  forward  to  the  sulcus;  higher  on  the  body  the  ridges  disappear,  leaving  only  the  very 
anteriormost  ends  as  a series  of  small  but  quite  prominent  light-colored  “bridges”  crossing 
the  sulcus  throughout  its  course.  Surface  of  both  subsegments  similar,  the  texture  essentially 
smooth  and  polished,  but  with  a profusion  of  microscopic,  elongate  oval  punctations. 

Ozopores  beginning  at  the  6th  segment;  pores  moderately  distinct,  opening  well  behind 
the  sulcus  in  the  metazonite. 

Posterior  end  of  body  normal  in  appearance,  last  segment  middorsallv  pitted  and  wrinkled 
more  prominently  than  elsewhere  on  the  body  and  produced  into  a short,  bluntly  triangular 
epiproct  covering  only  the  bases  of  the  paraprocts.  Latter  large,  smooth,  and  convex,  with 


March,  1967] 


Hoffman  and  Knight:  Spirostreptoid  Millipeds 


59 


a broad,  deep  depression  setting  off  the  prominently  elevated  mesial  margins.  Hypoproct 
very  broadly  triangular  in  outline,  not  fused  to  the  preceding  segment. 

Sterna  completely  smooth,  without  trace  of  transverse  striation.  Legs  very  short,  com- 
pletely invisible  from  above  body  when  extended  laterally ; podomeres  virtually  hairless 
except  for  scattered  macrosetae  on  the  ventral  sides  of  the  distalmost,  and  several  dorsally 
located  near  the  tarsal  claws.  Legs  normal  in  structure,  without  modification  except  for 
rather  weakly  developed  eversible  pads  on  the  ventral  sides  of  the  4th  and  5th  joints  of  legs 
of  the  anterior  half  of  the  body.  Tarsal  claws  about  2/3ds  as  long  as  tarsus  on  anterior 
legs,  but  becoming  much  shorter  posteriorly  on  the  body. 

Lower  ends  of  7th  segment  produced  into  small,  rounded,  posteriorly  directed  lobes 
formed  chiefly  from  the  prozonite. 

Gonopods  composed  on  the  normal  elements  (Figs.  1-2).  Coxites  without  basal  processes 
on  the  median  side,  connected  by  a small  but  distinct  subtriangular  sternum,  its  lateral  ends 
prolonged  beyond  base  of  paracoxites.  Gonocoel  partly  open  as  seen  in  an  oblique  anterior- 
median  aspect ; paragonocoel  long,  slender,  distally  enlarged  and  lobed  both  medially  and 
laterally,  its  terminal  fourth  set  with  numerous  fine  short  setae.  Telocoxite  longer  than 
paragonocoel,  slightly  twisted  caudolaterally,  distally  expanded  into  a large,  semicircular 
lamella,  this  structure  medially  depressed  over  end  of  paragonocoel  which  it  covers  like  a 
lid  or  operculum.  Telopodite  slender,  simple  in  structure,  with  a short,  curved  femoral  spine 
originating  some  distance  beyond  origin  of  the  exospermite  region,  beyond  the  femoral  spine 
there  is  a slight  constriction  and  torsion,  distad  of  which  the  telopodite  terminates  as  a long, 
attenuated,  simple  falcate  blade  curving  behind  the  gonopod  and  partly  around  it  on  the 
medial  side.  No  trace  of  posterior  gonopods  evident. 

First  legs  of  the  form  shown  in  Figure  3;  a narrow  transverse  sternum  is  evident,  with  the 
usual  enlarged  coxae,  the  latter  glabrous;  prefemora  with  unusually  long,  contiguous 
ventrally  directed  processes  that  fit  into  a deep  concavity  of  the  gnathochilarial  mentum. 

Discussion:  Insofar  as  we  are  willing  to  guess  at  this  time,  the  affinities  (or 
at  least  similarities)  of  this  new  form  appear  to  lie  with  the  several  species  of 
Brasilostreptus.  The  community  of  shared  traits  includes  small  body  size, 
general  pattern  of  the  gonotelopodite,  and  superficial  similarity  of  the  1st  leg 
pair  of  the  males.  Brasilostreptus  has  heretofore  been  monotypic  with  B. 
gracilis  Verhoeff,  but  the  study  of  recently-acquired  material  suggests  that 
some  further  Brasilian  species  are  referable  thereto,  and  a revision  of  the  genus 
is  now  in  progress.  G.  pacaraimae  differs  at  least  in  the  ornamentation  of 
the  transverse  suture,  in  the  formation  of  the  gonopod  telocoxite,  and  in  the 
closely  appressed  prefemoral  processes  of  the  first  pair  of  legs,  from  the  species 
now  provisionally  referred  to  Brasilostreptus. 

Literature  Cited 

Hoffman,  Richard  L.  1966.  Polydesmoid  Diplopoda  from  the  Pacaraima  Mountains. 

Journ.  Zool.  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London),  148:  540-553,  figs.  1-5. 

Received  for  Publication  December  14,  1966 


INVITATION  TO  MEMBERSHIP 


The  New  York  Entomological  Society  was  founded  in  1892  and  incorporated  the  following 
year.  It  holds  a distinguished  position  among  scientific  and  cultural  organizations.  The 
Society’s  Journal  is  one  of  the  oldest  of  the  leading  entomological  periodicals  in  the 
United  States.  Members  and  subscribers  are  drawn  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  they 
include  distinguished  professional  naturalists,  enthusiastic  amateurs,  and  laymen  for  whom 
insects  are  only  one  among  many  interests. 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  apply  for  membership  in  the  Society  or  to  subscribe  to  its 
Journal  which  is  published  quarterly.  Regular  meetings  are  held  at  8:00  P.M.  on  the  first 
and  third  Tuesdays  of  each  month  from  October  through  May  at  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  the  headquarters  of  the  Society.  A subject  of  general  interest  is  discussed 
at  each  meeting  by  an  invited  speaker.  No  special  training  in  biology  or  entomology  is 
necessary  for  the  enjoyment  of  these  talks,  most  of  which  are  illustrated.  Candidates  for 
membership  are  proposed  at  a regular  meeting  and  are  voted  upon  at  the  following  meeting. 

CLASSES  OF  MEMBERSHIP  AND  YEARLY  DUES 
Active  member : Full  membership  in  the  Society,  entitled  to  vote  and  hold  office; 


with  Journal  subscription  $9.00 

Active  member  without  Journal  subscription  4.00 


Sustaining  member : Active  member  who  voluntarily  elects  to  pay  $25.00  per  year 
in  lieu  of  regular  annual  dues. 

Life  member:  Active  member  who  has  attained  age  45  and  who  pays  the  sum  of 
$100.00  in  lieu  of  further  annual  dues. 

Student  member:  Person  interested  in  entomology  who  is  still  attending  school; 


with  Journal  subscription  5.00 

(Student  members  are  not  entitled  to  vote  or  to  hold  office  ) 

Student  member  without  Journal  subscription  2.00 

Subscription  to  Journal  without  membership  8.00 


APPLICATION  FOR  MEMBERSHIP 

Date  

I wish  to  apply  for  membership  (see  classes  above). 

My  entomological  interests  are:  

If  this  is  a student  membership,  please  indicate  school  attending  and  present  level. 

Name  

Address  

(Zip  Code  must  be  included) 


Send  application  to  Secretary 


Vol.  LXXV 


' A : 


Devoted  to  Entomology  in  General 


No.  2 


i 


t 


? , X 

-/  it  /n  (V  \M\V 


* 


■ . fj\ 

/ ) 


) j A , , }■  Hi 


i •;  \ 


( \J 


* rM! 


' ' X'  X i A ' k 1 . ' v f . /, 

% ddmKX ", Jy  V; 

» | /'•  vk,:  * 


d'Af  d 


m ■' : 

'.lv  1 * 


/ \ 


■nek  d 


The 

f/\  /]  dW\X 

■ WiXv-m  , 

" XYpCyHC 


A‘  ... 

• ■ . V f ^ 

y ( 


, -■'  > 

' / 1 /,.  /!  r,  ‘ p i ly  ' 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


A;  CJ  Id1  >, 

. V'l 


y,i,:  ssmi 

: n,  v y\%H 


■\  h 


Organized  June  29,  1892 — Incorporated  February  25,  1893 


Md 


sG 


l : 


v 


\ 


jIM 1 v) 
c'Xxx'- 


Reincorporated  February  17,  1943 


f-  fe  a? 


T'-  » V 

;pdX  :r 


A y' 


d 4 'X 

Si/,  -A  • . 1 

l i rS 


V ' I- 


v'XX  d 


XY..X 

m ' 


jj 


,,  v/  , t / m fy 

/•  1 1/  .-  • ' /I'--.  \ • V»H'T/  /’-  \ K • ■■  n,i-/Tv  - ( ..,/  -.  1 , ./  .//  , 14  ) 

The  meetings  of  the  Society  are  held  on  the  first  and  third  Tuesday  of  each  month  (except 
June,  July,  August  and  September)  at  8 p.m.,  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 


-*TV  I 


SV  X 

•ft  ' 


History,  79th  St.,  & Central  Park  W.,  New  York  24,  N.  Y. 

'Ty  ■ i rf M-'  /_ 


dX 


Annual  dues  for  Active  Members,  $4.00;  including  subscription  to  the  Journal,  $9.00. 

I’  y. , y - . \>  , yyH  c u x • xycyvxXxxxX' 

Members  of  the  Society  will  please  remit'  their  annual  dues,  payable  in  January,  to  the 


At 


Treasurer. 

I 

r t . >1*  V ■>(  v 


•A 


1/  & V vv 
T YdAXdUv) 


\XX-  V-r'-  ;V4^ 


>1 : 


V ' V 


J I, 


X' 


i ii  I 

I A.  it 


1 ' l W . v,  i . fyM'ti  ' 1 

Officers  for  ^ihe  Year  1967 


n ; 


\ 1 


President , Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson 

: 8 v 1 I V /f  Xi 


iWh  io  ' < ' ' I 


% ' X;  X / 'X 


• C 

A / L ' 


College  of  the  City  of  New  York  10031 


y\j  Vice-President , Dr.  David  Miller 

; ; |i  1,  ; A ; 7 


t ’Hx  ' ' I \i\i  ' 
V . ' C it  l 


n 


\A 


A.  ( 


m 


-i 

College  of  the  , City  of  New  York  10031 


li/f : 

' ,N  Vv 
i rVV' 


Secretary , Mr.  Howard  Topoff 


. 


< MS 


A' 


r\‘ 


A , X 


/. 


American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


rt'.'Vt 


v ( . ' 


Assistant  Secretary , Mr.  Albert  Poelzl 


>tr 


U’-'A 


j 

230  E.  78th  Street,  New  York  10021 


Treasurer , Mr.  Raymond  Brush 


Ml 


■■  > i 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


( r 


! 1 y !i  .v  , j 1 ../ 

Assistant  Treasurer,  Mrs.  Patricia  Vaurie 


XXV'7 


im 

i y 


. \v ' 14 


miyt-y 

’ Av' A>  A 


American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


r>  . 


m-, 


/..A.  Ayy\ 

X;'kt  fbd 

y\\  ■ g"7\  J 

/ A 1 1 1 1 ' i / NV 

> Yr^i  / 

■ • | 1 1' s : 1 / - 

'.A',' 

dyy 

t SC  id  t f 

'\ 

A A Ad 

\l  V < .h 


V , \ \ ' 


A * V 


,.x-  A'  V Jf  • M . 

\ i V A 

. 


1 - 


l I 

I . \ --Vt 

Trustees 


IV\  ivi  'I  1 


■!)  ' ii  - 


V'X' 

Class  of  1967 

■h  , A'it  ui  r > , 

Dr.  Jerome  Rozen,  Jr. 

Class  of  1968 

Dr.  Elsie  Klots 


vf  ,'rU r ^ 


A1' 


k vp>  ■ u 


■/ 


N .\.^A 

iVi  Vi 


yVLv-'A  - -Vi  • M)  y-.  ; 


i 

1 J ' ' N 1 , : / 


Mr.  Robert  Buckbee 


^ \ K " ' iVA  V' 

Vv.l,  'v  I k 


ty  ■;  A 


,IM\ 


/ \ ",  k V 

t \ X 


' Ii  


r. 


\j  « ■/  J 1 'y\  lAXit'  ' y' 1 tl  , f\  ' < 

! a . \ - tX  'W'^:  \ y f Xf 

Air.  Bernard  Heineman 

— 


u,  r- 


Mailed  June  29,  1967 


\ 

. A )•  \ ^ l \ -1  Vy.  y \ 


The  Journal  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society  is  published  quarterly  for  the  Society  by  Allen  Press 

Inc.,  1041  /New  Hampshire,  Lawrence,  Kansas.  Second  class  postage  paid  at  Lawrence,  Kansas. 

. . , , 


i} i - Mw  t ■ ' ' . 

’ ■ kV  ..  Vk-  h 


k d v 
1 /*. 


if i it 


Yd  Xy 


- w 


: '~Y>  f-  :if\r  A 

ha  ; 


v ' / v A 

W 

4.  kk  P"  ;v 


u ' 7.  Y w-  ■’ 


% X >-  To  ® 


i .A1 


I . / V ' V I>,d 

A X ' ^ > 

d r -i.  / 7 


: „ \ ..  TV  I k 

, . k:\vX  AryHVA 
\ i h.  '!  \ ■ ■<  \ y A/- 


Journal  of  the 

New  York  Entomological  Society 


Volume  LXXV  June  29,  1967  No.  2 

EDITORIAL  BOARD 

Editor  Emeritus  Harry  B.  Weiss 
Editor  Lucy  W.  Clausen 

College  of  Pharmaceutical  Sciences,  Columbia  LTniversity 
115  West  68th  Street,  N.  Y.  10023 

Associate  Editor  James  Forbes 
Fordham  University,  N.  Y.  10458 

Publication  Committee 

Dr.  Kumar  Krishna  Dr.  Asher  Treat 

Dr.  Pedro  Wvgodzinsky 


CONTENTS 

Larval  Dimorphism  and  Other  Characters  of  Heterocam  pa  pulverea  (Grote  and 
Robinson)  (Lepidoptera : Notodontidae)  Alexander  B.  Klots  62 

Observations  on  the  Behavior  of  the  Bee  Anthidium  manicatum  (L.) 

L.  L.  Pechuman  68 

A New  Species  of  ISepytia  from  the  Southern  Rocky  Mountains  (Lepidoptera: 
Geometridae)  Frederick  H.  Rindge  74 

Further  Records  of  New  Jersey  Aphids  (Homoptera:  Aphididae) 

Mortimer  D.  Leonard  77 

Further  Studies  on  the  Internal  Anatomy  of  the  Meloidae.  III.  The  Digestive 
and  Reproductive  Systems  as  Bases  for  Tribal  Designation  of  Pseudomeloe 


miniaceomaculata  (Blanchard)  (Coleoptera:  Meloidae)  A.  P.  Gupta  93 

Book  Review  100 

Proceedings  101 

New  Members  110 

Invitation  to  Membership  111 


Larval  Dimorphism  and  Other  Characters  of  Heterocampa  pulverea 
(Grote  & Rohinson)  (Lepidoptera:  Notodontidae) 

Alexander  B.  Klots 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  City  College  of  New  York 

Abstract:  A group  of  sibling  larvae  of  Heterocampa  pulverea  (Grote  & Robinson)  from 
Connecticut  showed  a very  distinct  dimorphism  of  color  and  pattern  with  no  appreciable 
intergradation.  Of  66  larvae  reared  to  maturity  30  were  green,  36  were  brown.  The 
dimorphism  was  apparently  not  linked  with  rate  of  development,  sex  or  any  discernible 
adult  characteristic.  The  larvae  of  both  morphs  were  highly,  but  differently,  cryptic. 
Possible  adaptive  advantages  of  the  morphs  are  discussed.  Dorsal  thoracic  tubercles  in  the 
last  larval  instar,  characteristic  of  this  nominal  species,  are  visible  as  vestiges  in  the  pupa. 

On  August  1966  a batch  of  eggs  was  obtained  from  a 9 Heterocampa 
pulverea  at  Putnam,  Windham  Co.,  Connecticut.  The  larvae  from  these  were 
reared  on  Quercus  coccinea.  Ten  were  given  to  another  Lepidopterist,  but  56 
were  reared  to  maturity  by  the  writer,  emerging  8-26  October  1966,  indoors. 
Tt  was  not  until  the  larvae  were  in  the  4th  (penultimate)  instar  that  it  was 
realized  that  a distinct  color  and  pattern  dimorphism  existed,  approximately 
half  being  green  and  half  brown.  The  two  groups  were  then  segregated  and 
reared  separately.  Records  of  both  types  in  the  last  two  instars  were  made 
by  color  photography. 

Table  1 shows  the  record  of  the  adults  that  emerged,  grouped  by  larval  morph, 
sex  and  the  dates  of  emergence.  The  adults  differ  from  each  other  in  only 
very  minor  details,  well  within  the  limits  of  variation  of  any  series  from  the 
region.  These  data  show  that  the  morphs,  which  must  be  genetically  con- 
trolled, are  not  linked  with  either  sex  or  rate  of  development. 

The  larva  of  this  species  was  first  described  by  French  (1880,  p.  83)  from 
an  Illinois  specimen.  Packard  (1895,  p.  249-250  & 282,  PI.  33,  fig.  8-8a)  re- 
printed French’s  description,  described  a preserved  specimen  from  Massachu- 
setts, and  gave  2 small  outline  drawings  copied  from  figures  of  Doubleday  of  a 
supposed  synonym.  Packard  also  refers  to  an  unpublished  colored  sketch  of 
the  larva  by  Abbot.  The  French  and  Packard  descriptions  are  of  green  larvae 
with  a pattern  not  unlike  the  green  morph  described  and  figured  here,  but 
differing  greatly  in  some  respects.  Apparently  the  white  dorsal  areas  char- 
acteristic of  both  the  green  and  the  brown  morphs  of  the  present  paper,  and 
the  lateral  white  areas  of  the  green  one,  were  not  present  in  the  French  and 
Packard  specimens,  since  French  refers  to  these  areas  as  “orange”  or  “purple,” 
and  Packard  either  does  not  state  what  their  colors  were  or  else  refers  to 
them  as  “reddish.”  Neither  author  mentions  a brown  larva.  The  Doubleday 
figures  are  too  small  and  simple  to  be  of  much  value. 

It  is  very  likely  that  the  larvae  of  pulverea  show  a considerable  amount  of 
variation,  predictably  much  more  than  would  be  expected  in  a sibling  group 


62 


June,  1967] 


Klots:  Heterocampa  Larval  Dimorphism 


63 


Table  1.  Sibling  H.  pulverea  grouped  by  larval  morph,  sex  and  date  of  adult  emergence. 


Green 


Brown 


3 

$ 

3 

$ 

October 

8 

2 





_ 

9 

- 

- 

- 

1 

10 

- 

3 

2 

3 

11 

2 

1 

- 

- 

12 

3 

- 

1 

4 

13 

- 

- 

- 

3 

15 

2 

3 

2 

3 

16 

- 

2 

- 

4 

17 

1 

1 

1 

- 

18 

- 

1 

1 

1 

19 

1 

- 

4 

- 

22 

1 

- 

- 

- 

23 

— 

2 

- 

- 

26 

- 

- 

- 

1 

Totals 

12 

13 

11 

20 

such  as  that  described  here.  The  extent  of  this  in  local  populations,  the  amount 
it  is  subject  to  regional  variation,  and  the  genetic  factors  responsible,  will  all 
have  to  be  worked  out  by  many  rearings  of  sibling  groups  and  by  genetic 
crosses.  At  present  H.  pulverea  (type  locality,  Pennsylvania)  is  considered  a 
northern  subspecies  of  H.  umbrata  Walker  (type  locality  St.  John’s  Bluff, 
East  Florida).  It  is  more  than  likely  that  the  relationship  is  a clinal  one. 

DESCRIPTIONS  OF  MATURE  LARVAE 

Green  Morph  (Fig.  1).  Body  bright  green  speckled  with  small,  dark,  purplish 
fuscous  dots  which  remain  separate  from  each  other,  not  coalescing  to  form 
lines  or  scrawls.  A distinct  white  spot  around  the  base  of  each  primary  seta. 
A white  patch  on  either  side  of  metathorax  and  1st  abdominal  segment,  running 
dorso-caudad  diagonally  from  leg  base,  sometimes  barely  reaching  spiracle, 
sometimes  enclosing  it  and  extending  about  one  or  two  spiracle’s  lengths  above 
it.  On  abdominal  segment  3 a broad,  white  patch  running  dorsad  from  the 
proleg  base  to  join  the  white  dorsal  markings,  occupying  nearly  all  of  the 
lateral  area  of  the  segment.  On  abdominal  segment  6 a similar  white  patch 
running  dorsad  from  the  proleg  base;  this  may  join  the  white  dorsal  area  or  may 
fail  to  do  so,  extending  no  more  than  about  two  spiracle’s  lengths  dorsad  of 
the  spiracle.  All  three  of  these  lateral  white  patches  are  very  irregularly 
crenately  edged,  and  contain  curved,  red-brown  dashes  and  scrawls  which 
differ  greatly  in  extent  in  different  individuals.  Rarely  there  is  a small,  double 
patch  above  each  metathoracic  leg,  and  another  on  the  posterior  part  of  ab- 
dominal segment  7,  largely  ventrad  of  the  line  of  the  spiracle. 

Dorsally  the  markings  are  complex  and  differ  greatly  from  one  individual 
to  another.  The  fundamental  marking  is  a white  dorsal  stripe  along  the  entire 


64 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Figs.  1-2.  Mature  larvae,  Heterocampa  pulverea,  lateral  and  slightly  ventral  aspect, 
drawn  from  projections  of  35  mm.  photographs.  The  setae  of  both  larvae  are  incompletely 
shown.  Fig.  1,  green  morph.  Fig.  2,  brown  morph. 


length  of  the  body,  which  is  more  or  less  margined  and  marked  internally  by 
dark  red-brown  scrawls,  and  differs  greatly  in  width  on  different  segments. 
Prothorax:  stripe  unmarked,  anteriorly  as  wide  as  space  between  prothoracic 
tubercles,  tapering  posteriorly  to  half  as  wide,  black-edged.  Mesothorax  and 
metathorax:  stripe  narrow  anteriorly,  widening  greatly  posteriorly,  usually 

considerably  marked  internally,  and  sometimes  nearly  obliterated,  by  dark 
scrawls.  Abdomen,  segment  1:  stripe  widening  greatly  posteriorly  to  slightly 
more  than  half  the  width  of  the  segment;  rarely  with  any  included  dark  mark- 
ings, but  often  pale  green  mid-dorsally,  the  green  area  narrow  anteriorly  but 
widening  greatly  posteriorly  so  as  to  leave  only  narrow,  white,  tapering  edges 
laterally  which  in  extreme  individuals  may  not  reach  the  posterior  edge  of  the 
segment.  Segment  2:  white  stripe  becoming  very  broad  posteriorly,  containing 
more  or  less  green  mid-dorsally.  Segment  3:  white  stripe  very  broad,  laterally 
confluent  with  lateral  white  stripe,  from  dorsal  view  occupying  all  or  nearly  all 
of  the  segment;  subdorsally  a few  small,  dark,  paired  dots  and  scrawls,  especially 
posteriorly.  Segments  4 & 5:  white  stripe  very  broad  anteriorly,  narrowing 

greatly  in  segment  4 and  still  more  in  segment  5 ; within  it  a broad,  dark 
scrawled,  X-shaped  saddle,  centering  about  anterior  edge  of  segment  5,  that 
may  obliterate  much  of  the  white.  Segments  6 & 7 : rarely  almost  solid  green 


June,  1967] 


Klots:  Heterocampa  Larval  Dimorphism 


65 


mid-dorsally  with  only  indications  of  the  white  stripe  laterally;  sometimes  with 
only  central  portions  green,  and  white  stripe  on  either  side  of  this  broad  and 
confluent  with  lateral  white  stripe  on  segment  6.  Segments  8,  9 & 10:  mid- 
dorsal area  green,  white  stripe  on  either  side  of  this  broadest  at  anterior  edge 
of  segment  8,  narrowing  to  segment  9,  broader  at  anterior  edge  of  segment  9, 
narrowing  posteriorly;  sometimes  the  green  areas  of  the  sides  and  the  mid-dorsal 
green  are  confluent  along  the  anterior  edge  of  segment  9,  breaking  the  white 
stripe. 

Brown  Morph  (Fig.  2).  Head,  prothoracic  tubercles,  legs  and  seta  bases  as 
in  green  morph.  Body  brown  with  only  a faint  greenish  cast  in  recently  enclosed 
individuals.  Laterally  with  no  white  bands  or  areas  other  than  a few  small 
areas  enclosed  by  dark  scrawls.  All  brown  areas  with  many  irregular,  dark 
brown  curved  lines  and  scrawls  and  smaller,  orange-brown  dots  and  curved 
lines.  Dark  scrawled  markings  heavier  and  coalescing  to  form  a diagonal  line 
running  dorso-caudad  from  base  of  3d  leg  across  metathorax  and  abdominal 
segment  1 to  join  dark-scrawled  border  of  dorsal  markings.  A similar,  but  less 
complete,  line  of  markings  running  dorso-cephalad  from  base  of  proleg  on  ab- 
dominal segment  3.  A similar,  also  less  complete,  diagonal  line  of  dark  markings 
running  dorso-cephalad  from  base  of  proleg  on  abdominal  segment  6 to  spiracle 
on  abdominal  segment  5,  and  more  or  less  continued  cephalad  across  abdominal 
segment  4.  Abdominal  segment  7 with  dark-scrawled  patch  caudad  and  mostly 
ventrad  of  spiracle,  dorsally  more  or  less  joining  lateral  dark  edging  of  dorsal 
markings. 

Dorsally,  fundamental  pattern  like  that  of  green  morph,  but  with  some  dif- 
ferent distribution  of  white.  Prothorax:  as  in  green  morph.  Mesothorax  & 

metathorax:  also  much  as  in  green  morph,  but  with  less  white,  the  dorsal  areas 
largely  filled  in  with  brown  scrawled  marks  as  in  the  most  heavily  marked  green 
individuals.  A large,  irregularly  edged,  diamond-shaped  white  area  from  pos- 
terior part  of  metathorax  back  to  about  middle  of  abdominal  segment  4,  widest 
in  posterior  part  of  abdominal  segment  2 ; within  this  for  most  of  its  length 
is  a pair  of  narrow,  irregular,  closely  subdorsal,  dark  lines.  An  almost  solidly 
brown  saddle  (in  the  same  position  as  the  dark-scrawled,  X-shaped  saddle  of 
the  green  morph),  continuous  with  brown  sides,  on  posterior  half  of  4th  and 
anterior  half  of  5th  abdominal  segments.  A large,  posterior  white  patch,  be- 
ginning narrowly  at  about  middle  of  5th  abdominal  segment  and  extending  to 
posterior  end;  on  8—1 0th  abdominal  segments  this  is  more  or  less  filled  in 
dorsally  with  brown  scrawls  and  lines;  within  it,  as  in  the  anterior  white  patch, 
is  a pair  of  irregular,  thin,  dark,  closely  subdorsal  lines  for  most  of  its  length. 

Despite  the  considerable  amount  of  individual  variation,  the  two  morphs 
in  this  group  of  siblings  were  very  distinct,  with  no  intermediate  individuals. 
The  nearest  to  anything  of  the  sort  was  in  a few  larvae  of  the  brown  morph 
that  had  a greenish  tone  during  the  early  last  instar;  and  one  individual  of  the 


66 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


green  morph  that  had  the  green  areas  much  paler  than  usual  and  slightly 
brownish  tinged,  but  had  the  green  morph  pattern. 

4th  instar  larvae 

The  larvae  of  this  instar  are  easily  recognizable  by  the  ends  of  the  prothoracic 
tubercles,  which  have  two  distinct  small,  setiferous  tubercles  at  the  tips,  in- 
stead of  being  terminally  smooth  as  in  the  5th  instar.  On  the  face  these  larvae 
have  two  thin  fuscous  lines  on  either  side  of  the  median  light  area  instead  of 
the  single  line  of  the  5th  instar.  The  white  lateral  patches,  and  to  a lesser 
degree  the  white  dorsal  patches,  of  the  green  larvae  tend  to  be  more  obscured 
by  dark  scrawls.  The  brown  larvae  frequently  had  considerable  of  a greenish 
tinge,  although  their  patterns  were  definitely  of  the  brown  morph. 

PRE-PUPAL  LARVAE 

As  the  larvae  stopped  eating  and  entered  the  ground  for  pupation,  drastic 
color  changes  ensued.  All  fine  details  of  the  pattern  disappeared.  The  brown 
larvae  turned  a brilliant  pink  overall,  the  dark  markings  of  the  saddle  on  ab- 
dominal segments  4 & 5 showing  slightly  darker.  The  green  larvae,  on  the 
other  hand,  changed  to  a darker  green  with  the  white  areas  of  both  the  sides 
and  the  dorsum  very  bright  pink,  making  them  very  conspicuous  looking  objects. 
All  larvae  then  became  pale  and  almost  colorless  just  before  eclosion  to  the 
pupa.  The  pink  larvae  that  had  been  brown  did  this  at  a uniform  rate  overall. 
In  the  green  larvae,  however,  the  pink  areas  were  the  first  to  become  color- 
less, so  that  for  a short  time  these  larvae  were  green  with  pale,  colorless  areas. 
Doubtless  these  color  changes  have  some  physiological  significance,  but  they 
can  hardly  have  any  protective  value  (as  is  the  case  in  some  other  pre-pupal 
color  changes)  since  they  normally  take  place  underground. 

DISCUSSION 

The  patterns  of  both  of  the  larval  morphs  are  decidedly,  but  differently, 
procryptic,  the  brown  larvae  resembling  crumpled,  dead  leaves  with  shadow 
or  edge  patterns,  and  the  green  larvae  resembling  green  leaf  areas  with  pieces 
missing.  The  larvae  of  both  types  are  highly  disruptive  from  the  dorsal  aspect, 
and  the  green  larvae  are  disruptive  from  lateral  aspect  as  well.  The  white 
lateral  patches  are  so  shaded  as  to  appear  almost  protuberant  and  three  dimen- 
sional. A predator  that  had  learned  to  recognize  the  appearance  of  one  of  the 
morphs  would  be  very  unlikely,  because  of  this,  to  react  to  the  appearance  of 
the  other  one  and  might  very  well,  in  fact,  be  more  likely  to  ignore  the  other 
one  if  the  two  were  close  together.  The  dimorphism  must  function  in  this  way 
as  a protective  device  per  se,  most  valuable  when  the  two  morphs  are  com- 
pletely different  from  each  other,  and  still  more  valuable  when  each  morph  is 
highly  cryptic. 


June,  1967] 


Klots:  Heterocampa  Larval  Dimorphism 


67 


The  proportions  of  the  morphs  in  this  sibling  group  and  their  distinctness 
from  each  other  strongly  suggest  a single  controlling  genetic  factor.  The  evi- 
dence of  French’s  and  Packard’s  larval  descriptions  shows  that  there  is  much 
more  larval  variation  than  this  sibling  group  showed,  and  suggests  that  the 
morphs  may  not  always  be  as  distinct  from  each  other.  For  the  time  being 
we  suggest  that  the  morphs  have  evolved,  and  are  maintained,  by  visual 
predator  selection,  but  that  this  may  well  be  strongly  affected  by  all  sorts  of 
pleiotropic  effects  of  which  nothing  is  known.  Much  further  work  is  certainly 
called  for  to  determine  the  genetic  status,  possible  pleiotropy  and  extent  within 
both  H . pulverea  and  H . umbrata  of  larval  dimorphism. 

The  pupae  all  showed  vestiges  of  the  prothoracic  tubercles.  Since  these 
tubercles  appear  to  be  present  in  the  5th  instar  of  only  the  larvae  of  H . pulverea 
and  H.  umbrata , their  presence  in  the  pupa  can  be  used  for  identification,  at 
least  of  H.  pulverea. 

Identification  of  the  material  as  H . pulverea  was  by  comparison  with  the  2 
type  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  The  material  here  reported 
upon  has  been  placed  in  the  collection  of  this  museum. 


Literature  Cited 

French,  G.  H.  1880.  Canadian  Ent.  12:  83. 

Packard,  A.  L.  1895.  Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  8:  249-250  & 282,  PI.  33,  fig.  8-8a). 

Received  for  publication  March  16,  1967 


Observations  on  the  Behavior  of  the  Bee  Anthidium  manicatum  (L. ) 

L.  L.  Pechuman 

Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.Y. 

Abstract:  Collection  records  of  the  Palaearctic  bee  Anthidium  manicatum  (L.),  reported 
by  Jaycox  in  1967  as  being  adventive  in  the  United  States,  are  brought  up  to  date.  New 
flower  host  records  are  included.  European  literature  on  the  aggressive  behavior  of  the 
male  is  briefly  summarized.  Observations  on  the  behavior  of  A.  manicatum  in  1965  and 
1966  show  the  male  to  be  territorial  and  aggressive.  The  female  works  without  hindrance 
while  other  species  of  bees  are  struck  and  driven  from  the  territory  being  patrolled  by 
the  male.  No  bees  showed  any  inclination  to  defend  themselves  against  the  attacking  male 
of  A.  manicatum.  It  is  believed  that  A.  manicatum  is  a rather  unique  subject  for  further 
study,  including  distribution,  behavior,  nest  building,  flower  preferences  and  genetics. 

Jaycox  ( 1967)  reports  the  presence  in  the  United  States  of  the  Old  World 
bee  Anithidium  manicatum  (L.)  (Megachilidae)  based  on  specimens  collected  by 
Dr.  Roger  A.  Morse  and  the  writer  in  1963,  1964,  and  1965.  A.  manicatum  is 
found  throughout  Europe,  part  of  Asia,  and  North  Africa.  It  is  the  only  species 
of  Anthidium  found  in  England.  As  mentioned  by  Jaycox,  A.  manicatum  has 
recently  been  found  in  the  Canary  Islands  and  in  South  America. 

The  specimens  seen  in  1963  were  reared  by  Dr.  Morse  from  a five  inch  deep, 
one  quarter  inch  diameter  trap  nest  in  a white  pine  block,  placed  in  the  field 
early  in  1963  near  Ithaca,  N.Y.  The  wooden  block  containing  the  nest  was 
removed  from  the  field  on  27  June  1963;  on  20  August  1963,  adults,  2 3 3 and 
8 9$,  emerged  from  the  nest.  All  specimens  collected  by  the  writer  in  1964 
and  1965  were  taken,  as  reported  by  Jaycox,  from  the  flowers  of  Caryopteris  X 
clandonensis  at  Ludlowville,  N.Y. 

In  1966,  A.  manicatum  was  again  found  at  Ludlowville,  N.Y.  visiting  the 
flowers  of  Caryopteris.  Specimens  were  observed  between  August  28  and  Oc- 
tober 3 with  peak  abundance  during  the  second  week  of  September.  It  was 
noted  in  1964  and  1965  and  again  in  1966  that  A.  manicatum  visited  only  the 
flowers  of  Caryopteris  although  Chrysanthemum  and  Potentilla  were  interplanted 
with  the  Caryopteris  and  were  in  bloom  during  the  flight  period  of  the  bee. 
Two  species  of  Mentha  in  bloom  nearby  were  attractive  to  other  species  of 
wild  bees  but  were  not  seen  to  be  visited  by  A.  manicatum. 

Also  in  1966,  a total  of  13$  9 and  15  3 3 were  taken  on  the  Cornell  Campus 
at  Ithaca  on  various  dates  between  August  23  and  September  2 by  Jan 
Nowakowski,  Paul  Minacci  and  George  Strang  from  a bed  solidly  planted  to 
blue  flowering  salvia  ( Salvia  jarinacea  ) . Dr.  Nowakowski  informs  me  that 
none  were  taken  from  adjoining  beds  planted  to  white  salvia  (S.  jarinacea) 
and  red  salvia  (S.  splendens) . Also  on  the  Cornell  Campus,  Dr.  Nowakowski 
took  3 9 9 and  1 3 from  Lythrum  salicaria  on  August  1 6 and  a single  9 from 


68 


June,  1967] 


Pechuman:  Observations  on  Anttiidium  manicatum 


69 


Solidago  on  September  12.  Dr.  Nowakowski  noted  aggressive  actions  against 
other  bees  by  the  males  of  A.  manicatum  he  collected  from  salvia. 

It  is  of  interest,  although  possibly  of  little  significance,  that  during  a three 
year  period  all  but  one  specimen  of  A.  manicatum  were  collected  on  blue  or 
purple  flowers  and  all  but  five  specimens  from  the  rather  closely  related  families 
Labiatae  ( Salvia ) and  Verbenaceae  (Caryopteris) . Friese  (1898)  says  A. 
manicatum  prefers  Labiatae  in  Europe  but  there  is  no  general  agreement  by 
other  workers  on  this.  It  also  raises  the  question  of  why  plants  of  Mentha 
(Labiatae)  in  full  bloom  were  ignored  at  Ludlowville. 

Unfortunately  no  notes  were  made  on  the  structure  of  the  nest  from  which 
specimens  were  reared  by  Dr.  Morse  in  1963.  None  have  been  found  in  trap 
nests  in  subsequent  years.  Very  likely  the  nest  is  made  from  soft  flocculent 
material  scraped  from  plants  as  reported  in  Europe.  Fabre  refers  to  nests  of 
the  group  to  which  A.  manicatum  belongs  as  “ — quite  the  most  elegant  speci- 
men of  entomological  nest  building”  and  Friese  calls  them  “wunderbaren 
Nestbau.”  In  1965  the  writer  observed  a female  stripping  the  pubescence  from 
the  flower  stem  of  a potted  geranium  (Pelargonium) , probably  with  the  intent 
of  using  it  as  nesting  material. 

No  collections  of  adults  have  been  made  in  New  York  before  August.  How- 
ever, the  specimens  reared  in  August  1963  by  Dr.  Morse  came  from  a trap  nest 
placed  in  the  field  early  in  1963  and  completed  by  June  27.  This  may  indicate 
that  A.  manicatum  has  two  broods. 

Green  (1921)  in  England  seems  to  have  been  the  first  to  note  the  aggressive 
habits  of  A.  manicatum  males  when  he  reported  it  attacking  Bombus. 

Ward  (1928),  also  in  England,  published  detailed  observations  on  attacks 
by  males  of  A.  manicatum  on  bumble  bees  ( Bombus ) and  hive  bees  (Apis). 
He  indicates  that  definite  territories  were  marked  out  when  he  states,  “ — males 
patrolling  patches  of  Red  Dead  Nettle  at  two  spots  and  having  the  effect  of 
keeping  other  insects  away;  but  a few  yards  away  Bumble  Bees  feeding  fairly 
regularly  at  the  Dead  Nettle  with  little  or  no  molestation.”  He  noted  that 
aggression  declined  when  the  sun  was  obscured  by  clouds.  Ward  also  found 
that  some  individuals  of  bumble  bees  and  honey  bees  had  their  wings  damaged 
so  they  could  not  fly  when  struck  by  A.  manicatum. 

In  spite  of  Ward’s  detailed  notes,  Perkins  (1928)  regarded  the  attacks  on 
other  bees  as  “an  accidental  occurrence.” 

Sitowski  (1947)  in  Poland  reports  that  the  male  of  A.  manicatum , “ — hovers 
in  an  area,  or  patrols  where  the  female  is  working  and  kills  or  drives  out  all 
competing  intruders  with  ferocious  attacks.”  He  states  that  not  only  is  the 
competing  bee  knocked  to  the  ground  but  that  the  male  A.  manicatum  may 
continue  its  attack  on  the  ground  using  its  mandibles,  and  abdominal  spines 
on  the  last  two  abdominal  segments,  to  disable  or  kill  honey  bees  and  bumble 
bees. 


70 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


The  observations  of  Haas  ( 1960)  in  Germany  are  similar  to  those  of  Ward. 
He  regards  the  territory  established  by  the  male  as  part  of  a behavior  pattern 
which  involves  swarming.  The  territory  itself  he  believes  to  be  sort  of  an 
exclusive  swarming  area  in  which  the  male  as  Haas  puts  it,  “swarms  alone.” 
The  writer  first  observed  the  male  of  A.  manicatum  attacking  other  bees  on 
14  September  1965.  An  abstract  of  notes  taken  on  that  day  follows: 

14  September  1965  In  addition  to  honey  bees,  bumble  bees  and  a few  other  native  bees, 
two  female  Anthidium  manicatum  were  present  most  of  the  day  on  Caryopteris  flowers. 
The  females  were  distinguished  by  their  very  fast  flight  and  by  being  easily  disturbed 
and  alarmed;  when  disturbed  by  anything  other  than  another  bee  they  would  leave  the 
area  and  not  return  for  some  time.  The  females  were  far  from  aggressive.  If  one  started 

to  land  on  a flower  and  found  it  occupied  by  another  bee,  it  would  go  to  another  flower. 

A bumble  bee  once  pushed  a female  from  a flower;  the  female  flew  to  a leaf  where  it 
remained  motionless  for  almost  three  minutes,  then  preened  its  legs  and  antennae  for  half 
a minute  and  then  flew  to  another  Caryopteris  flower  on  a different  plant. 

The  male  A.  manicatum  moved  very  rapidly.  It  would  work  a flower  for  a second  or 
two  but  it  spent  most  of  its  time  patrolling  the  largest  Caryopteris  plant.  It  was  very 
aggressive  and  would  strike  honey  and  bumble  bees  which  were  working  flowers,  knocking 
them  from  the  flowers.  The  male  frequently  would  strike  two  or  three  bees  in  as  many 
seconds.  On  one  occasion  the  writer  frightened  the  male  and  it  flew  away  for  several 
minutes.  In  its  absence,  two  bumble  bees  and  three  honey  bees  moved  to  the  Caryopteris 
plant  which  had  been  patrolled  by  the  male  A.  manicatum.  On  its  return,  the  male  im- 
mediately struck  all  five  bees  almost  faster  than  the  eye  could  record,  the  whole  episode 
being  over  in  five  seconds  or  less  with  all  five  bees  in  flight. 

Observations  were  made  on  two  successive  days  in  1966.  The  area  under 

observation  involved  one  large  (56  in.  high,  covering  an  area  of  18  sq.  ft.) 

Caryopteris  and  a group  of  smaller  (42  in.  high,  covering  an  area  of  14  sq.  ft.) 
Caryopteris  plants  separated  by  a pink  flowering  Chrysanthemum  plant  23  in. 
high,  covering  an  area  of  3.5  sq.  ft.  The  notes  made  on  these  two  days  follow: 

10  September  1966  One  male  and  one  female  appeared  at  approximately  9 A.M.  During 
the  day  only  one  female  was  observed  at  any  one  time  and  apparently  only  one  specimen 
was  involved.  The  first  male  to  appear  was  very  dark  and  is  referred  to  as  No.  1.  A 
second  male  with  more  extensive  yellow  markings  appeared  shortly  on  the  smaller 
Caryopteris  and  is  referred  to  as  No.  2.  Male  No.  1 spent  most  of  its  time  patrolling  the 
large  plant.  Occasionally  male  No.  2 would  extend  his  patrol  of  the  smaller  plant  into 
the  patrol  area  of  male  No.  1.  Male  No.  1 would  immediately  drive  No.  2 away.  On  one 
occasion  when  No.  1 had  pursued  No.  2 to  the  outer  side  of  the  smaller  plant,  No.  2 
turned  and  faced  No.  1.  Both  males  hovered  about  two  inches  apart,  gradually  descending 
toward  the  ground;  at  about  four  inches  from  the  ground  hovering  continued  at  essentially 
one  place  for  about  half  a minute;  then  No.  1 struck  No.  2 head  on  knocking  it  to  the 
ground  beneath  the  plant  where  it  remained  with  wings  partly  outstretched  and  with  the 
apical  third  of  the  abdomen  vibrating.  Male  No.  2 remained  on  the  ground  about  three 
minutes  and  then  it  flew  away.  It  was  not  seen  again. 

Following  this  episode,  male  No.  1 rarely  left  the  large  Caryopteris  all  day.  Occasionally 
it  would  make  a quick  patrol  of  the  group  of  small  plants  formerly  patrolled  by  No.  2. 
It  had  a regular  route  around  and  through  the  large  plant  and  conducted  its  patrol  by 
hovering  a second  or  two  and  then  flying  four  to  six  inches.  All  bees  except  female  A. 


June,  1967] 


Pechuman:  Observations  on  Antiiidium  manicatum 


71 


manicatum  were  driven  away.  Usually  it  would  strike  the  center  of  the  thorax,  possibly 
because  this  was  the  usual  aspect  exposed;  it  was  seen  once  to  strike  a bumble  bee  head 
on  and  once  struck  a bumble  bee  from  below.  Rarely  a very  small  bee  would  manage 
to  visit  a flower  and  be  overlooked  by  the  male  but  usually  it  would  be  struck  as  soon 
as  it  tried  to  move  to  another  flower.  All  bees,  including  the  largest  bumble  bees,  appeared 
to  be  panic  stricken  when  struck  by  the  male  A.  manicatum ; none  made  any  attempt  to 
fight  back  and  only  one,  a large  Xylocopa,  was  noted  to  require  two  strikes.  Bumble 
bees  slowly  flying  by  the  plant  were  sometimes  struck  and  immediately  put  on  an  amazing 
burst  of  speed. 

The  male  rarely  bothered  the  female.  Several  times  it  landed  on  the  dorsum  of  the 
female  giving  the  impression  it  was  trying  to  mate.  It  could  not  be  determined  if  mating 
took  place  but  the  contact  would  sometimes  last  for  eight  to  ten  seconds.  During  contact 
the  female  would  keep  working  the  flower  but  once  the  pair  fell  from  the  plant,  separating 
before  they  reached  the  ground. 

A bumble  bee  was  killed  with  cyanide  and  immediately  pinned  to  a flower  in  a natural 
position.  The  male  A.  manicatum  did  not  strike  it  but  circled  it  twice  about  one  half  inch 
away ; from  then  on  it  was  ignored  by  the  male  on  his  patrol  except  at  rare  intervals  when 
it  would  fly  very  close  to  the  pinned  bee.  When  the  bumble  bee  was  moved  to  another 
flower,  it  continued  to  be  ignored. 

A bumble  bee  was  quieted  with  DDVP  and  tied  to  a blossom  while  still  moving  its 
wings.  It  was  struck  by  the  male  as  it  was  being  tied  but  was  ignored  from  that  time 
on  except  for  a rare  quick  investigation.  At  the  same  time  the  male  was  striking  all 
intruding  bees. 

It  was  noted  that  during  the  heat  of  the  day  the  male  was  extremely  aggressive  and 
spent  very  little  time  on  flowers  and  none  resting.  After  5 P.M.  it  made  many  stops 
probing  flowers  although  each  stop  was  only  of  a few  seconds  duration.  It  also  would 
rest  for  five  to  eight  seconds  on  foliage.  At  this  time  of  day  it  was  not  quick  to  strike 
intruders  but  it  did  strike  them  eventually.  This  may  have  been  due  to  lower  tempera- 
ture, wearyness,  or  the  need  to  secure  some  nectar  to  sustain  itself. 

11  September  1966.  The  activities  of  male  No.  1 were  about  the  same  as  noted  on  the 
previous  day.  It  now  took  over  the  smaller  plants  patrolled  by  No.  2 the  day  before 
but  about  75  percent  of  its  time  was  still  devoted  to  the  large  bush.  Two  females  were 
present  most  of  the  time.  A second  male  appeared  but  was  driven  off  and  did  not  return. 

When  the  male  would  land  on  the  dorsum  of  the  female,  its  behavior  was  quite  different 
than  when  striking  an  intruding  bee.  As  it  approached  the  female  it  would  stretch  out 
its  legs  as  for  grasping  and  the  female  would  be  seized  by  them.  When  striking  another 
bee,  the  legs  were  kept  tightly  under  the  body  and  the  approach  was  much  faster. 

Live  bumble  bees  were  attached  by  a long  thread  to  the  end  of  a stick.  To  the  observer 
they  looked  and  behaved  quite  naturally  but  only  occasionally  would  there  be  a glancing 
strike  by  the  male  Anthidium  whether  the  bumble  bees  were  on  a flower  or  flying.  How- 
ever, if  a tethered  live  bumble  bee  was  dangled  two  to  four  inches  directly  in  front  of  the 
hovering  male,  the  male  could  be  led  for  a foot  or  two  but  it  would  not  strike.  One  live 
bumble  bee  tied  to  a flower  was  closely  investigated  several  times  but  not  struck;  most  of 
the  time  it  was  ignored. 

The  male  would  investigate  anything  that  moved  including  dangling  portions  of  old 
flowers  but  did  not  strike  such  objects.  It  showed  only  slight  aggression  against  flies  and 
butterflies  and  these  did  not  show  the  fear  of  the  male  exhibited  by  the  other  bee  species. 
The  strike  against  flies  and  butterflies  was  usually  glancing  rather  than  direct  and  these 
insects  would  usually  return  to  the  same  or  a neighboring  flower  immediately. 

By  6 P.M.  the  male  was  spending  most  of  its  time  visiting  flowers.  As  it  approached  the 
flower  it  would  drop  its  hind  legs  as  does  the  female. 


72 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Observations  after  September  1 1 were  mostly  a repetition  of  previous  ob- 
servations. The  Caryopteris  bloom  was  almost  gone  by  the  end  of  September. 
The  last  A.  manicatum  noted  was  seen  for  a few  moments  on  October  3 about 
3 P.M.  It  was  a male  and  appeared  to  be  the  same  specimen  observed  on 
September  10  and  11. 

Observations  made  in  1965  and  1966  seem  to  indicate  that  the  male  of  A. 
manicatum  is  aggressively  territorial.  Possibly  the  easily  disturbed  timid  female 
needs  protection  when  there  is  competition  for  pollen  and  nectar.  Other  bees 
seem  to  fear  the  male  of  A.  manicatum  and  never  were  observed  to  attempt  to 
defend  themselves.  Flies  and  butterflies,  although  occasionally  knocked  from 
flowers,  showed  no  such  fear  and  usually  returned  to  the  same  or  a nearby 
flower.  The  male  was  noted  to  be  most  aggressive  in  bright  sunshine  during 
the  heat  of  the  day;  it  is  less  quick  to  respond  to  invasions  of  its  territory  as 
the  temperature  drops  later  in  the  day.  Although  the  male  investigates  all 
movement  within  its  territory  it  does  not  strike  dangling  leaves  or  flowers  or 
bees  which  are  dead  or  whose  movements  are  inhibited  in  any  way. 

It  is  suggested  that  further  studies  of  Anthidium  manicatum  in  New  York 
are  likely  to  be  rewarding.  Currently  it  is  not  known  outside  of  a limited 
range  in  the  towns  of  Ithaca  and  Lansing  in  Tompkins  County  and  its  pattern 
of  distribution  as  it  spreads  will  be  of  interest.  No  native  Anthidium  is  known 
from  New  York  and  one  wonders  if  A.  manicatum  will  fit  in  some  unoccupied 
ecological  niche  or  whether  one  or  more  of  our  native  bees  may  be  displaced  by 
this  aggressive  species.  The  present  population  of  the  species  is  probably  the 
result  of  the  introduction  of  a limited  number  of  individuals,  possibly  of  a 
single  nest,  so  a study  of  the  genetics  of  the  population  might  be  in  order.  It 
is  of  interest  in  this  connection  that  the  color  pattern  of  the  males  collected  in 
New  York  run  the  complete  gamut  of  patterns  described  from  Europe — from 
mostly  yellow  with  a few  black  markings  to  almost  completely  black.  This 
variation  in  color  pattern  is  very  convenient  for  the  observation  of  specific 
individuals. 

The  writer  wishes  to  thank  Dr.  Roger  A.  Morse  for  providing  information 
on  the  specimens  he  reared  from  a trap  nest.  Acknowledgement  is  also  due 
Dr.  Jan  Nowakowski  for  information  on  the  specimens  collected  by  him  and 
by  Mr.  George  Strang  and  Mr.  Paul  Minacci  and  additionally  for  translating 
the  paper  by  Sitowski.  The  writer  also  wishes  to  thank  Dr.  Morse  and  Dr. 
Elbert  Jaycox  for  reading  the  manuscript. 

Literature  Cited 

Fabre,  J.  Henri.  1920.  Bramble-bees  and  others.  Dodd,  Mead  and  Co.,  New  York. 

456  p. 

Friese,  Heinrich.  1898.  Die  Bienen  Europa’s  (Apidae  europaeae).  IV.  Solitare  Apiden. 

C.  Lampe,  Innsbruck.  304  p. 

Green,  E.  E.  1922.  Note  on  the  habits  of  the  bee,  Anthidium  manicatum.  Proc.  Ent. 

Soc.  London  1921:  lxxii— lxxiii. 


June,  1967  I 


Pechuman:  Observations  on  Antitidium  manicatum 


73 


Haas,  Adolph.  1960.  Vergleichende  verhaltensstudien  zum  paarungsschwarm  solitarer 
Apiden.  Zeit.  Tierpsychol.  17(4):  402-416. 

Jaycox,  Elbert  R.  1967.  An  adventive  Anthidium  in  New  York  State  (Hymenoptera: 
Megachilidae) . J.  Kansas  Ent.  Soc.  40(1):  124-126. 

Perkins,  R.  C.  L.  1928.  A note  on  Mr.  Ward’s  observation  on  Anthidium  manicatum. 
Entomologist  61(787):  273. 

Sitowski,  Ludwik.  1947.  [Anthidium,  as  an  exterminator  of  bees  and  bumble-bees 
gathering  honey.]  Roczn.  Nauk.  Roln.  Lesn.  49:  434-437.  In  Polish  with  an 
English  summary. 

Ward,  J.  Davis.  1928.  An  unrecorded  habit  of  the  male  of  the  bee  Anthidium  manicatum 
L.  Entomologist  61(787):  267-272. 

Received  for  publication  March  27,  1967 


A New  Species  of  Nepytia  from  the  Southern  Rocky  Mountains 

(Lepidoptera:  Geometridae) 

Frederick  H.  Rindge 

Department  of  Entomology,  the  American  Museum  or  Natural  History,  New  York 

Abstract : Nepytia  janetae,  new  species,  is  described  from  material  collected  in  New 
Mexico  and  eastern  Arizona.  The  genitalia  of  both  sexes  are  illustrated. 

Recent  collecting  trips  to  the  higher  mountains  of  New  Mexico  by  the 
author  and  his  family  produced  a nice  series  of  a heretofore  undescribed  species 
of  the  genus  Nepytia  Hulst.  One  additional  specimen  was  found  in  the  collec- 
tion of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  being  from  the  White  Moun- 
tains of  Arizona,  ex  collection  of  G.  H.  and  J.  L.  Sperry.  These  moths  are  now 
being  described  in  order  to  make  this  name  available. 

The  material  was  collected  under  the  auspices  of  National  Science  Founda- 
tion Grant  numbers  G-9037,  G-25134,  and  GB-3856.  This  assistance  is  grate- 
fully acknowledged. 

Nepytia  janetae,  new  species 
Figures  1,  2 

This  species  is  allied  to  regulata  Barnes  and  McDunnough,  and  may  be  distinguished 
from  it  by  its  smaller  size,  paler  color,  and  by  the  large  discal  spot  filled  with  ground 
color  on  each  forewing. 

male:  Head  with  vertex  and  front  creamy  white,  with  variable  number  of  yellow  scales; 

palpi  slender,  grayish  brown;  antennae  with  very  long  pectinations,  up  to  1.6  mm  in  length. 
Thorax  pale  gray  above,  with  elongate  hair-like  scales,  and  with  grayish  black  scaling 
anteriorly;  beneath  white.  Abdomen  pale  gray,  with  a few  scattered  pale  brown  scales 
above. 

upper  surface  of  wings:  All  wings  rather  thinly  scaled;  forewings  with  ground  color  pale 

gray,  with  scattered  black  and  yellowish  scales,  the  latter  concentrated  along  upper  portion 
of  t.  p.  line  and  inner  margin;  t.  a.  and  t.  p.  lines  broad,  black  or  grayish  black,  and 
tending  to  be  somewhat  diffuse;  t.  a.  line  arising  on  costa  one-third  of  distance  from 
base,  outwardly  dentate  on  veins  and  in  cell,  inwardly  oblique  from  anal  angle  to  inner 
margin ; discal  spot  large,  occupying  most  of  width  of  cell,  roughly  triangular,  filled  with 
yellowish  ground  color;  t.  p.  line  strongly  inwardly  dentate  on  veins,  connected  with 
discal  spot  anteriorly  along  vein  R5,  and  with  broadening  of  t.  p.  line  at  junction  of  base 
of  discal  spot,  in  some  specimens  with  small  spot  of  ground  color  at  origin  of  vein  Ms; 
subterminal  area  with  nebulous  yellowish  band  distal  of  t.  p.  line  in  upper  portion  of 
wing,  and  with  weakly  defined  s.  t.  line,  shaded  distally  by  ground  color;  fringe  con- 
colorous  with  wing,  with  blackish  gray  spots  at  ends  of  veins.  Hind  wings  white,  with 
scattered  brownish  black  scales;  extradiscal  line  weakly  indicated,  extending  straight  across 
wing;  discal  dot  weakly  represented  in  some  specimens;  fringe  like  that  of  forewings. 
under  surface  of  wings:  Forewings  pale  grayish  white,  with  maculation  of  upper  sur- 

face weakly  indicated;  hind  wings  white,  with  faint  extradiscal  line. 
length  of  fore  wing  : 15  to  18  mm;  holotype,  17.5  mm. 

female:  Similar  to  male,  but  with  maculation  tending  to  be  slightly  heavier. 

length  of  forewing:  15  to  18  mm;  allotype,  17  mm. 


74 


June,  1967] 


Rindge:  New  Species  of  Nepytia 


75 


Figs.  1 and  2.  Genitalia  of  Nepytia  janetae,  new  species.  Fig.  1.  Female,  allotype. 
Fig.  2.  Male,  paratype  from  type  locality. 


male  genitalia:  Gnathos  with  sides  very  slender,  median  spinose  enlargement  triangular 

in  outline;  valves  with  apex  of  costa  protruding  from  end  of  valve,  and  with  outer  margin 
of  valvula  rounded;  furca  angled  to  right  side,  short,  not  attaining  posterior  margin  of 
transtilla,  broad,  with  inner  margin  straight  and  outer  margin  rounded;  aedeagus  with 
ventrolateral,  sclerotized,  posteriorly  and  asymmetrically  bidentate  area,  and  with  slender, 
elongate,  posterior,  sclerotized  process. 

female  genitalia:  Sterigma  very  broad,  posterior  margin  evenly  rounded,  and  with 

V-shaped  anterior  process  ventrad  of  posterior  one-half  of  short  ductus  bursae;  corpus 
bursae  with  narrow  posterior  neck  and  anteriorly  rather  short  and  globular,  with  stellate 
signum. 

types:  Holotype,  male,  Bursum  Camp,  18  miles  east  of  Alma,  Catron 

County,  New  Mexico,  elevation  9000  feet,  July  9,  1961  (F.,  P.,  and  J. 
Rindge);  genitalia  mounted  on  slide  no.  F.H.R.  10,650.  Allotype,  female, 


76 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


same  data,  July  15,  1961;  genitalia  mounted  on  slide  no.  F.H.R.  13,774. 
Paratypes:  same  data  as  types,  various  dates  between  July  7-16,  1961,  26 
males  and  21  females;  Pine  Camp,  2 miles  northeast  of  Cloudcroft,  Otero 
County,  New  Mexico,  elevation  8000  feet,  July  3-5,  1964  (F.,  P.,  and  M. 
Rindge),  five  males;  Bear  Trap  Camp,  28  miles  southwest  of  Magdalena, 
Socorro  County,  New  Mexico,  elevation  8500  feet,  July  1-11,  1965  (F.,  P., 
and  M.  Rindge),  seven  males  and  five  females;  Alpine,  Apache  County,  Ari- 
zona, June  18,  1936  (G.  FI.  and  J.  L.  Sperry),  one  male. 

All  the  type  material  is  in  the  collection  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History. 

remarks:  This  species  flies  with  its  close  ally,  regulata , at  all  of  the  known 

localities  for  janetae.  The  new  species  can  be  separated  from  regulata  by  its 
yellowish  vertex,  the  much  longer  antennal  pectinations  in  the  male,  by  the 
paler  wing  color,  and  by  the  very  large  discal  spot  of  each  forewing  being 
filled  in  with  yellowish  ground  color. 

The  genitalia  of  the  new  species  are  similar  to  those  of  regulata.  The  males 
of  janetae  can  be  recognized  by  the  distinctive  gnathos,  the  apex  of  the  costa 
extending  above  the  surface  of  the  valve,  and  by  the  straighter  and  broader 
furca.  The  females  structures  are  characterized  by  the  broader,  semicircular 
sterigma,  and  by  the  narrower  posterior  portion  of  the  corpus  bursae. 

This  species  is  named  for  Janet,  my  oldest  daughter,  who  helped  collect  the 
topotypical  series. 

Received  for  publication  March  17,  1967 


Further  Records  of  New  Jersey  Aphids 
(Homoptera:  Aphididae) 

Mortimer  D.  Leonard 

Collaborator,  Entomology  Research  Division,  Agricultural  Research  Service, 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Abstract:  Listed  are  93  aphids  arranged  alphabetically  by  genera  and  by  species  under 

each  genus.  Detailed  records  of  the  localities,  dates,  food  plants  and  collectors  are  given 
for  each  species  and  a list  of  101  food  plants  on  which  the  aphids  have  been  collected  is 
included.  Of  the  aphids  20  species  and  of  the  food  plants  26  have  not  previously  been 
recorded  from  New  Jersey.  At  present  227  aphids  on  267  plants  are  known  to  occur  in 
New  Jersey. 


This  is  a third  paper  on  the  distribution  and  food  plants  of  New  Jersey 
aphids.  The  previous  paper  entitled  “Additional  records  of  New  Jersey  aphids” 
was  published  in  the  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.  72:  79-101,  1964.  It  increased  the 
number  of  aphids  known  to  occur  in  New  Jersey  to  a total  of  207  on  241  food 
plants. 

The  present  paper,  based  largely  on  collections  made  during  the  past  three 
years,  1963-1965,  records  93  aphids  on  101  plants  of  which  20  aphids  and 
26  plants  were  not  in  the  previous  papers.  At  present  227  aphids  on  267  plants 
are  known  to  occur  in  New  Jersey. 

During  visits  to  Haddon field  I have  continued  to  operate  a yellow  water-pan 
or  Moericke  Trap  (in  text  as  MT)  in  the  back  yard  garden  at  217  Rhoads 
Ave.  Starting  with  1963  I used  the  inverted  top  of  an  old  ash  can  about  22 
inches  in  diameter  placed  on  a standard  which  raised  it  about  two  and  one-half 
feet  above  the  ground.  This  pan  was  exposed  continuously  in  1963  from  23 
July  to  30  November  during  which  period  about  2500  winged  aphids  were 
taken  from  it.  Nearly  25%  of  this  total  was  collected  during  November  and 
a little  over  40%  during  October,  both  of  which  months  were  unusually  mild. 
Because  of  the  difficulty  of  identifying  so  many  free-flying  aphids  only  a few 
of  the  records  of  these  are  here  included.  It  is  hoped  at  some  later  time  more 
complete  records  from  the  yellow  water-pan  can  be  published. 

LIST  OF  APHIDS* 

Acyrthosiphon  dirhodum  (Wlk.) — see  Metopolophium. 

* A cyrtho  siphon  pelargonii  (Kaltenbach ) , Geranium  Aphid.  Maywood 
(Hoffman,  Florist),  5 Aug.  1965,  a general  heavy  infestation  of  all  plants  of 
Salmon  Irene  geraniums  ( Pelargonium  sp.)  on  stock  in  a greenhouse  which 
is  open  in  the  summer  (Conlon  coll.) 

Acyrthosiphon  pisum  (Harris),  Pea  Aphid.  In  November,  1961,  L.  W. 

* Names  preceded  by  an  asterisk  (*)  are  in  addition  to  those  in  the  previous  two  papers. 


77 


78 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I V ol.  LXXV 


Coles  of  the  Japanese  Beetle  Laboratory,  USDA,  Moorestown,  wrote  me  about 
the  status  of  parasites  of  this  aphid  in  New  Jersey.  This  was  omitted  from 
“Additional  Records.”  He  says:  “The  parasites  of  the  pea  aphid  in  New 

Jersey  that  we  are  familiar  with  are  Aphidius  pisivorus  C.  F.  Smith  and  Praon 
simulans  Provancher.  We  have  observed  them  in  all  areas  of  New  Jersey 
every  season  for  the  past  six  years.  A.  pisivorus  is  very  common  and  very 
effective  we  feel.  Praon  can  be  found  commonly  but  not  nearly  so  as  A. 
pisivorus.'1' 

Also  omitted  from  “Additional  Records”  were  any  notes  on  the  pea  aphid 
although  it  is  given  in  the  Plant  List  under  alfalfa  and  red  clover.  The  data 
is  as  follows:  “The  pea  aphid  caused  less  damage  than  usual  [to  alfalfa].  In 
some  areas  of  southern  counties  populations  reached  200-300  per  sweep  during 
May  but,  in  general,  populations  were  much  lighter.”  (Summary  of  Insect 
Conditions — 1957  in  New  Jersey  in  CEIR  8(1):  6,  Jan.  3,  1958.)  “Was  far 
less  damaging  than  usual.”  (Summary  of  Insect  Conditions — 1958  in  New 
Jersey  in  CEIR  9(7):  189-190,  1958.)  New  Brunswick,  16,  20  May  and 
Beemerville,  6 May  1960  on  alfalfa  (Wave  coll.),  Middlebush,  8 June  1960  on 
red  clover  (Wave  coll.). 

Acyrthosiphon  porosum  (Sanderson),  Yellow  Rose  Aphid.  McGuire  Air 
Force  Base,  3 alatae,  2 “pupae,”  2 mature  and  3 immature  apterae,  collected 
from  the  buds  of  cultivated  rose  in  mid-May  1965  (Quinden  coll.).  Second 
record  for  New  Jersey. 

* Acyrthosiphon  sibericum  (Mordvilko).  Haddonfield,  2 Sept.  1965  on 
Urtica  sp.  (MDL  and  DLW  coll. — ATO  det.). 

Although  this  aphid  is  recorded  as  fairly  common  in  the  Rocky  Mountain 
Region  it  is  known  elsewhere  in  the  USA  only  by  one  collection  in  N.  Y. 
and  2 in  Pa. 

Acyrthosiphon  solani  (Kaltenbach)  (placed  by  some  in  Aulacorthum) , Fox- 
glove Aphid.  New  Brunswick,  23  June  1960,  1 mature  aptera  on  Taraxacum 
officinale  (Wave  coll.).  Omitted  from  the  previous  paper. 

Anoecia  corni  Fabricius.  Haddonfield,  16-30  Sept.,  9 alatae;  1-15  Oct.,  2 
alatae;  16-31,  4 alatae;  — 1963  and  1-5  Nov.  1965,  2 alatae — all  in  MT  (MDL 
coll.). 

Anuraphis  viburnicola  (Gillette) — see  Ceruraphis  viburnicola  (Gillette). 

Aphis  coreopsidis  Thomas.  Whitesbog,  13  July  1961  on  Nyssa  sylvatica 
(Marucci  coll.) . 

Aphis  crataegifoliae  Fitch — see  Brachycaudus  crataegifoliae  Fitch. 

Aphis  fabae  Scopoli,  Bean  Aphid.  Moorestown,  12  April  1963  on  Euonymus 
europaeus  (EAR  coll.);  21  May  1963  on  rhubarb  plants  in  a garden  heavily 
infested,  with  leaves  curled  and  crinkled  (HWA  coll.);  5 Sept.  1963  on  cult, 
nasturtiums  (EAR  coll.).  Bordentown,  24  May  1963,  abundant  on  Philadel- 
phus  sp.  (Webber  coll.).  Ridgewood,  10,  18  June  1963  a few  on  Arctium 


June,  1967] 


Leonard:  New  Jersey  Apeiids 


79 


minus  (MDL  coll.).  Columbus,  1 Oct.  1963,  20  alatae  from  Arctium  sp.  (LW 
Coles  coll.).  Haddonfield,  27  Aug.  1963,  scarce  on  nasturtiums  (MDL  coll.). 

Dr.  Allen’s  heavily  infested  rhubarb  made  me  realize  that  I had  seldom  seen 
records  of  this  aphid  on  rhubarb.  A search  reveals  it  appears  there  are  not  many 
in  the  United  States.  The  files  of  Survey  and  Detection  Operations,  Plant 
Pest  Control  Div.,  USDA  have  only  the  following:  USDA  Yearbook  for 

1908,  p.  570  “caused  serious  injury  to  rhubarb  in  New  Jersey”;  Manhattan, 
Kans.,  1 July  1948  taken  on  rhubarb  (R.  C.  Smith  coll. — LMR  det.);  “Serious 
damage  caused  to  rhubarb  on  Mar.  20,  1948  in  Arcadia.”  (Calif.  Truck  Crop 
Emergency  Survey);  Palmer  in  Aphids  of  the  Rocky  Mt.  Region  states  that  it 
occurs  on  rhubarb.  For  New  York  there  are  only  two  records:  Lockport,  1959 
and  Orient,  L.Id,  1962.  Amherst,  Mass.,  6 June  1960  on  rhubarb. 

Aphis  gossypii  Glover,  Cotton  or  Melon  Aphid.  Whitesbog  (Pemberton), 
13  July  1961,  3 alatae,  3 apterae  on  Leucothoe  racemosa  and  9 apterae  on 
Rhododendron  ( Azalea ) viscosa  (Married  coll. — JOP  det.  with  query). 

In  litt.  from  Marucci — “ A phis  gossypii  apparently  can  live  on  ericaceous 
plants.  On  1 Sept.  1947  we  found  it  colonizing  blueberries  in  our  screen-house 
at  Pemberton.  The  aphids  were  being  attended  by  ants.  We  used  these  aphids 
to  try  to  transmit  blueberry  stunt  disease  and  they  lived  quite  well  on  blue- 
berries. USNM  made  the  determination.”  Moorestown,  15  May  1963,  abun- 
dant on  shoots  of  rose-of-sharon  (MDL  coll,  in  EAR’s  garden);  13  June 
1963,  several  mature  apterae  and  some  younger  ones  on  Sophora  japonica 
(EAR  coll,  in  his  garden);  21  May  1965,  9 alatae  on  Aguilegia  longissima 
(HWA  coll.) — these  may  be  “drifts”  since  this  aphid  has  been  recorded  from 
Aguilegia  only  by  Hall  in  Egypt;  21  May  1965,  8 alatae  on  tips  of  several 
shoots  of  Forsythia  sp.  (HWA  coll.) — these  may  be  “drifts”  since  this  aphid 
has  been  recorded  from  Forsythia  only  in  Japan;  9 alatae  on  buds  of  peony 
(HWA  coll.) — probably  “drifts”  since  aphids  were  stuck  to  the  buds  and  pre- 
sumably no  aphid  has  been  recorded  from  peony.  Haddonfield,  15  May  1963 
a very  few  apterae  on  Campsis  radicans  (MDS);  19-26  Sept.  1964,  an  occa- 
sional leaf  on  two  rose-of-sharon  shrubs  with  a single  alate,  one  of  these  near 
several  very  small  pale  young  (MDL);  mid-May  1965,  a very  small  immature 
on  a tender  tip  of  rose-of-sharon  (MDL  & DLW  coll.).  Trenton,  2 Sept.  1964, 
the  “small  form”  heavy  on  leaves  of  Catalpa  sp.  (Stinson  coll.).  Princeton,  17 
Aug.  1964,  heavy  infestation  on  small  twigs  of  several  4-5  foot  trees  of  Sophora 
japonica  (Stinson  coll.). 

*1  Aphis  incognita  Hottes  & Frison.  Pemberton,  1948,  an  alate  on  sticky 
board  trap  in  blueberry  field  (Marucci  coll. — LMR  det.  as  “near  incognita''1) . 
This  species  has  been  recorded  from  Utah,  Colorado,  and  Illinois  from  Sym- 
phoricarpos. 

Aphis  oestlundi  Gillette.  Mt.  Laurel,  25  May  1963  on  Oenothera  sp.  (HWA 


80 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


LVol.  LXXV 


coll.).  Indian  Mills,  26  May  1963  on  Oenothera  sp.  (HWA  coll.).  Moorestown, 
17  Oct.  1963  on  O.  biennis  (T.  L.  Ladd  coll.). 

Aphis  pomi  DeGeer,  Apple  Aphid.  Bordentown,  27  May  1963  on  crabapple 
(Weber  coll.).  Somerville,  19  June  1963  on  flowering  crab  (Stinson  coll.). 
Bridgeton,  7 Aug.  1964  on  Jap  flowering  quince  (W.  Junghans  coll.).  Moores- 
town,  21  May  1965  on  Jap  flowering  crab,  heavily  infested  (HWA  coll.). 

Aphis  pseudohederae  Theobald,  Ivy  Aphid.  Haddonfield,  1963 — none  could 
be  found  during  the  season  on  the  English  ivy  at  217  Rhoads  Ave.,  until  about 
Sept.  1 when  three  or  four  occurred  on  as  many  tender  tips;  on  31  Oct.  4 
small  colonies  ( 1 or  2 alatae  in  each)  on  vines  in  another  similar  situation;  2 
Dec.  a few  were  found  including  several  alatae  from  which  several  atypical 
Lysephlebius  testae eipes  (Cresson),  det.  Muesebeck,  were  reared;  on  25  Sept. 
1964  a few,  including  3 or  4 alatae,  on  the  tender  tips  of  the  English  ivy  on 
the  house  at  217  Rhoads  Ave.  (MDL);  6 Nov.  1965  a very  small  colony  on 
the  same  vines  attended  by  the  ant,  det.  D.  R.  Smith,  as  Prenolepis  imparis 
(Say).  Ridgewood,  28  Oct.  1965,  a fair  sized  colony  on  a tender  shoot  of  an 
English  ivy  vine  on  a tree  trunk,  attended  by  the  ant,  det.  by  D.  R.  Smith  as 
Prenolepis  imparis  (Say),  (MDL). 

Aphis  rumicis  Linnaeus,  Dock  Aphid.  Rancocus,  13  May  1963,  a heavy 
infestation  on  Rumex  ads  pus  (B  Puttier  coll.).  Moorestown,  17  May  1963  on 
R.  crispus  (EAR  coll.).  Deerfield,  20  May  1963  on  R.  crispus  (Buck  coll.). 
Mt.  Laurel,  25  May  1963  on  R.  crispus  (HWA  coll.). 

Aphis  spiraecola  Patch,  Spiraea  Aphid.  Whitesbog  (Pemberton),  13  July 
1961,  alatae  (possibly  “drifts”)  on  Aronia  atropurpurea  (Marucci  coll. — JOP 
det.)  and  5 apterae  on  Lyonia  ( Pieris ) mariana  (Marucci  coll.— JOP  det.). 
Haddonfield,  1963 — several  plantings  of  Spiraea  sp.  in  a garden  only  slightly 
infested  throughout  the  season.  Shiloh  (Perkins-deWilde  Nursery),  15  May 
1963,  many  on  Pyracantha  coccinea  var.  lalandi  (Pope  coll.).  Moorestown,  21 
May  1965,  terminal  growth  of  Spiraea  prunifolia  and  of  Pyracantha  sp.  mod- 
erately infested  (HWA  coll.). 

Aulacorthum  solani  (Kalt.)- — see  Acyrthosiphon  solani  (Kalt.). 

Brachycaudus  crataegijoliae  (Fitch),  formerly  Aphis.  Old  Bridge  (Helka 
Bros.),  12  Aug.  1964,  heavy  on  leaves  of  Crataegus  sp.  (Driver  coll.). 

Brevicoryne  brassicae  (Linnaeus),  Cabbage  Aphid.  “Observed  generally 
throughout  the  State  on  cabbage,  broccoli,  and  other  cole  crops  (Ins.-Dis. 
Newsltr.  in  CEIR  14(33):  941,  14  Aug.  1964). 

Calaphis  betulaecolens  (Fitch)  group.  Cherry  Hill  and  Haddonfield,  1963 
cn  Betula  lenta  (MDL  coll. — Richards  det.). 

Calaphis  betulella  Walsh.  Haddonfield,  1961,  1 alate  in  MT  (Gladys  Tester- 
man  coll.);  1-15  Aug.  1963,  3 alatae  in  MT;  16-22  May  1965,  6 alatae  in 
MT;  24  Aug.  2 Sept.  1965,  1 alate  in  MT  (all  MDL). 

Calaphis  castaneae  (Fitch).  Medford  Lakes,  6 June  1965,  1 alate  and 


June,  1967] 


Leonard:  New  Jersey  Aphids 


81 


several  small  apterae,  the  latter  whitish  with  antennae  black,  on  chestnut 
(HWA  coll.). 

Capitophorus  elaeagni  (Del  Guercio),  Oleaster  Thistle  Aphid.  Haddonfield, 
all  1961,  alatae  in  MT — May  15-25,  3;  1-15  June,  3 and  Oct.  4 (Gladys  Tester- 
man  coll.) ; 26-30  May  1961,  3 (MDL  coll.) ; 1963 — 1-15  Oct.,  4,  16-31,  3,  Nov. 
1-15,  32,  16-30,  21,  all  males  (MDL  coll.);  1-15  Nov.  1965,  3 alatae  in  MT 
(MDL  coll.).  Riverton,  14  Oct.  1963  on  Elaeagnus  umbellata  (EAR  coll.). 

Capitophorus  glandulosus  (Kaltenbach) . Haddonfield,  1963 — The  small 
patches  of  mugwort  reported  on  during  the  past  several  seasons  were  abun- 
dantly infested  on  26  June  but  were  only  very  slightly  infested  during  July 
and  early  August  and  none  could  be  found  from  then  on.  Nov.  15  one  ovipara 
containing  a single  egg  was  blown  into  the  MT  and  on  Nov.  17  several  eggs 
were  found  on  the  underside  of  several  lower  leaves.  None  could  be  found 
during  1964  nor  in  1965  although  during  this  latter  year  almost  all  of  the 
mugwort  had  been  pulled  out  of  the  garden. 

Capitophorus  hippophaes  (Walker),  Polygonum  Aphid.  Wycoff,  14  Oct. 
1960,  very  abundant  on  a small  patch  of  Polygonum  caespitosum  var.  longi- 
setum  (det.  E.  C.  Leonard,  USNM),  (MDL  & DDL  coll.).  Moorestown,  1 
Aug.  1962,  1 alate  in  MT  (EAR  coll.).  Haddonfield,  14  Sept.  1963,  scarce 
on  Polygonum  caespitosum  (det.  Shetler),  (MDL  coll.);  by  daily  collecting  in 
MT  throughout  Oct.  and  Nov.  1963  at  least  100  alatae  were  obtained,  all  males 
(MDL  coll.);  29  Aug.  and  2 Sept.  1965,  scarce  on  a large  patch  of  P.  pennsyl- 
vanicum  (det.  Shetler),  (MDL  & DLW  coll.). 

Capitophorus  ribis  (L.) — see  Cryptomyzus  ribis  (L.). 

Cepegillettea  myricae  Patch.  Medford  Lakes,  27  Oct.  1963,  several  plants  of 
Comptonia  ( Myrica ) peregrina  var.  asplenifolia  growing  in  a woods  lightly 
infested  (G.  G.  Rohwer  coll.). 

Chaitophorus  sp.  Haddonfield,  16-31  Nov.  1963,  1 alate  in  MT  (MDL  coll. 
—ANT  det.). 

Chaitophorus  populicola  Thomas,  Cloudy-winged  Cottonwood  Leaf  Aphid. 
Haddonfield,  1-15  June  1961,  1 alate  in  MT  (Gladys  Testerman  coll.).  Pitts- 
grove,  11  Sept.  1963,  heavily  infested,  scattered  small  aspens,  Populus  grandi- 
dentata  (C.  W.  Holsworth,  Senior  Forester,  Parvin  State  Park  coll.).  Medford 
Lakes,  3 June  1965,  1 “stray”  alate  on  laurel  (Quinden  coll.). 

Chaitophorus  viminicola  Hille  Ris  Lambers.  Indian  Mills,  20  May  1963  on 
Salix  sp.  (HWA  coll. — MacGillivray  det.).  Recorded  elsewhere  only  from  Iowa, 
Illinois,  and  Pennsylvania. 

*Chromaphis  jugandicola  (Kaltenbach),  Walnut  Aphid.  Moorestown,  28 
Aug.  1965,  fairly  common  on  a large  English  walnut  (MDL  & EAR  coll.). 

Cryptomyzus  ribis  (Linnaeus),  (formerly  in  Capitophorus) . Currant  aphid. 
Moorestown,  26  May  1963  on  currant  (HWA  coll.). 

Dactynotus  spp.  The  following  collections  were  examined  by  Dr.  Olive 


82 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


who  was  unable  to  determine  them  specifically;  Ridgewood,  July  1963  on 
Rudbeckia  hirta  (DDL  coll.).  Haddonfield,  1,  16  Oct.  1963  on  Aster  simplex 
(Shetler  det.),  (MDL  coll.);  1-15  Sept.  1963  in  MT  (MDL  coll.);  a number 
of  alatae  from  mid-Sept.  to  mid-Oct.  1963  in  MT  (MDL  coll.).  Moorestown, 
26  Aug.  1963  on  Rudbeckia  sp.  and  many  specimens  on  Rudbeckia  sp.,  30 
June  1965  on  Solid  a go  sp.  (HWA  coll.). 

Dactynotus  ( Dactynotus ) ambrosiae  (Thomas),  Brown  Ambrosia  Aphid. 
Haddonfield,  20  Sept.  1963  and  Ridgewood,  24  Oct.  1963  on  Ambrosia  trifida 
(MDL  coll.— ATO  det.). 

Dactynotus  ( Lambersius ) anomalae  (Hottes  & Frison).  The  small  patch 
of  hardy  purple  asters  in  the  garden  at  217  Rhoads  Ave.,  Haddonfield  was 
moderately  infested  several  times  during  the  1963  season  but  most  of  the 
colonies  dried  up.  Predators  were  often  present  but  no  parasites  were  observed. 
The  last  collection  was  made  18-22  Oct.  and  soon  after  the  plants  were  mostly 
dead.  No  aphids  were  observed  on  these  plants  in  1964  and  fairly  early  in 
1965  all  the  plants  were  dug  out. 

Dactynotus  ( Dactynotus ) chrysanthemi  (Oestlund).  Medford,  11  Sept. 
1963  on  Bidens  coronata  var.  trichosperma  (EAR  coll.). 

* Dactynotus  ( Uromelan ) eupatorijoliae  Tissot.  Haddonfield,  27,  30  Sept. 
1963,  fairly  common  on  a small  patch  of  Eupatorium  rugosum  (Shetler  det.), 
(MDL  coll.— ATO  det.). 

* Dactynotus  ( Lambersius ) gravicornis  (Patch).  Haddonfield,  27,  30  Sept. 
1963  on  Solidago  rugosa  (MDL  coll.— ATO  det.). 

* Dactynotus  ( Dactynotus ) leonardi  Olive.  Ridgewood,  July  1963  on  Rud- 
beckia hirta  (paratypes)  and  Aug.  1964  on  R.  hirta  (DDL  coll. — ATO  det.). 

Dactynotus  ( Dactynotus ) sonchellus  (Monell).  Indian  Mills,  26  May  1963 
on  Lactuca  sp.  (HWA  coll. — ATO  det.). 

* Dactynotus  ( Uromelan ) taraxaci  (Kaltenbach),  Dark  Dandelion  Aphid. 
Cherry  Hill,  5 Nov.  1963,  a number  of  dandelion  plants,  on  leaves  and  some 
of  the  stems,  heavily  infested  with  apterae  in  a back  yard  lawn  and  on  Nov.  11 
many  more  found,  including  two  alates  (DLW  coll. — ATO  det.). 

Dactynotus  ( Lambersius ) tissoti  (Boudreaux).  Haddonfield,  27,  30  Sept, 
and  15  Oct.  1963  on  Solidago  rugosa  (Shetler  det.),  (MDL  coll. — ATO  det.). 

Dactynotus  ( Uromelan ) tuataiae  Olive — Correction  to  records  in  “Addi- 
tional Records” — the  data  for  this  species  should  read  as  follows:  Medford 

Lakes,  2 Aug.  1962  (G.  G.  Rohwer  coll.)  and  Moorestown  1 Aug.  1962  (HWA 
coll.),  both  on  Ambrosia  art emisii folia. 

Drepanaphis  sp.  Haddonfield,  16-31  Oct.  1963,  26  males  in  MT  (MDL  coll. 
— CFS  det.  who  writes  “I  cannot  identify  these  at  the  present  time.”). 

Drepanaphis  acerifolii  Thomas,  Painted  Maple  Aphid.  Haddonfield,  15 
Sept.  1963  on  Acer  rubrum  var.  trilobum  (MDL  coll. — CFS  det.);  25  Sept. 
1963  a large  trilobum  maple  very  heavily  infested  (MDL  coll. — CFS  det.);  4 


June,  1967] 


Leonard:  New  Jersey  Aphids 


83 


Oct.  many  males,  oviparae,  nymphs  and  16  Oct.  1963  males  and  oviparae  on 
trilobum  maple;  in  MT,  1963 — Aug.,  1 alate,  1-15  Sept.,  1 alate,  15-30  Sept., 
5 alatae,  16-31  Oct.,  26  alatae.  Cherry  Hill,  30  Sept.  1963  apterae  on  a trilobum 
maple  (MDL  & DLW  coll.— CFS  coll.). 

*Drepanaphis  carolinensis  Smith.  Haddonfield,  15  Sept.  1963,  1 alate  on 
trilobum  maple  (MDL  coll. — CFS  det . ) ; 16-30  Sept.  1963,  4 alatae  in  MT 
(MDS  coll.— CFS  det.). 

Dr e panaphis  parvus  Smith.  Haddonfield,  16-31  Oct.,  1963,  2 alatae  in  MT 
(MDL  coll. — CFS  det.).  Second  record  for  New  Jersey. 

*Drepanaphis  simpsoni  Smith.  Haddonfield,  16-31  Oct.,  2 alatae  in  MT 
(MDL  coll.— CFS  det.). 

Eriosoma  crataegi  Oestlund.  Princeton  Nurseries,  Allentown  Farm,  3 Aug. 
1964  on  Crataegus  mollis  (Stinson  coll.).  Dunellen,  18  Aug.  1964,  heavy  in- 
festation on  Crataegus  sp.  (Stinson  coll.). 

* Euceraphis  lineata  Baker.  Ridgewood,  29  Oct.  1962  at  Duck  Pond,  oviparae 
on  Betula  alba  (MDL  & DDL  coll. — Richards  det.). 

*Eulachnus  rileyi  (Williams).  Haddonfield,  1963  in  MT — 1-15  Oct.,  1 
alate,  2 Oct.,  15  alatae,  3-15  Oct.,  1 alate  (MDL  coll. — ANT  det.). 

*Georgiaphis  ulmi  (Wilson).  Bound  Brook,  31  May  1963  on  leaves  and  bark 
of  Ulmus  sp.  (Weber  coll. — CFS  det.). 

Hamamelistes  spinosus  Shimer,  Spiny  Bud-gall  of  Witchhazel.  Terns  River, 
H.  B.  Scammell  & Son,  10  June  1964  in  corrugated  leaves  of  white  birch  (Pope 
coll.). 

Lachnus  salignus  (Gmelin),  Giant  willow  Aphid.  Freehold,  5 Aug.  1963  on 
Salix  sp.  (Pope  coll.). 

*Macrosiphonieila  millejolii  (deGeer).  Indian  Mills,  26  May  1963,  several 
on  Achillea  millefolium  (HWA  coll.). 

Macro  si  phoniella  sanborni  (Gillette),  Chrysanthemum  Aphid.  Haddonfield, 
1963 — a small  patch  of  chrysanthemums  in  a garden  was  uninfested  until 
about  mid-Oct.  when  some  colonies  began  to  appear.  Moorestown,  21  May 
1965,  “hardy'’  mums  lightly  infested  (HWA  coll.). 

Macrosiphum  spp.  Haddonfield,  21  Oct.  1963  on  Mentha  spicata  (MDL 
coll. — ATO  det.);  alatae  in  MT — 1-15,  16-30  Sept,  and  1-15  Oct.  1963  (MDL 
coll. — ATO  det.);  a number  of  specimens  were  collected. 

Macrosiphum  dirhodum  (Wlk.) — see  Metopolophium  dirhodum  (Wlk.). 

Macrosiphum  euphorbiae  (Thomas),  Potato  Aphid.  Cherry  Hill,  6 May 
1962,  1 alate,  several  young  on  Euonymus  europaeus  (DLW  coll.).  Moores- 
town, 2 Aug.  1962  on  tomato  in  a garden  (HWA  coll.);  21  May  1965,  a single 
mature  aptera  among  many  Aphis  fabae  on  rhubarb  (HWA  coll.).  Medford 
Lakes,  28  May  1963,  heavy  infestation  on  cult,  roses  (G.  G.  Rohwer  coll.). 
Medford,  31  May  1963  and  17  June  1964,  light  on  tomato  (Quinden  coll.). 
Mt.  Laurel,  25  May  and  Indian  Mills,  26  May  1963  on  Apocynum  cannabinum 


84 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


(HWA  coll.).  Linwood,  29  April  1963  light  on  Tulipa  sp.  and  Shiloh,  15  May 
1963,  heavy  on  cult,  roses  (Buck  coll.).  Haddonfield,  16-31  Aug.,  1 alate  and 
1-15  Nov.,  6 alatae  1963  in  MT  (MDL  coll. — ATO  det. ) ; 9-22  May  1965, 
many  alatae  in  MT  (MDL  coll. — JOP  det.).  McGuire  Air  Force  Base,  mid- 
May  1965,  several  apterae  on  cult,  rose  (Quinden  coll.). 

POTATO  APPIID  ( Macrosiphum  euphorbiae ) — NEW  JERSEY — Survey  at 
25  sites  in  Cumberland,  Salem,  Gloucester,  Burlington,  Mercer,  Monmouth,  and 
Middlesex  counties  revealed  smaller  number  of  eggs  than  in  1964;  however, 
percentage  of  viable  eggs  higher.  Counts  higher  in  Mercer,  Monmouth,  and 
Cumberland  counties.  Table  below  gives  total  number  of  eggs  found  and  per- 
centage which  were  viable  at  time  of  survey,  for  last  9 years.  (Ins.-Dis. 
Newsltr.).  (CEIR  15(  19):  447,  1965). 


Comparison  of  Total  Number  of  Eggs  and  Percentage  of  Viable  Eggs 


Year 

1957 

1958 

1959 

1960 

1961 

1962 

1963 

1964 

1965 

Total  No.  Eggs 

427 

226 

1522 

178 

713 

411 

745 

1192 

774 

Percent  Viable 

65.6 

53.1 

54.7 

74.7 

25.2 

74.2 

78.3 

45.6 

73.6 

Note:  It  should  be  pointed  out  that  the  egg  surveys  are  made  on  plants  of  the 
swamp  rose  (Rosa  palustris). 

Macrosiphum  liriodendri  Monell,  Tuliptree  Aphid.  The  following  collections 
were  inadvertently  omitted  from  “Additional  Records”:  Montclair,  27  May 

1954  (Bartlett  Tree  Research  Laboratories).  New  Brunswick,  10,  26  June 
1962  (Wave  coll. — CFS  det.).  Moorestown,  19  July  1962  (HWA  coll.)  and 
29  July  1962  (det.  W.  Jones  coll.).  Oldwick,  8 Aug.  1960  (Wave  coll.).  West- 
mont, 28  June  1962  (J.  J.  Earley  of  PPCD,  USDA  coll.). 

The  following  collections  were  made  1963-1965,  all  on  tuliptree  unless  other- 
wise specified:  Waterford,  26  May  1963,  immatures  on  Magnolia  virginiana 
(HWA  coll.— ATO  det.).  Summit,  22  June  1963,  common  on  a very  large 
tree  (MDL  coll.).  Moorestown,  scarce,  31  July  1963  (EAR  coll.)  and  21  May 
1965  (HWA  coll.).  Haddonfield,  24,  31  July,  19  Aug.,  13  Sept.,  and  27  Aug. 
1965,  a small  street  shade  tree  lightly  infested  when  examined  on  each  of  these 
dates  (MDL  & DLW  coll.),  Medford  Lakes,  6 June  1965,  about  35  apterae 
of  various  sizes  on  Magnolia  virginiana  (HWA  coll.). 

Macrosiphum  rosae  (Linnaeus),  Rose  Aphid.  Haddonfield,  no  aphids  could 
be  found  on  roses  at  217  Rhoads  Ave.,  except  a few  in  mid-May,  until  late 
Sept.  1963  when  the  tender  shoots  on  one  large  bush  became  heavily  infested; 
several  alatae  in  MT,  16-30  Sept.  1963  (MDL  coll. — ATO  det.);  during  May, 
Aug.,  and  in  late  Dec.  1965  no  aphids  could  be  found.  Moorestown,  27  Dec. 
1965  EAR  collected  3 mature  apterae  and  several  young  on  a rose  cutting 
which  had  been  taken  indoors — the  weather  had  been  unseasonably  mild. 

'l'Masonaphis  sp.  Cooper  Creek,  Haddonfield,  2 Sept.  1965  alatae  on 
Boehmeria  cylindrica  (MDL  & DLW  coll. — MacGillivray  det.  who  states  “I 
cannot  place  these  in  any  species  known  to  me.”). 


June,  1967] 


Leonard:  New  Jersey  Aphids 


85 


Masonaphis  ( Ericobium ) azaleae  (Mason).  Philip  E.  Marucci,  Cranberry 
and  Blueberry  Research  Laboratory,  N.  J.  Ag.  Exp.  Sta.,  New  Lisbon  wrote 

me  on  8 Oct.  1965  that  Leon  Coles’  statement  in  my  “Additional  Records”  in 
regard  to  light  parasitism  by  Aphelinus  sp.  needs  correction.  Marucci  says 
“ Aphelinus  is  a very  effective  parasite  of  M.  azaleae  in  the  field.  Last  year 
the  ratio  of  mummified  aphids  to  live  aphids  was  50  to  1 and  this  year  it  is 
about  71  to  1.”  Ben  Puttier  writes  me,  11  Jan.  1966  that  it  was  he  who 
originally  identified  this  parasite  as  undoubtedly  Aphelinus  semijlavus  How. 
but  that  no  specimens  were  preserved.  A hyperparasite  reared  from  this  aphid 
from  Lebanon  State  Forest  by  Marucci  was  determined  by  Paul  M.  Marsh, 
USNM,  as  Logocerus  niger  (How.).  It  has  been  recorded  as  parasitizing  a 
species  of  Aphidius. 

Melanocallis  caryaejoliae  (Davis),  Black  Pecan  Aphid.  (Richards,  Mem. 
Ent.  Soc.  Can.  44:  102,  1965  places  this  in  Tinocallis) . Moorestown,  1 Aug. 
1962,  2 alatae  in  MT  (EAR  coll.). 

*Metopolophium  dirhodum  (Walker),  Rose  Grass  Aphid.  (Has  also  been 
placed  in  Acyrthosiphon  and  Macrosiphum) . Ridgewood,  28  Oct.  (MDL  coll.) 
and  Summit  (MDL  & DDL  coll.),  29  Oct.  1965,  rose  bushes  in  the  garden 
had  a number  of  leaves,  each  bearing  on  the  underside  a single  (occasionally 
two)  alate,  each  with  a number  of  newly  born  young  nearby.  This  is  the  first 
time  these  fall  migrants  have  been  noticed  on  roses  in  New  Jersey  (MacGilli- 
vray  det.). 

Monellia  caryae  (Monell),  American  Walnut  Aphid.  (Richards,  Mem.  Ent. 
Soc.  Can.  44:  99,  1965,  places  this  in  Monelliopsis) . Ft.  Lee,  2 July  1909  on 
Juglans  nigra  (Gillette  in  Jour.  Econ.  Ent.  3(4):  367,  1910).  Moorestown, 
19  July,  1 Aug.  1962,  10  alatae  in  MT  (EAR  coll. — Bissell  det.).  Haddonfield, 
29  Aug.  1965,  fairly  common  on  several  large  black  walnut  trees  (MDL  & 
DLW  coll. — Bissell  det.). 

Monellia  caryaella  Fitch.  Moorestown,  23  May  1962,  very  scarce  on  large 
Juglans  nigra  (MDL  & EAR  coll. — Richards  det.). 

Monellia  costalis  (Fitch),  Black-margined  Aphid.  Haddonfield,  30  May  1947 
on  Carya  sp.  (MDL  coll. — Bissell  det.);  1-15  Sept.  1963,  1 alate  in  MT  (MDL 
coll. — Richards  det.). 

Monellia  nigropunctata  Granovsky.  Haddonfield,  30  May  1947  on  Carya  sp. 
(MDL  coll. — Bissell  det.). 

Myzocallis  alhamhra  Davidson,  Western  Dusky-winged  Oak  Aphid.  (Rich- 
ards, Mem.  Ent.  Soc.  Can.  44:  57,  1965  considers  this  as  merely  a melanistic 
form  of  M.  punctata  (Monell).  (This  species  was  in  the  Plant  List  but  not 
in  the  Aphid  List  of  “Additional  Records”).  Haddonfield,  30  May  1947, 
“drift”  alatae  on  chestnut  (MDL  coll.);  23-31  July,  1 alate,  16-31  Aug.,  6 
alatae  and  1-5  Sept.,  6 alatae — all  1963  in  MT  (MDL  coll.).  New  Brunswick, 
15  July  1960,  a “drift”  alate  on  Ulmus  americana  (Wave  coll.).  Moorestown, 
1 Aug.  1962,  1 alate  in  MT  (EAR  coll.)  and  26  Aug.  1965,  1 alate  in  MT 


86 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I V ol.  LXXV 


(EAR  coll.).  Ridgewood,  18-22  June  1963,  1 alate  in  MT  (MDL  coll.).  Sum- 
mit, 22  June  1963  on  Quercus  rubra  (MDL  & DDL  coll.). 

Myzocallis  bella  (Walsh),  Haddonfield,  Aug.  1963,  3 alatae  in  MT  (MDL 
coll. — ANT  det.). 

* Myzocallis  exultans  Boudreaux  & Tissot.  Haddonfield,  15-17  Sept.  1963, 
l alate  mixed  in  with  several  M.  jrisoni  B & T on  a small  pin  oak  street  tree 
(MDL  coll. — ANT  det.);  Aug.  1963,  3 alatae  in  MT  (MDL  coll. — ANT  det.). 
Medford  Lakes,  3 June  1964,  1 “stray”  alate  on  laurel  (Quinden  coll.). 

* Myzocallis  jrisoni  Boudreaux  & Tissot.  Haddonfield,  15,  27  Sept.  1963, 
alatae,  nymphs,  3 oviparae  from  several  small  moderately  infested  pin  oaks 
(MDL  coll. — ANT  det.);  16-31  Aug.,  4 alatae  and  1-15  Sept.  1963,  4 
alatae  and  2 alatae,  24  Aug.-2  Sept.  1965  in  AIT  (MDL  coll. — ANT  det.); 
25-28  Aug.  1965  several  large  colonies  on  a pin  oak  (MDL  coll.). 

Myzocallis  melanocera  Boudreaux  & Tissot.  Haddonfield,  Aug.  1963,  2 
alatae  in  MT  (AIDL  coll. — ANT  det.). 

Myzocallis  multisetis  Boudreaux  & Tissot.  Haddonfield,  1-15  1963,  2 alatae 
in  MT  (MDL  coll.— ANT  det.). 

Myzocallis  punctata  (Monell),  Clear-winged  Oak  Aphid.  Haddonfield,  16- 
30  Sept.  1963,  1 alate  in  MT  (MDL  coll.). 

Myzocallis  tiliae  (Linnaeus),  Linden  Aphid.  Haddonfield,  16-31  Aug.,  1 
alate,  1-15  Sept.,  2 alatae,  and  1-15  Nov.,  1 alate  1963  all  in  MT  (MDL 
coll.).  Aloorestown,  28  Aug.  1965  scarce  in  a T ilia  europaea  (MDL  & EAR 
coll. ) . 

Myzocallis  ulmifolii  (Monell),  Elm  Leaf  Aphid,  (Richards,  Mem.  Ent.  Soc. 
Can.  44:  104,  1965  places  this  in  Tinocallis) . Princeton,  22  Sept.  1965  common 
on  Ulmus  sp.  (Weber  coll.). 

Myzocallis  walshii  (Monell).  Cherry  Hill,  30  Sept.  1963,  a few  leaves  of  a 
large  Quercus  velutina  lightly  infested,  alatae  and  nymphs  present  (MDL  & 
DLW  coll. — ANT  det.).  Haddonfield,  Aug.  1963,  2 alatae  and  16-31  Oct. 
1963,  2 alatae  in  AIT  (MDL  coll. — ANT  det.). 

Myzus  cerasi  (Fabricius),  Black  Cherry  Aphid.  Helmetta,  5 Aug.  1964, 
light  on  leaves  of  Kwanzan  cherry,  Prunus  sp.  (Driver  coll.).  Moorestown,  21 
Alay  1965,  a cult,  sour  cherry,  Prunus  cerasus , lightly  infested  (HWA  coll.). 

*Myzus  dianthi  Schrank,  Carnation  Aphid.  In  my  “Additional  Records” 
Myzus  polaris  Hille  Ris  Lambers  is  recorded  from  Weston,  5 April  1946  on 
carnation  (F.  S.  Smith  coll.,  1 slide  in  USNM).  It  has  since  been  found  that 
this  is  the  carnation  aphid. 

This  aphid  and/or  Myzus  persicae  presumably  occurs  on  carnations  in  New 
Jersey  but  no  collections  (other  than  the  above)  have  been  made  to  substan- 
tiate the  presence  of  either.  However,  on  31  Dec.  1965  I visited  a florist  in 
Barrington  who  had  a large  glass  house  of  carnations.  Unfortunately  time  did 
not  permit  me  to  examine  any  of  the  plants  but  I was  told  by  the  production 


June,  1967] 


Leonard:  New  Jersey  Aphids 


87 


foreman  that  small  infestations  of  a small  greenish  aphid  occasionally  appeared 
but  were  readily  held  in  check  by  timely  applications  of  an  insecticide. 

Myzus  persicae  (Sulzer),  Green  Peach  Aphid.  Moorestown,  19  Sept.  1962, 
many  on  Cleome  spinosa  (MDL  & EAR  coll.);  omitted  from  “Additional  Rec- 
ords.” Linwood,  4 June  1963,  a heavy  infestation  on  Anthurium  sp.  (Sohl 
coll.).  Mrs.  Sohl  writes  that  “the  tips  and  flower  stems  of  the  new  growth  of 
many  plants  growing  in  a greenhouse  were  heavily  infested  and  that  the  leaves 
and  flowers  were  affected  by  slight  crinkling  and/or  gnarling.”  I can  find  no 
previous  record  of  any  aphid  on  this  plant.  Haddonfield,  1963,  alatae  in  MT; 
23-31  July,  2;  1-15  Aug.,  5;  16-31  Aug.,  1;  1-15  Sept.,  7;  16-30  Sept.,  1; 
1-15  Oct.,  3;  (MDL  coll.);  24  Aug.-2  Sept.  1965,  25  alatae  in  MT  (MDL 
coll.). 

New  Jersey — “Heavy  flight  noted  throughout  State  during  past  week.  Con- 
trol recommended  for  peppers  and  tomatoes.”  (Ins.-Dis.  Newsltr.  in  CEIR 
15(32):  897,  6 Aug.  1965).  New  Jersey — “Increasingly  important  on  broccoli 
in  southern  area;  controls  recommended.”  (Ins.-Dis.  Newsltr.  in  CEIR  15(34): 
968,  20  Aug.  1965). 

Ridgewood,  27  Oct.  1965,  the  buds  and  stems  moderately  infested  in  a large 
house  of  ’mums  (Schweinfurth’s  Florists),  (MDL  & DDL  coll.).  Barrington, 
31  Dec.  1965,  a large  greenhouse  of  ’mums  very  lightly  infested.  The  propaga- 
tion foreman  told  me  that  occasional  spraying  readily  held  the  aphids  in  check. 
Summit,  30  Oct.  1965,  a very  few  apterae  on  an  indoor  plant  of  Jerusalem 
cherry  (MDL  coll.). 

P.  E.  Marucci  wrote  me  on  8 Oct.  1965  “I  am  sure  Myzus  persicae  often 
invades  strawberries.  Last  year  a very  heavy  infestation  of  peppers  overflowed 
into  adjacent  strawberries  and  the  population  was  so  high  that  the  grower 
found  it  necessary  to  spray  for  them.” 

On  20  May  1965  E.  A.  Richmond  found  a number  of  plants  of  Duranta 
repens  moderately  infested  in  the  Mall,  a large  enclosed  shopping  center  at 
Cherry  Hill.  The  writer  and  Dr.  Richmond  examined  these  plants  together 
on  28  Aug.  At  this  time  no  aphids  could  be  found  but  the  leaves  were  rather 
heavily  infested  with  a whitefly.  I find  only  one  previous  record  of  the  oc- 
currence in  the  USA  of  this  aphid  on  this  plant.  In  1900  Gillette  and  Taylor 
published  Colorado  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  Bull.  133  entitled  “A  few  orchard  plant 
lice.”  In  the  discussion  of  Myzus  persicae  a list  of  plants  is  given  on  which  this 
aphid  had  been  found  establishing  colonies  in  the  greenhouses  (presumably  at 
Ft.  Collins).  One  of  the  plants  listed  is  Duranta  plumieri  (now  re  pens).  It 
has  been  reported  elsewhere  from  Egypt  and  Israel. 

N eoceruraphis  viburnicola  (Gillette),  (formerly  in  Anuraphis) , Snowball 
Aphid.  Haddonfield,  13  Nov.  1963,  1 viviparous  alate  and  several  oviparae  on 
a large  Viburnum  opulus  (MDL  coll.).  Moorestown,  21  May  1965,  a Viburnum 
sp.  heavily  infested  with  heavily  parasitized  aphids  (HWA  coll.);  many  para- 


88 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


sites  emerged  within  the  next  four  days  in  a covered  box  and  were  identified 
by  Paul  Marsh,  USNM  as  Lysephlebius  testaceipes  (Cresson). 

N eoprociphilus  aceris  (Monell).  Chatham,  21  May  1963  on  sugar  maple, 
woolly  aphids  (Weber  coll.). 

Ovatus  crataegarius  (Walker),  Mint  Aphid.  Medford,  28  July  1963,  34-40 
apterae;  18  May  1965,  3 alatae,  several  “pupae”  and  apterae;  6 June  1965, 
several  alatae  and  apterae,  4 of  the  latter  obviously  parasitized;  a small  dip- 
terous larvae  also  present — all  on  mint  and  coll,  by  Quinden. 

Periphyllus  calif  or  niensis  Shinji.  Haddonfield,  9-15  May  1965,  540  alatae 
in  MT  most  of  which  came  to  the  yellow  pan  in  the  first  4 days.  The  total 
number  of  aphids  in  the  pan  during  the  week  was  1336  of  which  this  aphid 
constituted  about  40%.  16-22  May  1965,  15  alatae  of  this  aphid  in  the  MT 
out  of  a total  of  647  aphids.  This  species  was  described  from  California  and 
has  been  recorded  elsewhere  from  Washington  and  Pennsylvania  and  once 
before,  with  a query,  in  New  Jersey.  It  is  recorded  as  feeding  on  Japanese 
maple. 

Periphyllus  negundinis  Thomas,  Boxelder  Aphid.  Moorestown,  24  Sept. 
1963,  scarce  on  a large  boxelder  (MDL  & HWA  coll.);  21  May  1965,  a box- 
elder  heavily  infested  and  leaves  sticky  with  honeydew  (HWA  coll.). 

Phyllaphis  fagi  (Linnaeus).  Bound  Brook,  31  May  1963  on  beech  (Weber 
coll. — CFS  det.).  Haddonfield  1963 — the  copper  beech  at  213  Rhoads  Ave. 
only  very  slightly  infested  when  first  observed  on  28  June  and  continued  so 
until  into  Oct.  at  which  time  somewhat  more  were  present  and  9 alatae  were 
obtained;  1965 — in  mid-May  this  tree  was  heavily  infested  and  sticky  with 
honeydew;  alatae  scarce  on  leaves  but  infested  leaves  placed  in  a closed  box 
soon  produced  many  alatae. 

Rhopalosiphum  maidis  (Fitch),  Corn  Leaf  Aphid.  Bridgeton,  30  July  1963, 
a heavy  infestation  on  the  stalks  of  corn  (Sohl  coll.). 

Rhopalosiphum  nymphaeae  (Linnaeus),  Waterlily  Aphid.  Saddle  River,  17 
June  1965,  a heavy  infestation  on  pond  lilies  in  a greenhouse  (Wm.  Tricker, 
Inc.),  (Condon  coll.),  Chatsworth,  26  Sept.  1965  on  Nuphar  advena , a num- 
ber of  plants  considerably  infested  (HWA  coll.). 

Rhopalosiphum  serotinae  Oestlund.  Waterford,  26  May  1963  on  Solidago 
sp.,  17  apterae  (HWA  coll.). 

*Schizolachnus  piniradiatae  (Fabricius).  Boonton,  22  July  1964  on  Pinus 
resinosa  (Kegg  coll.). 

*Therioaphis  maculata  (Buckton),  Spotted  Alfalfa  Aphid.  In  regard  to  the 
first  find  of  this  aphid  in  New  Jersey  L.  Donald  DeBlois,  Entomologist,  Divi- 
sion of  Plant  Industry,  N.  J.  Dept.  Agr.  wrote  me  on  May  6,  1965  as  follows: 
“The  collections  were  made  in  the  course  of  a survey  for  this  insect  during 
the  fall  of  1964  in  95  alfalfa  fields  throughout  New  Jersey.  Rough  sorting  of 
the  collections  was  done  here  and  final  identifications  were  made  by  Louise 


June,  1967 


Leonard:  New  Jersey  Aphids 


S9 


Russell.  The  spotted  alfalfa  aphid  collections  were  made  by  one  of  our  in- 
spectors, G.  Robert  Glass.  One  alate  and  one  apterous  viviparous  female  was 
taken  in  Greenwich  in  Cumberland  County  on  September  24,  1964.  We  will 
be  making  extensive  surveys  throughout  the  State  to  determine  the  extent  of 
the  infestation.’’ 

1965 — Cape  May  County:  Woodbine  29  Nov.,  7 apterae.  Cumberland 
County:  Canton  23  Sept.,  100  apterae;  Greenwich  11  apterous  viviparae,  1 
ovipara;  Jones  Island  17  Nov.,  4 apterae;  Rhoadstown  23  Sept.,  9 apterae; 
Shiloh  23  Nov.,  5 apterae.  Gloucester  County:  Jefferson  10  Dec.,  1 aptera; 
Mullica  Hill  23  Nov.,  1 aptera;  Pitman  23  Nov.,  1 aptera.  Salem  County: 
Alloway  21  Sept.,  1 aptera;  Centerton  20  Sept.,  4 apterae;  Elmer  20  Sept.,  10 
apterae;  Hancock’s  Bridge  23  Sept.,  8 apterae.  All  collections  were  made  on 
alfalfa  by  G.  R.  Glass  and  submitted  by  L.  D.  DeBlois  both  of  the  N.  J.  Dept. 
Agr.  Trenton,  N.  J.  Determinations  by  Louise  M.  Russell,  Ent.  Res.,  USDA, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

( Therioaphis  trifolii  (Monell),  Yellow  Clover  Aphid.  Ben  Puttier  wrote  me 
on  11  Jan.  1966  that  he  has  taken  Aphelinus  semiflavus  Howard  from  this 
aphid  in  New  Jersey.) 

FOOD  PLANT  LIST* 


Acer  negundo  (Boxelder) 

Periphyllus  negundinis 
Acer  rubrum  var.  trilobum 
Dr e panaphis  acerifolii 
Dr e panaphis  car olinensis 
Acer  saccharum  (Sugar  or  Hard  Maple) 
Drepanaphis  acerifolii 
N eoprociphilus  aceris 
* Achillea  millefolium  (Common  Yarrow) 
Macro  sip  honiella  millefolii 
Alfalfa — see  Medicago 
Ambrosia  trifida  (Giant  Ragweed) 
Dactynotus  ambrosiae 
* Anthurium  sp. 

Myzus  persicae 

Apocynum  cannabinum  (Dogbane) 

Macro  sip  hum  euphorbiae 
*Aquilegia  longissima  (Longspur  Colum- 
bine) 

Aphis  gossypii 
Arctium  sp.  (Burdock) 

Aphis  fabae 

Arctium  minus  (Common  Burdock) 

Aphis  fabae 
*Aronia  atro purpurea 
Aphis  spiraecola 


Artemisia  vulgaris  (Mugwort) 

Capitopho ru s gland ulo sus 
Aspen — see  Poplus  grandidentata 
Aster  novae-angliae  (New  England  or 
Hardy  Purple  Aster) 

Dactynotus  anomalae 
■'-Aster  simplex 
Dactynotus  sp. 

* Azalea  viscosa  (Swamp  Azalea) 

? Aphis  gossypii 
Beech — see  Fagus 

Betula  alba  (European  White  Birch) 

Eucer aphis  lineata 
Hamamelistes  spinosa 
Betula  lenta  (Black  Birch) 

C ala  phis  betulaecolens  group 
*Bidens  coronata  var.  trichosperma 
Dactynotus  chrysanthemi 
Birch — see  Betula 

Blackcved  Susan— -see  Rudbeckia  hirta 
Blueberry — see  V accinium  corymbosum 
*Boehmeria  cylindrica 
Masonaphis  sp. 

Boxelder — see  Acer  negundo 
Brassica  oleracea  var.  botrytis  (Broccoli) 
Brevicoryne  brassicae 


* Plants  marked  with  an  asterisk  (*)  are  additions  to  the  two  previous  lists. 


90 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[ Vol.  LXXV 


Myzus  pevsicae 

Brassica  oleracea  var.  capitata  (Cabbage) 
Brevicoryne  brassicae 

Broccoli — see  Brassica  oleracea  var.  botry- 
tis 

Burdock — see  Arctium 

Cabbage — see  Brassica  oleracea  var.  capi- 
tata 

Camp  sis  ( Tecoma ) radicans  (Trumpet 
Creeper) 

Aphis  gossypii 

Capsicum  jrutescens  (Redpepper) 

Myzus  persicae 
Carnation — see  Dianthus 
Cary  a sp.  (Hickory) 

Monellia  costalis 
Monellia  nigro punctata 
Castanea  dentata  (American  Chestnut) 
Calaphis  castaneae 
Catalpa  sp. 

A phis  gossypii 

C haenomeles  sp.  (Flowering  Quince) 

Aphis  pomi 

Cherry,  Sour — see  Prunus  cerasus 
Chestnut — see  Castanea 
Chinese  Scholar  Tree— see  Soph  ora  japo- 
nic a 

Chrysanthemum  sp. 

Macro  si phoniella  sanborni 
Myzus  persicae 
Cleome  spinosa 
Myzus  persicae 
Columbine — Aquilegia 

C omptonia  ( Myrica ) peregrina  var.  aspleni- 
folia  (Sweetfern) 

Cepegillettea  myricae 
Corn — see  Zea 

Cowlily — see  Nuphar  advena 
Crab,  Flowering — Mains  sp. 

Crataegus  sp.  (Hawthorn) 

Brachycaudus  crataegif oliae 
Eriosoma  crataegi 
* Crataegus  mollis 
Eriosoma  crataegi 
Currant — see  Ribes 
Dandelion — see  Taraxacum 
Dianthus  caryophyllus  (Carnation) 

Myzus  diant  hi 

Dock,  Curled — see  Rum  ex  c.rispus 
Dogbane — see  A pocynum 
* Durant  a repens  (Golden  Dewdrop) 


Myzus  persicae 
Elaeagnus  umbellata 
Capitophorus  elaeagni 
Elm — see  Ulmus 
English  Ivy — Hedera 

Euonymus  europaeus  (European  Spindle- 
tree) 

A phis  jabae 

M aero  si  ph  u m euphorbiae 
*Eupatorium  rugosum  (White  Snakeroot) 
Dactynotus  eupatorif oliae 
Evening  Primrose — see  Oenothera 
Fagus  sp.  ( Beech) 

Phyllaphis  jagi 

Fagus  sylvatica  var.  purpurea  (Copper  or 
Purple  Beech) 

Phyllaphis  jagi 
Firethorn — see  Pyracantha 
Quince,  Flowering — see  Chaenomeles 
*F orsythia  sp. 

Aphis  gossypii 
Fragaria  sp.  (Strawberry) 

Myzus  persicae 
Geranium — see  Pelargonium 
Golden  Dewdrop — see  Duranta 
Goldenrod — see  Solidago 
Hawthorn — see  Crataegus 
Hedera  helix  (English  Ivy) 

Aphis  pseudohederae 

*H elianthus  annuus  (Common  Sunflower) 
Aphis  helianthi 

Hibiscus  syriacus  (Rose-of-Sharon) 

Aphis  gossypii 
Hickory — see  Carya 
Ipomoea  batatas  (Sweet  Potato) 

Myzus  persicae 

Jerusalem  Cherry— see  Solanum  pseudo- 
capsicum 

Juglans  nigra  (Black  Walnut) 

Monellia  caryae 
Monellia  caryaella 

* Juglans  regia  (English  or  Persian  Walnut) 

C hromaphis  juglandicola 
Lactuca  sp.  (Lettuce) 

Dactynotus  sonchellus 
Lettuce— see  Lactuca 
*Leucothoe  racemosa 
Aphis  gossipyi 
Linden — see  Tilia 

Liriodendron  tulipifera  (Tuliptree) 

Macro  sip  h um  lirio  den  dri 


June,  1967  I 


Leonard:  New  Jersey  Aphids 


91 


Ly coper sicon  esculentum  (Tomato) 

Macro  si  phu  m euphorbiae 
Myzus  persicae 

Lyonia  ( Pieris ) mariana  (Stagger  bush) 
Aphis  spiraecola 

* Magnolia  virginiana  (Sweetbay) 
Macrosiphum  liriodendri 
Mains  sp.  (Flowering  Crab) 

Aphis  pomi 

Maple,  Hard  or  Sugar — see  Acer  saccharum 
Medicago  sativa  (Alfalfa) 

Acyrthosiphon  pisum 
Therioaphis  maculata 
Mentha  sp.  (Mint) 

Ovatus  crataegarius 
Mentha  spicata  (Spearmint) 

Macrosiphum  sp. 

Mint — see  Mentha 
Mockorange — see  Philadelphus 
Mugwort — see  Artemisia  vulgaris 
Nasturtium — see  Tropaeolum 
*Nuphar  advena  (Cowlily) 

Rhopalosiphum  nymphaeae 
Nyssa  sylvatica  (Tupelo) 

Aphis  coreopsidis 
Oak — see  Quercus 
Oenothera  sp.  (Evening  Primrose) 

Aphis  oestlundi 

Oenothera  biennis  (Common  Evening  Prim- 
rose) 

Aphis  oestlundi 
* Pelargonium  sp.  (Geranium) 

Acyrthosiphon  pelargonii 
Peonia  sp. 

Aphis  gossypii 

* Philadelphus  sp.  (Mockorange) 

Aphis  jabae 
Pine — see  Pinus 

Pinkweed — see  Polyonum  pennsylvanicum 
* Pinus  resinosa  (Red  Pine) 

Schizolachnus  piniradiatae 
* Polygonum  cae spit o sum 
Capit op  horns  hippo  phaes 
* Polygonum  caespitosum  var.  longisetum 
Capit  ophorus  hippo  phaes 
Polygonum  pennsylvanicum  (Pinkweed) 
Capit  ophorus  hippo  phaes 
Populus  grandidentata  (Aspen) 

Chait ophorus  populicola 
Primus  sp.  (Kwanzan  Cherry) 

Myzus  cerasi 


Primus  cerasus  (Sour  Cherry) 

Myzus  cerasi 

Pyracantha  sp.  (Firethorn) 

Aphis  spiraecola 

Pyracantha  coccinea  var.  lalandi  (Laland 
Firethorn) 

Aphis  spiraecola 
Quercus  palustris  (Pin  Oak) 

Myzocallis  exult ans 
Myzocallis  jrisoni 
Quercus  rubra  (Red  Oak) 

Myzocallis  alhambra 
Quercus  velutina  (Black  Oak) 

Myzocallis  walshii 
Ragweed — see  Ambrosia 
Red  Clover — see  Trifolium  pratense 
Redpepper — see  Capsicum 
Rheum  rhaponticum  (Rhubarb) 

Aphis  fabae 

Macrosiphum  euphorbiae 
Rhubarb — see  Rheum 
Ribes  sp.  (Currant) 

Cry ptomyzus  ribis 
Rosa  sp.  (Rose) 

Acyrthosiphon  porosum 
Macrosiphum  euphorbiae 
Macrosiphum  rosae 
M eto  polo p hiu  m dir  hod  u m 
Rosa  palustris  (Swamp  Rose) 

Macrosiphum  euphorbiae 
Rose  of  Sharon — see  Hibiscus 
Rudbeckia  ( serotina ) hirta  (Blackeyed 
Susan) 

Dactynotus  sp. 

Dac.tynotus  leonardi 
Rumex  crispus  (Curled  Dock) 

Aphis  rumicis 
Salix  sp.  (Willow) 

? Chait  ophor  us  viminicola 
Lachnus  salignus 

Snakeroot — see  Eupatorium  rugosum 
■'-Solanum  pseudocapsicum  (Jerusalem 
Cherry) 

Myzus  persicae 
Solidago  sp.  (Goldenrod) 

Dactynotus  sp. 

Rhopalosiphum  serotinae 
Solidago  rugosa 

Dactynotus  gravicornis 
Dactynotus  tissoti 

*Sophora  japonica  (Chinese  Scholar  Tree) 


92 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXV 


Aphis  gossypii 
Spiderf lower — see  Cleome 
Spindle  Tree,  European — see  Euonymus 
Spiraea  sp. 

A phis  spiraecola 

* Spiraea  prunifolia  (Bridalwreath  Spiraea) 

Aphis  spiraecola 
Staggerbush — see  Lyonia 
Strawberry — see  Fragaria 
Sunflower — see  Helianthus 
Sweetbay — see  Magnolia  virginiana 
Sweetfern — see  Comptonia 
Sweetpotato — see  Ipomoea 
Taraxacum  officinalis  (Common  Dandelion) 

Acyrt h o sip h o n sola n i 
Dactynotus  taraxaci 
* Tilia  europaea  (European  Linden) 

Myzocallis  tiliae 
Tomato — see  Ly  coper  sic  on 
Trifolium  pratense  (Red  Clover) 

Acyrt hosiphon  pisum 

Acknowledgments 

As  in  the  past  a number  of  persons,  in  addition  to  the  writer  (MDL),  made  several 
to  a number  of  collections  each.  These  included  again:  Drs.  Harry  W.  Allen  (HWA) 

and  E.  Avery  Richmond  (EAR)  of  Moorestown,  Gregory  G.  Rohwer  of  Medford,  Marie 
C.  Quinden  of  Medford  Lakes,  Donald  D.  Leonard  (DDL)  of  Ridgewood  and  David  L. 
Winters  (DLW)  of  Haddonfield.  Several  members  of  the  Staff  of  the  Division  of  Plant 
Industry,  New  Jersey  Department  of  Agriculture  collected — -Wm.  F.  Condon,  Addison 
Driver,  Frank  N.  Pagliaro,  Geo.  L.  Pope,  Francis  S.  Stinson,  W.  A.  Junghans,  J.  D.  Kegg, 
and  Paul  V.  V.  Weber  as  well  as  B.  K.  Buck  and  Irene  H.  Sohl  of  the  Plant  Pest  Control 
Division,  A.R.S.,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Determinations,  other  than  those  by  the  author,  were  made  by:  Miss  Louise  M. 
Russell  (LMR),  Ent.  Res.  Div.,  A.R.S.,  U.S.D.A.;  Dr.  A.  Tom  Olive  (ATO),  Wake  Forest 
College,  Winston-Salem,  N.  Car.;  Dr.  Clyde  F.  Smith  (CFS),  North  Carolina  State 
University,  Raleigh,  N.  Car.;  Prof.  John  O.  Pepper  (JOP),  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
University  Park,  Pa.;  Prof.  Theo.  L.  Bissell,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Mary- 
land; and  Dr.  Archie  N.  Tissot  (ANT),  University  of  Florida,  Gainesville,  Florida.  Dr. 
Stanwyn  G.  Shetler,  Dept.  Botany,  U.  S.  National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.  kindly 
made  several  determinations  of  plants. 

To  all  of  the  above — those  who  collected  and  those  who  determined — I extend  my 
sincere  thanks  for  their  help. 

Dr.  John  B.  Schmitt  has  been  kind  enough  to  oversee  the  preparation  of  the  final  typescript 
of  this  paper. 


Tropaeolum  sp.  (Nasturtium) 

Aphis  fabae 

Trumpet  creeper — see  Campsis 
Tulipa  sp. 

Macrosiphum  euphorbiae 
Tulip  Tree — see  Liriodendron 
Tupelo — see  Nyssa 
Ulmus  sp.  (Elm) 

Georgia  phis  ulmi 
Myzocallis  ulmifolii 
Urtica  sp.  (Nettle) 

Acyrt  ho  sip  h o n si  be  ric  u m 
V accinium  corymbosum  (cult.  Highbush 
Blueberry) 

Aphis  gossypii 
Masonaphis  azaleae 
Viburnum  sp. 

N eoceruraphis  viburnicola 
Willow — see  Salix 
Yarrow — see  Achillea 
Zea  mays  (Corn) 

Rhopalosi phum  maidis 


Received  for  Publication  February  1,  1966 


Further  Studies  on  the  Internal  Anatomy  of  the  Meloidae.  III.  The 
Digestive  and  Reproduetive  Systems  as  Bases  for  Tribal  Designation 
of  Pseudomeloe  miniace omaculata  (Blanchard)* 
(Coleoptera:  Meloidae) 

A.  P.  Gupta 

Department  oe  Entomology  and  Economic  Zoology 
Rutgers-The  State  University,  New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey 

Abstract:  The  digestive  and  reproductive  systems  of  Pseudomeloe  miniace  omaculata 

(Blanchard)  has  been  described.  On  the  basis  of  such  internal  anatomical  features  as  V- 
shaped  folds  in  the  stomodaeal  intima,  absence  of  a basal  spermathecal  diverticulum,  a 
tubular  female  accessory  gland,  an  irregularly  convoluted  first  pair  and  a recurved  or 
bent  second  pair  of  male  accessory  glands,  this  genus  is  placed  in  the  tribe  Eupomphini 
of  the  subfamily  Meloinae.  The  inclusion  of  Pseudomeloe  in  Eupomphini  now  extends  the 
distribution  of  this  tribe  to  South  America  as  well. 

In  1928,  Van  Dyke  defined  the  tribe  Calospastini  (=  Eupomphini)  and 
stated  that  “the  tribe  is  restricted  to  North  America.”  Gupta  (1965)  showed 
that  all  the  members  of  this  tribe  shared  several  internal  anatomical  features. 
On  examination,  the  South  American  blister  beetle,  P.  miniace  omaculata  was 
found  to  possess  all  the  characteristic  tribal  features  of  Eupomphini,  as  defined 
by  the  present  writer  (1965).  The  purpose  of  the  present  paper  is  to  describe 
the  internal  anatomy  of  this  beetle,  and  to  establish  its  inclusion  in  the  tribe 
Eupomphini.  The  beetles  were  collected  and  identified  by  Dr.  Antonio  Martinez, 
Buenos  Aires,  Argentina,  and  were  kindly  made  available  to  the  author  by 
him. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

For  technical  details,  the  reader  is  referred  to  the  earlier  work  (Gupta,  1965). 
In  the  present  paper,  descriptions  have  been  kept  to  the  minimum,  and  are 
meant  to  supplement  the  diagrams,  and  point  out  important  features.  In  the 
drawings  of  the  reproductive  systems,  only  the  organs  of  one  side  have  been 
shown.  In  the  drawing  of  the  male  reproductive  system,  the  second  pair  of 
accessory  glands  has  been  stippled  to  distinguish  it  from  others.  Phase  con- 
trast photomicrographs  of  the  stomodaeal  intima  are  included  for  the  first 
time  in  this  series  of  papers.  All  photomicrographs  were  taken  by  Leitz  dark 
phase  microscope  at  magnifications  of  250X  and  400X.  For  this  purpose,  the 
intima  was  lightly  stained  in  azocarmine. 

DESCRIPTIONS 

DIGESTIVE  SYSTEM:  EXTERNAL  (Fig  1): 

Esophagus  much  broadened  posteriorly ; ventriculus  with  few  remnants  of  transverse 
wrinkles;  lobes  of  pyloric  valve  barely  visible  externally;  six  malpighian  tubules  arising 

* Paper  of  the  Journal  Series,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Rutgers-The  State  Uni- 
versity, New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey,  U.S.A. 


93 


94 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


POFL 


CO 


SPDU 


Fig.  1.  Lateral  view  of  alimentary  canal.  Fig.  3.  Female  reproductive  system,  dorsal  view. 
Fig.  2.  Internal  view  of  stomodaeum.  Fig.  4.  Male  reproductive  system,  ventral  view. 


Abbreviations  Used  in  Figures 


ACF accessory  folds 

CO colon 

EJDU ejaculatory  duct 

FAG female  accessory  gland 

IL ileum 

1MAG  . . first  pair  of  male  accessory  gland 

2MAG  . second  pair  of  male  accessory  gland 

3MAG  . third  pair  of  male  accessory  gland 

MAL malpighian  tubules 

OF esophagus 

OV ovary 

PFL lateral  primary  fold 

PFMD  ....  median  dorsal  primary  fold 
PFMV  ....  median  ventral  primary  fold 
POFL posterior  flexure 


POIN  . . . posterior  intestine  or  rectum 

PROV proventriculus 

PY pylorus 

PYL lobes  of  pyloric  valve 

SCLC sclerotized  channel 

SFDL dorsolateral  secondary  fold 

SFVL  ....  ventrolateral  secondary  fold 

SPCA spermathecal  capsule 

SPDU spermathecal  duct 

TE testis 

TF tertiary  fold 

VA vagina 

VD vas  deferens 

VF V-shaped  fold 

VS vesicula  seminalis 


June,  1967 


Gupta:  Meloidae  Internal  Anatomy 


95 


Fig.  5.  Magnified  view  of  stomodaeal  intima  showing  emarginate  thickenings  provided 
with  microscopic  spines  (arrows). 

Fig.  6.  Magnified  view  of  portion  of  median  ventral  primary  fold  showing  stout  spines. 


96 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Fig.  7.  Magnified  view  of  portion  of  median  primary  fold  and  transverse  corrugations 
(arrows) . 

Fig.  8.  Magnified  view  of  portion  of  sclerotized  channel  showing  irregular  rectangular 
and  polygonal  patterns. 


June,  1967] 


Gupta:  Meloidae  Internal  Anatomy 


97 


separately,  their  posterior  attachment  at  inner  bend  of  posterior  flexure,  basal  swelling 
absent.  INTERNAL  (Figs.  2,  5-10) : Stomodaeal  intima  with  4 primary,  4 V-shaped,  4 

secondary  and  8 tertiary  folds,  several  irregularly  arranged  accessory  folds  present  in 
regions  of  esophagus  and  proventriculus ; transverse  corrugations  discontinuous;  V-shaped 
folds  continued  posteriorly  into  primary  stomodaeal  lobes  and  flanking  sclerotized  channels, 
latter  more  sclerotized  than  those  flanked  by  secondary  and  tertiary  folds,  latter  flanking 
sclerotized  channels  between  secondary  and  V-shaped  folds  in  proventricular  region,  surface 
of  stomodaeal  intima  with  emarginate  thickenings  provided  with  microscopic  spines,  spines 
on  primary,  V-shaped  and  secondary  folds  stout,  spines  also  present  on  apices  of 
stomodaeal  lobes,  surface  of  sclerotized  channels  with  irregular  rectangular  and  polygonal 
pattern  without  spines.  Stomodaeal  valve  with  4 primary  lobes,  secondary  and  tertiary 
lobes  poorly  developed. 

REPRODUCTIVE  SYSTEM:  FEMALE  (Fig  3): 

Spermathecal  capsule  robust,  constricted  near  base,  portion  beyond  constriction  broadened, 
rather  wrinkled,  tapering  distally,  portion  below  constriction  rounded  and  smooth, 
spermathecal  duct  short  and  curved;  accessory  gland  tubular,  elongate,  tapering  distally, 
and  with  a short  duct;  vagina  very  short.  MALE  (Fig.  4):  Testes  rather  large,  spherical, 
vas  deferens  narrow  near  testis,  vesicula  seminalis  rather  narrow;  first  pair  of  accessory 
gland  ovally  or  spherically  coiled,  second  pair  smallest  and  recurved  distally,  recurved 
portion  shorter  than  basal  portion,  third  pair  larger  than  second  and  convoluted;  ejaculatory 
duct  slightly  broader  beyond  middle,  very  strongly  bowed  and  bent  distally. 

material  examined i 7 specimens  (in  8%  formaldehyde),  Pcia.  de  Buenos 
Aires,  Partido  de  Puan,  Estacion  Felipe  Sola,  1-31-1966  (A.  Martinez). 
tribal  designation:  Fairmaire  and  Germain  first  established  the  genus 

Pseudomeloe  in  1863  (Borchmann,  1917).  Beauregard  (1890)  grouped  this 
genus,  among  others,  with  Meloe,  Megetra  and  Cysteodemus  in  the  category 
of  “Meloites.”  Later,  Borchmann  (1917)  and  Blackwelder  (1945)  also  grouped 
Pseudomeloe  with  several  presently  recognized  eupomphine  genera  in  the  tribe 
Meloini.  Denier’s  (1935)  tribe  Lyttini  also  consisted  of  Pseudomeloe  and  such 
genera  as  Tetraonyx,  Pyrota,  Lytta,  Meloe  and  several  of  the  current  eupomphine 
genera.  As  far  as  is  known,  there  is  no  mention  of  the  inclusion  of  Pseudomeloe 
in  the  tribe  Calospastini  (=  Eupomphini),  after  this  tribe  was  first  established  by 
Van  Dyke  in  1928.  He  included  Calospasta  ( — Eupompha ),  Tegrodera,  Gynae- 
comeloe,  Cysteodemus,  Megetra,  Pleurospasta,  Phodaga,  Negalius,  Cordylospasta 
and  Brachyspasta  in  this  tribe.  Gupta  (1965)  demonstrated  that  members  of 
this  tribe,  as  constituted  by  Van  Dyke,  show  such  common  features  as  V- 
shaped  folds  in  the  stomodaeal  intima,  a spermathecal  capsule  without  a basal 
diverticulum,  a tubular  female  accessory  gland,  an  irregularly  convoluted  first 
pair  of  male  accessory  glands,  and  a recurved  or  bent  second  pair.  He  further 
stated  that  on  the  basis  of  the  number  of  V-shaped  folds,  and  tertiary  intimal 
folds,  the  tribe  can  be  divided  into  2 groups:  one  group  with  3 V-shaped  folds 
and  6 tertiary  folds  ( Phodaga  and  Negalius ),  and  the  other  with  4 V-shaped 
folds  and  8 tertiary  folds  ( Eupompha , Tegrodera,  Gynaecomeloe,  Cysteodemus, 
Megetra  and  Pleurospasta) . He  did  not  study  Cordylospasta  and  Brachyspasta. 


98 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Fig.  10 


Fig.  9.  Magnified  view  of  portion  of  V-shaped  fold  showing  spines. 

Magnified  view  of  tip  of  one  of  the  primary  stomodaeal  lobes  showing  spines. 


June,  1967] 


Gupta:  Meloidae  Internal  Anatomy 


99 


Examination  of  the  internal  anatomy  of  Pseudomeloe  revealed  that  it  possesses 
all  the  characteristic  features  of  Eupoinphini,  as  defined  by  Gupta,  and  belongs 
to  the  group  with  4 V-shaped  and  8 tertiary  folds.  Its  inclusion  is  the  tribe 
Meloini  cannot  be  justified  since  it  does  not  possess  a well-developed  vesicular 
spermathecal  diverticulum,  and  a reduced  1st  pair  of  male  accessory  glands, 
features  which  are  characteristic  of  the  tribe  Meloini.  Similarly,  the  presence 
of  V-shaped  folds  and  the  absence  of  a well-developed  spermathecal  diverticulum 
precludes  its  inclusion  in  Lyttini.  The  placement  of  Pseudomeloe  in  Epicautini, 
Tetraonycini,  and  Pyrotini  on  the  basis  of  V-shaped  folds  alone  cannot  be 
justified  inasmuch  as  it  does  not  possess  several  of  the  important  features  of 
these  three  tribes.  That  Pseudomeloe  appropriately  belongs  to  the  Eupomphini 
seems  certain,  and  its  inclusion  in  this  tribe  thus  extends  the  latter’s  distribu- 
tion to  South  America  was  well. 

Literature  Cited 

Beauregard,  H.  1890.  Les  insectes  vesicants.  F.  Alcan,  Paris. 

Blackwelder,  R.  E.  1945.  Checklist  of  the  Coleopterous  insects  of  Mexico,  Central 
America,  the  West  Indies,  and  South  America.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  No.  185,  pp. 
481-488. 

Borchmann,  F.  1917.  Meloidae,  Cephaloidae.  In  Coleopterorum  Catalogus.  69:  1-208, 

W.  Junk,  Berlin. 

Denier,  P.  C.  L.  1935.  Coleopterorum  americanorum  femiliae  Meloidarum  enumeratio 
synonymica.  Rev.  Soc.  Entomol.  Argentina  7:  139-176. 

Gupta,  A.  P.  1965.  The  digestive  and  reproductive  systems  of  the  Meloidae  (Coleoptera) 
and  their  significance  in  the  classification  of  the  family.  Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Amer. 
58(4) : 442-474. 

Van  Dyke,  E.  C.  1928.  A reclassification  of  the  genera  of  North  American  Meloidae 
(Coleoptera).  Univ.  Calif.  Pub.  Entomol.  4:  395-474. 


Received  for  publication  April  10,  1967 


BOOK  REVIEW 


Insect  Behaviour.  Symposium  No.  3,  Royal  Entomological  Society  (P.  T.  Haskell,  ed.). 

Bartholomew  Press,  Dorking,  1966.  113  p.,  £2.50. 

In  this  book  are  published  the  papers  presented  at  the  Third  Symposium  of  the  Royal 
Entomological  Society,  held  September  23-24,  1965  in  London.  The  papers  are:  (1) 

Orientation  behaviour  in  insects  and  factors  which  influence  it,  by  G.  Birukow ; (2)  The 
role  of  rhythms  in  insect  behaviour,  by  P.  S.  Corbet;  (3)  Flight  behaviour,  by  P.  T. 
Haskell;  (4)  Feeding  behaviour,  by  V.  G.  Dethier;  (5)  Sexual  behaviour,  by  A.  Manning; 
(6)  Insect  communication,  by  J.  D.  Carthv ; (7)  Behaviour  of  social  insects,  by  E.  O. 
Wilson;  (8)  Some  outstanding  questions  in  insect  behaviour,  by  J.  S.  Kennedy.  The 
discussion  that  took  place  at  the  symposium  is  published  at  the  end  of  each  paper. 

These  relatively  brief,  illustrated  papers  review  much  of  the  pertinent  literature  appear- 
ing for  the  most  part  since  1955.  They  are  of  somewhat  uneven  quality,  some  papers 
being  better  organized  and  better  written  than  others.  Some  papers  deal  with  their  sub- 
jects only  on  a relatively  broad,  elementary  level  but  others  present  data  and  interpretations 
not  as  well  summarized  elsewhere.  The  final  paper,  by  J.  S.  Kennedy,  is  especially  valuable 
to  the  general  reader  because,  in  a few  pages,  it  discusses  in  an  interesting  way  the  salient 
problems  in  insect  behavior.  A thought-stimulating  discussion  follows  this  paper. 

This  hardcover  book  is  aesthetically  printed,  with  few  typographical  errors.  It  is 
recommended  for  all  persons  interested  in  animal  physiology,  behavior,  and  ecology. 

Suzanne  W.  T.  Batra 

Department  of  Entomology 

The  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence 


100 


Proceedings  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society 

(Meetings  held  in  Room  129  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

unless  otherwise  indicated.) 

Meeting  of  October  4,  1966 

President  Richard  Fredrickson  presided;  19  members  and  3 guests  were  present.  Dr. 
Fredrickson  reported  on  the  status  of  the  proposed  merger  with  the  Brooklyn  Society. 
At  the  special  meeting,  held  on  June  14th,  12  members  were  present  and  68  affirmative 
proxies  had  been  received;  thus,  our  Society  has  approved  the  merger.  He  was  authorized 
to  proceed  with  the  negotiations.  The  following  were  proposed  for  student  membership: 
Richard  Arnold  of  Hinsdale,  Illinois,  and  Mrs.  Winifred  B.  Trakimas,  Francis  C.  Ford, 
and  Dominick  J.  Pirone,  three  graduate  students  at  Fordham  University. 
program.  Summer  Activities  of  Members.  Richard  Fredrickson  described  a short  field 
trip  he  had  made  to  Blue  Ridge,  Va.  Lucy  Clausen  spoke  of  the  great  increase  in  earwigs 
in  the  Bronx.  This  was  corroborated  by  Jacob  Huberman  and  Edwin  W.  Teale.  Dominick 
Pirone  reared  some  2000  walking  stick  insects,  and  reported  that  from  a 3 inch  walking 
stick  a 13  inch  gordian  worm  emerged.  He  also  drew  attention  to  the  Britten  Sanctuary 
near  Croton,  N.Y.  which  has  127  acres  available  for  collecting.  David  Kander  described 
the  ravages  of  cherry  tree  borers,  and  Ann  Birdsey  of  a web  worm  invasion  in  Brooklyn. 
Aaron  Nadler,  a lawyer  by  profession  and  an  active  amateur  entomologist,  told  of  collecting 
psocids  and  curating  his  own  collection  at  the  Museum.  Edwin  Teale  made  some  brief 
remarks  about  his  11,000  mile  trip  through  England,  Betty  White  about  her  trip  to  the 
Grand  Teton  Mountains,  and  David  Miller  about  his  trip  to  Jamaica,  W.I.  Patricia  Vaurie 
commented  on  the  effects  of  the  severe  drought  around  Easton,  Pa.  Excellent  slides  of 
a variety  of  insects  were  shown  by  Albert  Poelzl  and  on  the  emergence  of  a dragon  fly 
by  Robert  Buckbee.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sidney  Hessel  and  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Bernard  Heineman 
attended  the  meeting  of  the  Lepidopterists’  Society  in  Ottawa,  Canada  in  early  June. 

Lucy  Heineman,  Sec. 


Meeting  of  October  18,  1966 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  President  Fredrickson  in  Room  319;  24  members  and 
30  guests  were  present.  The  four  student  members  proposed  at  the  last  meeting,  Mrs. 
Winifred  B.  Trakimas  and  Messrs.  Richard  Arnold,  Francis  C.  Ford,  and  Dominick  J. 
Pirone,  were  elected  to  membership.  Dr.  L.  L.  Pechuman  of  the  Department  of  Entomology, 
Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  was  proposed  for  life  membership  and  Sergio  Orminati 
of  City  College  was  proposed  for  student  membership. 

program.  Army  Ants — A Study  in  Social  Behavior.  Dr.  T.  C.  Schneirla  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Animal  Behavior,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  gave  a brief  resume  of 
his  studies  of  the  army  ants  made  at  the  laboratory  on  Barro  Colorado  Island  in  the 
Panama  Canal  over  the  past  number  of  years.  He  told  of  the  arrangements  to  have  the 
activities  of  these  ants  filmed  by  the  Encyclopedia  Britannica  Films  during  March  1966. 
This  film,  which  has  the  same  title  as  our  program,  is  in  color  and  has  a running  time 
of  20  minutes.  It  is  equipped  with  a sound  track  with  an  explanatory  narrative  and  such 
appropriate  forest  background  sounds  as  those  of  ant  birds.  The  main  subjects  of  the 
film  are  the  bivouacs  or  temporary  nests,  the  mass  raids,  and  the  emigrations  of  the 
swarm-raider,  Eciton  burchelli,  with  supplementary  scenes  of  emigrating  and  responding 


101 


102 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


to  the  queen  involving  the  related  species,  E.  harnatum.  Reactions  of  the  workers  to 
chemical  trails  and  to  the  odor  of  their  queen  are  shown  both  in  field  behavior  and  in 
terms  of  simple  laboratory  and  field  tests.  Mr.  John  Walker  of  E.  B.  F.,  the  photographer 
answered  many  questions  about  the  technical  problems  in  the  forest  filming. 

Lucy  Heineman,  Sec. 

Meeting  of  November  1,  1966 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  in  Room  319  by  President  Fredrickson;  28  members  and 
8 guests  were  present.  Dr.  L.  L.  Pechuman  was  elected  a life  member  and  Mr.  Sergio 
Orminati  a student  member  in  the  Society.  Miss  Alice  Gray  informed  the  group  that  the 
Junior  Society  now  has  fourteen  members  and  there  are  two  applicants  for  the  1 5th  and 
final  place.  The  Junior  Society  had  a successful  summer  which  included  field  trips  and 
a spelonking  trip  on  which  the  expedition  captured  some  cave  insects. 
program.  The  Insects  of  the  Galapagos  Islands.  Dr.  Robert  L.  Usinger,  President  of  the 
Entomological  Society  of  America  illustrated  his  talk  with  a map  of  the  islands  and  slides. 
(An  abstract  follows.) 

Lucy  Heineman,  Sec. 

THE  INSECTS  OF  THE  GALAPAGOS  ISLANDS 

The  Galapagos  International  Scientific  Project  was  organized  by  the  Extension  Division 
of  the  University  of  California  at  Berkeley  under  a grant  from  the  National  Science  Founda- 
tion. Transportation  was  arranged  through  the  LInited  States  Maritime  Commission,  using 
their  ship,  the  “Golden  Bear.”  Financial  assistance  was  provided  by  the  National  Science 
Foundation  and  also  by  the  Belvedere  Foundation  of  San  Francisco.  Logistical  support 
was  supplied  by  the  United  States  Navy,  Army  and  Air  Force.  The  Associates  in  Tropical 
Biogeography  of  the  University  of  California  provided  funds  for  some  personnel  and 
equipment.  The  Shell  Oil  Company  provided  funds  for  extra  fuel  for  the  “Golden  Bear.” 

The  expedition  was  in  the  field  for  about  two  months — January,  February  and  March 
of  1964.  Sixty  scientists  participated  and  another  seventy  or  eighty  persons  visited  the 
islands  soon  after  we  arrived  for  the  dedication  of  the  Darwin  Memorial  Research  Laboratory. 

Entomological  work  spanned  all  of  the  life  zones,  from  the  strand  through  the  lowland 
cactus  forests  which  are  very  arid  up  to  the  moist  middle  elevations  and  then  to  the 
Miconia  forest  of  the  highlands  and  finally  to  the  grass  and  fern  zone  at  the  top.  This 
whole  span  of  zones  was  represented  back  of  the  laboratory  on  a trail  that  was  used 
intensively  by  the  expedition.  Other  trips  were  taken  to  the  other  islands  in  the  archipelago, 
either  by  ship  or  by  helicopter. 

The  composition  of  the  insect  fauna  is  characteristic  of  oceanic  islands  and  in  marked 
contrast  to  a continental  archipelago  such  as  the  British  Isles.  The  British  Isles  have  about 
three  times  as  many  families,  ten  times  as  many  genera  and  thirty-two  times  as  many 
species  as  the  Galapagos,  and  it  is  significant  that  endemism  in  the  Galapagos,  although 
high,  consists  mostly  of  single  species  in  each  genus.  In  contrast  to  this,  the  much  older 
Hawaiian  fauna  commonly  has  many  species  in  each  of  the  endemic  genera  showing  adaptive 
radiation  and  subspeciation  on  the  various  islands.  In  the  Galapagos  there  is  only  in- 
cipient subspeciation,  a few  groups  such  as  the  grasshoppers  showing  size  and  color 
differences  in  the  populations  on  each  of  the  different  islands.  By  comparison,  other  more 
rapidly  evolving  groups  such  as  the  cacti  and  composite  plants  ( Scalesia ) and  the  iguanas, 
tortoises  and  birds  show  clear-cut  differences  at  the  subspecies  and  even  at  the  species 
level  between  the  various  islands. 


June,  1967] 


Proceedings 


103 


A few  of  the  special  characteristics  of  Galapagos  insects  are  the  concealing  coloration  of 
many  of  the  Cerambycids  and  moths  that  rest  on  the  lichen-covered  rocks  and  tree  trunks. 
Lichens  are  a characteristic  feature  of  the  Galapagos  landscape.  Also  there  is  a great 
scarcity  of  aquatic  insects  because  standing  or  running  water  is  extremely  rare.  Only 
the  dragonflies  have  flourished  with  endemic  as  well  as  introduced  species.  Other  interesting 
aquatics  include  a few  water  beetles  and  an  endemic  mosquito  in  fresh  water  in  the  epiphytic 
plants  in  the  forest,  related  to  the  lowland  salt  marsh  mosquito,  and  various  insects  associated 
with  the  salt  water  lagoons. 

Pollination  was  a subject  of  special  interest  to  the  entomologists  on  the  expedition.  Only 
one  bee,  the  Darwin  carpenter  bee,  is  found  in  the  islands  and  evidence  was  obtained  by 
screening  flowers  of  many  native  and  introduced  plants  to  indicate  that  the  old  endemic 
Galapagos  plants  are  mostly  self-pollinated.  It  is  only  the  introduced  and  more  recent 
plants  that  seem  to  require  insect  pollination  and  this  coincides  with  the  idea  that  the 
carpenter  bee  was  introduced  after  some  of  the  early  plants.  Of  course,  sphinx  moths  and 
some  other  insects  and  some  of  the  birds  no  doubt  play  a role  in  pollination  as  well. 
Interestingly  enough,  the  carpenter  bee  brought  with  it  its  Meloid  parasite,  Cissites,  and 
this,  too,  has  evolved  into  an  endemic  species. 

In  general,  and  despite  Darwin’s  observations  made  in  September  and  October  of  1835 
when  the  dry  season  made  a veritable  desert  of  the  islands,  we  found  the  insect  fauna 
to  be  relatively  rich.  February  is  the  height  of  the  rainy  season  and  many  of  the  islands 
were  green.  Light  collecting  was  especially  productive  with  moths  and  Cerambycid  beetles 
comparing  in  numbers,  though  not  in  species,  to  light  trap  catches  in  mainland  areas. 
Darwin  said  that  “Excepting  Tierra  del  Fuego,  I never  saw  so  poor  a country”  and  G.  R. 
Waterhouse,  upon  examining  the  insects  which  Darwin  collected,  reported  that  there  was 
nothing  in  their  appearance  which  would  have  led  him  to  imagine  that  they  had  come 
from  under  the  Equator.  Beebe  reported  that  his  field  work  was  the  most  arduous  and 
uncomfortable  of  any  that  he  had  experienced  and  Melville  described  the  islands  as  vast 
cinder  heaps.  Fortunately,  due  to  the  favorable  season,  we  encountered  none  of  these 
difficulties  and  had  a very  productive  entomological  experience  on  the  islands. 

Robert  L.  Usinger 


Meeting  of  November  15,  1966 

Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson  presided;  32  members  and  9 guests  were  present.  Mr.  Orville 
Steward  of  the  Bayard  Cutting  Arboretum,  Oakdale,  Long  Island  was  proposed  for  regular 
membership  and  his  son,  Roger  Steward,  for  student  membership.  Mrs.  John  Buck,  the 
wife  of  the  speaker  of  the  evening,  was  introduced.  She  has  assisted  her  husband  in  much 
of  his  scientific  work,  and  she  has  accompanied  him  on  expeditions. 

program.  Synchronous  Flashing  of  Fireflies.  Dr.  John  B.  Buck,  Chief  of  the  Laboratory 
of  Physical  Biology  of  the  National  Institutes  of  Health,  Bethesda,  Maryland  illustrated 
his  talk  with  interesting  slides  and  diagrams.  Although  his  talk  referred  largely  to  fireflies 
in  the  Orient,  he  drew  many  interesting  comparisons  between  the  oriental  fireflies  and 
those  of  the  United  States.  (An  abstract  follows.) 

Lucy  Heineman,  Sec. 

SYNCHRONOUS  FLASHING  OF  FIREFLIES 

Many  observers  have  described  long-lasting  synchronous  rhythmic  flashing  by  huge 
swarms  of  fireflies  in  riverbank  trees  in  the  tropical  Orient,  but  neither  mechanism  nor 
meaning  have  been  explained.  From  observations  of  such  trees  in  Sarawak  and  Thailand 


104 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


in  October,  1965*,  photometric  and  cinematographic  recordings  of  the  flashing  of  indi- 
viduals and  populations,  and  study  of  captive  specimens  in  the  darkroom  we  established 
that:  (1)  The  tree  fireflies  all  belong  to  undescribed  species  of  Pteroptyx.  (2)  Synchrony 

in  Sarawak  was  disturbed  by  the  concurrent  presence  of  three  species:  In  Thailand  there 

were  two  but  one  was  in  great  excess,  permitting  impressive  displays  of  synchrony.  Only 
males  participate.  (3)  The  period  of  the  rhythm  of  flashing  is  about  560  msec,  95%  of 
the  cycles  falling  within  ± 5 msec  of  this  figure.  (4)  Analysis  of  cinematographic  records 
of  mass  flashing  indicates  that  the  synchronizing  individuals  flash  within  less  than  ± 16 
msec  of  each  other.  (5)  In  the  buildup  of  synchrony  in  darkroom  populations  the  co- 
ordination between  two  individuals  was  shown  to  depend  on  visual  feedback,  to  operate 
over  a range  of  less  than  6 feet  and  to  involve  a progressive  approach  of  the  individual 
flash  times  until  coincidence  occurred,  after  which  the  two  rhythms  were  locked  together. 
(6)  Since  the  coincidence  is  far  closer  than  the  minimal  eye-lantern  “reaction  time”  the 
synchrony  must  depend  on  a regulating  mechanism  controlled  by  the  results  of  the  preceding 
mass  flash,  rather  than  a direct  individual-to-individual  response.  (7)  The  firefly  trees 
represent  quasi-permanent  congregations  in  which  fireflies  remain  in  the  tree  by  day,  and 
are  joined  nightly  by  recruits  from  the  surrounding  swampland.  (8)  The  tree  congregations 
are  viewed  as  a mass-mating  substitute  for  the  pair  courtships  which  are  usual  in  roving- 
type  fireflies.  Such  congregations  are  made  necessary  by  the  impossibility  of  line-of-sight 
signaling  in  the  impenetrable  Nypa-mangrove  vegetation.  Presumably  the  mated  females 
disperse  back  over  the  land  for  egg-laying.  The  synchronous  flashing  enhances  the  effec- 
tiveness of  the  trees  as  mating  beacons. 

John  B.  Buck 


Meeting  of  December  6,  1966 

Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson  presided;  25  members  were  present  as  were  13  guests.  The 
president  appointed  two  committees:  the  auditing  Committee  consisting  of  Messrs.  Albert 

Poelzl,  Kumar  Krishna,  and  A.  B.  Klots;  and  the  Nominating  Committee  consisting  of 
Messrs.  David  Miller,  Robert  L.  Buckbee,  and  Bernard  Heineman.  Mr.  Orville  Steward 
and  Roger  Steward  were  elected  regular  and  student  members  respectively  in  the  Society. 
Dr.  A.  B.  Klots  told  of  an  article  by  Miss  Miriam  Rothschild,  the  British  entomologist, 
that  will  appear  in  an  early  issue  of  Natural  History.  Miss  Rothschild  has  been  working 
with  larvae  of  the  Monarch  butterflies.  They  give  off  a volatile  substance  which,  if 
sniffed  a great  deal,  puts  one  in  the  conscious  state  of  feeling  you  have  already  experienced 
this  situation  before  and  therefore  you  appear  to  be  predicting  the  future,  perhaps  some- 
what like  L.  S.  D. 

program.  Sensory  Codes  and  Feeding  Behavior.  Dr.  Vincent  Dethier,  Professor  of 
Zoology  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  described  work  done  largely  in  Holland  using 
the  tobacco  horn-worm  as  the  experimental  animal.  Excellent  slides  and  diagrams  were 
used  to  illustrate  the  talk.  (An  abstract  follows.) 

Lucy  Heineman,  Sec. 

SENSORY  CODES  AND  FEEDING  BEHAVIOR 

The  principal  chemoreceptors  of  lepidopterous  larvae  are  located  on  the  maxillae  and 
antennae.  The  maxilla  bears,  in  addition  to  numerous  mechanoreceptors  and  some  olfactory 


* The  American  Philosophical  Society  and  the  National  Geographic  Society  provided 
travel  grants  for  this  investigation. 


June,  1967] 


Proceedings 


105 


receptors,  two  sensilla  styloconica  that  are  organs  of  taste.  Each  sensillum  styloconicum 
contains  five  bipolar  neurons.  The  dendrites  of  four  of  these  have  been  traced  to  the 
tip  of  the  sensillum  where  they  are  exposed  to  the  air.  There  are  indications  that  they 
may  subdivide  and  branch  apically. 

The  sensilla  styloconica  respond  to  a wide  variety  of  solutions,  but  the  responses  of 
the  two  are  not  identical.  Differences  can  be  expressed  in  number  of  cells  firing,  fre- 
quency of  impulses  per  cell,  and/or  total  frequency  of  all  impulses  per  sensillum.  In  Pro- 
toparce  sexta  the  medial  sensillum  contains  cells  sensitive  as  follows:  one  to  water  and 

salt,  one  to  sucrose  and  glucose,  one  to  acid.  The  lateral  sensillum  contains  cells  sensitive 
as  follows:  one  to  water,  one  to  salt,  one  to  glucose,  and  possibly  one  to  inositol.  In  Gal- 
leria mellonella  the  medial  sensillum  contains  a cell  sensitive  to  water,  one  to  salt,  and 
one  to  sucrose;  the  lateral  sensillum  has  a water  cell  and  a salt  cell.  In  Philosamia  cynthia 
the  medial  sensillum  has  two  cells  sensitive  to  salt  and  one  to  glucose;  the  lateral  sensillum 
has  one  cell  sensitive  to  water,  one  to  salt,  one  to  sucrose,  and  one  to  glucose. 

In  Protoparce  the  sap  of  plants  fires  a number  of  cells  in  each  sensillum.  Sap  of  accept- 
able food  plants  appears  to  cause  a higher  frequency  of  firing  in  the  cells  of  the  medial 
sensillum  than  in  those  of  the  lateral  sensillum  while  the  sap  of  unacceptable  plants,  in 
general,  causes  a higher  frequency  of  firing  in  the  lateral  sensillum.  Some  plants  are  ex- 
ceptions to  this  rule.  There  is  evidence  from  these  findings  that  both  “feeding  stimulants” 
and  “deterrents”  play  a role  in  food-plant  discrimination.  The  detailed  information  that 
the  caterpillar  receives  from  its  maxillary  gustatory  receptors  allows  for  participation 
by  nutrients  as  well  as  token  stimuli. 

The  third  segment  of  the  maxillary  palpus  bears  olfactory  receptors.  In  Hyalophora 
gloveri  complex  responses  were  obtained  to  odors  of  wild  cherry,  potato,  tomato,  parsley, 
cabbage,  privet,  and  willow.  Responses  to  benzaldehyde  and  salicylaldehyde  showed  a 
long  and  pronounced  after  effect.  Geraniol  stimulated  some  cells  while  citronellal  did  not. 

The  three  large  sensilla  basiconica  on  the  antennae  of  caterpillars  are  olfactory  organs. 
One  contains  four  bipolar  neurons,  one  has  five,  and  the  other  has  seven.  The  dendrites  of 
these  cells  break  up  into  fine  arborizations  upon  entering  the  cuticular  peg  and  are  in 
direct  communication  with  the  outside  via  a multitude  of  minute  pores. 

Records  obtained  with  micro  metal  electrodes  reveal  a background  activity  in  these 
cells.  This  activity  is  depressed  by  air  and  may  be  either  depressed  or  enhanced  by  odors. 
Each  cell  responds  to  more  than  one  odor  but  not  in  the  same  manner.  Furthermore, 
not  all  cells  exhibit  identical  response  patterns  although  there  is  some  overlap.  For  the 
caterpillar  plant  odors  are  obviously  coded  as  complex  patterns. 

Food-plant  discrimination  cannot  be  explained  solely  in  terms  of  acceptance  or  rejection 
via  the  maxillary  taste  receptors  but  must  also  involve  the  wealth  of  olfactory  information 
provided  by  the  antennae  and  maxillae. 

Vincent  Dethier 


Meeting  of  December  20,  1966 

President  Fredrickson  presided;  22  members  and  13  guests  were  present.  The  president 
announced  that  on  the  following  afternoon  there  would  be  a meeting  at  the  office  of  the 
Society’s  attorney  at  which  time  he,  the  secretary  or  assistant  secretary,  and  the  president 
and  secretary  of  the  Brooklyn  Society  would  sign  the  agreement  merging  the  two  societies. 
The  merger  will  have  to  be  reviewed  by  the  courts.  Mr.  Anthony  J.  W.  Owston  was  pro- 
posed as  a regular  member  and  Mr.  Michael  Boshes  of  City  College  as  a student  member. 
Dr.  Schmidt  asked  if  anyone  could  advise  him  as  to  where  he  could  get  information  about 


106 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


a flea  trap.  Dr.  Klots  said  that  there  was  a picture  of  a medieval  one  in  the  article  by  Miss 
Miriam  Rothschild  in  a recent  issue  of  The  Scientific  American.  Dr.  Edwin  W.  Teale 
remarked  that  in  the  recent  warm  spell  there  were  myriads  of  snow  fleas  at  his  home  in 
Connecticut. 

program.  Naturalists  in  South  America.  Mr.  Heineman  showed  colored  slides  of  a recent 
trip  to  South  America,  and  Mrs.  Heineman  described  and  commented  on  them. 

Lucy  Heineman,  Sec. 


Meeting  of  January  3,  1967 — The  Annual  Meeting 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  Dr.  David  Miller  in  place  of  President  Fredrickson 
who  was  ill.  The  Vice-president  was  not  able  to  be  present  because  of  a class.  Dr.  Miller 
asked  for  nominations  to  elect  a chairman  for  the  evening;  he  was  duly  elected  to  conduct 
the  meeting  for  the  evening.  Nineteen  members  and  seven  guests  were  present.  Mr. 
Raymond  Brush,  the  Treasurer,  reported  a favorable  balance  for  the  fiscal  year,  1966. 
In  the  absence  of  the  Editor,  the  Associate  Editor,  Dr.  Forbes,  announced  that  the  De- 
cember 1966  issue  of  the  Journal  is  expected  very  soon.  He  said  more  manuscripts  would 
be  welcomed.  The  Nominating  Committee,  consisting  of  Messrs.  Miller,  Heineman,  and 
Buckbee,  chairman,  submitted  the  following  slate  for  the  coming  year: 

President  — Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson 

Vice-president  — Dr.  David  Miller 
Treasurer  — Mr.  Raymond  Brush 

Assistant  Treasurer  — Mrs.  Patricia  Vaurie 
Secretary  — 

Assistant  Secretary  — Mr.  Albert  Poelzl 

Trustees  (to  serve  two  years) — Dr.  Elsie  Klots,  Mr.  Bernard  Heineman  Publication  Com- 
mittee— Drs.  Kumar  Krishna,  Asher  Treat,  Pedro  Wygodzinsky.  The  chairman  called  for 
nominations  for  the  office  of  Secretary  from  the  floor.  He  stated  that  Mrs.  Heineman 
has  consented  to  continue  for  the  month  of  January.  No  nominations  were  forthcoming 
and  the  slate  was  elected  as  presented.  Dr.  Miller  continued  to  chair  the  meeting  as  the 
newly  elected  vice-president.  Dr.  Wygodzinsky  announced  that  there  are  two  vacancies 
in  the  Entomology  Department  of  the  Museum.  One  is  for  a scientific  assistant  and  the 
other  is  for  a technical  artist.  Both  are  for  two  years,  and  they  are  covered  by  grants. 
Dr.  Forbes  exhibited  a copy  of  the  December  9 issue  of  Medical  World  News.  The 
cover  is  a picture  of  our  member,  Dr.  Roman  Vishniac,  and  the  feature  article  is  on  Dr. 
Vishniac’s  remarkable  photography.  Many  magazines  have  carried  articles  on  Dr.  Vishniac’s 
photography,  but  this  is  the  first  time  his  photograph  has  appeared  on  a cover.  Mr. 
Anthony  J.  S.  Owston  and  Mr.  Michael  Boshes  were  elected  regular  and  student  members, 
respectively.  Miss  Ann  Young  of  the  City  College  of  New  York  who  has  worked  with 
Mr.  Topoff,  our  speaker  of  the  evening,  at  the  Southwest  Research  Station  was  intro- 
duced. Mr.  Nicholas  Shoumatoff,  a former  president  of  the  Society,  was  introduced.  He 
has  now  returned  to  the  United  States  from  a period  of  employment  in  England. 
program.  Behavioral  and  Physiological  Studies  in  the  Army  Ant,  ISeivamyrmex. 
Mr.  Howard  Topoff,  a student  at  City  University  and  the  Department  of  Animal  Be- 
havior of  the  Museum  illustrated  his  interesting  talk  with  charts  and  slides.  (An  abstract 
follows.) 


Lucy  Heineman,  Sec. 


June,  1967] 


Proceedings 


107 


BEHAVIORAL  AND  PHYSIOLOGICAL  STUDIES  IN  THE  ARMY  ANT, 

NEIVAMYRMEX 

Social  organization  and  behavior  in  the  phyletic  level  that  is  characteristic  of  insects 
is  influenced  predominantly  by  the  intensity  of  stimuli  originating  from  reproductive, 
feeding,  and  reciprocal  stimulative  processes. 

In  the  army  ant  genus  Neivamyrmex  qualitative  differences  in  the  intensity  of  raiding 
during  the  nomadic  and  statary  phases  are  also  reflected  quantitatively  in  the  sharp  in- 
crease in  oxygen  consumption  at  the  onset  of  the  nomadic  phase,  followed  by  a marked 
decrease  as  the  statary  phase  is  initiated. 

Thresholds  of  responses  to  a given  intensity  of  light  as  well  as  to  the  changing  olfactory 
stimuli  which  emanate  from  the  brood,  queen  and  workers,  increase  during  the  nomadic 
phase  and  decrease  during  the  statary. 

The  populational  characteristics  of  three  genera  of  doryline  ants  ( Neivamyrmex , Eciton, 
and  Aenictus)  were  compared  with  a discussion  of  the  trophic  factors  that  influence  caste 
determination  in  the  army  ants  in  particular,  and  in  the  social  insects  in  general. 

Howard  R.  Topoff 


Meeting  of  January  17,  1967 

President  Richard  Fredrickson  presided;  22  members  and  7 guests  were  present.  Mr. 
Howard  R.  Topoff  of  the  City  University  of  New  York  was  proposed  and  duly  elected 
as  Secretary  of  the  Society,  succeeding  Mrs.  Lucy  Heineman.  Dr.  Jerry  Vanderberg  of  the 
Department  of  Preventive  Medicine,  New  York  University  Medical  School  was  proposed 
for  regular  membership.  Miss  Betty  White  described  a rare  but  delightful  occasion  she 
had  comparing  a photograph  of  a parasitic  wasp  from  the  book  “Living  Insects  Of  the 
World”  with  one  that  flew  into  her  kitchen;  they  were  identical. 

program.  Dr.  Robert  Traub,  Research  Professor  at  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of 
Medicine,  presented  two  talks:  Ecology  of  Scrub  Typhus  in  Unusual  Habitats  in  Paki- 
stan and  Examples  of  Convergent  Evolution  in  Fleas.  In  the  first  talk  Dr.  Traub  dis- 
cussed the  tremendous  increase  in  interest  in  scrub  typhus,  especially  in  relation  to  suc- 
cessful military  efforts  in  tropical  habitats.  He  reported  on  his  interesting  and  perplexing 
findings  that  this  disease,  which  predominates  in  ecologically  disturbed  tropical  environ- 
ments, has  recently  been  found  infecting  the  small  mammal  populations  of  primary  forests, 
xerophytic  forests,  subalpine  habitats  in  the  Himalayas,  and  even  in  true  alpine  meadows 
as  high  as  11,000  feet.  In  the  second  talk  Dr.  Traub  discussed  the  convergence  of  adapta- 
tions possessed  by  fleas,  for  attaching  to  their  hosts.  Particular  mention  was  made  of 
the  fact  that  fleas  associated  with  birds  and  arboreal  mammals  usually  possess  longer  and 
more  sharply  pointed  comb  spines  than  fleas  which  parasitize  ground-dwelling  mammals. 

Howard  R.  Topoff,  Sec. 

Meeting  of  February  7,  1967  was  cancelled  because  of  a heavy  snowfall. 

Meeting  of  February  21,  1967 

Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson  presided;  19  members  and  2 guests  were  present.  Dr.  Jerry 
Vanderberg  was  elected  to  regular  membership.  Dr.  J.  G.  Butte  of  the  State  University 
of  New  York  at  Farmingdale  was  proposed  for  regular  membership.  Dr.  Asher  Treat 


108 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


called  attention  to  the  paper  of  Dr.  Carol  Williams,  in  the  February  3 edition  of  Science, 
noting  that  the  female  of  the  polvphemus  moth  will  not  produce  a sex  attractant  pheromone 
until  she  is  stimulated  bv  an  extract  of  oak  leaves. 

program.  Trap-Nesting  Wasps  and  Bees  and  Their  Associates.  Dr.  Karl  Krombein, 
chairman,  Department  of  Entomology  of  the  Smithsonian  Institute  illustrated  his  talk 
with  slides.  (An  abstract  follows.)  [ Editor’s  note : This  whole  project  is  reported  in 

detail  in  a book  by  Dr.  Krombein,  “Trap-Nesting  Wasps  and  Bees:  Life  Histories,  Nests, 

and  Associates,”  Smithsonian  Press,  579  pp.,  29  pis.,  1967.1 

TRAP-NESTING  WASPS  AND  BEES  AND  THEIR  ASSOCIATES 

The  speakers  discussed  the  field  project  he  carried  on  from  1953  to  1964  investigating  the 
biology  of  solitary  wasps  and  bees  which  can  be  induced  to  nest  in  wooden  traps.  The 
traps  were  made  from  straight-grained  pieces  of  white  pine,  each  containing  a boring  6" 
long  and  %,  Vt  or  1/9"  in  diameter.  The  traps  were  made  into  bundles  containing 
one  or  two  traps  of  each  diameter.  The  bundles  were  placed  in  the  field  in  situations  where 
populations  of  solitary  wasps  and  bees  were  nesting  in  abandoned  borings  of  other  insects 
in  wood  such  as  on  dead  branches  and  tree  trunks,  on  sound  oak  branches  bearing  insect 
galls,  and  on  structural  lumber.  Nests  were  obtained  from  trap  settings  in  western  New 

York,  the  area  around  Washington,  D.  C.,  coastal  North  Carolina,  Archbold  Biological 

Station  in  Florida,  and  the  Southwestern  Research  Station  in  Arizona.  The  nests  were 

opened  in  the  laboratory  to  record  the  details  of  the  nest  architecture  and  to  preserve 

samples  of  the  food  stored  for  the  larvae;  periodic  reexamination  of  the  nests  provided 
information  on  the  developmental  stages  of  the  wasps  and  bees,  and  their  associated  preda- 
tors, parasites  and  symbionts.  Nine  new  species  and  subspecies  of  wasps  and  bees  were 
described  from  these  nests,  as  well  as  three  new  species  of  chalcid  parasites,  and  two  new 
genera  and  17  new  species  of  parasitic  mites.  Life  history  data  were  obtained  for  75  pre- 
daceous wasps  and  43  non-parasitic  bees,  and  83  associated  parasites  and  predators  (28 
of  them  parasitic  wasps  or  bees).  Dr.  Krombein  illustrated  his  talk  with  a number  of 
Kodachrome  and  black  and  white  transparencies  showing  the  nest  architecture  of  a number 
of  species,  the  life  history  of  a typical  vespid  wasp,  nesting  behavior  of  the  bee  Osmia 
lignaria,  certain  aspects  of  the  competition  between  three  species  of  Trypargilum  for  nesting 
sites  and  spider  prey,  and  examples  of  some  of  the  mite,  beetle,  fly  and  wasp  parasites 
associated  with  the  host  wasps  and  bees. 

Karl  Krombein 


Meeting  of  March  7,  1967 

Dr.  Fredrickson  presided;  14  members  and  7 guests  were  present.  Dr.  J.  G.  Butte  of  the 
State  University  of  New  York  at  Farmingdale  was  elected  a regular  member,  and  Miss 
Ann  Young,  a graduate  student  at  the  City  University  of  New  York,  was  proposed  for 
student  membership.  Miss  Alice  Gray  of  the  Department  of  Entomology  at  the  Museum 
displayed  toy  insects  made  in  Hong  Kong. 

program.  Ecology  of  the  Cave-Entrance  Fauna.  Professor  Richard  Graham  of  the 
Department  of  Physiology  of  Rutgers  University  discussed  ecological  zonation  in  caves 
with  particular  reference  to  the  cave  entrance  as  a persistent  community. 


Howard  R.  Topoff,  Sec. 


June,  1967] 


Proceedings 


109 


Meeting  of  March  21,  1967 

President  Richard  Fredrickson  called  the  meeting  to  order;  23  members  and  guests  were 
present.  Miss  Ann  Young  of  the  City  University  of  New  York  was  elected  to  student 
membership. 

program.  Mimicry  in  Butterflies.  Dr.  Michael  G.  Emsley,  Assistant  Curator  of  Insects  of 
the  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  was  the  speaker  of  the  evening.  (An  ab- 
stract follows.) 

Howard  R.  Topoff,  Sec. 

MIMICRY  IN  BUTTERFLIES 

“At  the  close  of  the  last  century  a confusingly  large  number  of  named  forms  of  Heli- 
conious  erato  and  Heliconious  melpomene  were  described,  many  of  them  as  descrete  species. 
We  now  know  that  these  two  species  show  pronounce!  geographic  variation  with  mono- 
morphic  forms  occupying  Central  America,  South  America  west  of  the  Andes,  northern 
South  America,  the  valley  systems  of  the  eastern  Andes,  the  Amazon  Basin  and  south- 
eastern Brazil.  Where  the  monomorphic  populations  meet  there  is  a high  degree  of  poly- 
morphism which  has  led  to  the  large  number  of  described  forms.  The  most  remarkable 
feature  of  this  situation  is  that  erato  and  melpomene  vary  so  greatly  over  their  range  they 
maintain  a mutually  similar  appearance  everywhere  they  occur.  The  closeness  of  their 
similarity  makes  a convincing  case  that  mimicry  in  butterflies  is  a real  phenomenon. 

Unfortunately,  though  Dr.  Brower  and  his  co-workers  have  tried  extremely  hard  to 
obtain  convincing,  experimental  proof  of  the  values  of  what  we  call  warning  coloration  and 
its  imitation  by  palatable  mimics,  the  evidence  is  still  far  from  complete.  Any  theory  con- 
cerned with  the  explanation  of  the  color  pattern  of  butterflies  in  relation  to  their  predators 
must  also  take  into  account  that  color  is  probably  the  prime  factor  in  species  recognition 
and  in  the  releasing  of  courtship  behavior.” 


Michael  G.  Emsley 


NEW  MEMBERS 


The  following  persons  have  been  elected  to  the  Society  since  the  membership  list  was 
published  in  the  June  1966  issue  (vol.  74,  pp.  112-115).  The  class  of  membership  other 
than  regular  member  is  designated  by  the  letter  in  parentheses:  L — Life,  St. — Student. 

(St)  Arnold,  Richard,  735  McKinley  Lane,  Hinsdale,  Illinois  60521 
Bartolone,  Pat  J.,  1661  East  172nd  Street,  Bronx,  N.Y.  10472 
Benton,  Allen,  State  LTniversity  College,  Fredonia,  N.Y.  14063 

(St)  Boshes,  Michael,  Department  of  Animal  Behavior,  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  77th  Street  and  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024 
Butte,  J.  G.,  State  University  of  New  York,  Farmingdale,  N.Y.  11735 
Durden,  Beatrice  V.,  Carnegie  Museum,  Pittsburgh,  Penna.  15213 
Emsley,  Michael  G.,  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia,  Penna.  19103 

(St)  Ford,  Francis  C.,  650  Yonkers  Avenue,  Yonkers,  N.Y.  10704 

(St)  Friedman,  Kenneth,  33-05  90th  Street,  Jackson  Heights,  N.Y.  11372 

(St)  Kanter,  David  F.,  154-04  25th  Avenue,  Flushing,  N.Y.  11354 

(St)  Mesibov,  Robert,  1905  Birge  Terrace,  Madison,  Wisconsin  53705 
Nadler,  Aaron  M.,  101  Ocean  Parkway,  Brooklyn,  N.Y.  11218 

(St)  Novak,  John  A.,  Kent  State  University,  Kent,  Ohio  44240 

(St)  Orminati,  Sergio,  200  Eighth  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10011 

Owston,  Anthony  J.  W.,  345  East  56th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022 

(L)  Pechuman,  L.  L.,  Department  of  Entomology,  Cornel  University,  Ithaca,  N.Y.  14850 

(St)  Pirone,  Dominick  J.,  120  Esplanade,  Mt.  Vernon,  N.Y.  10553 

Pogany,  Margaret,  Simon  & Schuster,  Inc.,  630  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10020 
Ruckes,  Herbert,  Jr.,  Biology  Department,  Manhattan  Community  College,  New 
York,  N.Y. 

Spear,  Philip,  National  Pest  Control  Association,  250  West  Jersey  Street,  Elizabeth, 
N.J.  07202 

Steward,  Orville,  c/o  Bayard  Cutting  Arboretum,  P.O.  Box  66,  Oakdale,  N.Y.  11769 

(St)  Steward,  Roger,  c/o  Bayard  Cutting  Arboretum,  P.O.  Box  66,  Oakdale,  N.Y.  11769 
Stibick,  J.  N.  L.,  Department  of  Entomology,  Purdue  University,  Lafayette,  Indiana 
47907 

Stien,  Harry,  12  Highland  Drive,  Ardsley,  N.Y. 

(St)  Topoff,  Howard  R.,  Department  of  Animal  Behavior,  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  77th  Street  and  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024 

(St)  Trakimas,  Winifred  B.,  137  Stratford  Street,  Roslyn  Heights,  N.Y.  11577 
Vanderberg,  Jerry,  333  East  14th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10003 
Watson,  Kennith,  53  Kenefick  Avenue,  Buffalo,  N.Y.  14220 
(St)  Young,  Ann,  512  East  79th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10021 


110 


INVITATION  TO  MEMBERSHIP 


The  New  York  Entomological  Society  was  founded  in  1892  and  incorporated  the  following 
year.  It  holds  a distinguished  position  among  scientific  and  cultural  organizations.  The 
Society’s  Journal  is  one  of  the  oldest  of  the  leading  entomological  periodicals  in  the 
United  States.  Members  and  subscribers  are  drawn  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  they 
include  distinguished  professional  naturalists,  enthusiastic  amateurs,  and  laymen  for  whom 
insects  are  only  one  among  many  interests. 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  apply  for  membership  in  the  Society  or  to  subscribe  to  its 
Journal  which  is  published  quarterly.  Regular  meetings  are  held  at  8:00  P.M.  on  the  first 
and  third  Tuesdays  of  each  month  from  October  through  May  at  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  the  headquarters  of  the  Society.  A subject  of  general  interest  is  discussed 
at  each  meeting  by  an  invited  speaker.  No  special  training  in  biology  or  entomology  is 
necessary  for  the  enjoyment  of  these  talks,  most  of  which  are  illustrated.  Candidates  for 
membership  are  proposed  at  a regular  meeting  and  are  voted  upon  at  the  following  meeting. 

CLASSES  OF  MEMBERSHIP  AND  YEARLY  DUES 
Active  member:  Full  membership  in  the  Society,  entitled  to  vote  and  hold  office; 


with  Journal  subscription  $9.00 

Active  member  without  Journal  subscription  4.00 


Sustaining  member:  Active  member  who  voluntarily  elects  to  pay  $25.00  per  year 
in  lieu  of  regular  annual  dues. 

Lije  member:  Active  member  who  has  attained  age  45  and  who  pays  the  sum  of 
$100.00  in  lieu  of  further  annual  dues. 

Student  member:  Person  interested  in  entomology  who  is  still  attending  school; 


with  Journal  subscription  5.00 

(Student  members  are  not  entitled  to  vote  or  to  hold  office.) 

Student  member  without  Journal  subscription  2.00 

Subscription  to  Journal  without  membership  8.00 


APPLICATION  FOR  MEMBERSHIP 

Date  


I wish  to  apply  for  membership  (see  classes  above). 

My  entomological  interests  are:  

If  this  is  a student  membership,  please  indicate  school  attending  and  present  level. 

Name  

Address  


(Zip  Code  must  be  included) 


Send  application  to  Secretary  — 


iO(o 


/ O 


) 


Devoted  to  Entomology  in  General 


ii>v 


f i mi\w} 

QVViv;V/,,i  K'A' 


i '\  ’r 

\ V v.  , t: 


i \ VV;  AC 


py 

' i ) 1 1, 


yyp\y 


C:'kyA 

yA 


M 


A! 


/ \ \ 


\- 

' 1 , n 

" y f ■ : 

'<■  ' a'- 

j ■■  ‘li 

’/ 

■ ,~'S\ 

■CP 

> A i 

U\  r,  / ; 

Am, , 

; 

fl* 

V\)  L , 

j.  tl  V\ 

1 i 1 ./  X 

t 


Vi ( 


A 

,+ 


\v\r 


The  7/  V > Ai-hr :y  ,7 

v • - ' \ . r'7~  f ( v , 

New  York  Entomological  Society 


h\ ■ 7. 


'jfcv 


p •'f  ! 

(\j  1 y 


(r.( 


TO 


vM  'V 


m 


v 


Organized  June  29,  1892 — Incorporated  February  25,  1893 
\ I / Reincorporated  February  17,  1943 


s 1 i V 


)r  ->  1 I . 

Ayhk 


t 


pc 


A 


i w 


W 


A 


'PP  I; 


The  meetings  of  the  Society  are  held  on  the  first  and  third  Tuesday  of  each  month  (except 


June,  July,  August  and  September)  at  8 p.m.,  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 


History,  79th  St.,  & Central  Park  W.,  New  York  24,  N.  Y. 


„/■  Q 


[\  A 


Annual  dues  for  Active  Members,  $4.00;  including  subscription  to  the  Journal,  $9.00. 


Members  of  the  Society  will  please  remit  their  annual  dues,  payable  in  January,  to  the 
Treasurer.  , 4 / : , , \ 1 ' P* 


'<  J/.vY'  4 


!v7  A 


'■P  \ 


i -KP  ' C 
mp  < P Ai 


IP  u 


J I.',! 


Officers  for  the  Year  1967 

' 

President,  Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson 4 ; 


PC. 


Vice-President,  Dr.  David  Miller 


College  of  the  City  of  New  York  10031 

' ■ ■ i 1 | i/\  'A'  \-hx  'A"  ' A r~  A ) • vV/ 

Vl  ' • \ fkhl  ••  1 .’I-  ' v r:\AP 


VI 


College  of  the  City  of  New  York  10031 


f \ r , . I , \ j t — ' j ' I • ; ■ 1 *,  » ' I *■  ^ i "\  T 1 i IT  . ■ , ”1  v 

Secretary,  Mr.  Howard  Topoff 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


7 At, 


A 


. : \ * " 


K.-'v, 


Assistant  Secretary,  Mr.  Albert  Poelzl 


7# 


77, 


230  E.  78th  Street,  New  York  10021 


Treasurer,  Mr.  Raymond  Brush 


,v  ; M 


A A 


American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


■M 


A , r 


Assistant  Treasurer,  Mrs.  Patricia  Vaurie 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 

I ■ - v > . ■ A\ v V '■  " VbVv  \ V; 


m 


A\\' 


_ 


f ii 


pr 


— 

t , 4i  , 1 1 U-lV  ’ .,VvV  : 1 7 1 


711; 


? m a.  C \ ; p ^ 

Class  of  1967 

Dr.  Jerome  Rozen,  Jr. 

Class)  of  1968 

•••.  Pi  - \ ■■  Wf  7 .1  ''  A P-S.P  'h  1A 


m 


'iWM  ? 

X'r-P. 

:Ty  ,.yy  4 4y, 

Tp  1 

}'!y%  , 4 

V1  -PA.  Jp-.  P 

' : < 

■ i 

•//-  i -4  , V - 

AAA 

|.  Vn.  • , ' j 

, 1 , ,A  ,7  ' ' ’ 

Dr.  Elsie  Klots 

/,  i 


i'  ( 


) -4)1-':, 

cV 


M 


Mr.  Robert  Buckbee 
Mr.  Bernard  Heineman 


''-N  P 


Mailed  October  6,  1967 


CP  ’r  ) ; 

\.  V ‘ T*  1 ' ' V' 

V 4 

C : \A\ 1 

1 

f 1 

lie  A $)A: 

A'  '7  ' 1 

The  Journal  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society  is  published  quarterly  for  the  Society  by  Allen  Press 
Inc.,  104l  Ne|w  Hampshire,  Lawrence,  Kansas.  Second  class  postage  paid  at  Lawrence,  Kansas. 


I ) (T 


p*  I. 


p- 


Oi , 


v'V 


s\i 


7 v 


\ \ 


r 


it\ 


xwypt 


,v; 


'ff  i7'  f j\ 


T?\ i i ■■  m 

4^7  ■ 7> 

, a; 

, , 1 v>  P 


Journal  of  the 

New  York  Entomological  Society 


Volume  LXXV  October  6,  1967  No.  3 

EDITORIAL  BOARD 

Editor  Emeritus  Harry  B.  Weiss 
Editor  Lucy  W.  Clausen 

College  of  Pharmaceutical  Sciences,  Columbia  University 
115  West  68th  Street,  N.  Y.  10023 

Associate  Editor  James  Forbes 
Fordham  University,  N.  Y.  10458 

Publication  Committee 

Dr.  Kumar  Krishna  Dr.  Asher  Treat 

Dr.  Pedro  Wygodzinsky 


CONTENTS 

A New  Liphistiid  Spider  from  China  (Aranae:  Liphistiidae)  Willis  J.  Gertsch  114 

Activities  of  Respiratory  Enzymes  During  the  Metamorphosis  of  the  Face  Fly, 
Musca  autumnalis  (De  Geer)  P.  G.  Rousell  119 

Some  Synonyms  in  American  Spiders  Wilton  Ivie  126 

Biology  of  Dufourea  and  of  its  Cleptoparasite,  Neopasites  (Hymenoptera : 
Apoidea) 

Philip  F.  Torchio,  Jerome  G.  Rozen,  Jr.,  George  E.  Bohart,  and  Marjorie  S.  Favreau  132 

Behavior  of  the  German  Cockroach,  Blattella  germanica  (L.)?  in  Response  to 

Surface  Textures  Robert  Berthold,  Jr.  148 

Two  New  Species  of  Crambus  (Fabricius)  from  Western  North  America  (Lep- 
idoptera:  Pyralidae)  Alexander  B.  Klots  154 

Perobyscopsylla  hamifer  (Rothschild)  : An  Addition  to  the  Entomological 
Fauna  of  New  York  State  Allen  H.  Benton  159 

New  and  Little  Known  Species  of  Serica  (Coleoptera:  Scarahaeidae)  X 

R.  W.  Dawson  161 

Observations  of  Epicordulia  princeps  (Hagen)  (Odonata:  Corduliidae)  at 
a Light  Allen  M.  Young  179 

Undescribed  Species  of  Crane  Flies  from  the  Himalaya  Mountains  (Diptera: 

Tipulidae),  XV  Charles  P.  Alexander  183 


Book  Review 


147 


A New  Liphistiid  Spider  from  China 
( Araneae : Liphistiidae  ) 

Willis  J.  Gertsch 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Abstract:  A new  species  of  liphistiid  spider,  Heptathela  bristowei,  is  described  on  the 

basis  of  a female  from  Szechuan,  China.  In  a discussion  the  author  concludes  that  the 
family  Heptathelidae  cannot  be  maintained  and  that  the  species  with  a posterior  colulus 
(. Heptathela ) be  given  only  generic  ranking. 


Family  Liphistiidae 

This  small  family  comprising  our  most  generalized  spiders  was  reviewed  by 
Bristowe  (1932),  who  gave  comparative  data  on  the  then  known  seven  species 
of  Liphistius  and  two  species  of  Heptathela.  In  1939  Petrunkevitch  raised  the 
latter  genus  to  full  family  status  on  the  basis  of  characters  found  in  the  internal 
anatomy  of  a female  of  Heptathela  sinensis  Bishop  and  Crosby  (1933).  The 
new  family  Heptathelidae  was  relegated  to  synonymy  by  Gertsch  (1949,  p. 
265)  but  was  recognized  by  Vachon  (1958,  p.  431),  who  contributed  important 
new  information  on  the  postembryonic  development  of  Heptathela  kimurai 
Kishida. 

The  family  Heptathelidae  was  based  on  the  following  principal  features: 
reduction  of  the  posterior  median  spinnerets  to  a functionless  vestige,  a posterior 
colulus;  reduction  of  the  number  of  ostia  in  the  heart  from  five  to  four  pairs; 
loss  of  the  endocheliceral  venom  glands.  In  Liphistius  all  eight  spinnerets  are 
still  retained,  the  heart  has  five  pairs  of  ostia,  and  the  venom  glands,  although 
reduced  in  size,  are  still  present.  Such  regressive  changes  as  those  credited  to 
Heptathela  may  have  great  systematic  importance  or  almost  none  at  all.  It 
should  be  mentioned  that  these  internal  differences  are  based  on  knowledge  of 
only  half  a dozen  specimens  of  at  most  three  or  four  species.  Except  for  the 
loss  of  the  posterior  median  spinnerets,  the  genus  Heptathela  shows  such  close 
correspondence  to  Liphistius  that  it  seems  undesirable  to  accord  it  more  than 
generic  distinction. 

An  even  more  conservative  position  was  taken  by  Schenkel  (1953,  p.  1) 
when  he  described  a species,  that  should  now  be  listed  as  Liphistius  schensiensis 
Schenkel,  under  the  following  trinomial:  Liphistius  ( Heptathela ) sinensis 

(Bishop  and  Crosby),  var.  schensiensis , n.  var.  Since  his  specimen  had  eight 
spinnerets,  instead  of  the  seven  credited  to  sinensis,  he  concluded  that  this 
feature  was  not  constant.  Further,  he  saw  no  need  to  give  even  subgeneric 
recognition  to  Heptathela  (misspelled  Heptathele) . Whereas  it  must  be  con- 
ceded that  the  two  genera  are  remarkably  alike,  it  seems  desirable  to  continue 
to  hold  them  separate  on  the  basis  of  the  differences  in  the  posterior  median 


114 


September,  1967] 


Gertsch:  New  Lipiiistiid  Spider 


Figs.  1-3.  Heptathela  bristowei,  n.  sp.,  female.  1.  Carapace  and  abdomen,  dorsal  view. 
2.  Abdomen,  ventral  view.  3.  Epigynum,  dorsal  view. 


spinnerets.  Thus,  Liphistius  schensiensis  Schenkel  is  the  eighth  species  of  its 
genus  and  the  species  described  below  is  the  third  for  Heptathela. 

No  mention  of  the  internal  seminal  receptacles  of  any  female  liphistiid  was 
made  by  Bristowe  (1932)  or  any  of  the  principal  students  who  considered 
the  systematics  and  morphology  of  the  group.  This  organ  (for  which  I use 


116 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


the  term  epigynum  in  its  broadest  connotation)  is  of  the  “haplogyne”  type. 
In  the  Atypoidea  (Gertsch,  1949,  p.  126,  1128,  etc.),  there  are  four  primary 
seminal  receptacles.  The  epigynum  of  Liphistius  malayanus  Abraham  was 
illustrated  by  Schiapelli  and  Gerschman  (1962,  pi.  2,  figs.  5-6)  and  shows  the 
four,  rather  small  receptacles,  flanking  a central  pouch,  as  well  as  a central 
cluster  of  globular  organs.  The  epigynum  of  Heptathela  bristowei  is  of  the 
same  general  type  and  is  similar  to  that  of  kimurai , the  type  of  the  genus. 
Whereas  most  of  the  typical  tarantulas  (Ctenizoidea)  have  epigyna  with  a 
single  seminal  receptacle  on  each  side,  a few  exceptions  have  been  illustrated  by 
Schiapelli  and  Gerschman  (1962,  pi.  4,  figs.  1-3). 

Heptathela  bristowei,  n.  sp. 

Figures  1-3 

This  interesting  species  is  dedicated  to  Mr.  W.  S.  Bristowe,  colleague  and  eminent  author 
of  “The  World  of  Spiders,”  and  one  who  has  contributed  much  to  knowledge  of  the 
biology  and  taxonomy  of  the  liphistiid  spiders. 

diagnosis:  This  species  resembles  Heptathela  sinensis  Bishop  and  Crosby,  from  Tsinan, 

Shantung,  China,  but  is  readily  separated  by  the  following  features:  The  pars  cephalica  is 
proportionately  narrower  in  front  and  its  greatest  width  is  only  four-fifths  the  distance 
to  the  cervical  groove,  instead  of  having  these  ratios  equal.  The  four  median  eyes,  encircled 
by  the  narrowly  oval  lateral  eyes,  are  closer  together.  The  cervical  groove  is  considerably 
larger  and  deeper.  The  fourth  femora  are  provided  below  on  the  retrolateral  margin 
with  a double  row  of  short  spinules,  instead  of  eight  spines.  The  tergal  plates  on  the 
abdomen  are  smaller  in  size  and  the  first  lung  plate  is  of  different  form,  as  shown  in  the 
figures. 

female  holotype:  Total  length,  including  chelicerae,  19.5  mm. 


Carapace 

Sternum 

Labium 

Maxilla 

Abdomen 

Length 

7.0 

3.5 

1.0 

3.0 

10.0  mm. 

Width 

5.7 

2.4 

2.0 

1.5 

8.0  mm. 

Carapace  orange  to  reddish  brown ; pars  cephalica  dusky  and  pars  thoracica  with  dusky 
streaks  radiating  from  median  groove ; eye  tubercle  black.  Chelicerae  dull  reddish  brown, 
pale  at  base  above.  Sternum,  labium  and  appendages  quite  uniform  dull  orange  brown. 
Abdomen  gray;  tergites  dusky  brown. 

Dorsal  view  of  carapace  and  abdomen  as  shown  in  fig.  1. 

Structure  typical,  essentially  like  that  of  sinensis.  Carapace  quite  smooth,  bare  except 
for  tiny  setae  lying  flat  on  pars  cephalica,  a middle  line  of  about  six  stout  setae  running 
through  and  behind  median  eyes,  a series  of  four  setae  on  clypeal  margin,  with  median 
pair  much  longer,  and  a line  of  small  setae  margining  carapace.  Carapace  broadly  rounded 
in  front,  sharply  angled  at  corners,  gently  rounded  on  sides  and  truncated  behind.  Pars 
cephalica  strongly  elevated,  highest  just  behind  eyes;  cervical  groove  deep  rounded  de- 
pression smaller  than  eye  turret,  situated  back  five-eighths  of  length;  pars  thoracica  low, 
convex,  with  transverse  grooves. 

Eyes  all  close  together,  set  on  rounded  tubercle  of  typical  height.  Clypeus  inclined 
forward,  narrow,  equal  to  about  radius  of  posterior  median  eye.  Ratio  of  eyes:  ALE  : 

AME  : PLE  : PME  = 62  : 6 : 48  : 35.  Front  eye  row  slightly  procurved;  lateral  eyes  large, 
narrowly  oval,  nearly  touching  in  front ; median  eyes  minute,  lying  in  front  of  posterior 


September,  1967] 


Gertsch:  New  Liphistiid  Spider 


117 


median  eyes.  Posterior  eye  row  moderately  recurved;  oval  median  eyes  close  together, 
separated  by  one-fourth  their  narrow  diameter,  about  as  far  at  narrowest  point  from 
larger  oval  lateral  eyes.  Median  ocular  quadrangle  broader  than  long,  narrowed  in  front, 
with  anterior  eyes  minute. 

Sternum  an  elevated  sclerite  with  steep  sides,  covered  with  coarse  setae,  without  trace 
of  sigilla.  Labium  free,  separated  from  sternum  by  deep,  transverse  groove,  set  with 
black  setae.  Maxilla  truncated  at  apex,  with  setae  over  most  of  surface  and  brush  of 
soft  hairs  along  inside  margin.  Chelicera  about  3 mm.  long  as  seen  from  above,  smooth  at 
base,  expanded  toward  apex  and  set  with  coarse  setae,  rounded  at  apex  above  claw  and 
without  rake;  fang  of  median  length,  rather  stout,  lying  in  indistinct  groove  margined  on 
prolateral  side  by  row  of  eight,  close-set,  black  teeth,  three  of  these  larger,  and  on  retro- 
lateral  side  with  thin  brush  of  soft  reddish  hairs. 


I 

II 

III 

IV 

Palpus 

Femur 

4.7 

4.1 

4.3 

6.1 

4.3  mm. 

Patella 

2.7 

2.6 

2.7 

3.1 

2.4  mm. 

Tibia 

3.0 

2.7 

2.7 

4.2 

3.0  mm. 

Metatarsus 

3.0 

3.2 

3.5 

5.8 

— 

Tarsus 

1.7 

2.0 

2.1 

2.7 

3.7  mm. 

Total 

15.1 

14.6 

15.3 

21.9 

13.4  mm. 

leg  formula:  4312.  All  legs  short,  clothed  sparsely  above  with  hairs  and  weak  spines  and 
below  and  on  sides  with  more  numerous,  stouter  spines.  First  and  second  legs  with  rows 
of  stout  ventral  spines  on  tibiae,  metatarsi  and  tarsi,  those  on  anterior  segments  nearly 
lateral  in  position.  Femora  with  ventral  hairs  and  weak  spines;  fourth  femora  with  20  or 
more  stout  spinules  below  in  double  row  near  retrolateral  edge.  Pedipalp  with  stout  sub- 
lateral spines;  tarsus  set  with  even  row  of  seven  heavy  spines  on  lateral  margins;  palpal 
claw  with  single  tooth  at  base.  Paired  claws  of  legs  with  two  teeth  near  base ; unpaired 
claws  quite  straight,  unarmed  below. 

abdomen  (figs.  1-2):  Globose,  covered  evenly  with  tiny  setae.  Ten  tergites  visible  on  dorsum 
with  lateral  measurements  of  these,  in  millimeters,  from  front  to  rear  as  follows:  3.5;  4.3; 
4.2;  4.2;  3.3;  1.8;  1.1;  0.8;  0.7;  0.6;  thus,  sixth  and  succeeding  tergal  plates  greatly 
reduced  in  size ; each  tergal  plate  with  pair  of  prominent  alveoli  on  caudal  edge,  bearing 
long  spines.  First  lung  plate  gradually  produced  behind  to  evenly  rounded  projection, 
without  special  angles  or  evident  grooving.  Spinnerets  of  average  size;  posterior  colulus 
a small  tubercle  bearing  three  tiny  setae. 

epigynum  (fig.  3):  Consisting  of  four  receptacles;  lateral  receptacle  of  each  pair 

larger  than  inner  one. 

type  data:  Female  holotype  from  Wanhsien,  Yen-Ching-Kao,  Szechuan,  China, 
February,  1922  (W.  Granger),  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Literature  Cited 

Bishop,  S.  C.  and  Crosby,  C.  1932.  A New  Species  of  the  Spider  Family  Liphistiidae 
from  China.  Peking  Nat.  Hist.  Bull.,  6,  pp.  5-7,  7 figures. 

Bristowe,  U.  S.  1932.  The  Liphistiid  Spiders.  With  an  appendix  on  their  Internal 
Anatomy  by  J.  Millot.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  pp.  1016-1057,  pi.  I-VI,  text  figs. 

1-11. 

Gertsch,  W.  J.  1949.  American  Spiders.  Van  Nostrand,  New  York.  Pp.  v-xiii,  1-285, 
pi.  1-32,  PI.  I-XXXII. 


118 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Petrunkevitch,  A.  1939.  Catalogue  of  American  Spiders.  Trans.  Connecticut  Acad.  Arts. 
Sci.,  33,  pp.  133-338. 

Schiapelli,  R.  D.,  and  Gerschman  de  Pikelin,  B.  S.  1962.  Importancia  de  las  Espermate- 
cas  en  la  Sistematica  de  las  Aranas  del  Suborden  Mygalomorphae.  Physis,  23,  No. 
64,  pp.  69-75,  4 plates. 

Schenkel,  E.  1953.  Chinesische  Arachnoidea  aus  dem  Museum  Hoangho-Peiho  in 
Tienlsin.  Bol.  Mus.  Nac.,  Rio  de  Janeiro,  No.  119,  pp.  1-108,  47  figs. 

Vachon,  M.  1958.  Contribution  a 1’Etude  de  Developpement  Post-embryonnaire  des 
Araignees.  Deuxieme  note.  Orthognathes.  Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  France,  83,  pp.  429-461. 

Received  for  publication  April  17,  1967 


Activities  of  Respiratory  Enzymes  During  the  Metamorphosis 
of  the  Face  Fly,  Musca  autumnalis  De  Geer1 

P.  G.  Rousell 

St.  Francis  Xavier  University,  Antigonish,  Nova  Scotia,  Canada 

Abstract:  The  activities  of  alcohol,  succinic,  malic,  glucose,  glutamic,  alpha-glycerophos- 

phate, lactic,  and  isocitric  dehydrogenases,  the  malic  enzyme,  and  cytochrome  oxidase  were 
determined  during  the  metamorphosis  of  the  face  fly,  Musca  autumnalis . 

Total  alpha-glycerophosphate,  alcohol,  malic,  and  succinic  dehydrogenases  as  well  as  the 
malic  enzyme  exhibited  U-shaped  activity.  Greatest  activity  was  shown  by  the  malic  de- 
hydrogenase. Isocitric  dehydrogenase  activity  was  high  initially  and  remained  high  until  the 
2-day  pupa,  and  thereafter  showed  a progressive  decline.  Glucose  dehydrogenase  activity 
was  low  and  remained  fairly  steady  during  the  entire  pupal  stage.  Alcohol  dehydrogenase 
decreased  steadily  during  the  first  days  of  metamorphosis,  reached  a low  value  on  the  third 
day,  and  then  increased  to  reach  its  highest  value  in  the  adult  stage.  Succinic  dehydrogenase 
exhibited  a similar  pattern,  but  the  level  of  activity  was  not  as  high  as  most  of  the  other 
dehydrogenases.  Glutamic  dehydrogenase  showed  low  activity  in  the  larval  stage.  It  decreased 
during  the  first  several  days  of  the  pupal  life  and  completely  disappeared  by  the  fourth  day. 
The  activity  of  lactic  dehydrogenase  was  very  low  throughout  metamorphosis.  Malic  enzyme 
exhibited  high  activity  in  the  larva,  prepupa,  and  again  in  the  adult  stage.  Cytochrome 
oxidase  activity  was  also  U-shaped  during  metamorphosis. 


The  02  consumption  of  holometabolous  insects  follows  a U-shaped  curve  dur- 
ing metamorphosis.  This  phenomenon  was  first  described  by  Krogh  (1914)  for 
the  mealworm,  Tenebrio  molitor,  and  subsequently  has  been  confirmed  by  the 
following  investigators  employing  a variety  of  insect  species:  Clare,  1925;  Fink, 
1925;  Bodine  and  Orr,  1925;  Ludwig,  1931;  Dobzhansky  and  Poulson,  1935; 
Wolsky,  1938;  Sacktor,  1951;  Ito,  1954;  Cotty,  1956;  and  Ludwig  and  Barsa, 
1956. 

Since  the  causative  factors  responsible  for  the  U-shaped  respiratory  curve 
are  not  fully  understood,  various  explanations  have  been  advanced.  Krogh 
(1914)  and  Fink  (1925)  believed  the  changes  in  C)2  consumption  to  be  associated 
with  different  degrees  of  tissue  organization.  The  activity  of  cytochrome  oxidase 
has  been  investigated  as  a rate-limiting  factor  in  respiratory  metabolism.  Wolsky 
( 1938),  Williams  ( 1950),  Ludwig  (1953)  and  Diamantis  (1962)  found  U-shaped 
activity  curves  for  cytochrome  oxidase  during  the  pupal  stages  of  the  fruit  fly 
Drosophila  melanogaster , the  moth'  Platysamia  cecropia , the  Japanese  beetle 
Popillia  japonic  a,  and  the  flour  moth  Ephestia  kiihniella , respectively.  A corre- 
lation between  succinic  dehydrogenase  activity  and  respiratory  metabolism  has 
been  described  by  Wolsky  (1941)  for  Drosophila  melanogaster , Ito  (1954)  for 
Bombyx  mori , Ludwig  and  Barsa  (1955)  for  Popillia  japonica  and  for  Tenebrio 

1 This  investigation  was  financed  by  a research  grant  of  the  National  Research  Council 
of  Canada. 


119 


120 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


molitor  (1958).  Agrell  (1949)  described  total  dehydrogenase  activity  and  the 
activities  of  malic,  citric,  and  glutamic  dehydrogenases  as  U-shaped  during  the 
metamorphosis  of  the  blow  fly,  Calliphora  erythrocephala.  Ludwig  and  Barsa 
(1958)  found  malic  and  succinic  dehydrogenases  and  the  malic  enzyme  activities 
to  be  U-shaped  during  the  metamorphosis  of  Tenebrio  molitor.  In  1959,  they 
found  that  with  the  house  fly  alcohol  and  alpha-glycerophosphate  dehydro- 
genases also  followed  U-shaped  curves.  Diamantis  (1962)  described  similar 
activity  for  alpha-glycerophosphate  I and  II,  malic,  isocitric  and  succinic  de- 
hydrogenases and  the  malic  enzyme.  His  report  of  the  U-shaped  activity  of 
isocitric  dehydrogenase  is  at  variance  with  the  findings  of  Ludwig  and  Barsa 
(1959)  for  the  house  fly.  They  reported  the  isocitric  dehydrogenase  showed  a 
steady  decrease  during  metamorphosis.  Diamantis  (1962)  also  found  low  glu- 
tamic dehydrogenase  activity  at  all  stages,  whereas  Ludwig  and  Barsa  (1959) 
found  that  it  disappeared  early  in  the  pupal  stage. 

In  the  present  investigation  a study  was  made  of  cytochrome  oxidase  and  the 
various  dehydrogenases  during  the  metamorphosis  of  the  face  fly  Musca  autum- 
nalis. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

The  insects  used  in  this  study  were  obtained  from  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  Research  Center,  Beltsville,  Maryland.  They  were  reared 
in  screened  cages  measuring  30  X 30  X 30  inches.  The  temperature  of  the  rear- 
ing room  was  25  ± 2°C  and  the  relative  humidity  varied  between  35-60  per 
cent.  The  light  source  consisted  of  two  160-W  General  Electric  F 40  CW  fluo- 
rescent lamps  that  gave  a light  intensity  of  approximately  150  ft-c  measured  at 
the  top  of  the  cages.  The  optimum  photoperiod  was  found  to  be  16  hours  ex- 
tending from  6 a.m.  to  10  p.m. 

A mixture  of  skimmed  milk  and  5 per  cent  sucrose  solution  in  a 2:1  ratio  was 
placed  daily  in  a petri  dish  containing  a centrally  located  piece  of  absorbent 
cotton  which  served  as  a resting  place  for  the  flies  when  they  were  feeding.  Ap- 
proximately 10  ml  of  citrated  bovine  blood  was  placed  in  a second  dish  and  3 ml 
of  5 per  cent  maltose  solution  was  also  added  to  this  receptacle.  Fresh  cow 
dung  was  placed  in  a third  dish  to  serve  both  as  a source  of  food  and  as  an 
oviposition  medium.  Each  day  after  being  removed  from  the  cages,  the  dishes 
of  manure  were  set  aside  for  48  hours  and  then  examined  for  the  presence  of 
larvae.  If  larvae  were  found,  the  manure  was  transferred  to  a porcelain  tray 
(15  X 10  X 3 inches)  containing  a large  central  mass  of  dung  surrounded  by  a 
fairly  thick  layer  of  vermiculite  into  which  the  larvae  migrated  just  prior  to 
pupation.  These  trays  were  covered  with  a layer  of  cheesecloth  and  placed  on 
shelves  in  the  rearing  room.  Following  pupation,  the  insects  were  gently  re- 
moved to  a small  dish  which  was  put  in  one  of  the  rearing  cages  to  await  emer- 
gence. 


September,  1967]  Rousell:  Respiratory  Enzymes  of  Face  Fly 


121 


The  activities  of  alcohol,  succinic,  malic,  glucose,  glutamic,  alpha-glycerophos- 
phate, lactic,  and  isocitric  dehydrogenases  and  the  malic  enzyme  were  deter- 
mined by  the  Thunberg  method  as  given  by  Umbreit,  Burris  and  Stauffer  (1957, 
p.  130).  The  insects  were  washed  in  an  alcohol  solution,  according  to  the  pro- 
cedure followed  by  Cotty  (1956)  to  remove  surface  bacteria  before  homogeniza- 
tion. Insects  were  homogenized  by  means  of  a motor-driven  glass  homogenizer 
for  1 minute  in  0.03  M phosphate  buffer,  except  in  the  case  of  isocitric  dehydro- 
genase, where  veronal  buffer  was  used  since  the  phosphate  ion  interferes  with 
the  activity  of  this  enzyme.  The  buffers  were  adjusted  to  a pH  of  7.4.  A3  per 
cent  homogenate  (1  ml)  was  incubated  at  30°C  for  30  minutes,  and  when  NAD 
or  NADP  was  used,  the  homogenate  was  pre-incubated  with  0.5  ml  of  0.2  per  cent 
NAD  or  with  0.5  ml  of  0.1  per  cent  NADP  to  oxidize  the  endogenous  substrate. 
The  smaller  concentration  of  NADP  was  used  because  the  addition  of  larger 
amounts  did  not  increase  enzyme  activity.  The  homogenate  was  then  placed  in 
the  side  arm  cap  of  the  Thunberg  tube.  In  the  body  of  the  tube  were  placed 
1 ml  of  1/10,000  per  cent  methylene  blue,  1 ml  of  substrate  (0.004  M),  and  a 
sufficient  amount  of  buffer  to  bring  the  final  volume  to  6 ml.  In  measuring  the 
activity  of  malic  dehydrogenase,  0.5  ml  of  0.24  M KCN  was  added  to  prevent 
inhibition  by  the  oxalacetate  formed  (Green  1936).  In  determining  the  succinic 
dehydrogenase  activity,  0.5  ml  of  a mixture  of  0.005  M CaCD  and  0.005  Alcl3 
was  added.  NADP  was  used  in  the  studies  of  the  malic  enzyme  and  of  isocitric 
dehydrogenase.  In  the  former  determinations,  0.5  ml  of  0.033  M MgS04,  and 
in  the  latter,  0.5  ml  of  6 X 10~3  M MnCl2  was  added.  These  supplementary  solu- 
tions were  added  before  the  final  dilution  of  the  homogenate.  The  tubes  were 
evacuated  for  five  minutes  and  were  then  inverted  to  add  the  homogenate  con- 
tained in  the  side  arm  to  the  mixture  in  the  main  portion  of  the  tube,  thus  bring- 
ing the  final  concentration  of  homogenate  to  0.5  per  cent.  Following  this  the 
tubes  were  placed  in  a constant  temperature  bath  at  30°C,  and  the  time  re- 
quired for  90  per  cent  reduction  of  methylene  blue  to  occur  was  determined  by 
visually  matching  the  color  with  that  of  a standard  tube.  This  standard  con- 
tained all  of  the  components  of  the  other  tubes  except  that  the  methylene  blue 
was  diluted  to  Vio  the  usual  concentration  and  the  homogenate  had  been  previ- 
ously inactivated  by  boiling.  A control  tube  containing  all  the  components  of 
the  experimental  tube  except  the  substrate  was  used  in  each  determination. 

Activities  of  dehydrogenase  enzymes  were  expressed  as  1/time  in  minutes  for 
90  per  cent  decoloration  of  methylene  blue.  These  activities  were  determined  by 
subtracting  the  rate  of  control  from  that  of  the  experimental  tube. 

The  activity  of  cytochrome  oxidase,  expressed  as  A log  (CyFe++)  / minute,  was 
determined  during  the  same  stages  of  metamorphosis  and  was  measured  on  tissue 
homogenates  in  a final  concentration  of  1 : 10,000.  The  insects  were  homogenized 
in  0.03  M phosphate  buffer  which  had  a pH  of  7.4.  The  spectrophotometric 
method  of  Cooperstein  and  Lazarow  (1951)  was  used  to  measure  the  cytochrome 
oxidase  activity. 


122 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Table  1.  Dehydrogenase  activity  expressed  as  1/time  in  minutes  for  90%  decolorization  of 
methylene  blue  during  the  metamorphosis  of  the  face  fly,  Musca  autumnalis.  Readings 
were  made  at  30°  C.  (GPD  is  alpha-glycerophosphate  dehydrogenase.) 


Dehydrogenase 


Stage 

Malic 

Glu- 

cose 

Alcohol 

Lactic 

Iso- 

citric 

Glu- 

tamic 

Suc- 

cinic 

GPD 

I 

GPD 

II 

Malic 

Enzymes 

Larva 

0.375 

0.006 

0.055 

0.024 

0.345 

0.008 

0.019 

0.061 

0.005 

0.120 

Prepupa 

0.328 

0.004 

0.050 

0.022 

0.316 

0.006 

0.016 

0.050 

0.006 

0.114 

Pupa,  1 day 

0.280 

0.004 

0.040 

0.018 

0.322 

0.006 

0.008 

0.020 

0.008 

0.105 

Pupa,  2 day 

0.252 

0.006 

0.031 

0.015 

0.282 

0.003 

0.008 

0.011 

0.010 

0.082 

Pupa,  3 day 

0.228 

0.010 

0.022 

0.009 

0.230 

0.002 

0.005 

0.005 

0.010 

0.060 

Pupa,  4 day 

0.230 

0.009 

0.038 

0.006 

0.218 

0.005 

0.004 

0.012 

0.096 

Pupa,  5 day 

0.260 

0.006 

0.046 

0.010 

0.202 

0.009 

0.018 

0.012 

0.104 

Pupa,  6 day 

0.345 

0.005 

0.058 

0.005 

0.180 

0.012 

0.029 

0.025 

0.110 

Pupa,  7 day 
Adult,  just 

0.425 

0.005 

0.062 

0.007 

0.156 

0.024 

0.058 

0.032 

0.112 

emerged 

0.785 

0.002 

0.069 

0.007 

0.131 

0.030 

0.074 

0.035 

0.130 

OBSERVATIONS 

The  changes  in  the  activities  of  the  dehydrogenase  enzymes  during  the  metamor- 
phosis of  the  face  fly  are  shown  in  Table  1.  Each  value  is  an  average  of  ten 
determinations. 

Total  alpha-glycerophosphate,  alcohol,  malic,  and  succinic  dehydrogenases  as 
well  as  the  malic  enzyme  exhibited  U-shaped  activity.  Greatest  activity  was 
shown  by  the  malic  dehydrogenase  with  a considerable  rise  observed  in  the 
newly  emerged  adult.  Alpha-glycerophosphate  dehydrogenase  I (requiring  NAD) 
decreased  steadily  from  the  larval  stage  to  the  fourth  day  and  then  rose  gradually 
during  the  remainder  of  the  pupal  stage.  Alpha-glycerophosphate  II  (not  re- 
quiring NAD)  appeared  at  the  first  day  of  the  pupal  stage  and  it  showed  a 
steady  increase  with  the  highest  activity  being  detected  in  the  adult  fly.  Isocitric 
dehydrogenase  activity  was  high  initially  and  remained  high  until  2 -day  pupa 
and  thereafter  showed  a progressive  decline.  Glucose  dehydrogenase  activity  was 
very  low;  it  remained  fairly  steady  during  the  entire  pupal  stage  and  decreased 
slightly  in  the  newly  emerged  adult.  Alcohol  dehydrogenase  decreased  steadily 
during  the  first  days  of  the  metamorphosis,  reaching  a low  value  on  the  third 
day,  and  then  increased  to  reach  its  highest  value  in  the  adult  stage.  Succinic 
dehydrogenase  exhibited  a similar  pattern  but  the  level  of  activity  was  not  as 
high  as  most  of  the  other  dehydrogenases.  The  activity  of  lactic  dehydrogenase 
was  low  throughout  metamorphosis.  Malic  enzyme  exhibited  high  activities  in 
the  larva,  prepupa  and  again  in  the  adult  stage.  Glutamic  dehydrogenase  showed 
low  activity  in  the  larval  stage.  It  decreased  during  the  first  several  days  of 
pupal  life  and  completely  disappeared  by  the  fourth  day. 

Cytochrome  oxidase  activity  was  also  U-shaped  during  metamorphosis  as  in- 
dicated in  Table  2.  Each  value  here  is  also  an  average  of  at  least  ten  determina- 
tions. The  larval  and  prepupal  stages  were  characterized  by  high  activity  with  a 


September,  1967]  Rousell:  Respiratory  Enzymes  of  Face  Fly 


123 


Table  2.  Cytochrome  oxidase  activity  during  the  metamorphosis  of  Musca  autumnalis. 

Homogenate  concentration  is  1:10,000. 


Stage 

Enzyme  Activity 
A log  [CyFe++]  / min. 

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average 

Larva 

0.051 

0.103 

0.084 

Prepupa 

0.043 

0.088 

0.061 

Pupa,  1 day 

0.024 

0.042 

0.032 

Pupa,  2 day 

0.014 

0.038 

0.021 

Pupa,  3 day 

0.009 

0.022 

0.014 

Pupa,  4 day 

0.008 

0.017 

0.010 

Pupa,  5 day 

0.027 

0.048 

0.041 

Pupa,  6 day 

0.052 

0.089 

0.076 

Pupa,  7 day 

0.112 

0.151 

0.127 

Adult,  newly  emerged 

0.124 

0.221 

0.178 

progressive  decrease  until  the  fourth  day  and  then  a steady  increase  to  a high 
of  0.178. 


DISCUSSION 

The  U-shaped  activities  of  malic  dehydrogenase  and  the  malic  enzyme  agree 
with  the  results  reported  for  these  enzymes  during  the  metamorphosis  of  the 
mealworm  and  of  the  house  fly  (Ludwig  and  Barsa,  1958  and  1959).  These 
findings  also  agree  with  those  of  Agrell  (1949)  for  the  blow  fly,  Calliphora 
erythrocephala , and  of  Diamantis  (1962)  for  the  Mediterranean  flour  moth, 
Ephestia  kuhniella.  Isocitric  dehydrogenase  activity  in  the  face  fly  was  slightly 
lower  than  that  found  in  the  house  fly  (Ludwig  and  Barsa,  1959),  but  similar 
in  that  it  uniformly  decreased  during  metamorphosis.  This  differs  from  the  re- 
sults reported  by  Agrell  (1949)  for  the  blow  fly  and  Diamantis  (1962)  for  the 
Mediterranean  flour  moth,  both  of  whom  found  that  isocitric  dehydrogenase  ex- 
hibited U-shaped  activity.  Isocitric  dehydrogenase  in  the  presence  of  NADP 
and  Mn++  catalyzes  the  oxidation  of  isocitrate  through  oxalosuccinate  to  alpha- 
ketoglutarate.  The  high  activity  of  malic  dehydrogenase  is  similar  to  that  re- 
ported for  the  house  fly  by  Ludwig  and  Barsa  (1959)  and  for  the  flour  moth  by 
Diamantis  (1962).  Malic  dehydrogenase  and  the  malic  enzyme  both  catalyze 
the  oxidation  of  1-malate.  The  end  products  with  the  malic  enzyme  are  pyruvate 
and  C02?  whereas  with  malic  dehydrogenase  the  end  product  is  oxaloacetate. 
The  high  activities  of  malic  dehydrogenase  and  the  malic  enzyme  coupled  with 
the  rather  low  rate  for  total  lactic  dehydrogenase  adds  additional  support  to  the 
belief  that  lactate  does  not  accumulate  in  insects,  but  rather  pyruvate  is  reduced 
to  malate  which  in  turn  is  oxidized  to  oxaloacetate.  The  U-shaped  activity  curves 
for  alcohol  and  alpha-glycerophosphate  I dehydrogenase  agree  with  the  results 
obtained  by  Ludwig  and  Barsa  ( 1959)  with  the  house  fly,  but  alpha-glycerophos- 
phate II  was  found  during  all  stages  of  metamorphosis  in  the  face  fly  as  con- 
trasted with  the  house  fly  where  it  does  not  appear  until  near  the  end  of  the 


124 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


pupal  stage.  The  activity  curve  for  succinic  dehydrogenase  corroborates  re- 
ported results  of  a number  of  other  insects  including  Drosophila  melanogaster 
(Wolsky,  1941),  Calliphora  erythrocephala  (Agrell,  1949),  Musca  domestica 
(Ludwig and  Barsa,  1959),  Tenebrio  molitor  (Ludwig  and  Barsa,  1958),  Ephestia 
kuhniella  (Diamantis,  1962).  The  low  activity  of  this  enzyme  indicates  that  it 
could  be  a determining  factor  in  the  U-shaped  respiratory  curve  that  is  character- 
istic of  the  metamorphosis  of  holometabolous  insects. 

The  U-shaped  pattern  of  cytochrome  oxidase  activity  here  reported  for  Musca 
autumnalis  agrees  with  what  has  been  found  in  the  fruit  fly,  D.  melanogaster  by 
Wolsky  (1938),  in  the  house  fly,  M.  domestica  by  Sacktor  (1951),  in  the  Japa- 
nese beetle,  P.  japonica  by  Ludwig  (1953),  in  the  moth,  Platysamia  cecropia  by 
Williams  (1950),  and  in  the  flour  moth,  Ephestia  kuhniella  by  Diamantis  (1912). 
This  would  indicate  that  most  of  the  oxidation  during  metamorphosis  is  medi- 
ated through  the  cytochrome  system. 

Literature  Cited 

Agrell,  I.  P.  S.  1949.  Localization  of  some  hydrogen-activating  enzymes  in  insects  during 
metamorphosis.  Nature,  164:  1039-1040. 

Bodine,  J.  H.,  and  P.  R.  Orr.  1925.  Respiratory  metabolism.  Biol.  Bull.,  48:  1014. 

Clare,  M.  R.  1925.  A study  of  oxygen  metabolism  in  Drosphila  melanogaster.  Biol.  Bull., 
49:  440-460. 

Cooperstein,  S.  J.,  and  A.  Lazarow.  1951.  A microspectrophotometric  method  for  the 
determination  of  cytochrome  oxidase.  Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  189:  665-670. 

Cotty,  V.  F.  1956.  Respiratory  metabolism  of  prepupae  of  the  house  fly,  Musca  domestica 
L.,  and  of  their  homogenates.  Contrib.  Boyce  Thompson  Inst.,  18:  253-262. 
Diamantis,  W.  1962.  Activities  of  respiratory  enzymes  during  the  metamorphosis  of  the 
Mediterranean  flour  moth,  Ephestia  kuhniella  Zeller.  Jour.  N.Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  70:  68-78. 
Dobzhansky,  T.,  and  D.  F.  Poulson.  1953.  Oxygen  consumption  of  Drosophila  pupae.  II. 

Drosophila  pseudobscura.  Z.  Vergl.  Physiol.,  22:  473-478. 

Fink,  D.  E.  1925.  Metabolism  during  embryonic  and  metamorphic  development  of  insects. 
Jour.  Gen.  Physiol.,  7:  527-543. 

Green,  D.  E.  1936.  The  malic  dehydrogenase  of  animal  tissue.  Biochem.  J.,  30:  2095-2110. 
Ito,  T.  1954.  The  physiology  in  the  metamorphosis  of  Bombyx  mori.  I.  Respiration. 

Bull.  Sericult.  Exp.  Sta.  (Tokyo),  14:  263-278. 

Krogh,  A.  1914.  On  the  rate  of  development  and  CO-  production  of  chrysalides  of  Tenebrio 
molitor  at  different  temperatures.  Z.  allg.  Physiol.,  16:  178-190. 

Ludwig,  D.  1931.  Studies  on  the  metamorphosis  of  the  Japanese  beetle  ( Popillia  japonica 
Newman).  I.  Weight  and  metabolism  changes.  Jour.  Exp.  Zool.,  60:  309-323. 

. 1953.  Cytochrome  oxidase  activity  during  diapause  and  metamorphosis  of  the 

Japanese  beetle  ( Popillia  japonica  Newman).  Jour.  Gen.  Physiol.,  36:  751-757. 

— and  M.  C.  Barsa.  1955.  The  activity  of  succinic  dehydrogenase  during  diapause 
and  metamorphosis  of  the  Japanese  beetle  ( Popillia  japonica  Newman).  Jour.  N.Y. 
Ent.  Soc.,  63:  161-165. 

. 1956.  Oxygen  consumption  of  whole  insects  and  insect  homogenates.  Biol.  Bull., 

110:  77-82. 

. 1958.  Activity  of  dehydrogenase  enzymes  during  the  metamorphosis  of  the  meal- 
worm, Tenebrio  molitor  Linnaeus.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  49:  103-104. 


September,  1967]  Rousell:  Respiratory  Enzymes  of  Face  Fly 


125 


. 1959.  Activities  of  respiratory  enzymes  during  the  metamorphosis  of  the  house 

fly,  Musca  domestica  Linnaeus.  Jour.  N.Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  67:  151-156. 

Sacktor,  B.  1951.  Some  aspects  of  respiratory  metabolism  during  metamorphosis  of  normal 
and  DDT-resistant  house  flies,  Musca  domestica  L.  Biol.  Bull.,  100:  229-243. 

Umbreit,  W.  W.,  R.  H.  Burris,  and  J.  F.  Stauffer.  1957.  Manometric  techniques.  A 
manual  describing  methods  applicable  to  the  study  of  tissue  metabolism.  Minneapolis. 

Williams,  C.  M.  1950.  A hormonal-enzymatic  mechanism  for  control  of  pupal  diapause  in 
the  Cecropia  silkworm.  Abstract  of  Communication  to  the  XVIII  Int.  Physiol.  Cong. 
(Copenhagen),  517-518. 

Wolsky,  A.  1938.  The  effect  of  carbon  monoxide  on  oxygen  consumption  of  Drosophila 
melanogaster  pupae.  Jour.  Exp.  Biol.,  15:  225-234. 

. 1941.  Quantitative  changes  in  the  substrate-dehydrogenase  system  of  Drosophila 

pupae  during  metamorphosis.  Science,  94:  48-49. 


Received  for  publication  April  3,  1967 


Some  Synonyms  in  American  Spiders1 

Wilton  Ivie2 

Abstract:  New  synonyms  of  one  genus  and  twenty-four  species,  as  well  as  twenty-one 

new  combinations  and  a few  other  notes  pertaining  to  American  spiders,  most  of  them  in 
the  family  Linyphiidae,  particularly  the  sub-family  Erigoninae,  are  recorded. 

The  following  notes,  concerned  with  new  synonymy  and  new  combinations 
in  the  nomenclature  of  American  spiders,  are  presented  herewith  so  that  they 
may  become  part  of  the  published  record.  Many  of  these  notes  were  accumulated 
while  examining  the  collections  of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca, 
New  York,  and  parts  of  the  type  collections  of  the  University  of  Utah  and 
The  United  States  National  Museum.  Cross  references  are  given  under  the 
respective  genera  and  families  for  the  names  mentioned  in  the  text.  Under 
the  literature  references,  only  those  not  included  in  Bonnet’s  Bibliographia 
Araneorum  are  cited. 

Family  CLUBIONIDAE 

Genus  PHRUROTIMPUS  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1935. 

Phrurotimpus  alarms  (Hentz),  1S47. 

Phrurotimpus  annulatus  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1944. 

New  Synonym. 

Phrurotimpus  borealis  (Emerton),  1911. 

Phrurolithus  utus  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1933.  Synonym. 

Family  SALTICIDAE 

Genus  LYSSOMANES  Hentz,  1844. 

Lyssomanes  viridis  (Walckenaer) , 1837. 

7 'etragnatha  lutea  Walckenaer,  1841.  New  Synonym. 

Family  THERIDIIDAE 

Genus  DIPOENA  Thorell,  1870. 

PSELOTHORAX  Chamberlin,  1948  (Erigonidae) . New  Synonym. 

Dipoena  atopa  (Chamberlin).  New  Combination. 

Pselothorax  atopus  Chamberlin,  1948. 

Dipoena  daltoni  Levi,  1953.  New  Synonym. 

Family  TETRAGNATHIDAE 

Genus  TETRAGNATHA  Latreille,  1804. 

T etragnatha  lutea  Walckenaer.  See  Lyssomanes  viridis  (Salticidae) 


1 This  paper  was  prepared  as  a phase  of  a project  supported  by  funds  from  the  National 
Science  Foundation  (Grant  GB-3880) 

2 Research  Fellow,  Department  of  Entomology,  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
New  York. 


126 


September,  1967] 


Ivie:  American  Spider  Synonyms 


127 


Family  LINYPHIIDAE 

Sub-Family  Erigoninae 

Genus  ACARTAUCHENIUS  Simon,  1884. 

Acartauchenius  columbiensis  Crosby.  See  Maso  polita. 

Genus  CERATICELUS  Simon,  1884. 

Ceraticelus  anomalus  Gertsch  and  Ivie.  See  Idionella  anomala. 

Ceraticelus  desertus  Gertsch  and  Ivie.  See  Idionella  deserta. 

Ceraticelus  jormosus  (Banks).  See  Idionella  jormosa. 

Ceraticelus  guttatus  Chamberlin  and  Ivie.  See  Idionella  anomala. 

Ceraticelus  micropalpus  (Emerton). 

Ceraticelus  durus  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1939.  New  Synonym. 

Ceraticelus  nesiotes  Crosby.  See  Idionella  nesiotes. 

Ceraticelus  parvulus  (Fox).  See  Ceratinella  parvula. 

Ceraticelus  rugosus  Crosby.  See  Idionella  rugosa. 

Ceraticelus  titivillitium  Crosby  and  Bishop.  See  Idionella  titivillitium. 

Ceraticelus  tuganus  Chamberlin.  See  Idionella  tugana. 

Genus  CERATINELLA  Emerton,  1882. 

Ceratinella  brunnea  Emerton,  1882. 

Ceratinella  placida  Banks,  1892.  New  Synonym. 

Ceratinella  jormosa  Banks.  See  Idionella  jormosa. 

Ceratinella  parvula  (Wm.  Fox). 

Erigone  ( Ceratinella ) parvula  Fox,  1891. 

Ceratinella  sphaerula  Emerton,  1911.  New  Synonym. 

Ceraticelus  parvulus:  Crosby  and  Bishop,  1925. 

Genus  CERATINOPS  Banks,  1905. 

Ceratinops  obscura  (Chamberlin  and  Ivie).  New  Combination. 

Masonetta  obscura  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1944. 

Genus  CERATINOPSIS  Emerton,  1882. 

Ceratinopsis  disparata  (Dondale).  New  Combination. 

Grammonota  disparata  Dondale,  1959.  This  species  is  very  close  to,  if  not 
identical  with,  Ceratinopsis  labradorensis  Emerton,  1925. 

Ceratinopsis  tybeensis  Chamberlin  and  Ivie.  See  Masonetta  jloridana. 

Genus  CORNICULARIA  Menge,  1868. 

Cornicularia  lepida  Kulczynski,  1885.  Kamchatka. 

Cornicularia  pacijica  Emerton,  1923.  New  Synonym. 

C ornicularia  selma  Chamberlin.  See  Scylaceus  selma. 

Genus  EPERIGONE  Crosby  and  Bishop,  1928. 

Eperigone  trilobata  (Emerton). 

Bathyphantes  tristis  Banks,  1892.  Synonymy  suggested  by  Hackman,  1954;  con- 
firmed by  examination  of  type  material. 

Genus  EPICERATICELUS  Crosby  and  Bishop,  1931. 

Epiceraticelus  jluvialis  Crosby  and  Bishop. 

Scylaceus  amylus  Chamberlin,  1948.  New  Synonym. 

Genus  ERIDANTES  Crosby  and  Bishop,  1933. 

Eridantes  erigonoides  (Emerton). 

Erigone  percisa  Keyserling,  1886.  New  Synonym. 

Genus  ERIGONE  Audouin,  1827. 

Erigone  atra  (Blackwall),  1833. 


128 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Erigone  praepulchra  Keyserling,  1886.  Synonym. 

Erigone  matei  Keyserling.  See  0 stearins  melanopygius. 

Erigone  minutissima  Keyserling.  See  Scylaceus  pallidus. 

Erigone  nigrianus  Keyserling.  See  0 stearins  melanopygius. 

Erigone  percisa  Keyserling.  See  Eridantes  erigonoides. 

Erigone  rostratula  Keyserling.  See  Scylaceus  pallidus. 

Genus  EULAIRA  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1933. 

Eulaira  microtarsus  (Emerton).  See  Hillhousia  microtarsus. 

Genus  GONEATARA  Bishop  and  Crosby,  1935. 

Goneatara  nasuta  (Barrows).  New  Combination. 

Souessa  nasuta  Barrows,  1943. 

Genus  GRAMMONOT A Emerton,  1882. 

Grammonota  disparata  Dondale.  See  Ceratinopsis  disparata. 

Grammonota  sclerata  Ivie  and  Barrows.  See  Idionella  sclerata. 

Genus  HILAIRA  Simon,  1884. 

Hilaira  balia  Crosby  and  Bishop,  1929.  South  America. 

Microneta  maculata  Mello-Leitao,  1940.  New  Synonym. 

Genus  HILLHOUSIA  F.  P. -Cambridge,  1894. 

Hillhousia  microtarsus  (Emerton).  New  Combination. 

Tmeticus  microtarsus  Emerton,  1882. 

Eulaira  microtarsus:  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1945. 

Sciastes  microtarsus  Bishop  and  Crosby,  1938. 

Genus  IDIONELLA  Banks,  1893.  Type:  jormosa. 

Idionella  anomala  (Gertsch  & Ivie).  New  Combination. 

Ceraticelus  anomalus  Gertsch  and  Ivie,  1936.  Male. 

Ceraticelus  guttatus  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1939.  Female.  New  Synonym. 
Idionella  deserta  (Gertsch  and  Ivie).  New  Combination. 

Ceraticelus  desertus  Gertsch  and  Ivie,  1936. 

Idionella  jormosa  (Banks). 

Ceratinella  jormosa  Banks,  1892. 

Ceraticelus  jormosus : Crosby  and  Bishop,  1925. 

Idionella  nesiotes  (Crosby).  New  Combination. 

Ceraticelus  nesiotes  Crosby,  1924. 

Idionella  rugosa  (Crosby).  New  Combination. 

Ceraticelus  rugosus  Crosby,  1905. 

Idionella  sclerata  (Ivie  and  Barrows).  New  Combination. 

Grammonota  sclerata  Ivie  and  Barrows,  1935. 

Ceraticelus  jormosus : Crosby,  1937  (in  part;  male,  not  female). 

Idionella  titivillitium  (Crosby  and  Bishop).  New  Combination. 

Ceraticelus  titivillitium  Crosby  and  Bishop,  1925. 

Idionella  tugana  (Chamberlin).  New  Combination. 

Ceraticelus  tuganus  Chamberlin,  1948. 

Genus  ISLANDIAN A Braendegaard,  1932. 

Islandiana  jalsijica  (Keyserling).  New  Combination. 

Erigone  jalsijica  Keyserling,  1886. 

Tmeticus  alatus  Emerton,  1919.  New  Synonym. 

Islandiana  alata:  Ivie,  1965. 

Genus  MASO  Simon,  1884. 

Maso  polita  Banks,  1896. 


September,  1967] 


Ivie:  American  Spider  Synonyms 


129 


Acartauchenius  columbiensis  Crosby,  1905.  New  Synonym. 

Genus  MASONCUS  Chamberlin,  1948. 

Masoncus  conspectus  (Gertsch  and  Davis).  New  Combination. 
Tapinocyba  conspecta  Gertsch  and  Davis,  1936. 

Masoncus  nogales  Chamberlin,  1948.  New  Synonym. 

Genus  MASON  ETTA  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1939. 

Masonetta  floridana  (Ivie  and  Barrows),  1935. 

Ceratinopsis  tybeensis  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1944.  New  Synonym. 
Masonetta  obscura  Chamberlin  and  Ivie.  See  Ceratinops  obscura. 

Genus  OEDOTHORAX  Bertkau,  1883. 

Oedothorax  melacra  Chamberlin.  See  Ostearius  melanopygius. 

Genus  OSTEARIUS  J.  E.  Hull,  1911. 

Ostearius  melanopygius  (O.  P.  Cambridge). 

Linyphia  melanopygia  O.  P.  Cambridge,  1879. 

Erigone  matei  Keyserling,  1886.  New  Synonym. 

Erigone  nigrianus  Keyserling,  1886.  New  Synonym. 

Oedothorax  melacra  Chamberlin,  1916.  New  Synonym. 

Scolopembolus  melacrus:  Bishop  and  Crosby,  1938. 

Genus  PSELOTHORAX  Chamberlin,  1948.  See  DIPOEN A,  (Theridiidae) . 

Pselothorax  atopus  Chamberlin.  See  Dipoena  atopa,  (Theridiidae). 

Genus  SCIASTES  Bishop  and  Crosby,  1938. 

Sciastes  microtarsus  (Emerton).  See  Hillhousia  microtarsus. 

Sciastes  ogeechee  Chamberlin  and  Ivie.  See  Souessoula  parva. 

Sciastes  terrestris  (Emerton).  See  Porrhomma  terrestris  (Linyphiinae) 

Genus  SCOLOPEMBOLUS  Bishop  and  Crosby,  1938. 

Scolopembolus  melacrus  (Chamberlin).  See  Ostearius  melanopygius. 

Genus  SCYLACEUS  Bishop  and  Crosby,  1938. 

Scylaceus  amylus  Chamberlin.  See  Epiceraticelus  fluvialis. 

Scylaceus  pallidus  (Emerton),  1882. 

Erigone  minutissima  Keyserling,  1886.  New  Synonym. 

Erigone  rostratula  Keyserling,  1886.  New  Synonym. 

Scylaceus  pallas  Chamberlin,  1948.  New  Synonym. 

Scylaceus  selma  (Chamberlin).  New  Combination. 

Cornicularia  selma  Chamberlin,  1948. 

Genus  SISICOTTUS  Bishop  and  Crosby,  1938. 

Sisicottus  atypicus  Chamberlin  and  Ivie.  See  Souessoula  parva. 

Genus  SOUESSA  Crosby  and  Bishop,  1936. 

Souessa  nasuta  Barrows.  See  Goneatara  nasuta. 

Genus  SOUESSOULA  Crosby  and  Bishop,  1936. 

Souessoula  parva  (Banks),  1899. 

Sciastes  ogeechee  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1944,  female.  New  Synonym. 
Sisicottus  atypicus  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1944,  male.  New  Synonym. 
Genus  T ACHYGYN A Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1939. 

Tachygyna  gargopa  (Crosby  and  Bishop).  New  Combination. 

Microneta  gargopa  Crosby  and  Bishop,  1929. 

Genus  TAPINOCYBA  Simon,  1884. 

Tapinocyba  conspecta  Gertsch  and  Davis.  See  Masoncus  conspectus. 

Genus  TMET1CUS  Menge,  1886. 

Tmeticus  alatus  Emerton.  See  Islandiana  falsifica. 


130 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Tmeticus  microtarsus  Emerton.  See  Hillhousia  microtarsus. 

Tmeticus  terrestris  Emerton.  See  Porrhomma  terrestris  (Linyphiinae) . 

Sub-Family  Linyphiinae 

Genus  ALLOMEN GEA  Strand,  1912. 

Allomengea  pinnata  (Emerton).  New  Combination. 

Microneta  pinnata  Emerton,  1915. 

Microneta  plumosa:  Emerton,  1915  (lapsus  in  caption  of  figure  for  M.  pinnata.) 
Linyphia  ontariensis  Emerton,  1925.  New  Synonym. 

Helophora  ontariensis : Blauvelt,  1936;  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1947. 

Allomengea  scopigera  (Grube). 

Linyphia  sitkaensis  Keyserling,  1886.  New  Synonym. 

Genus  BATHYPHANTES  Menge,  1866. 

Bathyphantes  pacificus  Banks.  See  Liny phantes  pacificus. 

Bathyphantes  tragicus  Banks.  See  Liny  phantes  tragicus. 

Bathy  phantes  tristis  Banks.  See  Eperigone  trilobata. 

Genus  LEPTHYPH ANTES  Menge,  1866. 

Lepthy phantes  sabulosus  (Keyserling),  1886. 

Lepthy phantes  appalachia  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1944.  New  Synonym. 

Type  locality  of  sabulosus  given  as  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah;  probably  incorrect. 
Genus  L1NYPH ANTES  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1942. 

Linyphantes  aeronautica  (Petrunkevitch) . New  Combination. 

Microneta  aeronautica  Petrunkevitch,  1929. 

Linyphantes  orcinus  (Emerton).  New  Combination. 

Microneta  orcina  Emerton,  1917. 

Linyphantes  pacificus  (Banks).  New  Combination. 

Bathyphantes  pacificus  Banks,  1905. 

Linyphantes  tragicus  (Banks).  New  Combination. 

Bathyphantes  tragicus  Banks,  1898.  Baja  California. 

Genus  LINYPHIA  Sundevall,  1804. 

Linyphia  melanopygia  O.  P.  Cambridge.  See  Ostearius  melanopygius  (Erigoninae) . 
Linyphia  ontariensis  Emerton.  See  Allomengea  pinnata. 

Linyphia  sitkaensis  Keyserling.  See  Allomengea  scopigera. 

Genus  MICRONETA  Menge,  1868. 

Microneta  aeronautica  Petrunkevitch.  See  Linyphantes  aeronautica. 

Microneta  gargopa  Crosby  and  Bishop.  See  Tachygyna  gargopa. 

Microneta  maculata  Mello-Leitao.  See  H Hair  a balia  (Erigoninae) 

Microneta  orcina  Emerton.  See  Linyphantes  orcinus. 

Microneta  pinnata  Emerton.  See  Allomengea  pinnata. 

Microneta  plumosa  Emerton.  See  Allomengea  pinnata. 

Genus  PORRHOMMA  Simon,  1884. 

Porrhomma  terrestris  (Emerton).  New  Combination. 

Tmeticus  terrestris  Emerton,  1882. 

Sciastes  terrestris:  Bishop  and  Crosby,  1938  (Erigoninae). 

Literature  Cited 

Barrows,  W.  M.  1943.  A New  Prairie  Spider.  Ohio  Jour.  Science,  43,  p.  209. 
Chamberlin,  R.  V.  1948.  On  Some  Spiders  of  the  Family  Erigonidae.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc. 
Amer.,  41,  pp.  483-562,  163  figs. 


September,  1967] 


Ivie:  American  Spider  Synonyms 


131 


Chamberlin,  Ralph  V.,  and  Wilton  Ivie.  1939.  Studies  on  North  American  Spiders  of 
the  Family  Micryphantidae.  Verh.  VII  Int.  Kongr.  Ent.,  1,  pp.  56-73,  59  figs. 

. 1942.  A Hundred  New  Species  of  American  Spiders,  Bull.  Univ.  Utah,  Biol.  Ser., 

7,  No.  1,  pp.  1-117,  231  figs. 

. 1944.  Spiders  of  the  Georgia  Region  of  North  America.  Ibid.,  8,  No.  5,  pp. 

1-267,  217  figs. 

Dondale,  C.  D.  1959.  Definition  of  the  Genus  Grammonota.  Canadian  Ent.,  91,  No. 
4,  pp.  232-242,  26  figs. 

Hackman,  Walter.  1954.  The  Spiders  of  Newfoundland.  Acta  Zool.  Fennica,  No.  79, 
pp.  1-99,  121  figs.,  5 maps. 

Ivie,  Wilton.  1965.  The  Spiders  of  the  Genus  Islandiana.  Amer.  Mus.  Novitates,  No. 
2221,  pp.  1-25,  53  figs. 

Levi,  Herbert  W.  1953.  Spiders  of  the  Genus  Dipoena  from  America  North  of  Mexico. 
Amer.  Mus.  Novitates,  No.  1647,  pp.  1-39,  121  figs. 

Received  for  publication  May  1,  1961 


Biology  of  Dufourea  and  of  its  cleptoparasite,  Neopasites 

(Hymenoptera:  Apoidea) 

Philip  F.  Torchio,1  Jerome  G.  Rozen,  Jr.,2  George  E.  Bohart,1 

and  Marjorie  S.  Favreau2 

Abstract:  The  biologies  of  four  species  of  Dufourea  [ D . mulleri  (Cockerell),  D.  mal- 

acothricis  Timberlake,  D.  pulchricornis  (Cockerell),  and  D.  trochantera  Bohart]  are  de- 
scribed and  compared.  The  biology  of  the  nomadine  bee  parasite,  N eopasites,  family 
Anthophoridae,  is  also  described.  Two  species  of  the  parasite  are  associated  with  their 
hosts  [Neopasites  ( Micropasites ) cressoni  Crawford  with  D.  mulleri,  and  an  undescribed 
species  of  the  subgenus  Neopasites  with  D.  trochantera] . The  suspected  association  of  an 
additional  species,  Neopasites  ( Neopasites ) fulviventris  (Cresson),  on  D.  dentipes  Bohart 
and  an  undescribed  Dufourea  species  is  included.  The  subfamilies  of  Halictidae  are  com- 
pared on  the  basis  of  biological  features  in  a summary  table. 

The  family  Halictidae  (composed  of  Halictinae,  Nomiinae,  and  Dufoureinae) 
is  well  represented  in  the  biological  literature.  Most  of  the  information,  how- 
ever, concerns  halictines  and  nomiines.  Previous  biological  studies  of  the 
Dufoureinae  have  been  restricted  to  six  species  within  two  Old  World  genera: 
Rophites  canus  Evers  (Enslin,  1921;  Malyshev,  1925a),  Rophites  hartmanni 
Friese  (Malyshev,  1925a),  R.  quin ques pin osus  Spinola  (Stockhert,  1922), 
Systropha  planidens  Giraud  and  S.  curvicornis  Scopoli  (Malyshev,  1925b), 
and  S.  punjabensis  Batra  and  Michener  (Batra  and  Michener,  1966).  The 
holarctic  genus,  Dufourea , has  not  been  studied  biologically,  even  though  it 
is  widely  distributed  and  contains  the  greatest  number  of  species  in  the  sub- 
family. The  biologies  of  four  Dufourea  species  (D.  mulleri  (Cockerell),  D. 
malacothricis  Timberlake,  D.  pulchricornis  (Cockerell),  and  D.  trochantera 
Bohart)  are  reported. 

The  biology  of  the  New  World  Neopasites  (=  Gnathopasites)  is  also  de- 
scribed. It  and  its  Old  World  counterpart,  Biastes,  comprise  the  nomadine 
tribe  Biastini  which  are  cleptoparasitic  primarily  on  the  Dufoureinae.  Biastes 
attacks  the  nests  of  Rophites,  Systropha , and  presumably  the  eucerine  Tetra- 
lonia  (Popov,  1951),  and  Neopasites  attacks  those  of  Dufourea. 

The  literature  search  for  this  paper  was  made  with  the  assistance  of  the 
Bibliography  of  Apoid  Biology  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Charles  D.  Michener, 
the  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence. 

Dufourea  mulleri  (Cockerell) 

Description  of  Habitat:  Bohart,  Torchio,  and  Nabil  Youssef  studied  the 

biology  of  this  species  at  Tubac,  Santa  Cruz  County,  Arizona,  between  April 

1 Entomology  Research  Division,  Agr.  Res.  Serv.,  USDA,  Logan,  Utah,  in  cooperation 
with  Utah  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

2 Department  of  Entomology,  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  N.  Y.,  N.  Y. 


132 


September,  1967] 


Torchio,  et  al.:  Biology  of  Dufourea 


133 


Fig.  1.  Nesting  area  of  Dufourea  mulleri  (Cockerell)  at  3 miles  south-southwest  of 
Rodeo,  Hidalgo  County,  New  Mexico. 

13  and  17,  1965.  Torchio  returned  to  this  site  on  April  27,  1965,  and  found 
nesting  had  been  completed.  On  April  26,  1966,  he  revisited  the  nesting  site 
and  discovered  the  nesting  population  greatly  reduced  over  the  previous  year. 
Rozen  studied  the  species  3 miles  S.S.W.  of  Rodeo,  New  Mexico  (Fig.  1) 
(actually  in  Cochise  County,  Arizona),  between  May  1 and  5,  1965.  Rozen 
and  Favreau  revisited  this  site  between  April  26  and  May  5,  1966,  at  which' 
time  the  species  was  more  abundant  and  nested  in  various  areas  along  the 
road  between  this  point  and  Apache,  Arizona. 

The  Tubac  site  was  located  adjacent  to  a gravelly  creek  bottom  which 
carried  water  during  short  periods  each  year.  Phacelia  of  two  species,  Les- 
querella , Malacothrix,  Acacia  greggii  Gray,  a tall  crucifer,  and  several  grass 
species  were  the  predominant  plants  growing  along  the  creek.  The  surrounding 
area  is  typical  of  the  Lower  Sonoran.  The  Rodeo  site,  a recently  disturbed, 
nearly  flat  area,  half  a mile  long,  was  adjacent  to  a highway  running  in  a S.S.W. 
direction  through  the  wide  San  Simon  Valley.  The  nest  area  was  occupied 
by  low,  sparsely  scattered  herbs,  including  the  pollen  plant,  Phacelia  popei 
T.  & G.  var.  arizonica  (Gray)  Voss,  and  a Lepidium  species.  The  vegeta- 
tion adjoining  the  nest  area  was  dominated  by  Prosopis  and  other  xerophilous 
plants.  The  soil  surface  at  both  nesting  sites  was  unshaded  and  ranged  from 
horizontal  or  nearly  so  near  Rodeo  to  gently  sloping  (up  to  15°)  at  Tubac. 
At  Tubac,  nesting  took  place  in  two  soil  types.  One  had  a 6 mm.  layer 


134 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


of  dry,  loose  powder  covering  a hard-packed,  sandstone-like  layer  composed 
of  brownish  soil  interspersed  with'  large  gravel  particles.  The  hard-packed 
layer  extended  below  the  cell  level  and  contained  some  moisture  below  4.6  cm. 
The  second  soil  type  was  light  brown,  coarsely  grained,  and  loosely  packed 
to  5 cm.  below  its  surface.  Large,  extremely  hard-packed  clods  found  below 
the  surface  layer  were  separated  from  each  other  by  air  spaces  or  narrow 
bands  of  loosely-packed  soil.  The  soil  was  dry  until  well  below  the  cell  level. 
The  nesting  site  near  Rodeo  was  sandy  and  loosely  packed  from  its  surface 
to  a depth  of  3-4  cm.,  below  which  it  became  hard-packed  and  pebble-free. 
Moisture  at  the  cell  level  varied  from  slight  to  moderate,  depending  upon  the 
depth.  Soil  temperatures  recorded  from  this  site  at  a depth  of  10  cm.  on 
April  24,  1966,  were:  9:30  a.m.,  69°F;  10  a.m.,  69°F;  12:30  p.m.,  78°F; 
3:15  p.m.,  80°F.  The  time  is  Rocky  Mountain  Standard  time  and  the  day 
was  clear  and  warm. 

Although  nests  were  scattered  over  extensive  areas  at  both  locations,  nest 
concentrations  also  occurred.  The  most  dense  concentrations  numbered  V2  nest/ 
sq.  ft.  at  Tubac  and  4 nests/sq.  ft.  near  Rodeo.  Apparently,  the  species  can 
be  regarded  as  weakly  gregarious.  Only  a single  female  occupied  a nest. 

Nest  Architecture 

entrance  hole:  Some  nest  entrances  occurred  in  flat,  bare  ground,  but  more 
frequently  they  were  at  the  lower  edges  of  slight  depressions  or  at  the  bases 
of  pebbles  or  rocks.  Soil  excavated  from  the  nests  was  deposited  on  one  side 
of  the  entrance,  forming  an  asymmetrical  tumulus.  The  typical  tumulus  at 
Tubac  was  heart-shaped  and  measured  33  mm.  long  by  27  mm.  wide.  A 
weakly  defined  trail  4 mm.  wide,  2 mm.  deep,  and  18  mm.  long  extended  from 
the  entrance  hole  to  near  the  apical  angle  of  the  tumulus.  It  was  formed 
as  the  female  swept  excavated  soil  away  from  the  entrance  while  she  backed 
away  repeatedly  over  the  same  terrain.  At  the  terminus  of  the  trail,  the 
excavated  soil  was  kicked  back  and  away  with  rapid,  flicking  leg  movements. 
The  tumulus  was  continually  reshaped  and  enlarged  throughout  the  period  of 
nesting  activity. 

Entrances  were  generally  kept  closed  at  Tubac  but  remained  open  near 
Rodeo.  Possibly  the  divergent  behavior  at  each  location  is  simply  a reflection 
of  adaptability  to  nesting  in  different  soil  types.  At  Tubac  the  very  loose 
surface  powder  tended  to  fill  the  entrance  holes  each  time  bees  entered  or  left. 
Returning  foragers,  however,  were  able  to  orient  to  their  respective  entrance 
holes  very  successfully.  They  literally  dove  into  the  powdered  layer,  as  do 
some  N omadopsis  species,  and  rapidly  moved  soil  about  until  they  found  and 
entered  their  burrow.  The  soil  near  Rodeo  was  sufficiently  granular  and 
hard-packed  to  allow  the  entrance  holes  to  remain  open.  Entrances  always 
lacked  turrets. 


September,  1967] 


Torchio,  et  al.:  Biology  of  Dufourea 


135 


burrows:  The  main  burrow,  circular  in  cross  section,  was  3.5  mm.  in  diameter 
and  descended  in  a meandering  fashion.  There  were  no  obvious  constrictions 
at  or  near  the  entrance  hole.  The  burrow  walls  were  not  lined  but,  at  least  at 
the  Tubac  site,  they  appeared  darker  in  color  and  were  more  tightly  packed 
than  the  surrounding  soil.  Their  permeability  to  water  was  equal  to  that  of 
the  surrounding  soil.  A vestibule  measuring  7 mm.  in  diameter  was  found  in 
one  nest  at  Tubac.  It  was  constructed  as  a pocket  in  the  wall  of  the  main 
burrow  11  mm.  below  the  soil  surface.  The  main  burrow  was  never  plugged 
and  it  terminated  in  a nearly  horizontal  cell. 

Lateral  burrows  were  originated  along  a 15  mm.  zone  about  halfway  down 
the  main  burrow.  The  unlined  laterals  (as  many  as  9 per  nest)  radiated 
horizontally  from  the  main  burrow  for  distances  ranging  from  5 to  38  mm. 
Circular  in  cross  section,  they  had  the  same  diameter  as  the  main  burrow  except 
where  they  narrowed  to  3 mm.  just  before  joining  the  cell.  Each  lateral  was 
plugged  tightly  before  a new  one  was  excavated. 

cells:  The  cells  (Figs.  2-6),  which  were  ovoid  and  broadly  rounded  distally, 
were  placed  from  10  to  40  degrees  from  the  horizontal  with  the  anterior  end 
highest.  Their  length  varied  from  6.0  to  8.0  mm.  and  their  width  from  4.5 
to  5.0  mm.  They  were  carved  from  the  surrounding  soil  and  their  inner  sur- 
faces had  no  apparent  “built-in”  wall.  They  were,  however,  lined  with  a dull 
varnish  that  was  nearly  transparent  upon  drying.  This  lining,  less  than  0.05 
mm.  in  thickness,  filled  the  space  between  the  sand  grains  and  could  not 
be  peeled  from  the  walls  of  their  cells.  The  lining  permitted  a moderately 
rapid  absorption  of  water  when  a droplet  was  placed  on  it.  At  the  Rodeo  site 
a very  thin  layer  of  dull,  extremely  fine,  silt-like  material  coated  the  depres- 
sions between  the  grains  of  sand.  Cells  were  located  between  5 and  10  cm. 
from  the  ground  surface,  with  the  uppermost  cell  being  excavated  first  and 
the  lowermost  cell  last.  Cells  from  previous  years  were  not  reconditioned  and 
reused. 

The  unlined  cell  cap  was  composed  of  a moderately  packed  soil  plug  which 
had  3 indistinct  spiral  rings  and  a small  central  micropyle  on  its  concave  inner 
face. 

Although  only  one  cell  per  lateral  burrow  was  found  at  Tubac,  two  cells 
(and  in  one  case,  three  cells)  in  linear  series  were  commonly  found  at  the 
end  of  the  lateral  burrows  near  Rodeo.  The  passage  between  these  cells  varied 
in  length  from  2.0  to  5.0  mm.,  and  was  filled  with  rather  loosely  packed  soil 
between  the  firm  rear  wall  of  one  cell  and  the  firm  cap  of  the  other. 

Provisioning  and  Development 

D.  mulleri  provisioned  its  nests  with  pollen  from  two  Phacelia  species  at 
Tubac.  One  species  produced  blue  pollen  and  the  other,  yellow.  Since  the  pollen 
balls  were  always  either  one  color  or  the  other,  it  appears  that  the  bees  visited 
only  one  host  plant  species  while  provisioning  a cell.  Phacelia  popei  T.  and  G. 


136 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


var.  arizonica  (Gray)  Voss  was  the  only  pollen  host  near  Rodeo.  Its  dry  pollen 
remained  bluish  in  color  while  on  the  bee’s  scopae  but  changed  to  lavender  after  it 
was  molded  into  the  provisions.  The  color  of  the  pollen  ball  faded  to  a light  tan 
by  the  time  the  first  instar  hatched  from  the  egg. 

Approximately  three  pollen  loads  were  required  to  complete  one  pollen  ball. 
The  first  load,  after  being  transported  to  the  cell,  was  mixed  with  nectar  and 
shaped  into  a small  but  complete  sphere.  Each  additional  load  was  added  to 
the  existing  sphere  until  it  became  a moist  but  firm,  homogeneous,  spherical 
ball,  averaging  about  3.5  mm.  in  diameter  and  ranging  from  2.75  to  3.75  mm. 
The  ball  was  placed  near,  but  not  at,  the  posterior  end  of  the  cell  (Fig.  2). 
The  pollen  balls  of  this  species  resembled  those  of  the  panurgine  genera 
N omadopsis  and  Calliopsis  in  shape  and  consistency,  but  lacked  a waterproof 
covering. 

The  shiny,  whitish,  strongly  arched  egg  (Fig.  2)  was  approximately  1.9 
mm.  long  and  rested  on  top  of  the  provision  in  the  sagittal  plane  of  the  cell. 
Both  ends  were  weakly  attached  to  the  provisions  so  that  eggs  were  easily 
displaced  when  cells  were  excavated.  In  contrast,  the  eggs  of  some  bees  (e.g., 
certain  Panurginae)  are  attached  securely  by  their  posterior  ends  while  the 
anterior  tip  rises  in  the  cell  or  merely  touches  the  provision.  In  mulleri  the 
broader  anterior  tip  of  the  egg  faced  the  cell  closure. 

Immediately  before  the  first  instar  hatched,  the  egg  chorion  adhered  to  the 
embryo,  so  that  the  rather  small  head  and  body  segmentation  were  visible 
on  the  still  strongly  arched  egg.  After  hatching,  the  larva  fed  and  crawled 
about  on  the  provisions  (Fig.  3).  The  first-stage  larva,  as  well  as  subsequent 
ones,  was  equipped  with  a pair  of  dorsolateral  tubercles  on  most  body  seg- 
ments, with  a somewhat  protruding  venter  on  the  ninth  abdominal  segment, 
and  with  a posterodorsally  directed  tenth  abdominal  segment  which  could  be 
contracted  and  expanded  somewhat.  These  modifications  assisted  the  larva  as 
it  crawled;  by  appressing  the  protruding  ninth  segment  to  the  pollen  ball  and 
the  expanded  tenth  to  the  cell  wall,  the  larva  stationed  the  posterior  part  of 
the  body  so  that  it  could  push  its  front  part  forward.  While  moving  forward 
and  bending  the  anterior  portion  of  its  body  up  and  down,  the  larva  fed  on 
the  pollen  ball  and  left  a wide,  shallow  groove  in  its  wake.  Because  the  feed- 
ing larva  circled  its  provisions  in  random  directions,  the  ball  remained  nearly 
spherical  almost  until  it  disappeared  (Figs.  3-4). 

After  consuming  the  pollen  ball,  but  before  defecating,  the  larva  began 
spinning  a cocoon  which,  when  completed,  tightly  adhered  to  the  cell  walls. 
When  the  outer  layer  of  the  cocoon  was  completed,  the  larva  extruded  long 
semi-moist,  pale  yellow  fecal  pellets  which  were  applied  to  the  posterior  one- 
half  to  two-thirds  of  the  cocoon  in  short  strips  more  or  less  parallel  to  the 
long  axis  of  the  cell.  During  or  after  the  late  stages  of  defecation,  the  larva 
applied  additional  silk  over  the  inner  face  of  the  outer  cocoon  layer  and  feces 


September,  1967] 


Torchio,  et  al.:  Biology  of  Dufourea 


137 


Figs.  2-6.  Cells  of  Dufourea  mulleri  (Cockerell):  2.  With  pollen  ball  and  egg,  side  view. 
3.  With  pollen  ball  and  young  larva,  side  view.  4.  With  nearly  mature  larva,  side  view.  5. 
With  postdefecating  larva,  cocoon,  and  feces,  side  view.  6.  In  linear  series,  top  view. 

Figs.  7-9.  Eggs  of  Neopasites  {Micro pasites)  cressoni  Crawford:  7.  Embedded  nearly 

flush  with  cell  wall,  lateral  view.  8.  Embedded  at  an  angle  with  cell  wall,  lateral  view. 
9.  After  hatching,  showing  semicircular  split  at  anterior  end,  dorsal  view. 

until  a complete  inner  cocoon  layer  was  formed.  This  very  thin  inner  layer 
completely  isolated  the  larva  from  its  feces.  Most  of  the  fecal  pellets,  although 
flattened  into  ribbons  by  the  pressure  of  the  larva,  were  still  distinguishable. 

The  completed  cocoon  (Fig.  5)  was  composed  of  two  layers  and  assumed  the 
same  shape  and  dimensions  as  the  cell.  The  parchment-like  outer  layer  was 
dull,  light  brown  on  both  of  its  surfaces  but  somewhat  darker  across  its  anterior 
face,  where  it  was  thicker.  The  inner  layer  was  composed  of  a clear  matrix 
interspersed  with  silk  strands.  It  was  very  thin  and  tightly  appressed  to  the 
inner  face  of  the  outer  layer  except  where  it  incorporated  and  covered  the  fecal 
cake.  The  exposed  surface  of  this  layer  was  glossy.  The  cocoon  was  not 


138 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


supplied  with  a nipple,  but  individual  thread-like  silk  strands  were  detected. 
Soft  and  easily  collapsed  anteriorly,  it  was  more  rigid  where  the  feces  gave 
it  additional  support. 

After  the  cocoons  were  spun,  cells  were  difficult  to  find  because  they  no 
longer  broke  open  easily  during  excavation.  Although  the  cocoons  imparted 
extra  strength  to  the  cells,  the  mature  larvae  may  also  have  secreted  a harden- 
ing substance  that  permeated  the  soil  adjacent  to  the  cell.  In  any  event,  the 
wall  of  a cell  occupied  by  a cocoon  seemed  much  tougher  than  that  of  a cell 
containing  an  egg,  an  early  instar,  or  an  immature  of  Neopasites,  which  does 
not  spin  a cocoon. 

Adult  Activity 

D.  mulleri  and  Neopasites  cressoni  Crawford  began  flying  between  9:00  a.m. 
and  9:30  a.m.  M.S.T.  on  a warm  clear  day,  and  were  still  active  at  2:30  p.m. 
Males  of  D.  mulleri , presumably  in  search  of  mates,  were  often  seen  flying  swiftly 
from  host  plant  to  host  plant.  Mating,  observed  only  once,  occurred  near  some 
host  plants  and  was  completed  in  5 seconds.  The  bees  did  not  fly  in  copula 
and  mating  was  never  observed  at  the  nesting  site. 

Associates 

Eurystylops  (Strepsiptera)  was  discovered  at  Tubac  as  mature  females  in  the 
abdomens  of  adult  bees  and  as  first  instar  larvae  on  the  eggs.  In  one  area 
of  the  same  site,  90  percent  of  the  bee  cells  contained  dead  first  instars 
and  were  infested  with  a mold  complex,  including  the  genus  Rhizoctoniump 
The  biology  of  Neopasites  cressoni , which  attacked  D.  mulleri  at  both  nest- 
ing sites,  is  described  near  the  end  of  this  paper. 

One  burrow  of  D.  mulleri  possessed  a unique  feature  in  that  it  branched  at 
the  2.5  cm.  level.  The  branch,  2.5  mm.  in  diameter,  led  to  two  somewhat 
smaller  cells  containing  a predefecating  and  a postdefecating  larva  belonging 
to  the  panurgine  genus  Perdita.  They  may  well  have  been  Perdita  sexmaculata 
Cockerell,  as  this  species  was  the  only  one  abundant  in  the  area  at  that  time. 
Although  the  Dujourea  female  was  still  provisioning  its  part  of  the  nest 
whereas  the  Perdita  was  not,  it  is  impossible  to  say  which  had  first  started 
the  nest  because  some  offspring  of  both  females  had  become  mature  larvae. 

Dujourea  trochanter  a Bohart 

Description  of  Habitat 

This  species,  which  is  closely  related  to  D.  mulleri , was  discovered  by  Torchio 
nesting  gregariously  at  Newton  Dam,  Cache  County,  Utah,  on  May  27,  1966. 
The  nesting  site  was  located  on  a 10-foot  high,  south-facing  embankment  inclined 
about  55°  from  horizontal.  The  site  was  made  available  recently  when  two 


Identified  by  G.  M.  Baker,  Botany  Dept.,  Utah  State  University. 


September,  1967] 


Torchio,  et  al.:  Biology  of  Dufourea 


139 


roads  converging  near  the  nesting  site  were  cut  below  the  natural  terrain  of  the 
hillside  leading  to  the  reservoir.  Nests  were  mostly  confined  to  an  unvegetated 
10-foot  wide  area  of  the  embankment,  and  most  entrances  were  situated  toward 
the  crest  of  the  slope.  A few  nests  were  established  at  the  top  edge  of  the 
embankment  where  the  grade  was  almost  horizontal. 

Flowering  plants  growing  in  the  vicinity  of  the  nesting  site  were:  Cirsium 
lanceolatum  (L.),  Hill,  Oenothera  sp.,  Brassica  sp.,  Sphaeralcea  sp.,  Salix 
sp.,  Penstemon  sp.,  and  Phacelia  leucophila  Torr.  D.  trochantera  was  utilizing 
Phacelia  leucophila  as  its  pollen  and  nectar  source. 

The  surface  layer  of  the  nesting  site  was  composed  of  a fine,  black  powdered 
soil,  ranging  from  5 to  10  mm.  in  depth.  Below  this  the  black,  clay  soil  be- 
came extremely  hard-packed  and  contained  numerous  pebbles  and  rocks  of 
varying  sizes.  The  soil  was  dry  to  below  the  cell  level. 

Nest  Architecture 

entrance  hole:  Entrance  holes  were  inclined  at  45°  angles  from  the 
horizontal  regardless  of  the  slope  characteristics.  All  entrances,  including  those 
on  the  horizontal  surface,  faced  south  to  southwest  and  were  kept  open. 
At  times,  however,  winds  disturbed  the  surface  layer  sufficiently  to  cause 
closure  of  some  nests.  Returning  females  associated  with  these  nests  landed 
near  the  plugged  entrances  and  dug  until  the  burrows  were  re-exposed. 

Nesting  females  kicked  excavated  soil  from  the  entrances  of  nests  located 
on  steep  slopes  until  indistinct  tumuli  were  deposited  below  the  nests  as 
long  strips  of  soil.  If  entrances  were  located  on  the  horizontal  surface,  each 
nesting  female  dragged  excavated  soil  from  the  nest  repeatedly  over  the 
same  course  until  a trough  or  trail  was  formed.  A typical  tumulus  measured 
36  mm.  long  and  13  mm.  wide.  The  trough  was  3 mm.  wide  and  extended 
about  half  the  length  of  the  tumulus.  No  obvious  constriction  or  expansion 
of  the  burrow  occurred  at  or  near  the  entrance  hole. 

burrows:  The  unlined,  unplugged  main  burrows  were  3.5  mm.  in  diameter. 
They  descended  to  depths  ranging  from  3 to  5 cm.  When  unobstructed,  they 
spiraled  downwards  but  were  often  forced  to  detour  around  pebbles  and  rocks. 
In  two  of  the  25  nests  excavated,  an  unlined  vestibule  was  placed  as  a 
carved  outpocket  on  a sharp  turn  of  the  main  burrow.  One  of  these  measured 
14  mm.  wide  by  9 mm.  deep,  and  the  second  measured  7.5  mm.  in  diameter. 

The  lateral  burrows  were  also  unlined  and  of  the  same  diameter  as  the 
main  burrow.  They  originated  along  the  main  burrow  at  different  points  and 
meandered  for  distances  of  4 to  42  mm.,  where  they  terminated  at  cells  be- 
tween 5 and  10  cm.  below  the  surface.  The  laterals  were  tightly  plugged  after 
the  cells  were  capped.  We  were  unable  to  determine  whether  the  main  burrow 
terminated  at  a cell  and  was  subsequently  plugged  for  several  centimeters 
or  whether  it  divided  into  two  or  more  laterals  that  were  eventually  plugged. 


140 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


cells:  Cells  of  this  species  were  remarkably  similar  in  shape,  form,  and 

manner  of  construction  to  those  of  D.  mulleri.  The  cell  lining  differed  from 
that  of  D.  mulleri  in  its  somewhat  greater  impermeability  to  water. 

The  cell  cap,  3 mm.  in  diameter  and  composed  of  a moderately  well-packed 
soil  plug,  was  slightly  concave.  The  unvarnished  inner  face  had  two  to  three 
indistinct  rings  surrounding  a central  micropyle,  while  the  flat  outer  face  had 
a smooth,  unvarnished  surface. 

Most  of  the  lateral  burrows  terminated  at  single  cells,  but  others  (about 
25  percent)  led  to  two  cells  in  linear  series.  The  cells  were  usually  subhorizontal 
but  sometimes  dipped  to  as  much  as  30°  below  the  horizontal.  The  passages 
between  those  cells  in  linear  series  were  plugged  with  soil  that  varied  from 
loosely  to  tightly  packed. 

Provisioning  and  Development 

The  provisions  of  this  species  were  similar  to  those  of  D.  mulleri  except  for  their 
tan  color  and  slightly  smaller  average  size  (2.85  to  3.25  mm.). 

The  eggs  appeared  to  be  slightly  smaller  than  those  of  D.  mulleri  (1.8  mm. 
long  by  0.4  mm.  wide)  but  the  samples  may  have  been  too  small  for  a reliable 
comparison. 

Embryonic  development,  hatching,  and  larval  shape  and  mobility  all  ap- 
peared to  be  identical  with  the  same  features  in  D.  mulleri. 

Cocoon  formation  and  structure  were  quite  similar  to  those  of  D.  mulleri. 
However,  the  following  differences  appeared  to  be  consistent:  (1)  The  outer 

cocoon  layer  was  somewhat  thicker  and  darker  brown  toward  the  anterior 
end,  and  there  was  a very  thin,  translucent  zone  about  2 mm.  wide  anterior 
to  the  fecal  cake;  (2)  the  fecal  pellets  composing  the  fecal  cake  were  more 
completely  fused  into  a single  sheet. 

Adult  Activity 

During  warm,  sunny  weather,  D.  trochantera  began  flying  at  about  8:30  a.m. 
M.S.T.  By  1:30  p.m.  almost  all  flight  ceased.  Pollen  loads  were  acquired  in  from 
5 to  18  minutes  and  the  time  spent  within  the  nest  between  loads  varied  from  2.5 
to  36  minutes.  This  variation  in  time  spent  in  the  field  and  within  the  nest 
appeared  to  have  no  correlation  with  the  time  of  day. 

Associates 

In  the  course  of  about  15  hours  of  observation  at  the  nesting  site,  only  two 
adults  of  an  undescribed  species  in  the  subgenus  Neo pasties  were  seen.  Sur- 
prisingly, four  of  the  approximately  40  host  cells  examined  contained  quiescent, 
postdefecating  larvae  of  the  parasite.  The  limited  biological  information  obtained 
agreed  with  that  of  Neopasites  cressoni  discussed  in  a separate  section  below. 
One  cell  of  D.  trochantera  contained  four  dipterous  larvae  which  were  con- 
suming the  provision.  Unfortunately,  this  cell  was  lost  in  transit  from  the  field 
to  the  laboratory. 


September,  1967] 


Torchio,  et  al.:  Biology  of  Dufourea 


141 


In  1962  a series  of  Neopasites  adults  were  collected  at  a D.  trochantera  site 
on  the  Independence  Lake  Road,  Sierra  County,  California,  by  M.  E.  Irwin. 
We  compared  specimens  from  both  the  California  and  Utah  sites  and  found 
them  to  be  distinct  but  undescribed  species. 

Dufourea  malacothricis  Timberlake 

This  species,  smaller  than  D.  mulleri , was  collected  from  flowers  of  Mala- 
cothrix  near  Rodeo  between  April  26  and  May  5,  1966.  It  was  somewhat  less 
common  than  D.  mulleri , with  which  it  flew,  and  only  two  nests  were  dis- 
covered by  Favreau  and  Rozen,  one  at  the  Rodeo  site  (described  above)  and 
the  other  in  an  open  area  3 miles  north  of  Apache,  Cochise  County,  Arizona. 

Nest  Architecture 

entrance  hole  and  burrow:  The  nest  entrance  and  main  burrow  near 

Rodeo  remained  opened  and  bore  an  asymmetrical  tumulus.  The  main  burrow 
was  2.25  mm.  in  diameter  and  meandered  a short  distance  before  it  was  lost 
in  the  excavation. 

The  second  nest  occurred  on  unshaded,  nearly  horizontal  terrain  with  a 
2 cm. -deep  surface  layer  composed  of  rather  loosely  packed  soil.  The  soil 
below  was  compacted  sand  free  of  pebbles.  The  cells  were  10  and  12  cm. 
deep  where  the  soil  was  moist.  The  unlined  main  burrow,  3.0  mm.  in  diameter, 
descended  in  a meandering  fashion  to  a number  of  unlined  and  completely 
plugged  lateral  burrows  of  the  same  diameter.  These  laterals  were  horizontal 
or  somewhat  descending  and  were  4.0  to  4.5  mm.  long,  although  one  extended 
10  mm. 

cells:  Twelve  cells  were  uncovered  from  the  seven  laterals  associated  with 
the  one  nest.  Two  cells  were  placed  singly  and  the  other  10  were  grouped 
into  linear  series  of  two  each.  The  distance  between  pairs  in  a series  varied 
from  1.0  to  2.0  mm.  All  cells  were  inclined  from  10  to  15  degrees  from  the 
horizontal  with  the  rear  of  the  cell  lower  than  the  front.  They  were  identical 
in  shape  to  those  of  D.  mulleri  and  had  the  same  type  of  lining  and  con- 
struction. The  lining,  however,  was  even  less  waterproof  than  that  of  D. 
mulleri  in  that  it  almost  immediately  absorbed  a droplet  of  water.  Cells  varied 
from  5.0  to  5.5  mm.  in  length  and  from  3.5  to  4.0  mm.  in  maximum  diameter. 
They  were  closed  with  a spiral  plug,  as  in  the  case  of  D.  mulleri , and  the 
oldest  cell  was  closest  to  the  surface. 

Provisioning  and  Development 

The  pollen  balls  of  D.  malacothricis  differed  from  those  of  D.  mulleri  only  in 
being  yellow  and  in  having  a smaller  diameter  (2.75  to  3.0  mm.).  The  smaller 
eggs  (1.75  mm.  long)  were  identical  in  shape  and  placement  with  those  of  D. 
mulleri , and  developing  larvae  practiced  the  same  feeding  habits.  Unfortunately, 
no  cocoons  of  this  species  were  obtained. 


142 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Associates 

The  one  nest  excavated  was  free  of  parasites  and  predators  even  though 
N eopasites  cressoni  occurred  in  the  area. 

Du jourea  pulchricornis  ( Cockerell ) 

Description  of  Habitat 

Bohart  and  Torchio  found  this  species  collecting  pollen  from  Lesquerella 
gordoni  (A.  Gray)  Wats,  on  the  edge  of  a dry  creek  bed  14  miles  E.  of  Tucson, 
Arizona,  on  April  12,  1965.  One  active  nest  was  located  on  a small  sandy  strip 
near  the  center  of  the  gravelly  creek  bottom.  The  uneven  surface  of  the  strip 
was  sparsely  covered  with  grass  and  about  10  percent  of  it  was  covered  by 
driftwood  and  other  flotsam. 

Nest  Architecture 

entrance  hole:  The  nest  was  located  near  the  base  of  several  converging 
grass  plants  but  it  was  reasonably  well  exposed.  The  burrow  entrance  was 
open,  faced  west,  and  angled  into  the  soil  surface.  A small  bell-shaped  en- 
largement surrounded  the  entrance  to  several  millimeters  below  the  surface 
but  it  was  probably  an  abnormal  structure  caused  by  the  collapse  of  the 
adjacent,  loose,  dry  sand  and  its  subsequent  removal  by  the  nesting  bee. 

A well  established  asymmetrical  tumulus,  continually  reshaped  and  en- 
larged by  the  nesting  female,  was  present  in  front  of  the  entrance  hole.  A 
shallow  trail,  4 mm.  wide,  extended  3 cm.  from  the  entrance,  whereupon  it 
made  a 90°  turn  to  the  north  and  continued  for  an  additional  8 mm.  The 
moraine  on  either  side  of  the  trail  was  quite  wide  (8  mm.)  and  contained 
many  pebbles  and  large  sand  particles.  The  trail  and  associated  moraines  of 
the  tumulus  were  formed  in  the  manner  described  for  D.  mulleri. 
burrows:  The  main  difference  between  the  burrow  system  of  D.  pulchricornis 
and  that  of  other  species  of  Du  jourea  described  here  was  the  subdivision  of 
lateral  burrows  into  sublaterals.  Unfortunately,  the  only  nest  available  for 
study  was  incomplete  and  portions  of  the  architecture  were  lost  during  excavation. 
Nevertheless,  architecture  differed  sufficiently  to  justify  description  here. 

The  main  burrow  was  unlined,  unplugged,  and  3 mm.  in  diameter.  It  main- 
tained about  a 20°  angle  from  horizontal  for  10  mm.,  whereupon  it  made  a 
subhorizontal  spiral  and  proceeded  vertically.  It  branched  into  two  lateral 
burrows  about  7 mm.  below  the  surface,  but  one  branch  was  soon  lost.  The 
remaining  lateral  was  difficult  to  follow  because  it  was  partially  plugged 
(possibly  in  the  process  of  being  completely  plugged),  but  it  eventually  divided 
into  a number  of  plugged  sublaterals  radiating  short  distances  from  the  lateral 
burrow.  Each  sublateral  terminated  at  a single  cell.  The  four  cells  eventually 
uncovered  were  9 cm.  below  the  surface  and  positioned  3 to  4 mm.  apart. 
cells:  The  cells  were  subspherical  (5.75  mm.  long  and  5.0  mm.  wide)  and 
varied  in  position  from  subhorizontal  to  a 70-degree  inclination  from  horizontal 


September,  1967] 


Torchio,  et  al.:  Biology  of  Dufourea 


143 


with  the  posterior  portion  lower.  As  in  the  other  Dujourea  studied,  the  cells 
were  carved  from  the  substrate,  but  they  lacked  water-resistant  walls  as 
determined  by  the  droplet  test. 

The  cell  cap  was  composed  of  an  unlined,  tightly-packed  soil  plug  3.5  mm. 
wide  and  3.0  mm.  long.  The  inner  face  of  the  plug  was  concave  and  possessed 
three  distinct  rings  surrounding  a 1 mm.  wide,  central  micropyle.  The  outer 
face  of  the  cell  plug  could  be  distinguished  from  the  plugged  sublateral  burrow 
only  by  its  greater  compaction. 

Provisioning  and  Development 

The  pollen  ball  closely  resembled  that  of  D.  mulleri  in  shape  and  diameter 
but  differed  in  being  yellow  and  somewhat  drier.  In  subhorizontal  cells,  the 
pollen  balls  were  positioned  as  were  those  of  D.  mulleri  but  they  were  at  the 
bottom  of  the  more  vertical  cells. 

Adult  Activity 

The  female  whose  nest  we  studied  completed  three  pollen-carrying  trips 
between  10:30  and  11:07  a.m.,  and  began  a fourth  trip  at  11:10  a.m.  The 
speed  with  which  she  collected  pollen  and  deposited  it  into  a cell  was  remark- 
able, considering  that  the  day  was  overcast  and  the  air  temperatures  never 
rose  above  70 °F.  From  the  above  data,  it  appeared  that  each  pollen  ball 
required  at  least  four  pollen  loads  for  its  completion. 

Approximately  100  pollen-collecting  females  were  observed  between  8:30 
and  9:30  a.m.,  but  an  hour’s  search  throughout  the  area  yielded  but  one  nest. 
Consequently,  D.  pulchricornis  was  not  gregarious  under  the  conditions  we 
encountered. 


Neopasites  ( Micropasites ) cressoni  Crawford 

Flight  Activity 

This  species  of  nomadine  parasitic  bee  was  encountered  both  at  the  Tubac  site 
and  at  the  Rodeo  site.  The  females,  more  abundant  than  the  males,  flew  low  over 
the  ground  in  a meandering  fashion.  They  began  flying  as  early  in  the  day  as 
their  hosts  and  continued  after  the  hosts  ceased.  Their  flight,  suggestive  of  that  of 
Oreopasites  and  Holcopasites,  was  moderately  slow  and  included  frequent  stops 
at  apparent  nest  entrances  of  the  host  bee.  Several  times,  two,  three,  four,  or 
even  five  females  hovered  over  a nest  entrance,  though  such  congregations 
occurred  only  where  the  cuckoo  bees  were  most  numerous.  They  often  landed  on 
flat,  unshaded  surfaces,  probably  to  rest  or  sun  themselves.  Males  were  seen 
several  times  at  the  Rodeo  site;  their  flight  was  higher  and  seemed  somewhat 
faster  than  that  of  the  females. 

Mating  was  not  observed,  but  one  of  us  (Torchio)  observed  it  in  N.  ( Neo- 
pasites) fulviventris  Cresson  at  Arroyo  Seco,  Monterey  County,  California,  in 


144 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I Vol.  LXXV 


1959.  The  males  utilized  a small,  bare,  powdered  surface  area  as  a gregarious 
mating  site.  It  was  separated  from  the  nesting  area  of  its  suspected  host, 
Dufourea  dentipes  Bohart,  by  about  21  meters.  Males  patrolled  the  area  or 
landed  on  it  for  long  periods.  Mating  was  observed  in  four  instances,  each 
occurring  on  the  ground.  Copulation  lasted  from  3 to  10  seconds. 

Oviposition 

Over  30  eggs  and  egg  chorions  of  N.  cressoni  were  encountered  in  cellsvof 
D.  mulleri  at  the  Rodeo  site  (by  Rozen  and  Favreau),  and  all  except  one 
were  deposited  in  the  cell  wall,  as  is  the  case  with  the  other  nomadine  parasitic 
bees  whose  biology  has  been  studied.  Only  once  was  an  egg  discovered 
embedded  in  the  provisions;  as  there  were  already  six  eggs  in  the  wall  of  this 
cell,  we  can  only  imagine  that  the  female  responsible  for  the  seventh  egg 
might  have  been  at  a loss  to  know  what  to  do  with  it. 

It  is  not  known  how  many  eggs  are  normally  deposited  in  a cell;  usually 
one  or  two  were  discovered  though  as  many  as  eight  were  found  in  a single 
cell.  The  last  figure  may  be  abnormally  high,  for  the  female  Dufourea  prob- 
ably left  the  cell  open,  thereby  giving  numerous  Neopasites  access  to  the  cell. 
Frequently  deep,  rough  scratches  were  observed  in  a cell  which  suggested  that 
the  host  female,  upon  finding  the  Neopasites  eggs  in  the  cell  wall,  dug  them 
out;  Rozen  has  observed  similar  marks  in  the  cell  wall  of  N omadopsis  in  areas 
infested  with  Oreopasites. 

Eggs  were  deposited  while  the  cells  were  being  provisioned.  The  female 
Neopasites  made  a groove  in  the  cell  wall  and  inserted  the  egg,  so  that  it  rested 
with  its  exposed  length  flush  with  or  a little  higher  than  the  cell  wall  (Fig.  7). 
Occasionally  the  egg  was  tilted  at  a slight  angle  so  that  one  end  projected  farther 
than  the  other  (Fig.  8).  In  all  cases  the  lining  of  the  cell  abutted  the  egg, 
so  that  there  was  never  a crack  between  the  cell  lining  and  the  egg.  This  fact 
indicated  that  the  female  Neopasites  cemented  the  crack  with  fine  soil,  and,  in 
certain  cases,  some  cement-like  material  adhered  to  the  exposed  part  of  the 
egg.  The  eggs  seemed  to  be  placed  in  almost  any  part  of  the  cell  though  they 
were  not  ordinarily  found  near  the  entrance. 

The  small  eggs  (Figs.  7-9)  had  an  unusual  appearance.  About  0.6  mm. 
long,  they  were  elongate,  with  the  exposed  surface  being  somewhat  flattened, 
whereas  the  embedded  part  bowed  out;  they  were  thus  rather  boat-like  in 
shape.  The  exposed  chorion  was  stiff,  thick,  opaque  white  with  faint,  trans- 
verse corrugations.  The  chorion  below  the  cell  surface  was  thin,  fragile,  trans- 
parent and  without  ridges.  At  hatching,  the  exposed  chorion  ruptured  (Fig. 
9)  in  a semicircular  to  nearly  circular  line  at  the  anterior  end  of  the  egg  and 
the  first-stage  larva  crawled  out,  leaving  the  chorion  and  attached  door  intact. 

Like  the  egg,  the  first-stage  larva  was  very  small,  being  considerably  less 
than  half  the  size  of  the  Dufourea  egg.  The  head  was  conspicuous,  con- 


September,  1967  I 


Torchio,  et  al.:  Biology  of  Dufourea 


145 


Table  1.  The  three  subfamilies  of  Halictidae  compared  on  the  basis  of 

known  biological  differences. 


T3 

<d 

in  u 

cd  t! 


<D  •- 

G 9. 


G 

*-> 

<D 

<D  CD 

G 

.3  cn 


Subfamily  £ ,a  u u ’% 


a 

bC 

G 

o 


<D 

u 


CD 

s 

s 

c/1 

cd 

Id 

CJ 


G 

o 

.N 

"C 

o 

dg 


d 

CD 

■4-> 

S-i 

<D 

> 

o 

G 


bJj 

G 


G3  G 

CD  d 

O 'in 


O 

J— i 
l+H 

X3 

CD  Td 
Q,  cd 
cd  o 

rG  -H 

1/1  G 
G ^ 

la 

O cn 
S-l  S-i 

P-,  IS 


<D 

a 

cd 

DG 


G 

O 

+-> 

a 


cd 

<D 

CD 

a 

cn 

G 

O 


> 

O 

Jh 

a 


& 

cd 

-(-i 

D 

!— i 

G 

_o 

"cn 

> 

O 

Sh 

a 


G 

O 

CD  <D 
3 - 

j§  S 

bJO 

3 > 
2 s 

■5  a 


G 

cd 

cn 

<D 

J-l 

a 

G 

O 

O 

CD 

O 

U 


cd 

cn 

j-i 

CD 

-t-» 

G 

'£ 

Ja 

<L> 

> 

o 


CD 

cd 

S 

,CD 

T3 

CD 

N 


CD 

_> 

u "G 
o c 

cn  <D 
cn 

a £ 

; - Q. 

£ 2i 


cd 

Qh 

o 

a-* 

Qh 

CD 


CD 

S 

o 

CO 


Dufoureinae  - - -) — - - -f  + + + + + - 

Halictinae  + + -j — + — | — H — | — _____  -f-| — -f--| — + 

Nomiinae  + + +++-  - _____  -] -| 


stricted  behind,  and  possessed  elongate  sharp-pointed  mandibles.  The  tip  of 
the  abdomen  was  a bilobed  pygopod-like  structure  used  for  crawling.  These 
active  larvae  destroyed  the  host  egg  (or  perhaps  early  stage  larva)  and  also 
their  siblings  so  that  only  one  parasite  larva  survived  in  a cell. 

The  older  larvae  of  Neopasites  (Rozen,  1966)  appeared  rather  similar  to 
those  of  their  host  because  of  the  elongate  body  form  and  because  of  the  protrud- 
ing ninth  abdominal  venter  and  the  somewhat  dorsally  projecting  terminal 
segment.  However,  it  lacked  dorsolateral  tubercles,  and  therefore  could  be 
easily  distinguished  from  its  host.  Like  the  host  larva,  it  wandered  over  the 
pollen  ball  and  fed,  after  which  it  defecated.  At  least  in  some  instances,  not 
all  of  the  provisions  were  consumed.  The  feces  were  deposited  on  the  wall 
toward  the  lower  rear  of  the  cell.  A cocoon  was  not  spun;  the  rigid,  quiescent 
larva  overwintered. 

Although  the  undescribed  Neopasites  associated  with  D.  trochanter  a from 
Utah  was  not  observed  as  thoroughly  as  N . cressoni,  its  biology  (as  deduced 
from  the  fecal  pattern,  shape  of  pollen  residue,  adult  searching  behavior)  and 
the  gross  appearance  of  the  larvae  did  not  appear  to  differ. 

DISCUSSION 

Two  of  us  (Torchio  and  Bohart)  have  attempted  to  analyze  the  systematic 
relationship  of  the  three  subfamilies  of  Halictidae  on  the  basis  of  available 
biological  data  (Table  1).  Limited  biological  information  on  three  genera 
of  Dufoureinae  ( Rophites , Systropha , and  Dufourea)  indicates  that  this  is 
a homogeneous  and  distinctive  taxon.  Of  the  three  subfamilies  of  Halictidae, 
the  adults  of  the  Nomiinae  are  the  least  diverse  structurally.  Nevertheless,  as 
indicated  in  Table  1,  the  Dufoureinae  are  equally  homogeneous  biologically. 
The  Halictinae,  with  the  most  diverse  biological  characteristics,  are,  as  adults, 
comparable  to  Dufoureinae  in  structural  diversity.  The  distinctiveness  of  the 


146 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Dufoureinae  is  apparent  from  the  number  of  biological  characteristics  by  which 
it  differs  from  the  other  subfamilies  (Table  1).  On  the  basis  of  these  char- 
acteristics, it  would  appear  that  the  Halictinae  and  Nomiinae  are  more  related 
to  each  other  than  either  is  to  the  Dufoureinae. 

When  the  genus  Dufourea  is  revised,  the  four  species  discussed  in  this  paper 
will  probably  be  placed  in  two  subgenera,  D.  malacothricis  in  one  and  the 
other  three  species  in  another.  Of  this  second  group,  D.  mulleri  and  D.  tro- 
chanter a will  be  treated  as  closely  related  species  and  D.  pulchricornis  as  a more 
distinctive  form.  However,  these  two  subgenera  have  a closer  affinity  to  each 
other  than  do  more  divergent  subgenera  as  represented  by  such  species  as  D. 
spinijera  (Viereck)  or  D.  mama  (Cresson). 

If  biological  characteristics  always  verified  species  relationships  based  on 
morphological  features,  one  would  expect  D.  malacothricis  to  demonstrate  the 
most  unique  nest  architecture  of  the  four  species  discussed.  The  nest  of  D. 
pulchricornis , however,  is  the  most  distinctive  since  it  is  the  only  species  with 
sublaterals  and  unlined  cells.  As  might  be  expected,  the  biologies  of  D.  mulleri 
and  D.  trochanter  a are  very  similar. 

Neopasites  appears  to  be  a specific  parasite  on  Dufoureinae,  but  specificity 
within  the  genus  is  incomplete  (i.e.,  N.  fulviventris  on  D.  dentipes  and  an  un- 
described Dujourea  species).4  Furthermore,  at  least  two  undescribed  species  of 
Neopasites  are  known  to  parasitize  one  Dujourea  species  ( D . tr  o chanter  a) . Bio- 
logical similarities  within  both  the  host  and  parasite  genera  may  account  for 
this,  although  more  information  is  obviously  needed. 

Literature  Cited 

Batra,  S.  W.  T.,  and  C.  D.  Michener.  1966.  The  nest  and  description  of  a new  bee, 
Systropha  punjabensis  from  India  (Hymenoptera:  Halictidae).  Jour.  Kansas  Ent. 

Soc.  39:  650-658. 

Enslin,  E.  1921.  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  Hymenopteren.  1.  Biologie  von  Rhophites 
canus  Evers.  Deut.  Entomol.  Z.  1921:  59-65. 

Malyshev,  S.  1925a.  The  nesting  habits  of  Rhophites  Spin.  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea). 

Revue  Russe  Entomol.  19:  105-110. 

. 1925b.  The  nesting  habits  of  spiral-horned  bees  of  the  genus  Systropha  Latr. 

Rev.  Russe  Entomol.  19:  21-26. 

Popov,  V.  V.  1951.  The  parasitic  bees  of  the  genus  Ammobates  Latr.  (Hymenoptera, 
Anthophoridae) . Trud.  Zool.  Inst.  USSR,  Moscow.  9:  895-949. 

Rozen,  J.  G.,  Jr.  1966.  The  larvae  of  the  Anthophoridae  (Hymenoptera,  Apoidea).  Part 
2.  The  Nomadinae.  Amer.  Mus.  Novitates,  No.  2244:  1-38,  83  figs. 

Stockert,  E.  1922.  Uber  die  Lebensweise  von  Rhophites  5-spinosus  Spin.  Deut.  Entomol. 
Z.  1922:  381-392. 


Received  for  publication  April  17,  1967 


4R.  M.  Bohart,  R.  O.  Schuster,  and  R.  Brumley  collected  N.  fulviventris  adults  at  a 
nesting  site  of  Dufourea  n.  sp.  on  April  8,  1966,  in  Jacolitos  Canyon,  3 miles  south  of 
Coalinga,  Fresno  County,  California. 


BOOK  REVIEW 


Handbook  of  the  Mosquitoes  of  North  America.  Robert  Matheson.  Second  Edition: 
Revised  and  Amplified  (Facsimile  of  the  Edition  of  1944)  Hafner  Pub.  Co.  272  pp. 
text,  41  figures,  33  plates. 

Matheson’s  “Handbook”  first  appeared  in  1944  and  was  at  once  recognized  as  invaluable 
to  students  of  North  American  mosquitoes.  Unfortunately  it  has  been  out  of  print  for  many 
years.  This  review  describes  the  recently  republished  volume  made  available  by  the  Hafner 
Publishing  Co. 

Examination  of  the  volume  quickly  disclosed  that  it  is  not  a “new  edition,  revised  and 
amplified”  but  is  just  a reprinting  of  the  first  edition.  The  rapid  accumulation  of  knowl- 
edge in  every  scientific  field  makes  it  difficult  to  assess  the  current  value  of  any  text 
over  IS  years  old. 

In  general,  Chapters  I and  II  on  anatomy  and  biology  continue  to  be  of  value.  Data 
accumulated  since  1944  on  the  behavior  of  mosquitoes  (particularly  adults)  outdate  the 
sections  on  “Habits  of  Adults”  and  “Hibernation.”  In  the  former  section  a considerable 
amount  of  new  information  has  been  reported  on  swarming  behavior  and  migratory  flights. 
In  the  latter  section  diapause  is  not  mentioned. 

Chapter  III  on  “Mosquitoes  in  Relation  to  Human  Welfare”  is  still  excellent  source 
material.  Advances  in  malaria  eradication  make  the  map  and  most  of  the  data  obsolete. 
The  section  on  “Human  Encephalitis”  is  of  historical  value  only. 

Chapter  IV,  “The  Problem  of  Mosquito  Reduction,”  is  of  value  only  in  the  area  of 
basic  water  management.  Chemical  control,  with  the  exception  of  the  use  of  fuel  oil  and 
paris  green,  has  changed  completely.  This  is  highlighted  by  the  statement:  “At  present  a 

new  and  very  effective  preparation,  known  commercially  as  DDT,  is  being  tried  . . .” 

Chapter  V on  collecting  and  preserving  material  is  clearly  and  concisely  presented  and 
still  timely. 

The  systemic  account  of  the  mosquitoes  of  North  America  is  excellent.  The  keys  and 
descriptive  material  are  well  done.  Obviously,  recent  data  on  species  distribution  and 
newly  recognized  species  could  not  be  anticipated.  The  illustrations  and  plates  have  lost 
little  in  reprinting  and  are  of  good  quality. 

The  disappointment  in  finding  that  this  is  just  a reprinting  rather  than  a revision 
was  somewhat  mitigated  by  having  the  “Handbook”  available  again.  This  book  is  still  a 
“must”  for  students  interested  in  mosquitoes. 

Lyle  E.  Hagmann 
Rutgers — The  State  University 


147 


Behavior  of  the  German  Cockroach,  Blattella 
germanica  (L.),  in  Response  to  Surface  Textures1 

Robert  Berthold,  Jr.2 

Department  of  Entomology  and  Economic  Zoology 
Rutgers — The  State  University 
New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey3 

Abstract:  Experiments  were  conducted  to  determine  the  influence  of  various  horizontally 
orientated  textured  surfaces  on  the  congregating  behavior  of  the  German  cockroach,  Blattella 
germanica  (L.).  Various  grades  of  sandpaper  and  sheets  of  sandpaper  with  the  sand  removed 
were  used  as  testing  surfaces.  When  these  sheets  were  stacked  in  battery  jars  with  spaces 
between  them  for  the  cockroaches  to  congregate,  and  the  jars  contained  no  food  or  water, 
the  cockroaches  showed  a preference  for  the  smoother  surfaces.  However,  when  food  and 
water  were  supplied  to  these  same  jars,  strong  preferences  for  a surface  of  any  one  texture 
no  longer  existed.  When,  instead  of  being  stacked,  the  textured  surfaces  were  placed  on  the 
same  horizontal  level  and  the  food  and  water  were  added,  this  species  showed  a strong 
tendency  to  congregate  on  the  smoother  surfaces. 


The  research  reported  in  this  paper  deals  with  the  behavioral  responses  of 
the  German  cockroach  Blattella  germanica  (L.)  to  the  texture  of  the  surfaces 
upon  which  they  congregate.  In  our  studies,  we  are  attempting  to  investigate 
the  influence  or  single  environmental  variables  on  the  behavior  of  this  species, 
with  our  long-term  goal  being  the  collating  of  all  related  research.  From  this, 
it  is  hoped  to  gain  a better  understanding  of  what  environmental  factors  influence 
the  distribution  and  behavior  of  this  species,  and  the  interaction  of  these  factors 
in  the  “total”  environment. 

In  our  experimental  designs,  we  have  attempted  to  analyze  group  behavior. 
We  have  chosen  this  line  of  investigation,  instead  of  experimenting  with  single 
cockroaches,  due  to  the  broad  range  of  variation  shown  by  individuals  of  this 
species. 

Many  authors  have  explored  the  response  of  the  German  cockroach  to 
environmental  factors.  In  testing  attractiveness  of  food,  Pettit  (1940)  found 
that  he  was  unable  to  duplicate  the  results  of  preference  tests,  finding  that 
almost  any  food  substance  seemed  attractive  to  them  at  some  time.  He  did 
note,  however,  a preference  for  bananas,  beer,  milk,  and  bread  over  fresh  fruits, 
greens,  and  meats. 

In  response  to  light,  members  of  this  species  are  photonegative  and  seldom 


1 Paper  of  the  Journal  Series,  New  Jersey  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Rutgers — The 
State  University,  Department  of  Entomology  and  Economic  Zoology. 

2 Now  with  the  Department  of  Entomology,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  University 
Park,  Pennsylvania. 

3 The  author  wishes  to  express  his  thanks  to  B.  R.  Wilson  for  his  constructive  criticism 
offered  throughout  the  course  of  this  work. 


148 


September,  1967]  Berthold:  Cockroach  (B.  germanica)  Response 


149 


venture  forth  during  daylight;  they  are  most  active  in  early  evening,  less  active 
in  late  evening  and  early  morning,  and  relatively  inactive  during  the  day 
(Wille,  1920). 

Ledoux  (1945),  in  studying  the  gregariousness  of  the  German  cockroaches, 
found  them  to  be  chemopositive  to  odors  produced  by  others  of  this  species. 
To  confirm  this  work,  (Berthold  and  Wilson,  1967)  placed  adult  German  cock- 
roaches in  containers  offering  a choice  of  resting  surfaces:  those  impregnated 
with  odors  from  prior  German  cockroach  occupation,  and  new  surfaces  free 
of  cockroach  odor.  A statistically  significant  majority  of  the  cockroaches  tested 
(82%)  chose  to  congregate  on  the  odorous  surface. 

Fletcher  (1961),  who  studied  the  attractancy  for  cockroaches  of  18  esters, 
found  that  benzyl  acetate  exhibited  some  attractancy  for  male  German  cock- 
roaches and  that  octyl  acetate  was  attractive  to  both  sexes;  he  also  found  that 
the  number  of  positive  responses  to  these  two  compounds  increased  directly 
with  increased  concentration. 

In  response  to  moisture,  Gunn  and  Cosway  (1938)  found  that  dessicated 
German  cockroaches  spend  more  time  in  regions  of  high  moisture,  but  under 
normal,  nondessicated  conditions,  spend  more  time  in  low-moisture  regions. 
Roth  and  Willis  (1952)  further  demonstrated  that  this  hygro-selective  ability 
is  lost  when  the  13th.  antennal  segments  of  the  males  and  the  11th  of  the  fe- 
males are  removed.  Gunn  (1935)  also  found  that  German  cockroaches  pre- 
ferred a temperature  around  35°  C. 

Ledoux  (1945)  observed  the  cockroach  to  be  thigmopositive,  resting  and 
hiding  in  places  that  provide  contact  above  and  below.  Berthold  and  Wilson 
(1967)  further  found  that  this  selection  of  constricted  spaces  in  which  the 
cockroaches  rest  can  be  highly  selective;  approximately  85%  of  those  tested 
chose  to  congregate  in  spaces  3/16  of  an  inch  in  height  rather  than  in  spaces 
2,  4,  5,  6,  7,  or  8/16  of  an  inch  in  height. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

Five  grades  of  sandpaper  (Behr-Manning,  Mohawk  Flint)  were  used:  extra 
fine,  fine,  medium,  coarse,  and  extra  course.  To  produce  a sixth  surface  texture, 
sheets  of  sandpaper  were  soaked  in  warm  water  to  remove  the  sand  particles 
and  allowed  to  air-dry.  This  surface  was  chosen  rather  than  a material  such 
as  glass  in  order  to  eliminate  the  possibility  of  introducing  such  other  variables 
as  surface  odor,  light  reflection,  or  heat  conduction.  Squares  of  these  six  sand- 
papers (10-cm  on  a side)  were  then  glued,  textured  side  up,  to  6-mm-thick 
Masonite  plaques  of  the  same  size. 

The  cockroaches  iiwere  exposed  to  the  sandpaper  surfaces  as  follows: 

Dry-washed  sand  was  poured  into  battery  jars  (23  cm  high,  15  cm  diameter) 
with  enough  sand  being  added  to  produce  uniformly  flat  bottoms  in  the  jars.  A 
thin  band  of  vaseline  was  applied  around  the  inner  openings  of  the  jars  to 


150 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


prevent  the  cockroaches  from  escaping.  A plaque  with  no  sandpaper  was  then 
slightly  embedded  (3  mm)  in  the  sand,  on  top  of  which  a plaque  was  placed, 
textured  side  up.  Three  4.5-mm  spacers  were  then  placed  on  top  of  the  plaque, 
and  on  top  of  the  spacers  a window  glass  plate  (10  cm  on  a side)  was  placed. 
The  glass  forces  the  cockroaches  to  walk  on  the  surfaces  being  tested.  The  next 
sandpaper-surfaced-plaque  was  then  placed  on  top  of  the  glass  plate,  and  the 
procedure — spacers,  glass  plate,  textured  surface — is  repeated  until  each  of 
the  six  surfaces  was  present.  A plain  plaque  was  placed  on  top  of  the-  last 
glass  plate. 

Since  we  knew  (Berthold  and  Wilson,  1967)  that  some  type  of  behavior- 
influencing  gradient  is  present  when  the  German  cockroach  is  kept  in  battery 
jars,  a Latin  square  design  (Steel  and  Torrie,  1960)  was  employed  to  de- 
termine the  vertical  position  of  the  six  different  surfaces  in  each  of  six 
battery  jars. 

In  the  first  series  of  tests,  20  adult  male  and  20  adult  female  cockroaches 
were  placed  in  each  of  the  six  jars  for  a 24-hour  test  period  (10  hours  of  light, 
14  hours  of  dark).  In  a replication  of  this  test,  new  surfaces  and  clean  glass 
plates  were  used. 

The  second  series  of  tests  followed  the  same  procedure  except  that  the 
cockroaches  were  given  food  and  water. 

Cockroaches  on  the  surfaces  were  counted  by  the  following  method  (Berthold 
and  Wilson,  1967):  Squares  of  aluminum  (20  cm  sides)  were  folded  down 
the  center  to  produce  two  rectangular  sides  (10  by  20  cm)  at  right  angles  to 
each  other.  At  the  end  of  the  testing  period,  these  folded  squares  were  gently 
slipped  down  opposite  corners  of  the  stack  of  plaques  and  pressed  together, 
confining  the  cockroaches  to  whatever  surface  they  are  congregating  at  the 
time.  Carbon  dioxide  was  then  pumped  into  the  jar  to  anesthetize  the  cock- 
roaches. Next,  the  aluminum  device  was  removed,  the  testing  apparatus  dis- 
assembled, and  the  number  of  cockroaches  on  each  surface  recorded.  Results 
were  analyzed  by  use  of  the  F-test  (Dixon  and  Massey,  1957). 

The  third  series  of  tests  which  utilized  a different  type  of  testing  device 
placed  all  six  differently  textured  surfaces  on  the  same  horizontal  level  and 
with  food  and  water.  This  device  consists  of  a glass-bottomed  rectangular  glass 
enclosure  56  cm  long,  25  cm  wide,  and  10  cm  high.  A thin  band  of  vaseline  was 
applied  around  its  upper  inside  edges  to  prevent  the  cockroaches  from  escap- 
ing. Six  such  enclosures  were  used.  The  six  textured  surfaces  were  placed 
symetrically  in  each  enclosure,  and  the  overall  arrangement  was  determined  by 
a Latin  square  design. 

Three  4.5-mm  wood  spacers  were  then  placed  on  top  of  each  textured  surface 
to  support  a 10-cm-square  window-glass  plate.  On  top  of  the  glass  plates, 
plain  Masonite  plaques  were  placed,  and  on  top  of  each  plaque  a piece  of  dry 
dog  biscuit  and  a petri  dish  bottom  containing  water-soaked  cotton  were  placed. 


September,  1967]  Berthold:  Cockroach  (B.  germanica)  Response 


151 


Table  1.  German 

cockroach 

response  to  various 

horizontally 

orientated 

surface 

textures. 

Surfaces* 

Replications 

a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

f 

Total 

Surfaces  stacked  i 

in  battery  jars  with  no  food  or  water. 

1 

89 

31 

11 

14 

20 

19 

184 

2 

101 

20 

21 

23 

34 

18 

217 

Total 

190 

51 

32 

37 

54 

37 

401 

Surfaces  stacked 

in  battery  jars  with  food  and  water. 

1 

37 

25 

39 

32 

60 

6 

199 

2 

71 

21 

27 

35 

34 

35 

233 

Total 

108 

46 

66 

67 

94 

51 

432 

Surfaces  on 

same 

horizontal  level  with  food  and  water. 

1 

62 

4 

6 

8 

11 

14 

105 

2 

48 

21 

17 

9 

3 

0 

102 

Total 

110 

25 

23 

17 

18 

14 

207 

* Key:  a — sandless  sandpaper;  b — very  fine  sandpaper;  c — fine  sandpaper;  d — medium 
sandpaper;  e— coarse  sandpaper;  f — very  coarse  sandpaper. 


Adult  cockroaches,  20  males  and  20  females,  were  placed  in  each  container  and 
left  undisturbed  for  24  hours  (10  hours  of  light  and  14  hours  of  dark). 

The  number  of  cockroaches  on  each  surface  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  period 
was  determined  by  placing  an  aluminum  divider  (much  like  a large  ice  cube 
tray  divider)  in  the  enclosure  dividing  it  into  six  cockroach-tight  compart- 
ments. The  cockroaches  are  anesthetized  by  carbon  dioxide  pumped  into  the 
enclosure;  each  textured-surface-complex  was  then  disassembled  and  the  num- 
ber of  cockroaches  in  it  recorded.  Results  were  analyzed  by  the  chi-square 
(y2)  statistic  (Steel  and  Torrie,  1960). 

RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 

Results  for  the  three  series  of  tests  are  presented  in  Table  1. 

Analysis  of  the  results  of  the  first  series  (battery  jars  with  no  food  and 
water)  yield  F-test  values  of  7.21  for  the  treatment  effect  and  0.61  for  the 
arrangement  effect.  With  1/9  degrees  of  freedom  and  interrelating  in  an  F- 
test  table,  the  texture  of  surfaces  in  this  series  is  shown  to  influence  where  this 
species  congregate;  the  margin  of  possible  error  is  2.5%.  Preference  for  a plain 
paper  surface  is  indicated.  The  position  of  the  surfaces  in  the  jars  apparently 
has  no  effect  (0.01%  margin  of  error). 

Analysis  of  the  results  on  the  second  series  of  tests  (food  and  water  in- 
cluded in  the  jars)  indicates  that  the  presence  of  food  and  water  produces  a 
marked  change  in  the  behavior  observed  in  the  absence  of  these  factors.  F-test 


152 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


analysis  of  these  data  yields  values  of  4.08  and  6.69  (1/9  degrees  of  freedom) 
for  the  effects  of  type  of  surface  and  position  of  the  surfaces,  respectively. 
Interrelation  indicates  that,  statistically,  there  is  only  a weak  chance  (margin 
of  error  greater  than  10%)  that  surface  textures  under  these  conditions  in- 
fluence where  this  species  congregates.  Surface  position  in  the  jars  apparently 
does  have  an  influence  on  where  cockroaches  congregate  (margin  of  error  5%). 

Analysis  of  the  third  series  of  tests  (glass-enclosures  with  food  and  water) 
indicates  a tendency  for  this  species  of  cockroach  to  congregate  on  the  smoother- 
textured  surfaces.  Chi-square  (y2)  analysis  of  the  data  (y  = 220;  5 degrees 
of  freedom)  indicates  a probability  of  less  than  0.05%  that  this  is  a random 
distribution. 

In  nature,  if  the  cockroach  is  to  survive  in  its  multi-factor  environment,  it 
has  to  pattern  its  behavior.  For  example,  the  German  cockroach  is  said  to 
be  photonegative,  which  might  be  considered  a primary  response,  but,  if  he  is 
prevented  from  obtaining  water  for  a period  of  time,  he  will  go  into  lighted 
places  to  obtain  it.  Hence  a “primary”  response  has  been  relegated  to  a 
“secondary”  status  until  the  physiological  need  for  water  is  satisfied. 

The  research  reported  in  this  paper  may  possibly  fit  into  this  concept,  that 
is,  that  behavioral  responses  vary  in  degree  in  accordance  with  the  environ- 
mental conditions  then  existing.  In  nature,  water  (also  humidity)  and  food,  plus 
other  factors  such  as  temperature,  light  and  lebido,  are  dominant  factors  in- 
fluencing the  behavior  of  this  species.  Gunn  and  Cosway  (1938)  observed 
distinct  cockroach  behavior  patterns  associated  with  humidity,  and  there  is 
the  possibility,  though  at  the  present  time  we  have  made  no  measurements, 
that  the  presence  of  water  in  the  battery-jar-tests  produces  a behavior-influenc- 
ing gradient.  If  this  is  so,  then  in  the  jars  containing  no  water,  it  would  have 
been  negligible,  and  in  the  glass  enclosures  it  would  have  been  constant. 

With  the  major  behavior-influencing  factors  now  held  relatively  constant, 
other  factors  previously  secondary  may  become  primary.  Such  is  the  case  with 
surface  texture,  and  it  seems  reasonable  to  postulate  that  the  smoother  surfaces 
are  more  “comfortable”  than  the  rougher  ones  for  the  congregating  cockroaches. 

Literature  Cited 

Berthold,  R.  Jr.  and  Wilson,  B.  R.  1967.  The  resting  behavior  of  the  German  cockroach, 
Blattella  germanica  (L.),  Annals  Ent.  Soc.  of  America,  60(2) : 347-351. 

Fletcher,  L.  W.  1961.  A study  of  the  behavior  of  four  species  of  cockroaches  in  the 
presence  of  chemicals.  Ph.D.  Thesis,  Rutgers — The  State  University.  183  pp. 

Dixon,  W.  J.  and  Massey,  F.  J.  Jr.  1957.  Introduction  to  statistical  analysis.  McGraw- 
Hill  Book  Co.,  Inc.,  N.Y.,  N.Y. 

Gunn,  G L.  1935.  Temperature  and  humidity  relations  of  the  cockroach  III.  Comparison 
of  temperature  preference,  and  rates  of  desiccation  and  respiration  of  Periplaneta 
americana , Blatta  orientalis,  and  Blattella  germanica.  J.  Exp.  Biol.  12:  185-190. 

— and  Cosway,  C.  A.  1938.  Temperature  and  humidity  relations  of  the  cockroach 

V.  Humidity  preference.  J.  Exp.  Biol.  15:  555-563. 


September,  1967]  Berthold:  Cockroach  (B.  germanica)  Response 


153 


Ledoux,  A.  1945.  Etude  experimentale  due  gregarisme  et  de  l’interratraction  sociale  chez 
les  Blattides.  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Zool.,  ser.  7 11  : 75-104. 

Pettit,  L.  C.  1940.  The  roach,  Blattella  germanica  (Linn.) : Its  embryogeny,  life  history, 
and  importance.  Ph.D.  Thesis,  Cornell  University.  121  pp. 

Roth,  L.  M.  and  Willis,  E.  R.  1952.  Possible  hygroreceptors  in  Aedes  aegypti  (L.)  and 
Blattella  germanica  (L.).  J.  of  Morphology,  91:  1-14. 

Steel,  R.  G.  D.  and  Torrie,  J.  H.  1960.  Principles  and  procedures  of  statistics.  McGraw- 
Hill  Book  Co.,  Inc.,  N.Y.,  N.Y. 

Willie,  J.  1920.  Biologie  und  Bekampfung  der  deutschen  Schabe  ( Phyllodromia  germanica 
L.).  Monogr.  Angew.  Ent.:  Nr.  5,  Zeitschr.  Angew.  Ent.,  Bieheft  I,  Band  7. 

Received  for  Publication  May  26,  1967 


Two  New  Species  of  Cr ambus  Fabricius  from 
Western  North  America 
( Lepidoptera : Pyralididae  ) f 

Alexander  B.  Klots* * 

Abstract:  Crambus  bigelovi  (type  locality  Pinedale,  Wyoming)  and  C.  harrisi  (type 

locality  Guadalupe  Mts.,  New  Mexico)  are  described  as  new,  characterized  and  differentiated 
from  related  species.  The  male  and  female  genitalia  of  both  species  are  figured. 

Crambus  bigelovi,  new  species 

forewing:  Length,  holotype  $,  12  mm.;  allotype  $,  11  mm.;  paratypes,  11,  12  and  12.8 
mm.  Outer  margin  slightly  concave  below  apex.  Ground  color  brown,  lustrous,  with  a 
somewhat  brassy  luster,  especially  costally  and  basally.  Dark  apical  triangle  narrow.  Costal 
edge  brown,  basally  about  half  as  wide  as  white  discal  stripe.  White  discal  stripe  entire, 
tapering  very  gradually  to  a very  sharp  point,  ending  before  subterminal  line,  dorsally 
and  terminally  outlined  by  a narrow,  dark  brown  line;  with  only  a slight  outward  tooth, 
or  indication  of  a tooth,  at  fold.  Postmedian  area  somewhat  shaded  with  white,  especially 
in  cells  Mi-M3.  Short,  longitudinal,  intervenous  light  streaks  distad  of  cell  only  slightly 
indicated,  that  in  cell  R5  the  most  prominent.  A light  shade  between  discal  white  streak  and 
subterminal  line  in  cells  R5  and  Mi.  Subterminal  line  bluntly  angled  at  about  vein  Mi. 
Terminal  space  with  a pale  area  from  about  middle  of  cell  Mi  to  about  middle  of  cell  M3. 
Short,  dark,  intervenular  marginal  dashes  in  cells  Mi-Cuib.  A narrow,  dark  brown  terminal 
line.  Fringe  brown,  subapically  whitish  basally.  Hindwing  pale  brownish  white,  slightly 
darker  apically,  fringe  whitish.  Palpi,  head  and  thorax  light  brown,  thorax  whitish  cen- 
trally, collar  and  tegulae  somewhat  brassy  lustrous. 

male  genitalia  (Fig.  1):  Uncus  long,  slender  and  mostly  cylindrical  in  cross  section, 

blunt  ended,  with  a series  of  short,  dorsal  spines  on  terminal  third,  otherwise  with  short, 
fine  setae.  Gnathos  heavy,  straight,  blunt  ended,  slightly  exceeding  uncus.  Tegumen  rela- 
tively broad,  laterally  parallel  sided.  Vinculum  broad,  cephalically  emarginate.  Pseudosaccus 
about  half  as  long  as  cephalo-caudal  width  of  vinculum.  Cucullus  of  valva  lightly  sclerotized, 
broad  basally,  tapering  gradually  to  a blunt,  dorsad-turned  end.  Costa  of  valva  well 
sclerotized,  with  a short,  flattened,  pointed  process  curving  mesad  and  dorsad.  Sacculus 
of  valva  short,  with  a slender,  pointed,  recurved,  heavily  sclerotized  process  that  is  longer 
than  process  of  costa.  Aedeagus  longer  than  cephalo-caudal  width  of  vinculum  plus  length 
of  valva,  with  a stout  coecum  penis  and  three  cornuti  of  which  the  most  basal  is  strongly 
curved  and  longer  than  either  of  the  others.  (The  paratype  has  an  additional,  short,  slender 
cornutus  distad  of  the  basal  one.) 

female  genitalia  (Fig.  2):  Papillae  anales  bilobed,  the  dorsal  lobe  very  lightly  sclerotized, 
the  ventral  lobe  more  heavily  sclerotized  and  with  a pronounced,  but  slender,  apophysis 
posterior.  Eighth  segment  well  sclerotized,  lacking  apophyses  anteriores,  ventrally  joining 
structures  around  ostium.  Ostium  with  a strongly  projecting  sclerotized  cup,  open  dorsally; 
inside  this,  and  considerably  off-center  dextrad,  a rounded,  projecting,  heavily  sclerotized 
papilla  covered  with  very  small  spines.  Antrum  entad  from  this  heavily  sclerotized  and 
covered  with  coarse  sclerotized  granulations.  Ductus  bursae  strongly  sclerotized,  with  a 


f Publication  of  this  article  supported  by  N.S.F.  Grant  GB-6197x. 

* Research  Associate,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 


154 


September,  1967] 


Klots:  New  Crambus 


155 


number  of  sharp  ridges  in  its  walls  which  grow  more  pronounced  entad,  near  cephalic  end 
strongly  curved  sinistro-dorsad,  then  dextro-ventrad.  A curved,  lightly  sclerotized  duct 
between  ental  end  of  ductus  bursae  (at  ductus  seminalis)  and  corpus  bursae,  suddenly 
enlarging  in  a short  cervix  bursae.  Corpus  bursae  large,  broadly  ovoid,  with  two  rather 
lightly  sclerotized  signa,  each  a group  of  small  scobinations.  Seventh  abdominal  segment 
undifferentiated. 

type  material:  Holotype  8,  Pinedale,  Sublette  Co.,  Wyoming,  8 July  1939, 
leg.  A.  B.  Klots.  Paratype  8,  Cooke  City,  Park  Co.,  Montana,  July  27,  1959, 
leg.  F.,  P.  & B.  Rindge.  Allotype  9,  Moran,  Teton  Co.,  Wyoming,  July  19, 
1938,  leg.  Grace  H.  & John  L.  Sperry.  Paratype  9,  Moran,  Teton  Co., 
Wyoming,  July  26,  1938,  leg.  Grace  H.  & John  L.  Sperry.  Paratype  $,  Lake 
Creek  Camp,  Park  Co.,  Wyoming,  13  mi.  S.  E.  of  Cooke  City,  Montana,  6900 
ft.  alt.,  July  24,  1959,  leg.  F.,  P.  & B.  Rindge.  All  type  material  in  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Crambus  bigelovi  appears  to  be  more  nearly  related  to  C.  praejectellus 
Zincken  than  to  any  other  species.  Its  discal  white  stripe  is  not  as  narrow, 
or  as  widely  separated  by  brown  from  the  costal  margin,  as  that  of  C.  prae- 
jectellus. It  resembles  praejectellus  in  having  a pale  shade  between  the  end  of 
the  discal  white  stripe  and  the  subterminal  line,  and  a white  patch  between 
the  subterminal  line  and  the  margin  in  the  lower  half  of  cell  Mi,  the  whole  of 
cell  M2  and  the  upper  half  of  cell  M3.  It  is  much  paler  than  C.  praejectellus 
oslarellus  Haimbach,  the  subspecies  that  extends  northward  through  Colorado, 
and  is  very  dark,  richly  colored  and  brassy -lustrous;  in  fact,  bigelovi  looks 
more  like  the  Eastern  C.  p.  praejectellus,  which  extends  from  the  Atlantic 
coast  westward  into  North  Dakota.  In  the  male  genitalia  C.  praejectellus 
has  the  cucullus  much  longer,  relative  to  the  costa  and  costal  process,  and 
more  strongly  hooked  dorsad.  C.  praejectellus  has  only  two  cornuti,  the  basal 
one  slender  and  curved  like  the  basal  one  of  bigelovi,  and  the  terminal  one 
stout,  with  a heavy,  ovoid  base,  like  the  terminal  one  of  bigelovi,  but  lacks 
the  intermediate  cornutus  (or  cornuti)  of  bigelovi.  In  the  female  genitalia 
praejectellus  has  an  only  slightly  protruding  trough  about  the  ostium,  and 
lacks  the  spined  papilla  within  this;  but  has  an  area  of  scobination  within 
the  ostium  like  that  of  bigelovi.  If  bigelovi  and  praejectellus  are,  indeed, 
closely  related,  it  may  be  significant  that  they  are  not  sympatric. 

Crambus  bigelovi  is  named  for  David  Bigelow  of  the  Buffalo  Museum  of 
Science,  a collecting  companion  of  the  author’s  in  Wyoming  in  1939. 

Crambus  harrisi,  new  species 

forewing:  Length,  holotype  8,  11.8  mm.;  allotype  9,  10.4  mm.  Outer  margin  only 

very  slightly  concave  below  apex.  Ground  color  light  brown,  darkest  dorsad  of  Cu  stem 
and  Cuib,  proximally  somewhat  brassy.  Apical  dark  triangle  narrow,  curving  to  apex, 
lighter,  more  yellow  brown  proximally.  A narrow,  white,  subapical  triangle  on  costa  and 
a similar  one  subapically  on  outer  margin.  White  discal  streak  broad,  entire,  separated 


156 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Fig.  1.  Left  lateral  aspect,  male  genitalia,  Crambus  bigelovi,  n.  sp.,  showing  ental  as- 
pect of  right  valva,  and  aedeagus  removed  and  shown  beneath.  Drawn  from  holotype. 
Fig.  2.  Left  lateral  aspect,  female  genitalia,  Crambus  bigelovi,  n.  sp.,  with  a single  sper- 
matophore  in  the  bursa  copulatrix.  Drawn  from  allotype.  Fig.  3.  Left  lateral  aspect, 


September,  1967] 


Klots:  New  Crambus 


157 


from  costa  by  brown  only  very  narrowly  basally,  more  broadly  separated  distally;  tapering 
gradually  and  symmetrically  to  a sharp  point  well  inside  subterminal  line;  with  only  a 
slight  indication  of  a projecting  tooth  at  fold.  Postmedial  area  yellowish  brown  somewhat 
speckled  with  darker  brown  scales,  lightest  distad  of  terminal  part  of  discal  streak ; narrow, 
shining,  plumbeous  streaks  running  distad  from  white  discal  streak  in  cells  Rs,  M3,  Cuia 
(inconspicuous)  and  Cuib  (more  conspicuous).  Dorsal  area  below  anal  vein  white  or 
whitish,  but  extreme  dorsal  margin  brownish.  Subterminal  line  shining,  plumbeous,  evenly 
curved  opposite  end  of  discal  streak.  Terminal  space  speckled  with  dark  brown  and 
whitish  scales,  with  fine,  black,  intervenous  dashes  between  subterminal  line  and  margin 
in  cells  Mi,  M2,  M3,  Cuia  and  Cun>,  the  first  and  last  of  these  the  shortest.  Fringe  shining, 
light  brown,  lighter  basally,  especially  subapically.  Terminal  line  dark  brown,  very  thin, 
widest  subapically,  but  essentially  complete  to  tornus.  Hind  wing  light  brownish,  slightly 
darker  terminally  and  apically,  fringe  whitish.  Palpi,  head  and  thorax  brown,  slightly 
lighter  dorsally.  Tegulae  brassy.  Frons  rather  flatly  rounded. 

male  genitalia  (Fig.  4) : Tegumen  narrow,  tapering  ventrad.  Uncus  slender,  tubular, 

shorter  than  gnathos,  with  very  short,  fine  setation.  Gnathos  broad  basally,  long,  slender, 
tubular,  distally  gradually  tapered.  Vinculum  large  and  broad,  deeply  emarginate  cephalically. 
Pseudosaccus  large,  more  than  % as  long  as  cephalocaudal  width  of  vinculum,  clavate. 
Costa  of  valva  long,  well  sclerotized,  with  a long,  slender,  tapering,  dorsad  and  mesad 
curving,  free  process  that  exceeds  cucullus  caudally.  Cucullus  broad  basally,  strongly  taper- 
ing and  curved  dorsad,  with  abundant,  fine,  setation  on  mesal  face.  Sacculus  of  valva 
small  and  lightly  sclerotized,  with  a short,  flat,  well  sclerotized  free  process  that  curves 
mesad  terminally.  Aedeagus  thick,  blunt,  shorter  than  valva,  somewhat  curved  ventrad, 
a little  more  sclerotized  ventro-distally ; with  a small,  slender,  strongly  curved  basal  cornutus 
and  a very  short,  heavily  sclerotized  distal  one  that  arises  from  a short,  discoid  base. 
female  genitalia  (Fig.  3) : Papillae  anales  bilobed,  the  ventral  lobes  well  sclerotized  and 
tapering  internally  to  pronounced,  but  slender,  apophyses  posteriores.  Eighth  segment 
well  sclerotized  dorsally  and  laterally,  but  not  ventrally,  lacking  apophyses  anteriores. 
Extending  caudad  from  ostium  is  a well  sclerotized  trough,  complete  laterally  and  ven- 
trally but  open  dorsally;  from  each  dorso-caudal  corner  of  this  a sharp,  slightly  curved 
spine  projects  caudad.  Within  this  trough  is  a shorter,  rounded,  heavily  sclerotized,  scobinate 
trough,  also  open  dorsally;  from  the  ventro-caudal  edge  of  this  extends  a short  tongue, 
concave  dorsally  and  convex  ventrally,  bearing  many  very  small  spines.  Entad  from 
this  the  antrum  is  more  lightly  sclerotized,  and  then  broadens  to  form  a bulbous  chamber 
with  many  complex  vermiculations  in  its  wall.  Ductus  bursae  entad  of  this  lightly  sclero- 
tized and  narrowing  markedly  to  point  of  exit  of  ductus  seminalis.  A curved,  very  lightly 
sclerotized  duct  between  ental  end  of  ductus  bursae  (at  ductus  seminalis)  and  corpus 
bursae,  suddenly  enlarging  in  a short  cervix  bursae.  Corpus  bursae  large,  broadly  ovoid, 
with  two  rather  lightly  sclerotized  signa,  each  a group  of  small  scobinations.  Eighth 
abdominal  segment  undifferentiated. 

type  material:  Holotype  S and  allotype  9,  near  Dark  Canyon,  Guadalupe 
Mts.,  Eddy  Co.,  New  Mexico,  July  23,  1959,  leg.  A.  B.  Klots.  Paratype  3. 


<r 

female  genitalia,  Crambus  harrisi,  n.  sp.  a.  Details  of  vermiculations  in  wall  of  antrum. 
Drawn  from  allotype.  Fig.  4.  Left  lateral  aspect,  male  genitalia,  Crambus  harrisi,  n.  sp., 
showing  ental  aspect  of  right  valva,  and  aedegus  removed  and  shown  beneath.  Drawn 
from  holotype. 


158 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Tlalpan,  D.  F.,  Mexico,  July  15,  1901,  with  label  “38512.”  Holotype  and  allo- 
type in  American  Museum  of  Natural  History;  paratype  in  U.  S.  National 
Museum. 

The  holotype  and  allotype  were  taken  during  the  day  in  a rather  dry, 
grassy  area,  characterized  by  scattered  alligator  barked  juniper  ( Juniperus 
pachyphloea  Torrey).  “ Cr ambus ” bolterellus ” Fernald  was  taken  in  the  same 
spot.  In  a somewhat  higher  area,  characterized  by  many  Pinus  scopulorum 
Engelman  intermixed  with  the  juniper,  Cr  ambus  cyrilellus  Klots  was  taken 
in  some  numbers.  The  paratype,  although  worn,  is  definitely  conspecific,  the 
genitalia  being  diagnostic. 

Crambus  harrisi  resembles  C.  cyrilellus  Klots  and  C.  leachellus  Zincken 
in  general  appearance,  having  the  white  discal  streak  entire,  broad  and  nar- 
rowly separated  by  brown  from  the  costa.  C.  cyrilellus  has  a distinct  white 
patch  in  the  lower  part  of  cell  Mi,  the  whole  of  cell  M2  and  the  upper  part  of 
cell  M3  between  the  subterminal  line  and  the  outer  margin;  C.  harrisi  lacks 
this.  C.  cyrilellus  is  much  more  lustrous,  and  has  the  short,  intervenous  dashes 
running  outward  from  the  discal  streak  much  more  pronounced  and  lustrous. 
The  pale  shade  along  the  dorsal  margin  of  the  forewing  of  C.  harrisi  is  not 
present  in  C.  leachellus.  In  the  male  genitalia,  C.  harrisi  differs  greatly  from 
C.  cyrilellus  (Klots,  1942,  p.  6-8,  fig.  7)  which  has  the  uncus  blunt,  thick 
and  bearing  heavy  spines;  a very  heavy,  abruptly  curving  process  of  the 
costa,  and  two  thin,  straight  cornuti.  In  the  male  genitalia  C.  harrisi  is  also 
very  unlike  C.  leachellus  (Klots,  1939,  p.  58-59,  fig.  2)  which  has  the  costal 
process  short,  not  nearly  reaching  the  tip  of  the  cucullus,  and  has  an  enormous, 
coiled  coecum  penis  and  only  one  cornutus.  In  the  female  genitalia  C.  cyrilellus 
has  a large,  almost  flat,  terminally  toothed  plate  protruding  strongly  ventrad 
of  the  ostium;  and  C.  leachellus  has  the  ostium  protruding  only  slightly 
caudad  as  a simple  cup,  and  has  a coiled  ductus  bursae  many  times  the  length 
of  the  abdomen  (Klots,  1939,  fig.  8). 

Crambus  harrisi  is  named  for  Mr.  Bruce  Harris,  in  1959  with  the  New 
Mexico  Department  of  Game  and  Fish,  in  appreciation  of  his  help  in  locating 
excellent  collecting  areas  in  the  Guadalupe  Mts. 

Literature  Cited 

Klots,  Alexander  B.  1939.  North  American  Crambus.  Bull.  Southern  California  Acad. 

Sci.,  39:  53-70. 

. 1942.  North  American  Crambus.  American  Museum  Novitates,  No.  1191,  17  pp. 


Received  for  publication  April  17,  1967 


Peromyscopsylla  hamifer  hamifer  (Rothschild) : 
an  Addition  to  the 

Entomological  Fauna  of  New  York  State  1 

Allen  H.  Benton2 

The  most  complete  list  of  fleas  of  New  York,  that  of  Geary  (1959),  includes 
43  species  recorded  from  the  state.  Several  species  known  to  occur  in  nearby 
states  may  be  expected  to  occur  in  New  York,  and  the  total  number  of  flea 
species  in  the  state  should  be  about  50. 

Collections  of  the  New  York  State  Museum  and  Science  Service,  made  by 
Dr.  Paul  Connor,  have  done  much  to  clarify  the  distributional  patterns  of  New 
York  fleas.  The  first  new  species  for  the  state  to  be  found  in  their  collections 
is  a single  male  specimen  of  Peromyscopsylla  hamifer  hamifer  (Rothschild) 
taken  from  a lemming  mouse,  Syria  ptomys  coo  peri,  near  Sevey,  St.  Lawrence 
County,  on  August  18,  1965. 

Since  this  species  has  been  recorded  from  several  other  northeastern  states 
(Figure  1),  it  was  expected  that  it  would  eventually  be  found  in  New  York. 
This  specimen,  however,  was  unusual  in  two  respects.  It  was  taken  in  late 
summer,  whereas  all  specimens  previously  reported  from  the  eastern  United 
States  were  taken  from  September  to  May,  and  it  was  found  on  a lemming 
mouse,  whereas  24  of  33  specimens  for  which  I have  found  data  have  been 
taken  from  the  meadow  mouse,  Micro tus  pennsylvanicus. 

Since  Microtus  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  of  small  mammals  in  the  east, 
it  has  seemed  strange  that  P.  hamifer  has  not  appeared  more  frequently  in 
collections.  The  present  record  suggests  the  possibility  that  the  flea  may  be  a 
parasite  of  lemming  mice,  with  meadow  mice  only  a secondary  or  accidental 
host.  Since  lemming  mice  are  very  rarely  collected  in  any  numbers,  and  even 
less  commonly  in  the  colder  months,  the  apparent  rarity  of  the  species  would  be 
explained  if  it  were  a parasite  of  this  host.  Further,  if  it  is  a flea  which  seldom 
leaves  the  nest  of  the  host,  its  apparent  rarity  is  even  easier  to  explain. 

A comparable  case  is  that  of  Conor hinopsylla  stanfordi  Stewart.  The  type 
host  of  this  flea  is  the  red  squirrel,  Tamiasciurus  hudsonicus , but  despite  the 
abundance  of  this  host  and  its  frequent  collection,  specimens  of  the  flea  were 
very  rare  in  collections  prior  to  1950.  Since  that  time,  abundant  evidence  has 
shown  that  this  is  a nest  parasite  of  the  flying  squirrel,  Glaucomys  volans  (and 
possibly  G.  sabrinus  as  well),  and  large  numbers  can  be  collected  by  anyone 
willing  to  take  the  trouble  to  examine  nests  of  this  squirrel. 

1 1 am  grateful  to  Dr.  Robert  Traub  and  Mr.  G.  H.  E.  Hopkins  for  information  on 
eastern  North  American  specimens  of  this  flea.  My  studies  on  eastern  fleas  have  been 
supported  by  the  Research  Foundation  of  State  University  of  New  York. 

12  Dept.  Biology,  State  University  College,  Fredonia,  N.Y.  14063. 


159 


160 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Any  collector  who  can  examine  winter  nests  of  Synaptomys  cooperi  or  of 
Microtus  pennsylvanicus  may  contribute  to  the  solution  of  the  problem  of  the 
host  relationship  of  this  flea  species. 

Literature  Cited 

Geary,  John  M.  1959.  The  fleas  of  New  York.  Mem.  355,  Cornell  Univ.  Agric.  Exper. 
Station.  104  pp. 


Received  for  Publication  May  24,  1967 


New  and  Little  Known  Species  of  Serica 
(Coleoptera:  Scarabaeidae)  X1 

R.  W.  Dawson 

Washington  State  University 

Abstract:  In  this  paper  twelve  new  species  are  described:  adversa,  alabama,  aviceps, 

barri,  bruneri,  diablo,  floirdana,  frosti,  heteracantha,  howdeni,  pullata,  sericeoides, 

and  one  new  subspecies:  perigonia  eremicola.  Ten  previously  described  species  are  figured: 
alleni,  anthracina,  castanea,  ensenada,  mackenziei , oliveri,  peregrina,  pilifera,  rossi,  and 
sericea.  Four  species  names  are  reduced  to  synonymy:  joaquinella  to  oliveri ; mendota  to 
pruinipennis ; michelbacheri  to  fimbriata;  and  searli  to  alleni.  The  spelling  “ atricapilla ” 
is  corrected  to  atracapilla,  and  trociformis  blatchleyi  is  given  specific  standing.  Supple- 
mentary distribution  notes  are  given  beyond  those  recorded  in  paper  #IX  of  this  series. 

The  present  study  is  based  upon  the  examination  of  about  3,000  specimens 
of  Serica.  For  the  privilege  of  working  over  this  material  the  writer  is  much 
indebted  to  the  following  entomologists:  Hugh  Leech,  Henry  Howden,  Bob 
Woodruff,  Paul  Hurd,  Saul  Frommer,  O.  L.  Cartwright,  Ross  Arnett,  S.  W. 
Frost  and  William  Barr.  Appreciation  is  also  expressed  for  the  capable  and 
painstaking  work  of  Miss  Francoise  S.  Demogeot  in  making  the  accompanying 
drawings. 

Serica  adversa  n.  sp. 

male:  Length  8 mm;  width  4 mm.  Scarcely,  or  not,  distinguishable  from  sculptilis  by 

external  characters. 

Dark  brown,  bare  and  shining  with  conspicuous,  fine,  dense  puncturation,  a little  fine  hair 
on  the  elytral  margin,  basal  portion  of  the  legs  and  under  surface.  Clypeus  feebly  tumid 
below  the  middle,  sides  only  moderately  elevated,  without  clypeal  notches,  punctures  fine  and 
very  dense,  becoming  a little  stronger  and  less  crowded  on  the  front.  Antennal  club  about 
equal  to  the  dorso-ventral  diameter  of  the  eye.  Elytral  striae  emphasized  by  about  three 
dense,  confused  rows  of  fine  punctures.  Only  the  narrow  crests  of  the  intervals  free  from 
punctures. 

The  genital  armature  of  the  male  (fig.  39)  differs  from  that  of  sculptillis  by  being  heavier, 
stronger,  with  relatively  longer,  broader  claspers,  and  a much  thicker  and  differently  shaped 
apex  of  the  stalk.  In  sculptilis  the  apex  of  the  stalk  is  narrowed  (dorso-ventrally)  to  a 
remarkable  degree.  In  adversa  the  right  (longer)  clasper  is  more  strongly  bowed  than  the 
left,  and  more  so  than  in  sculptilis. 

type:  S.  San  Joaquin  Mountains  near  Laguna,  Orange  Co.,  California,  VII- 

29-63,  light  trap.  Deposited  in  the  Canadian  National  Collection. 

paratypes:  10  $ S same  data,  1 S San  Diego,  IV-17-34. 

The  sculptilis  complex  is  not  easily  disposed  of,  but  apparently  adversa  will 
prove  to  be  a distinct  species.  There  are  several  other  puzzling  forms. 


1 Scientific  Paper  No.  2987  College  of  Agriculture,  Washington  State  University,  Pullman. 
Project  No.  9043. 


161 


162 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


S erica  alabama  n.  sp. 

Remarkably  like  sericea,  but  averaging  a little  smaller,  and  having  the  pronotum  of  the 
female  pruinose  like  that  of  the  male,  not  shining  as  in  sericea.  The  genital  armature  of 
the  male  (fig.  13)  has  smaller,  shorter  claspers,  which  are  much  more  curved  or  sinuate 
in  outline  than  in  the  sericea  male.  The  distribution  pattern,  Ohio  to  Alabama,  indicates  a 
distinct  species. 

type:  3.  Raleigh,  N.C.,  June  9,  1953,  G.  H.  Nelson;  deposited  in  the  collection 
of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

paratypes:  Ohio:  Hocking  Company,  1;  Ashland  Company,  1;  Athens  Co., 
4;  Adams  Company,  3;  Ross  Company,  1.  Georgia:  Atlanta,  4;  Kennesaw 
Mountain,  3;  Athens,  1.  Tennessee:  Grassy  Cove,  1;  Knoxville,  2.  Kentucky: 
Louisville,  1.  Alabama:  Hagler,  1;  Ft.  Payne,  2;  Montgomery,  4;  Verbena,  1. 
North  Carolina:  Raleigh,  3. 

Serica  alleni  Saylor  New  Synonymy 

1939.  Serica  alleni  Saylor,  Jour.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  29,  pp.  454,  457. 

1939.  Serica  searli  Saylor,  same  paper,  pp.  454,  459. 

Specimens  from  a variety  of  localities  suggest  a radiating  dine  not  readily 
broken  into  valid  subspecies.  The  form  called  searli  by  Saylor  (fig.  20) 
approaches  porcula  Casey,  and  is  distinguishable  from  that  species  chiefly  by 
its  coarser,  heavier  genital  armature  and  more  arcuate  claspers.  The  form 
designated  as  alleni  (figs.  21,  22)  is  an  average  type.  Figure  20  is  from  a 
specimen  taken  at  the  same  place,  the  same  day  as  the  holotype  of  searli , and 
figures  21  and  22  are  from  a paratype  of  alleni  given  to  me  by  Mr.  Saylor. 
Figure  23  is  from  a specimen  taken  by  Henry  Howden  at  Wofford  Heights, 
Ken  Co.,  California,  Vl-12-14,  1961,  at  light.  A series  of  19  specimens  before 
the  writer  shows  various  intergradations  that  make  a separation  into  species 
or  subspecies  most  unreliable.  Calling  them  all  alleni  is  at  present  the  best 
solution. 

Serica  atricapilla  Kirby  Emendation 

According  to  the  International  Code  whenever  possible  the  original  spelling 
must  be  used.  Therefore  atracapilla  replaces  atricapilla  now  widely  used. 

Serica  aviceps  n.  sp. 

male:  Length  9 mm;  width  5 mm.  Color  varying  a little  between  the  middle  shades  of 
dull  brown,  faintly  shining,  not  pruinose  or  “dusted,”  with  only  a faint  trace  of  iridescence. 
Clypeal  margins  rather  strongly  and  abruptly  elevated  with  a shallow  but  well-marked 
clypeal  notch ; surface  finely  and  evenly,  densely  punctured,  the  punctures  continuing  over 
the  front,  almost  concealing  the  clypeal  suture.  Antennal  club  slightly  longer  than  the  dorso- 
ventral  diameter  of  the  eye.  Puncturation  of  the  pronotum  fine,  shallow  and  rather  dense 
especially  toward  the  sides.  Striae  of  elytra  line-like,  impressed  and  with  a dense  row  of 
punctures,  intervals  moderately  convex,  variable  in  width  and  puncturation.  Elytral  surface 
microscopically  shagreened  and  iridescent. 


September,  1967] 


Dawson:  Species  of  Serica 


163 


Genital  armature  (figs.  29,  30)  suggesting  that  of  oliveri , but  the  right  clasper  is  concave 
and  truncate  subapically,  then  suddenly  flexed  toward  the  center  in  a “bird-head”  like  tip. 
The  left  clasper,  viewed  ventrally,  has  only  a suggestion  of  the  double  tip  characteristic 
of  oliveri. 

type:  8.  Fresno,  California,  June  8,  1937.  R.  W.  Dawson  deposited  in  the 

collection  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

paratypes:  Fresno  1 $ ; Fowler  2 8 8,2  $ $ ; Wood  Lake,  Tulare  Company 
1 8 ; Sequoia  N.  P.  1 8 ; Vernalis  2 3 8;  Visalia  1 8 ; Coalinga  1 8 . 

Serica  barri  n.  sp. 

male:  Length  7.5  mm;  width  4 mm.  However  specimens  taken  the  same  day  in  the  same 
population  are  as  small  as  6 mm  in  length,  and  from  less  favorable  locations,  5 mm.  Color 
a middle  shade  of  brown  dulled  by  a thin,  light  gray  dust  and  a trace  of  fine,  pale  pubescence, 
most  evident  on  the  bases  of  the  front  and  middle  legs  and  on  the  elytral  margin.  A lightly 
sclerotized,  delicate  species  from  desert  areas. 

Antennal  club  of  male  1.5  times  the  dorso-ventral  diameter  of  the  moderate-sized  eye. 
Antennal  club  of  the  female  distinctly  smaller,  only  a little  longer  than  the  eye  measurement. 
Clypeus  very  densely  punctured,  margins  well  elevated ; a fine  clypeal  notch,  evident  in  some 
specimens,  obsolete  in  others.  Elytral  striae  shallow  with  a single,  irregular,  dense  row  of 
punctures;  intervals  feebly  convex  with  a few  scattered,  small  punctures  near  the  striae. 

The  genital  armature  of  the  male  (figs.  24,  25)  somewhat  resembling  that  of  deserticola , 
but  the  upper  margins  of  the  claspers  are  elevated.  On  the  right  clasper  the  median  ridge 
connects  with  the  elevated  margin  at  the  apex  forming  a slight  hood.  This  is  the  most  dis- 
tinctive feature  of  the  species.  On  the  shorter,  left  clasper  the  median  ridge  extends  into  a 
sub-falcate  “beak,”  the  elevated  margin  ending  with  the  beak. 

type:  8.  Sand  Dunes,  St.  Anthony,  Idaho,  VII-5- 1 966 ; deposited  in  the 

collection  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

paratypes:  Same  locality,  131  8 8,8  2 2;  Arches  Monument,  Utah,  June  19, 
1949,  C.  P.  Alexander,  2 8 8;  Wadsworth,  Story  Co.,  Nevada,  V-28-1939  1 8 ; 
Kayenta,  Arizona,  VI-12-1933  1 8. 

The  southwestern  specimens  show  more  prominent  or  exaggerated  char- 
acters in  the  genital  armature,  but  seem  definitely  to  belong  here. 

Serica  blatchleyi  Dawson  New  Status 

1910.  Serica  trogiformis  blatchleyi  (not  Uhler).  Coleoptera  of  Indiana,  p.  958. 
1932.  Serica  trociformis  blatchleyi  Dawson,  Jour.  N.Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  XL,  p.  545. 

Early  in  my  studies  of  the  genus  Serica , I thought  that  the  character  of  the 
genital  armature  of  the  male  could  be  used  as  the  final  criterion  in  judging 
species.  It  was  at  once  evident  that  external  characters  often  failed  to  dis- 
tinguish unquestioned  species  ( atracapilla  and  elusa  for  example).  Later  it 
became  apparent  that  the  genital  armatures  do  not  always  differentiate  recog- 
nizably between  obvious  species  ( sericea  and  tristis  for  example).  Horrible 
thought,  maybe  some  perfectly  distinct  species  cannot  be  recognized  either  way! 
In  this  case  I believe  the  larger,  smooth,  convex,  shining  pronotum  of 


164 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


trociformis  Burmeister,  and  the  smaller,  pruinose,  impressed  pronotum  of 
blatchleyi  Dawson  indicate  distinct  species.  Through  the  years  I have  never 
seen  specimens  indicating  either  continuity  of  range,  or  intergradation  of 
characters. 

Serica  bruneri  n.  sp. 

A small,  relatively  broad  species;  length  5-7  mm;  width  3-4  mm.  Color  dark  brown  to 
nearly  black,  thus  bearing  a superficial  resemblance  to  anthracina  LeConte.  But  it  differs 
from  that  species  markedly  by  having  much  larger  antennae,  the  club  about  twice  the 
dorso-ventral  diameter  of  the  eye,  and  about  the  same  length  as  the  5-segmented  stem.  The 
whole  upper  surface  bears  sparse,  shaggy,  semi-erect,  light  brown,  more  or  less  deciduous, 
hairs  which  on  the  elytra  tend  to  follow  the  sharp,  line-like  striae,  but  are  not  definitely 
so  limited.  Intervals  of  elytra  closely  and  strongly  punctured.  Pronotum  and  clypeus 
similarly  punctured.  Clypeus  broad,  almost  rectangular,  slightly  concave  with  well  reflexed 
anterior  and  lateral  margins,  no  clypeal  notch,  and  clypeal  suture  a minute  line.  Under 
surface  with  sparse,  brown  hair,  becoming  very  prominent  on  the  anterior  coxae  and 
femora  and  somewhat  so  on  the  middle  and  hind  femora. 

The  genital  armature  of  the  male  (fig.  3)  resembles  that  of  anthracina  (fig.  6)  but  is 
smaller  and  more  slender.  A striking  difference  is  seen  in  the  mid-ventral  chitinous  point 
of  the  stalk,  long  in  anthracina  and  holding  the  claspers  almost  straight  ahead,  short  in 
bruneri  letting  the  claspers  flex  ventrally. 

type:  Near  Blanca,  Colorado,  June  19,  1944,  B.  Rotger  C.  R.,  deposited  in 
the  collection  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

paratypes:  31  S $ taken  in  the  area  from  Ft.  Garland  to  Glanca  and  to  the 
Great  Sanddunes  National  Monument  in  Colorado. 

This  species  is  dedicated  to  the  memory  of  Professor  Lawrence  Bruner  with 
whom  the  writer,  as  a student,  spent  a never-to-be-forgotten  summer  collecting 
insects  in  the  type  locality. 


Serica  diablo  n.  sp. 

male:  Length  7 mm;  width  4 mm.  Color  dark  castaneus,  surface  bare  and  shining,  finely, 
rather  evenly  and  densely  punctate.  Clypeus  finely  and  densely  punctured,  the  punctures 
separated  by  their  own  diameter  or  less,  front  less  densely  and  finely  punctured,  the 
intervals  between  the  punctures  of  both  minutely  shagreened.  Clypeal  margins  roundly 
and  strongly  reflexed,  broadly  and  moderately  emarginate  in  front,  lateral  incisures 
obsolete.  The  antennae  of  the  male  moderate  in  size,  the  club  about  as  long  as  the  stem 
and  equal  to  the  dorso-ventral  diameter  of  the  eye. 

Pronotal  punctures  of  only  moderate  size,  separated  by  one  to  two  diameters,  the 
shagreen  of  the  surface  nearly  obsolete,  being  largely  confined  to  the  punctures.  Elytra 
“corrugated,”  the  striae  relatively  broad  and  densely  punctured,  the  intervals  narrow  and 
largely  impunctate. 

The  female  very  much  like  the  male;  antennae  of  the  same  size  but  with  the  club 
narrower  at  its  origin ; the  posterior  margin  of  the  last  sternite  not  emarginate  and  the 
abdomen  more  fully  rounded. 

To  more  fully  delineate  the  remarkable  pattern  of  the  right  clasper  of  the  genital  armature, 
two  specimens  were  used  in  the  drawings  (figs.  17,  18).  This  clasper  can  rotate  laterally 
90°  or  more.  The  horn-like  process  can  turn  across  the  end  of  the  armature  and  lock  under 


September,  1967] 


Dawson:  Species  of  Serica 


165 


the  margin  of  the  left  clasper.  The  varying  positions  of  the  claspers  greatly  modify  the 
superficial  appearance  of  the  armature.  The  variation  in  the  shape  of  the  stalk  in  the  three 
figures  is  not  to  be  taken  seriously.  It  is  due  to  several  factors ; angle  of  view  on  an 
asymmetrical  object,  distortion  of  a tubular  structure  in  drying,  and  some  actual  variation 
in  the  specimens.  The  drawings  were  made  with  great  care  by  the  aid  of  a check- 
micrometer,  so  little  is  to  be  attributed  to  that  source. 

type:  A mated  pair  bearing  the  label:  Mt.  Diablo,  Contra  Costa  Co.,  Cali- 
fornia, V-30-54,  on  Adenostoma  jasciculatum , W.  E.  Ferguson,  collector.  The 
type  will  be  deposited  in  the  collection  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 
paratypes:  32  8 8 and  34  $ $ with  the  same  data  as  the  type;  Sequoia  N.P. 
1 8 ; Santa  Barbara  Co.  1 8 ; Santa  Lucia  Mountains  1 8 . 

Serica  jimbriata  LeConte  New  Synonymy 
1856.  Serica  jimbriata  LeConte,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  (2)  III,  p.  275. 

1947.  Serica  jimbriata  Dawson,  Jour.  N.Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  LV,  pp.  229,  230,  PI.  XV. 

1948.  Serica  michelbacheri  Saylor,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  (4)  XXIV,  pp.  345, 
346,  PI.  14. 

The  holotype  of  michelbacheri  has  been  examined  and  found  to  be  a perfectly 
typical  specimen  of  jimbriata  LeConte. 


Serica  floridana  n.  sp. 

male:  Length  7 mm;  width  4 mm.  Color  light  chestnut  brown,  glabrous,  shining,  no 

bloom  or  iridescence.  Clypeus  plain,  moderately  punctured,  margins  rather  strongly  and 
abruptly  elevated,  the  front  margin  nearly  straight  and  separated  from  the  side  margins 
by  narrow  but  deep  and  distinct  notches.  Punctures  of  the  front  strong  along  the  suture 
and  grading  off  to  an  impunctate  occiput.  Eyes  large  and  prominent,  and  antennal  club 
equal  to  the  dorso-ventral  diameter  of  the  eye. 

Pronotum  with  the  sides  nearly  straight  and  parallel  in  the  posterior  3/5,  then  rounded 
to  the  width  of  the  head  through  the  eyes.  Puncturation  shallow,  irregular,  with  the  punctures 
separated  by  one  to  three  diameters.  Elytra  with  strong  striae  emphasized  by  numerous 
strong,  deep  punctures,  the  narrow  crests  of  the  intervals  nearly  impunctate. 

Female  easily  recognized,  eyes  and  antennal  clubs  smaller  by  1/6  and  last  ventral 
sternite  almost  straight  across  instead  of  emarginate  medially. 

The  genital  armature  of  the  male  shows  several  distinctive  characters  (figs.  4,  5)  ; the 
broad,  asymmetrical  stock  with  its  apical  portion  abruptly  narrowed,  and  the  claspers 
frequently  flexed  deeply  against  the  ventral  side  and  rotated  to  the  left.  The  rim  of  the 
left  clasper  is  densely  covered  with  minute,  black  setae  or  bristles,  arising  from  punctures 
which  gives  the  surface  a roughened  appearance.  This  is  an  unusual  character  in  the  genus. 

type:  8 . Interlachen,  Florida,  April  2,  1931,  H.  & A.  Howden;  deposited  in 

the  Canadian  National  Collection. 

paratypes:  Florida,  Interlachen,  11  8 8,  Gainesville,  3 8 8.  North  Carolina: 
Kill  Devil  Hills,  Dare  Co.,  May  1952,  Arnett,  15  8 8,21  9 9.  Alabama: 
Mobile,  2 8 8,  1 9.  Georgia:  Baker  Co.,  June,  1956,  1 8.  Mississippi:  Hatties- 
burg, May  10,  1944,  C.  D.  Michener,  1 8.  New  Jersey:  Atsion,  June  27, 
1946,  J.  W.  Green,  1 3. 


166 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Serica  frosti  n.  sp. 

male:  Length  7 mm;  width  4 mm.  Color  light  chestnut  brown  with  a thin  rainbow 

iridescence,  nearly  devoid  of  pubescence  except  for  some  fine,  brown  hair  on  the  front  and 
middle  legs.  Antennae  of  male  with  club  longer  than  the  diameter  through  the  eye,  the 
proportion  about  5.5  to  4.5.  In  the  female  both  eyes  and  antennae  are  smaller,  using  the 
same  scale,  the  proportion  is  4.5  to  4.3.  The  sexes  can  be  readily  separated  by  the  size 
of  the  antennal  club.  Clypeus  rather  coarsely  and  closely  punctured;  front  margin  strongly 
elevated  and  broadly,  feebly  arcuate,  the  side  margins  less  elevated  thus  suggesting  the 
position  of  a clypeal  notch  at  the  junction  with  the  front  margin.  Pronotum  with  rather 
coarse  punctures  separated  by  about  two  diameters,  closer  at  the  sides.  Elytra  with  line- 
like striae,  rather  deeply  impressed  and  crowded  with  a confused  row  of  fine  punctures, 
intervals  convex  and  impunctate  at  the  crest. 

The  male  genital  armature  (fig.  38)  somewhat  resembles  that  of  pusilla  but  the  stalk  is 
longer  and  the  claspers  are  always  directed  far  ahead.  This  position  is  due  to  the  mid- 
ventral  point  of  the  stalk  contacting  the  sclerotized  base  of  the  claspers,  thus  inhibiting  a 
downward  flexure.  This  limitation  of  position  does  not  occur  in  pusilla  where  the  claspers 
have  great  freedom  of  motion,  and  consequently  assume  many  positions. 

type:  8.  Archbold  Biological  Station,  Lake  Placid,  Florida,  R.  W.  Dawson, 

February  10,  1966;  deposited  in  the  collection  of  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences. 

paratypes:  about  200  from  the  same  locality,  taken  during  February  and  March. 

The  writer  is  indebted  to  Dr.  S.  W.  Frost  for  these  specimens,  attracted  to 
his  light  trap,  and  is  dedicating  the  species  to  him.  In  his  light-trap  papers 
this  species  is  listed  under  the  name  Serica  errans  Blatchley  (a  synonym  of 
pusilla).  Despite  the  local  abundance  of  frosti,  I know  of  no  other  records  of 
it,  while  pusilla  and  aspera , somewhat  similar  species,  have  rather  wide  distribu- 
tions. 

Serica  heteracantha  n.  sp. 

male:  Length  8 mm;  width  4.5  mm.  Light  golden  brown,  dulled  by  a gray  pollen,  most 
noticeable  on  the  elytra.  Clypeus  broad,  especially  apically,  with  very  dense,  fine  punctures 
separated  by  less  than  their  own  diameter;  margins  reflexed  without  a clypeal  notch, 
broadly  arcuate  medially;  apical  third  of  the  disc  slightly  tumid  medially,  emphasizing  the 
transverse  depression  before  the  reflexed  apical  margin ; front  with  finer,  much  more  sparse, 
punctures,  occiput  becoming  impunctate;  intervals  of  elytra  convex,  separated  by  sharp 
line-like  striae,  punctures  fine  and  rather  numerous,  especially  on  the  broader  intervals. 

Only  the  genital  armature  of  the  male  (fig.  35)  gives  reliable  evidence  for  separating 
this  species  from  the  numerous  similar  California  species.  On  this  basis  stygia  is  the  only 
known  species  which  resembles  it.  The  lateral  view  of  the  armature  of  stygia  shows  only 
one  strong  medial  tooth,  in  heteracantha  this  median  tooth  is  small  and  accompanied  by 
a strong  subapical  tooth.  Other  angles  of  view  show  very  striking  differences  between  the 
armatures  of  the  two  species,  but  the  characters  figured  are  constant  and  quite  sufficient 
for  differentiating  the  two  species. 

type:  8.  Jacumba,  California,  V-18-41,  D.  J.  & J.  N.  Knull;  deposited  in 

the  collection  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

paratypes:  10  8 8,5  $ $ bear  the  same  data;  28$  Hurkey  Cr.,  San  Jacinto 
Mountains,  California. 


September,  1967] 


Dawson:  Species  of  Serica 


167 


Serica  howdeni  n.  sp. 

male:  Length  8 mm;  width  4.8  mm.  Dark  brown,  glabrous  and  shining,  densely  covered 
with  moderate-sized  punctures;  clypeal  margins  strongly  reflexed  and  deeply  but  narrowly 
notched  between  the  anterior  and  lateral  margins;  the  anterior  margin  nearly  straight; 
clypeal  disc  slightly  depressed  marginally  and  slightly  tumid  medially ; antennal  club  of  male 
nearly  as  long  as  the  stem  of  the  antenna;  striae  of  elytra  deep,  with  three  to  four  confused 
rows  of  strong,  semi-confluent  punctures;  ventral  surface  of  thorax  strongly  and  densely 
punctured,  of  abdomen  less  so. 

The  genital  armature  of  this  species  (figs.  1,  2)  shows  several  distinctive  characters.  Most 
unusual  is  the  deep,  diagonal  groove  crossing  the  face  of  the  right  clasper.  Next  is  the 
minutely  setulose  upper  portion  of  the  left  clasper.  To  more  clearly  indicate  these  characters, 
drawings  of  both  claspers  from  quite  different  angles  are  added. 

type:  $ . Tyler,  Texas,  March  2,  1953,  S.  E.  Bennet,  light  trap,  deposited  in 
the  Canadian  National  Collection. 

Serica  oliveri  Saylor  New  Synonymy 

1939.  Serica  oliveri  Saylor,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  41,  pp.  56,  57. 

Serica  joaquinella  Saylor,  same  pages  as  above. 

Both  of  Saylor’s  descriptions  were  based  on  single  specimens;  joaquinella  on 
an  undersized,  teneral  specimen  in  poor  condition.  Both  of  his  types  and  30 
good  additional  specimens  are  before  the  writer,  which  makes  it  clear  that 
joaquinella  is  a synonym.  The  outstanding,  definitive  character  of  the  species, 
the  double  tip  of  the  left  clasper  (fig.  11),  is  not  mentioned,  and  not  shown 
in  Saylor’s  drawings.  In  some  positions  of  the  left  clasper  the  outer  lobe  of 
the  tip  obscures  the  inner,  unless  you  look  for  it.  His  statement:  “The  genitalia 
of  S.  oliveri  are  most  similar  to  those  of  S.  solita ,”  is  misleading  and  confusing, 
as  is  also  his  comparison  of  joaquinella  to  a bicolored  anthracina , and  its 
armature  to  that  of  caliginosa. 

Specimens  examined  from  Antioch,  Delhi,  Fowler,  Fresno  and  Merced, 
California. 

A considerable  amount  of  variation  occurs  in  the  armature,  especially  in 
the  end  of  the  right  clasper  (fig.  10). 

Oliveri,  due  to  its  dark  color,  robust  stature  and  strongly  pruinose  elytra 
resembles  pullata,  here  described  as  new,  but  the  genitalia  of  the  two  species 
are  strikingly  dissimilar  (figs.  10,  11,  9,  12). 

Serica  peregrina  Chapin  and  Maladera  castanea  (Arrow) 

Two  species  of  Serica-like  beetles  have  been  accidentally  introduced  into  the 
United  States  from  Japan.  They  became  established  in  New  York  and  New 
Jersey  in  the  early  1920’s.  Most  abundant  and  best  known  is  Maladera 
castanea  (Arrow)  also  called  the  Asiatic  Garden  Beetle  (fig.  36).  Early  con- 
fusion and  disagreement  about  the  scientific  name  caused  it  to  be  listed  both 


168 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


as  Autos  erica  and  Aserica.  Less  abundant,  but  definitely  established,  is  Serica 
peregrina  Chapin  (fig.  37). 

With  both  species  the  genital  armatures  are  so  radically  different  from  any 
American  species  as  to  make  them  instantly  recognizable. 

Serica  perigonia  eremicola  n.  subsp. 

When  variants  reach  a confusing  degree  of  development  and  are  correlated  with  geo- 
graphical distribution  it  seems  desirable  to  designate  them  as  subspecies.  A well-known 
entomologist  has  said  (perhaps  not  seriously) : “A  species  is  what  the  taxonomist  thinks 

it  is,  until  he  changes  his  mind.”  So  eremicola  is  a subspecies ! The  greatly  expanded 
margin  of  the  left  clasper  (figs.  7,  8)  is  its  distinctive  character.  I believe  that  the  finger- 
like end  (“appendix”)  of  the  right  clasper  is  the  diagnostic  character  of  the  species  perigonia. 

type:  S.  Mexico,  Baja,  California,  Norte,  Arr.  Santo  Domingo,  5.7  miles,  E. 
Hamilton  ranch  dam  site,  23-IV-1963,  H.  B.  Leech  & P.  H.  Arnaud,  Jr.; 
deposited  in  the  collection  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 
paratypes:  29  3 S and  21  $ $ with  the  same  data. 

Serica  pilifera  Horn 

1894.  Serica  pilifera  Horn,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  (2),  IV,  p.  397. 

The  identity  of  the  type  specimen,  and  the  species,  has  long  been  in  question. 
A single  female  in  the  Horn  collection  was  thought  to  be  the  holotype. 
Since  females  in  the  genus  Serica  are  difficult  (sometimes  impossible)  to 
identify  with  certainty,  the  species  was  left  in  doubt.  A recent  letter  from  Dr. 
Leech  helps  to  clarify  both  questions.  He  writes:  “This  male,  which  you 

dissected  some  years  ago,  is  from  Santa  Maria,  Baja  California,  and  is  un- 
doubtedly the  true  type.  The  lectotype  label  was  put  on  by  E.  P.  Van  Duzee, 
but  not  validated  by  publication.  As  you  know,  Horn  returned  the  first  set 
of  the  Baja  California  material  to  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  and 
these  beetles  were  saved  by  the  late  Miss  Alice  Eastwood  after  the  1906  earth- 
quake, and  before  the  fire  which  destroyed  our  general  collections.  It  is  only 
because  Mr.  Cresson  believed  all  types  to  have  been  lost  in  the  fire,  that  the 
Philadelphia  Academy  claimed  to  have  the  types,  based  on  the  duplicates  which 
Horn  retained  when  he  studied  our  Baja  California  specimens.” 

Drawings  made  from  this  lectotype  male  are  here  presented  (figs.  28,  31). 
Due  to  the  age  and  condition  of  this  specimen  it  is  difficult  to  compare  it  with 
fresh  material  in  high  condition.  L.  W.  Saylor  compared  a single  recently 
collected  male  with  the  pilifera  type  (before  I dissected  it)  and  named  it  as  a 
new  species,  ensenada.  He  says:  “Related  to  pilifera  Horn,  from  Santa  Maria, 
and  differs  mainly  by  the  more  strongly  reflexed  clypeal  apex,  the  absence  of 
the  lateral  clypeal  notch,  and  much  more  densely  pilose  surface.”  After 
comparing  the  two  types,  I fail  to  see  a significant  difference  in  these  char- 
acters. 


September,  19671 


Dawson:  Species  of  Serica 


169 


The  genital  armatures  of  the  two  types  differ  markedly  in  degree  but  not 
in  basic  pattern.  In  both  forms  the  stalk  of  the  armature  is  asymmetrical, 
distinctly  longer  on  the  left  side  and  shorted  on  the  right,  so  that  the  claspers 
are  flexed  toward  the  short  side.  A part  of  the  apparent  variation  is  due  to  the 
position  of  the  claspers,  which  can  be  strongly  flexed  laterally  and  also  apically. 
The  most  important  characteristics  in  the  armature  of  ensenada  (figs.  26,  27) 
as  compared  to  that  of  pilijera  (figs.  28,  31)  are  the  long,  stream-lined,  left 
clasper,  and  the  blunt  apex  of  the  stalk  on  the  left  side.  In  Horn’s  type  of 
pilijera  the  left  clasper  is  broad  and  abruptly  abbreviated  in  the  terminal 
third,  and  the  left  side  of  the  stalk  is  semi-falcate  in  outline. 

Six  typical  males  and  six  females  are  at  hand  from  “3  miles  above  Rosario,” 
which  would  be  two-thirds  of  the  way  down  the  Baja  peninsula.  Three  addi- 
tional specimens  are  at  hand  which  are  somewhat  intermediate  between  the 
two  types,  but  are  referred  to  pilijera  by  the  writer  due  to  the  features  just  noted. 

Serica  ensenada  Saylor 

1948.  Serica  ensenada  Saylor,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  (4),  XXIV,  p.  346,  PL 
14,  fig.  1. 

Saylor’s  holotype  was  used  in  making  the  accompanying  figures  (26,  27). 
The  status  of  his  species  can  best  be  determined  when  more  material  is  available. 
See  notes  above  under  pilijera. 

Serica  porcula  Casey 

1884.  Serica  porcula  Casey,  Contr.  to  Desc.  and  Syst.  Coleopterology  of  N.  A. 
II,  p.  177. 

1947.  Serica  porcula  Dawson,  Jour.  N.Y.  Ent.  Soc.  LV,  pp.  231-232,  PI.  XVII. 

Typical  porcula  occurs  from  the  Mojave  Desert  in  California  across  Arizona 
and  New  Mexico,  and  northward  with  scattered  records  from  desert  areas  in 
Colorado  to  southeastern  Wyoming.  Specimens  from  all  this  area  show  little 
variation  in  the  form  of  the  genital  armature.  See  my  plate  recorded  above. 
An  allied  species  complex  in  California  presents  a very  different  situation, 
discussed  under  adversa  and  alleni  early  in  this  paper. 

Serica  pruinipennis  Saylor 

1935.  Serica  pruinosa  Saylor,  Jour.  Ent.  & Zook,  pp.  1,  2. 

1936.  Serica  pruinipennis  Saylor,  Jour.  Ent.  Zook,  28,  p.  4.  New  name 
1939.  Serica  mendota  Saylor,  Jour.  Wash  Acad.  Sci.,  29,  454  and  457-458. 

New  Synonymy 

1952.  Serica  pruinipennis  Dawson,  Jour.  N.Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  LX,  p.  73,  PI.  XIII. 

When  Mr.  Saylor  described  pruinosa  ( pruinipennis ) he  overlooked  the  partial 
“4th  leaf”  in  the  antennal  club.  Later  when  working  on  a good  series  of 
specimens  from  Mendota,  California  he  discovered  it,  and  was  thus  led  to 


170 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


describe  a new  species,  “ mendota .”  The  abbreviated  lamella  of  the  antennal 
club  is  a remarkable  character  otherwise  unknown  in  the  nearly  100  species 
of  North  American  Serica.  At  its  maximum  development,  occurring  in  the 
males,  this  4th  lamella  reaches  nearly  half  the  length  of  the  lamellate  club,  and 
at  its  minimum  development,  occurring  in  the  females,  may  be  reduced  to  a 
mere  vestige,  easily  overlooked. 

Serica  pullata  n.  sp. 

male:  Length  8 mm;  width  4.3  mm.  Color  piceous  black  dulled  by  a gray  bloom.  Bare 
above,  sparsely  clothed  with  short,  ferruginuous  hair  beneath,  becoming  longer  and  con- 
spicuous on  the  front  and  middle  legs. 

Antennae  ferruginuous,  club  longer  than  the  diameter  of  the  eye,  the  proportion  about 
as  4 to  3.  Club  of  female  antennae  shorter,  about  equal  to  the  diameter  of  the  eye.  Clypeus 
finely  and  densely  punctured,  front  more  coarsely  and  sparsely  punctured,  grading  off 
to  an  impunctate  occiput.  Surface  in  the  punctate  areas  minutely  shagreened.  Clypeal 
margin  clear  around  strongly  elevated,  nearly  straight  in  front  and  without  a trace  of 
lateral  notches.  Pronotum  with  fine,  close  but  irregular  puncturation,  and  shagreened  surface, 
but  dulled  by  the  opaque,  gray  bloom.  Elytra  with  fine  striae  just  wide  enough  for  a 
single  row  of  fine  punctures,  intervals  relatively  wide,  feebly  convex  and  nearly  impunctate, 
surface  dull. 

Genital  armature  large  for  the  size  of  the  beetle,  plain  and  generalized  in  design  (figs. 
9,  12).  With  the  aid  of  the  genital  armature  this  species  is  easily  separated  from  oliveri , 
(figs.  10,  11)  without  it  the  similarity  is  baffling  and  the  determination  unreliable. 

type:  8 . Desert  Springs,  L.  A.  Co.,  California,  May  19,  1954.  On  Acampto- 
pappus , P.  D.  Hurd. 

paratypes:  Desert  Springs,  May  and  June,  6 8 8,  6 2 2.  Hesperia,  California, 
May  20,  1948,  G.  P.  Mackenzie,  1 8,4  $ 2. 

Serica  sericeoides  n.  sp. 

If  a series  of  specimens  were  at  hand,  one  might  be  able  to  point  out  tangible,  external 
characters  for  differentiating  sericeoides  (figs.  14,  IS)  from  sericea  (fig.  16),  but  with 
only  a single  male  of  sericeoides  for  comparison  that  is  not  feasible.  The  male  genital 
armature  shows  good  characters:  the  terminal  portion  of  the  stalk  is  thinner  and  more 
delicate,  the  claspers  relatively  short  and  straight  with  sharp,  laterally  divergent  tips. 
These  characters  indicate  an  undescribed  species. 

type:  8.  Jackson  Co.,  Alabama,  June  19,  1934,  H.  P.  Loding;  deposited  in 

the  collection  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Serica  texana  LeConte 

Described  in  1856,  it  took  nearly  a century  to  match  his  type  with1  a single 
male  from  Lee  County,  Texas,  previously  recorded  by  the  writer.  Thus  texana 
has  been  one  of  the  rarest  sericas  in  collections.  Now  Henry  Howden  sends 
me  specimens  from  Texas  as  follows:  Bastrop  State  Park,  April  6-7,  1959, 
16  8 8,  5 $ 2,  Fredericksburg,  April  18,  1959,  3 8 8,2  2 2.  These  localities 
are  reasonably  close  to  the  type  locality. 


September,  19671 


Dawson:  Species  of  Serica 


171 


Additions  to  the  previously  published  state  lists  of  Serica  in  Jour.  N.Y.  Ent. 
Soc.,  LX(2),  pp.  74-77: 

Alabama:  alabama,  floridana. 

Arizona:  barri. 

California:  adversa,  aviceps,  diablo,  heteracantha,  pul  lata,  rossi, 
delete  the  following  formerly  listed:  joaquinella,  mendota. 

Colorado:  porcula,  bruneri. 

Connecticut:  imitans. 

Florida:  floridana,  frosti. 

Georgia:  floridana,  alabama. 

Idaho:  barri. 

Kentucky:  alabama. 

Louisiana:  texana,  contort  a,  delete:  atratula  monita. 

Maryland:  castanea. 

Massachusetts:  perigrina. 

Mississippi:  vespertina  accola,  floridana. 

New  Jersey:  floridana,  perigrina. 

North  Carolina:  floridana,  alabama. 

Nevada:  barri. 

Ohio:  alabama. 

Pennsylvania:  castanea. 

South  Carolina:  castanea , opposita. 

Tennessee:  alabama. 

Texas:  aspera,  howdeni,  parallela. 

Utah:  barri. 

Virginia:  Carolina. 

MEXICO 

Baja  California:  laguna , watsoni,  fimbriata , prava , perigonia  eremicola. 
delete:  michelbacheri,  sculptilis. 

Received  for  Publication  June  8,  1967 


172 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


3 


Figs.  1-6.  1,2.  howdeni;  3.bruneri;  4,5.  floridana;  6.  anthracina. 


September,  1967] 


Dawson:  Species  of  Serica 


173 


Figs.  7-12.  7,  8.  perigonia  eremicola ; 9,  12.  pullata;  10,  11.  oliveri. 


174 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Figs.  13-19.  13.alabama;  14,  15.  sericeoides ; 16 . sericea;  17-19.  diablo. 


Figs.  20-25.  20— 23.  alleni ; 24,25.  barri. 


176 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Figs.  26-31.  26,  27.  ensenada;  28,31.  pilijera\  29,  30.  aviceps. 


September,  19671 


Dawson:  Species  of  Serica 


177 


Figs.  32-37.  32-34.  rossi;  35.  heteracantha  ; 36.  castanea;  37 . perigrina. 


178 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Figs.  38-43.  38.  frosti ; 39.  arlversa ; 40,43.  mackenziei ; 41,  42.  serensia. 


Observations  of  Epicordulia  princeps  (Hagen)  (Odonata: 

Corduliidae)  at  a Light 

Allen  M.  Young 

Department  of  Zoology,  The  University  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  Illinois 


Abstract:  The  occurrence  of  Epicordulia  princeps  (Hagen),  a crespuscular  dragonfly 

common  to  the  central  and  northeastern  United  States,  at  a street  light  was  studied  on 
successive  evenings  from  June  18  to  July  4,  1966  (11:00  pm  to  1:30  am — CST)  in  Chicago, 
Illinois.  Both  sexes  were  usually  present  with  males  always  predominating.  Curiously,  the 
dragonflies  repeatedly  aggregated  (loosely)  on  a certain  portion  of  the  illuminated  surface 
(of  stone  wall)  throughout  the  study  period.  Dragonflies  arrived  and  departed  singly  with 
either  process  usually  being  accomplished,  for  all  individuals  present,  within  20  minutes.  It 
was  not  clear  if  the  dragonflies,  when  attracted  to  the  light,  were  actually  foraging  or 
whether  perched  (resting)  on  nearby  trees  and  other  suitable  resting  sites.  An  anomalous 
behavior  of  curving  the  abdomen  upwards  when  perched  on  the  wall  was  observed. 

Corbet  (1963),  summarizing  a large  number  of  published  studies,  describes 
two  general  activity  patterns  in  dragonflies:  (1)  regular  flight  activity  from 

mid-morning  through  late  afternoon  (i.e.,  during  the  non-extreme  daylight 
hours),  and  (2)  regular  flight  activity  at  sunrise  and  sunset  (eocrespuscular 
activity).  Under  the  latter,  crespuscular  dragonflies  are  those  which  fly  only  at 
sunset,  although  probably  the  majority  of  these  are  also  active  at  sunrise  but 
have  not  yet  been  observed  (due  to  a general  deficit  of  extensive  dawn  studies) 
and  for  this  reason,  they  are  better  known  than  eocrespuscular  forms  (Corbet, 
1963).  Generally,  these  dragonflies,  the  majority  of  which  are  tropical,  possess 
extremely  large  compound  eyes  and  dark  bodies,  are  strong,  rapid  fliers  and 
forest-dwelling  (Williamson,  1923).  Some  crespuscular  dragonflies  are  at- 
tracted to  lights  after  sunset  (Corbet,  1963). 

Epicordulia  princeps  (Hagen)  is  a crespuscular  dragonfly  common  to  the 
central  and  northeastern  United  States  with  a flying  season  from  early  May 
through  mid-September  (as  recorded  in  Ohio)  (Needham  and  Westfall,  1955). 
The  only  other  known  species  of  the  genus  is  regina , restricted  to  the  south- 
eastern United  States  and  easily  distinguished  from  princeps  by  wing  markings 
(Needham  and  Westfall,  1955).  There  are  apparently  no  published  accounts 
of  either  species  being  attracted  to  lights  after  sunset  and  this  paper  reports 
some  observations  delegating  such  behavior  to  princeps. 

OBSERVATIONS 

On  the  evening  of  June  18,  1966,  4 individuals  of  princeps  were  seen  resting 
on  a stone  wall  illuminated  by  a street  light,  8 feet  away,  on  The  University  of 
Chicago  campus.  The  wall,  off-white  in  color,  was  10  feet  high  and  had  a 
roughly-textured  surface.  Using  a step  ladder,  the  insects  were  easily  picked 
up  by  hand  and  in  this  way,  sex  was  determined  quickly  by  examining  genitalia. 


179 


180 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


I'Vol.  LXXV 


Table  1.  Occurrence  of  E.  princeps  on  successive  evenings  in  1966. 


Date 

Females 

Males 

Total 

June  18 

1 

3 

4 

June  19 

0 

5 

5 

June  20 

0 

0 

0 

June  21 

2 

6 

8 

June  22 

2 

5 

7 

June  23 

1 

6 

7 

June  24 

1 

4 

5 

June  25 

1 

3 

4 

June  26 

0 

0 

0 

June  27 

0 

0 

0 

June  28 

2 

6 

8 

June  29 

2 

6 

8 

June  30 

1 

5 

6 

July  1 

1 

4 

5 

July  2 

0 

5 

5 

J uly  3 

1 

2 

3 

July  4 

0 

3 

3 

The  dragonflies  were  then  returned  to  their  approximate  positions  on  the  wall 
and  thereafter  left  undisturbed  (but  observed)  for  the  remainder  of  the  evening. 
This  preliminary  observation  was  made  at  11:25  pm  (CST)  and  no  more  dragon- 
flies arrived  after  that,  with  observation  lasting  until  2:18  am.  However,  the  4 
individuals  had  flown  away  before  this  time.  For  successive  evenings  there- 
after, the  illuminated  section  of  wall  was  examined  for  princeps  for  a period 
of  2V2  hours,  from  11:00  pm  to  1:30  am,  and  the  observed  maximum  frequencies 
are  tabulated  by  sex  in  Table  1.  In  addition,  on  each  evening,  the  times  of  arrival 
and  departure  were  recorded  for  the  dragonflies. 

DISCUSSION 

Evenings  prior  to  the  final  observation  date  (July  4)  for  which  no  entries 
were  made,  were  not  cases  of  bad  weather  but  simply  instances  of  non- 
appearance.  In  addition,  routine  searches  were  made  at  other  nearby  illuminated 
areas  but  princeps  never  appeared.  After  July  4,  the  dragonfly  did  not  appear 
at  the  study  site  for  24  consecutive  evenings  and  after  this,  observations  were 
terminated  altogether.  General  climatic  conditions  had  not  changed  very  much 
after  July  4.  For  some  unknown  reason,  males  always  predominated  (Table  1). 
After  the  first  2 evenings  of  observation,  it  became  evident  that  the  dragonflies 
tended  to  aggregate  in  a loose  fashion  within  a certain  area  (with  usually 
5-8  inches  to  nearest  neighbor)  of  about  10  square  feet  on  the  wall,  and  on 
the  second  evening,  a faint  crayon  line  was  drawn  to  define  this  “preferred” 
area  of  illumination.  On  future  evenings,  all  individuals  perched  within  this 
circumscribed  area.  The  reason  for  this  repeated  preference  of  a certain  por- 
tion of  the  larger  general  area  of  illumination  is  not  clear.  Careful  examination 
of  the  preferred  area  during  daylight  revealed  nothing  unusual.  The  dragonflies 


September,  1967]  Young:  Epicordulia  (Odonata)  Observations 


181 


Fig.  1.  Unusual  position  of  the  abdomen  observed  in  both  sexes  of  E.  princeps. 


were  always  positioned  vertically  on  the  wall  with  the  anterior  end  upwards. 
Furthermore,  the  dragonflies  never  appeared  to  be  disturbed  when  picked  up 
(one  at  a time)  for  sex  identification,  for  they  always  retained  the  motionless, 
resting  position  (wings  held  vertically  to  the  long  axis  of  the  body)  when  re- 
turned. In  reference  to  usual  departure,  most  individuals  left  the  wall  (flew 
away)  within  20  minutes,  usually  between  1:00-1:30  am  and  never  before 
12:40  am  nor  later  than  1:55  am.  Arrival  was  similar  to  departure — individuals 
arrived  singly  and  almost  invariably  between  11:00-11:40  pm. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  both  sexes  were  seen  together  with  the  absence 
of  the  usual  breeding  behavior  exhibited  by  most  dragonflies  whenever  both 
sexes  are  present  at  breeding  sites  during  daylight  hours.  Corbet  (1963) 
mentions  that  some  dragonflies  may  fly  in  small  groups  comprised  of  both 
sexes  when  hunting  food  (as  witnessed  during  daylight).  Wright  (1944)  re- 
ports that  in  princeps , both  sexes  may  fly  together  during  daylight.  Group 
hunting  for  food  raises  an  interesting  question  concerning  the  observations 
presented  here:  were  the  dragonflies  perched  on  a nearby  tree  or  some  similar 
resting  site  and  merely  attracted  to  the  light  or  were  they  actually  foraging  during 
these  late  hours?  Corbet  (1963)  mentions  the  likelihood  of  some  crespuscular 
dragonflies  flying  well  after  sunset.  Assuming  that  at  least  some  of  the  same 
individuals  were  present  on  more  than  one  evening,  a priori , it  seems  unlikely 
that  they  always  chose  the  same  resting  area  every  night  and  were  therefore 
always  attracted  to  the  same  light  source.  Rather,  it  is  conceivable  that  the 
aerial  region  surrounding  this  light  source  was  particularly  attractive  for  for- 
aging and  that  princeps  was  attracted  to  the  light  while  in  flight  rather  than  at 


182 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


rest.  Foraging  within  close  proximity  of  the  attracting  light  source  could  have 
been  enhanced  by  the  following  existing  conditions:  (1)  intense  attraction  of 

other  aerial  insects  to  the  light  source,  (2)  abundance  of  small  shrubs  of  many 
types  near  the  light  source  which  may  have  supported  many  aerial  insects,  and 
(3)  small,  shallow  pools  of  water  behind  the  wall  which  usually  had  minute 
aerial  insects  flying  above  them.  This  suggestion  of  foraging  after  dark  is  diffi- 
cult to  prove  but  nonetheless  warrants  mentioning.  While  the  particular  light 
source  attractive  to  princeps  was  no  different  than  other  street  lights  in  the 
area,  possibly  the  surrounding,  immediate  conditions  had  something  to  do 
with  the  observed  preference  for  it. 

It  was  also  observed  that  all  individuals  of  princeps  on  any  evening  had 
their  abdomens  curved  steeply  upwards  away  from  the  wall,  as  schematically 
depicted  in  Figure  1.  Extensive  survey  of  dragonfly  literature  failed  to  uncover 
any  previous  observation  of  this  curious  behavior.  Abdomens  were  held  in  this 
position  throughout  the  perching  period  and  its  purpose  (if  any)  is  not  at  all 
clear. 


Literature  Cited 

Corbet,  P.  S.  1963.  A Biology  of  Dragonflies.  Quadrangle  Books,  Inc.,  Chicago,  Illinois. 
Needham,  J.  G.  and  Westfall,  M.  J.  1955.  A Manual  of  the  Dragonflies  of  North  America. 

University  of  California  Press,  Berkeley,  California. 

Williamson,  E.  B.  1923.  Notes  on  American  species  of  Triacanthagyna  and  Gynacantha 
(Odonata).  Occ.  Pap.  Mus.  Zool.  Univ.  Mich.  9:  1-80. 

Wright,  M.  1944.  Some  Random  Observations  on  Dragonfly  Habits  with  Notes  on 
their  Predaceousness  on  Bees.  J.  Tenn.  Acad.  Sci.  19:  295-301. 

Received  for  Publication  May  26,  1967 


Undescribed  Species  of  Crane  Flies  from  the  Himalaya  Mountains 

(Diptera:  Tipulidae),  XV1 


Charles  P.  Alexander 
Amherst,  Massachusetts 

Abstract:  Six  new  species  of  Eriopterine  crane  flies  are  described,  these  being  Gnophomyia 
( Gnophomyia ) diacaena  n.  sp.,  from  Assam;  Gonomyia  ( Lipophleps ) pentacantha  n.  sp., 
Kumaon;  Toxorhina  ( Ceratocheilus ) bistyla  n.  sp.,  Assam;  T.  (C.)  fulvicolor  n.  sp., 
Assam;  T.  (C.)  fuscolimbata  n.  sp.,  Assam;  and  T.  ( C .)  simplicistyla  n.  sp.,  Assam. 

Part  XIV  of  this  series  of  papers  was  published  in  the  Journal  of  the  New 
York  Entomological  Society , 75:  24-28,  1967.  All  specimens  were  taken  by 
Dr.  Fernand  Schmid  to  whom  my  very  sincere  thanks  are  extended  for  this 
extraordinarily  rich  series  of  crane  flies. 

Gnophomyia  ( Gnophomyia ) diacaena  n.  sp. 

Allied  to  eupetes ; head  and  thorax  brownish  black,  sparsely  pruinose;  antennae  of  male 
elongate,  about  one-half  the  wing;  femora  obscure  yellow,  tips  blackened;  wings  very 
weakly  darkened,  R2+ 3+4  subequal  to  R\+2  or  a little  longer  than  R2+3,  m-cn  about  its  own 
length  beyond  fork  of  M ; male  hypopygium  with  two  small  acute  spines  at  near  midlength 
of  the  gonapophyses. 

male:  Length  about  5 mm;  wing  5.8  mm;  antenna  about  3 mm. 

Rostrum  and  palpi  black.  Antennae  elongate,  about  one-half  the  wing,  black  throughout; 
flagellar  segments  elongate,  nearly  cylindrical,  longest  verticils  unilaterally  arranged,  slightly 
shorter  than  the  segments,  with  other  smaller  verticils  and  abundant  still  shorter  setae ; 
terminal  segment  about  three-fourths  the  penultimate.  Head  brownish  black. 

Thoracic  dorsum  almost  uniform  dull  black,  sparsely  pruinose,  lateral  angles  of  pronotal 
scutum  yellowed.  Pleura  dull  leaden  black,  dorsopleural  region,  posterior  pleurites  and 
extreme  dorsal  pleurotergite  vaguely  yellowed.  Halteres  blackened,  base  of  stem  narrowly 
yellow.  Legs  with  fore  coxae  brownish  black,  remaining  coxae  yellowed,  base  of  middle  pair 
darkened;  trochanters  yellow;  femora  obscure  yellow,  slightly  darker  on  upper  surface, 
tips  blackened;  tibiae  and  basitarsi  brownish  yellow,  tips  narrowly  darkened,  outer  tarsal 
segments  dark  brown.  Wings  very  weakly  darkened,  without  stigma,  base  more  yellowed; 
veins  brown.  Macrotrichia  on  longitudinal  veins  beyond  general  level  of  origin  of  Rs, 
lacking  on  if,  present  on  outer  ends  of  Cih,  2nd  A , and  more  than  the  outer  half  of  1st  A. 
Venation:  Sci  ending  shortly  before  level  of  vein  R2;  Rs  in  direct  longitudinal  alignment 
with  Ro,  r-m  at  its  fork;  R2+ 3 a little  shorter  than  Ri+2;  cell  1st  M2  long  and  narrow,  sub- 
equal to  distal  section  of  M3;  m-cu  its  own  length  beyond  fork  of  M. 

Abdomen  brown,  hypopygium  brownish  black.  Male  hypopygium  with  the  outer 
dististyle  a yellow  broad-based  spine,  inner  style  at  apex  expanded  into  a small  oval  blade, 
setae  subterminal.  Aedeagus  relatively  short,  gonapophyses  longer,  each  appearing  as  a 
long  slender  rod  that  narrows  very  gradually  into  a spine,  inner  margin  at  near  midlength 
with  two  small  acute  points. 


1 Contribution  from  the  Entomological  Laboratory,  University  of  Massachusetts. 


183 


184 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


holotype:  S,  Luanglong  Khunou,  Manipur,  Assam,  2,500  feet,  May  28, 

1960  (Schmid). 

The  most  similar  described  species  is  Gnophomyia  ( Gnophomyia ) eupetes 
Alexander,  of  Sikkim,  differing  most  evidently  in  hypopygial  structures,  as  the 
bispinous  gonapophyses. 

Gonomyia  ( Lipophleps ) pentacantha  n.  sp. 
male:  Length  about  2.8  mm;  wing  3.3  mm. 

Characters  as  in  nissoriana , differing  in  the  hypopygial  structure.  Inner  dististyles  of  the 
two  sides  asymmetrical,  one  with  the  elongate  rod  about  as  in  nissoriana , terminating  in  a 
short  blackened  spine  and  with  a very  long  nearly  apical  seta ; style  of  the  opposite  side 
with  the  rod  much  shorter,  entirely  pale,  without  the  elongate  seta.  Phallosome  distinctive, 
stout,  broadened  outwardly,  on  either  side  with  a strong  curved  arm  or  rod,  directed 
cephalad  and  then  laterad,  at  apex  more  expanded  and  bearing  five  strong  pale  spines,  with 
interpolated  much  longer  yellow  setae.  In  nissoriana  the  arms  are  more  evenly  curved  and 
more  slender,  with  long  setae  but  lacking  the  five  major  spines,  as  described. 

Closely  related  to  Gonomyia  ( Lipophleps ) nissoriana  Alexander  (Philippine  Jour.  Sci. 
61:  142-143,  pi.  1,  fig.  21  (venation),  pi.  2,  fig.  32  ( $ hypopygium)  ; (1936),  described 
from  the  Khasi  Hills,  Assam,  now  known  from  Kumaon,  Nepal,  Kameng,  and  South  India. 
I earlier  had  considered  the  present  material  as  representing  nissoriana  but  from  the 
hypopygial  structure  it  evidently  is  distinct. 

holotype:  S,  Tapoban,  Pauri  Garhwal,  Kumaon,  7,300  feet,  July  28,  1958 

(Schmid). 

Toxorhina  ( Ceratocheilus ) bislyla  n.  sp. 

General  coloration  of  thorax  dark  brown  to  black,  praescutum  with  three  stripes,  pleura 
with  a major  light  gray  area;  wings  light  brown,  unpatterned;  male  hypopygium  with 
two  dististyles  or  profound  branches. 

male:  Length,  excluding  rostrum,  about  5.5-6  mm;  wing  5.2-6  mm;  rostrum  about  4-4.5  mm. 

Rostrum  elongate,  black.  Antennae  black  throughout.  Head  gray,  posterior  vertex  more 
infuscated  medially;  no  corniculus. 

Cervical  region  brownish  black;  pronotum  dull  orange  brown.  Mesonotal  praescutum  dull 
gray  with  three  stripes,  the  lateral  pair  darker,  borders  clearer  gray;  posterior  sclerites  of 
notum  brownish  black,  sparsely  pruinose,  parascutella  and  posterior  callosities  of  scutal 
lobes  obscure  yellow.  Pleura  black,  ventrally  with  a large  light  gray  area  that  includes  most 
of  the  sternopleurite,  metapleura  and  meron  more  obscure  gray;  dorsopleural  membrane 
light  brown.  Halteres  light  yellow.  Legs  with  fore  coxae  brown,  remaining  pairs  orange 
yellow;  trochanters  dark  brown;  remainder  of  legs  brown.  Wings  light  brown,  prearcular 
and  costal  fields  a trifle  more  yellowed;  veins  pale  brown,  brownish  yellow  in  the  brightened 
areas;  no  darkened  pattern.  Venation:  R5  deflected  strongly  caudad,  especially  in  the 

holotype,  terminating  at  wing  tip;  M3+i  shorter  than  Mi.  No  supernumerary  crossvein  in 
cell  R5  as  occurs  in  some  specimens  of  fuscolimbata. 

Abdomen  dark  brown,  ninth  segment  paler.  Male  hypopygium  generally  as  in  fuscolim- 
bata, differing  in  details.  Basistyle  without  a modified  tubercle,  as  found  in  various  species. 
Two  dististyles  or  profound  branches;  beak  of  outer  branch  narrow,  inner  branch  only 
moderately  curved,  at  extreme  outer  lateral  area  with  an  elongate-oval  blade  or  style, 
its  tip  obtuse. 

holotype:  3,  Bilo  La,  Kameng,  North  East  Frontier  Agency,  Assam,  6,000 

feet,  June  10,  1961  (Schmid).  Paratopotype,  8,  pinned  with  type. 


September,  1967] 


Alexander:  Crane  Flies 


185 


The  most  similar  species  is  Toxorhina  ( Ceratocheilus ) fuscolimbata  n.  sp., 
from  the  high  mountains  of  Manipur,  Assam,  which  is  most  readily  separated 
by  the  patterned  wings.  The  hypopygia  of  the  two  species  are  generally  similar 
but  differ  in  details,  especially  of  the  dististyles. 

Toxorhina  ( Ceratocheilus ) fulvicolor  n.  sp. 

General  coloration  of  thorax  fulvous  cinnamon,  pleura  obscure  yellow;  rostrum  about 
one-fourth  longer  than  the  body  or  wing;  wings  weakly  tinged  with  brown,  prearcular 
and  costal  fields  light  yellow;  abdomen  fulvous,  posterior  borders  of  tergites  narrowly 
brown;  interbase  large,  irregular  in  outline;  dististyle  single,  terminal,  large,  on  outer 
margin  before  midlength  with  a darkened  knob,  the  long  beak  yellow,  slender;  arms  of 
phallosome  long. 

male:  Length,  excluding  rostrum,  about  5 mm;  wing  4.8  mm;  rostrum  about  6.5  mm. 

Rostrum  dark  brown,  longer  than  the  wing  or  remainder  of  body.  Antennae  with  scape 
and  pedicel  light  yellow,  flagellum  brownish  black.  Head  grayish  white,  including  the 
posterior  orbits,  posterior  vertex  narrowly  brown;  anterior  vertex  subequal  in  width  to 
the  diameter  of  the  antennal  pedicel. 

Cervical  region  and  pronotum  brownish  yellow.  Mesonotal  praescutum  and  scutum  fulvous 
cinnamon  without  well-defined  pattern;  scutellum  pale  brown,  posterior  border  and  para- 
scutella  yellow;  postnotum  fulvous  yellow,  central  part  of  mediotergite  vaguely  darkened. 
Pleura  obscure  yellow.  Halteres  yellow.  Legs  with  coxae  and  trochanters  yellow;  re- 
mainder of  legs  obscure  yellow,  appearing  brownish  yellow  from  the  abundant  brown 
bifid  setae.  Wings  weakly  tinged  with  brown,  prearcular  and  costal  fields  light  yellow; 
veins  pale  brown.  Macrotrichia  on  both  sections  of  R5  and  sparsely  on  Rs,  lacking  on 
anterior  branch  of  Rs;  trichia  on  distal  section  of  M 1+2  and  sparsely  on  Ms.  Venation:  Sci 
ending  shortly  beyond  origin  of  Rs,  anterior  branch  of  the  latter  long,  exceeding  Rs ; vein 
R-,  deflected  strongly  caudad,  ending  at  wing  tip;  m-cu  at  fork  of  M. 

Abdomen  fulvous,  the  posterior  borders  of  tergites  narrowly  brown,  hypopygium  yellowed. 
Male  hypopygium  with  basistyle  provided  with  long  black  setae,  especially  along  mesal 
face  and  as  a loose  pencil  on  margin,  this  not  on  a basal  tubercle  as  in  mesorhyncha  and 
some  others.  Interbase  large,  its  outline  irregular.  Dististyle  single,  terminal,  outer  margin 
before  midlength  with  an  obtuse  darkened  slightly  corrugated  knob;  slightly  more  than 
outer  half  of  style  a long  straight  yellow  blade,  the  sides  parallel,  tip  obtuse.  Arms  of 
phallosome  long,  sinuous. 

holotype:  S,  Khaorum,  Manipur,  Assam,  3,750  feet,  August  28,  1960 

(Schmid). 

Various  other  regional  species,  including  Toxorhina  ( Ceratocheilus ) lutei- 
basis  Alexander,  T.  ( C .)  mesorhyncha  Alexander,  T.  (C.)  monostyla  Alexander, 
and  T.  (C.)  tuberijera  Alexander,  are  generally  similar  to  the  present  fly, 
differing  evidently  in  details  of  coloration  and  in  hypopygial  structure,  in- 
cluding the  basistyle,  interbase  and  dististyle. 

Toxorhina  ( Ceratocheilus ) fuscolimbata  n.  sp. 

Size  medium  (wing  over  5 mm)  ; mesonotal  praescutum  light  brown  medially,  the  sides 
broadly  darker  brown,  the  color  continued  caudad  onto  the  scutal  lobes,  pleura  striped 


186 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


black  and  yellow ; halteres  light  yellow ; legs  brownish  yellow,  appearing  darker  because  of 
abundant  black  setae;  wings  pale  brown  with  darkened  seams  over  several  of  the  veins, 
anterior  branch  of  Rs  long;  male  hvpopygium  with  outer  dististyle  a strongly  curved  hook; 
arms  of  aedeagus  short. 

male:  Length,  excluding  rostrum,  about  5 mm;  wing  5.4  mm;  rostrum  about  4 mm. 

female:  Length,  excluding  rostrum,  about  6.5-7  mm;  wing  5. 2-5. 6 mm;  rostrum  about 

3. 5-3.8  mm. 

Rostrum  brownish  black.  Antennae  black;  pedicel  very  large,  flagellum  short.  Head  in 
front  brownish  gray,  more  infuscated  behind;  anterior  vertex  broad,  about  two  and  one- 
half  times  the  diameter  of  scape. 

Cervical  region  brownish  black,  pronotum  brown.  Mesonotal  praescutum  with  central 
region  light  brown,  more  laterally  dark  brown,  this  pattern  continued  caudad  across  the 
suture  over  the  scutal  lobes,  lateral  praescutal  borders  obscure  yellow;  scutellum  and  post- 
notum  brownish  black.  Pleura  with  a broad  black  dorsal  stripe,  more  ventrally  whitish 
yellow,  including  the  dorsal  sternopleurite  and  posterior  pleurites,  ventral  sternopleurite 
grayish  brown.  Halteres  light  yellow.  Legs  with  fore  coxae  dark  brown  basally,  tips 
yellowed,  mid-coxae  less  darkened  basally,  hind  coxae  yellow;  trochanters  brownish  black; 
remainder  of  legs  brownish  yellow  but  appearing  darker  from  the  abundant  vestiture.  Wings 
tinged  with  brown,  base  more  yellowed;  costal  border  and  seams  over  various  veins  slightly 
darker  than  the  ground,  the  centers  of  the  cells  on  either  side  of  the  cord  paler;  veins  brown, 
the  more  basal  ones  yellowed.  Macrotrichia  on  Rs  and  both  branches,  very  abundant  on 
Ro,  with  fewer  on  Mz  and  outer  two  sections  of  M i+2.  Venation:  Sc-i  ending  opposite  origin 
of  Rs,  in  cases  to  near  midlength ; anterior  branch  of  Rs  long,  from  two  and  one-half  to 
three  times  Rs  ; cell  1st  M 2 large,  subequal  in  length  to  distal  section  of  M i+2;  m-cu  shortly 
beyond  fork  of  M,  in  cases  to  about  one-third  its  length.  In  the  paratype  an  adventitious 
crossvein  in  cell  R-,;  in  the  holotype  with  such  a vein  in  the  left  wing  only,  in  the  allotype 
lacking  such  veins. 

Abdomen  dark  brown,  including  the  male  hypopygium,  genital  segment  of  female  more 
yellowed.  Male  hypopygium  with  two  dististyles,  the  large  outer  style  very  strongly  curved 
into  a semicircle,  narrowed  very  gradually  to  the  acute  tips;  inner  style  extended  into  a 
paddlelike  blade,  its  outer  margin  bearing  a slender  lobe.  Arms  of  aedeagus  short,  slender, 
divergent. 

holotype:  8,  Hkayam  Bourn,  Manipur,  Assam,  7,500  feet,  June  20,  1960 

(Schmid).  Allotype,  2,  Chingsao,  Manipur,  3,800  feet,  June  13,  1960  (Schmid). 
Paratype,  9,  Sirhoi  Kashong,  Manipur,  7,500  feet,  June  10,  1960  (Schmid). 

Toxorhina  ( Ceratocheilus ) fuscolimbata  differs  from  all  other  regional 
species  in  the  conspicuously  patterned  wings.  It  is  more  like  T.  (C.)  capnitis 
Alexander,  of  Thailand,  which  differs  in  the  coloration  of  the  body  and  in  the 
details  of  venation,  as  the  short  anterior  branch  of  Rs  which  is  less  than  twice 
Rs  itself. 

Toxorhina  ( Ceratocheilus ) simplicistyla  n.  sp. 

General  coloration  of  head  gray;  thorax  blackened,  heavily  pruinose;  halteres  yellow; 
wings  subhyaline,  unpatterned,  cell  M2  open  by  atrophy  of  m ; male  hypopygium  with 
mesal  face  of  basistyle  produced  into  a lobe  that  bears  eight  powerful  black  bristles; 
dististyle  single,  a narrow  yellow  blade,  curved  gently  to  the  obtuse  tip,  outer  margin  with 
a small  erect  spur;  arms  of  phallosome  very  short,  slightly  divergent. 
male:  Length,  excluding  rostrum,  about  6 mm;  wing  4.8  mm. 


September,  1967] 


Alexander:  Crane  Flies 


187 


Rostrum  broken.  Antennae  black,  scape  pruinose.  Head  above  light  gray,  center  of 
posterior  vertex  broadly  brownish  gray. 

Cervical  region  brownish  black,  prothorax  paler.  Mesonotum  with  praescutal  disk 
blackish,  sides  broadly  light  gray;  scutal  lobes  similarly  blackened,  posterior  callosities 
yellowed ; remainder  of  notum  light  gray,  posterior  part  of  mediotergite  vaguely  darkened. 
Pleura  blackened,  sparsely  pruinose;  dorospleural  membrane  dark  brown,  paler  anteriorly. 
Halteres  yellow.  Legs  with  coxae  dark  brown,  tips  narrowly  yellowed;  trochanters 
brown;  remainder  of  legs  medium  brown,  outer  tarsal  segments  darker.  Wings  subhyaline, 
unpatterned;  veins  brown.  Distal  sections  of  veins  R$  and  M i+2  with  sparse  trichia,  more 
crowded  outwardly.  Venation:  Sci  ending  shortly  beyond  origin  of  Rs;  anterior  branch 

of  Rs  relatively  long,  a little  shorter  than  basal  section  of  R-,,  one-half  longer  than  Rs;  cell 
M2  open  by  atrophy  of  m;  m-cu  before  fork  of  M. 

Abdomen  brownish  black,  pruinose.  Male  hypopygium  with  posterior  tergal  border 
convexly  rounded.  Mesal  face  of  basistyle  with  a conspicuous  lobe  provided  with  eight 
powerful  black  setae,  with  three  similar  bristles  more  distally  on  face  of  style.  Blade 
of  interbase  very  narrow,  simple.  Dististyle  single,  subterminal,  appearing  as  a very  gently 
curved  yellow  blade  that  narrows  gradually  to  the  obtuse  tip,  on  outer  margin  at  near  two- 
fifths  the  length  with  a small  erect  to  slightly  reclinate  spur.  Phallosome  with  central  mass 
protruding  caudad,  arms  of  aedeagus  very  short,  slightly  divergent. 

holotype:  S,  Nakhu,  Kameng,  North  East  Frontier  Agency,  Assam,  4,800 

feet,  July  3,  1961  (Schmid). 

Other  regional  species  that  have  the  dististyle  single  and  with  the  same  general 
conformation  as  in  the  present  fly  include  Toxorhina  ( Ceratocheilus ) meso- 
rhyncha  Alexander,  T.  (C.)  tuberijera  Alexander,  and  some  others,  having  cell 
1st  M2  of  the  wings  closed  and  with  the  hypopygial  details  distinct.  T.  (C.) 
monostyla  Alexander  has  cell  M2  of  the  wings  open,  as  in  the  present  species,  but 
with  the  hypopygial  structure  quite  distinct. 


Received  for  Publication  May  17,  1967 


INVITATION  TO  MEMBERSHIP 


The  New  York  Entomological  Society  was  founded  in  1892  and  incorporated  the  following 
year.  It  holds  a distinguished  position  among  scientific  and  cultural  organizations.  The 
Society’s  Journal  is  one  of  the  oldest  of  the  leading  entomological  periodicals  in  the 
United  States.  Members  and  subscribers  are  drawn  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  they 
include  distinguished  professional  naturalists,  enthusiastic  amateurs,  and  laymen  for  whom 
insects  are  only  one  among  many  interests. 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  apply  for  membership  in  the  Society  or  to  subscribe  to  its 
Journal  which  is  published  quarterly.  Regular  meetings  are  held  at  8:00  P.M.  on  the  first 
and  third  Tuesdays  of  each  month  from  October  through  May  at  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  the  headquarters  of  the  Society.  A subject  of  general  interest  is  discussed 
at  each  meeting  by  an  invited  speaker.  No  special  training  in  biology  or  entomology  is 
necessary  for  the  enjoyment  of  these  talks,  most  of  which  are  illustrated.  Candidates  for 
membership  are  proposed  at  a regular  meeting  and  are  voted  upon  at  the  following  meeting. 

CLASSES  OF  MEMBERSHIP  AND  YEARLY  DUES 
Active  member : Full  membership  in  the  Society,  entitled  to  vote  and  hold  office; 


with  Journal  subscription  $9.00 

Active  member  without  Journal  subscription  4.00 


Sustaining  member : Active  member  who  voluntarily  elects  to  pay  $25.00  per  year 
in  lieu  of  regular  annual  dues. 

Life  member : Active  member  who  has  attained  age  45  and  who  pays  the  sum  of 
$100.00  in  lieu  of  further  annual  dues. 

Student  member : Person  interested  in  entomology  who  is  still  attending  school; 


with  Journal  subscription  5.00 

(Student  members  are  not  entitled  to  vote  or  to  hold  office.) 

Student  member  without  Journal  subscription  2.00 

Subscription  to  Journal  without  membership  8.00 


APPLICATION  FOR  MEMBERSHIP 

Date 

I wish  to  apply  for  membership  (see  classes  above). 

My  entomological  interests  are:  

If  this  is  a student  membership,  please  indicate  school  attending  and  present  level. 

Name  

Address  

(Zip  Code  must  be  included) 


— Send  application  to  Secretary 


70  LA  13 


V .1;  A 


ki ■ ri  i 


\ ' , ( 


if,  . I?  k r ' / j 

\ 1 , ■ 1 1 / if 

* 1 1 


" H'1 

.V,  Wi  ^ 


\7f 


i HA'  1 


V \l 


i 


rj  ' 

Ax 


7 > b ' ■ 

■ . t r \ , v 


IV 


1 I: 


7 1,’ 


(->  ) 7w  7a, 


Voi.  lxxv 

1 ■ i-  i -r  v ' • 


DECEMBER  1967 


i&f  r /,  \ 


r -«W 

1 1 X \ vV  A 


- 

i'HB  ws 

777  1 A 77  < ■ '!■;  ' ' ■ 

I J^r  w , . ’>  //r^  A •,  7 . / ,\  . I 

iIiH  j \’  Vv  A i j,  \ n ( y Mi-rt 


^ v,  mk 


,'5,  •'  -J 


l - , 

1 j * \ 


ms.i'l  v > yr  1 £ e N\.  >'•  , . yi  »aj  . 

7f  f ' : ; 7 ||  ■. 

A ,f  J A A . ' V)7  7]  ■ 


IW/  sm 


5 , ;^T7V"'  jAL 

A A!  a ;:P 


* YA  ! 7 M 


i i !>'  7 , 75  ('A/  I 
l \f  7 , J..  ..y 


VVj  l 


7 mm ; 


;' M .' 


|\  '|,.|  ,A  1/ 


7 . ...  MN,. 

w 7-7.  a '-y 

7 ( 1 ./ 


— 1 '/  1 r-  , v y;  / ^ i ' » \ ! ' v ; i j .,  _ v - v 

Devoted  to  Entomology  in  General 


iv  oV  ' l Vi*,  t 

' -jF 


Va  ■' " 'il-  J ' .7 . \»  ,1  , M-  - 

^ ' ■ V i 7 ••  /vi  1 ' ; ; .)/;■• : 

: 1 1|  i ' || 


4 


-A 


u ' !\ 


' I ! l>  v?  / 


y 


r,  A. 


' 7r 
- \ i, 
• Sv'.-lV'. 


J/'A\ 


7 


1 1 

X- 


..H7 


1 b ) ,rr  1 1 V 


BS 


,7  ('V, 


VV.H1? 


' ' '■  , !'  ' ] 
I ‘ . i.  • ' f \ i H i v,  _ ' V 


« .i 


8 I#' 

• V ‘fri  v ' i: 


r , 


M/'k  , .U'i  h 


AM 

A'':'  i " 


■ I 


/ 


The 


-N>. 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


Organized  June  29,  1892 — -Incorporated  February  25,  1893 


Reincorporated  February  17,  1943 


vV 


_ i 


/, 


The  meetings  of  the  Society  are  held  on  the  first  and  third  Tuesday  of  each  month  (except 
June,  July,  August  and  September)  at  8 p.m.,  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  79th  St.,  & Central  Park  W.,  New  York  24,  N.  Y. 


Annual  dues  for  Active  Members,  $4.00;  including  subscription  to  the  Journal,  $9.00. 


Members  of  the  Society  will  please  remit  their  annual  dues,  payable  in  January,  to  the 
Treasurer. 


-\  ■( 


Officers  for  the  Year  1967 

President,  Dr.  Richard  Fredrickson 


Vice-President,  Dr.  David  Miller 


College  of  the  City  of  New  York  10031 


College  of  the  City  of  New  York  10031 


Secretary,  Mr.  Howard  Topoff 


American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


Assistant  Secretary,  Mr.  Albert  Poelzl 

230  E.  78th  Street,  New  York  10021 

Treasurer,  Mr.  Raymond  Brush 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 

- ..y  . 1 / ,(  ' , ..  y .■  . •.  \ " vyyy  : . ~ y'  ",y  I /y  / e 

Assistant  Treasurer,  Mrs.  Patricia  Vaurie  i 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  10024 


ft 


K 


jV-; 


Trustees 


; v’ , r 


Class  of  1967 

Dr.  Jerome  Rozen,  Jr. 
Class  of  1968 


M: 


Dr.  Elsie  Klots 


ii 


Mr.  Robert  Buckbee 

I'  i t v V /C 

Mr.  Bernard  Heineman 


/•  j- 


Mailed  December  22,  1967 


-K  ! 


The  Journal  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society  is  published  quarterly  for  the  Society  by  Allen  Press 
Ipc.,  1041  New  Hampshire,  Lawrence,  Kansas.  Second  class  postage  paid  at  Lawrence,  Kansas. 


y y 


\ 


K 


Journal  of  the 

New  York  Entomological  Society 


Volume  LXXV  December  22,  1967  No.  4 

EDITORIAL  BOARD 

Editor  Emeritus  Harry  B.  Weiss 
Editor  Lucy  W.  Clausen 

College  of  Pharmaceutical  Sciences,  Columbia  University 
115  West  68th  Street,  N.  Y.  10023 

Associate  Editor  James  Forbes 
Fordham  University,  N.  Y.  10458 

Publication  Committee 

Dr.  Kumar  Krishna  Dr.  Asher  Treat 

Dr.  Pedro  Wygodzinsky 


CONTENTS 


Apomyelois  bistriatella : A Moth  Which  Feeds  in  an  Ascomycete  Fungus 

(Lepidoptera : Pyralidae)  Jerry  A.  Powell  190 

Melanism  in  New  Jersey  Catocala  Schrank  (Lepidoptera:  Noctuidae) 

Joseph  Muller  195 

Biological  Notes  on  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  and  on  its  Host,  Osmia  nigro- 
barbata  (Hymenoptera : Megachilidae) 

Jerome  G.  Rozen,  Jr.  and  Marjorie  S.  Favreau  197 

A Revision  of  the  Termitophilous  Tribe  Termitodiscini  (Coleoptera:  Staph- 
ylinidae)  Part  I.  The  Genus  Termitodiscus  Wasmann:  its  Systematics, 

Phylogeny,  and  Behavior  David  H.  Kistner  204 


The  Immature  Instars  of  the  Cleptoparasitic  Genus  Dioxys  (Hymenoptera: 
Megachilidae)  Jerome  G.  Rozen,  Jr.  236 


Proceedings  249 

Index  to  scientific  names 251 

Index  to  authors  ... iii 


Apomyelois  bistriatella:  A Motli  Which  Feeds  in  an  Ascomycete  Fungus 

(Lepidoptera:  Pyralidae) 

Jerry  A.  Powell1 
University  of  California,  Berkeley 

Abstract:  A.  bistriatella  (Phycitinae) , a moth  formerly  recorded  in  the  eastern  United  States, 
has  been  found  to  occupy  diverse  situations  in  California,  feeding  in  the  larval  stage  on 
stromata  of  Hypoxylon  occidentale  (Xylariaceae) . The  moth  was  not  recovered  in  extensive 
sampling  of  Polyporaceae,  while  records  indicate  that  other  species  and  perhaps  other  genera 
of  Xylariaceae  are  used. 

During  the  past  several  years  a large  number  of  collections  of  wood-rot 
fungi  from  the  western  United  States  and  Mexico  have  been  processed  for 
insect  material.  Early  phases  of  the  program  were  conducted  primarily  by 
J.  F.  Lawrence,  now  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, who  surveyed  primarily  for  Ciidae  (Coleoptera).  In  the  last  three 
years  an  increasing  emphasis  has  been  placed  on  moths,  the  larvae  of  which 
inhabit  these  fungi.  An  analysis  of  host  ranges  of  the  Microlepidoptera 
(Oecophoridae,  Oinophilidae,  Tineidae)  has  been  prepared  (Lawrence  and 
Powell,  1967).  A summary  of  all  productive  fungus  species  involved  in  our 
collections  is  given  in  that  paper. 

Although  Polyporaceae  (Basidiomyceteae)  comprised  about  90  per  cent  of 
the  480  lots  processed,  an  assortment  of  other  wood-rot  fungi  was  included. 
Thus,  several  Thelephoraceae  species  including  some  20  collections  and  a 
few  lots  of  Agaricaceae,  where  these  had  developed  somewhat  hardened 
sporophores,  were  involved.  All  of  these  are  members  of  the  Basidieomyceteae, 
and  the  only  other  fungus  involved  was  Hypoxylon  occidentale  Ellis  and  Ever- 
hart,2 ( Ascomyceteae:  Xylariaceae ) . The  sporophores,  or  stromata,  of  this  spe- 
cies are  carbonous  appearing,  hemispherical,  about  2 to  4 cm  in  diameter 
(Plate  I)  and  are  commonly  seen  on  recently  killed  Quercus  agrifolia  through- 
out the  coastal  foothills  of  California.  Although  several  species  of  Tineidae 
and  Oecophoridae  were  reared  from  this  fungus,  it  was  concluded  that  it  is 
only  an  incidental  host  because  the  stromata  are  hard  and  dry  during  several 
months  each  year.  None  of  the  ciidae  use  H.  occidentale. 

1 Research  conducted  in  part  as  a by-product  of  National  Science  Foundation  grant 
project  GB-4014. 

L> Hypoxylon  occidentale  has  been  treated  as  a synonym  of  H.  thouarsianum  (Lev.),  a 
widespread  Neotropical  and  Nearctic  species  described  from  the  Galapagos  Islands  (Miller, 
1961).  For  the  present  discussion  the  name  occidentale  will  be  used  for  the  California-Oregon 
segregate. 


190 


December,  19671 


Powell:  Fungus-Feeding  Moth 


191 


Upper:  Apomyelois  bistriatella  (Hulst),  female  (left)  and  male  (right)  from  Lone  Pine, 
California,  reared  from  Hypoxylon.  Actual  size:  $ 23.5  mm,  $ 21.0  mm,  wing  expanse. 

Lower:  Stromata  of  Hypoxylon  occidentale  (Ascomvceteae,  Xylariaceae)  on  bark  of 

Quercus  agrifolia  from  Berkeley,  California,  showing  frass  exudations  due  to  feeding  of  the 
moth  larvae.  The  2 cm  scale  applies  to  both  lower  photos. 


In  the  fall  of  1961  a collection  of  Hypoxylon  occidentale  produced  two  adults 
of  a large  phycitid  moth.  It  was  assumed  that  these  individuals  had  only  an 
incidential  association  with  Hypoxylon , perhaps  using  it  as  a scavenger  or  for 
a pupation  site,  since  Heinrich  (1956)  lists  no  American  Phycitinae  as  fungus 
feeders.  However,  subsequent  collections  of  this  moth,  Apomyelois  bistriatella 
(Hulst),  indicate  that  Hypoxylon  is  a normal  host  for  the  larvae.  Moreover, 
Apomyelois  was  not  encountered  in  any  other  of  the  wood-rot  fungi  which  we 
processed,  indicating  that  the  moth  is  specific  to  Hypoxylon. 

Apomyelois  bistriatella  (Hulst) 

Dioryctria  bistriatella  Hulst,  1887,  Ent.  Americana,  3:136. 

Apomyelois  bistriatella ; Heinrich,  1956,  U.  S.  Natl.  Mus.,  Bull.  207:43.  (tax- 
onomy) . 

The  genus  Apomyelois  was  proposed  by  Heinrich  (1956)  to  accommodate 
the  single,  widespread  but  poorly  known  species,  bistriatella  Hulst,  originally 
described  from  Washington,  D.  C.  Heinrich  had  material  of  the  species  repre- 


192 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


senting  several  widely  scattered  stations  in  the  eastern  United  States  and 
Canada.  There  was  no  information  on  the  biology  of  this  moth.  Records  in 
the  California  Insect  Survey,  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  show  this 
species  to  be  widespread  ecologically  and  geographically  on  the  West  Coast. 
adult:  The  moths  are  rather  large,  relative  to  many  Phycitinae,  having  a wing- 
spread  of  20  to  24  mm.  The  forewing  is  dark  gray,  dusted  with  whitish,  espe- 
cially on  the  costal  half,  and  is  crossed  by  two  white  lines,  one  at  the  basal  one- 
third,  and  a less  distinct,  somewhat  sinuate  one  beyond  the  end  of  the  cell 
(Plate  I).  Western  specimens  compare  well  with  Heinrich’s  characterization 
of  the  species,  both  in  external  features  and  in  genitalia  form  of  both  sexes. 
A pair  of  60-year-old  specimens  from  Ottawa,  Canada,  and  Massachusetts, 
sent  to  me  from  the  U.  S.  National  Museum  are  paler  and  have  less  well  defined 
markings,  especially  in  the  terminal  area  of  the  forewing.  However,  these  dif- 
ferences probably  are  a function  of  the  age  of  the  eastern  specimens.  The 
eastern  male  has  a more  deeply  cleft  gnathos  (possibly  the  slide  upon  which 
Heinrich’s  figure  was  based)  than  California  examples  (four  preparations 
examined).  If  any  of  these  differences  are  to  be  considered  sufficient  to 
warrant  proposal  of  a nomenclature  designation  of  the  west  coast  race,  this 
will  have  to  be  shown  through  comparison  with  typical  material  in  series. 
The  series  from  Inyo  County,  California,  shows  considerable  variation  in  wing 
color  and  in  size. 

biology:  The  life  history  of  this  insect  is  not  clearly  defined,  and  it  may 
vary  with  climatic  condition.  In  eastern  areas  flight  records  are  available 
for  May,  June  and  July  in  the  north  and  for  March  in  Florida.  Records  of 
field  collected  adults  in  the  California  Insect  Survey  suggest  that  the  species 
is  multivoltine,  the  flight  perhaps  varying  with  weather  conditions  and  growth 
of  the  host.  In  coastal  areas  of  California  the  moths  have  been  taken  in  late 
April,  July,  September,  and  October,  and  the  larvae  in  May  and  October 
producing  adults  in  June  and  November.  At  3500  feet  elevation  in  the  Sierra 
Nevada  adults  have  been  collected  in  June  and  August. 

Stromata  of  Hypoxylon  appear  in  fall  after  the  first  rains  and  grow  then  and 
during  winter.  At  this  time  they  are  relatively  soft,  having  a consistency  similar 
to  damp  charcoal,  and  can  be  crushed  between  one’s  fingers.  Even  in  late 
spring,  well  after  winter  rains  have  ceased,  visible  moisture  can  be  squeezed 
from  sporophores  situated  in  damp  areas.  During  the  dry  season,  however,  the 
stromata  harden  and  desiccate.  In  summer  at  most  localities  where  Quercus 
agri folia  serves  as  a host  the  hemispherical  sporophores  are  so  hard  they  usually 
can  neither  be  dislodged  nor  crushed  by  hand.  Nonetheless,  the  entostroma  is 
somewhat  softer  in  texture  and  it  appears  that  at  least  the  larger  larvae  are 
able  to  feed  at  nearly  any  time  of  the  year. 

Neither  eggs  nor  young  larvae  have  been  observed.  Larger  larvae  fed  in 
irregular  galleries,  usually  beneath  the  thin,  crust-like,  perithecia-bearing  sur- 


December,  19671 


Powell:  Fungus-Feeding  Moth 


193 


face  layer.  Often  the  galleries  were  somewhat  blotch-like,  not  extending  through 
the  whole  depth  of  the  entostroma.  At  times  side  tunnels  radiated  outward  or 
more  deeply  towards  the  substrate.  No  evidence  of  a direct  opening  to  the 
exterior  was  noted,  and  the  burrows  became  filled  with  frass.  The  frass  some- 
times extrudes  irregularly  from  the  surface  of  the  stromata  (Plate  I).  In  the 
field,  the  thin  surface  layer  often  later  collapses  or  is  broken  away  by  external 
agencies,  resulting  in  a characteristic  shallow  hollowed  out  area  around  the 
apex  of  the  dome  of  the  stroma.  I have  noted  these  evidences  of  larval  feeding 
at  a number  of  California  stations  in  addition  to  those  from  which  the  moths 
were  reared. 

No  larvae  were  found  to  burrow  into  the  bark  subtending  the  Hypoxylon, 
although  they  may  sometimes  wander  under  normal  conditions  and  seek  out 
crevices,  insect  burrows,  etc.  for  pupation.  In  the  laboratory  pupation  usually 
took  place  in  the  burrows,  either  just  under  the  thin,  ectostromal  layer  and 
parallel  to  it,  or  occasionally  in  a deeper  gallery,  perpendicular  to  the  surface. 
Some  individuals  formed  the  loose  silken  cocoons  amongst  debris  in  the  rear- 
ing container,  between  Hypoxylon  pieces,  etc.  One  individual  pupated  in  an 
abandoned  cerambycid  gallery  some  4 cm  from  the  emergence  hole  of  the 
beetle.  This  exit  was  also  successfully  used  by  the  moth  upon  emergence. 
geographical  distribution:  Available  records  show  a disjunct  range,  in 

eastern  North  America  from  Ontario  and  Wisconsin  to  the  District  of  Columbia 
and  Iowa,  in  Florida  (Heinrich,  1956)  and  in  California.  The  diverse  ecological 
situations  occupied  by  the  species  in  California  are  not  representative  of 
austral  or  boreal  distributional  patterns  typical  of  many  insects.  Probably 
Apomyelois  bistriatella  occurs  over  much  of  temperate  North  America  at  in- 
termediate elevations. 

Specimens  of  Hypoxylon  collected  from  Populus  at  Lone  Pine  were  not 
submitted  for  identification,  having  been  assumed  to  be  H.  occidentale.  For 
H.  thouarsianum , including  occidentale , however,  Miller  (1961)  states  that 
Celtis , Piersea  and  Quercus  are  known  hosts.  Thus  it  may  be  that  the  Inyo 
County  fungus  was  a different  species.  The  range  of  H.  thouarsianum  in  the 
eastern  United  States  does  not  extend  north  of  North  Carolina  (Miller,  1961), 
indicating  that  at  least  one  additional  host  is  involved. 

Hypoxylon  species  with  relatively  bulky  stromata  (as  opposed  to  species 
with  little  or  no  development  of  entostromal  tissue)  may  be  generally  used. 
In  addition,  I have  seen  herbarium  specimens  of  Daldinea , a related  genus  of 
Xylariaceae,  with  evidences  of  lepidopterous  feeding,  suggesting  the  possibility 
that  Apomyelois  uses  ascomycetes  other  than  Hypoxylon. 

California  material  examined:  Contra  Costa  Co.:  Pleasant  Hill,  1 2 IX- 
15-58  (W.  E.  Ferguson);  Orinda,  1 $ X-ll-61,  at  15  watt  blacklight  (P.  A. 
Opler) ; Walnut  Creek,  1 $ VIII-5-65,  1 2 VIII-23-66  (J.  Powell).  Inyo  Co.: 
5 mi.  W.  Lone  Pine  25  S S , 33  2 2 VI-13-65,  r.  f.  Hypoxylon  on  poplar,  emgd. 


194 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


VII-6  to  VIII-1-65  (J.  T.  Doyen  Collr;  JAP  65  G5).  Marin  Co.:  1 mi.  SE 
Inverness,  15,1$  X-8-61,  r.  f.  Hypoxylon  occidentale  on  Quercus  agrifolia, 
emgd.  XI-7  and  XI-20-61  (C.  W.  O’Brien  collr.;  JFL  979);  Inverness,  1 5 
IX-8-62,  at  light  (C.  A.  Toschi).  Santa  Barbara  Co.:  Prisoner’s  Harbor, 

Santa  Cruz  Island,  2 $ $ V-l-66,  r.  f.  Hypoxylon  occidentale  on  Quercus  agrifolia, 
emgd.  VI-7  and  VI-13-66  (J.  Powell,  A.  Slater,  J.  Wolf  collrs.;  JAP  66E4); 
Central  Valley,  Santa  Cruz  Is.,  1 5 IV-28-66,  at  light  (J.  Powell).  Sonoma  Co.: 
Hacienda,  1 $ VII-9-61  (C.  Slobodchikoff).  Tuolumne  Co.:  Twain  Harte, 
1 $ VI-19-59,  1 $ VIII-18-60  (M.  Lundgren). 

Specimens  are  deposited  in  the  collections  of  the  California  Insect  Survey 
and  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Acknowledgments:  Thanks  are  extended  J.  F.  Lawrence,  Museum  of  Comparative 

Zoology,  who  provided  some  of  the  early  data  for  this  study,  and  to  J.  T.  Doyen  and  C. 
W.  O’Brien,  University  of  California,  Berkeley  for  field  collections.  Further  field  and 
laboratory  observations  were  made  by  P.  A.  Rude,  A.  J.  Slater,  and  J.  Wolf,  assistants 
with  the  National  Science  Foundation  project  (GB-4014)  which  supported  part  of  the 
study.  Identifications  of  the  Hypoxylon  were  provided  by  I.  I.  Tavares,  University  of 
California,  Berkeley,  Herbarium.  Specimens  of  the  moth  were  examined  by  W.  D.  Duck- 
worth, U.  S.  National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.,  and  acknowledgment  is  also  made  for 
use  of  comparative  material  which  was  sent  from  that  institution. 

Literature  Cited 

Heinrich,  C.  1956.  American  moths  of  the  subfamily  Phycitinae.  U.  S.  Natl.  Mus.,  Bull. 
207 : 581  pp. 

Lawrence,  J.  F.  and  J.  A.  Powell.  1967.  Host  relationships  in  North  American  fungus 
feeding  moths  (Oecophoridae,  Oinophilidae,  Tineidae).  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zook, 
Harvard,  in  press. 

Miller,  J.  H.  1961.  A monograph  of  the  world  species  of  Hypoxylon.  LTniv.  Georgia  Press, 
Athens;  xii  + U8  pp. 

Received  for  Publication  June  5,  1967 


An  Information  Desk  for  Scientists  and  Technologists 

The  Library  of  Congress  with  the  support  of  the  National  Science  Founda- 
tion has  set  up  a National  Referral  Center  for  Science  & Technology  (Library 
of  Congress,  Washington,  D.C.  20540).  The  Referral  Center  is  designed  to  pro- 
vide a single  place  for  advice  on  where  and  how  to  obtain  information  of  any 
facet  of  the  physical,  biological,  social,  or  engineering  sciences.  It  serves  as 
the  intermediary  to  direct  persons  or  organizations  seeking  information  on 
specific  topics  to  those  who  can  furnish  the  information,  and  there  is  no  charge. 
The  Center  does  not  provide  technical  details  nor  bibliographic  assistance. 


Melanism  in  New  Jersey  Catocala  Schrank  (Lepidoptera,  Noctuidae) 


Joseph  Muller 
Lebanon,  New  Jersey 

Abstract:  Brief  discussions,  counts,  and  descriptions  are  given  of  reared  melanic  forms  of 

Catocala  micronympha  Guen.  and  C.  minuta  W.  H.  Edwards. 


In  the  Spring  of  1966,  seventy-five  Catocala  micronympha  were  reared  from 
eggs  laid  by  4 females  obtained  in  July,  1965  at  black  lights  in  Lebanon,  New 
Jersey.  The  female  parents  were  all  more  or  less  brownish  black  or  melanic.  All 
but  6 of  these  reared  individuals  were  more  or  less  melanic.  They  may  be 
characterized  best  by  comparison  with  the  9 figures  of  C.  micronympha  given 
by  Barnes  and  McDunnough  (1918,  Mem.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  n.  ser., 
Vol.  Ill,  part  1,  PL  9,  figs.  22-30).  Of  the  specimens  figured  there,  one  is  a 
brownish  black  form,  gisela  Meyer,  and  the  other  8 are  brown  and  grey  with  a 
complete  absence  of  black.  Among  the  reared  specimens  6 are  of  the  gisela 
form,  and  several  are  like  gisela  but  have  the  white  sordid  rather  than  clear. 
Twelve  specimens  resemble  the  form  hero  Henry  Edwards,  but  have  the  wing 
bases  greyish  rather  than  brownish  and  the  apices  of  the  fore  wings  black  rather 
than  brown.  Forty-two  specimens  are  all  black  with  only  a faint  whitish  sub- 
terminal line;  and  the  remainder  of  the  specimens  are  more  or  less  evenly  grey- 
black.  Dr.  A.  E.  Brower  of  Augusta,  Maine  has  commented  (in  litt.)  that 
gisela  is  a genetic  form  of  C.  micronympha  known  long  before  any  appreciable 
melanism  appeared  in  the  genus,  and  that  now  we  have  melanic  specimens  of 
gisela. 

Thirty-one  specimens  of  C.  minuta  W.  H.  Edwards  were  reared  from  pupae, 
also  collected  in  Lebanon.  Compared  with  the  forms  figured  by  Barnes  and 
McDunnough  (loc.  cit.  figs.  1-6)  20  specimens  resemble  fig.  5,  which  is  mostly 
dark  brown,  but  are  darker  and  show  no  brown;  and  11  specimens  resemble  f. 
parvula  W.  H.  Edwards  (fig.  2)  but  have  the  brown  replaced  by  blackish  grey, 
and  the  inner  margin  black. 

In  1960  I described  the  melanic  f.  broweri  of  C.  connubialis  pulverulent  a 
Brower  from  Lebanon  (Jour.  Lepid.  Soc.,  14:  177).  Until  2 years  ago  this  was 
the  commonest  form  at  Lebanon.  Since  then,  however,  both  broweri  and  the 
nominate  form,  pulverulenta , have  almost  disappeared  from  this  area,  being 
replaced  by  C.  micronympha  which  was  first  seen  here  about  five  years  ago. 

This  region  of  New  Jersey  Hunterdon  County,  is  mostly  farm  land  with 
hilly  areas  of  deciduous  woods.  Industries  are  30-60  miles  distant.  Many 
melanic  forms  of  various  species  of  Lepidoptera,  especially  of  Catocala , have 
been  taken  here,  which  indicates  that  air  pollution  extends  this  far.  However, 
melanic  forms  of  Catocala  are  also  numerous  in  northern  New  Jersey  where 


195 


196 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


there  are  mountains  and  continuous,  dense  woods  mixed  with  huge  hemlocks 
and  pines.  In  the  latter  case  it  is  thought  that  the  Lepidoptera  have  become 
adapted  to  their  surroundings,  and  that  industrial  air  pollution  does  not  extend 
this  far. 

On  the  other  hand,  no  melanic  forms  of  Catocala  have  been  collected  in  the 
dense  pine  woods  of  the  pine  barrens  of  southern  New  Jersey,  although  many 
nights  have  been  spent  there  sugar-baiting  and  light-collecting. 

During  the  last  6 seasons  many  different  ways  have  been  tried  to  mate  the 
normal  and  melanic  forms.  Most  of  the  females  mated  do  lay  eggs,  but  these 
have  always  collapsed  and  failed  to  hatch. 

Received  for  Publication  December  16,  1966 


Insect  Attractants 

Two  acrylic  auto  paints  have  been  reported  to  be  effective  attractants  for 
sap  beetles  in  Science,  156:  946-947  (May  19,  1967). 


Biological  Notes  on  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  and  on  its 

Host,  Osmia  nigrobarbata 
( Hymenoptera : Megachilidae  ) 

Jerome  G.  Rozen,  Jr.1  and  Marjorie  S.  Favreau1 

Abstract:  Biological  observations  on  the  parasitic  bee  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  Cockerell 
are  presented  covering  the  following  points:  searching  habits  of  female,  oviposition,  elimina- 
tion of  immatures  of  the  host,  feeding  habits,  and  cocoon.  Additional  observations,  including 
nest  structure,  are  given  for  the  host  bee  Osmia  nigrobarbata  Cockerell. 

With  the  exception  of  a paper  by  Micheli  (1936),  apparently  nothing  was 
known  heretofore  concerning  the  biology  of  the  cleptoparasitic  bee  genus  Dioxys 
beyond  the  host  associations  of  some  of  the  species  (Hurd,  1958;  Jaycox,  1966). 
For  this  reason,  we  present  the  following  observations  concerning  Dioxys 
pomonae  pomonae  Cockerell,  a North  American  representative  of  this  dis- 
tinctive Holarctic  genus.  Brief  notes  are  also  given  on  the  biology  of  the  host 
bee,  Osmia  ( Acanthosmioides ) nigrobarbata  Cockerell.  An  accompanying 
paper  (Rozen,  1967)  describes  the  immature  stages  of  D.  pomonae  pomonae. 

We  would  like  to  thank  the  following  people  for  identifications  of  adults 
associated  with  this  study:  Dr.  Paul  D.  Hurd,  Jr.,  University  of  California, 
Berkeley;  Dr.  Elbert  R.  Jaycox,  University  of  Illinois,  Urbana;  and  Dr.  Charles 
D.  Michener,  the  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence.  The  literature  search  was 
aided  by  the  Bibliography  of  Apoid  Biology  under  Dr.  Michener’s  supervision. 
This  study  was  carried  out  at  the  Southwestern  Research  Station  of  The  Ameri- 
can Museum  of  Natural  History,  Portal,  Arizona. 

description  of  nesting  area:  All  observations  were  made  at  3 miles  north 

of  Apache,  Cochise  County,  Arizona,  between  April  28  and  May  5,  1966.  The 
Osmia  burrows  were  widely  scattered  over  nearly  horizontal  ground  sparsely 
covered  by  low  vegetation  consisting  of  Malacothrix , Gaillardia,  Phacelia , a 
number  of  grasses,  and  other  low-growing  plants  (Fig.  1).  Several  possible 
hosts  of  Dioxys  were  active  including  Osmia  ( Acanthosmioides ) nigrobarbata 
Cockerell  (determined  C.  D.  Michener)  and  Anthidium  emarginatum  (Say) 
(determined  E.  R.  Jaycox).  Both  the  Osmia  and  Anthidium  collected  pollen 
from  Astragalus.  Three  species  of  Dioxys  flew  in  the  area:  D.  productus 
subruber  (Cockerell),  D.  pomonae  pomonae  Cockerell,  and  D.  pacificus  paci- 
jicus  Cockerel]  (all  identified  by  P.  D.  Hurd).  Females  of  D.  pomonae  pomonae 
were  seen  both  entering  and  waiting  by  the  burrows  of  Osmia  nigrobarbata , 
and  a female  was  reared  from  an  Osmia  cell.  The  hosts  of  the  other  species  are 
not  known. 


1 Dept.  Ent.,  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist. 


197 


198 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Fig.  1.  Nesting  area  of  Osmia  nigrobarbata  Cockerell. 


observations  on  the  biology  of  Osmia  nigrobarbata:  Nests  of  this  species 
were  widely  scattered  and  entrances  were  usually  found  at  the  bases  of  low 
plants  or  at  the  edge  of  shallow  depressions.  The  burrows  entered  the  ground 
at  a slight  angle  from  the  horizontal  and  each  tumulus  was  piled  on  one  side 
of  the  entrance.  Burrows  were  open  and  their  direction  was  unpredictable,  for 
some  turned  sharply  to  the  side  or  downward.  They  were  short,  measuring  only 
a few  inches  long,  and  the  cells  were  situated  within  two  or  three  inches  of  the 
surface.  Some  cells  were  encountered  barely  below  the  loose,  dry  surface  layer 
of  soil. 

The  nearly  horizontal  cells  are  constructed  from  a mastic  of  plant  tissue. 
The  source  of  this  material  is  unknown,  but  because  it  was  uniform  for  all  cells 
encountered,  it  must  be  gathered  from  a particular  plant.  At  first  bright  green, 
its  color  fades,  so  that  cells  several  months  old  are  nearly  brown.  The  cell 
wall,  approximately  0. 5-1.0  mm  thick,  is  quite  hard;  the  inside  cell  dimensions 
are  approximately  8.0  mm  long  and  5.0  mm  in  maximum  diameter.  The  cell 
closure  consists  of  the  same  plant  material  as  that  of  the  wall  and  is  nearly 
flat  on  the  inside  and  concave  on  the  outside. 

The  arrangement  of  the  cells  is  extremely  variable.  Some  single  cells  were 
found  which  were  probably  the  beginning  of  a nest  series;  the  other  cells  were 


December,  1967]  Rozen  and  Favreau:  Parasite  Bee  (Dioxys)  Biology 


199 


Fig.  2.  Nests  of  Osmia  nigrobarbata  Cockerell.  Swellings  represent  individual  cells. 
Fig.  3.  Opened  cell  of  Osmia  nigrobarbata  Cockerell  showing  food  loaf  and  egg,  from  side. 


arranged  in  a basically  linear  series  that  branched  in  an  infinite  number  of 
ways  (Fig.  2).  Cells  in  the  series  were  all  interconnected  so  that  four  or  five 
cells  could  often  be  removed  from  the  ground  without  their  separating.  Each 
cell  was  a complete  unit  in  that  the  rear  end  (or  side)  of  one  cell  was  not  the 


200 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol,  LXXV 


Figs.  4,  5.  Cell  of  Osmia  nigrobarbata  Cockerell,  with  front  end  removed.  4.  Freshly 
deposited  egg  of  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  Cockerell  adhering  to  anterior  end  of  the  Osmia 
egg.  5.  Same  cell,  viewed  from  above,  just  before  Dioxys  egg  hatched.  Notice  chorion 
adhering  closely  to  the  Dioxys  embryo. 


December,  1967]  Rozen  and  Favreau:  Parasite  Bee  (Dioxys)  Biology 


201 


cap  of  the  previous  cell.  Hence  in  a series,  individual  cells  could  be  broken  off 
without  any  of  the  cells  being  damaged.  The  strings  of  cells  lay  approximately 
horizontally  in  the  ground. 

Only  one  female  was  responsible  for  a cell  series,  and  each  cell  was  constructed, 
provisioned,  and  closed  before  the  next  one  was  started. 

Provisions  of  nectar  and  pollen  were  formed  into  a large,  elongate,  moist  loaf 
(Fig.  3)  occupying  most  of  the  cell.  All  eggs  were  uniformly  placed  on  top  of 
the  provisions,  forward  of  the  center,  in  the  sagittal  plane  of  the  cell.  The  eggs 
were  laid  either  on  the  surface  of  provisions  or  with  the  rear  of  the  egg  slightly 
embedded.  The  anterior  end  rested  on  or,  perhaps  more  frequently,  projected 
into  the  lumen  of  the  cell  and  pointed  toward  the  cell  closure. 

The  mature  larva  of  Osmia  spins  a well-developed  cocoon  which  consists  of 
a loosely  woven,  tan  outer  layer  and  a tough  (leathery),  polished  (on  the  inner 
surface)  inner  layer  that  is  almost  black.  The  cocoon  lacks  a nipple  at  the 
anterior  end. 

biological  notes  on  Dioxys : The  females  of  D.  pomonae  pomonae  and 

pacijicus  pacificus  fly  slowly  close  to  the  surface  of  the  ground  and  stop  briefly 
at  spots  that  presumably  have  certain  characteristics  of  the  nest  entrances  of 
the  hosts.  The  flight  appears  “deliberate”  and  unhurried.  Occasionally  a female 
suddenly  flies  swiftly  a short  distance  and  then  again  starts  her  slow  searching. 
Although  the  path  meanders,  it  tends  to  lead  in  one  direction,  so  that  the  female 
travels  a considerable  distance.  As  the  Osmia  nests  were  widely  scattered  over 
a number  of  acres,  this  behavior  pattern  of  D.  pomonae  pomonae  appears  to  be 
functional.  In  contrast,  the  meanderings  of  such  parasitic  bees  as  Oreo- 
pasites,  Holcopasites,  and  Neopasites  carry  the  bee  back  and  forth  over  a 
limited  area;  this  restricted  search  pattern  appears  to  be  an  adaptation  to  the 
gregarious  nesting  habits  of  host  species.  Now  and  then,  the  Dioxys  females 
land  on  the  ground  and  clean  their  wings  and  antennae  as  do  females  of  the 
nomadine  genera.  Once,  after  finding  a burrow  of  Osmia , a female  of  D. 
pomonae  pomonae  examined  the  entrance,  then  retreated  a few  inches,  and  sat 
on  a twig  where  it  waited,  as  if  for  the  departure  of  the  host  female.  Several 
other  times  a female  was  noticed  entering  an  Osmia  burrow  but  came  out  within 
a half  a minute. 

Over  470  cells  of  Osmia  were  opened  during  our  search  for  the  immatures 
of  Dioxys , with  the  result  that  we  found  seven  larvae  and  two  eggs  of  the  para- 
site. One  egg  (Fig.  4)  adhered  loosely  to  the  anterior  end  of  the  host  egg.  A 
small  slit  in  the  cell  wall  above  the  posterior  end  of  the  Dioxys  egg  apparently 
marked  the  spot  through  which  the  egg  was  inserted  into  the  sealed  cell.  The 
other  egg  was  partly  embedded  lengthwise  in  the  under  surface  of  the  pollen- 
nectar  mass  so  that  somewhat  more  than  half  of  it  was  visible.  The  chorion  is 
shiny  and  translucent  white.  Resembling  the  host  egg  in  almost  all  respects, 
the  egg  of  Dioxys  is  somewhat  smaller:  length,  1.5-1. 8 mm,  width,  0.6  mm. 


202 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Figs.  6,  7.  Cells  of  Osmia  nigrobarbata  Cockerell.  6.  Same  cell  as  in  Figs.  4 and  S. 
First  instar  Dioxys  with  its  large  head  next  to  Osmia  egg,  which  has  been  recently  killed. 
7.  Intermediate  stage  larva  of  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  Cockerell. 


December,  1967]  Rozen  and  Favreau:  Parasite  Bee  (Dioxys)  Biology  203 

Each  of  the  Dioxys  larvae  was  found  in  a cell  with  a dead  egg,  first  instar,  or 
second  instar  of  Osmia.  The  host  is  killed  with  the  sharp  mandibles  which  are 
present  during  the  first  three  larval  stages  (Rozen,  1967).  One  first  instar 
larva  was  discovered  on  the  underside  of  the  pollen-nectar  loaf,  whereas  the 
other  larvae,  presumably  second  instars,  rested  on  the  side  or  top  part  of  the 
food.  The  egg  found  adhering  to  the  Osmia  egg  hatched  in  the  laboratory,  and 
the  first  instar  immediately  killed  the  host  egg  (Figs.  4-6).  However,  at  least 
the  first  and  second  instars  were  active  and,  if  touched  with  forceps,  opened 
their  jaws  widely  and  actively  moved  the  anterior  part  of  their  bodies  from  side 
to  side.  These  actions,  plus  the  large,  sharp-pointed  mandibles  of  the  first  three 
instars,  suggest  that  the  host  may  be  eliminated  by  the  second  or  third  instar 
as  well  as  the  first.  Never  more  than  one  Dioxys  was  found  in  a cell;  the  female 
Dioxys  probably  deposits  only  a single  egg  in  a nest.  In  contrast,  females  of 
many  of  the  Nomadinae  lay  more  than  one  egg  per  cell. 

As  with  most  other  bee  larvae,  the  duration  of  the  feeding  period  is  short, 
lasting  for  two  to  three  weeks.  The  larva,  while  feeding,  moves  about  on  the 
provisions  (Fig.  7).  Four  larval  instars  were  observed  (but  see  Rozen,  1967). 
The  fourth  instar  begins  to  defecate  before  it  finishes  feeding;  the  feces  are 
extruded  as  elongate  semisolid  pellets. 

The  thin  outer  layer  of  the  cocoon  is  composed  of  very  loose  strands  of  silk 
to  which  some  of  the  fecal  pellets  adhere.  Defecation  is  completed  before  the 
next  layer  is  deposited.  The  second  layer,  black  in  color,  is  comparable  to 
the  inner,  leathery  layer  of  the  Osmia  cocoon  but  is  thicker  and  imparts  a 
greater  rigidity  to  the  finished  case.  The  innermost  face  of  the  one  Dioxys 
cocoon  examined  consisted  of  yet  another  layer,  at  least  toward  the  anterior  end 
of  the  cocoon.  Loose  and  light  brown,  it  formed  a cellophane-like  coating  even 
though  some  individual  silk  strands  were  detected.  Except  toward  the  rear 
where  the  inner  layer  adhered  more  or  less  closely  to  the  rigid  layer,  the  inner 
face  did  not  possess  the  polished,  nearly  black  surface  of  the  Osmia  cocoon.  The 
cocoon  of  D.  pomonae  pomonae  possessed  a distinct  nipple  at  the  anterior  end, 
so  that  the  shape  of  the  cocoon  was  identical  to  that  of  Dioxys  cincta  (Jurine) 
(Micheli,  1936,  Fig.  6). 

Literature  Cited 

Hurd,  P.  D.,  Jr.  1958.  American  bees  of  the  genus  Dioxys  Lepeletier  and  Serville 
(Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae) . Univ.  California  Publ.  Ent.,  14:  275-302. 

Jaycox,  E.  R.  1966.  Observations  on  Dioxys  productus  productus  (Cresson)  as  a para- 
site of  Anthidium  utahense  Swenk  (Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae).  Pan-Pacific  Ent., 
42:  18-20. 

Micheli,  L.  1936.  Note  biologiche  e morfologiche  sugli  imenotteri  (VI  Serie).  Atti  Soc. 

Italiana  Sci.  Nat.  e Mus.  Civ.  Stor.  Nat.,  75:  5-16. 

Rozen,  J.  G.,  Jr.  1967.  The  immature  instars  of  the  cleptoparasitic  genus  Dioxys 
(Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae).  Jour.  New  York  Ent.  Soc.,  LXXV(4):  236-248. 


Received  for  Publication  June  13,  1967 


A Revision  of  the  Termitophilous  Tribe  Termitodiscini 
( Coleoptera : Staphylinidae  ) 

Part  I.  The  Genus  Termitodiscus  Wasmann ; 
its  Systematics,  Phylogeny,  and  Behavior1 

David  H.  Kistner 

Department  of  Biological  Sciences 
Chico  State  College 
Chico,  California  95926 

Abstract:  The  genus  Termitodiscus  Wasmann  is  redescribed,  illustrated,  and  a key  differ- 

entiating this  genus  from  the  other  two  genera  of  the  tribe  is  provided.  All  of  the  previously 
described  species  of  the  genus  are  redescribed  and  new  characters  illustrated.  Six  new  species 
are  herein  described,  T.  eoatoni  from  South  Africa,  T.  emersoni  from  the  Congo  Republic, 
T.  krishnai  from  Burma,  T.  latericius  from  South  Africa,  T.  sheasbyi  from  Southwest 
Africa  and  T.  vansomereni  from  Kenya.  Distribution  maps  are  presented  which  show 
the  distribution  of  all  species.  Diagrams  are  presented  showing  the  relationships  among 
the  species  using  both  the  phylogenetic  and  the  phenetic  approach.  A summary  of  the  host 
relationships  is  presented  showing  100%  host  specificity  to  species  of  Odontotermes  of  the 
species  now  known.  Observations  on  the  behavior  and  distribution  of  selected  species  within 
the  nests  are  presented  which  support  the  interpretation  of  the  species  as  integrated  termite 
guests  whose  principal  adaptation  to  life  within  the  nest  is  that  of  avoidance.  The  relation- 
ship of  the  tribe  Termitodiscini  with  the  Mvrmedoniini  is  documented  and  discussed. 


INTRODUCTION  AND  TAXONOMIC  HISTORY 

The  termitophilous  tribe  Termitodiscini  was  reorganized  as  a tribe  of  the 
subfamily  Aleocharinae  by  Seevers  (1957)  to  contain  the  genera  Termitodiscus 
Wasmann,  T ermitogerrus  Bernhauer,  and  Discoxenus  Wasmann.  Prior  to  Seevers’ 
revision,  the  group  had  been  recognized  as  a separate  subfamily  of  the  Staph- 
ylinidae. I here  concur  with  Seevers’  judgment  that  there  is  no  character  or  group 
of  characters  which  could  separate  them  absolutely  as  a subfamily  distinct  from 
the  Aleocharinae.  I shall  show  that  the  group  probably  arose  from  some  free- 
living  or  loosely  integrated  termitophile  of  the  aleocharine  tribe  Myrmedoniini. 
Seevers  did  not  attempt  to  revise  the  species  due  to  the  paucity  of  material  avail- 
able. Since  that  time,  a lot  of  new  material  has  been  collected  due  to  the  field 
efforts  of  Dr.  William  Coaton  and  his  colleagues  of  the  Plant  Protection  Research 
Institute,  Pretoria;  Dr.  Alfred  E.  Emerson,  University  of  Chicago;  Dr.  Kumar 
Krishna,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York;  Dr.  A.  de  Barros 
Machado  and  his  colleagues,  Museu  do  Dundo,  and  myself.  Most  of  the  new  ma- 
terial belongs  to  the  genus  Termitodiscus,  so  that  this  revision  is  confined  to  that 

1 This  study  was  financed  in  part  by  the  National  Science  Foundation  (Grant  GB-3396). 
Some  of  the  data  reported  herein  were  collected  during  the  tenure  of  a post  doctoral  fellow- 
ship of  the  John  Simon  Guggenheim  Foundation. 


204 


December,  1967] 


Kistner:  Termitophile  Revision 


205 


genus  and  revision  of  the  other  two  genera  will  be  deferred  until  a reasonable 
amount  of  new  material  becomes  available.  The  careful  study  of  new  material  has 
revealed  characteristics  which  make  it  necessary  that  the  key  to  the  genera 
provided  by  Seevers  be  revised  and  this  is  done  here.  While  collecting  Termi- 
todiscus  in  the  field,  various  observations  were  made  on  their  behavior,  par- 
ticularly in  relation  to  their  termite  hosts,  which  bear  on  the  integration  of  the 
termitophiles  into  the  termite  colonies.  These  observations  and  their  interpre- 
tation are  presented  in  this  paper.  The  remainder  is  organized  into  the  follow- 
ing sections:  (1)  Methods  and  materials;  (2)  Key  to  the  genera  of  the  tribe; 
(3)  Redescription  of  the  genus;  (4)  Key  to  species;  (5)  Descriptions  of  the 
species;  (6)  Relationships  of  the  species;  (7)  Behavorial  observations;  (8) 
Host  specificity;  (9)  Relationship  of  the  tribe  to  the  aleocharine  tribe  Myrme- 
doniini;  (10)  Acknowledgments;  (11)  Literature  cited. 

METHODS  AND  MATERIALS 

Most  of  the  routine  methods  used  in  my  laboratory  have  been  described  several 
times,  most  recently  by  Koblick  and  Kistner,  1965,  and  Kistner,  1966.  The 
only  major  change  has  been  the  substitution  of  a Nikon  F camera  with  55  mm, 
50  mm,  35  mm,  and  28  mm  lenses  plus  bellows  and  extension  tubes  for  the 
Exacta  equipment  used  in  the  past.  For  ultra  close-up  photos  of  minute  insects, 
this  has  proven  superior  because  the  corners  are  not  chopped  off  the  pictures 
and  the  lenses  are  easier  to  reverse  to  eliminate  spherical  aberration. 

The  special  techniques  involved  in  the  computer  analysis  of  the  relationships 
between  the  species  are  discussed  later.  The  programs  themselves  are  not 
included  as  most  laboratories  have  developed  their  own  and  our  programs 
are  changed  just  about  every  time  we  use  them.  Current  print-outs  in  Fortran 
II  will  be  sent  to  anyone  requesting  them. 

The  field  techniques  used  vary  according  to  the  way  in  which  the  Odonto- 
termes  hosts  make  their  nests.  Some  species  such  as  Odontotermes  taprobanes 
Walker  and  Odontotermes  culturarum  Sjoestedt  make  well  defined  nests  of  which 
the  bulk  is  located  above  the  level  of  the  surrounding  ground.  The  queens  are 
usually  located  at  or  near  the  ground  level  with  the  fungus  gardens  arranged 
in  semispherical  layers  above  the  royal  cell.  The  fungus  gardens  immediately 
above  the  royal  cell  usually  yield  the  most  specimens  of  Termito discus,  but 
the  other  fungus  combs  may  yield  T ermitodiscus  or  other  species  of  associated 
insects.  We  try  to  keep  the  layers  separate  as  we  dig  in,  but  individual  idio- 
syncracies  of  the  nests  prevent  absolute  accuracy.  The  fungus  gardens  are 
removed  and  taken  back  to  the  laboratory  or  other  dwelling  where  the  fungus 
is  carefully  pulverized  over  a yellow  plastic  tray.  The  yellow  contrasts  well 
with  the  termites  and  the  termitophiles  and  permits  the  investigator  to  see  the 
termitophiles  and  to  aspirate  them  up  or  to  pick  them  up  with  a camel’s  hair 
brush.  It  takes  about  4 to  5 times  as  long  to  sort  through  the  fungus  gardens  of 


206 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


. IB  ■ 

Figs.  1-2.  Overall  appearance  of  dorsal  surface  of  beetle:  1.  T ermito discus  braunsi  Was- 
mann;  2.  T.  escherichi  Wasmann,  Cotype.  Scale  arbitrary,  see  descriptions  for  measurements. 

a productive  nest  than  to  dig  it  up,  so  it  pays  to  at  least  assay  the  fungus  in 
the  field  before  taking  it  back.  Unless  collecting  is  extremely  poor  in  general, 
I usually  abandon  a nest  if  I don’t  see  at  least  a few  specimens  of  termitophiles 
during  the  field  assay. 

Other  species  of  termites  such  as  Odontotermes  montanus  Harris  or  Odonto- 
termes  transvaalensis  Sjoestedt  build  nests  which  are  completely  or  almost 
completely  submerged  under  the  ground,  often  with  little  evidence  on  the 
surface  of  their  position.  Working  with  such  nests  can  be  extremely  productive 
but  is  often  extremely  frustrating  because  a sizable  investment  of  time  and 
labor  has  to  be  made  before  one  can  tell  if  there  are  any  termitophiles  there 
or  not,  or  even  if  the  nest  is  there  or  not.  The  procedure  we  used  and  which 
is  also  used  by  Dr.  Coaton  and  his  colleagues  is  to  dig  a trench  about  4 feet  wide, 
6 feet  long  and  4 feet  deep  to  the  side  of  where  you  think  the  nest  is.  Then  dig 
in  toward  the  nest  from  the  side  until  you  (hopefully)  hit  it.  If  you  dig  in 
from  the  top,  you  eventually  fall  into  the  nest  which  complicates  the  sorting 
process  and  partially  destroys  the  ecological  data.  After  you  reach  the  fungus 
gardens,  the  fungus  is  gathered  and  sorted  as  above.  I might  add  that  I have 
dug  until  I could  not  throw  the  dirt  out  of  the  hole  over  my  head  and  still  not 
reached  the  nest,  so  I usually  keep  an  open  mind  about  abandoning  a hole  if 
nothing  shows  up  quickly.  A gung-ho  attitude  of,  “I’m  going  to  find  that  nest  if 


December,  1967] 


Kistner: 


Termitophile  Revision 


207 


iK'n 


Figs.  3-9.  Antennae  and  mouthparts:  Termitodiscus  escherichi  Wasmann:  3.  10-segmented 
antenna;  8.  Maxilla;  9.  Labrum  and  mentum.  T.  angolae  Seevers:  6.  Mandible.  T.  machadoi 
Seevers:  4.  9-segmented  antenna;  S.  Labrum;  7.  Mandible.  Scale  arbitrary,  photos  were 
taken  at  100  X magnification. 


it  kills  me,”  (my  original  attitude)  just  will  not  make  economic  sense  in  the  long 
run.  It  is  thus  more  productive  to  abandon  a potentially  dry  hole  while  the 
investment  in  time  and  labor  is  still  minimal  and  put  that  time  and  labor  into 
another  potential  nest.  The  judgment  necessary  to  make  that  decision  came 
hard  for  us  and  is  still  based  on  so  many  subjective  factors  that  finding  the 
nests  and  then  the  termitophiles  is  still  in  the  realm  of  art  rather  than  science. 


KEY  TO  THE  GENERA  OF  THE  TRIBE 

1.  Mesocoxae  widely  separated;  antennae  9,  10,  or  11  segmented,  short,  very  slightly 
visible  from  above;  antennae  segments  other  than  1 and  2 compressed  and  in- 
crassate  


2 


208 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Figs.  10-13.  Termitodiscus  escherichi  Wasmann:  10.  Prosternum  and  mesothoracic  peri- 
tremes;  11.  Abdominal  segment  VIII;  12.  Abdominal  segment  IX  and  spermatheca.  T. 
transvaalensis  Silvestri:  13.  Abdominal  segment  IX  and  spermatheca.  Scale  arbitrary,  photos 
taken  at  100  X magnification. 

Mesocoxae  narrowly  separated;  antennae  11 -segmented,  elongated,  easily  visible  from 
above;  antennal  segments  3-11  with  the  sides  meeting  each  other  and  covering  the 

petiolar  connections  Discoxenus  Wasmann 

2.  Antennae  9 or  10-segmented ; antero-lateral  margin  of  pronotum  slightly  flared; 

mesosternum  slightly  declivous  in  middle  Termitodiscus  Wasmann 

Antenna  11-segmented ; antero-lateral  margin  of  pronotum  not  flared;  mesosternum 

almost  vertical  at  the  middle  and  thus  scarcely  visible  from  below  

Termitogerrus  Bernhauer 


December,  19671 


Kistner:  Termitophile  Revision 


209 


Figs.  14-16.  Legs  of  Termito discus  transvaalensis  Silvestri;  14.  Proleg;  IS.  Mesoleg; 
16.  Metaleg.  Scale  arbitrary  but  equal  for  all  legs;  photos  taken  at  100  X magnification. 


note:  Termito  germs  seems  to  be  confined  to  Central  and  West  Africa  as  careful  searches  of 
Macrotermes  nests  in  South  Africa  and  the  Orient  have  not  revealed  this  genus  so  far. 
Discoxenus  has  only  shown  up  in  Odontotermes  nests  from  the  Orient  in  spite  of  careful 
searches  of  Odontotermes  nests  in  Africa.  The  revision  of  these  two  genera  will  be  delayed 
until  there  are  far  more  new  specimens  available  for  study. 


210 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


REDESCRIPTION  OF  THE  GENUS 

Genus  Termitodiscus  Wasmann 

Termitodiscus  Wasmann  1899,  Deutsch.  Entomol.  Zeitschr.,  1899:  147;  1912,  Zeitschr. 
Wissensch.  Zool.,  101:  92;  1916,  Zool.  Jahrb.  System.,  39:  179;  Cameron,  1932,  Fauna  of 
Brit.  India,  Staph.,  3:  317;  Silvestri,  1947,  Arch.  Zool.  Ital.,  31:  125;  Seevers,  1957,  Fieldiana 
Zool.,  40:  259;  1965,  Publ.  cult.  Companh.  Diam.  Angola,  69:  129.  Type  species:  Termito- 
discus  heimi  Wasmann  ( Blackwelder,  1952:  377). 

Overall  body  shape  limuloid,  broad  and  flat  as  in  figs.  1 and  2.  Head  broad  and  short,  sub- 
triangular  in  form  with  the  foramen  magnum  totally  ventral  in  position.  Eyes  present, 
well  developed  and  forward  and  laterally  directed.  Antennae  inserted  between  the  eyes  with 
grooves  developed  on  the  genae  for  the  reception  of  the  large  basal  antennal  segments. 
Submentum  and  gula  extremely  short.  Antennae  9 or  10-segmented,  shaped  as  in  fig.  3 
and  4.  Labrum  short,  shaped  as  in  fig.  5.  Mandibular  shape  somewhat  variable  by  species 
but  the  form  is  relatively  constant,  two  extremes  shown  in  figs.  6 and  7,  note  the  one  central 
and  one  apical  tooth  with  the  short  stubby  prostheca  (barely  visible  in  the  photographs 
below  the  central  tooth).  Maxillae  shaped  as  in  fig.  8,  palpi  4-segmented.  Labium  and 
mentum  extremely  small,  shaped  as  in  fig.  9,  palpi  3-segmented. 

Pronotum  semi-circular  in  shape  (figs.  1 and  2)  such  that  there  is  no  distinction  between 
anterior  and  lateral  margins  which  are  henceforth  referred  to  as  the  anterolateral  margins. 
Prosternum  small,  carinate  in  the  middle,  shaped  as  in  fig.  10.  Mesothoracic  peritremes 
reduced  in  size  but  present  and  shaped  as  in  fig.  10.  Mesosternum  and  metasternum  both 
short,  metasternum  somewhat  shorter  than  the  mesosternum.  Mesothoracic  coxal  cavities 
relatively  widely  separated  by  a smooth  mesothoracic  and  metathoracic  process.  Leg  axis 
short  compared  to  the  width  of  the  body.  Proleg  shaped  as  in  fig.  14,  with  a large  coxa  but 
without  flanges  on  the  femur  to  accept  the  tibia  in  repose.  Mesoleg  shaped  as  in  fig.  15, 
without  femoral  flanges.  Metaleg  shaped  as  in  fig.  16,  without  well  developed  femoral 
flanges.  Tarsal  formula  4-5-5. 

Abdomen  flattened,  overall  shape  tapering  gradually  from  segment  III  to  segment  IX. 
Apparent  differences  as  in  figs.  1 and  2 due  to  relative  telescoping  of  segments.  Segment  II 
represented  by  a very  reduced  tergite  only.  Segments  III-VII  entire  with  2 pairs  of  para- 
tergites  each.  Segment  VIII  represented  by  the  tergite  and  sternite  only  which  may  or  may 
not  be  pointed  as  a secondary  sexual  character,  shaped  as  in  fig.  11.  Abdominal  segment 
IX  trilobed  with  2 lateral  portions  and  split  median  portion,  shaped  in  the  female  as  in 
figs.  12  and  13.  The  male  has  longer  asymmetrical  projections  from  the  anterior  border  of  the 
venter.  Median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia  variable  by  species.  Lateral  lobe  of  the  male 
genitalia  somewhat  variable  by  species  but  always  of  the  same  general  form  as  in  figs.  17 
and  18. 


KEY  TO  SPECIES  OF  TERMITODISCUS 

1.  Pronotum  with  an  even  covering  of  setae  2 

Pronotum  without  setae  or  with  at  most  a single  row  along  the  posterior  border  7 

2.  Antennae  with  9 segments  3 

Antennae  with  10  segments  4 

3.  Male  genitalia  shaped  as  in  fig.  27,  with  a median  spine  sheasbyi  n.  sp. 

Male  genitalia  shaped  as  in  fig.  23,  without  a median  spine  machadoi  Seevers 

4.  Size  very  small,  pronotum  length  0.33-0.38  mm  5 

Size  larger,  pronotum  length  0.47-0.55  mm  6 

5.  Pronotal  setae  rather  sparse,  male  genitalia  shaped  as  in  fig.  24  .... krishnai  n.  sp. 

Pronotal  setae  dense,  male  genitalia  unknown  minutus  Cameron 


December,  1967] 


Kistner:  Termitophile  Revision 


211 


6.  Male  genitalia  shaped  as  in  fig.  25,  with  a lateral  ventral  spine  on  each  side 

heimi  Wasmann 

Male  genitalia  shaped  as  in  fig.  22,  without  latral  ventral  spines  on  each  side  

escherichi  Wasmann 

Male  genitalis  unknown  but  most  probably  unlike  either  heimi  or  escherichi , from 
colonies  of  Odontotermes  ( Hypoternies ) obscuriceps  Wasmann  in  Ceylon  (see 
description)  butteli  Wasmann 

7.  Elytra  and  abdomen  with  setae  having  bifurcated  tips  8 

Elytra  and  abdomen  with  setae  having  straight  tips  11 

8.  Size  small;  pronotum  length,  0.36-0.41  mm  9 

Size  larger;  pronotum  length,  0.47-0.55  mm  10 

9.  Sternites  with  2 macrochaetae  at  each  lateral  edge;  male  genitalia  shaped  as  in  fig. 

19  angolae  Seevers 

Sternites  without  macrochaetae  except  for  sternite  VII  which  has  1 on  each  side;  male 
genitalia  shaped  as  in  fig.  28  splendidus  Wasmann 

10.  Spermatheca  shaped  as  in  fig.  33  emersoni  n.  sp. 

Spermatheca  shaped  as  in  fig.  38  vansomereni  n.  sp. 

11.  Pronotum  with  a single  row  of  very  fine  setae  along  posterior  border  

transvaalensis  Silvestri 


Pronotum  without  any  setae  whatsoever  12 

12.  Abdominal  tergites  III-VII  with  no  macrochaetae,  male  genitalia  shaped  as  in  fig. 

21  eoatoni  n.  sp. 

Abdominal  tergites  III-VII  with  some  macrochaetae  13 

13.  Macrochaetotaxy  of  abdominal  tergites  III-VII,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4;  male  genitalia  shaped 

as  in  fig.  26  latericius  n.  sp. 

Macrochaetotaxy  of  abdominal  tergites  III-VII,  6,  6,  6,  6,  6;  male  genitalia  shaped 
as  in  fig.  20  braunsi  Wasmann 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  SPECIES 

Termito discus  angolae  Seevers 
Figs.  6,  19,  44 

Termitodiscus  angolae  Seevers,  1965,  Publ.  cult.  Comph.  Diam.  Angola,  69:  134,  figs.  6 and 
7.  Museu  do  Dundo  (Angola:  Dundo,  R.  Capemba,  ex  fungus  gardens  of  Odontotermes 
nolaensis  Sjoestedt,  April,  1962,  Coll.  Machado  and  Sanjinje). 

Most  closely  related  to  T.  emersoni  n.  sp.  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  its  smaller  size 
and  the  shape  of  the  male  genitalia.  Related  to  T.  splendidus  Wasmann  through  its  similar 
size,  but  separable  therefrom  by  the  abdominal  chaetotaxy. 

Color  light  yellowish  brown  throughout  with  the  antero-lateral  edges  of  the  pronotum 
and  elytra  a little  lighter  than  the  rest  of  the  body.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head  and  pronotum 
smooth  and  shiny  without  setae  of  any  kind  but  with  fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely 
scattered  about.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  elytra  and  abdomen  with  an  even  covering  of  yellow, 
recumbent,  short,  stiff  setae  with  bifurcated  tips.  No  tergal  macrochaetotaxy.  Sternites 
III-VII  with  a double  row  of  black  macrochaetae  on  each  lateral  edge.  Sternite  VIII  with 
the  one  row  of  black  macrochaetae  on  each  lateral  edge  and  with  the  mesial  row  toward  the 
middle.  Apex  of  tergite  VIII  pointed  in  the  female.  Median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia  shaped 
as  in  fig.  19.  Antennae  9-segmented. 

measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.33  mm;  elytra  length,  0.18  mm;  pronotum  width,  0.51. 

Number  measured,  1. 


212 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Figs.  17-21.  Male  genitalia:  Lateral  lobes:  17.  Termitodiscus  escherichi  Wasmann;  18. 

T.  vansomereni  n.  sp.  Median  lobes:  19.  T.  angolae  Seevers;  20.  T.  braunsi  Wasmann; 

21.  T.  coatoni  n.  sp.  Scale  is  equal  to  0.25  mm. 

material  examined:  3 specimens  of  the  type  series  (C.N.H.M.,  D.K.).  Dis- 
tribution shown  in  fig.  44. 

Termitodiscus  braunsi  Wasmann 
Figs.  1,  20,  31,  43 

Termitodiscus  braunsi  Wasmann,  1912,  Zeitschr.  Wiss  Zool.,  101:  94 — Naturhistorisch 
Museum,  Maastricht  (Republic  of  South  Africa:  Orange  Free  State,  Bothaville,  with 

Odontotermes  transvaalensis  Sjoestedt)  ; Seevers,  1957,  Fieldiana  Zool.,  40:  262  (key,  list). 
Most  closely  related  to  T.  latericius  n.  sp.  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  the  9-seg- 


December,  1967  I 


Kistner:  Termitophile  Revision 


213 


merited  antennae,  abdominal  macrochaetotaxy,  and  the  shape  of  the  male  genitalia  and 
spermatheca. 

Color  light  reddish  brown  throughout  with  the  antero-lateral  edges  of  the  pronotum  and 
elytra  still  lighter,  approaching  yellowish  brown.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head,  pronotum,  and 
elytra  smooth  and  shiny  with  fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely  scattered  about.  Dorsal 
surface  of  the  head  and  pronotum  without  setae  of  any  kind.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  elytra 
and  abdomen  with  an  even  covering  of  yellow,  erect  setae  with  straight  nonbifurcated  tips. 
Macrochaetotaxy  of  abdominal  tergites  II-VII  as  follows:  II,  0;  III,  6;  IV,  6;  V,  6;  VI,  6; 
VII,  6.  Tergite  VIII  with  two  rows  of  4 macrochaetae  each.  Sternites  III-VII  with  a row 
of  two  setae  on  each  side.  Spermatheca  shaped  as  in  fig.  31.  Median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia 
shaped  as  in  fig.  20.  Antennae  9-segmented. 

measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.47-0.52  mm;  elytra  length,  0.23-0.24  mm;  pronotum 

width,  0.80-0.85  mm.  Number  measured,  10. 

material  examined:  Republic  of  South  Africa:  Orange  Free  State,  1,  Holo- 

type,  T.  braunsi  Wasmann,  det.  E.  Wasmann,  Bothaville,  Coll.  Brauns,  bearing 
label,  “ Termes  rubricola  Wasmann,”  (N.H.M.).  Transvaal:  8,  36  mi.  ex  Pre- 
toria-Warmbad,  18  February  1963,  Coll.  J.  Sheasby,  T-12  (N.C.I.,  D.K.);  1 
(coll.),  34  mi.  ex  Pretoria-Pienaars  River,  8 March  1963,  Coll.  J.  Sheasby,  T-37, 
(N.C.I.);  3,  Rooikop,  Rus  de  Winter,  30  June  1963,  Coll.  J.  Sheasby,  T-102 
(N.C.I.,  D.K.);  7,  32  miles  ex  Pretoria-Pienaars  River,  7 August  1963,  Coll. 
J.  L.  Sheasby,  T-132  (N.C.I.,  D.K.);  4,  30  mi.  ex  Pretoria-Pienaars  River,  8 
January  1964,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  T-238  (N.C.I.,  D.K.);  1,  Rooikop,  Rus 
de  Winter,  19  March  1964,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  T-325  (N.C.I.)  2,  7 miles  ex 
Pienaars  River — Rus  de  Winter,  20  May  1964,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  T-345 
(N.C.I. , D.K.) ; 7,  Rooikop,  Rus  de  Winter,  10  March  1965,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby, 
T-379  (N.C.I.,  D.K.);  1,  30.5  mi.  ex  Pretoria-Warmbad,  17  March  1966, 
ex  fungus  gardens,  Coll.  W.  Coaton,  J.  L.  Sheasby,  and  D.  Kistner,  No.  1438 
(D.K.). 

notes:  All  of  the  hosts  of  the  Transvaal  specimens  listed  above  were  identified  as  Odonto- 
termes  transvaalensis  Sjoestedt  by  Dr.  W.  G.  H.  Coaton.  The  accession  numbers  of  the 
termites,  should  future  workers  wish  to  check  the  hosts  are  as  follows  (in  the  same  order 
as  the  data  above) : S-6,  S-16,  S-22,  S-30,  S-56,  TM.  13360,  TM.  14169,  & unaccessioned, 
all  in  the  National  Isoptera  Collection  of  South  Africa.  The  last  numbered  1439,  nest  T-160, 
in  the  collection  of  D.  Kistner.  The  distribution  of  the  species  is  shown  in  fig.  43. 

Termitodiscus  butteli  Wasmann 
Fig.  44 

Termitodiscus  butteli  Wasmann,  1916,  Zool.  Jahrb.  System.,  39:  181,  pi.  4,  fig.  10,  pi.  5, 
fig.  10a,  Naturhistorisch  Museum,  Maastricht  (Ceylon:  Peradeniya,  ex  fungus  gardens  of 

Odontotermes  ( Hypotermes ) obscuriceps  Wasmann,  Coll,  by  von  Buttel-Reepen,  December 
1911)  ; Seevers  1957,  Fieldiana  Zool.,  40:  262  (key  and  list). 

Closely  related  to  T.  escherichi  Wasmann  and  T.  heimi  Wasmann  from  which  it  is  dis- 
tinguishable only  by  its  smaller  size  (1.4  mm  vs.  1 .6—1 .9  mm).  See  notes  below. 

Color  yellowish  brown  throughout,  yellower  toward  the  antero-lateral  edge  of  the  pronotum 
than  elsewhere.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head,  pronotum,  and  elytra  smooth  and  shiny  with 


214 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely  scattered  about.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head  without  setae 
of  any  kind.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  pronotum,  elytra,  and  abdomen  with  an  even  covering 
of  fine  yellow,  recumbent,  short,  stiff  setae  with  bifurcated  tips.  Macrochaetotaxy  of 
abdominal  tergites  II-VII:  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0.  Macrochaetotaxy  of  sternites  and  abdominal 

segment  VIII  unknown.  Male  genitalia  and  female  spermatheca  unknown.  Antennae  10- 
segmented. 

measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.45-0.46  mm;  elytra  length,  0.22-0.23  mm;  pronotum 

width,  0.85-0.92  mm.  Number  measured,  2. 

material  examined:  Type  and  cotype  (N.H.M.);  1 cotype  (B.M.N.H.). 
The  distribution  is  shown  in  fig.  44. 

notes:  Because  dissection  material  was  not  available,  sufficient  characters  are  not  known 

to  distinguish  this  species  from  either  T.  heimi  or  T.  escherichi.  The  overall  size  difference 
was  taken  from  the  original  description,  but  actual  measurements  made  are  all  on  the 
low  side  of  the  range  for  T.  escherichi.  I found  and  dissected  one  nest  of  O.  obscuriceps  in 
Kandy,  Ceylon,  but  unfortunately  did  not  get  any  specimens.  No  new  material  of  this 
species  has  been  collected  since  the  original  capture.  The  clustering  program  on  the  basis 
of  the  characters  available  show  that  it  is  very  closely  related  to  heimi  and  escherichi  (1.000 
correlation)  and  I do  not  believe  that  new  material  will  greatly  alter  the  association  although 
it  would  undoubtedly  lower  the  coefficient  of  relationship.  Because  heimi  and  escherichi 
are  now  well  known,  it  should  be  easy  to  place  this  species,  once  material  from  O.  obscuriceps 
colonies  from  reasonably  close  to  Peradeniya  is  available. 

Termitodiscus  coatoni  n.  sp. 

Figs.  21,  32,  43 

Most  closely  related  to  T.  transvaalensis  Silvestri  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  the 
absence  of  a row  of  fine  setae  on  the  posterior  edge  of  the  pronotum,  its  9-segmented  antennae, 
its  abdominal  macrochaetotaxy,  and  the  shape  of  the  male  genitalia  and  spermatheca. 

Color  reddish  brown  throughout  with  the  antero-lateral  edge  of  the  pronotum  lighter 
than  the  rest  of  the  body,  approaching  yellow.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head,  pronotum,  and 
elytra  smooth  and  shiny  with  fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely  scattered  about.  Dorsal 
surface  of  the  head  and  pronotum  without  any  setae  of  any  kind.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  elytra 
and  abdomen  with  an  even  covering  of  yellow  setae  with  nonbifurcated  straight  tips.  Macro- 
chaetotaxy of  abdominal  tergites  II-VIII  as  follows:  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2.  Macrochaetotaxy  of 
abdominal  sternites  III— VIII  as  follows:  III,  2;  IV,  2;  V,  2;  VI,  4;  VII,  4;  VIII,  6,  all 
lateral  except  for  the  mesial  2 on  VIII.  Female  tergite  VIII  evenly  rounded  on  posterior 
edge.  Spermatheca  shaped  as  in  fig.  32.  Median  lobe  of  male  genitalia  shaped  as  in  fig.  21. 
Antennae  9-segmented. 

measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.48-0.51  mm;  elytra  length,  0.21-0.25  mm;  pronotum 
width,  0.80-0.85  mm.  Number  measured,  10. 

holotype:  1 male,  No.  12515,  South  Africa,  Transvaal,  Rooikop,  Rus  de 
Winter,  19  March  1963,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby  No.  T-47.  In  the  National  Collection 
of  Insects,  South  Africa. 

paratypes:  South  Africa:  Transvaal:  20,  same  data  as  holotype  (N.C.I., 
D.K.) ; 4,  14  mi.  ex  Pretoria-Pienaars  River  Dam,  9 August  1960,  Coll.  W.  G.  H. 
Coaton,  TM7433  (N.C.I.,  D.K.);  6,  Pretoria  West,  14  August  1963,  Coll.  Rorke 
No.  T-145  (N.C.I.,  D.K.). 


December,  19671 


Kistner:  Termitophile  Revision 


215 


notes:  The  hosts  of  all  the  captures  were  determined  as  Odontotermes  badius  (Haviland) 
by  Dr.  W.  G.  H.  Coaton.  The  accession  numbers  of  the  termites  are  S-18,  TM7433,  and  S-32 
respectively  and  the  specimens  are  in  the  National  Collection  of  Isoptera,  South  Africa. 
The  distribution  of  the  species  is  shown  in  fig.  43. 

Termitodiscus  emersoni  n.  sp. 

Figs.  33,  44 

Most  closely  related  to  T.  angolae  Seevers  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  its  larger  size. 
Also  related  to  T.  vansomereni  n.  sp.  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  the  shape  of  the 
female  spermatheca. 

Color  reddish  brown  throughout,  with  the  antero-lateral  edges  of  the  pronotum  lighter 
than  the  rest  of  the  body,  approaching  yellow.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head,  pronotum,  and 
elytra  smooth  and  shiny  with  fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely  scattered  about.  Dorsal 
surface  of  the  head  and  pronotum  without  any  setae  of  any  kind.  Dorsal  surface  of  the 
elytra  and  abdomen  with  an  even  covering  of  fine,  yellow,  recumbent,  stiff,  short  setae  with 
bifurcated  tips.  No  macrochaetae  on  abdominal  tergites  II-VIII.  Macrochaetotaxy  of 
abdomenal  sternites  III-VIII,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  all  lateral  in  position.  Spermatheca  shaped  as 
in  fig.  33.  Male  unknown.  Antennae  9-segmented. 

measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.47  mm;  elytra  length,  0.24-0.25  mm;  pronotum  width, 
0.80-0.85  mm.  Number  measured,  2. 

holotype:  1 female,  No.  12228,  Congo  Republic,  Kivu,  Keyberg,  25  April 

1948,  Coll.  Alfred  E.  Emerson.  In  the  collection  of  the  author. 
paratype:  1 female,  same  data  as  the  holotype  (D.K.). 

notes:  The  host  colony  was  identified  as  Odontotermes  patruus  Sjoestedt  by  Dr.  A.  E. 
Emerson.  Specimens  of  the  host  colony  are  in  the  Emerson  collection  of  the  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York.  The  distribution  of  the  species  is  shown  in  fig.  44. 

Termitodiscus  escherichi  Wasmann 
Figs.  2,  3,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  17,  22,  44 

Termitodiscus  escherichi  Wasmann,  1911,  Termitenleben  auf  Ceylon:  231  Naturhistorisch 

Museum,  Maastricht  (Ceylon,  Perandeniya,  with  Odontotermes  redemanni  Wasmann)  ; 1912, 
Zeitschr.  wissensch  Zook,  101:  94  (no  additional  data  added)  ; 1916,  Zook  Jahrb.  Syst.,  39: 
181,  pi.  4,  fig.  9,  pi.  5,  fig.  9a  (key)  ; Cameron,  1932,  Fauna  Brit,  India,  Staphyk,  3:  318 
(key);  Seevers,  1957,  Fieldiana  Zook,  40:  260  (key). 

Termitodiscus  escherichi  var.  picea  Wasmann,  1916,  Zook  Jahrb.  Syst.,  39:  181  Natur- 
historisch Museum,  Maastricht  (Ceylon,  Peradeniya,  with  Odontotermes  ceylonicus  Wasmann, 
8 January  1912,  Coll.  H.  von.  Buttel-Reepen)  ; Seevers,  1957,  Fieldiana  Zook,  40:  260 
(synonymized  variety). 

Most  closely  related  to  T.  heimi  Wasmann  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  the  lack  of 
ventral  spines  on  the  median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia  and  presence  of  2 more  macrochaetae 
on  the  sternites  of  each  of  abdominal  segments  VI,  VII,  and  VIII,  as  well  as  the  shape  of 
the  median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia. 

Color  light  reddish  brown  throughout,  with  the  antero-lateral  edges  of  the  pronotum 
lighter  than  the  rest  of  the  body,  approaching  yellow.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head,  pronotum, 
and  elytra  smooth  and  shiny  with  fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely  scattered  about.  Dorsal 
surface  of  the  head  without  any  setae  of  any  kind.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  pronotum,  elytra, 
and  abdomen  with  an  even  covering  of  fine,  yellow,  recumbent,  stiff,  short  setae  with 


216 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Figs.  22-26.  Median  lobes  of  male  genitalia:  22.  Termitodiscus  escherichi  Wasmann; 

23.  T.  machadoi  Seevers;  24.  T.  krishnai  n.  sp.;  25.  T.  heimi  Wasmann;  26.  T.  latericius 
n.  sp.  Scale  is  equal  to  0.25  mm  and  applies  to  all  figures  except  fig.  23.  Fig.  23  after  Seevers 
(1965). 


bifurcated  tips.  Macrochaetotaxy  of  abdominal  tergites  II— VIII : 0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  4.  Macro- 
chaetotaxy  of  abdominal  sternites  III— VIII : 2,  2,  4,  6,  6,  4.  Median  lobe  of  male  genitalia 
without  ventral  spines,  shaped  as  in  fig.  22.  Spermatheca  shaped  as  in  fig.  12.  Antennae  10- 
segmented. 

measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.45-0.50  mm;  elytra  length  0.22-0.25  mm;  pronotum 
width,  0.90-1.00  mm.  Number  measured,  15. 


December,  1967] 


Kistner:  Termitophile  Revision 


217 


material  examined:  Ceylon i Holotype  and  Cotype,  T.  escherichi  Wasmann, 
det.  E.  Wasmann,  Peradeniya,  with  Odontotermes  redemanni  Wasmann 
(N.H.M.);  Holotype,  T.  escherichi  var.  picea  Wasmann,  det.  E.  Wasmann, 
Peradeniya,  with  Odontotermes  ceylonicus  Wasmann  (N.H.M.);  161,  Sigiriya, 
ex  fungus  gardens  of  nest  T 22,  25  August  1960,  Coll.  D.  H.  and  A.  C.  Kistner 
(D.K.) ; 2,  Sigiriya,  ex  fungus  gardens  of  nest  T24,  25  August  1960,  Coll.  D.  H. 
and  A.  C.  Kistner  (D.K.) ; 2,  Sigiriya,  ex  fungus  gardens  of  nest  T23,  24  August 
1960,  Coll.  D.  H.  and  A.  C.  Kistner  (D.K.);  4,  Sigiriya,  ex  fungus  gardens 
of  nest  T21,  24  August  1960,  Coll.  D.  H.  and  A.  C.  Kistner  (D.K.).  The  dis- 
tribution of  the  species  is  shown  in  fig.  44. 

notes:  The  termite  hosts  of  our  Sigiriya  captures  were  identified  as  Odontotermes  taprobanes 
Walker  by  Dr.  A.  E.  Emerson  who  stated  that  O.  redemanni  Wasmann  is  a synonym  of 
that  species.  The  specimens  of  the  hosts  are  deposited  in  the  Emerson  collection  of  the 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York.  The  royal  cells  of  the  above  colonies 
were  all  located,  opened,  and  were  devoid  of  termitophiles. 

Termitodiscus  heimi  Wasmann 
Figs.  25,  34,  44 

Termitodiscus  heimi  Wasmann,  1899,  Deutsches  Entomol.  Zeitschr.  1899:  147,  pi.  1,  fig.  la-f; 
Naturhistorisch  Museum,  Maastricht  (India:  Ahmednagar  District,  Wallon,  and  Sangamner 
with  Odontotermes  obesus  Rambur  and  Odontotermes  wallonensis  Wasmann)  ; 1912, 

Zeitschr.  wissensch.  Zook,  101:  93,  pi.  5,  fig.  4;  1916,  Zool.  Jahrb.  Syst.,  39:  181,  pi.  4, 
fig.  8a-b,  pi.  5,  fig.  8c;  Cameron,  1932,  Fauna  Brit.  India,  Staphyl.,  3:  318  (key);  Silvestri, 
1947,  Arch.  Zool.  Ital.,  31:  127,  fig.  1 (1-7);  Seevers,  1957,  Fieldiana  Zook,  40:  260  (key). 
Termitodiscus  heimi  var.  vicinior  Silvestri,  1947,  Arch.  Zook  Ital.,  31:  127,  fig.  2,  (India: 
Barkuda  Island,  with  Odontotermes  sp.)  ; Seevers,  1957,  Fieldiana  Zook,  40:  260  (synonymized 
variety) . 

Most  closely  related  to  T.  escherichi  Wasmann  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  the 
presence  of  ventral  spines  on  the  median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia  and  the  presence  of  2 
less  macrochaetae  on  the  sternites  of  each  of  abdominal  segments  VI,  VII,  and  VIII,  as  well 
as  the  shape  of  the  median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia. 

Color  light  reddish  brown  throughout,  with  the  antero-lateral  edges  of  the  pronotum 
lighter  than  the  rest  of  the  body,  approaching  yellow.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head,  pronotum, 
and  elytra  smooth  and  shiny  with  fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely  scattered  about.  Dorsal 
surface  of  the  head  without  setae  of  any  kind.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  pronotum,  elytra,  and 
abdomen  with  an  even  covering  of  fine,  yellow,  recumbent,  stiff,  short  setae  with  bifurcated 
tips.  Macrochaetotaxy  of  abdominal  tergites  II— VIII,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2.  Macrochaetotaxy 
of  abdominal  sternites  III-VIII:  2,  2,  4,  4,  4,  2,  all  on  the  lateral  edges.  Median  lobe  of  the 
male  genitalia  with  2 ventral  spines,  1 on  each  side,  shaped  as  in  fig.  25.  Spermatheca 
shaped  as  in  fig.  34.  Antennae  10-segmented. 

measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.50-0.55  mm;  elytra  length,  0.25-0.26  mm;  pronotum 
width,  0.95-1.07  mm.  Number  measured,  10. 

material  examined:  India!  Holotype  and  1 cotype,  Ahmednagar  District, 
Wallon,  with  Odontotermes  obesus  Rambur  (N.H.M.);  11,  Bombay  Province, 
Wallon,  Coll.  J.  B.  Heim,  with  Odontotermes  obesus  (D.K.);  4,  Bombay 


218 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Province,  Khandala,  ex  fungus  gardens  to  nest  T20,  21  August  1960,  Coll.  D.  H. 
and  A.  C.  Kistner  (D.K.);  11,  Khandala,  with  Odontotermes  obesus , 1913,  Coll. 
J.  Assmuth  (D.K.).  The  distribution  is  shown  in  fig.  44. 

notes:  Host  colony  T20  was  determined  as  Odontotermes  obesus  Rambur  by  Dr.  A.  E. 
Emerson  and  the  termite  specimens  are  deposited  in  the  Emerson  Collection  of  the  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York.  No  specimens  were  found  in  the  royal  cell  of 
this  nest  either. 


Termitodiscus  krishnai  n.  sp. 

Figs.  24,  35,  44 

Most  closely  related  to  T . minutus  Cameron  from  which  it  is  presently  distinguishable  only 
by  the  more  sparse  setae  on  the  pronotum,  elytra,  and  abdomen  of  T.  krishnai.  When  dis- 
section material  of  T.  minutus  is  available  other  characters  will  undoubtedly  emerge. 

Color  yellowish  brown  throughout,  with  the  antero-lateral  edges  of  the  pronotum  lighter 
than  the  rest  of  the  body.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head,  pronotum,  and  elytra  smooth  and 
shiny  with  fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely  scattered  about.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head 
without  setae  of  any  kind.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  pronotum,  elytra,  and  abdomen  with  an 
even  covering  of  fine,  yellow,  recumbent,  stiff,  short  setae  with  bifurcated  tips.  Macro- 
chaetotaxy  of  abdominal  tergites  II-VIII,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2.  Macrochaetotaxy  of  abdominal 
sternites  III— VIII,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2.  Median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia  shaped  as  in  fig.  24. 
Spermatheca  shaped  as  in  fig.  35.  Antennae  10-segmented. 

measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.33-0.38  mm;  elytra  length,  0.17-0.18  mm;  pronotum 
width,  0.63-0.64  mm.  Number  measured,  2. 

holotype:  1 male,  No.  12518,  Burma,  21  mi.  ex  Mandalay,  23  October  1961, 
Coll.  K.  Krishna.  In  the  collection  of  the  author. 
paratype:  1 female,  same  data  as  the  holotype  (D.K.). 

notes:  The  host  of  the  above  specimens  was  identified  as  Odontotermes  hainanensis  (Light) 
by  Dr.  Kumar  Krishna.  The  specimens  of  the  host  are  deposited  in  the  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  New  York.  The  distribution  of  the  species  is  shown  in  fig.  44. 

Termitodiscus  latericius  n.  sp. 

Figs.  26,  36,  44 

Most  closely  related  to  T . braunsi  Wasmann  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  its  10- 
segmented  antennae,  the  tergal  macrochaetotaxy,  the  shape  of  the  spermatheca,  and  the 
median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia. 

Color  reddish  brown  throughout,  with  the  antero-lateral  edges  of  the  pronotum  lighter 
than  the  rest  of  the  body,  approaching  yellow.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head,  pronotum,  and 
elytra  smooth  and  shiny  with  fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely  scattered  about.  Dorsal 
surface  of  the  head  and  pronotum  without  setae  of  any  kind.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  elytra 
and  abdomen  with  an  even  covering  of  long  yellow  setae  with  non-bifurcated  tips  which  are 
not  recumbent  but  not  erect  either.  Macrochaetotaxy  of  abdominal  tergites  II-VIII:  0,  4, 
4,  4,  4,  4,  2.  Sternites  III-VII  with  2 macrochaetae  on  each  lateral  edge.  Sternite  VIII  with 
1 macrochaeta  on  the  lateral  edge  and  1 about  half  way  toward  the  middle  on  each  side. 
Tergite  VIII  with  the  posterior  edge  pointed.  Median  lobe  of  the  male  gentalia  shaped  as  in 
fig.  26.  Spermatheca  shaped  as  in  fig.  36.  Antennae  10-segmented. 


December,  19671 


Kistner:  Termitophile  Revision 


219 


measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.47-0.55  mm;  elytra  length,  0.22-0.25  mm;  pronotum 

width,  0.70-0.85  mm.  Number  measured,  10. 

holotype:  1 male,  No.  12506,  Republic  of  South  Africa,  Transvaal,  33  mi  ex 

Pretoria-Pienaars  River,  22  February  1965,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  No.  T378.  In 
the  National  Collection  of  Insects,  South  Africa. 

paratypes:  Republic  of  South  Africa,  Transvaal:  10,  Pretoria,  Waverly,  20 

February  1963,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  No.  T17  (N.C.I.,  D.K.);  4,  Pretoria, 
Derdepoort,  4 March  1963,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  No.  T31  (N.C.I.,  D.K.);  5, 

Derdepoort,  9 July  1963,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  No.  T110  (N.C.I.,  D.K.);  1, 

Derdepoort,  20  January  1964,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  No.  T258  (N.C.I.);  2,  9 
mi  ex  Pretoria-Pienaars  River,  2 March  1964,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  No.  T306 
(N.C.I.,  D.K.);  1,  Derdepoort,  6 March  1964,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  No.  T313 
(N.C.I.). 

notes:  The  host  colonies  of  all  the  above  specimens  were  determined  as  Odontotermes 
latericius  (Haviland)  by  Dr.  W.  G.  H.  Coaton.  The  host  specimens  are  in  the  South 
African  National  Collection  of  Isoptera  under  the  following  accession  numbers:  S-7,  S-14, 

S-23,  S-59,  S-65,  S-66,  unaccessioned  (T378).  The  distribution  of  the  species  is  shown  in 

fig.  44. 

Termitodiscus  machadoi  Seevers 
Figs.  4,  5,  7,  23,  44 

Termitodiscus  machadoi  Seevers,  1965,  Publ.  Cult.  Comph.  Diam.  Angola  69:  136,  figs.  8,  9, 
Museu  do  Dundo,  Angola  (Angola,  Dundo,  R.  Capemba,  23  March  1962,  from  nest  of 
Odontotermes  interveniens  Sjoestedt,  Coll.  A.  De  Barros  Machado). 

Most  closely  related  to  T.  sheasbyi  n.  sp.  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  its  slightly 
smaller  size  and  the  absence  of  ventral  spines  from  the  median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia 
as  well  as  by  the  shape  of  the  median  lobe  of  the  genitalia. 

Color  reddish  brown  throughout,  with  the  antero-lateral  edges  of  the  pronotum 
lighter  than  the  rest  of  the  body,  approaching  yellow.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head, 
pronotum,  and  elytra  smooth  and  shiny  with  fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely 
scattered  about.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head  without  setae  of  any  kind.  Dorsal  surface 
of  the  pronotum,  elytra  and  abdomen  with  an  even  covering  of  fine,  yellow,  recumbent, 
stiff,  short  setae  with  bifurcated  tips.  No  macrochaetae  on  either  sternites  or  tergites. 
Median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia  shaped  as  in  fig.  23.  Spermatheca  unknown.  An- 
tennae 9-segmented. 

measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.41-0.43  mm;  elytra  length,  0.30-0.22  mm;  pro- 
notum width,  0.76-0.80  mm.  Number  measured,  3. 

material  examined:  6 paratypes  (F.M.N.H.,  D.K.).  The  distribution  of  the 
species  is  shown  in  fig.  44. 

Termitodiscus  minutus  Cameron 
Fig.  44 

Termitodiscus  minutus  Cameron,  1926,  Trans.  Entomol.  Soc.  London,  74:  171 — British 
Museum  (N.H.),  London  (India:  Dehra  Dun,  in  nest  of  termites,  Coll.  M.  Cameron); 

1932,  Fauna  Brit.  India,  Staphyl.,  3:  319  (key);  Seevers,  1957,  Fieldiana  Zook,  40: 
262  (key,  list) . 


220 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Figs.  27-30.  Median  lobes  of  male  genitalia:  27.  Termitodiscus  sheasbyi  n.  sp.;  28.  T. 
splendidus  Wasmann ; 29.  T.  transvaalensis  Silvestri;  30.  T.  vansomereni  n.  sp.  Scale  is 
equal  to  0.25  mm. 


Most  closely  related  to  T.  krishnai  n.  sp.  from  which  it  is  presently  distinguishable 
only  by  the  presence  of  more  setae  with  bifurcated  tips  on  the  pronotum,  elytra,  and 
abdomen.  In  this  regard,  it  is  also  closely  related  to  T.  escherichi  and  T.  heimi  from 

which  it  is  distinguished  by  its  much  smaller  size.  When  dissectable  material  is 

ultimately  available,  more  definitive  characters  are  almost  certain  to  be  found  as 
the  range  of  the  host  of  T.  krishnai  does  not  extend  to  Dehra  Dun. 

Color  yellowish  brown  throughout,  with  the  antero-lateral  edges  of  the  pronotum 
lighter  than  the  rest  of  the  body,  approaching  yellow.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head, 

pronotum,  and  elytra  smooth  and  shiny  with  fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely 

scattered  about.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head  without  setae  of  any  kind.  Dorsal  surface 
of  the  pronotum,  elytra,  and  abdomen  with  an  even  covering  of  fine,  yellow,  re- 
cumbent, stiff,  short  setae  with  bifurcated  tips.  No  macrochaetae  on  any  of  the 

tergites.  Macrochaetotaxy  of  the  sternites  unknown.  Male  genitalia  and  spermatheca 

unknown.  Antennae  10-segmented. 

measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.33  mm;  elytra  length,  0.18  mm;  pronotum  width, 

0.66-0.70  mm.  Number  measured,  2. 

material  examined:  Holotype  plus  1,  India,  Uttar  Pradesh,  Dehra  Dun,  19 
March  1924,  Coll.  M.  Cameron,  from  the  nest  of  a termite  (B.M.N.H.). 

notes:  A search  of  the  termite  collection  of  the  British  Museum  (N.H.)  by  Mr.  W.  A. 
Sands  did  not  yield  any  Odontotermes  bearing  data  corresponding  to  the  type  label.  If  there 
is  any  sample  of  the  termites  associated  with  these  specimens,  they  might  be  at  the  Forest 
Research  Institute  at  Dehra  Dun,  but  other  than  that  possibility,  only  further  collections 
are  likely  to  yield  the  host  data.  The  distribution  of  the  species  is  shown  in  fig.  44. 


December,  19671 


Kistner:  Termitophile  Revision 


221 


\ 


1 


Figs.  31-38.  Spermathecae:  31.  Termitodiscus  braunsi  Wasmann;  32.  T.  coatoni  n.  sp.; 
33.  T.  emersoni  n.  sp.;  34.  T.  heirni  Wasmann;  35.  T.  krishnai  n.  sp. ; 36.  T.  latericius 
n.  sp.;  37.  T.  transvaalensis  Silvestri;  38.  T.  vansomereni  n.  sp.  Scale  is  equal  to  0.25. 


Termitodiscus  sheasbyi  n.  sp. 

Figs.  27,  44 

Most  closely  related  to  T.  machadoi  Seevers  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  its  slightly 
larger  size  and  the  presence  of  a ventral  spine  from  the  median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia 
as  well  as  by  the  shape  of  the  median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia. 

Color  reddish  brown  throughout  with  the  antero-lateral  edges  of  the  pronotum  lighter 
than  the  rest  of  the  body,  approaching  yellow.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head,  pronotum,  and 
elytra  smooth  and  shiny  with  fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely  scattered  about.  Dorsal 
surface  of  the  head  without  setae  of  any  kind.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  pronotum,  elytra,  and 


222 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


IVol.  LXXV 


abdomen  with  an  even  covering  of  fine,  yellow,  recumbent,  stiff,  short  setae  with  bifurcated 
tips.  No  tergites  with  macrochaetae.  Macrochaetotaxy  of  abdominal  sternites  III— VIII : 0, 
0,  0,  0,  0,  8.  Median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia  with  a spine  on  the  median  ventral  posterior 
border,  shaped  as  in  fig.  27.  Female  unknown.  Antennae  9-segmented. 

measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.45  mm;  elytra  length,  0.18  mm;  pronotum  width, 
0.75-0.90  mm.  Number  measured,  3. 

holotype:  1 male,  No.  12503,  South  West  Africa,  30  miles  ex  Tsumeb- 

Tsinsabis  (15°,  45-59'  S.,  17°,  45-59'  E.),  26  September  1966,  Coll.  J.  L. 
Sheasby,  No.  T502,  ex  fungus  gardens.  In  the  National  Collection  of  Insects, 
South  Africa. 

paratypes:  2 males,  same  data  as  holotype  (N.C.I.,  D.K.). 

notes:  The  host  of  the  above  species  was  determined  as  Odontotermes  (c.f.)  latericius 
(Haviland)  by  Dr.  VV.  G.  H.  Coaton.  The  sample  bears  the  accession  number  TM. 20457 
and  is  in  the  National  Isoptera  Collection,  South  Africa.  The  distribution  of  the  species 
is  shown  in  fig.  44. 


Termitodiscus  splendidus  Wasmann 
Figs.  28,  43 

Termitodiscus  splendidus  Wasmann,  1899,  Deutsch.  Entolmol.  Zeitschr.  1899:  401.  Natur- 
historisch  Museum,  Maastricht  (Republic  of  South  Africa:  Natal,  Shivyre,  with  Odontotermes 
vulgaris  Haviland,  Coll.  Haviland);  1912,  Zeitschr.  wissensch.  Zook,  101:  94,  pi.  5,  fig. 
5;  Seevers,  1957,  Fieldiana  Zool.,  40:  26 2 (key,  list).  The  (c.f.)  designation  given  in  the 
determination  was  used  to  indicate  morphological  similarity  to  latericius  from  South  Africa. 
The  nest  however  was  constructed  differently. 

Not  very  closely  related  to  any  other  species  but  bears  similarity  to  T.  vansomereni,  T. 
emersoni,  and  T.  angolae  by  having  setae  with  bifurcated  tips  on  the  elytra,  but  dis- 
tinguishable by  its  smaller  size,  the  abdominal  macrochaetotaxy  and  the  shape  of  the  male 
genitalia.  Related  to  the  sheasbyi-machadoi  group  through  its  size,  macrochaetotaxy  of  the 
abdomen,  and  the  antennal  segmentation  but  separable  therefrom  by  the  lack  of  setae  on 
the  pronotum  as  well  as  genitalic  characters. 

Color  light  reddish  brown  throughout  with  the  antero-lateral  edges  of  the  pronotum  just 
about  the  same  color  as  the  rest  of  the  body.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head,  pronotum,  and 
elytra  smooth  and  shiny  with  fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely  scattered  about.  Dorsal 
surface  of  the  head  and  pronotum  without  setae  of  any  kind.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  elytra 
and  abdomen  with  an  even  covering  of  fine,  yellow,  recumbent,  stiff,  short  setae  with 
bifurcated  tips.  No  tergites  with  macrochaetae.  Macrochaetotaxy  of  abdominal  sternites 
III— VIII : 0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2.  Median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia  small,  shaped  as  in  fig.  28. 
Spermatheca  unknown,  as  the  female  dissected  lacked  a spermatheca  for  some  inexplicable 
reason.  Antennae  9-segmented. 

measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.36-0.41  mm;  elytra  length,  0.17-0.19  mm;  pronotum 
width  0.67-0.70  mm.  Number  measured,  2. 

material  examined:  Holotype  and  2 cotypes  on  a single  pin,  top  specimen 
herewith  designated  hololectotype,  Natal  (Shivyre),  November  1898,  Coll.  G.  D. 
Haviland,  with  Odontotermes  vulgaris  Haviland  (N.H.M.) ; 2,  same  locality,  host 
and  collector,  16  February  1898  (D.K.). 

notes:  The  distribution  of  the  species  is  shown  in  fig.  43. 


December,  1967  I 


Kistner:  Termitophile  Revision 


223 


Termito discus  transvaalensis  Silvestri 
Figs.  13-16,  29,  37,  43 

Termito  discus  transvaalensis  Silvestri,  1947,  Arch.  Zool.  Ital.,  31:  129,  fig.  3,  (Transvaal, 
ex  nest  of  Odontotermes  angustatus  Rambur,  Coll.  C.  Fuller)  ; Seevers,  1957,  Fieldiana  Zool., 
40:  262  (key,  list) . 

Not  very  closely  related  to  any  other  species.  Closely  related  to  T.  vansomereni  through 
its  size  and  abdominal  macrochaetotaxy,  but  separable  therefrom  by  its  straight-tipped  setae 
and  its  10-segmented  antennae.  Closely  related  to  T.  laterieius  n.  sp.  but  separable  there- 
from by  the  macrochaetotaxy  of  the  abdominal  tergites.  Separable  from  all  species  by  the 
presence  of  a row  of  fine  setae  with  straight  tips  at  the  posterior  edge  of  the  pronotum  as 
well  as  the  shape  of  the  male  genitalia. 

Color  reddish  brown  throughout,  with  the  antero-lateral  edges  of  the  pronotum  lighter  than 
the  rest  of  the  body,  approaching  yellow.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head,  pronotum,  and  elytra 
smooth  and  shiny  with  fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely  scattered  about.  Dorsal  surface 
of  the  head  without  setae  of  any  kind.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  pronotum  generally  without 
setae,  but  bearing  one  row  of  fine,  short  yellow  setae  at  the  posterior  border.  Dorsal  surface 
of  the  elytra  and  abdomen  with  an  even  covering  of  fine  yellow  setae  with  straight,  non- 
bifurcated  tips.  Macrochaetotaxy  of  abdominal  tergites  II-VIII:  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2.  Macro- 
chaetotaxy of  abdominal  sternites  III-VIII:  6,  6,  6,  4,  4,  4,  4.  Median  lobe  of  male  genitalia 
shaped  as  in  fig.  29.  Spermatheca  shaped  as  in  fig.  13.  One  aberrent  spermatheca  was 
shaped  as  in  fig.  37,  whereas  other  members  of  the  same  population  matched  fig.  13.  Antennae 
10-segmented. 

measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.47-0.51  mm;  elytra  length,  0.24-0.26  mm;  pronotum 
width,  0.80-0.87  mm.  Number  measured,  10. 

material  examined:  South  Africa:  Transvaal:  3,  3 mi.  ex  Morgenson- 

Standerton,  10  September  1963,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  No.  T160  (N.C.I.,  D.K.) ; 5, 
3 mi.  ex  Morgenson-Standerton,  10  September  1963,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  No. 
T161  (N.C.I.,  D.K.);  1,  10  mi.  ex  Morgenson-Standerton,  11  September  1963, 
Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  No.  T167  (N.C.I.);  2,  13  mi.  ex  Morgenson-Ermelo,  12 
September  1963,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  No.  T168  (N.C.I.,  D.K.).  Cape  Province: 
11,  6 mi.  ex  Sterkstroom-Tarka,  8 October  1963,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  No.  T206 
(N.C.I.,  D.K.);  13,  10  mi.  ex  Cala-Indwe,  7 October  1963,  Coll.  J.  L.  Sheasby, 
No.  T202  (N.C.I.,  D.K.) . 

notes:  The  hosts  of  all  of  the  above  specimens  were  determined  as  Odontotermes  angustatus 
(Rambur)  by  Dr.  W.  G.  H.  Coaton.  The  hosts  bear  the  accession  numbers  S-37,  S-40,  S-41, 
TM  13045,  TM  13059,  and  are  in  the  National  Collection  of  Isoptera,  South  Afirca.  The 
distribution  of  the  species  is  shown  in  fig.  43. 

Termitodiscus  vansomereni  n.  sp. 

Figs.  18,  30,  38,  44 

Most  closely  related  to  T.  emersoni  n.  sp.  and  T.  angolae  Seevers  from  which  it  is  dis- 
tinguished by  its  larger  size,  the  abdominal  macrochaetotaxy  and  the  shape  of  the  male 
genitalia.  Closely  similar  to  O.  transvaalensis  Silvestri  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  the 
presence  of  setae  with  bifurcated  tips. 

Color  light  reddish  brown  throughout,  with  the  antero-lateral  edges  of  the  pronotum 
lighter  than  the  rest  of  the  body.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  head,  pronotum,  and  elytra  smooth 


224 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Figs.  39-40.  Setae  on  elytra:  39.  Straight  tipped  setae,  Termitodiscus  transvaalensis 

Silvestri;  40.  Bifurcated  tipped  setae,  T.  escherichi  Wasmann.  Scale  is  arbitrary,  photos  were 
taken  at  440  X . 


and  shiny  with  fine  punctures  evenly  but  sparsely  scattered  about.  Dorsal  surface  of  the 
head  and  pronotum  without  setae  of  any  kind.  Dorsal  surface  of  the  elytra  and  abdomen 
with  an  even  covering  of  fine,  yellow,  recumbent,  stiff,  short  setae  with  bifurcated  tips. 
Tergites  with  no  macrochaetae.  Macrochaetotaxy  of  abdominal  sternites  III— VIII : 6,  6,  6, 
6,  6,  6,.  Median  lobe  of  the  male  genitalia  shaped  as  in  fig.  30.  Spermatheca  shaped  as  in 
fig.  38.  Antennae  9-segmented. 

measurements:  Pronotum  length,  0.50-0.53  mm;  elytra  length,  0.26-0.30  mm;  pronotum 
width,  0.85-0.95  mm.  Number  measured,  10. 

holotype:  1 male,  No.  12224,  Kenya,  Karen,  18  June  1966,  ex  fungus  gardens 

of  nest  T185,  Coll.  G.  R.  Cunningham-Van  Someren,  No.  1559.  In  the  Collec- 
tion of  D.  H.  Kistner. 

paratypes:  54,  same  data  as  the  holotype  (D.K.). 

notes:  The  host  of  the  above  specimens  was  determined  as  Odontotermes  montanus  Harris 
by  Mr.  W.  A.  Sands.  The  termite  sample  is  in  the  collection  of  the  British  Museum  (Natural 
History),  London.  This  nest  was  being  raided  by  Dorylus  ( Doryhis ) helvolus  L.  at  the  time 
of  excavation.  The  distribution  of  the  species  is  shown  in  fig.  44. 


RELATIONSHIPS  OF  THE  SPECIES  AND  HOST  SPECIFICITY 

In  the  early  days  of  describing  species,  various  authors  made  a big  point 
about  the  relative  size  of  the  last  joint  of  the  antennae  in  relation  to  the  length 
of  the  rest  of  the  segments  as  well  as  the  absolute  length  of  the  entire  specimen. 
Careful  slide  preparations  have  revealed  that  this  is  an  almost  useless  character 
as  the  size  of  the  terminal  segment  is  always  proportionate  to  the  rest  of  the 
antenna.  Figures  3 and  4 show  this  well,  even  though  the  number  of  antennal 
segments  vary.  The  length  of  the  entire  specimen  is  another  useless  character 


December,  1967] 


Kistner:  Termitophile  Revision 


225 


as  the  abdomen  is  able  to  be  telescoped  a great  deal.  Hence  both  of  these  char- 
acters were  dropped. 

In  searching  for  new  characteristics,  microscopic  examination  revealed  the 
following:  Not  all  the  species  had  10-segmented  antennae  as  was  previously 
supposed.  I first  discovered  this  on  T.  machadoi.  I then  remembered  that 
Silvestri  had  shown  a 10-segmented  antenna  on  both  T.  transvaalensis  and  T. 
heimi.  This  worried  me  as  I have  never  known  Silvestri  to  be  wrong  on  a ques- 
tion of  fact.  Sure  enough,  both  of  the  species  studied  by  Silvestri  had  10-seg- 
mented antennae.  I then  surveyed  the  antennae  of  all  the  species  and  could 
find  no  correlation  of  the  antennal  segmentation  with  any  other  character. 
Hence  this  character  is  here  interpreted  as  a species  specific  character,  and 
a new  genus  is  not  erected  on  this  basis.  Selection  has  obviously  been  working 
to  compress  the  antennae  of  this  beast,  so  a segment  has  been  lost  now  and 
then  on  what  appears  to  be  a hit  or  miss  basis.  I believe  that  the  segment  has 
been  lost  between  segment  3 and  5 and  on  one  species,  T.  vansomereni,  one 
can  see  what  appears  to  be  a fine  line  of  fusion  on  the  third  segment. 

Close  study  of  the  setae  revealed  that  there  are  two  types.  One  type  is  a 
perfectly  ordinary  kind  with  straight  pointed  tips  as  shown  in  fig.  39.  The 
other  type  has  bifurcated  tips  as  shown  in  fig.  40.  The  difference  between  the 
setae  was  noted  by  Seevers  ( 1957,  p.  260)  as  being  feebly  notched.  He  inter- 
preted this  as  being  only  in  the  Indian  species  which  was  not  true.  Among 
the  species  described  at  that  time,  T.  splendidus  also  had  such  setae. 

Using  traditional  phylogenetic  methods,  it  is  possible  to  construct  a phylogeny 
of  the  species  groups  as  shown  in  fig.  4.  Group  A consisting  of  T.  braunsi,  T. 
latericius,  T.  coatoni,  and  T.  transvaalensis  would  be  interpreted  as  the  most 
primitive  species  because  they  have  setae  with  straight  tips  which  is  the  usual 
situation  in  the  Staphylinidae  and  particularly  true  in  the  primitive  groups. 
Where  deviations  have  occurred  as  in  Phyllodinarda  (see  Kistner  1965),  the 
deviations  are  of  a different  nature  than  for  Termito discus  and  can  therefore  be 
assumed  to  be  of  independent  origin.  Of  the  four  species,  T.  transvaalensis  is 
probably  the  most  primitive  as  it  still  has  a short  row  of  setae  on  the  pronotum 
whereas  the  others  lack  pronotal  setae  entirely.  Again,  the  complete  absence 
of  setae  on  the  pronotum  of  a Staphylinid  is  an  unusual  condition  and  is  there- 
fore interpreted  as  being  a derivative  condition.  This  view  is  reinforced  by 
the  fact  that  groups  C,  D,  and  E have  pronotal  setae,  albeit  modified,  and 
modified  setae  had  to  be  derived  from  some  pre-existing  setae,  hence  I am 
supposing  that  the  common  ancestor  had  to  have  setae,  most  likely  unmodified 
setae  on  its  pronotum.  None  of  the  presently  known  species  quite  fills  the  bill, 
but  T.  transvaalensis  comes  closest.  T.  latericius  is  more  closely  related  to 
T.  transvaalensis  in  that  it  has  10-segmented  antennae  whereas  the  other  species 
( T . braunsi  and  T.  coatoni)  have  9-segmented  antennae. 

Groups  B,  C,  D,  and  E are  all  related  in  having  setae  with  bifurcated  tips. 


226 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Group  A Group  B 


Group  C Group  D Group  E 


no  pronotal 
setae 


small 

genitalia 

small 

size 


9 segmented 
antennae 


setae  with 
bifurcated  tips 


10  segmented 
antennae 


large 

genitalia 

large  or 

intermediate 

size 


setae  with 
straight  tips 


Fig.  41.  Proposed  phytogeny  of  species  groups  of  T ermitodiscus  using  traditional  methods. 
Group  A includes  T.  braunsi,  T.  latericius,  T.  eoatoni,  and  T.  transvaalensis.  Group  B 
includes  T.  angolae,  T . emersoni,  T.  vansomereni,  and  T.  splendidus.  Group  C includes  T. 
machadoi  and  T.  sheasbyi.  Group  D includes  T.  krishnai  and  T.  minutus.  Group  E includes 
T.  butteli,  T.  escherichi,  and  T.  heimi. 


Slide  preparations  of  most  of  the  species  revealed  that  the  bifurcated  tips  are 
all  of  the  same  type.  T.  minutus  and  T.  butteli  were  not  so  examined  but  the 
dry  preparations  revealed  no  differences. 

Group  B has  no  pronotal  setae,  but  the  elytra  and  abdomen  have  the  bifurcated 
setae.  All  the  members  of  this  group  (T.  angolae , T.  emersoni,  T.  splendidus , 
and  T.  vansomereni)  have  9-segmented  antennae  which  would  link  them  to 
part  of  group  A,  and  also  to  group  C. 

Group  C has  setae  with  bifurcated  tips  on  the  pronotum  as  well  as  the  elytra 
and  abdomen.  A careful  examination  of  the  diagram  (fig.  41)  will  reveal  that  we 
are  assuming  that  the  common  ancestor  of  B,  C,  D,  and  E had  setae  on  all  three 
regions,  that  this  became  bifurcated,  and  then  was  lost  on  the  pronotums  of 
group  B.  Thus  group  C would  be  more  primitive  than  group  B. 

Groups  D and  E share  with  group  C the  property  of  having  setae  with 
bifurcated  tips  but  differ  in  having  10-segmented  antennae.  Hence  I interpret 
that  groups  D and  E were  split  off  earlier  in  the  evolution  of  the  groups  before 
segment  reduction.  Groups  D and  E are  very  closely  related  to  one  another 
but  differ  in  size  and  in  the  size  of  the  genitalia  (where  known). 


December,  1967] 


Kistner:  Termitophile  Revision 


227 


It  is  obvious  from  the  foregoing  that  I did  not  use  characters  such  as  the 
macrochaetotaxy  of  the  abdomen  or  the  various  characters  of  the  male  genitalia 
(other  than  gross  size)  in  the  construction  of  the  phylogenetic  tree.  These 
characters,  while  useful  for  discriminating  species,  are  presently  of  no  use  in 
determining  phylogenies,  as  there  is  no  way  of  determining  or  guessing  the 
primitive  and  derivative  states  of  such  characters.  Should  an  ancestral  type 
be  found  in  nature,  it  might  be  possible  to  judge  this  in  the  future,  but  this  is 
not  so  at  present. 

Computer  methods  were  then  used  to  see  if  a more  precise  statement  of  the 
relationships  of  the  species  could  be  constructed.  To  do  this,  it  was  necessary 
to  develop  a list  of  unit  characters  following  the  general  outline  of  Sokal  and 
Sneath  (1963).  After  eliminating  characteristics  which  were  redundant  or 
invariant,  the  following  list  of  31  characters  was  used  and  coded  0 for  absence, 
1 for  presence,  and  3 for  no  comparison.  The  no  comparisons  arose  when  a male 
character  was  listed  and  the  species  was  known  only  from  a female  or  the  ma- 
terial studied  could  not  be  dissected  to  yield  the  desired  comparison. 

LIST  OF  CHARACTERS  USED  FOR  NUMERICAL  ANALYSIS 

1.  Pronotum  with  setae  with  bifurcated  tips 

2.  Elytra  with  setae  with  bifurcated  tips 

3.  Abdomen  with  setae  with  bifurcated  tips 

4.  Tergite  VIII  of  male  pointed 

5.  Male  genitalia  small 

6.  Pronotum  with  posterior  edge  with  1 row  of  straight  tipped 

setae. 

7.  Ten  antennal  segments 

8.  Male  genitalia  with  median  spines 

9.  Tergite  VIII  of  female  pointed 

10.  Pronotum  length,  0.47-0.55  mm 

1 1 . Pronotum  length,  0.43-0.45  mm 

12.  Pronotum  length,  0.33-0.41  mm 

13.  Elytra  length,  0.25-0.30  mm 

14.  Pronotum  width  twice  pronotum  length 

15.  No  macrochaetae  on  tergites  II-VII 

16.  Tergal  macrochaetotaxy  (II-VII)  0,  6,  6,  6,  6,  6 

17.  Tergal  macrochaetotaxy  (II-VIII)  0,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4 

18.  No  macrochaetae,  sternite  III 

19.  2 macrochaetae,  sternite  III 

20.  No  macrochaetae,  sternite  IV 

21.  2 macrochaetae,  sternite  IV 

22.  No  macrochaetae,  sternite  V 

23.  2 macrochaetae,  sternite  V 


228 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


24.  4 macrochaetae,  sternite  V 

25.  No  macrochaetae,  sternite  VI 

26.  2 macrochaetae,  sternite  VI 

27.  4 macrochaetae,  sternite  VI 

28.  No  macrochaetae,  sternite  VII 

29.  2 macrochaetae,  sternite  VII 

30.  4 macrochaetae,  sternite  VII 

3 1 . Pronotum  with  setae  of  any  type 


The  distribution  of  these  characteristics  in  the  15  species  is  given  in  Table  1. 

These  data  were  then  loaded  into  an  IBM  1620  computer  with  a program  to 
produce  the  simple  matching  coefficients  described  by  Sokal  and  Michener 
(1958).  The  output  of  this  program  was  then  used  to  cluster  the  data  using 
the  weighted  pair-group  method  described  by  Sokal  and  Sneath  (1963). 

The  results  of  these  analyses  are  presented  in  fig.  42.  Only  the  matrix  values 
where  the  groups  join  are  indicated.  The  perfect  correlation  between  T.  butteli 
and  T.  heimi  (and  for  that  matter  between  T.  butteli  and  T.  escherichi  also) 
is  due  to  the  large  number  of  no  comparisons  in  the  original  data.  It  is  also 
probable  that  the  correlation  between  T.  krishnai  and  T.  minutus  will  not  be  as 
high  when  dissection  material  of  T.  minutus  is  available. 

It  will  be  noted  that  there  are  some  major  discrepancies  between  the  phylo- 
genetic diagram  and  fig.  42.  The  most  serious  discrepancies  are  the  clustering 
of  T.  vansomereni  with  T.  transvaalensis , and  the  clustering  of  T.  splendidus 
with  the  cluster  T.  sheasbyi-T.  machadoi.  Less  serious  but  still  important  is 
the  clustering  of  T.  latericius  to  T.  braunsi  rather  than  to  T.  transvaalensis . 
All  of  these  are  due  to  a weighting  of  size  and  chaetotaxy  factors  as  equal  to 
kinds  of  setae  and  antennal  segmentation. 


Table  1.  Distribution  of  unit  characters  in  Termitodiscus  species.  Characters  are 

arranged  sequentially  from  left  to  right. 


Species 

No. 

Species  name 

Characters 

01  T.  angolae  Seevers 

02  T.  braunsi  Wasmann 

03  T.  butteli  Wasmann 

04  T.  coatoni  n.  sp. 

05  T.  emersoni  n.  sp. 

06  T.  escherichi  Wasmann 

07  T.  heimi  Wasmann 

08  T.  krishnai  n.  sp. 

09  T.  latericius  n.  sp. 

10  T.  machadoi  Seevers 

11  T.  minutus  Cameron 

12  T.  sheasbyi  n.  sp. 

13  T.  splendidus  Wasmann 

14  T.  transvaalensis  Silvestri 

15  T.  vansomereni  n.  sp. 


0111100010010010001010100100100 
0001100011001001001010100100100 
1113301331001110033333333333331 
0001100001001010001010100010010 
0113300301001010001010100100100 
1111001011001110001010010000001 
1111001111001110001010010010011 
1111101010010110010101000100011 
0000101011001000101010100100100 
1 1 10100000100110010101001001001 
1113301300010110033333333333331 
1 1 10100101000110010101001001001 
0110100000010010010101001001000 
0000 11100100 1010000000000000000 
01 1 1100001001010000000000000000 


December,  1967] 


Kistner:  Termitophile  Revision 


229 


vansomereni  15 
transvaalensis  14 
coatoni  4 
latericius  9 
braunsi  2 
emersoni  5 
angolae  I 
splendidus  13 
sheasbyi  12 
machadoi  10 
krishnai  8 
minutus  II 
butteli  3 
heimi  7 

escherichi  6 


Coefficient  of  Association 

Fig.  42.  Diagram  of  the  phenetic  relationships  between  the  species  of  Termito discus. 


The  realtionships  diagrammed  in  fig.  42  are  probably  less  accurate  as  a 
phylogenetic  scheme  than  the  relationships  shown  in  fig.  41.  However,  the 
information  in  fig.  42  is  very  useful  as  purely  taxonomic  information.  It  took 
only  45  minutes  to  put  the  problem  through  the  computer  and  that  45  minutes 
saved  hours  of  time  in  constructing  the  keys  to  species. 

As  the  species  are  known  now,  there  is  complete  host  specificity.  The  host 
information  is  summarized  in  Table  2.  If  we  make  the  assumption  that  the 
rates  of  evolution  of  the  termites  and  termitophiles  are  about  the  same  and 
that  there  were  no  accidental  host  changes  in  evolutionary  history,  both  hand- 
some assumptions,  then  we  should  expect  that  the  termites  would  be  related  to 
each  other  in  the  same  manner  as  the  termitophiles.  Thus  we  would  expect 
Odontotermes  heimi  and  Odontotermes  taprobanes  to  be  more  closely  related 
to  each  other  than  to  Odontotermes  hainanensis . We  would  expect  the  species 
O.  latericius  from  S.  W.  Africa  that  is  the  host  of  T.  sheasbyi  to  be  more  closely 
related  to  O.  interveniens  than  to  O.  latericius  from  South  Africa.  It  will  be 


230 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Table  2.  Host  relationships  of  Termito discus. 


Termitophile 

Host 

T.  angolae  Seevers 

Odontotermes  nolaensis  Sjoestedt 

T.  braunsi  Wasmann 

Odontotermes  transvaalensis  Sjoestedt 

T.  butteli  Wasmann 

Odontotermes  ( Hypotermes ) obscuriceps  Wasmann 

T.  eoatoni  n.  sp. 

Odontotermes  badius  Haviland 

T . emersoni  n.  sp. 

Odontotermes  patruus  Sjoestedt 

T.  escherichi  Wasmann 

Odontotermes  taprobanes  Walker 

T.  heimi  Wasmann 

Odontotermes  obesus  Rambur 

T.  krishnai  n.  sp. 

Odontotermes  hainanensis  Light 

T.  laterieius  n.  sp. 

Odontotermes  laterieius  Haviland 

T.  machadoi  Seevers 

Odontotermes  interveniens  Sjoestedt 

T.  minutus  Cameron 

not  known 

T.  sheasbyi  n.  sp. 

Odontotermes  laterieius  Haviland 

T.  splendidus  Wasmann 

Odontotermes  vulgaris  Haviland 

T.  transvaalensis  Silvestri 

Odontotermes  angustatus  Rambur 

T.  vansomereni  n.  sp. 

Odontotermes  montanus  Harris 

interesting  to  see  whether  either  of  the  arrangements  given  here  corresponds 
with  the  relationships  between  the  species  of  Odontotermes , when  this  genus  is 
revised. 


BEHAVIORAL  OBSERVATIONS 

Two  species  were  studied  closely  in  the  field,  T.  heimi  and  T.  escherichi , 
especially  to  see  what  transpired  when  the  termitophile  came  into  contact  with 
the  termite  host.  To  do  this,  living  specimens  of  the  termitophiles  and  their 
hosts  were  placed  in  petri  dishes  with  moist  filter  paper  on  the  bottoms  and 
some  pieces  of  fungus  gardens.  The  termitophiles  and  termites  were  observed 
after  a couple  of  hours  had  elapsed  to  give  them  time  to  accommodate  to  the 
container. 

The  chief  behavorial  adaptation  of  the  termitophile  appeared  to  be  avoidance. 
The  termitophile  is  small  in  relation  to  the  size  of  the  termite  workers  or  soldiers, 
it  has  good  eyesight  whereas  the  termite  does  not,  and  it  is  fast  on  its  feet 
whereas  the  termite  is  slow  and  clumsy.  In  every  termitophile-termite  encounter, 
the  termitophile  was  able  to  maneuver  out  of  range  of  the  mandibles  before  the 
termite  was  even  aware  of  its  existence.  We  maneuvered  some  termites  into 
position  with  a camel’s  hair  brush  and  then  tried  to  prevent  the  termitophile  from 
escaping  with  another  camel’s  hair  brush,  but  in  every  instance,  the  beetle  was 
able  to  crawl  under  or  around  the  termite  without  getting  caught  or  even  attract- 
ing attention.  We  were  thus  unable  to  acquire  any  insight  into  the  possible 
adaptive  function  of  the  limuloid  body  shape. 

These  same  observations  were  confirmed  in  a limited  way  on  T.  braunsi  in 
South  Africa.  However,  future  studies  should  be  directed  to  see  if  there  is  any 
difference  in  the  behavior  of  those  forms  with  setae  with  bifurcated  tips  and 
those  with  straight  tips. 


December,  1967] 


Kistner:  Termitophile  Revision 


231 


Fig.  43.  Distribution  of  certain  South  African  species  of  Termito discus. 


232 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


butteli 

★ emersoni 


latericius 

minutus 


Fig.  44.  Distribution  of  certain  species  of  Termito discus. 


December,  1967] 


Kistner:  Termitophile  Revision 


233 


Observations  in  the  field  of  T.  heimi  and  T.  escherichi  revealed  that  both 
species  ate  the  fungus  in  the  fungus  gardens.  Subsequent  gut  smears  confirmed 
this. 

The  above  observations  should  be  combined  with  another  field  observation 
before  any  conclusions  are  drawn.  Invariably,  the  most  Termitodiscus  were 
found  in  the  fungus  gardens  immediately  adjacent  to  the  royal  cell.  These  are 
the  fungus  gardens  which  contain  the  most  eggs  and  young  termites  and  hence 
there  is  more  termite  activity. 

Termite  activity  decreases  in  the  more  peripheral  fungus  gardens  and  one 
seldom  finds  termitophiles  in  these.  Termitophiles  were  never  taken  in  the 
royal  cells  of  Odontotermes. 

Because  of  their  association  with  the  termites  in  areas  of  high  termite  activity, 
their  perfect  host  specificity,  and  the  fact  that  no  accidental  capture  of  Ter- 
mitodiscus outside  the  termite  nest  has  ever  been  made,  I am  interpreting  the 
genus  as  integrated  termitophiles  whose  principal  adaptation  to  the  termite 
hosts  is  avoidance  of  direct  contact. 

Wasmann  (1895  and  elsewhere)  erected  the  category  of  “trutztypus”  or 
defensive  forms  and  placed  the  genus  Termitodiscus  in  that  category  in  1912 
and  1916  based  on  the  morphology  alone.  There  is  no  evidence  that  the  ter- 
mitophiles lead  a harried  existence  in  the  nest.  The  avoidance  of  the  termites 
under  observation  never  led  to  a confrontation  even  when  we  tried  to  manipulate 
one.  What  seems  to  prevail  is  a kind  of  wary  but  completely  dependent  co- 
existence on  the  part  of  the  termitophile  and  an  unawareness  on  the  part  of  the 
termites. 


RELATIONSHIP  OF  THE  TRIBE  TO  OTHER  ALEOCHARINAE 

The  closest  free-living  aleocharine  tribe  to  the  Termitodiscini  is  the  tribe 
Myrmedoniini.  The  following  characters  link  the  two  tribes:  (1)  Nature  of  the 
teeth  on  the  mandibles;  (2)  Structure  of  the  legs;  (3)  Tarsal  formula;  (4) 
Structure  of  the  prosternum;  (5)  The  tri-lobed  nature  of  the  ninth  abdominal 
segment. 

The  only  termitophilous  tribe  that  is  close  to  the  Termitodiscini  is  the  sub- 
tribe Termitondina  of  the  Myrmedoniini  which  may  share  common  origins.  More 
material  of  the  Termitondina  will  be  necessary  before  these  relationships  can 
be  checked. 

The  relationship  of  the  Termitodiscini  to  the  Myrmedoniini  does  not  destroy 
the  tribal  status  of  the  Termitodiscini;  it  merely  gives  some  idea  of  what  the 
ancestral  type  must  have  been  like. 

Acknowledgments 

A study  like  this  is  only  possible  with  the  cooperation  and  active  interest  of  many  people. 
For  help  in  my  field  work,  I cheerfully  thank  Dr.  W.  G.  H.  Coaton,  Plant  Protection  Research 
Institute,  Pretoria,  South  Africa;  Dr.  R.  Lawrence  and  his  son,  Natal  Museum,  Pieter- 


234 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


maritzburg,  South  Africa;  Mr.  G.  R.  Cunningham-Van  Someren,  Karen,  Kenya;  Dr.  T. 
Fletcher,  Institute  for  the  Study  of  Malaria  and  Arthropod-borne  Diseases,  Amani,  Tanzania; 
and  Dr.  Joseph  De  Sa,  Bombay,  India.  Thanks  are  also  given  to  my  wife,  Alzada  Carlisle 
Kistner,  for  hours  and  hours  of  fungus  sorting  in  the  field. 

For  providing  specimens  collected  by  themselves  and  colleagues,  I wish  to  thank  par- 
ticularly, Dr.  W.  G.  H.  Coaton.  He  and  his  colleagues,  particularly  Mr.  J.  L.  Sheasby,  have 
amassed  a termitophile  collection  over  the  past  six  years  for  the  Republic  of  South  Africa 
and  its  dependency,  Southwest  Africa  which  is  without  equal  for  any  other  area  of  the 
world.  For  other  specimens,  I thank  Dr.  Alfred  E.  Emerson,  University  of  Chicago,  Dr. 
Kumar  Krishna,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  Mr.  G.  R.  Cunningham-Van 
Someren. 

I am  also  grateful  to  individuals  for  providing  facilities  and  space  during  type  study 
trips  and  also  for  cordial  hospitality  while  in  their  institutions.  These  are  Professor  J.  K.  A. 
Van  Boven,  Universite  de  Louvain,  Belgium,  also  Curator  of  the  Wasmann  Collection  at 
the  Naturhistorisch  Museum,  Maastricht  (N.H.M.)  ; Mr.  P.  Basilewsky,  Chef  de  la  Section 
d’Entomologie,  Musee  Royal  de  l’Afrique  Centrale  Tervuren  (M.R.A.C.)  ; Mr.  J.  Balfour- 
Browne,  British  Museum  (Natural  History),  London  (B.M.N.H.),  and  Dr.  Rupert  L. 
Wenzel,  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Chicago  (F.M.N.H.).  The  initials  given  above 
indicate  the  institution  wherein  specimens  cited  are  deposited.  Specimens  deposited  in  the 
collection  of  the  author  are  indicated  (D.K.)  while  those  in  the  National  Collection  of 
Insects,  Pretoria,  South  Africa  are  indicated  (N.C.I.). 

Termite  host  identifications  are  all  credited  in  the  text  but  I am  extremely  grateful  to 
Dr.  W.  G.  H.  Coaton,  Dr.  A.  E.  Emerson,  Dr.  Kumar  Krishna,  and  Mr.  W.  A.  Sands,  Termite 
Research  Unit  at  the  British  Museum  (Natural  History)  for  taking  the  time  to  make  the 
determinations. 

Thanks  are  given  to  Mr.  William  Lane  of  the  Computer  Center  and  Division  of  Engineer- 
ing, Chico  State  College,  for  helpful  suggestions  and  patient  instruction  on  the  IBM  1620 
computer.  Thanks  are  also  given  to  Mr.  Herbert  Jacobson  and  Mr.  Robert  Banfill  for  help 
on  the  programming  necessary  for  the  numerical  analyses  and  for  help  in  debugging  (no  pun 
intended)  the  programs  after  modification. 

I am  very  grateful  to  Mr.  R.  Gary  Malin  and  Mr.  David  Harwood  of  Chico  State  College 
for  assistance  in  the  mounting,  labelling,  dissecting,  and  other  operations  necessary  in  this 
kind  of  work. 


Literature  Cited 

Blackwelder,  Richard  E.  1952.  The  generic  names  of  the  beetle  family  Staphylinidae. 
U.S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  200:  IV  + 484  p. 

Cameron,  Malcolm.  1926.  New  species  of  Staphylinidae  from  India.  Part  II.  Trans. 
Entomol.  Soc.  London,  1925  (1926):  341-372. 

— . 1932.  The  fauna  of  British  India,  including  Ceylon  and  Burma.  Staphylinidae, 

3:  443  p.  London. 

Kistner,  David  H.  1965.  A revision  of  the  species  of  the  genus  Phyllodinarda  Wasmann 
with  notes  on  their  behavior  ( Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) . Pan-Pacific  Entomol., 
41(2)  : 121-132. 

— . 1966.  A revision  of  the  African  species  of  the  Aleocharine  tribe  Dorylomimini 

( Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) . II.  The  genera  Dorylominus,  Dorylonannus,  Dorylogaster, 
Dorylobactrus,  and  Mimanomma,  with  notes  on  their  behavior.  Ann.  Entomol.  Soc. 
Amer.,  59(2)  : 320-340. 

— . 1967.  The  biology  of  termitophiles.  In  Krishna,  Kumar  and  F.  W.  Lechleitner, 

The  Biology  of  Termites,  Chapter  32.  Academic  Press,  N.Y.  (In  press). 


December,  1967] 


Kistner:  Termitopiiile  Revision 


235 


Koblick,  T.  A.,  and  D.  H.  Kistner.  1965.  A revision  of  the  species  of  the  genus  Myrmechusa 
from  tropical  Africa  with  notes  on  their  behavior  and  their  relationship  to  the  Pygo- 
stenini  (Coleoptera:Staphylinidae) . Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Amer.,  58(1):  28-44. 
Seevers,  Charles  H.  1957.  A monograph  on  the  termitophilous  Staphvlinidae  (Coleoptera) . 
Fieldiana:  Zool.,  40:  1-334. 

. 1965.  New  termitophilous  Aleocharinae  from  Angola  (Coleoptera:Staphylinidae) . 

Publ.  Cult.  Comph.  Diam.  Angola,  Lisbon,  69:  129-138. 

Silvestri,  Filippo.  1947.  Contributo  alia  conoscenza  dei  Termitodiscinae  e Cephaloplectinae 
(Staphylinidae,  Coleoptera)  termitofili.  Arch.  Zool.  Ital.,  31:  123-149. 

Sokal,  R.  R.,  and  C.  D.  Michener.  1958.  A statistical  method  for  evaluating  systematic 
relationships.  Univ.  Kans.  Sci.  Bull.,  38:  1409-1438. 

Sokal,  R.  R.,  and  P.  H.  A.  Sneath.  1963.  Principles  of  Numerical  Taxonomy.  Freeman 
& Co.,  San  Francisco,  XVIII  + 360  pp. 

Wasmann,  Erich.  1895.  Die  Myrmecophilen  und  Termitophilen.  Compt.  Rend.  Ill  Congr. 
Internat.  Zool.  Leyden.,  1896:  410-440. 

— . 1899.  Neue  Termitophilen  und  Myrmekophilen  aus  Indien.  Deutsch.  Entomol. 

Zeitschr.,  1899:  145-169.  2 plates. 

. 1911.  Termitophile  Coleopteren  aus  Ceylon.  In  Escherich,  Termitenleben  auf 

Ceylon:  231-232. 

. 1912.  Neue  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  Termitophilen  und  Myrmekophilen.  Zeitschr. 

Wissenschaft.  Zool.,  101:  70-115.  Plates  V-VII. 

— — — . 1916.  Wissenschaftliche  Ergebnisse  einer  Forschungsreise  nach  Ostindien,  V.  Ter- 

mitophile und  myrmecophile  Coleopteren,  gesammelt  von  Herrn  Prof.  Dr.  V. 
Buttel-Reepen,  1911-1912.  Zool.  Jahrb.  System.,  39:  169-210.  Plates  4 and  5. 


Received  eor  Publication  July  13,  1967 


The  Immature  Instars  of  the  Cleptoparasitic  Genus 
Dioxys  (Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae) 

Jerome  G.  Rozen,  Jr.1 


Abstract:  The  last-stage  larva  of  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  and  D.  productus  productus?  are 
described  taxonomically  and  compared  with  the  previously  published  account  of  the  larva 
of  D.  cincta  (Jurine).  The  three  other  larval  instars  and  the  pupa  of  D.  pomonae  pomonae 
are  also  described  and  the  adaptive  significance  of  some  of  the  anatomical  features  of  the 
larvae  are  discussed.  A preliminary  key  is  presented  to  distinguish  among  the  genera  of 
parasitic  megachilid  bees  on  the  basis  of  the  last  larval  instar. 

The  purposes  of  this  paper  are  ( 1 ) to  describe  taxonomically  the  immature 
instars  of  the  parasitic  bee  genus  Dioxys  and  (2)  to  compare  the  external 
anatomy  of  the  four  larval  instars  of  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae.  At  the  end, 
a key  is  given  that  may  help  in  the  identification  of  mature  larvae  of  parasitic 
Megachilidae. 

Cleptoparasitism  (social  parasitism)  has  evolved  in  at  least  three  separate 
cases  in  the  family  Megachilidae.  Coelioxys,  usually  a parasite  of  Megachile 
but  also  associated  with  Centris , Anthophora , and  probably  others,  obviously 
arose  from  a Megachile- like  ancestor.  Stelis,  sensu  lato  (including  Euaspis  and 
Parevaspis)  and  Dioxys  (and  related  genera)  presumably  evolved  from  separate 
lineages  in  the  Anthidiini.  Most  Stelis,  sensu  lato,  apparently  attack  mega- 
chilids,  although  some  (and  perhaps  all)  species  of  the  subgenus  Odonto- 
stelis  attack  Euglossa  (Friese,  1925;  Bennett,  1966).  The  biology  and  larvae 
of  Stelis  are  sufficiently  diverse  to  raise  the  question  whether  this  genus  is 
monophyletic  (Rozen,  1966).  Insofar  as  known,  all  members  of  the  Dioxys 
complex  parasitize  the  Megachilinae  (Hurd,  1958;  Jaycox,  1966),  but  our  lack 
of  knowledge  of  their  immature  stages  and  biology  does  not  permit  us  to  specu- 
late on  the  origin  of  parasitism  in  this  group.  I hope  that  data  recorded  here, 
as  well  as  biological  information  presented  in  the  accompanying  report  (Rozen 
and  Favreau,  1967)  will  eventually  be  used  for  this  purpose. 

The  number  of  larval  instars  in  bees  has  been  open  to  question  because  of  the 
difficulty  in  rearing  these  animals.  However,  Hackwell  and  Stephen  (1966) 
claim  on  the  basis  of  carefully  accumulated  data  that  the  halictid  Nomia 
melanderi  Cockerell  has  five  instars.  These  men  observed  that  the  egg  chorion 
encased  the  entire  first  instar  except  for  most  or  all  of  the  head  capsule  and  that 
the  first  and  second  instars  were  similar  in  size.  The  first  and  second  instars 
moved  their  mandibles  back  and  forth  and  occasionally  consumed  liquid  and 
pollen  grains.  Rozen  (1964)  stated  that  the  embryo  of  the  anthophorid 

1 Chairman  and  Curator,  Dept.  Ent.,  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist. 


236 


December,  1967]  Rozen:  Immature  Instars  of  Dioxys  237 


Figs.  1-8.  Mature  larva  of  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  Cockerell.  1.  Predefecating  larva, 
lateral  view  (setae  not  shown).  2.  Spiracle.  3-5.  Right  mandible,  dorsal,  inner,  and  ventral 
views,  respectively.  6.  Head,  front  view.  7.  Labium,  with  mandibles  removed,  showing 
hypopharyngeal  lobes,  front  view.  8.  Head,  lateral  view.  Scale  refers  to  Fig.  1. 

Svastra  obliqua  obliqua  (Say)  ingested  liquid  just  before  the  chorion  was 
cast  off;  shortly  after  eclosion  a transparent  embryonic  cuticle  was  shed.  The 
“first  instar”  of  N omia  melanderi  and  the  late  “embryo”  of  Svastra  obliqua 
obliqua  are  probably  the  same  stage.  If  this  is  true,  then  the  cryptic  early 
stage  may  be  a widespread  phenomenon  among  bees,  as  N omia  and  Svastra 
belong  to  separate  families  and  as  this  stage  has  also  apparently  been  observed 


238 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


in  the  Panurginae  (Rozen,  1967).  Whether  it  represents  the  first  instar,  per- 
haps especially  adapted  to  the  task  of  ingesting  fluid  prior  to  casting  off  the 
chorion,  or  whether  it  is  a late  embryo  can  be  determined  only  by  further  studies. 
In  the  case  of  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  four  distinct  larval  instars  were  observed. 
The  early  cryptic  stage  was  not  noticed  though  it  may  have  been  present.  For 
the  purpose  of  this  paper,  the  “first  instar”  is  the  first  actively  moving  stage, 
to  which  the  chorion  no  longer  adheres. 

The  specimens  of  Dioxys  productus  productus?  described  below  were  kindly 
made  available  by  Dr.  Elbert  R.  Jaycox,  University  of  Illinois,  Urbana.  Dr.  Paul 
D.  Hurd,  Jr.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  identified  the  adult  Dioxys. 
The  literature  search  was  facilitated  by  the  Bibliography  of  Apoid  Biology 
directed  by  Dr.  Charles  D.  Michener,  the  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence. 
Mrs.  Marjorie  Favreau  ably  assisted  me  in  the  field  investigations  and  laboratory 
work  which  culminated  in  this  study.  My  wife,  Barbara,  helped  prepare  the 
scientific  illustrations,  and  Mrs.  Rose  Ismay  carefully  typed  the  manuscript. 

MATURE  LARVAE 

Only  a single  account  of  an  immature  of  this  genus  occurs  in  the  literature; 
Micheli  (1936)  provided  a useful  description  of  the  mature,  fourth-stage  larva 
of  the  European  Dioxys  cincta  (Jurine),  the  type  of  the  genus.  Grandi  (1934) 
reported  on  an  unknown  bee  larva  associated  with  Chalicodoma  muraria  (Fa- 
bricius),  and  although  Michener  (1953a)  tentatively  assigned  it  to  Dioxys , 
the  hairy  mandible  identifies  it  as  a Coelioxys.  I am  describing  here  the  mature 
larvae  of  two  other  species  of  Dioxys , D.  pomonae  pomonae  and  D.  productus 
productus? . 

The  three  known  species  have  a number  of  features  that  may  prove  diagnostic 
for  the  genus.  Unlike  mature  larvae  of  other  megachilids,  which  are  heavily 
pilose,  those  of  Dioxys  possess  only  widely  scattered  setae  on  the  postcephalic 
region.  The  setae,  sparse  on  the  thorax,  are  even  sparser  on  the  abdominal  seg- 
ments. The  bidentate  mandibles  (Figs.  3-5,  11-13)  of  the  three  species  lack  the 
apical  concavity  and  cusp  of  other  members  of  the  family  (except  for  some  Stelis, 
Rozen,  1966)  and  differ  from  those  of  other  Anthidiini  (except  some  Stelis , 
ibid.,  and  Trachusa,  Michener,  1953a)  in  that  there  are  no  small  teeth  on  the 
margin  between  the  apical  teeth;  of  the  three  forms,  only  D.  pomonae  pomonae 
(Figs.  3-5)  has  such  teeth  on  the  upper  and  lower  mandibular  edges.  The 
antennae  of  D.  cincta  apparently  are  not  abnormally  large  for  a megachilid 
but  those  of  D.  pomonae  pomonae  (Fig.  8)  are  distinctly  greater  in  size  than 
those  of  members  of  other  genera.  The  antennae  of  D.  productus  productus? 
(Fig.  15),  however,  are  the  largest  of  any  bee  larva  that  I have  seen.  Antennal 
size  therefore  is  helpful,  both  for  species  separation  and,  in  some  cases,  for 
identification  of  the  genus. 


December,  1967] 


Rozen:  Immature  Instars  of  Dioxys 


239 


Figs.  9-15.  Mature  larva  of  Dioxys  productus  productus  (Cresson)  ? 9.  Larva,  lateral 

view  (setae  not  shown).  10.  Spiracle.  11-13.  Right  mandible,  dorsal,  inner,  and  ventral 
views.  14,  15.  Head,  frontal  and  lateral  views.  Scale  refers  to  Fig.  1. 


In  other  respects,  the  fourth  instar  of  Dioxys  seems  to  possess  the  features  of 
other  members  of  the  family.  Whether  the  distinctive  characters  mentioned 
above  warrant  placing  the  genus  in  a separate  tribe  as  contemplated  by  Michener 
(1944)  after  studying  the  adults,  is  open  to  question.  In  general  the  larvae 
of  megachilids  appear  so  similar  that  it  is  difficult  to  imagine  that  larval  features 
will  be  of  much  assistance  in  arranging  the  higher  classification  of  the  family. 

Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  Cockerell 
Figures  1-8 

head:  (Figs.  6-8)  Integument  with  numerous  scattered  long  setae  and  without  spicules; 

antennae,  labrum,  pleurostomal  ridges,  hypostomal  ridges,  mandibles,  cardines,  stipites,  palpi, 


240 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


and  base  of  prementum  conspicuously  pigmented.  Tentorium  complete  and  well  developed; 
posterior  pits  conspicuous  and  normal  in  position;  posterior  thickening  of  head  capsule  and 
hvpostomal  ridge  well  developed ; pleurostomal  ridge  and  lateral  arms  of  epistomal  ridge 
moderately  developed  but  not  so  sharply  defined  as  hypostomal  ridge;  epistomal  ridge  fading 
just  mesiad  of  anterior  tentorial  pits;  longitudinal  thickening  of  head  capsule,  cleavage  lines, 
and  parietal  bands  not  evident;  head  constricted  behind  as  in  D.  productus  productus?  but 
dorsolateral  angles  of  capsule  less  produced.  Antennal  papilla  elongate,  apparently  more 
so  than  that  of  D.  cincta  (Micheli,  1936)  but  papilla  distinctly  smaller  than  that  of  D. 
productus  productus? ; papilla  slightly  shorter  than  three  times  basal  diameter;  each  papilla 
arising  from  inconspicuous  prominence;  these  prominences  distinctly  less  pronounced  than  those 
of  D.  productus  productus? . Labrum  without  tubercles  and  with  apical  margin  emarginate 
medially.  Mandible  (Figs.  3-5)  without  conspicuous  setae,  more  elongate  than  that  of  D. 
cincta  (Micheli,  1936),  and  apically  bidentate  with  ventral  tooth  longer;  margin  between 
apical  teeth  smooth  (i.e.,  nonserrate)  ; dorsal  apical  edge  with  small  but  distinct  teeth; 
ventral  apical  edge  with  inconspicuous  serrations;  apical  concavity  and  cusp  not  present. 
Maxilla  with  basal  part  somewhat  enlarged  and  with  apex  produced  adorally;  galea  absent; 
palpus  elongate  but  shorter  and  narrower  than  antennal  papilla;  cardo  and  stipes  sclerotic. 
Labrum  projecting,  divided  into  prementum  and  postmentum  and  bearing  salivary  opening 
at  apex;  salivary  opening  a transverse  slit  with  projecting  lips;  labial  palpi  perhaps  slightly 
more  slender  than  maxillary  palpi;  hypopharynx  (Fig.  7)  with  prominent  lobe  on  each  side 
of  maxilla. 

body:  Form  (Fig.  1)  moderately  robust;  most  body  segments  divided  dorsally  into  low 

cephalic  annulet  and  elevated  caudal  annulet  on  postdefecating  larva;  annulations  on 
predefecating  form  indistinct;  caudal  annulets  on  postdefecating  form  low  medially  so  that 
larva  appears  to  have  paired  transverse  dorsolateral  tubercles;  middorsal  tubercles  absent; 
lateral  tubercles  (below  spiracles)  well  developed  (at  least  on  postdefecating  form).  In- 
tegument soft ; scattered  setae  (not  shown  in  illustration)  found  on  caudal  annulets,  lateral 
tubercles,  and  venter;  these  setae  approximately  as  dense  as  those  of  D.  productus  productus? , 
but  much  sparser  than  those  of  host  Osmia  nigrobarbata  and  other  megachilids.  Spiracular 
atrium  (Fig.  2)  large,  with  ridges;  atrium  projecting  somewhat  above  body  wall  and  with 
rim ; peritreme  present  but  narrow  so  that  opening  appears  large ; primary  tracheal  opening 
without  distinct  collar;  subatrium  normally  long.  Tenth  abdominal  segment  moderate  in 
length  and  with  anus  situated  dorsally. 

material  studied:  One  postdefecating  larva,  3 miles  north  of  Apache,  Cochise 

County,  Arizona,  April  30  through  May  4,  1966;  larva  preserved  October  14, 
1966;  from  nest  of  Osmia  nigrobarbata  Cockerell  (J.  G.  Rozen  and  M.  Favreau) ; 
two  predefecating  mature  larvae,  same  data  except  preserved  at  time  of  collection. 

Dioxys  productus  productus  (Cresson)  ? 

Figures  9-15 

These  larvae  were  discussed  by  Jaycox  (1966). 

head:  (Figs.  14,  15)  As  described  for  D.  pomonae  pomonae  except  for  following:  Dorso- 

lateral angles  of  head  produced,  apparently  as  in  D.  cincta  (Micheli,  1936),  and  more  so 
than  in  D.  pomonae  pomonae.  Antennal  papilla  enormously  elongate,  being  a little  over 
three  times  longer  than  basal  diameter;  each  papilla  arising  from  restricted  but  pronounced 
prominence.  Mandible  (Figs.  11-13)  like  that  of  D.  pomonae  pomonae  except  dorsal  and 
ventral  apical  edges  without  teeth  or  serrations. 


December,  1967] 


Rozen:  Immature  Instars  of  Dioxys 


241 


Figs.  16-22.  First  instar  of  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  Cockerell.  16.  Larva,  lateral 
view.  17.  Spiracle.  18-20.  Head,  frontal,  lateral,  and  ventral  views,  respectively.  21,  22. 
Right  mandible,  dorsal  and  inner  views.  Scale  refers  to  Fig.  16. 


242 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


body:  (Fig.  9)  As  described  for  D.  pomonae  pomonae  except  spiracular  subatrium  short 

(Fig.  10). 

material  studied:  One  mature  larva,  Smithfield,  Cache  County,  Utah,  June  30, 
1962,  from  Anthidium  nest  in  small  plastic  tube;  fixed  July  2,  1962  (E.  R. 
Jaycox) ; one  mature  larva,  same  locality,  June  31,  1961 ; from  nest  of  Anthidium ; 
fixed  July  19,  1962  (E.  R.  Jaycox). 

OTHER  INSTARS 

None  of  the  other  immature  instars  of  this  genus  has  been  described  before; 
all  of  the  following  belong  to  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae. 

First-Stage  Larva  of  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  Cockerell 

Figures  16-22 

head:  (Figs.  18-20)  Head  hypognathous,  not  prognathous  as  in  Coelioxys.  Integument 

slightly  pigmented  and,  unlike  that  of  host,  with  scattered  long  setae.  Tentorium  complete, 
including  thin  dorsal  arms;  posterior  tentorial  pits  normal  in  position;  posterior  thickening 
of  head  capsule  and  hvpostomal  ridge  slender  but  evident ; pleurostomal  ridge  weak  except 
at  mandibular  articulations;  epistomal  ridge  scarcely  evident,  both  mesiad  and  laterad  of 
anterior  tentorial  pits;  these  pits  well  developed;  longitudinal  thickening  of  head  capsule 
faint;  cleavage  lines  and  parietal  bands  not  evident;  head  somewhat  constricted  behind; 
genal  area,  unlike  that  of  Coelioxys,  not  produced  anteroventrally  into  long  tubercle-like 
projection.  Antennal  papilla  greatly  elongate,  length  about  four  times  basal  diameter;  each 
papilla  arising  from  conspicuous  prominence.  Labrum  without  tubercles  and  with  apical 
margin  emarginate  medially  and  with  sensilla.  Mandible  (Figs.  21,  22)  elongate,  without 
conspicuous  setae,  and  with  apex  simple,  tapering,  curved,  and  pigmented.  Maxilla  with 
basal  part  greatly  enlarged  and  sclerotized  (Fig.  19);  apical  part  directed  adorally;  palpus 
elongate;  galea  absent.  Labium,  unlike  that  of  other  bee  larvae,  not  extending  ventrally  so 
far  as  maxillae;  labium  recessed,  not  divided  into  prementum  and  postmentum,  and  ap- 
parently somewhat  sclerotized  though  not  so  strongly  sclerotized  as  that  of  first  instar  of 
Coelioxys ; salivary  opening  a small  transverse  slit;  palpi  shorter  than  maxillary  palpi,  about 
as  long  as  basal  diameter. 

body:  Form  (Fig.  16)  moderately  slender  and  straight;  some  body  segments  possibly  with 
intrasegmental  lines;  middorsal  tubercles  absent;  distinct  lateral  tubercles  (i.e.,  “ventral 
lateral  tubercles”  of  Odontostelis , Rozen,  1966)  conspicuous  on  most  segments.  Integument 
with  scattered  setae  (in  contrast  with  integument  of  first  instar  of  host  which  lacks  setae)  ; 
setae  on  anterior  part  of  body  longer  than  those  on  posterior  part;  on  most  abdominal 
segments  setae  situated  on  posterior  part  of  segment  dorsally,  at  apices  of  lateral  tubercles, 
and  widely  scattered  on  venter;  integument  finely  spiculate  in  numerous  areas,  including 
most  of  the  tenth  abdominal  segment.  Spiracles  moderately  large  except  for  second  pair  which 
are  distinctly  smaller  than  others;  atrium  (Fig.  17)  not  projecting  above  body  wall,  with  a 
peritreme,  and  slightly  wider  than  deep;  atrial  wall  apparently  with  indistinct  ridges; 
primary  tracheal  opening  apparently  without  collar.  Tenth  abdominal  segment  without  large 
lobes  or  other  modifications;  anus  slightly  dorsal  in  position. 

material  studied:  One  first-stage  larva,  3 miles  north  of  Apache,  Cochise 
County,  Arizona,  April  30,  1966;  from  nest  of  Osmia  nigrobarbata  (J.  G.  Rozen 
and  M.  Favreau). 


December,  1967] 


Rozen:  Immature  Instars  of  Dioxys 


243 


Figs.  23-29.  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  Cockerell.  23.  Right  mandible  of  second  instar, 
dorsal  view.  24.  Second  instar,  lateral  view.  25.  Head  of  second  instar,  lateral  view. 
26.  Head  of  third  instar,  lateral  view.  27,  28.  Right  mandible  of  third  instar,  dorsal  and 
inner  views.  29.  Third  instar,  lateral  view.  Scales  refer  to  Figs.  24  and  29,  respectively. 


244 


New  York  Entomological  Society  [Vol.  LXXV 


Figs.  30,  31.  Pupa  of  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  Cockerell,  lateral  and  dorsal  views. 


Second-Stage  Larva  of  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  Cockerell 

Figures  23-25 

head:  (Fig.  25)  As  described  for  first  instar  except  for  following:  Posterior  thickening  of 

head  capsule,  hypostomal  ridges,  pleurostomal  ridges,  epistomal  ridge,  and  longitudinal 
thickening  of  head  capsule  slightly  more  evident.  Mandible  (Fig.  23)  not  quite  so  slender 
and  slightly  shorter  in  relation  to  size  of  head. 
body:  (Fig.  24)  As  described  for  first  instar. 

material  studied:  One  second-stage  larva,  3 miles  north  of  Apache,  Cochise 
County,  Arizona,  April  30,  1966;  from  nest  of  Osmia  nigrobarbata  (J.  G.  Rozen 
and  M.  Favreau). 

Third-Stage  Larva  of  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  Cockerell 

Figures  26-29 

head:  (Fig.  26)  As  described  for  first  instar  except  for  following:  Internal  ridges  of  head 

capsule  more  distinct  than  those  of  second  instar.  Mandible  (Figs.  27,  28)  stouter  than 
that  of  either  first  or  second  instar  and  shorter  in  relation  to  size  of  head.  Both  dorsal  and 
ventral  subapical  inner  edges  faintly  and  indistinctly  dentate. 
body:  (Fig.  29)  As  described  for  first  instar. 

material  studied:  One  third-stage  larva,  3 miles  north  of  Apache,  Cochise 
County,  Arizona,  May  4,  1966;  from  nest  of  Osmia  nigrobarbata  (J.  G.  Rozen 
and  M.  Favreau). 


December,  1967] 


Rozen:  Immature  Instars  of  Dioxys 


245 


Pupa  of  Dioxys  pomonae  pomonae  Cockerell 

Figures  30-31 

Length,  6.75  mm;  body  curved  so  that  tip  of  tongue  almost  touching  tip  of  metasoma. 
head:  Scape  and  frons  without  tubercles;  vertex  without  tubercles  except  for  low  mounds 
of  ocelli;  scattered  small,  unpigmented  setae  occurring  mesiad  of  upper  inner  orbits  but 
not  above  level  of  anterior  ocellus;  setae  less  abundant  than  those  on  head  of  Stelis 
bilineolata  (Rozen,  1966). 

mesosoma:  Lateral  angles  of  pronotum  somewhat  produced;  posterior  lobes  not  produced; 
mesepisternum,  mesoscutum,  mesoscutellum,  and  axillae  without  tubercles  and  not  produced; 
metanotum  produced  as  distinct  median  rounded  tubercle;  slightly  pigmented  setae  present  on 
mesoscutum  and  mesoscutellum  but  not  on  axillae ; these  setae  fewer  than  those  of  Stelis 
bilineolata  and  somewhat  longer  than  those  of  head;  tegula  not  produced;  wing  without 
tubercles;  fore  tibia  with  apical  tubercle;  mid  and  hind  tibia  each  with  somewhat  smaller 
apical  tubercle ; other  leg  segments  without  distinct  tubercles. 

metasoma:  Terga  I-VI  with  apical  bands  of  short,  unpigmented  setae  rising  from  minute 
tubercles;  sterna  without  tubercles  or  setae;  terminal  spine  absent. 

material  studied  : One  live  female  pupa,  3 miles  north  of  Apache,  Cochise 
County,  Arizona,  larva  collected  May,  1966,  pupated  approximately  September 
1,  1966;  from  cell  of  Osmia  nigrobarbata  Cockerell  (J.  G.  Rozen  and  M. 
Favreau). 

DISCUSSION 

The  larvae  of  most  nonparasitic  bees  superficially  seem  to  change  merely  in 
size  as  they  develop.  Indeed,  the  four  instars  exist  in  the  same  environment, 
and  their  behavior,  concerned  primarily  with  feeding,  is  quite  uniform.  It 
would  be  surprising,  therefore,  if  marked  differences  occurred  from  one  instar 
to  the  next.  A number  of  workers  have  noticed,  however,  changes  with  respect 
to  the  various  tubercles  on  the  postcephalic  region  in  some  groups.  The  tubercles 
seem  to  be  associated  with  the  feeding  habits  of  the  larva;  the  changes  are 
presumably  adaptations  to  the  modifications  in  the  shape,  consistency,  and  size 
of  the  pollen  mass  as  it  is  being  consumed.  Conspicuous  changes  also  appear 
in  the  larvae  of  cocoon-spinning  bees;  such  features  as  long  palpi,  projecting 
labiomaxillary  region,  and  protruding  salivary  lips,  that  appear  in  the  later 
instars  are  adaptations  to  cocoon  spinning. 

More  pronounced  differences  among  instars  have  been  noted  with  certain 
parasitic  bees,  such  as  the  Nomadinae.  The  mode  of  parasitism  in  this  group 
indicates  that  the  first  instar  kills  the  egg  or  larva  of  the  host  and  subsequent 
instars  consume  the  pollen-nectar  mixture.  The  first  instar  is  equipped  with  a 
pigmented,  more  or  less  prognathous  head  capsule  and  greatly  elongate,  sickle- 
shaped mandibles  with  which  it  destroys  the  host’s  offspring.  The  tip  of  the 
abdomen,  at  least  in  some  cases,  is  modified  into  a pygopod-like  structure 
enabling  the  larva  to  move  about  in  search  of  its  prey.  Not  only  is  the  host’s 
egg  or  larva  eliminated  but  also  sibling  larvae,  for  a female  nomadine  often  lays 
more  than  one  egg  in  a cell.  The  second  and  subsequent  instars  are  much  more 


246 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


“normal,”  lacking  most  of  the  specialized  modifications  of  the  first  stage.  This 
pattern  of  parasitism  seems  to  be  the  most  common  in  the  Apoidea  and  has 
arisen  de  novo  a number  of  times. 

Another  mode  of  parasitism  occurs  in  the  subgenus  Odontostelis  (Bennett, 
1966)  and  apparently  in  Sphecodes ; the  adult  cuckoo  bee  removes  the  host 
egg  or  young  larva  before  depositing  her  own  egg,  and  the  first  instar  hatches 
as  a “normal”  type. 

In  Dioxys  still  another  pattern  of  parasitism  seems  to  be  represented:  the 
host’s  offspring  may  be  killed  by  the  first,  second  or  third  instar  of  the  cuckoo 
bee.  Not  only  the  first  instar  but  also  the  second  and  third  possess  large 
sickle-shaped  mandibles,  and  at  least  the  first  and  second  instars  display  an 
aggressive  behavior  when  touched  with  forceps  (Rozen  and  Favreau,  1967). 
None  of  the  instars  has  an  obvious  pygopod-like  structure  for  pushing  itself 
around  the  cell  or  on  the  pollen  mass.  These  facts  suggest  that  the  larva,  be- 
cause of  a slow  mobility,  may  pass  through  several  stages  before  it  encounters 
and  eliminates  the  host  larva.  Also,  the  egg  of  Dioxys  is  apparently  inserted 
through  the  cell  wall,  probably  after  the  cell  is  closed.  Hence  parasitism  of  a 
cell  may  take  place  over  a considerable  period  of  time.  The  first  three  instars 
of  Dioxys  are  equipped  to  kill  eggs  of  other  Dioxys  when  and  if  they  are  in- 
troduced into  an  already  parasitized  cell.  The  ability  of  the  intermediate  instar 
to  eliminate  host  and  siblings  may  also  be  found  in  Coelioxys  (Michener,  1953b) 
and  in  those  Stelis  which  have  apically  simple  mandibles  in  the  last  larval  stage 
(Rozen,  1966). 

The  changes  that  occur  from  one  larval  instar  to  the  next  in  Dioxys  pomonae 
pomonae  involve  the  change  in  body  size  and  form  (Figs.  1,  16,  24,  29);  the 
width  of  the  head  capsule  of  the  four  instars  is  as  follows:  first,  0.65  mm  (one 
datum);  second,  0.875  mm  (one  datum);  third,  0.95  mm  (one  datum);  fourth, 
1.10-1.13  mm  (three  data).  The  antennae  become  relatively  smaller  with 
each  instar  though  they  are  still  large  even  in  the  fourth  instar.  The  mandibles 
become  shorter  in  relation  to  head  size  and  the  denticles  on  the  upper  and  lower 
subapical  edges  first  appear  in  the  third  stage.  However,  the  dorsal  apical 
tooth  is  a feature  solely  of  the  last  instar  as  are  the  projecting  enlarged  labium, 
the  division  of  the  labium  into  a prementum  and  a postmentum,  the  protruding 
salivary  lips,  and  the  annulations  of  the  spiracular  subatria.  The  basal  part  of 
the  maxilla  is  greatly  enlarged  in  the  first  instar,  a condition  that  holds  for 
the  second  and  third  stages  and  persists  to  some  extent  in  the  last  larval  instar. 
The  internal  ridges  of  the  head,  including  the  stipites  and  the  cardines,  appear 
to  become  successively  more  pronounced  with  each  instar. 

In  other  respects  the  larval  instars  of  D.  pomonae  pomonae  are  remarkably 
similar.  Even  the  setae  which  become  shorter  in  relation  to  the  body  size,  from 
instar  to  instar,  maintain  the  same  general  distribution  on  the  body  through 
all  instars.  Indeed,  the  overall  constancy  of  the  external  anatomical  features  is 


December,  1967] 


Rozen:  Immature  Instars  of  Dioxys 


247 


a more  surprising  result  of  the  study  than  are  the  changes  that  take  place  in  the 
development  of  the  larva. 

Key  to  Some  Genera  of  Cleptoparasitic  Megachilidae,  Based  on  the  Mature  Larvae 

Although  this  key  is  based  only  on  the  few  species  that  I have  examined,  it  may  be 
of  some  value  in  separating  the  genera  of  megachilid  cuckoo  bees.  Mature  megachilid 
larvae,  as  a group,  can  be  recognized  because  of  the  setae  found  on  the  postcephalic 
region;  only  the  anthophorid  genus  Allodape  and  its  relatives  also  bear  conspicuous  setae. 

1.  Mandible  with  more  than  four  conspicuous  setae  on  outer  surface  (Michener,  1953a, 

Figs.  160-161)  ; gena,  at  least  usually,  produced  into  downward-pointing  tubercle 
immediately  behind  posterior  mandibular  articulation  (Michener,  1953b,  Fig.  26) 

Coelioxys  (two  species) 

Mandible  with  at  most  one  or  two  inconspicuous  setae  (Figs.  3,  5,  11,  13)  ; gena  with- 
out tubercle  (Figs.  8,  15)  2 

2.  Body  setae  widely  scattered  and  few;  dorsal  body  setae  restricted  to  caudal  annulets 

on  middle  segments;  vertex  depressed  medially;  basal  part  of  maxilla  somewhat 

enlarged  (Figs.  8,  15)  Dioxys  (two  species) 

Body  setae  abundant;  dorsal  body  setae  numerous  on  both  the  caudal  and  cephalic 
annulets  of  middle  segments;  vertex  not  abnormally  depressed  medially;  basal  part 
of  maxilla  normal  in  size  (Rozen,  1966,  Figs.  5,  10)  Stelis  (three  species) 

Literature  Cited 

Bennett,  F.  D.  1966.  Notes  on  the  biology  of  Stelis  ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata  (Spinola), 
a parasite  of  Euglossa  cordata  (Linnaeus)  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea:  Megachilidae). 
Jour.  New  York  Ent.  Soc.,  74:  72-79. 

Friese,  H.  1925.  Neue  neotropische  Bienenarten,  zugleich  II.  Nachtrag  zur  Bienenfauna 
von  Costa  Rica  (Hym.).  Stettin,  Ent.  Ztg.,  86:  1-41. 

Grandi,  G.  1934.  Contributi  alia  conoscenza  degli  imenotteri  melliferi  e predatori.  XIII. 
Boll.  1st.  Ent.  Univ.  Bologna,  7:  1-144. 

Hackwell,  G.  A.  and  W.  P.  Stephen.  1966.  Eclosion  and  duration  of  larval  develop- 
ment in  the  alkali  bee,  Nomia  melanderi  Cockerell  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea).  Pan- 
Pacific  Ent.,  42:  196-200. 

Hurd,  P.  D.,  Jr.  1958.  American  bees  of  the  genus  Dioxys  Lepeletier  and  Serville 
(Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae).  Univ.  California  Publ.  Ent.,  14:  275-302. 

Jaycox,  E.  R.  1966.  Observations  on  Dioxys  productus  productus  (Cresson)  as  a parasite 
of  Anthidium  utahense  Swenk  (Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae).  Pan-Pacific  Ent., 

42:  18-20. 

Micheli,  L.  1936.  Note  biologiche  e morfologiche  sugli  imenotteri  (VI  Serie).  Atti 
Soc.  Italiana  Sci.  Nat.  e Mus.  Civ.  Stor.  Nat.,  75:  5-16. 

Michener,  C.  D.  1944.  Comparative  external  morphology,  phylogeny,  and  a classification 
of  the  bees  (Hymenoptera).  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  82:  151-326. 

-.  1953a.  Comparative  morphological  and  systematic  studies  of  bee  larvae  with  a 

key  to  the  families  of  hymenopterous  larvae.  Univ.  Kansas  Sci.  Bulk,  35:  987-1102. 

-.  1953b.  The  biology  of  a leafcutter  bee  ( Megachile  brevis ) and  its  associates. 

Ibid.,  35:  1659-1748. 

Rozen,  J.  G.,  Jr.  1964.  The  biology  of  Svastra  obliqua  obliqua  (Say),  with  a taxonomic 
description  of  its  larvae  (Apoidea,  Anthophoridae) . Amer.  Mus.  Novitates,  no.  2170, 
pp.  1-13. 


248 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


. 1966.  Taxonomic  descriptions  of  the  immature  stages  of  the  parasitic  bee,  Stelis 

( Odontostelis ) bilineolata  (Spinola)  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea:  Megachilidae) . Jour. 
New  York  Ent.  Soc.,  74:  92-94. 

. 1967.  Review  of  the  biology  of  panurgine  bees  with  observations  on  North 

American  forms  (Hymenoptera,  Andrenidae).  Amer.  Mus.  Novitates,  no.  2297,  pp.  1-44. 
Rozen,  J.  G.,  Jr.  and  Marjorie  S.  Favreau.  1967.  Biological  notes  on  Dioxys  pomonae 
pomonae  and  on  its  host,  Osmia  nigrobarbata  (Hymenoptera,  Megachilidae).  Jour. 
New  York  Ent.  Soc.,  LXXV(4):  197-203. 

Received  for  Publication  June  13,  1967 


Exchange  Opportunities  in  Eastern  Europe 

The  National  Academy  of  Sciences  invites  applications  from  American  sci- 
entists who  wish  to  visit  Poland,  Romania,  and  Yugoslavia  for  varying  periods 
during  the  1967-68  academic  year.  Through  arrangements  with  the  academies  of 
these  countries,  the  NAS  will  be  able  to  select  Americans  for  one-month  survey 
visits  or  for  research  visits  of  from  3 to  12  months. 

Applicants  for  all  programs  must  be  U.S.  citizens  and  have  a doctoral  degree 
or  its  equivalent  in  physical,  biological,  or  behavioral  sciences,  mathematics,  or 
engineering  sciences.  Applicants  should  specify  which  country  they  wish  to 
visit  since  combined  visits  to  two  or  more  cannot  be  conveniently  arranged. 
Participants  will  receive  transportation  to  and  from  the  foreign  country.  Those 
making  research  visits  of  3 months  or  longer  will  receive  grants  to  offset  the 
loss  of  salary.  Those  making  visits  of  5 months  or  longer  may  also  receive  support 
for  travel  of  dependents.  Allowances  from  the  receiving  academy  vary  accord- 
ing to  individual  programs.  Full  information  and  applications  may  be  obtained 
from  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  Office  of  the  Foreign  Secretary  (USSR/ 
EE),  Washington,  D.C.  20418. 


Proceedings  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society 

(Meetings  held  in  Room  129  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

unless  otherwise  indicated.) 

Meeting  of  April  4,  1967 

Dr.  Fredrickson  presided;  23  members  and  7 guests  were  present.  Dr.  Pinter  of  Harvard 
University,  an  expert  on  spiders,  was  introduced  as  a guest. 

program.  Entomological  Wanderings  in  Africa.  Dr.  Jerome  Rozen,  Chairman  of  the 
Department  of  Entomology  at  the  Museum,  described  his  recent  trip  to  Africa  where  he 
searched  for  nests  and  immature  stages  of  bees.  The  trip  included  short  visits  to  Egypt  and 
Nairobi,  and  a more  extensive  excursion  in  South  Africa.  He  described  the  terrain  in  these 
areas,  and  commented  on  the  flora,  the  fauna,  and  some  points  of  interest  along  the  way.  His 
talk  was  illustrated  with  many  colored  slides. 

Howard  R.  Topoff,  Sec. 


Meeting  of  April  18,  1967 

President  Fredrickson  presided;  15  members  and  4 guests  were  present.  Dr.  Alexander  Klots 
reported  for  the  Auditing  Committee,  stating  that  the  records  of  the  Society  for  1966  were 
examined,  and  the  accounts  were  found  to  be  accurate  and  complete.  The  report  was  accepted, 
and  the  Committee  was  thanked.  Dr.  Michael  Emsley  of  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of 
Natural  Science  was  proposed  for  active  membership  in  the  Society.  Mrs.  Betty  Slater,  wife 
of  the  speaker  of  the  evening,  was  introduced. 

program.  Zoogeography,  Classification,  and  Evolution  of  the  Chinch  Bugs.  Dr. 

James  A.  Slater,  Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology,  University  of 
Connecticut,  gave  a resume  of  the  classification  of  chinch  bugs  and  indicated  their  general 
importance.  He  spoke  about  the  zoogeography  and  the  evolution  of  these  insects.  He  pointed 
out  that  there  is  a close  relationship  between  the  chinch  bug  fauna  in  South  America  and 
that  in  Africa;  this  opened  a discussion  of  continental  drift.  Dr.  Slater’s  talk  was  illustrated 
with  slides. 

Howard  R.  Topoff,  Sec. 


Meeting  of  May  2,  1967 

President  Fredrickson  called  the  meeting  to  order;  21  members  and  7 guests  were  present. 
Dr.  Michael  Emsley  of  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  was  elected  to  active 
membership,  and  Dr.  Allen  Benton  of  the  State  University  College  at  Fredonia,  New  York 
was  proposed  for  membership. 

program.  Coding  of  Chemical  Informtaion  by  Insects.  Dr.  Edward  S.  Hodgson  of  the 
Department  of  Zoology,  Columbia  University,  illustrated  his  talk  with  slides.  (An  abstract 
follows.) 

Howard  R.  Topoff,  Sec. 


CODING  OF  CHEMICAL  INFORMATION  BY  INSECTS 

Recent  developments  in  studies  of  the  chemical  senses  of  insects  were  described.  The 
electron  microscope  has  shown  that  sensory  structures  typically  have  pores  which  allow 


249 


250 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


chemical  stimuli  direct  access  to  receptor  neurons.  Electrical  events  in  receptor  excitation  are 
best  studied  in  sensilla  on  mouthparts  of  flies.  Four  taste  receptor  types  have  been  identified: 
receptors  for  cations,  anions,  sugars,  and  water.  Only  the  anion  receptor  mediates  rejection 
responses  under  all  conditions.  Sensitivity  of  the  chemoreceptors  is  affected  by  internal 
hormonal  state  as  well  as  by  external  stimuli. 

E.  S.  Hodgson 


Meeting  of  May  16,  1967 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  Vice-president  David  Miller  in  the  absence  of  the  Presi- 
dent; 16  members  and  7 guests  were  present.  Dr.  Allen  Benton  of  the  State  University  College 
at  Fredonia,  New  York  was  elected  to  membership.  Dr.  James  Forbes,  the  Society’s  delegate 
to  the  11th  Annual  Conference  of  Biological  Editors  which  was  held  at  the  Barbizon-Plaza 
Hotel,  May  7-9,  presented  his  report.  Some  of  the  problems  and  the  topics  considered  by 
the  Biological  Editors  this  year  were  what  constitutes  primary  publication,  costs  of  printing 
journals,  the  use  of  key  words  in  the  titles  of  articles  for  properly  designating  their  contents, 
and  unreferred  publications.  He  feels  that  the  participation  in  these  meetings  over  the  past 
years  has  improved  the  quality  of  our  Journal.  He  thanked  the  members  for  the  oppor- 
tunity to  represent  them. 

program.  Of  Mice,  Malaria,  and  Mosquitoes.  Dr.  Jerome  Vanderberg  of  the  Department 
of  Preventative  Medicine  of  the  New  York  University  Medical  School  illustrated  his  talk 
with  slides.  (An  abstract  follows.) 

Howard  R.  Topoff,  Sec. 


OF  MICE,  MALARIA,  AND  MOSQUITOES 

Studies  in  the  Department  of  Preventative  Medicine  during  the  past  several  years  have 
been  aimed  at  developing  a model  system  of  mammalian  malaria  which  could  be  easily 
maintained  and  studied  in  the  laboratory.  The  rodent  malarial  parasite,  Plasmodium  berghei, 
is  a suitable  organism  in  this  regard,  and  the  parasite  can  be  transmitted  through  the  mosquito, 
Anopheles  stephensi , under  controlled  conditions.  An  important  factor  determining  the  success 
of  this  transmission  is  the  temperature  at  which  infected  mosquitoes  are  kept.  An  inbred 
strain  of  mice  from  the  Jackson  Memorial  Laboratory  (Strain  A/J)  is  a highly  susceptible 
host  for  this  parasite.  By  utilizing  this  system  it  has  been  possible  to  perform  studies  on 
basic  physiology  and  morphogenesis  of  the  malarial  parasite,  and  in  the  applied  area  attempts 
have  been  made  to  develop  a vaccine  for  malaria. 


J.  Vanderberg 


December,  1967] 


Index  to  Volume  LXXV 


251 


INDEX  TO  SCIENTIFIC  NAMES  OF 
ANIMALS  AND  PLANTS 

VOLUME  LXXV 

Generic  names  begin  with  capital  letters.  New  genera,  subspecies,  and  varieties  are  printed 
in  italics.  This  index  does  not  include  the  genera  and  subgenera  of  the  Tortricidae  and 
Phaloniidae,  pp.  2-11;  the  aphids  and  their  food  plants,  pp.  72-92;  synonyms  in  American 
spiders,  pp.  126-131. 


Acacia  greggii,  133 
Acamptopappus,  170 
Acrolophus  morus,  18 
Adenostoma  fasciculatum,  165 
Aedes  aegypti,  22 
Aenictus,  107 
Anopheles  stephensi,  250 
Anthidium  emarginatum,  197 
manicatum,  68 
Anthophora,  236 
Apomyelois  bistriatella,  190 
Aserica,  168 
Astragalus,  197 
Autoserica,  168 

Biastes,  132 

Blatella  germanica,  148 
Bombus,  69 
Bombyx  mori,  45,  119 
Brachyspasta,  97 
Brasilostreptus  gracilis,  59 
Brassica,  139 
oleracea,  12 

Calliopsis,  136 

Calliphora  erythrocephala,  119 
Calospasta,  97 
Capua  lentiginosana,  34 
Caryopteris  clandonensis,  68 
Catocala  connubialis  pulverulenta,  195 
c.  p.  broweri,  195 
micronympha,  195 
m.  gisela,  195 
m.  hero,  195 
minuta,  195 
Celtis,  193 
Centris,  236 

Chalicodoma  muraria,  238 
Chrysanthemum,  68 
Cirsium  lanceolatum,  139 


Cochylis  fernaldana,  34 
Coelioxys,  236 
Colias  eurytheme,  12 
philodice,  12 

Conorhinopsylla  stanfordi,  159 
Cordylospasta,  97 
Crambus  bigelovi,  154 
bolterellus,  158 
cyrilellus,  158 
harrisi,  154 
leachellus,  158 
praefectellus,  155 
oslarellus,  155 

Ctenopseustis  flavicirrata,  34 
Cysteodemus,  97 

Daldinea,  193 
Dioxys  cincta,  203,  236 
pacificus  pacificus,  197 
pomonae  pomonae,  197,  236 
productus  productus?,  236 
subruber,  197 
Discoxenus,  204 
Dorylus  helvolus,  224 
Drosophila,  20 
melanogaster,  119 
Dufourea  dentipes,  132 
malacothricis,  132 
maura,  146 
mulleri,  132 
pulchricornis,  132 
spinifera,  146 
trochantera,  132 

Eciton,  107 
burchelli,  101 
hamatum,  102 
Epagoge  schausiana,  34 
spadicea,  34 
vinolenta,  34 


252 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Ephestia  kiihniella,  119 

Lythrum  salicaria,  68 

Epicordulia  princeps,  179 

Lytta,  97 

regina,  179 

Euaspis,  236 

Macrotermes,  209 

Euglossa,  236 

Malacothrix,  133,  197 

Eupompha,  97 

Maladera  castanea,  167 

Eurvstylops,  138 

Megachile,  236 
Megetra,  97 

Gaillardia,  13,  197 

Melanoplus  differentialis,  45 

Galleria  mellonella,  105 

Meloe,  97 

Glaucomys  sabrinus,  159 

Mentha,  68 

volans,  159 

Microtus  pennsylvanicus,  159 

Gnophomyia  (Gnophomyia)  diacaena,  183 

Monopsyllus  vison,  31 

eupetes,  184 

Musca  autumnalis,  119 

Gonepityche  pacaraimae,  56 

Myrmecia  pyriformis,  35 

Gonomyia  (Lipophleps)  pentacantha,  183 

tarsata,  35 

nissoriana,  184 

vindex,  35 

Gvmnastes  (Gymnastes)  anticaniger,  24 

cyaneus,  26 

Nanostreptus,  56 

nUgiricus , 24 

Negalius,  97 

latifusciis,  24 

Neivamyrmex,  106 

ornatipennis,  28 

Neopasites,  201 

tridens,  24 

(Micropasites)  cressoni,  132 

Gynaecomeloe,  97 

(Neopasites)  fulviventris,  13 
Nepytia  janetae , 74 

Heliconious  erato,  109 

regulata,  76 

melpomene,  109 

Nomadopsis,  134 

Heptathela  bristowei , 114 

Nomia  melanderi,  236 

kimurai,  114 

sinensis,  114 

Oenothera,  139 

Heterocampa  pulverea,  62 

Odontostelis,  236 

umbrata,  63 

Odontotermes,  204 

Holcopasites,  143,  201 

angustatus,  223 

Hyalophora  gloveri,  105 

badius,  215 

Hvmenolepsis  diminuta,  19 

ceylonicus,  215 

nana,  21 

culturarum,  205 

Hypoxylon  occidentale,  190 

hainanensis,  218 

thouarsianum,  190 

interveniens,  219 
latericius,  222 

Juniperus  pachyphloea,  158 

montanus,  206 
nolaensis,  211 

Lapara,  44 

obesus,  217 

Larix,  43 

obscuriceps,  211 

Lepidium,  132 

patruus,  215 

Lesquerella,  133 

redemanni,  215 

gordoni,  142 

taprobanes,  205 

Liphistius,  114 

transvaalensis,  206 

malayanus,  115 

vulgaris,  222 

schensiensis,  114 

wallonensis,  217 

sinensis  schensiensis,  114 

Oreopasites,  143,  201 

December,  19671 


Index  to  Volume  LXXV 


253 


Osmia  lignaria,  108 
nigrobarbata,  197,  240 

Panthea  furcilla,  43 
Parevaspis,  236 
Pelargonium,  69 
Penstemon,  139 
Perdita  sexmaculata,  138 
Peromyscopsylla  h.  hamifer,  159 
Phacelia,  197 

popei  arizonica,  133 
leucophila,  139 
Philosamia  cynthia,  105 
Phodaga,  97 
Pieris  rapae,  12 
Piersea,  193 
Pinus  banksiana,  44 
resinosa,  44 
rigida,  44 
scopulorum,  158 
strobus,  43 

Plasmodium  berghei,  250 
gallinaceum,  22 
Platysamia  cecropia,  119 
Pleurospasta,  97 
Popillia  japonica,  45,  119 
Populus,  193 
Potentilla,  68 
Prosopis,  133 
Protoparce  sexta,  105 
Pseudomeloe  miniaceomaculata,  93 
Pteroptyx,  104 
Pyrota,  97 

Quercus  agrifolia,  190 
coccinea,  62 

Rhizoctonium,  138 
Rophites  canus,  132 
hartmanni,  132 
quinquespinosus,  132 

Salix,  139 

Salvia  farinacea,  68 
splendens,  68 
Sciaphila  indivisana,  34 
Semiothisa,  44 
Serica  adversa , 161 
alabama , 161 
alleni,  161 


anthracina,  161 
atracapilla,  161 
atricapilla,  161 
aspera,  171 
atratula  monita,  171 
aviceps,  161 
barri,  161 
blatchleyi,  163 
bruneri,  161 
caliginosa,  167 
Carolina,  171 
castanea,  161 
contorta,  171 
diablo,  161 
elusa,  163 
ensenada,  161 
errans,  166 
fimbriata,  161 
floirdana,  161 
frosti,  161 
heteracantha , 161 
howdeni,  161 
imitans,  1 7 1 
joaquinella,  161 
laguna,  171 
mackenziei,  161 
mendota,  161 
michelbacheri,  161 
oliveri,  161 
peregrina,  161 
perigonia  eremicola,  161 
pilifera,  161 
porcula,  161 
prava,  171 
pruinipennis,  161 
pullata,  161 
rossi,  161 
searli,  161 
sericea,  161 
sericeoides,  161 
sculptilis,  161 
solita,  167 
stygia,  161 
texana,  1 7 1 
tristis,  163 

trociformis  blatchleyi,  161 
vespertina  accola,  171 
watsoni,  171 
Solidago,  69 
Sphaeralcea,  139 


254 


New  York  Entomological  Society 


[Vol.  LXXV 


Sphecodes,  246 
Stelis,  236 

bilineolata,  245 
Svastra  obliqua  obliqua,  236 
Synaptomys  cooperi,  159 
Systropha  curvicornis,  132 
planidens,  132 
punjabensis,  132 

Tortrix  baboquavariana,  34 
biocellata,  34 
desmatana,  34 
triplagata,  34 

Toxorhina  (Ceratocheilus)  bistyla , 183 
capnitis,  186 
fulvicolor,  183 
juscolimbata,  183 
simplicistyla,  183 

Tamiasciurus  hudsonicus,  31,  159 
Tegrodera,  97 

Tenebrio  molitor,  20,  45,  119 
Termitodiscus  angolae,  207 
braunsi,  206 
butteli,  211 
coatoni,  204 
emersoni,  204 
escherichi,  206 
heimi,  210 
krishnai , 204 
later icus , 204 
machadoi,  207 
minutus,  210 
sheasbyi,  204 
splendidus,  211 
transvaalensis,  209 
vansomereni,  204 
vicinior,  217 
Termitogerrus,  204 
Tetralonia,  132 
Tetraonyx,  97 

luteibasis,  185 
mesorhyncha,  185 
monostyla,  185 
tuberifera,  185 
Trachusa,  238 

Trentepohlia  (Mongoma)  amphinipha,  24 
flava,  25 
horiana,  25 
patens,  24 
subtenera,  25 

(Trentepohlia)  bellipennis,  26 
camillerii,  26 
injernalis,  24 
ornatipennis,  26 
Tribolium  confusum,  19 
Trypargilum,  108 

Urechis  caupo,  45 
Urostreptus,  56 

Vicia  cracca,  13 

Xylocopa,  71 

INVITATION  TO  MEMBERSHIP 


The  New  York  Entomological  Society  was  founded  in  1892  and  incorporated  the  following 
year.  It  holds  a distinguished  position  among  scientific  and  cultural  organizations.  The 
Society’s  Journal  is  one  of  the  oldest  of  the  leading  entomological  periodicals  in  the 
United  States.  Members  and  subscribers  are  drawn  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  they 
include  distinguished  professional  naturalists,  enthusiastic  amateurs,  and  laymen  for  whom 
insects  are  only  one  among  many  interests. 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  apply  for  membership  in  the  Society  or  to  subscribe  to  its 
Journal  which  is  published  quarterly.  Regular  meetings  are  held  at  8:00  P.M.  on  the  first 
and  third  Tuesdays  of  each  month  from  October  through  May  at  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  the  headquarters  of  the  Society.  A subject  of  general  interest  is  discussed 
at  each  meeting  by  an  invited  speaker.  No  special  training  in  biology  or  entomology  is 
necessary  for  the  enjoyment  of  these  talks,  most  of  which  are  illustrated.  Candidates  for 
membership  are  proposed  at  a regular  meeting  and  are  voted  upon  at  the  following  meeting. 

CLASSES  OF  MEMBERSHIP  AND  YEARLY  DUES 
Active  member : Full  membership  in  the  Society,  entitled  to  vote  and  hold  office; 


with  Journal  subscription  $9.00 

Active  member  without  Journal  subscription  4.00 


Sustaining  member : Active  member  who  voluntarily  elects  to  pay  $25.00  per  year 
in  lieu  of  regular  annual  dues. 

Life  member-.  Active  member  who  has  attained  age  45  and  who  pays  the  sum  of 
$100.00  in  lieu  of  further  annual  dues. 

Student  member : Person  interested  in  entomology  who  is  still  attending  school; 


with  Journal  subscription  5.00 

(Student  members  are  not  entitled  to  vote  or  to  hold  office.) 

Student  member  without  Journal  subscription  2.00 

Subscription  to  Journal  without  membership  8.00 


APPLICATION  FOR  MEMBERSHIP 

Date  

I wish  to  apply  for  membership  (see  classes  above). 

My  entomological  interests  are:  

If  this  is  a student  membership,  please  indicate  school  attending  and  present  level. 

Name  

Address  

(Zip  Code  must  be  included) 


— Send  application  to  Secretary 


JOURNAL  of  the 

NEW  YORK  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

|W/-  A ; > l-t  w ,/,V  i 1 A-  ». K A A A .l^~r  . '»  ' i A-  v ■ 


The  JOURNAL  of  the  NEW  YORK  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  is  de- 
voted to  the  advancement  and  dissemination  of  knowledge  pertaining  to  insects 
and  their  related  forms. 

INSTRUCTION  TO  AUTHORS 

CORRESPONDENCE  Submit  manuscript  in  duplicate  (original  and  one  car- 
bon) to  Dr.  L.  W.  Clausen,  Editor,  115  West  68th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
10023.  Send  material  by  registered  mail  in  flat  form.  The  JOURNAL  cannot 
assume  responsibility  for  manuscripts  lost  in  transit. 

Wx-%  , \ / v 

j a1  ■ s'  , : a 

GENERAL  POLICY  Manuscript  submitted  must  be  unpublished,  origihal 
research  not  being  considered  for  publication  elsewhere.  Upon  acceptance  and 
publication  by  the  JOURNAL  it  must  not  be  published  again  in  any  form  with- 
out the  consent  of  the  Author  and  the  Editor.  Each  manuscript  will  be  reviewed 
by  one  or  more  referees  whose  anonymity  is  preserved  so  that  criticism  may  be 
frank  and  objective. 

/./■  1 ' ■"  ■ ~ ' , , /-  / K'.  " - . , " . y.  ( v'  ■"  f j ' ' ] " • ' 

Manuscript,  if  accepted,  will  be  published  in  order  of  receipt  unless  the  cost  of 
printing  is  borne  by  the  author,  in  which  case  publication  can  be  scheduled  for 
the  next  issue. 


FORM  OF  MANUSCRIPT  Manuscripts  (text,  figures,  footnotes,  etc.)  must 
be  typewritten,  double  or  triple  spaced  with  wide  margins  and  on  paper  8%  X 11 
inches  suitable  for  ink  correction.  Proofread  manuscripts  carefully  before  they 
are  submitted.  Consult  the  STYLE  MANUAL  FOR  BIOLOGICAL  JOUR- 
NALS for  details  concerning  acceptable  form.  The  JOURNAL  reserves  the 
privilege  of  editing  manuscripts  to  make  them  conform  or  of  returning  them  to 
authors  for  revision. 


W:  y 


^ r x r 


Ati' 


\(  ; fe'.  * , 

A 7 r : 

(7'v  ' ' P>  ■: 

1 i \ i 1 1 y 

/'  7. 

\ A ‘ 7 

V . fe< 

, yl1  l/.r-  f , 

% 

r\' \ ■ /' 

y; 1 C ]|r  ■-  • J 

a 1 w ■ y ,i  1 , 

•,l\ 


:'  r L o'f'V  v 

fifefe  "\H 


v’  W 


■:% 


•;U 


V, 


7 


yi 
1 1 v 


V,i  it  if 


)) 


,.  i;  c,vr'; 


" i.1.5 

7 A | ;i 


) ‘J,  I . 

flifrrv 


7/- 7 


fern 


,:v 


M .1 


jjw0; ; i 
/V  \'i'  in’- }' 


.?tv< 


5.  ? 


ABSTRACT  Each  manuscript  must  be  accompanied  by  an  abstract,  type- 
written on  a separate  sheet.  This  abstract  may  replace  the  author’s  summary. 


-I 


It  should  be  brief  (not  more  than  3%  of  the  original)  and  written  in  complete 
sentences.  A copy  of  a guide  is  obtainable  from  the  Editor. 


7# 


>7 


j ; M t * ! • -•  k 1 rf  1 , v ■ y ■"  ' \ 

ILLUSTRATIONS  These  must  be  clear  and  suitable  for  reproduction.  Photo- 
graphs must  be  glossy  prints.  Indicate  the  magnification  on  the  illustrations  or 
state  it  in  the  legends.  All  lines  and  figures  must  be  able  to  withstand  reduction 
if  reduction  is  necessary.  When  published,  illustrations  may  not  exceed  4%"  X 
694".  The  legend  is  not  part  of  the  illustration;  these  are  to  be  arranged  and 
typed  on  a separate  sheet  and  each  identified  by  the  figure  number.  Illustra- 
tions, charts  and  tables  will  be  charged  to  the  author.  Pack  all  illustrations  care- 
fully  with  stiff  cardboard  to  prevent  damage  in  transit. 


A- : 7 


\ 

REPRINTS  of  articles  will  be  furnished  contributors  when  ordered  in  advance. 
A table  showing  cost  of  reprints  and  an  order  blank  will  be  sent  with  the 
proof.  All  subscriptions  and  orders  for  back  issues  should  be  sent  to  the  N.  Y.  ( 
Entomological  Society,  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York, 
N.  Y.  10024.  The  SOCIETY  has  a complete  file  of  back  issues  in  stock.  The 
SOCIETY  will  not  be  responsible  for  lost  Journals  unless  immediately  notified 
of  change  of  address.  We  do  not  exchange  publications. 


JU7 


w 

7 /7 


■ v - '■  7 ; } 1 : 7 ' 7 ■ 

Terms  for  subscriptions — $8.00  per  year,  net  to  the  Society,  in  advance. 

Single  copies,  as  issued — -$2.00  each. 


Please  make  all  checks,  money-orders  or  drafts  payable  to  the  NEW  YORK 
ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 


AV 


hi 


• > i \ t<\ 


Sj) 


n rT 


,'i 


v i 


i i 


' A"  A ' \ \ h ; < 

(c 7 7\' 

'7,7(  /,j  j 

7.  >\y  7 

j.  ,■  ■ 7' 1 ■ 

.A,  |J’i 

/ i n y ; 7 ,>/ 1. 

m 

,y  i./ 

i. 

/,’V;  ( /f.7 

\ / .J;  A . 

■ \ ) 1 

yi  i j) 

-tyr  1 7 < 
r -fe 

1 fe\ ' : 

r /• 

j fV 

A 1 / A ' ' ~ ,1  /, 

fid  i f 

fe!  7 '|)  . 

;\f  fe’7 

1 | 

' (/\  y 

i 

\o  / 

■7,7 

t '\  ' ■ . (J.  >■ 

■\  / ! 

7 {^\  •)'< 

777  . ' "7. 

■ ' feNlv,  t 

' i y 

■ Jr.y 

h 


j 1 7, 

( I \ ''ir  i i n 

si-'/V.  ( > / /A 


j/1  ■ 

\3j  >7  -i  ■ ■ 


) V)  \I : 

■;  m ' i 


ML- 


• s I \\ 


7 


I- 

yyy 


wwij 


y ‘k 


r 


Hr  r' 


Pt  r,  -u, 


% , :\ x>\ 


i ■ - 


•//  few 
■ 777" 

I? / ’ 


■>  .,17,1 


a j I y/'4- 


y " 


’i'Sftt,  % 


jy' 


4 «at  * 

V W&0  # 


C)Cl 

wy 

Wm 

#$Ef 


'■  VffiSH 


IIIH-'JII! 


V '*7;fc..lu 

■'  /v^YF 
‘&'J  ■-• 1 


Vj 

x 


&?m  % # % vv  Mf? 


V WK3? , 


,0'" 


$w 
& ,- 


0 fliP'-Tlb1 

-M??= 





■“9  '•u  l-i  . I o,  ••'  ’ll  ,J  ■£  " I 

$W*s^$0 

</  <j,) 


•Q... " 


"3 

tSlf 


'O 


NV 


■V  -*&***'  - 


Xi\ 

»i$?LL  ,W 

it.v  ....  ^Jtejsil 


J* 

>r 


Iffafehrfc 


,$^r\ 


fi-Vt 


'YYs|f 


,>.V 


:PdI 


KdF 

‘V* 


<4 

'V"‘ 


✓ 


oLfti:  II 


0, 


!|  ' i l 


^ W ' CjS 

am  St  >',»  Jsfl  * IZ'I  «'•■,  } /'t'Viii  j 

> 'rP  <N  A*  v2*T£/J  JA 

A VI  rtf  -A  b 


A 


xj 


°X 


Xk 


,AV”  ‘ O’ 

* 0*tmk  j 

fefeiV  A ctlil 


A’/#4^\A; 
<t'  k 

A 


v 

" v , 

V 


S&5T  i«i 

iff? 


4 WaJAJ*W  4>  4i  IWOT  A 
^>  J ,;-4x  ‘^7^^  ^ 

**£*£■*&  4' 

VJ  B^Umf — fft,\  « ^ 

* 

'- . A.#i 


>h*  i-r.  ^"‘ 


/>*  XsSESJS-^  a ^ 
,6> 

.A 


A 4V 

r iisgL  f,  A&&V. 

a*®  fD—vffist 


rfSaav-r  AMI, 

(-k  ¥ ’*4»3*£^  *\u 


hr  J x A 

O,  <y 

^ A si: 


z/ 


$j|!/  r v|p|  x 

<f,  ■AAllA>'v  ,\y 

<4 


■A° 

s 


sy 

S> 


* 

% 


<c 


Oj 


SA- 

4 --hA 


Kf^SCh 

fe? 


x) 

% 

/jA-, 

fKllil  r 

y&WJ  A> 
|A#/  A? ' 

cA 


<4 


faw  y " aa 

a,  A 

au‘  o y- 

% AUAtA-  ^ __  <o . A- 

y Xs  A.  v sti  "s-- 

A .c^S  <p^  -A 

X ^ 


3?  XX  > v5i  rO  Vi 


a si  <s  ii  &■-*■ \\A,  j!  3 * 5 
|W  Vi^/, 
Ap/4.  , 
x %> 

A 


£AipAA.  \SV 

iprsD  r vjml 


ft  Q 

4!%%-/t-  t A*"!  f| 

Uo  V^jcscJ! 

j-  ' . vAi A-'^i  f/ 

me  t Wiy^ilA.c;  t-A-iy  ^ 

P*, 


! I'll 


O 

A 


A |m*i{  iPW  XjwoVi 

Y'  \ljp| 

> 4a A ,A  |k 

Aa  s^SAg?A  xj 


M AlW  A to 

il^tgiR,-  ^f-r-X-i  --  \s"^i.  t,|) 

r \;i'pl 

4„  XSaastP 


/Ailiiaa?.'  JAc-U.  \ihri 


t'C 


-Z  f 

if • J 

|y:|4  < jfp 

i#?v|i 


r\  A 


\?VS  i3-sa\ 

XpX&Vd  r.Tl55°’lrC-/ 


-A  A 
#■%  l?’ 


4 AA  a^A.  * p -KWa^-f  wA’*,  ^ ,f«0  f0) 

Vt  “"D-  .A  'O-*- 

"V  v //A?#  / ^ r 

4 |^UrA4l|lll  x r